Duke University School of Medicine - Aesculapian Yearbook (Durham, NC)

Text from Pages 1 - 528 of the 1980 volume:

f N ,. -x ,mn 4 , 'Li 1 :Q -51 V i l T b A Y ig: 3 -i:l........---- -4 -Y- -il...i....,...,. ...H .. . .... ' ,, 5,,,uU., A X K 'WWMJ H-.T , 'WW' Y . 'TTT ' Y um, . A .,,,M,- ,m.,E,g14,,- . 'KW mn , '1lH'M. -. ' A , MU- wr 'V ' :,::'wP ' , li'-M . ' Y 4 ww ,. .Q . V W ,f ',,w A . --4 ' -:MM ' - ' W. D-'wiv ' , . Y Q ' -. f . 'W' t-MP - -'41 - - Xb '. 1 . ,V ,ww ,, ., . lu 1 xv . Vw www . -- ' 'ML M, ' MTM? , ,,.,. ffwff is 4 1-125551. ,,, .VM . , . , u- fa.- . Un PF-1 r - ' XL H. xy- MQFJ : -15-i'4g:h -N, !',.m E V3.3- 1b UPF Nw if Qs l ir in we K IQW. ' i R SHS I ,U E X 1- 'ri x -1 k ,- , 4 W.. Q ,W ff? E' Q -If IIKA' ,ibm 'L , WL lf 49 . w Fi 4 Q W .iff A my 3 -5 ' 51 A lx' 'si , ii 11 X' w 1 Ai W . 1 , ' Stk, .,.. L N Wk s N ' x I S 49 X . R. J, x A r 1 I i' wr.-wi A , ' QQ M. ' -, f ggi, wg. ,.9 '1lf3e5,si.-- 5 1: .. , , y' gag i.yy fQ 1 W3 ' 1 V. wigs wtf 'fs ,.L.'g:'51Q 2333411 H Ergi-'zlw 3 . . qqwfffiem f - fafi2 1:L:j1sif1wrw15f-1f -gy 1 V . 12brf,l'!MliP- My.WPSr: 4A,,:..21.f Ngf, V 1 l 2fgggjgwlgn42f1f!i1sQ51fim551?SQfs::T.3ilg31gg1' 1 J5Ff:pmgi2iw5zv 'v ' . qi W - , . , .2-W ' I W' ' U V , X - .1 I . . . A Bdimor-nn-Chxef John Pail' Lucas, III 9 f U K N U P U 0 U,, ,,, 1 , l- I miww L... H --, ,. ,Lid 41 Qi .milf 5:-. w3, :q iw ..,m,.,ffN X- 1 in X ' . fl .W-rr3bJ w ..'.11,.., N. I W if Q-A -'AMT W, , -.L,Cl.,51--34,1 , 1 .-X-H 1 N lm' f M . in m +4 5 w , ,' 21 '-w. . X . A w'ff w- V'ma! 1,'MlK I f x s , s X lwq Nu, wyy H f M'HLYufli,fvxXx1il ELI!! IEW llmglfl 1 r 1 . ,f .., X 'Y!:f,,Mf'nxM,,V I r!,',, M1 !qx,',xN-,ll 1'm:V1I!'4lg xlflfml IU ii,-'y'.'XXy.M,TN 1. + f f iWiw M.-x,! I 4 l'Sa 18 M 52 M0 um Wledzingal Cetmtefr 254 S 1 gSiu dfenlS 336 Psatmns 432 Mlkelwmm NY ss s ,f X 7' K - ir- I 1?f xr, , 9-- .- , if 1 Q' Y 8 .rx - . .Af f IL in 'if ,,' ep a N 'ii 'S K sg, ,. . ,. : Q . , W .'- U. .' 4. , . -, -ry, . .1 . 1-,. rf - . - -9: .- X .. A vl , J,- ff, N' lv .L- Q4 di 95' M, S, Wu 'e nz .-A'-'Q 15. ,' ' 74 r L 'wi' A-,VV .1-425'-13, A ':' QL .Vx 'Az 519,34 'I -:gf .' A WF. . - ' f v. , 5 7' s- P -. if Q W m'W'W: ' I Mi. :zy- 'M -3 Nw 1 - 5 1 - Q Fi fi' ,,V,,iV ,,,V W 4,5 fi... V, ,Vac .-rf -n-Q '....N.V . .,, wg-ww V '15 , . . -v..,,,. -V,g,,,, , 'Mft mvgq? nh R V.-.V ,Sgt . ,, -..Q vi. V. .VV -I V R. -q u-QVVQCVV, iw? W I ' is'-rpkfifjff . 'in ', fb I fu- P -' 1 - V 'f 55: -V 1.',' , - -.., 1 .-'iw-w ?. 1 ' ' ' , 4--J.-'.5:::fq,,g W 'm--5--Aygww Ms xg R5 - - +5-1. V ' ,W 1 ,,V,.x'i' .H-f..f.g 'V V3 ,Ey- .1 6. .., , 4 mi- ...'f:? '-ff. .J .. M . '40 his t tb 'Y nm, Q v- NVE. '1'kw Z,:.L,!jSV:.Ne' wk W w .1 If gf.. Wu: cl , Mx. nf.. M -4 - ,N . ,V 'F' . , . . W . .+- 'W' U. LW .wp 07 new HN' mkffw ww-MW, ,M v 'I wfkilvl 'N m V V V if - VV Vw .52- fi' Vw M 'QA lk, Malfwu I-1.1,-.fur J l - , N' ggi-' Q qs., VV 9-H541 H. .Y qma- 'fm on ' A MQ bqx w x 'iw L. no , ps 4 SY. ,.--rw .- W 1-L aiu?-f 'L M- - -. -,-5---.--1.1 ' I - Y- - - ww me. , . -A nw V -. Ms'-21 'Wt 'L L, xx Q 4: BL FA Wig. iign ,, fn J? af -W?-:NS N? If fl7Y J-'? - ' 'd WF' -ww f--Mi-ww-. ,gm ' 55. V. ,V ,d5.V!,,,.,,, V. 14 -- l T.-xr.--4 T' ' . -L J 1 x - Q ' I Q nf-1-I 9'-'Je-1... -.4 , -. --- mg.. . ..-- ' -g...., . ,Aff ' -ss-fp V M , -V .- ' ---:A'- -- ' -'T' 7- f'i1f,3 'IIT v-4 rgL-is-Tis-fri'-2'.3v,g:'f'-'W ,., ---- ---gf..--,A --- - .-.. ---. , -- , ...- .T ,- , ,A - ,. , , 15 ,Q -.' -'m , - M 'A' - 1 - V - M ,A . . - M , . , ,. ' l 1 .. 1- -- -.. 7T' 'rf vvf- -- M.: fig? -, -- K 'y .f3,if:,3V',4--q',1g -fy ', 'fm--'-'.1f..' N... -W 15. '. , 5 'N' . ' T' '.4g,fF,'Iw -. .' - Mm -.-...D -4 1 .-'-. 1 . . .,.,..1f.- -.2 . . . --.-..3.7.,. 7 1' 1 , 3 ' ' Q.. .RM Fi 5: . ar vw- H - . A 'mi ,. . Tw, -1-rf ' ,..i'f.Q- - -.ww . .ff ,M ,we 13. .3-I, 'X A 4.5. W' , ., , .. ...1 . TH . -. 2 . - fy- A W 'N , M ,- :N -M! , wr r --2. fy-,1'-,--.-,V 431. -M - - Q N , - . - -4 - . 8, I x . T- - ',j f'f.- up '- -f 'arm A ' 1.-'fi' f if-,- p1':li.A.iN S' '21, .T -Mtv-if. ' -'x '? , ' f' fl .ww . .if ' Q' M f , ' , '..- Q, 2. - -A V '-,. -. 4:9 --fm .,' .- - . Q-H' f ', g . - W-'x-' ga-. J' -' Q, . V ,, V0 .,m 1 --,T . ' ' Um.--'F '- '. .- -41.-.. f 2-H -- '-' 'f 'Tu ' 3 ' x--'W m2'2 3 --- - .., .-I Vu gil. - in ' ' - A ' ' ' -.:g -' fri. IPL fzfjvf,- 'Ll '- f9f f 1-21---g'. 'git - .J -6-0 2-53-f in ,gf-' 1-:5 ew- 131- A' 1' 51' A W I' V V ry ' IZA, VV ig-.1141-. ya.. 1, - 1:-'.VswL:'VVV Vg 'YQ : - W. 'L' ,. SVA' ., 1 A ,. V -,,., v.. ,gf-l gs ' . :V ' , , U ' .. +'-V, 5,'I,. 'xii--,wimg - '. 1' W.-'f. ., -A. - Q P ' . .' ,.. M' - 'Q '. X 42 - 6. 4..g'y'. W- - - . 1' ' - -r lj-7q',, .Nj 5- Vg, 'gg-www, . qw , +. jj - '4 '? .'. 'L 1. -- ,Y : I w.-.L:.,' , qw- . :mg -1-f L 1. .. -. u. 'J . -1 A .1'V,..---,.,u- m- L+' ,.' - gi- Q- ,-.1 -V-,:,.f, .13-'gfw- J'...w 5 ,, . H. , . ' . ' H -4 f - -'-+-'v f -'77------4-7' , -' V . f' n N ' ' - qN s:':-'Q 5 ' :JJ-1' ' ' -W' 1- - . -0- V -1.217-. 'J-W - '- --1 M ' ' ff, : . M. I KC .M T . 2 . ' ' Q. .,.-.mH.M'.w I. . - -iw ,. . ...W 1,44 .. , U-.,.fg':5: ,-M-. ,' .W-.r .. .. .,,, ,. - ,, 2- ---Ffdff W ' Y 1. ' ' 'M' ' - '- ' A .f-W ' ir ' . 2. Y' ,'J.HQ.2f.f'f': ...L 5 ' ,. 1 V ' ' 'F W 5-. E':.f '-Tw ' fps'-1- ' f-' ' ' ' Z - ' ..uHI.'f-- . , ' , ' ' - 1:-. ' 'ff Q' -wi w ' - - .--J-: mwl- 1. - .L r, ,X V. 1. . M .. ' U Us ' -Q ,,.',,-ff?-!,.. ug M ' ' 1 . we mf .4-fi.. XV i ' Ki ,mf - .- , - .4 V , ' ' - ,.,,VV..,,m ,- .,, -- L -V -1 1. ' ' -K-f-.N.-T - .. , 1. .1 W .,w',,, My ' .-- . 24 . ---:Q .. . v uf-'-2 .e f.--- ' Q -xl . .- .-1 -. . :. Q A . L N My . ' , 4' ,- A w Ty- F5 J , r. , S, . 1 . , -. , , ' - ,' Y' 1. if.: -JWIW' 1' l .J N 'Ji ' '13..-P. 5'5 -L . - - A .. 1' , - -' W ' ., 2 'VH' , 1 .A ,-- - V 1, ' .V .Vi .sh-. r J. 4' Ai - -arf-'ZMEYZ 4 A V. 4 L ' ' - A p . v i Aj '94, 'Q - ' 'C-'.fi'ff. 'ff :A ' - v' 'QfL f.:f.'-135472. . ,, . UI ' Q . ,L 2, 5 A '- 2 My .- -1. 1-'--1. - . - . 1.-ww .gy ' - ,G .n . - f'e39fJ,'b 53- -' . 412, f' lx I get f 438-If-.5 -mf Pr- 'f JVfQ': i Y? W, -. , ..-3 ffaig' 9' I U V . N : - - - ,,.- . . ' , --Vi -Uv V, ,V , -,V-,- ,. VV - , , 1 H. . Q- -- , if - - ' M ml--f - fi. ff ,J 1'i.q-.-Y . -Q-' .ws ' -Jn - -- -- ' P M 7 ' LM ,fy MA W 'S :2'i'fliXm.-E..--ml . uf - V f y'jQ'. -K, 4' Apr-11 '. f ,. -:ff - my my ' is , N H . align-. A . . '+ ' ' '- ..... '- 1.-4 -,, -5 S ' ' - ..- 3 , , 5 ' ' ' 'i 'f-:.i--'iw'r:- L-5. , .- . . , .H+ 1 - ,,-pw: Hg. ,L-1' 1- -'T ,..-.., -. -.f. .YW -N. . - .- Cf' L xvf TH P ' ' V V.- A'.',:-'S- FQ ': '.h iQ?ff--lf --.-, - . . . -: - , ' - . IQJQ l,, Q: ' 4 ,ft ,-f' . . 4 W Z lf- '-.':-,.lf--5 -,SPR ' ' '. ' - .. VV -x: A -'P1: 7MY'. .Zf4g:'. 11'-1 '-mj,::.m .32-Y .72 - -- - - ,' - -' .- . ' . - V .. VV. , 341.121, 1.3. I, 1- . A V, , . J VV... V ..V V ,..,, - V ,M ,V . sn, K V-Say . Q-4W4WL':- T ---W4-1-. . 1-. ' .5 ag ,-' 'A '51 'f '1 'SGT .-41+ .. . X I 1' '- ' l '!? ' . . 14 7- - - , F. -1-'5.iT 1'-. : . :-'rf -JT' - fl 5'7 . 'f'L ff ff? 755 - fi . ,fl 3 ' Q - ,--rf..--0.2 - .f f, 4,-f . -,, 2v'- :L.-11- if . Q- ,.,- --.1'm-.---f.?21f.' 1 .-'i,.,'.'1-L'-. mf'.'Q-nv--: 5-+!J',-- 1 A ' M- A.-.-.' ' ex ...M v H- -' ,.-.mf-'f5,w.-fda-fi-w'X4!r-..-. 35- -- X 4V h'1va wx- -f--vw ' - ' sm- - fm'-'-1-Cv -1'-..-cf '.--1 ,-1 , -'eg X., .., A nm., 4 . ,.., N., . ,l,..x5I!K .. .md ..,Hg...,-gwr.,-,,v.f5, 1--,q,,'.x... W4 1 4, V , , . -.rf ., .u 5 ,-. --5. -,fn 1 ul , . my W. , - 37- ,..- .pg-' .,5, ,-,,f- ' --K, V ,1-V ...f -,s ,,,-.VJ .- . V ,..- H- V- ,w -f . - . ff '71' ' L59-',1.:vi15cf'5V'. H'Q:f'.l-Q ',62,,?'f'.:,a:--,is f ,:f.-j' j4'g.gQ55-. .f ..: 1 zx'?Ef . '.+?fg.jf 151, '. ?1i'f ' f' .1133 .' - - 1 A.-. 'wi M ' Is' Q My'- 'L 'wf'2-W'-f-- 11+ f - .-in H- ff. - --.. - 1. 9 , ' .-Q. 2...--'if----rm M T1-.FH ' . 1.-Wwyt .-'-,J wh W f .4 a N .. - , J Mu- .- --If- -. - 1... I 1. J H '-,f 'M - .-A-as .. .4 r..v', .-sw f W-i5f1'V'---1-'uv- ' - - : ' ', :-11w f.hf 3'5 'fi -' r'..4QJzL, - -W' 1,T j.r-15 'TF .. .. '-' Q- Wg f.'X4 I- - 'M 'ff n1'-,Q wit.. ff.. 9' ' . .- rr ,-2--4 T-5.1ml-L-V59--1-F-.fffg,Q?-ffigzf-fy-if--F-RTT2-.--x-.- Haifa-11''w1L:355'T-ffgizsgki-2-222-2,.',-iifiifzigsAi4Lif f.75J 'ff-,gf 1 -...mv-5a'2'T '-' f , .J '- L' , .W 'I' ' ,L .:x-5, Q- '.N,mm, h,. -':M1Mgg.f.Wf---rQ.m-Z-W? 'lsia'.-,-----ESA 1.6.-22' A 5-'J- ':.i'-My? ' '- 'JU . 'f 1 '76 ' -.:f 1'- 17 411. ' '--M , V V.--V--,, M6 ,,4, f -v , - V- . - f ,.V.L.-..,V. V.,.- V15 V33 AV,--.1VMV,,V, ,HA .r Q gf YW vw,--.vM.,,V ' lf, -:M f. Q. ---:W 1 V '1.V-- ww V. qmrgdi- -- S ,H -..Q .f-,'1-M. - ' t,'-.,.-5.34 M- '.,.f'5 - 5--'f '-2 2 . -1--5,-,qigf-4--335' a'-M3612-121-. ' H !g4:i6!z'z ' ,-.ipsy?-'.'???4.fw'i'?T-' - - - Y f .1 ----H --M-1-f-----Q------. - 2 -.L,...-....Lt-.,.-,11...:g .-.,'...,-L-EzL1..1.-A... ,-A-Lg.Li.f.w' ...Ei3x.an. ' 3515323512 -51-ik -5.571-2 lf' 1 A - 1 Vu, , .H V . . Arr' MV ,ij A - I, . 5 ' . -vm... . up Q Q f . -W 1 -x.- 1- H Mm.-ny .m 4 ' ' ' 4 . a LL pw'-?f V, - v . ' - ' Jax- gg . - 4- A 4 V- , -L . ' f - Q' -: 4--M' -1- .4 ..,. 6 I-N n.. ,Azhar 4-nf -5 N 1 .1-5'55,.15' ' 'E 1 .51 .Y Q 1 -:.. !4i1..fT., , M QW f-x 'L1 . - V - ' N- 'tw'-PW 1251 4 AV A V bi. -. LV' V W w -1 4- -, VV V vyf.-L -VV 1 ? , ,v fy , V . Q7 If I s 'i2 ' 'f'f J. 5 V ml 'f '!I V 'Q 13 15. - I 'F ' . D V-,.. , . V. -We,--3--.' II V V. Vw VV --t.,-.M .V 'LIL V ru. .V.g M' -3 . V V VV , , Q JV' w-+- 'Y?4ll+.5' V n J :QQ ir A r j rf K . 11 . . ' 'Q' , . 1. J' Hz., 1 -,L .. .. .. 'f'v' ' . , .-v 'gk . . Q -.-:: ' , ' 3. . ' 3 - , V - .6 - 5. . . - Opening 5 - ,I Q , - um! -wr! , x ,. V F 1 L 4-X I5 'L 6 0Pewvs ,X ,g-nur' F I w 'if .mu X I Opening 7 I W' 1 ,Vx ,J ' Y I .. . 1-fi??Ef M3 3- 5W'if 4, ., 8 Opening . 1, F ,lv J I., 3 L 'NT' 3 :rail fgyw - V wr x? .- .f f sr 1. LI I ! 'H'H A A , 'lr' 'X WW' 'AW 'Jw W f - , , f 'l'll I I'l --r-I 4' f 3 7,411 -, 5. ,V ,QT 'yi' A J, ,Q , im-J' I '-A ' 1, -V' . -.4 Y, !,l.- 5 ' 11 'V' J , l A +1 If v 4 , 1 , W . I X I I W- 'T 2 ' vm x 1 .,.. f . ,' 11. .4 47,y,':x1wi J 1 .,t3f3:,g,?-1851.-gf YP f49 r5f'w '-0' ft ' iff: 1 M y- -1- MU: M -. ,- D 1' ' .- fb - -c I , n I f X' .Q 'wg - I H: . I, 1.1 ,Q -uw., I -' ,J ,f U A V I ,L-1 ,J I G- v-.li-'1 .' 2 f X 2514 f wswl 'up iw Q , Wu W Aww :J nfgihkk ..2 .h,'f'1 C71 W 'vw' - sj- MY . ., JM. W, wi 'nl' w ' X E ,A 10 Opening 'bg gh, 355- Af J Q f-Q , if 1 J A 5 My i ,f 2 nflllllfz Opemng 11 w . vw 1 f wwf gal ....... -Jai, wwffv mmbiw , U3if:AvM',:341l ii Fu ' N 1 Y K YK V 5 -1 ' I if wx vw 1343 X 1 .X f, an , , gf ., ,A 4 . , ' ,L sg? wg' 7 - f'!,. - . . , V . af- 4 '-T-LL w AQ 5: I 1139, H W A , ' - VH 1 I ,F lu -' 1 2.51: 5, 'I W i ,C ,Ju 1' 1.1351 Li ,- V ' ' MM:-' S U V' I A I .1 5, F 'C'-H ' 9 .P . ' J - f vw x'f 9 L , ,jx 2 . ' K1 . N ' A X ' ,wfu , 1 M 1 w .W s I 1 1, , , K' 1 infj 5 .' V ' . ,. ' LQ--Pt' X ,I Q - . gm' Mmwwww , , an 1 Q I 1, 1 ' x . .-'M 1 1 K Y , . .n ' W , , f V 1 . , - V I, , W'f w.,4 JM' In I- ' wr 12 Opening .,,, ,.,, .- , 1- ' .f':'f-W .4- n , 7, , , ' ,fa-' VI , ,..1. 1 ' L ll ' 53723 A ,f 'uf ' 1 4 n I 1 3, - 1 6 4. L. W El-:Eu i.....'ar4iU 1 ,. xl Q , 'I ' 1 I v , , , s . 4' f vi 1 . gf?-1' ,,,:L ..,.. i- --. Q H3 'lf' 'hxvt n .w-4' , ., fZ'..4fif-an Mat-gnu W . Twig h W' If uf- 4..- . ,301 ff any -1 S .JI ,.4' -' Wf.wf-, 5 . . , A A - Y -.,:4L,S.,F , W' 1 -.V W Mn.. w.. , ww! pg Mg '-Q9 ' ' H X H 1 7:51 1' ' ' ne., . gulfnf, ' ' L' --W. .. 'A a Y 'Ah ' - A .. w w- ' ' V 1 ? , W 1 7, .tt ' 1 ,vim xl :qu , , , 4- ' z.g.. 1 1 if ,T . qi ,fr 'K' A' , , .Q . ,.'f .j J .,. .' -. . , li' N 'N ' z, , A - f .zfff - 1 , -fr - .Jw 'E-. - . 'pr I. f - ,- v. ,L--3 .3-A v., s my Q Q A ' Y ' ' 1 ks- -.: ...SH ..'A5r'+2 N s . A 3 . if 'm rv 'bf Wifi ' NV J. ' .2-sv, Q: 5 A 't,.'Z:' ' Fa. .1 ' F ' -5 If -u 'iv' N' L. e ' -- 1' .,,f,, , . r, ,I M ' ,. , -Y Z.. -, H - ' Mn fj- . H - Q . , -. I 7 ..,,.g ,, .Qi , . 7 W - , . - - . f p . Q. -' .iv . X Mg-..' ix f. ,xr '+L .fra-4 es-P - . 1 ,,-'. ,, Vins- -- ' -. I E .M-. L,jf f'W Asyf '- tgffiz iv- 7 V - ., - -- if ' .- ' QQ .QF gs' ' Q , - fv. A . 7 . . -,Fw A .. i1fi'w-. 1 1 A 1 ' N ,ff v J f K' .mfs .4 4 ,-.1 3' '- 't Wi, W' ,, , ,M , , 'ja 3 '. ' 512.4-'..: 1 Nxffff cw ..i..M,wf ' - - 1 gh. l K . , 'Z ' ' A . HM H., .4 .h .-, . , 1,5 Y ,, .X,.! ,V 3 yi , ,xt H. ,. . if N AI N . ' ..4 X.. I I.. ' ', . . . w ff' - . . , . .f-gd --1. I '1 v ' 'x w X . , 5-'V .Q ,lv , l, . . - 5.7.53 . 1 j . i V , .I '-,' if .' , Y ' 1- 4 ' .- ,.4' - A' A TTii'F!Tx '-s,..,Q,...-,f-:.-- '- I K ' x .J - . . , ff Alf , ' Vx 0- . , lil b ,. 1 . .. 'J ,., .,., V. , I . V . ,-- U5 - ' -- 4 . -- f:-ak' -.-:fr-7' .-' ' V ' 4 'T' fi -' . ..- -.4. H.-14 '.,jj:,.,3 ml 7- .-. xg.. .-,.. ., . ' . .,,,,VVZ V , X W 1 . .Q...........,....L.,4 ' AA ' W, . .Mm . , , 7,5 , . W M m- kr .5-fa15'-fiv-fQ- I -.2 -'::v.-fi.., rf .3 L. S 'fl' -.1 . ' W A., 5533. A .- .g3Y..,,:--,.,-,Y---f'1.g:f pwyjggr- 1 f Ling .qv-lf.-:,,q . .V -. V. Y .1 - '-.yf..':-.914 13-:i-1. A-ig',.g'-':'ffiffQ1,Tff2g'214,J ----1.i:'Q .bf 174 ' ,.,.- W -a. 54 .4 -745 ,W - -, if . , P' ' . - ,ii Q ' ' g:.sss.,q.f, .4 ,rn Qvg, ni'..,--.wf-- ff:,.-fr. f'-:'1,..f, :1w.:'z-f- :...fn-.,.: 1.-f 1'.f:14 :f1--- f . El, , . , V., ,-U...,-3,.?,:,.pg..-.w,?i, ., ,Z L,9Q?-,,hZ,:6i,:g- , -f ----1-35.7 - -,-.. ,' '.::ff.. 7 7 --:W A 1.Ef.f4?:5-Sbffsf T1' .- . ' ' 'f ' ' ' ' ' .- ,vi . ,. 7-'.1?17':::'. '5 -Q ----. ' ,V - ' 3 ij' ',f'T:,41T.,91.u.!F'fT1.'t'x 'f'-- .'xv1v.flH - ' I H' '- 1- - 1 2 .H f L 'Q ,UQ j .. .. , Q 2 mx -'f' , V 5. ' ' ' . ' . . M, , - Y. 1. ' ff:-.,-,. f .. Lt gg ,QI . ' 'f' ' 'fb-11, ' ,,'..g,L:, EE' . zalfii- ,,,.....,...T,..2Y D -,F .fr - .,-g,.,,...w-B- ft N-J:-Hg. -LI-IA,--'..:,.-.,,.f--V. -iz-i'F:,., '-:z qu.. . tv- -fi' 'f 'n .1 W Af' ' , - ..a?iTf'1'5I - - 'ff' 2:-' - ' A -.fn-as - ' N, ., , -:.H!3f ,,.,,.....-L C? . M ,...,,p..44V-.5 -tu...---L-.11 .-5 -...-......,.4s.fI- -.:..,, 0- j uid N Nqr- :.a2QQ:z::,j ' . -aff.-12p.:. ' f,j-1-- -..-Nz 'N-v . A -. ,S-L .q-.-45 '13-ii' ill-fii?'l 'T':m19iL1 V ' ' ' , ..:.,..g -- .- --.--- ,-.,..-.1 .M--..,,. ,- . :ww M-..-..-A., ' '.:.:'.., ,, J,-....,.. ... 3. QtPa.,.,, ,, - -P .-.ws-,. ,. ...df-Lag. ITF'-a-. . -: r-Y 7:44 -- . - .., ,.. ANN, -E, VK .1 .... ,N A , .- I pk ' '. i . I 1 Q is -vi. 1- ' 4 T 4 . V Y 7 SN if l?..,E:g,g,+ E3'QSnvn1F::giiE?1.' : V V . '.. Ari d I -' 55321, ,':'?ffe7 X i' 12,11 .1 M' I 7' . ..2F!'...u .,- . -1 - wr.. - .M ., :'!. ig I., , W A WH A ..-u - xx . kk' X Opening 13 14 Opening. 7,,g X. Vw EE qi ii VE? 5 ,, . - W, ,gg W7 . ws, 1 w ' 1 -, ,. I R, I . ., I Ie , 4 . - ' 'M J X-,Ag ,. '21 tit f ' - ' ' ,u Q- Lf ' ': L - .WI I I I, I - v HX. ,K .4 ,Q-,Nw II I, . M . I I ,Im . -' . , ' 4 L' II, 'A I, ' V, Q , I- m ., 2? X K -in II g . yi! - 4' 1 '-521 r My MIM, ,pw M M N' ww, N 5? 4 I1 . . ,I I , :I I ls. V I, f .W Y Q I ,1 Y Y 4 w f..-, . I - -IPL. X I M:-,5LJ,ngf1i,,'. ,yfww ' wr' ku . 1 . I ' WW- ,, ,',,.,I,,f M ..,.,i.,'mI Hx: 'Q J' ..,.i ,N NT 1 I I , , II II I ,II- 2.4 ,L . - ., A ..: uw- 1' m w 4 'X , .A , ' -w 1: M- my ,514 I IIII' I '- - I,I'5A.5, I I ., ,. . I I f . I. . -4, ky 1 , 1 x,u.wI- ', i I Q:-Q 'lx Q I I III .QQ-:.f1L1'w2,i:.lf' ,-'iii'-?.i'fl'tJ -Vim. , ftiitff , .ax - ' 1:1411 III 1. -, wr. ' ,,,I.,,4 L, I , y' W.. , .f 1Irf:'1,,-,., fig' IIILQ-1 -, I I- ,.: II II? , 'V 'E' 'Q I . I , ,. -r' F. u FP .HI 'W Y-f -mywL,L,f-J A 'VF' A' Y- f , 5?ff.ffl2Q, ' -- lf? -1 -Af 1'ai'f' - F gf. nL.1n1..m1- v Id. -rc' all , - Q r 4. l , gg-, II .,. ' 'av ' .. 'l ws , ., W . 6 'Q -- 2 ...Y ' W Www X W f-'M 1. I 1. I 9. , -v F fi 6- X W . 1 , . -,q,,xQjx,g.4 YI. , If 139252.-J' - 3 , HL, - ---..M--.. J L41 A M A 'Z M 2 Z, .fl- x N. f Hgkifigm V PMN Ivljlm ... .-, .A V Y A i ' f 'A7gM!lILUJlgf1I n iliiimw -1-- f- 1 v I X'1fX157vji'vff1f'Li,' H ' M :P lvhlfn'-,'.5,fXIL jf R! J If H 3-YU? W1 M-v1'nw Y.-:Aki NP L1 I T I f , Q ,, , YW, ,i mmm C Ehmsialms PHILOSOPHERS David G Sawsiml William G Armwam Catherme M Wwliart JDM iM Falwhla Eva J Balham' WEIMTEN F Rossa Eugene A Steam H Malin I-I lamnie Hmnmy J when EE WHEN F FEMEF 1 In l'i ,N Yi L if Vg ,. uw, if, P f - ' ,X iw-l ,., 'L lj NEW! ,U UL , , . QQ VI3VN'iA i' . H H -,Y xi f - Q , Stephen 16. Dsmisw U ia, ,Q ,Hn , ' W Q' J - 'f ,H A xy. wr, 'H X '-, ,f ' I' ' 4- :H 1' 1: - . -Wf fif' , f- 'wk ' 'x 'WX f- ' ' f- ,ff .' .1 - I ' HJ -1 -- - f 'X . -cm, A If'.A.'gJ -f1Ja',.QlffS ,..:-..-2-.- X , rr-g . ,Q K, gh- :j , ,, ff v.1.r.',' ',.'-I -1 ,, '-:- - -. 1 :NT f - - - - r ,fu ' L- '- f .-.' ,.f,,5.f-..J,,-f,-5-'L - '-- -Q--' R.. , A-,-H . ul UW- I -:vgga W Q., :lil ' 7 Y- A :::xj-'g 1 ' Q, 'f,13,,5,y ' V, . A-5 -Q, , - 'xx - lf? ' ,, -' L'1- 5 -- fpwdy ' . 'xH' X ' h I-. A N 'ML4-T --...N Nw- ' I 1 xv' IN, , , ' X 'l ' 5 I 'A 'M M xx 'C' , ' ' , A if ' -' N. , Q X 5' mil V+-'zryh ' ' A. '1 gan W 2 I ' Q- Agri . . ,, tiff' -,W wi . - aj ' h -,. ' , u ff ...qtklf W7 1 mr -iisngz Qfiffr W dgj' ' W -- I ...R 'A . .N , . bf. v ft, , fx 'S f '.1 1 'v' .foqll ,-'WH H . V .4 , '.:!JL4?, .Agni t ,9,'f,mf- , n' gl i'j W,, ,,.,V ,Y ummm , - I -5 gg, M. Jw- an ,Aww is- .1 .nlmllk!Hmmd.,.- J. ..1 .5 In X M-Q. Q . Tyr .1S..,...- ' -' . M.q'! 5. 4- - ' Q in A wh - 4 J tvagiggxlllxi' '92 I X 'Ev Jliss'-mm... -I - w N .J-F-'--'X '- e9'f.vI.f fzQs. 3 ' , -. E' F ,, A M Z, .' M, w 1 W.. h X sl L-. ' K 'XM N ' cigxx x ,0? -f..' ir' WS . ,h l -iw. Bn .. . I X -.4 .A .V .ff N ,.Q,,,,-.W N ff r A M320 Q aff: -11, fs-'m ,..,, W'3l. l'Wa...ww'-H ' w M 7' . .,,, Mfnqpp-Q, Nui 1,61 .. wxrffw-n-rum 21:35 N df' y A xl l xx ' ' f WNW L ,T , ' 1 w , WM ' 'Q , fi-'film 1-, 1- L, .Q l .:r7,:N. 5'lj,5:ir-GQLQLK ,'V 1,. ' , K ,- -. 'nqvf 'S S' '.I if ' -. Q I- . 4 ' wI,:':.,f1g,.,,1i fi . -fafff., ,--,P IX 4- -1, mal s f .ffs-,Q-'r ,. 'KN' 4-2' Q?-TY ki'fM M -. . Q' FL' 'Hi' -'Q' ' 1 fvtvqlyvi 1 ,mm Q9 ' wif' - Hb 14:2-.. 3:-ifiiqtx iii-2 ' ' 'ii' 'Qi V' 35,5 ik- . V4 1 ' ,'f.,A,v sLh:e.M rWf5,, ' W,-W. N ' Af-13:4 Rf.. 'f 7 ' A . - W L - . In ,1 .JURIJ-., If , i.. , , ... , .p Q- ,. ,. . 4 1 Q : f gff '--xh XQ --w:g.'i.-,55,5,,. , .1151 ,1,,,,f,,4 ' fm.-....z 16 1'5 A y 1 Nsxi X 7 Z1-If - f '14 --A ..,-' wsu , I4 A ' ' T , T.. -ng.'1QWFP:'5'.f1 A xs: Q figs-un ,Hi . x. x , yawn' , ff l M ali.-.4 .,A,H A 1 ,pq f I A I x 'S 4413 53 ll V 'A-165-f2f .'.i.1 5' .M ' 4, ' A --,s'11'1o-.v ,, . P- H 'ffM'f ww' ms . H ' 45,1-,-.ng-g,:'.,.:-Q,vi -r ' ' '-'. ,..... 3 f.. ,' gg., ,. f- -7' TI,-'fi ,'f.r2 -'N ' , mm mm ' :nh v .1 HMIWEWIIIXUBiifmmwillIITHWIIIIIDIIUIw:IlIfIEfBlIH1MluI11maMA'l!21i 2-N ,QM 4' 3 ,r .1 vt. ' f P I I -I ' 1 , ' 9 .,, himgym -'fl' , 4A'h Y-.5 .:.,4.,-. '. X :fd Ma ni . 4 M' F311 ' lwllllnuuuuuuamnuxmumuuunlnuhlummlmlllllif' H , . , , QWJ imwuuwmrmuu wm T T: r Q , 'Y La as qv ' PM PG' 7,01 mf- -L . M-f A -- -- is I 1:1 Y , , .mmm iii . Q4 ' :, fm 1 Q 9' ' A ' V 158k '.'-- W- n,11:':wt'mM-Lvv.fy-4 lv-1, u ', . 1 .1 . , . . ,fy - :1 H ' , 3 Q f , g 1 4. v ' A if W 3-, 54 ' uh 5, fl x Arirx I 1 X A 1 'lx xl J xi- J XM , ' f v ' - WJ' ' . . m f. .N , m a n- it 4 4 - N53 F3 I1 --.-,Q il y., N P ' K JS:-Jr 1-. Ai I. uk L - Cf AI ? wifi: -'Im 5 E- . Q - If 4 , W . , Q4 ' ' ,f Q rv , ' - , -, .. ,L is 2, r gg: 1 U 'Hs H 1 ,,,,nWm. ...... . . ,NH ..-. , 2 1. -qi f JIS X ,,,, Sm....V, -ii 1 M W... Q .. 'r:. ,-...::'E,- ':: U Gilfm. Ep 1' 3:5555 H i z'- fi?sfs jji2e-uvseiif? 3 QEMN J. .' W QHHSS-fZ2'f'5'f'21'9H-1.3- 1 . .. L'-r ' x V ' - N- ' V Mg.-5 - Qsxk . ,, v- Hlifnfgnl wma' 1, 1!54Ru3l?d!i,,.4,,,L--Q-X-ghpiffffgy -?..zf:., ,la'5gF2fE,fQ?:jg,2'fR?.2KQ , ,- ,fifgi 1 AM?-:fi-.'EITZ3.42-,,.-xIiii? ' , -f .::i ll1E:53I':1fQ'iiii,fm'3vXl f XA-QQQE,-3,1 ,glig-j A W' tgyh 'j -.- gZI1?:u?,I2gg'u?igf':pf.lakgre , Vvbllkrhf mifgggliifq Q' f ' 'U ' lnqlllzqfi 'Juli' ' x 4 N, .I . ILBPL -fi i , 15 , N, ,...l' ' rm.. 'wr ,,af'f7 VW' ' I 7' '77E 3'11'L '7 'f1'0 '7f Wijliglff Fwy 'X i ,M QNX 1, 1 .. - ri . ,., , , ,- 1 . uf--1, .,, VV M, , . J 1:-H5152 gl f- ff-pffff2?2ff:?6fa1f: '5'Q'5fT!7' ff wx is ff 'fl :?'3,f 'y ,- ,pin , rl 5 ,L F3 .. .- Q., , ,,,,.' 1 P 'X' - - 'X rglf! 1' ,f- ' .. .. , ,I K- 1 I ---. Y -1 - A wwp, 1 ' Q 2 3 f ' X'- 'hw' 2 -X. 'e.mpzj- .1 .M-45i2jv',-5 ,V . , on! Tx ' .'?W 5- f W fy 4. If 1 05' F I I , H... ' 'di 4 A. 5-215525 Q' !f N' b in efmlllh .:', X ' WV +4 .i , 1 1 5 I -N x I 1 I AX N L I 1, N v , f . -- r g-iii .Q In r ' ff ? MEDICINE AND MEDICAL EDUCATION It is difficult to think about one's philosophy of medical education and about medicine in general without recalling those in the profession who may have had some influence on one's career choice. Such is the case with me. When I consider these topics, I naturally remember, among others, my former family physician who embodies those characteristics traditionally associated with the doctor - the iatros. Whether on a house call, in his office, or at the corner drugstore, he could be identified as the doctor by his demeanor, attire, mannerisms, and 'even by the faint aroma of tincture of iodine which lingered about him. The patient was the most important person in the world to this man, but his warm, sincere, and compassionate concern for the patient did not impair his professional objectivity and detach- ment so necessary in accomplishing his task. The epitome of discretion, he never betrayed a confidence. His enthusiasm for what he was doing was infectious, and he instilled a sense of encouragement and a positivity in his relationships with people, so that even in hopeless situations, despair was unlikely and dignity prevailed. In addition, it was obvious that his education had not ceased with graduation from medical school. He was constantly reading and improving his skills. He recognized his limitations and was unafraid to seek consultation. His omnipre- sence was legendary, his integrity, above question. In the words of another country doctor, This man had the three A's of being a good doctor - Ability, Affability, and Availability. In these contexts of ability, affability, and avail- ability, I should like briefly to discuss students of medicine and their teachers rather than medicine and medical education. Ability a It goes without saying that one must have a certain degree of intelligence to become a doctor. Certain other qualities in addi- tion to intelligence are important in becoming and remaining an effective physician. Most doctors have unusually well- developed powers of observation. Some seem to come by this naturally, while others make concerted efforts to develop and improve this faculty. Many advances in medicine have resulted from this ability in those intelligent enough to use it. Being alert and aware are characteristics of the good observer. Medical teachers must have the ability to help their students improve their powers of observation while inculcating the prin- ciples of the scientific method in them. Accurate observations and documentation of facts by both teachers and students make for proper interpretation of data which is essential for problem solving. Repetition breeds familiarity, and familiarity breeds learning. The ability of teachers to repeat in innovative ways to avoid boredom on the part of their students and the ability of the students to profit from repetition and to expand their under- standing from it are important components of any educational process. As one of my mentors once said after being com- mended for successfully controlling retroperitoneal bleeding during pelvic surgery, I've been there before! Practice tends to make perfect. We all recognize, however, that certain faculties are better developed in some people than in others. The ability of the teacher and the student to recognize those attributes during the medical school experience is helpful in channeling some people into pathology and others into pediatrics, gastroenterology, obstetrics, psychiatry, general surgery, etc. The student who has a specific interest and who can identify a teacher who has expertise in that area would do well to associate with that mentor as much as possible. Much is learned through sn JP Zi- 3' E -1 F9 CU 3' 2. CD I-I' S33 7? C CD 3 dialogue with those who know first hand about a subject. Herein lies one of the major strengths of the Duke curriculum. Many capable faculty are actively involved in the established procedures of their disciplines and are exploring the frontiers in those areas. Duke students have demonstrated their ability to profit from this over the years by associating directly with those faculty persons. Affability In addition to these various abilities, the successful student of medicine and his effective teacher share a secret which is found in their positive attitude. Those students and teachers who seem to be the happiest ahd most effective are those with enthusiasm for what they are doing. They are the ones who are motivated and have a sense of purpose. They are willing to sacrifice person- al pleasures, to be altruistic, to care for those for whom they have professional responsibility, and at the same time, they are able to maintain the balanced perspective necessary for their personal lives including spouses, children, families, friends, society, religion, etc. Availability The able and affable students of medicine and their teachers of the same ilk can be effective only if they are available. The teachers are obligated to make themselves available to their students, and the students are obligated to make themselves available to those situations that are most advantageous to learn- ing throughout their lives. They are also obligated to make themselves available to those people who have entrusted their health to them. The students of the Duke University School of Medicine impress me as able, affable, and available candidates for the privilege and responsibility of caring for sick people. The able, affable, and available physicians are the true spir- itual descendants ofthe Greats of Medical History. They seem to maintain bonds with Aesculapius, Hippocrates, Galen, Hun- ter, Simmelweiss, Virchow, Osler, Best, Taylor, White, Minot, Strudwick, Nott, Cushing, Holmes, Sims, Williams, Davison, Reed, Hohman, Markee, Carter, Smith, Swett, Hart, Stead, Alyea, Baker . . . Arthur C. Christakos PHILOSOPHERS 21 DVNPCI 9!q9S 'Cl 'U01 F E J 'G'IN COMMENTS FOR THE AESCULAPIAN MEDICINE: No other profession can boast ofthe same unbroken continuity of methods and ideals. We may in- deed be justly proud of our succession. Schools and sys- tems have flourished and gone, schools which have swayed for generations the thought of our guilds and systems that have died before their foundersg the philosophies of one age have become the absurdities of the next, the foolish- ness of yesterday has become the wisdom of tomorrow, through long ages which were slowly learning what we are hurrying to forget - amid all the changes and chances of twenty-five centuries, the profession has never lacked men who have lived up to these ideals. - Osler Medicine, which has attracted the most scholarly and commit- ted students for hundreds of years, continues to stimulate the aspirations of the finest graduates of our colleges and universi- ties. One cannot avoid being astonished at the variety of career opportunities currently available to all those in this select group. Until relatively recently, most physicians were largely of the same mold, but in the past several decades a number of specific opportunities for in-depth specialization have developed. It is this change, more than any other single factor, which has been responsible for the notable advances which have occurred in medical science during this period. Nevertheless, the student who wishes to pursue a broad approach to medicine and to have the responsibility as well as the gratification of caring for a large number of patients and treating a variety of illnesses may still pursue such a course by choosing the field of family medicine. Thus, the medical student today can specifically select a career designed to provide the opportunity to contribute to progress as well as finding happiness in life. This spectrum has been in the state of continuous change during the past several decades, and today a series of widely ranging opportunities are available including community medicine, group practice, part-time affil- iation with a medical center, or a full-time university academic appointment. Further still, challenging opportunities are avail- able for physicians in research institutes, industry, government, foundations, and civic enterprises. Bearing these features in mind as the background of modern medicine, it is very gratify- ing and a much appreciated experience to be invited by the editors of the AESCULAPIAN to comment on some personal thoughts about a career in medicine. 22 PHILOSOPHERS In reflecting upon my own experience, Alfred Blalock, a much respected mentor, provided the primary stimulus. In his daily teaching and example, it was apparent that he felt there were few satisfactions in life as meaningful as a combination of clinical and investigative medicine. Becoming convinced of the necessity for thorough clinical training and taking the time required to achieve it, it was also equally clear that if one is to undertake meaningful clinical investigation, then carefully disci- plined training in the laboratory is essential. This conviction became stronger as it was recognized that clinical experiences alone were inadequate in providing an appropriate foundation for objectivity in clinical research. For this reason I decided to spend two years in full-time research with Dr. Donald E. Gregg, who had a reputation for being a purist in investigative physiolo- gy as well as a world authority on the coronary circulation. To him much credit is due for teaching me the fundamental princi- ples and the basic concepts of research as well as the objective interpretation of experimental data. It is my own belief that such a laboratory experience must of necessity be full-time, without the press of any concomitant clinical responsibilities. Moreover, a significant and continuous period of time must be spent in order to adequately acquire the necessary experience as an investigator. A combination of these experiences places one in an optimal situation for a later combination of research and excellence in the care of patients. Few challenges are as reward- ing as original investigation, and one has the clear obligation of reporting such observations in the literature. This in itself is a learning experience since the investigator is called upon to state in clear and precise terms both the description and an inter- pretation of the specific research. If one is interested in assimi- lating data in the preparation of a textbook, earlier experiences in experimental and clinical laboratory are very helpful in pre- paring and editing such works. Moreover, the writing of texts provides a relatively easy way to remain abreast of the current literature and ofthe changing concepts in diagnosis and therapy. Teaching is another important challenge, especially since it provides an opportunity to relate closely and benefit others. Few privileges are more meaningful than the training of bright and committed students for careers in medicine. Their achieve- ments bring much more happiness than one's own successes, and there is the added gratification that the students themselves will rapidly experience the stimulation and happiness derived from such contributions. For example during the past decade, thirty-six Chief Residents have completed the training program in General and Cardiothoracic Surgery and thirty of them cur- rently hold appointments in university medical centers and six are in the private practice of surgery. It should be emphasized that in training programs a combination of those who are solely interested in academic work as well as those who are solely interested in clinical practice is very important, since neither alone is nearly as stimulating as the opportunity of working with both groups. There are many features which underscore the productivity of these residents including the fact that last year forty-four publications appeared in the scientific literature which originated from Residents in the Department as the primary authors. The leadership roles which these young men and Women achieve both locally and nationally provide them increasing confidence as well as genuine happiness which is also shared by their families and friends. In being asked to comment specifically on a philosophy of life, it is readily admitted that in the past I have seldom given much time on philosophical thoughts. Rather, it has seemed appropriate to learn as much as possible from respected leaders and to seize upon certain relevant quotations, both past and present, which have meaning and special appeal. If one follows the mainstream of life, problems, perplexities, and disappoint- ments can be anticipated as well as success and happiness. Win- ston Churchill provided sound advice when he said, The only guide to a man is his conscience, the only shield to his memory is rectitude and sincerity of his actions. It is very imprudent to walk through life without this shield, because we are so often marked by, a failure of our hopes and upsetting of ouricalcula- tions, but with this shield, however the fates may play, we may always be in the ranks of honor. Another feature deserving specific recognition is the im- portance of flexibility in daily life. This is very aptly expressed in the Socratic statement, A man though wise, should never be ashamed of learning more, and must unbend his mind . . . and so the ship that will not slacken sail, the sheet drawn tight, unyield- ing overturns. She ends the voyage with her keel on top . . . The message of being alert to the need for change, when change is prudent, is indelibly clear. Finally, this writer has never found a statement which cap- tures the prescription for a successful and happy career in medi- cine as well as that of Sir William Osler. When asked by the medical students at Yale for the reasons explaining his own attainments, Osler was very forthright, It seems a bounden duty on such occasions to be honest and frank, so I propose to tell you the secret of life as I have seen the game played, and as I have tried to play it myself. . . This I propose to give you in the hope, yes, in the full assurance that some of you at least will lay hold upon it to your profit. Though a little one, the master-word looms large is meaning: WORK. It is the open sesame to every portal, the great equalizer in the world, the true philosopher's stone, which transmutes all the base metal of humanity into gold. The stupid man among you it will make bright, the bright man brilliant, and the brilliant student steady. With the magic word in your heart all things are possible, and without it all study is vanity and vexation. The miracles of life are with it. . . To the youth it brings hope, to the middle-aged confidence, to the aged repose . . . It is directly responsible for all advances in medicine during the past twenty-five centuries. David C. Sabiston 5 .T 3 FD JP E '4 as 3 3 F THE FUTURE OF MEDICAL EDUCATION A View Toward The 21st Century It is tempting to say that I never look back, but it simply is not true. Though it is more fun to think and plan for the future, past history has the sobering impact of attempting to minimize the recycling of previous mistakes made in the United States and abroad. Medical and health science education in the past 200 years provides an objective launching pad from which we may ex- trapolate future changes. Some of the directions we are current- ly following have proven disastrous in other countries. At times, elements of our national leadership appear to be wearing blindersg the day-to-day preoccupation with complex problems in education and health care are not conducive to careful plan- ning for the future. In this column, I shall endeavor to touch only a few of the major issues which loom before us in the next two decades. A more complete rendition would require a monograph. Changes in Admission to Medical School Today, the starting line to gain admission is located where your parents have decided to work and live. You are locked in an environment which can determine whether or not you are in an educational channel that might lead to admission to medical school. The valedictorian of a small rural high school in North Carolina may not gain admission to one of the nation's top fifty colleges that produce the bulk of successful applicants to medic- al school. The new North Carolina Residential High School of Science and Mathematics is an experiment to correct this dispar- ity in opportunity. Lessons to be learned from such a model may be replicated in other states and provide one solution to the problem. At the collegiate level, currently there prevails a unitrack quantitative science rat race to compete for admission to medi- cal school. Only one out of three applicants is successful on the national scene. The remaining two-thirds end up frustrated, angry, and sometimes hostile towards medicine, they may go into careers that surround medicine, but they and their families will never forget the four years of the vicious college race. The Program to Strengthen the Medical Science Education in College, supported by the Commonwealth Fund of New York City at Duke's Trinity College and seven other universities, is one attempt to provide alternative pathways to medicine. It makes available respectable tracks to other careers in health and fields related to medicine. It defuses the quantitative biological science unitrack as an all or none option. Youngsters gain a practical field experience in health care to get a feel for the trenches by Working as volunteers in hospitals and clinics. It provides the opportunity to sample the basic medical sciences while in college. The early provisional acceptance to medical school as sophomores in college gives the student an opportun- ity to select broader non-science courses in the humanities and social sciences. Consideration for future careers in economics, political science and law at the interface with medicine have exposure to what medicine and health care is all about in the process of formal collegiate education. Current medical school admission committees do the best job possible today. They are more discriminating than other profes- sional and graduate programs that tend to formulate criteria that consider grades and aptitude tests exclusively. Interviews and letters of recommendation may be helpful at both ends of the intellectual spectrum, they can weed out the genius who belongs PHILOSOPHERS 25 in a laboratory doing research rather than taking care of sick fellow human beings. I have no clear solution to propose and will continue to agonize about this issue. The Medical School Experience Clearly, the elective curriculum instituted in 1966 at Duke has been successful at this institution. It is the way of the future as useful medical information increases exponentially. We rec- ognized in the 1960's that it was no longer possible to expose medical students to all pertinent medical knowledge. The first two years were tailored to acquaint the student with the lan- guage of biomedicine and the process of problem solving. The last two years provided the opportunity to sample specific areas in depth. An additional dimension will have to be added - the changing process of decision-making as well as the changing information base. The evolving physician-computer interface is constantly a changing process. The Myocardial Infarction Re- search Unit CMIRUD instituted at Duke in 1967 is a splendid example of how decisions will be made in the future regarding the care of patients with coronary artery disease. Human mem- ory becomes increasingly fallible. The clinical experience of one physician is an insufficient data base for decision-making. The MIRU model is already being adapted to the field of cancer. In succession, other diseases will be managed with the same pro- cess and will be used by medical students, residents and clini- cans. The data base will be made available to community physi- cians by satellite terminals. Already proven to be cost-effective, the computer-physician process should be supported by third party insurance as a mechanism for a higher quality of care and for cost containment. Having an objective basis to sort out patients with myocardial infarction who can be discharged in 5-7 days instead of 21 days will be increasingly important as the per diem in coronary care units climbs up to 351000 per day in the 1980's. Changes Anticipated in Residency Training Because of the interdependence of clinical services, institu- tions will need to be accredited for graduate medical education. The patient with heart disease coming to a teaching hospital requires a spectrum of bench strength in medicine or pediatrics, radiology, surgery and anesthesiology. Each is an important link and quality cannot be unacceptable in any one. Today, Residen- cy Review Committees and the various specialty board tend to look at individual programs. The patient may be in jeopardy if one residency training program is on confidential probation unbeknownst to the others. Some mechanism such as the Liaison Committee on Graduate Medical Education will need to have muscle at the national level to accredit teaching hospitals aspiring to provide residency training. As a second set of teeth, the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Hospitals should not accredit hospitals with residency programs that are not certified by the LCGME. Other issues that will evolve in the 1980's will be the problem of accomodating the larger crop of graduating MDs into avail- able Year I Residency Programs. As the LCGME improves quality by accreditation, some residency slots may be discon- tinued. It is possible that we may see a situation comparable to France and Spain where the number of Year I slots are less than the number of graduating MDs. A clear trend is already in view to correct speciality maldistributionf' Recent graduating classes have listed not only their preferred internships for the specialty of choice but for other less sought specialties as well. Finally, we can anticipate changes in the financing of residen- cy training. To date, each specialty board has designed the criteria for accomplishing residency programs. There is no 24 PHILOSOPHERS across the board consideration of whether the trainee is still a dependent highly supervised individual or if, indeed, he or she can be considered to be a relatively independent junior staff person - e.g., the 8th year resident in cardiac surgery. Residents are currently supported by the patient care budgets of teaching hospitals. It makes more sense to support the cur- rent more senior relatively independent residents on the same basis as the faculty, be it fee-for-service or some other basis. Collectively, residents do not have a comfortable national voice. They are being wooed by the AMA as future members thereofg they are sought by the unions as employees of hospi- tals. The medical educational associations need to incorporate the legitimate interests and membership of the 64,532' resi- dents in the teaching hospitals of the United States. Continuing Medical Education This is probably the biggest challenge of them all. Why? The average duration of compartments in the continuum of medical education is as follows: Premed - 4 years, medical school- 4 years, residency - 4 years, continuing education - 55 years. Given the 5-year half-life of useful information in biomedicine and the changing process of learning and practice, continuing medical education is a sleeper. In the 1980's and l990's, there will be a shift in the center of gravity of educational programs in the continuum of medicine, from medical school and residency training to continuing education. Fortunately, by our current tax laws, it is possible to be a self-financing area. How to do it? Unfortunately, at this time we know what works and what doesn't in continuing education at the extremes. We have no objective basis on which to judge the usmorgas- borg of offerings on the international scene. Evening lectures that follow long cocktail hours and massive dinners probably are inconsequential. Spending a month every two years with the house staff as a fellow in a given specialty at an academic medical center to learn new diagnostic and therapeutic skills is probably effective. Evaluating the net impact of a specific type of con- tinuing education program on the patient care of a given practi- tioner is lacking. Humanism in Medicine Of significant concern is the question: Does the increasing science and technology of medicine put it in an adversarial relationship with treating patients and their families as human beings? My answer is a hopeful, resounding no !! lwould not be honest if I did not express my grave concern in this issue. As the complexities of diagnosis and treatment increase exponen- tially, there has been a decrease in the ability of the physician to communicate with the patient and the family. The role models of faculty were never perfect. In the 1940's and 1950's, we still had professors who denied the patient the truth about having cancer, it put the patient and the knowledgable family in a difficult situation. Today, the problem with the clinician is not protecting the truth to avoid shocking the patient, but a lack of awareness of how to communicate effectively with the patient and the family. It behooves faculty members to behave as role models for the medical students and the residents. Furthermore, the subject of communication process should be incorporated in clinical rounds. What to say - how to say it - where to say it! The effectiveness of the physician in communication has a domino impact on other health professionals who have to deal with patients and their families. The poor physician communicator can have a devastating emotional impact on the patient, the family and the other health professionals. A striking example of the latter is the resident who is insecure and anxious about death and dying, a five-minute negative contact of that physician with a terminal cancer patient can leave an horrendous emotional problem in the lap of the nursing staff on that ward. The physi- cian can leave expeditiously, but the nurse assigned to the patient has to cope with the problem for hours on end. A fatigue syndrome of nursing personnel on cancer wards has evolved. Many of the complaint letters I receive are due exam- ples of poor physician-patient communications and indicate the need for humanism in medicine in the form of more empathy and understanding for patients by future medical students and residents. William G. Anlyan l'Directory of Residency Training Programs for 1979-80. Pub- lished by The American Medical Association. Feb. 1980. H190 .19 'VXI 9U! ,- :ft CD -1 .swf r-P 3 F7 Young adults in medical school are a heterogeneous group of talented, highly motivated, unique individuals who have already accomplished a great deal during their undergraduate years. There can be no doubt that the diverse backgrounds of the students contribute a great deal to the interactions of the stu- dents with each other and with the faculty. One of the rewarding aspects of being a teacher in the Duke Medical School environ- ment is observing the mutual respect which students have for one another. During the third year of medical school when more time is available for thinking and integrating information, it is delightful to see the student interactions as they share informa- tion with one another and learn by discussions with their peers. The Duke Medical School curriculum is unique. The first year provides a vocabulary and exposure to an insurmountable quantity of information. The second year clinical clerkships then expose the student to disease processes and people. The variability of diseases, the sometimes overwhelming sadness of illness, and the frustrations and pleasures of caring for people become a strong motivating force for integrating basic science information and returning to obtain additional facts from the basic sciences when necessary. The relative freedom of the third and fourth years at Duke provide the opportunity for further enhancement of the basic science background of our students, as well as for continued acquisition of clinical skills. This time allows the student to develop a critical approach to acquiring information, to assimilate further facts, and to develop the ability to solve problems relevant to the practice of medicine. The development of these skills is far more important then the individual facts which are acquired during medical school. The education of students can be successful only if they develop this ability and acquire confidence in solving each problem as it presents itself. The factual foundation provided by medical school must be built upon during the productive lifetime of the student. This obligates the medical school to provide the factual background but even more importantly, to help students understand the need for continuing acquisition of knowledge. Not only do students need to continue learning from the literature, but also from their own experiences in medicine. The guiding principle must be the ultimate concern for providing optimal health care to the individual patient. There are mutiple pathways which can be pursued within the broad framework of medicine. For example, a student may elect sub-speciality training or may elect to become involved in health care administration, either choice narrows his or her focus in medicine. Such decisions are the province of the student, but based on experiences occuring during their four years in medic- al school. Most of us have chosen medicine as a personally satisfying occupation. It is constantly stimulating, sometimes terrifying, and always interesting. This commitment to medicine as a pro- fessional career requires great understanding on the part of other persons sharing our lives. Medicine is not an eight hour a day job. Under no circumstances can responsibilities be dis- carded at the end of a Working day. There are ways in which responsibilities can be shared, but the time commitment and anxieties of caring for other persons will consume the majority of the waking hours of most persons in medicine. This is a difficult responsibility to integrate with family life and personal obligations. In particular, for women who elect to have a family and be in medicine, time commitments are sometimes extreme- ly difficult to manage. The biological role of women in bearing children may require compromise with other commitments and certainly requires emotional support. The physiological needs of infants are relatively simple when compared to the emotional needs and demands as they grow and develop daily. This is often not appreciated until such development is observed within the individual home. The joys are more than enough compensation for the difficult times, but unanticipated compromises may occur in the amount of time or the direction of training of individual physicians. Assistance within the household often becomes a necessity for homes with two working persons, parti- cularly two physicians. The quality of love and care within the home are far more important than the number of hours spent within a home. Thus, with planning, compromise, and hard work, it's possible to reap the enjoyment ofa happy personal life as well as the fulfillment of a satisfying career. Finally, a personal note of gratitude to the students who provide the motivation to continue teaching. Perceptive ques- tions, refreshing novel approaches to problems and enthusiastic interest in learning are constant stimuli to me to continue learn- ing in order to teach. Catherine Wilfert PHILOSOPHBRS 2 5 L C 2' 3 3 'FI DJ CD 1-P P+ fu 3 F AUTHORITY AND COMPASSION The experiences of medical school have helped you prepare to change roles - from being a well-educated young adult to becoming a physician. As a physician you will have unique authority- to physically intervene on behalf of a patient to help restore health. While others may have a deep concern for the causes of illness or for the delivery of health care, or may prescribe and perform certain forms of therapy, only you the physician will have legal authority to direct and participate in all aspects of comprehensive patient care. Your medical education prepares you to assume this new authority, but it must also prepare you to assume new responsi- bilities - those of providing informed and compassionate care to people. Rather than being on a pedestal, where one with your newly acquired authority might be found, becoming a physician means becoming immersed in all aspects of human experience while using your authority to benefit people. You will come to know thousands of individuals as they become your patients, and you may know them as no one else does. They may care very little about the science, i.e., the cause, prevention and therapy of their illness, but they will seek to reacquire health by benefit- ing from your authority and talents as a medical scientist. However, they will need much more than the science you have learned, since very few of your patients will be cured of all their ills by your intervention. In order to properly care for you patients, you must maintain a commitment to them, to science, and to yourself. The process of first detecting illness is currently a job primarily for the patient, but defining the illness, understanding its development, knowing how and when to intervene, and knowing when to modify care using new techniques are your responsibilities as a physician. This commitment to science, at least to that body of medical facts and practice which is currently accepted, is empha- sized in medical school and is apparent in the performance of medical students. Sometimes less apparent is an understanding of when to add new or different methods of care to the currently accepted therapeutic programs, when to experiment on hu- mans, or by what criteria new information becomes better in- formation. Concepts involved in logical decision making have been presented to you in both abstract and tangible forms. 26 PHILOSOPHERS u These concepts must be reviewed and consistently practiced in order to help you know when to reject a particular idea, or with what level of certainty a concept may be accepted. Caring for patients requires providing compassionate care, which includes having an understanding of what it is that the patient gives up by being ill. Caring also includes having a sense of how to help the patient reduce the sacrifice caused by illness. For many patients, this may simply mean your bending from a rigid schedule to consider their needs and responsibilities when you plan for their continued care. For the patient with progres- sive disease, this may mean your advising how to make today more important while not giving up hope for tomorrow - to focus on the near term, to help forget the bad moments and to learn to cherish the good. But to care and to continue caring, you must also care for yourself To risk emotional commitment to patients whose fate is unclear makes you vulnerable to loss. To frequently risk this loss is too intense for you to cope with alone. The tension must be shared with colleagues who can support you and occasionally relieve you of responsibilities. You must recognize not only your need to care for others but also your need to save some energy for yourself. Your life will change when you receive the physician's authority, but you will remain the same person you always were. People other than your patients will need you for matters often less intense than those you will cope with in medicine. You must learn occasionally to put aside the more dramatic matters so that you may tend to private matters and maintain interests outside of medicine. Giving by becoming immersed in human experiences can lead to one having nothing to give. Remember to save some for the giver. john M. Falletta l'l'l 4 93 L CD 'Pi cr CD 1 3 p PHILOSOPHY My own experience as a physician living and working in two countries, South Africa and the United States, spans a period of thirty years. During these years three communities have had the greatest impact on my professional and personal development. The first community was in Durban, South Africa. From 1946 to 1954 my husband and I Worked in an Institute of Family and Community Health as salaried employees of the government health services. The Institute trained doctors, nurses and health assistants to set up community health centers. CAt that time these centers were envisaged as the basic units of a proposed national health service which unfortunately never ca.rne to passj. Each center gave truly comprehensive ambulatory services - curative, promotive and preventive - to a geographically de- fined population. The work was clone by teams of doctors, family nurses and health assistants. Except for the doctors, team members were of the same ethnic background as the patients they served. Besides our recognition of the importance of in- digenous staff, we accepted the cultural milieu of the African population whom we served including the leadership of the tribal chiefs, the patriarchal system, the extended family, the supportive community networks and the role of indigenous healers. As family doctors with a holistic approach, we found the work professionally very satisfying. At the same time we were acutely aware of the limited role of medical care in dealing with gross poverty and malnutrition and the overwhelming influence that political, social and economic factors had on health status. We left South Africa in 1956, and started a new life in the United States. After a nine year stint in epidemiologic research at the Harvard School of Public Health, I became absorbed in another community as Director of the Martha Eliot Family Health Center in Boston. This Center was sponsored by the Children's Medical Center, which had obtained a Children and Youth Grant, and the Boston Hospital for Women, which re- ceived Maternity and Infant Care funding from HEW's Chil- dren's Bureau. The Martha Eliot Center was located in a low- income city housing project and served both the project's population and that of the surrounding census tracts. This community at first was as foreign to me as the African community had been. The housing project's population was almost all black and very poor and was surrounded by a hostile lower middle class white Irish population and a rapidly growing Spanish speaking population. The two and a half years I spent working in this community were the toughest and at the same time the most rewarding years of my professional life. Since only the poor were eligible for low-rent housing, all the project families had severe problems. Ill health, unemployment or underemployment, inadequate police protection, criminal violence and drug abuse was prevalent - as were rats and roaches. The insensitivity of legislative bureaucracy was epito- mized by the fact that one section of the housing project had been set aside as housing for the elderly - extraordinarily unsuitable for defenseless citizens. The project was ugly, lit- tered and badly maintained. Elevators malfunctioned, mail- boxes were frequently pilfered and tenants mugged. What could a program of medical care, limited to serving pregnant women, infants and youth up to the age of twenty-one hope to achieve under such circumstances? As in South Africa there was joy in this work which included a large proportion of indigenous manpower, and again as in South Africa, health status depended far more on external environmental, economic, political, and social conditions than on medical care. The third community is in a rural setting in nothern Durham County, in the adjoining villages of Rougemont and Bahama, which I slowly grew to know when I became Director of the Division of Community Health Models in the Department of Community and Family Medicine. This time I neither gave nor planned the delivery of medical services to this community of about two thousand persons. Rather, I was involved with survey research and community health education, and recently I have become particularly concerned with the lives of elderly resi- dents who live alone in this area. The community is rural, small farm and stable, with lives revolving around the home, work and church. Again, there are environmental problems for many who have inadequate housing with no indoor running water or in- door toilets. There is no public transportation - a particularly difficult problem for the elderly who are faced also with rising costs of food, fuel and rent, which are increasingly difficult to meet on inadequate social security incomes. How much can medical care contribute to the health of this community? The lessons I have learned from these three communities are simple and fundamental to medical care and medical education. First, we must look for and work with people's strengths rather than concentrate on their weaknesses. In doing so we must try to separate people's role as citizens from their roles as patients. For if we think of them as citizens who happen to be ill, we will treat them as equals in control of their own lives, but if we think of them only as patients we are apt to be authoritarian and to initiate a dependent relationship. And if we separate our own roles as citizens and as professionals, we can treat biological ills as professionals while helping to fight social ills as citizens. Second, I believe that health professionals must plan their services and deliver care according to the basic health needs of the communities they serve. This tenet presupposes a knowl- edge of the communities' own perception of their needs and priorities. Third, I believe that all health professionals are second con- tact rather than first contact persons and that primary care is properly centered in the family or other close social support system within the natural Ccommunityj social structure. Since professional care is external to that natural structure, it is second- ary in function and should be supportive of the primary care givers. Fourth, I believe that the medical model is inadequate to deal with illness in its social context. The South African experience made this very clear, and Boston and Rougemont! Bahama reinforced this lesson. Fifth, I believe that we must recognize the importance of peoples' involvement in their own health care, encourage and support this involvement, and develop linkages between profes- sionals and the communities they serve. We can educate every person who comes to us so that they will share responsibility in their own health care. And we can go further than that by trying to identify the natural helpers in a community, and by offering them educational programs, to enhance their effectiveness and thereby raise the health consciousness level of the community. Lastly, I believe we should encourage and nurture those medical students who believe strongly in a more humanistic approach to medical care. In the last few years I have witnessed many instances of medical students expressing their idealism through community involvement. Examples range from work- ing in migrant worker programs to the community organization efforts of the North Carolina Student Rural Health Coalition, from workin Womenis Health Collectives to assisting teenagers in peer counseling on sexual behavior, and from community needs assessment to the establishment of a community con- trolled clinic. Clinical medicine has done and is doing much for individuals and their illnesses but community medicine is much broader in scope - it enhances the public's health. Eva Salber PHILOSOPHERS 27 CD r-l- CD 'CT Z' CD 2 GJ C CD CD 1h CD Z' '4 MY PHILOSOPHY ON MEDICAL EDUCATION To be a good physician an individual must have a sound current fund of knowledge which is utilized in a scientific man- ner and implemented with personal honesty, compassion, empathy, and interest in the well-being of a patient as an indi- vidual. The responsibility ofa medical faculty is to choose those who will enter a School of Medicine, and in doing so they should look for persons of diversified backgrounds, who are intellectually capable, and who embody a strong interest in the total well being of their fellow man so that they are highly motivated to enter the healing arts. An applicant should have demonstrated a past record of personal integrity, honesty, and past activities which indeed reflect his motivation. The faculty, however, should be fully aware that there are many gifted and dedicated individuals in our society who wish to be physicians but have been deprived of prior opportunities in education and in other areas. To these individuals, the medical school must extend admissions and then provide such individuals with full faculty and medical school support in order to overcome possible academic shortcomings. Such support must be intensive, pro- vided by the most talented and dedicated of teachers in the respective areas, and given in an atmosphere of genuine caring. A medical school is built brick by brick by each of its faculty members. It is built by dedication, excellence, interest in stu- dents, and by the ability of each faculty member to serve as a model which can be emulated by the individual student. The worst faculty can put together the best curriculum to provide the worst experience. The relationship between faculty and stu- dents should be built on mutual respect. Those faculty members assigned the responsibility for and given the honor of teaching should be interested in teaching, should present material in a carefully prepared, considerate manner, and where possible, should provide insights into clinical applicability. The teacher must temper his enthusiasm in his individual discipline by taking the time to give the novice student a perspective in a new area and an introduction to its vocabulary. Faculty members should be readily available for informal meetings and conferences with students and should not be sequestered either in location or in mental preoccupation. To foster good teaching, a medical school must put as high a 28 PHILOSOPHERS priority on teaching as it does on research and patient care. These are not mutually exclusive, and indeed, the best teaching may be done at the bedside or in the laboratory. However, the pressure applied for faculty publications and grant support should be realistic so as not to infringe on the time necessary for the effective preparation, teaching and student-faculty interac- tion. Oftentimes, because of excessive medical school pressure for faculty members to attain such grant support, individual faculty may assign low priority to their teaching efforts and to their student contacts. The administration must recognize their teachers as being the mortar that holds the medical school together and must support them financially, philosophically and morally. This attitude is based on the philosophy that teaching, spending time with a student, giving a conference, making rounds, listening to a studentls future plans, sitting on a curricu- lum committee, and writing letters of recommendation are worthwhile and necessary activities. There is less and less public support and funding available for the teaching effort of medical schools, and as such, a tremendous dependence is placed on the grant support available for research efforts and on the funds generated by patient care. Teaching, however, requires time. Time requires support. Such support translates into the abandonment of clinical academic appointments which serves to rank those who are strictly clini- cians below those who do research. It calls for greater medical school support in salaries and for makingsuch salaries competi- tive with those of private practitioners so as to attract valuable members who would otherwise be lost. For the medical school to do this, the provision of funds must be based on careful and conservative spending in the area of buildings and capital im- provements. It calls for the creation of funds which have been generated by clinical efforts to be shared mutually and equitably by teachers, basic scientists, and clinicians alike, whether or not such individuals directly contributed to the fund. It calls for the application of political and governmental pressure to recognize the need for public support and subsidy of teaching efforts. It calls for third party payments which subsidize bedside teaching. It calls for increased tuition as the cost of living increases. It calls for enhancement of private and foundation endowments ear- marked for teaching purposes. The curriculum should be well founded to provide a careful background in the basic and clinical sciences. The basic science courses should permit clinical correlations from the earliest time so as to relate the clinical and basic science areas. A curricu- lum should wed the basic and medical sciences into one. The interpretationof a patient's problems must be in a pathophy- siologic terms with full understanding of anatomic, biochemical, genetic, and environmental factors. The curriculum must allow insights into the moral, ethical, and philosophical issues as they relate to a physician. It is vital to understand the moral and philosophical issues which daily confront a physician in applying a growing technology. It is important that a physician under- stands the Hippocratic Oath and his responsibility to practice each day of his professional life in the spirit of that Oath. The most important responsibility of a medical student is the realization that the period of time spent as a student is finite, but that the need, responsibility, and self-motivation for continuing education each and every day of one's professional life is inhe- rent and mandatory. Medical school is but the introductory chapter to a book which is written by our dedication to con- tinuing education and to the fluent application at the bedside of sound scientific technology. The greatest lesson that the medi- cal student must learn is that which we can not teach. It is to respect life. To treat people as we would like to be treated. It is to communicate, to be gentle, to be understanding, to be com- passionate, and most of all, to be human. In the words of J. Bronowski, We have to cure ourselves of the itch for absolute knowledge and power. We have to close the distance between the push-button order and the human act. We have to touch people. Every judgment in science stands on the edge of error, and is personal. It is essential as physicians and as scientists that we be aware that we are human. That we be aware that to err is human. That the greatest harm to our patients will be done by our dogma and our arrogance. We must avoid being gods. In the words of Oliver Cromwell as quoted by Bronowski, I beseech you, in the bowels of Christ, think it possible you may be mistaken. Steve Osofsky CD 2 Q. 2 'J sog SS an l . .9 g Q' e . I have been at Duke for all but six of the last twenty-two years, having come as an unformed medical graduate, and I have been molded by the experiences here. I have learned much and have formulated several precepts which have helped to guide me in patient care and in teaching. They are not all, or perhaps any, original but they are precepts which, when followed insofar as possible, have simplified my life. Although the medical problems of patients can be wonder- ously complex, a few simple rules, if followed consistently, will assure that the patient and the doctor understand one another in the solution of those problems. The relationship between the doctor and the patient is in the form of a contract. The patient brings to the contract a request for improvement in his health, the doctor brings to it the promise to do the best he can to meet that request. It is useful to review the terms of the contract periodically to be sure that the expectations of the patient are not beyond the ability of the physician. The contract is between the doctor and the patient, it is not between the doctor and anybody else, including family, em- ployer, government and so on. The primary responsibility of the doctor is to the patient. If the patient is competent, no one but the patient can control the terms of the contract. The family must, however, always be given special consideration, particu- larly when the patient is dying or when he dies. The contract implies that the doctor will do what is best for the patient, and so long as the precept is followed, the contract will be, for the most part, fulfilled. This means that when ques- tions arise, the answer is to be found in doing what is best for the patient, rather than what is most convenient for the hospital or the doctor, or anyone, or anything else. Much of the skill of medicine comes from knowing what is best for the patient and much of the art of medicine from doing it well. The patient does not bring to the contract the reciprocal guarantee that he will do everything the physician wants. He reserves the right to have the last word, and the physician must recognize this so that when that right is exercised, no rancor ensues. As a general rule, whenever anger enters into the clinic- al setting, the patient suffers. This is most noticeable when the anger arises between the doctor and the patient, but can also be seen when anger arises between the doctor and the nurse, the nurse and the patient, the doctor and the family and so on. Although it is not always possible to prevent anger from arising, it is possible to recognize it for what it is and to defuse it before the patient suffers. The contract between the doctor and the patient implies honesty and trust on both sides. If the patient cannot trust the doctor, the contract is likely to become void. This means that the doctor cannot lie to the patient no matter how convenient it might be. Hard facts must be discussed as hard facts, but their hardness can be softened by sympathy. The contract is between two people and the physician must always remember that the patient is, first of all, a person. His concerns, sensitivities, aspirations and condition in life must be taken into account in fulfilling the terms of the contract. It is sometimes easier for the young physician to view the patient as a bearer of disease rather than a person with a disease and, particu- larly when the patient is not fully competent, to dehumanize his being and to forget those things that make him a person. This is sometimes reflected in the terms by which patients are referred to, such terms should be avoided, but more important, the attitude which generated the terms should be eschewed. I have seen Duke both as a learner and as a teacher, and I have enjoyed both roles, often simultaneously. I-Iippocrates, and all who have followed him, recognized the importance of teaching and learning, and university hospitals have been built up with that as their special objective. It is important to remember that students and other learners are the real reasons-for-being of a university hospital, patient care can probably be equally well accomplished in other settings. This gives particular importance to students of all capacities in such a hospital. Dr. Stead always maintained that more is learned when peo- ple are having fun in learning, and this is particularly true in medicine. Even though the work may be hard and the hours long, if the work is enjoyable and remunerative in non- monetary ways, people will gladly put up with the inconveni- ences. Learning medicine and practicing medicine should be so enjoyable that it is hard to distinguish between work and fun. One of the joys of being around the university hospital is watching young people turn into physicians. The processes of acquiring knowledge and remembering it are complex, but in general, students remember a patient with a disease more readi- ly than they remember a disease without a patient. This is the reason for involving patients in the learning process, and pa- tients coming to a university hospital should expect to be in- volved in this way. One of the most important but most neglected parts of the learning process is learning what a patient's history is. It is often said that the patient is a poor historian, this is always an incorrect statement because the physician is the historian. An historian is one who assembles facts derived from the past from a number of sources to form a composite and an integrated view of the past. The role of the patient in the formulation of his history is obviously great. However, it is the role of the physician- historian to gather facts from all sources and to assemble the PHILOSOPHERS 29 facts derived, both from the patient and other sources, into a coherent history. Considerable effort is made to learn medicine in the context of science for several reasons. In the first place, without the continual renewal from the scientific process, we would become complacent with our knowledge, and progress in our under- standing of patients and their problems would not be made. More important, however, is the fact that there is no difference between the logic used to solve clinical problems and that used to solve scientific problems. Since that logic is best learned in a research setting, the university hospital with a scientific back- ground makes a good setting to learn it. Man is now endowed tz priori with a logical mind and logic must be learned. Scientific logic is that which has been shown pragmatically to be the most consistently correct, and the methodology of scientific logic learned in the laboratory can be applied to the solution of problems of patients. This short space is not sufficient to expound fully a philoso- phy of medical care or medical education, and yet it is sufficient to set out a few observations which I have found useful in guiding me in taking care of patients and being part of the educational process at Duke. Wendell F. Rosse pier' 'f-,ra ise .. I' CQ ' gs' f Al l b I i fp . I 5 I I C0 9 9U 5-7' A ,,: K I ,. r-Q' J - CD ls, DJ ' ': Q. L I -1 3 F GUIDELINES FOR A HAPPY AND REWARDI NG LIFE Many young men have come to me for advice about their professional careers. I have been impressed with the fact that they rarely ask what I think is the most important question: I-Iow can I achieve happiness in my life? There is no magic answer, but there are some general guidelines. I would like to share them with you. Remember that each person is unique. Define the activities that give you the greatest satisfaction. All forms of work are equally honorable but not all create equal satisfactions for a particular person. Medicine is a demanding mistress. Most doc- SO PHILOSOPHERS tors who really enjoy their professional life make little distinc- tion between work and play. Both require you to be awake and to score points. You will have the most fun when you have selected work games and play games at which you excel. The field of medicine is broad enough so that you can find your proper niche. . The years immediately after medical school are the freest you will ever have. Spend them in a way in which each year repays you in terms of satisfaction, achievement, and personal growth. Do not worry about whether each year presents progress to- wards some elusive career goal. Collect payment for each year in full as you go. Select a mate who has joy in living and work towards the goal of romantic love. Mutual respect and admiration are the essen- tial elements for a long-time relationship. Fun in bed can usually be achieved if the couple means for the marriage to succeed and if the bonds of respect are high. When a couple marries, the idea of true romantic love is an illusion. The notion that you have found the only one in the world who can give you joy cannot be defended. After 40 years of successful marriage, when each member of the pair has been slowly molded to fit the other, romantic love becomes a possibility. Evelyn and I are now molded by each other to the point where no other persons can equally well fit our individual needs and personalities. We are now uniquely suited to each other and romantic love is a reality. Children can add to the joy of the day. Don't have them until you are willing to give something of yourself each day to them. Keep the accounts current, and close the books each day at midnight. You have had your fun and they owe you nothing. Don't become a complete materialist. There are other satis- factions than things. Always live below your income. Have the bills paid before Santa Claus comes. Arrange your free time in a way so that all the family can enjoy each other. Building a house together has given parents and children in our fa.mily a common interest and mutual respect. I am pleased that, in spite of my having lived a full and busy professional life, none of my children have felt neglected by their father. When your children grow up, respect their indi- viduality, accept their differences, and do not require them to be like yourself or like each other. Become a student of human behavior. Learn that behavior is determined by the structure of each individual brain. Some elements of the brain are reversible but most are not. Knowing that brains limit behavior leads to true tolerance of one's fellow- man. Establish high requirements for those born with the most flexible brians. Do not make sadistic demands on those who cannot achieve the highest levels of performance. Appreciate the fact that selection is more important than education. Arrange to accentuate the best qualities of those you have selected and minimize their weaknesses. Accept the reality that happiness is finite rather than infinite. When happiness has reached a reasonable level, stop and enjoy it. If you make the error of thinking that happiness is infinite, you will chase the little man who is not there and miss the enjoyment of the present. This knowledge can allow you to be the Peter Principle and prevent you from being promoted to your level of incompetence. Your life is your own. Live it. Eugene A. Stead, Jr. MEDICI NE AND MEDICAL EDUCATION: A STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY A philosophy of medicine is really a philosophy of diagnosis, treatment, and the prevention of disease. My philosophy of diagnosis and treatment relates principally to the risk-benefit ratio associated with various diagnostic procedures and treat- ments available in modern medicine. In the past these ratios were developed, at times unconsciously, by physicians who rarely had to defend them. Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures were instituted without challenge. The results were usually positive, but there were some abuses. Today, in an era of second opin- ions, an informed public, and reimbursement policies relying heavily on peer review, the physician must make choices based on a risk-benefit analysis and justify them to the patient and to peer reviewers. This process of justification has created a new philosophy of full disclosure to patients and their relatives. It has demystified the practice of medicine to the point of assign- ing to some patients the role of co-therapist. Interest in patient advocacy, patients' rights, and holistic health care in the least restrictive setting has heightened the importance of patient awareness concerning the risk-benefit ratio. The physician is aided in the treatment process by an informed patient who is enthusiastic about the treatment selected and is committed to making it work. Research on positive attitudes associated with the placebo effect underscores the importance of this factor in maximizing the efficacy of any treatment. The current trend in patient consumerism may be harnessed in the service of good treatment outcome through increased patient compliance and interest in changing those lifestyles associated with increased risk of disease. A philosophy of prevention involves an awareness of factors predisposing to disease and a willingness to work with a patient or with a community in the service of preventing disease through changes in public health and private lifestyle. Public health measures have had profound impact on decreasing the incidence of infectious disease. Recently, clinician interest in changing private lifestyle and behaviors associated with risk of illness has increased. It is of note that five of the six leading causes of death are lifestyle related. To change patient lifestyle, the physician must be informed concerning the risks ofimprop- er diet, cigarette smoking, a sedentary lifestyle, and abuse of alcohol to name only a few. The physician must understand those factors underlying behavioral health risks. For example, a patient self-medicating 'a severe loss with alcohol should be treated for depression. The physician must gain familiarity with the new technology of behavior change in order to refer patients for smoking cessation therapy or for help in complying with a particular medical regimen. Thus, for the Eighties at least, a philosophy of medicine must focus on the patients' capacity to serve as co-therapist in the treatment of disease and as the principle agent of change in disease prevention. The purpose of medical education at Duke is to produce physicians of exceptional merit. Such physicians should have the knowledge and skills necessary for excellent patient care. But above that, these physicians should have a positive attitude toward addressing current and future societal needs. A medical education involves three principle ingredients - knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Knowledge is gained through lectures, laboratory demonstra- tions, training, and the reading of medical texts. It is assessed principally through examination, and unless it is reinforced through recall, it may all too soon vanish from memory. Skills are taught in the laboratory, principally at the bedside, and are F5 X SE. -Q- 3' FE I -1 CD 1 1' 2. 5. 3 F continually reinforced through clinical practice in the later years. Assessment of skills is usually carried out through direct observation. Attitudes are developed through observational learning. Rarely are they taught in a formal sense, but rather the medical student is exposed to attitudinal role models in house- staff and faculty. Of the three educational components, attitu- dinal change may be the most difficult to accomplish in a medical education. Many argue that the attitudes of humane concern, empathy, altruism, and the ability to support at a time of crisis are difficult if not impossible to impart to a student. They would hope that the admissions process admits only those students who already possess these attitudes. Yet to select students on this basis is extremely difficult, and at present a good medical education must include attitudinal development. Somehow the process of medical education must, if it is to be effective, transfer various attitudinal templates to the medical school graduate. These should include a desire for continuing medical education, an insatiable curiosity to go beyond the limits of current knowledge, to wonder why, and to challenge current theory. In addition, the student should be equipped to work effectively and harmoniously with all members of the health care team given the emergence of numerous allied health professionals to whom have been delegated many responsibili- ties heretofore assigned the physician. Finally, the student's interest in prevention should be heightened to the point of self-scrutiny with regard to emotional well-being and to be- havioral factors such as smoking, excessive alcohol intake, and dietary indiscretions. The physicians must be sensitive to these factors as they facilitate the development of disease, and be able to effect behavioral change in patients through example and through intervention. In summary, knowledge will continue to expand. History taking and physical examination will continue to be important, however, new techniques will require the development of new skills. Medical ethics, death and dying, human values, medical humanities, and patient compliance will be regulars in the new curriculum. Through increased self-awareness which exposure to these topics will bring, the physician should be better equip- ped to prevent disease and to help the patient cope with those diseases for which there is no cure. Keith Brodie PHILOSOPHERS 31 'V AQAIQH CJ O :- CD 3 E .g. if ' I was quite honored, but somewhat shocked, to be asked to write for a philosophy section on medical education and medi- cine. I have not thought of myself as a philosopher, but as a rather pragmatic and practical person. I recently defined phi- losophy as a talk without slides, and since this is a paper without date perhaps it qualifies. At any rate, this might be viewed as my practical philosophy on medical education and medicine. You in the graduating class are about to embark on a career in medicine for whch you have worked extremely hard and during which you will presumably continue to do so. We all have made a tremendous investment in our futures, and yet, distressingly, many prove ultimately to be unhappy. This is attested to by the extremely high incidence of divorce, suicide, alcoholism, and drug abuse among physicians. I presume that a number of factors along the road of the educational process influence this and should be kept in mind if one is to avoid the pitfalls which so often seem to beset members of our profession. First, students come to the beginning of the medical educa- tion process with little concept of what is about to happen. At Duke the student starts in a year that has reasonably defined limits and goals, though one may well be awed by the magnitude of the body of the information to be covered. In the second year the student discovers that there are few limits and specific goals as the realities of medicine with its infinite source of material and information strikes home. The student now begins to suffer from feelings of inadequacy. Thus, the third and fourth years often see a mad scramble to fill in the gaps , as if by simply taking a course in every area there will be no leaks. How foolish this is. just observe the all-knowing intern near the end of the first post-graduate year, and then watch him as he feels inadequ- ate the following year when faced with the responsibility of having a major voice in determining the medical care for 35 people, then one knows that at every stage of medicine there are those who know more about something than you do. Then finally, for those chosen few who seem to know all, there is the even greater void of the still unknown. I believe that the sooner in one's medical education one comes to grips with this reality the better. Medicine is infinite, and there is always more to learn and much left unlearned. We must be comfortable with this seemingly endless inadequacy while always sensibly striving to know as much as we can. To exist comfortably in that setting in Pl-IILOSOPHERS medicine is one of the greater challenges for us all. Where do educators fit into this scheme, or, 'Why am I here? Everyone of us, often simultaneously, is an educator and a learner. It is clear to me that I have most often been much more the learner, especially during the last few years. I have often thought it pretty sneaky to leave the illusion that one has been teaching, while all along one has been learning from the learn- ers. That has been my - and I suspect most teachers' - great delight in being involved with medical education, i.e., being able to spend such a great amount of time with so many bright, enthusiastic, and eager students and housestaff and to learn from them. There have been times on rounds when I have wondered if the wrong people were paying tuition. Perhaps, however, that is the role of the teacher in the clinical setting: to allow oneself to be taught by the learners so that they may learn as they teach. I used to think that teachers were supposed to answer questions, I now realize that they are to ask them. In an often misunderstood statement, it has been said that at Duke teaching is not what people are paid for. At first this sounds like an anathema to the education process. The point is, however, that one paid only to teach and not to develop and advance his skills as a clinician or investigator soon may be a teacher with nothing to teach, an expert in process but not in knowledge. I believe that to remain an effective teacher one must continue to be excited by the clinical andfor investigational aspects of our profession and to communicate this excitement to students. There is a parallel for the practicing physician, one must be wary that by training and practice one does not become so rooted in process that one becomes a physician for today but not tomor- row. Flexibility, a continued quest for new knowledge, and preservation of the excitement of discovery are essential for assuring competence for the future. It has often been said that in striving to acquire the knowledge of which I have spoken, medical students, and subsequently physicians, lose their humanity and compassion. It often seems portrayed that high level medical care is incompatible with compassionate care. I believe both are highly worthwhile goals, but clearly not mutually exclusive. It is always a mystery to me why people assume that the most highly trained, highly skilled, super subspecialized physician cannot be equally humane and compassionate. Personally, I think we should be insulted by the implication. It is not a question of medical training, but of maintaining some basic human attributes. The most highly spe- cialized clinician can still speak softly and gently to patients, be willing to listen to them, touch them, sit with them, and even grieve with them. This is not a substitute for knowledge and skill but a companion to it. It takes only an awareness of our own humanity and mortality. How then do we cope? I would stress keeping things in perspective. Maintain a sense of humor. Don't take yourself too seriously. Remember that no one is indispensible, that things have a way of getting done, that life goes on regardless, and that almost no individual is so unique that he! she cannot be re- placed. There are obviously serious aspects to our profession, but laughter should not be excluded. To do so is to take the fun out of life, and life is too short not to enjoy it while we are here. Of course, enjoyment is an individual thing. I enjoy a good basketball game, some others a good symphonic performance. Is one better than the other? I think not. Outside approval of what you enjoy matters little -it is your life, not theirs. This applies to the time spent professionally as well as non- professionally. Not too long ago I read a most disheartening account of graduating medical students decrying their four years of medical school and anticipating unhappiness in the medical aspects of their future lives, with the only redeeming feature seen as the time away from medicine. Non-professional time is clearly vital, but I fervently hope that most of you look for- ward to your professional careers with excitement for the prom- ise ofa stimulating, enjoyable, and productive time. Otherwise we truly have failed as educators. To the graduating class my final wish: persevere and enjoy. 211 sn 2 rn 4 O O 'J' rn D uiag .I9119:l ':I D112 3 P TEACHI NG I have been asked to write a few lines about teaching. This subject is broad and quite complex. What is teaching? Most people think in terms of the transference of knowledge from instructor to student. For this to occur there are two essential ingredients: first, a knowledgeable instructor who wants to transmit information, and secondly, a receptive student who wants to receive information. The acquisition of data does not need an instructor, since a book may act as source material. Few instructors like to think that they can be replaced by a book. A better concept of teaching may be derived from a definition in Webrters New Collegiate Dictionary, 1977: 'to accustom to some action, as, accustom students to think for themselvesf Such a definition connotes bilateral activity and is the real basis of education. If all one wants to hear, as an instructor, is a recitation of what one has already said, he should speak into a tape recorder so that it could be played back flawlessly with proper inflection and word usage at any time. It is essential that the student learn to think and to acquire, to assimilate, to utilize, and dispense knowledge. What are the prerequisites in teaching? If teaching is to come about, obviously one must have a teacher. But who is the teacher? We have become habituated to considering the teacher as one who is a member of the faculty of an institution. As one gets older and .more experienced, he realizes that everyone with whom he comes in contact is a teacher of some sort. The medical students will have as their teachers the faculty, the house staff, fellow students, technicians, service personnel, administrators and last, but by no means least, the patient. If they wish to be truly educated, they will take advantage of all these opportuni- ties. The second prerequisite for teaching is medical students. Who are the medical students? They are individuals who have been exposed to a standard system of education from grade school through high school and college. The system is one in which the students are told many thingsiand then told to study them carefully since they will be tested on the subject matter. They dutifully study, pass the examination, and promptly forget the subject matter. What is retained and available for instant recall is that which is used everyday. The students are like sponges - able to acquire enormous amounts of data and then, as the sponge, expel it and get ready to acquire more. The prime objective of the medical students should be different from that of the undergraduate. The latter takes courses as prerequisites and looks upon them as obstacles to be passed on the way to his goal. The medical students should look upon their education as the beginning of a new way of life - a life of continuing acquisition of knowledge. Medical school is therefore neither an obstacle nor an end. Any student who considers medical school an extension of previous education is not properly oriented. The information acquired in medical school is the foundation on which the future practice of medicine will be built. By what techniques is knowledge imparted? The obvious answer given by most people would probably be the lecture. By this technique, one person is able to transmit information to an unlimited number of people. Unfortunately the students listen- ing to the lecture rarely comprehend anything they hear because they are too busy writing. They try to transcribe what is said verbatim, so that when the test comes, they will be able to respond with acceptable terminology. Someone years ago de- scribed the lecture as the transfer of words fromthe notes of the instructor to the notebook of the student without passing through the brain of either. New information is better transmit- ted in written form when it can be read and reread at one's leisure. However, demonstrations of illustrative material or technique are quite satisfactorily presented. With available elec- tronic gadgetry the number of persons who could attend a lecture is limitless. Such techniques allow for a small faculty participation in contrast to the number of students. The use of small groups is more expensive as far as faculty is concerned but enables closer Contact with the students. In a small group the students should be encouraged to participate, as this represents the most important aspect of education as men- tioned above. The students must be made to think for them- selves. It is the ability to think which separates man from the computer. The students should be challenged to determine if they are simply quoting information which they have read or have actually assimilated the data and made it a part of their fund of knowledge. The knowledge the students acquire must be used repeatedly, since only knowledge which is used is retained, that which is not used is easily forgotten. If the students are not challenged from day to day, but only on monthly or bimonthly tests, they soon learn to study monthly or bimonthly. A final teaching technique is that of the preceptorship with the student and instructor on a one-to-one relationship. This is the ideal which is not too often attainable. The instructor is not only able to encourage the acquisition of knowledge but is able to impart wisdom by example. I think the educated medical studen-ts are those who can accumulate facts by virtue of their own efforts, who can think for themselves, and who know in which books to find additional information. Bernard Fetter PHILOSOPHERS 35 ANNIVERSARY 19 an mmf FACES FROM THE PAST Wmhearl Gmmeil awismim Eugene Amsun Stew .lr Barnes Wnndwwll mawdh Wlersum Smuth Jvummmm mmm nm mmm Handm- .Jlay Morris Arena George Hamm Talmage lee Psalm Thmnas Denman Kmney Francis Bayavd Garter Wiley Davis Fmbus Framnis Huniungtmfl Swett Newman Fmmsis Dunant ' 'TU 7 1 jW 1 ' ,Q ,,,. 'XI'-4 ,, N 'W 1 gf 1 N , ,, ,, J' , , A if 1 W A, N Y xt- 'IL-I X XR V, 7 Y f - I U ,A w f ' I 'W G V- -f ' ' , l, w Jasper Lamar Gallaway 2 1' , W ,- -li Y' -,,, - l Vi i i,,! ,i -A, H' N' YW i' ' Y 'Y WQH , ' 5 H' ' 3 Nm V . Q 4' W! ',,v Y, L li, 1 N!! MMM In V tv'-'X ll., -. ' ' wp if gf X 717 YV 7'7 Y V Y YY' Y Y Y ' Y 7 Y' ii R ' 2 ' V ' 4 t gr V' YV f W Y I! W , l V HQ' . 1' W? 'Nu .X f. V. nv.,-,,'.-lg, ' .- ,,gu.n- ,.mA,,.p2L , , ', . uf. wus., 'J v Q ' tra 'N . jgwugww, ' , '-1-. X - :H wa , Q. . ' W 54 W fr A - ,1- nqg K , , . 1 L U ,!!,,MWJ f x,'ff'!A!Aw !f f ' I 7 J K I W nl ' 1 X 'ff rf' ff f 'f f f'!jff' , f, js,--. ., W iff- 2- : . 'tc -.-I ,EMI-'2f,, ' Q , -,iw wx- ' 1' we-at--IU.. 1' . -. j' ' 1 7 , ,,,. , 22 1. ,Z ,. ' ,yt , Lf lf I I 7 f Wilbirt Cornell Davison You have been elected. Delighted with the prospect of working with you. - WP. Few Delighted with honor. Wish to express to you my great appreciation. - W.C. Davison It was this exchange of telegrams in january, 1927, which doubled as a contract, that marked the beginning of Wilburt Cornell Davison's thirty-three year career as Dean of what was then merely the idean of Duke Medical School. He would spend his future applying past experiences in shaping this idea into the reality of medical, academic, and humanistic excellence. Wilburt Davison was born April 28, 1892, in Grand Rapids, Michigan. As the son ofa Methodist minister, he spent most of his youth moving from town to town across Long Island, New York. His father stressed a strong academic discipline, which was rewarded in 1913 when, as a Phi Beta Kappa Princeton graduate, Davison won a Rhodes Scholarship for study at Ox- ford. Armed with a johns Hopkins medical catalogue, the young student constructed his own one year program to complete the first two years of medical school. He boldly approached Sir William Osler and secured permission for what the Medical Dean called a foolish request. Osler then introduced Davison to his wife as a new American colt, who is wrecking a medical school tradition. So began the deep friendship between Wil- burt Davison and Sir William Osler. Osler's influence, combined with Davison's untiring persist- ence, allowed the student to achieve a well rounded medical education at the University of Edinburgh, Guy's Hospital, and the Rotunda Hospital in Dublin. His experience in Europe also included working in French Army hospitals where he treated wounded soldiers and typhus victims during the early part of World War I. Davison left England in 1916 having achieved a B.A., B.Sc., and credit for three years medical training, yet he returned to the United States with far more. His four year association with Sir William Osler had instilled in him the ideals and priorities of medical education which would eventually become Duke Medical School. Davison's fourth year of medical school was completed at the johns Hopkins, and,under the influence of the benign dicta- tor, john Howland, he entered the field of pediatrics. With the United States entering into World War I, he again served - this time in charge of war orphanages and hospital laboratories in England. From his return home in 1919, until 1927, Dr. Davi- son served at thejohns Hopkins, teaching clinical pediatrics and laboratory medicine, and eventually becoming Assistant Dean. In 1927, at the age of thirty-five, Dr. Davison was called to his Dukedom.,' His goals were specified as rapid achievement of recognizable medical excellence, and cooperation with the Duke Endowment in serving the health needs of the Carolina communities. The three non-stop years he spent in laying the groundwork for the new hospital themselves comprise a saga. The Dean worked not from behind a desk in Durham, but acively took to the road. He traveled through eastern cities to study other hospital layouts, and feverishly he recruited a new young faculty, described as a most complete colony from the johns Hopkins Medical School. Following the hospital's opening, on July 30, 1930, Dr. Davi- son once again had time to concentrateon being physic-ian, educator, author, and Dean. All of this he pursued in a dynamic application of Osler's humanist-physician tradition. He de- scribes his role of Dean as Han adjunct to the faculty, not the commanding officer. In administrative matters he was known to remain fair and objective, regardless of his personal feelings. Perhaps his famous wit and sense of humor served to soften his obvious authority. Whenever possible, he avoided formality and written rules and conducted both his administrative duties and ward rounds in shirt sleeves and without a tie. For his students, some two thousand graduates, his teaching echoed loudly of Sir Williaxn Osler and john Howland. He emphasized the need for a solid fund of medical facts. This was complemented by self-education, individual research, and espe- cially the development of independent study habits to assure keeping up with the expanding medical literature. Dr. Davison's tremendous energy saw fruition in many other areas of health care. He established training programs for medical technicians and dieticians and made available combined Nursing and B.S. degrees. The Dean believed in and provided for the training of non-medical personnel for hospital adminis- trative positions. As did Osler, Davison considered books in- valuable in the study of disease, and he supported medical libraries nationwide. Sensitive to the problems of financing medical care, he was a pioneer in the area of prepayment plans and contributed greatly to the establishment of the National Blue Cross program. Equally important are Dr. Davison's contributions to medical literature. He was the author of well over two thousand papers in addition to writing eight editions of The Compleat Pediatri- cian. The Dean was especially proud of this collection of often forgotten facts and methods. He was excited when told that his book was the sole medical source available at the surrender of Bataan and that it was used to determine the dietary require- ments of thirteen thousand American prisoners at Cabanatuan. Dr. Davison continually revised The Compleat Pealiairirian in otherwise idle minutes on trains, steamers, and planes, in bars on ships and at airports, and at lectures, concerts, and medical meetings. His book always accompanied him on his numerous journeys as part of his traveling bag. The known contents of this infamous bag comprise a mandatory list to be included in any biography of the colorful Dean: 1 flask of brandy 1 copy of Omnibook,' 1 flask of bourbon 1 cheese sandwich 1 flask of scotch 1 thermos of coffee 1 copy of Reader? Digest 1 bag of peanuts 1 deflated rubber sitting ring 1 steel container with aspirin, cascara, secobarbital, caffeine, sulfa, and antihistamine drugs The Compleat Pealiatriezan in revision 1 cellophane bag of chocolates and varied candies 1 eye shade and several sets of ear plugs Dr. Davison's 1961 retirement marked the end of a great phase in Duke Medical School history, but not the end of his contributions to medicine. With his physician-wife, Atala, he moved to a five-room cottage in Roaring Gap, N.C., where he continued to see patients. He also actively carried on his travels, which he always held dear and attended medical meetings throughout the east. Dr. Davison continued in his service to Duke Medical Center and medicine universally, until his death onjune 26, 1972. In its fiftieth year, our Medical Center stands as a tribute to the life of Wilburt Cornell Davison. Pete Deluca FACES FROM THE PAST 37 Eugene Anson Stead, Jr. What does he show that alerts people to his special presence? This probably has different answers for differ- ent pupils. For many of us, the most attractive and com- pelling intellectual feature of Dr. Stead has always been his tremendous ability to analyze a complicated problem, re- duce it to essentials, and express it with clarity. When one puts this ability together with a strong and determined character, a gift for colorful statement, and the other traits I have already mentioned, then the picture does begin to emerge of a teacher, a service chief, a senior research partner, and an administrator who commanded deep re- spect and whose good opinion was earnestly desired. -John B. Hickam, Eugene Anson Stead, Jr.: An iikgaggeciationf' Annals of Internal Medicine 69: 994, Eugene Anson Stead, jr., was born in Atlanta, Georgia on October 6, 1908. He received his B.S. degree in 1928 and his M.D. in 1932 from Emory University. He spent the first years of his illustrious medical career as an Intern in Medicine at Peter Bent Brigham Hospital C1932-339, a Research Fellow in Medi- cine at Harvard C1933-343, an Intern in Surgery at Peter Bent Brigham C1934-355, and an Assistant Resident and Resident in Medicine at Cincinnati General Hospital C193 5-373. From 1937 to 1939, he was as Assistant in Medicine at Harvard. He then spent two years as an Instructor in Medicine at Peter Bent Brigham. He returned to Harvard as an Associate in Medicine for one year, and in 1942, he returned to his medical school Alma Mater, Emory University, as Professor and Chairman of the Department of Medicine. Dr. Stead came to Duke University in 19-47 as Professor of Medicine and Chairman of the Department of Medicine. Duke medical students, house staff, and faculty members will un- doubtedly remember him for his teaching prowress and the indelible impression he made on medical education at Duke. Dr. Stead designed his career at Duke around teaching all levels of learners, from medical students to senior staff. For the twenty years that he was Chairman of the Department of Medicine, he rounded on Osler Ward three days a week, eleven months of the year. He insisted on a system of ward rounds in which the student presented the patient, the intern answered all the questions that the student could not, and finally, the resident answered ques- tions that the intern could not. For Dr. Stead, there was no hierarchy on rounds. Dr. Stead also led a physical diagnosis group of five or six second-year students each spring. In the eyes of Dr. Stead, the focus of teaching medi- cine was the patient. Every patient, no matter how mundane the complaint, was an interesting patient. If a house officer should mention to Dr. Stead on the way to the bedside that this patient was not particularly interesting, that subsequent- ly embarrased house officer would spend an hour or more at the bedside while Dr. Stead made many interesting observations about the patient's medical and personal life and asked many questions which the house officer had neither thought of nor was able to answer. As far as house officers were concerned, Dr. Stead firmly believed that there was only one place and one way to learn medicine, and that was to be in the hospital. This belief that FACES FROM THE PAST medicine could only be learned by adminstering to the sick led to the development of the famous Cor infamous, depending on your point ofviewj five nights on call out ofseven. Other unique features of the house staff program during the Stead years were morning report six days a week where the chief resident and the two residents from the private service talked about anything they wanted to talk about, Sunday school, which was an hour- long presentation by a house officer on any medical topic of his choice at 9:30 a.m. each Sunday, and the opportunity for the chief residents to spend three hours a week with Dr. Bingham Dai, a clinical psychologist. For many years, Dr. Stead read all manuscripts going out from the Department. He made a point of dropping in on Division Chiefs, labs, and wards, this produced the feeling that Dr. Stead was always around the corner and that you might be called upon to explain your actions at any time. The Physician's Assistant Program was pioneered by Dr. Stead and is further evidence of his innovations in education. The successful development of the PA program was the exten- sion of Dr. Stead's fundamental belief that medicine was a practical science and that there was no hierarchy of knowledge so long as one learned to define what he did and did not know. Dr. Stead's research endeavors were centered around the cardiovascular system. He was particularly interested in shock and the influence ofanemia on circulatory dynamics. Along with James V. Warren, he explored the use of the catheter in sam- pling blood from pulmonary arteries, hepatic veins, and renal veins. He was also the first to make use of the technique of cardiac catherization as an aid in the diagnosis of congenital heart disease. ' After retiring from the position of Chairman of the Depart- ment of Medicine in 1967, Dr. Stead served for one year as a consultant for medical affairs for the Commonwealth Founda- tion in New York City. He then returned to Duke where he continued to provide considerable student and faculty guidance. He served as attending physician three afternoons a week at the Methodist Home and developed a new career in the field of medical information in the application of the computer to medicine. For his many contributions to clinical and academic medicine, Dr. Stead has received many honors and awards. He was the recipient of the Distinguished Teacher Award from the Amer- ican College of Physicians in 1969, the Robert H. Williams Award from the Association of Professors ofMedicine in 1970, the James B. Herrick Award from the American Heart Associa- tion in 1970, the Abraham Flexner Award for Distinguished Service to Medical Education from the Association of American Medical Colleges in 1970, and a Citation for Distinguished Service to Research from the American Heart Association - to name only a few. He also received the Distinguished Teaching Award from the Duke Medical Alumni Association in 1974 and was honored by the Georgia Heart Association in 1976 with the Eugene A. Stead, Jr., Symposium. Dr. Stead has given the medical community many pearls of wisdom known affectionately as Steadisms. No characteriza- tion of Dr. Stead would be complete without a few of them: I don't feel sorry for the doctor, the sick never inconvenience the well. Take care of people, not illnesses. What youire telling me is that life is hard. What I really want to know is what the patient's spinal fluid shows. Learning is an active process and each of us learns more when we teach than we we are taught. One learns by asking one's self questions then going out and finding the answers. I think this patient is trying to tell us something. What this patient needs is a doctor. Febe Brazeal ,pr 'PN Barnes Woodhall Barnes Woodhall was born in Rockport, Maine, on january 22, 1905. He received his early education at a number of schools in New England and New Jerseyg his father was one of the original executives of the Boys' Clubs of America, and his family moved quite frequently. His college years were spent at Williams College in Williamstown, Massachusetts. At first, he planned on a career as a stockbroker, but his interests were diverted toward medicine by a stimulating biology professor. .After receiving an A.B. degree from Williams College in 1926, he entred thejohns Hopkins University School ofMedicine. In 1930, he obtained his M.D. degree. Dr. Woodhall spent the next seven years as an intern, resi- dent, and instructor in surgery. As a medical student, he had participated in Ophthalmology research and had originally in- tended on pursuing a career in Ophthalmology. However, his interests were again diverted. After several rotations on the Brain Team of Dr. Walter Dandy, Dr. Woodhall decided to specialize in neurosurgery. As early as 1934, the budget ofthe Duke University School of Medicine's Department of Surgery had contained a salary for a neurosurgeon. Dr. Deryl Hart was in no hurry to use this money because his aim was to find not just an excellent neurosurgeon, but one who had the potential to become the best in the country. The surgeon that Dr. Hart felt filled this requirement was Dr. Barnes Woodhall, and on September 1, 1937, Dr. Woodhall came to Duke as an Assistant Professor in Surgery with the responsibility for organizing the Neurosurgical Divi- sion of the Department of Surgery. Dr. Woodhall's career at Duke was interrupted by World War II when he joined the Army Medical Corps in 1942. After a short period of duty at the Ashford General Hospital in West Virginia, he became the Chief of Neurosurgery at the Walter Reed General Hospital in Washington, D.C. Lt. Col. Woodhall accumulated a great deal of experience in treating peripheral nerve injuries and co-authored a study of the peripheral nerve injuries sustained by American soldiers. For his outstanding work in this field, he was awarded the Legion of Merit in 1946. Later, while serving as a consultant to the Surgeon General and to the Veterans Administration, he co-edited and contributed to a two-volume history of neurosurgery in the U.S. Army during World War II. Upon returning to Duke in 1946, Dr. Woodhall became Professor and Chairman of the Division of Neurosurgery. His research interests centered around a number of basic neurosur- gical problems such as peripheral nerve surgery, the use of hypothermia in the surgical correction of large vascular anoma- lies, aneurysms and subarachnoid hemorrhages, and local perfu- sions of chemotherapeutic agents in neoplasms. Dr. Woodhall sought to advance neurosurgery on a national and international basis and effectively did this by accepting a number of editorial and organizational positions. He became a member of the Editorial Board of the Journal of Neuro- surgery in 1953 and served as its Chairman in 1961 and 1962. From 1962 to the present time, he has served on its Advisory Board. The American Lectures in Neurosurgery series of monographs has also been edited by Dr. Woodhall for many years. Dr. Woodhall served as President of the American Academy of Neurological Surgeons in 1946, the Southern Neurosurgical Society in 1954, the Harvey Cushing Society in 1963-64, and the Society of Neurological Surgeons in 1964-65. He also was a member of the Executive Council of the World Federation of Neurosurgical Societies in 1960 and was Treasurer of the Second International Congress of Neurological Surgery in Copenhagan. Between 1960 and 1970, he served as an advisor and consultant to a number of medical groups including the Health Planning Council for Central North Carolina, the National Institutes of Health, the Veterans Administration, and the American Cancer Society. From 1964 to 1968, Dr. Woodhall was a member and then Chairman of the Board of Regents of the National Library of Medicine. In 1960, Dr. Woodhall relinquished his position as Chairman of the Division of Neurosurgery to become Dean of the Duke University School of Medicine, succeeding Dr. Davison. While still Dean, he became Assistant Provost and the Vice Provost of Duke University. In 1963, he stepped down from the position of Dean. He assumed the position of Associate Provost for the Medical Center in 1967, in this capacity, he supervised the entire Medical Center with the Deans of the Medical School and Nursing School and the Director of the Hospital reporting to him, while he reported directly to the President of the Universi- ty. He retired as Associate Provost in 1968, but continued to serve in an advisory capacity to the President until 1969, when he was appointed Chancellor pro tem of the University with responsibility for its internal affairs. In March 1969, the Presi- dent of the University resigned, and a committee consisting of Dr. Woodhall, the Provost, and the Vice President for Business Affairs was given the task of running the University until a new President could take office. Many laurels have been bestowed upon Dr. Woodhall in recognition of his outstanding leadership and academic abilities. He has been named a james B. Duke Professor of Neuro- surgery, he has been elected a Charter Member of the Society of Scholars atjohns Hopkins University, and he has been given an honorary Doctor of Science degree by Williains College. The building containing the main entrance to Duke Hospital South was dedicated in his name, and in 1972, the Odom-Woodhall Legion was formed by former Duke neurosurgical residents to honor Drs. Woodhall and Guy Odom. In 1965, the book Neurosurgical Classics was dedicated to Dr. Woodhall. He was one of six distinguished neurosurgeons from around the world who selected to give special lectures at the Fourth International Congress of Neurological Surgery in 1969. In 1970, he was the Honored Guest at the Annual Meeting of the Congress of Neurological Surgeons. And the list goes on. Today, Dr. Woodhall has officially retired from all of his positions at Duke, but he continues to be active in the Division of Neurosurgery as a Professor of Emeritus. He does not spend his time looking back on his previous achievements, but instead, continues to look forward by participating in new fields of neurological research. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST 59 David Tillerson Smith David Tillerson Smith was born in Anderson, South Carolina in 1898. He received his A.B. in 1918 and later, in 1949, an honorary D.Lit. from Furman University. He attended the johns Hopkins School of Medicine and, after his graduation in 1922, remained there for a one-year internship in pediatrics. From there, he went to the Rockefeller Institute in New York to study pathology and bacteriology. During the course of his study, Dr. Smith contracted a severe case of tuberculosis and suffered a pulmonary hemorrhage. His illness slowed his prog- ress only momentarily. Vlfhile convalescing, he served as Bacter- iologist, Pathologist, and Director of the Research Lab at the New York Hospital for Tuberculosis. He intensively studied tuberculosis and other non-TB dis- eases of the chest. He also completed a monograph on fusospir- ochetal diseases during this period of time. Dr. Smith's experience at the TB sanatorium made him real- ize more than ever how important a close connection between the laboratory and clinical medicine is to effective patient care. In 1950, when given the choice of coming to the new Duke School of Medicine either as the Professor in charge of Micro- biology or as an Associate Professor of Medicine, he chose to accept both positions. He made this decision so that he could participate in clinical teaching, which was given first priority in the new medical school, and have access to both the laboratory and the wards to continue his clinically oriented research. The bacteriology course taught by Dr. Smith utilized subject materials from the hospital's central bacteriology laboratory. He did not attempt to cover every known organism in this course, but instead, concentrated on studying thoroughly each group of organisms that his class took up. These teaching duties always provided Dr. Smith a great deal of personal satisfaction. He refers to his election as best pre-clinical teacher by the Duke medical school body as his greatest honor. Dr. Smith also received many honors for his outstanding research. In 1957, he received the Trudeau medal in recogni- tion of meritorious work and research on tuberculosis. He was the recipient of the Medal for Distinguished Service from the Southern Tuberculosis Conference in 1958. His research at Duke was directed at the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of chronic bacterial, mycotic, and nutritional dis- eases such as blastomycosis, tuberculosis, brucellosis, and pel- lagra. His work on the disease caused by the fungus, Blastomyces dermatitidis, is typical of his research endeavors. While at the TB sanatorium, Dr. Smith saw numerous cases in which a patient was mistakenly admitted because local physicians were not able to differentiate fungal diseases from tuberculosis. He and his co-workers at Duke made improvements in treatment and di- agnostic techniques their goals in fungal research. Dr. Smith 40 FACES FROM THE PAST reviewed the journal literature on blastomycosis and observed that there were a large number of conflicting reports on the effectiveness of potassium iodide therapy Cthe recommended therapy at the timej. This conflicting information led Dr. Smith to hypothesize that the allergic status of the patient to the infecting fungus might determine whether or not iodide treat- ment would succeed. To examine this hypothesis, Dr. Smith began to test all blastomycosis patients with an injection of heat-killed fungi beneath the skin to test for an allergic reaction. If the patient was found to be allergic to the infection, he or she was then gradually desensitized with daily injections of increas- ing strengths of heat-killed blastornyces. Dr. Smith discovered that this procedure usually desensitized the patients enough to allow safe treatment of the infection with iodides, thus confirm- ing his hypothesis. In 1948, Dr. Smith completed his first edition of Zinsser's Textbook ofBzzcteriology. Dr. Zinsser's original work was one of the textbooks Dr. Smith studied as a medical student at johns Hopkins. After Dr. Zinsser died, Dr. Bain Jones was asked by the publishers to write the next edition. The third edition was the first edition to be edited by Dr. Smith. He chose to retain Zinsser's name because he wanted to maintain continuity in the approach to teaching reflected in the original version. Three editions later, he changed the name to Zinsser's Microbiology. Although he no longer edits the book, he continues to write several chapters of each new edition. In addition, he has been the author of numerous other publications, including the Manu- al of Clincal Mycology and Fungus Dieseizses of the Lungs. The American Society of Pathologists and Bacteriologists, the Society of American Microbiologists, the American Society of Immunology, the American Thoracic Society, and the Amer- ican Association of Physicians are some of the organizations which Dr. Smith has been a member during his illustrious career. He is also member of the National Tuberculosis Asso- ciation Che served as that organization's president in 19503 and is a Fellow of the American Academy of Microbiologists. Dr. Smith stepped down from the position of Chairman of the Department of Microbiology in 1959. In 1960, he was named the James B. Duke Professor of Microbiology, ad in 1963, he became the Chairman of the Department of Preventive Medi- cine. He is now officially retired from all of his positions, but he continues to be an active supporter of the Duke University School of Medicine. Dr. Eugene Stead once said, From the beginning I had the good sense to appreciate that David Smith was one of the giants ofthe Duke Medical School. I list him along with Davison, Hart, Hanes, and Beard. He had a foot in the basic science area as Professor of Bacteriology and a foot in the clinical service as Associate Professor of Medicine and the man Dr. Hanes left in charge in his absence. He interpreted the clinician's problems to his basic science colleagues and the scientist's problems to the clinicians. He was interested in having a small, highly personal- ized department of bacteriology. This allowed him to obtain credibility as a person above the fray who was not contending for space or money. He brough wisdom to our deliberations. As the years went by, I discussed with him many problems and benefited by his wisdom. 1 Every student, house officer, and faculty member ever associ- ated with the Duke University School of Medicine has certainly benefited from David Smith's invaluable wisdom. Phil Buescher 1. Wagner, Galen G., Cebe, Bess, and Rozear, Marvin P. E.A. Stead,j1'..'VVlaat This Patient Needs is iz Doctor. Durham, N .C.: Carolina Academic Press, 1978. p.164. Julian Dew! Hart From the moment he was hired by Dr. Davison to be the first Professor and Chairman of the Department of Surgery, Dr. Julian Deryl Hart devoted himself to the organization of the hospital and medical school, to administrative and physical plan- ning, to research, and to the development of a medical center and Department of Surgery of high caliber. His untiring efforts resulted in a significant portion of the fine reputation Duke now enjoys. Deryl Hart was born in Buena Vista, Georgia in 1891. He received a B.A. in 1916 and an M.A. in 1917 in mathematics from Emory University. His medical school training was done at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine. He continued at Hop- kins as a surgical resident and trained under Dr. William S. Halsted. ' Dr. Hart was first approached about the position of Chairman ofthe Department of Surgery at the new medical school at Duke while he was a second-year chief resident. Dr. Sam Crowe asked him during a casual meeting if he would be interested in the position. Dr. Hart replied that he would not be interested in a full-time position because he wanted a private practice. One week later, Dr. Crowe again approached him and told him that the position would be part-time. This time, Dr. Hart indicated that he would be interested in the job. Shortly afterwards, Dean Davison officially offered him the position, and on March 9, 1929, Dr. Deryl Hart became the third member of the new medical school faculty. His Duke responsibilities during his first year were awesome. He had to select a senior and resident surgical staff, choose the equipment for the Department of Surgery, and serve on a committee to select the other departmental chairmen of the medical faculty, the Dean of the Nursing School, the Hospital Administrator, and equipment for the entire hospital and Medical School. These tasks had to be completed byjuly 1930, only ten months after this thirty-four-year-old physician had completed his surgical residency. The Department of Surgery was established by Dr. Hart with three objectives in mind, he wanted to establish a teaching program where learning is by doing, provide the best patient care possible, and encourage research. He also stressed har- mony, understanding, and mutual cooperation among the mem- bers of the department. He gradually expanded the Surgery program to include a number of specialties. When an area of hospital's general surgery practice became large enough that a new faculty mem- ber could be hired, Dr. Hart would arrange it so a new subspe- cialty could be organized, and he would bring in a new chairman to head it. In 1937, the Neurosurgery Division, with Dr. Barnes Woodhall at its helm, became the first surgical specialty divi- sion. The number of specialty divisions continued to increase to meet the demands of the rapidly growing department. One of Dr. Hart's greatest contributions, not only to Duke, but also to many other medical schools and hospitals, was the conception of the Private Diagnostic Clinic. Dr. Hart developed this idea during a period of severe economic distress. He felt that this organization would permit better diagnostic service to private patients and would conserve the time of the faculty for thier other duties. This cooperative group practice composed of the clinical staff members was designed to insure the best possible diagnostic services and treatment for patients through wide consultation and laboratory workup. Dr. Hart realized that in order to reach this goal, the schedule of fees would have to be low to encourage the use of consultation services. If the patient could pay only part of his bill, the doctors and hospital would agree to accept the same percentage of the amount collected as they would if the whole bill were paid in its entirety. The PDC was opened on September 15, 195 1, and has acquired and excel- lent reputation as a superior diagnostic service. Although Dr. Hart was primarily an administrator and a clin- cian, he also made significant contributions in the area of re- search. From the very beginning, post-operative infections plagued the Surgery Department. Cultures of every conceivable portion of the operating room revealed that the air was an important source of the major infecting agent, Staphylococcus aureus. Dr. Hart discovered that rays from a therapeutic ultra- violet lamp killed S. aureus at a distance of eight feet within sixty seconds. The results obtained by using the UV lamps were striking. The radiation killed almost all the bacteria about the operative area and supply tables and up to 9071 even in the far corners of the room. The patients had less post-operative pain, and the rate of infection in clean wounds dropped from 33W to 5896. Dr. Hart's UV apparatus-won the first award in a com- petition with 107 other medical exhibits at the 1956 annual meeting of the Southern Medical Association and was an ex- tremely important development in the field of air sterilization. Long hours in the operating suites and administrative duties prevented Dr. Hart from having much exposure to students' questions on the wards. He felt, however, that the students had a direct check on their clinical impressions through their parti- cipation in surgery. His students remember him for explaining everything well during the operation. Dr. Hart displayed his administrative skills not only in the Surgery Department and the Medical Center, but also in the undergraduate university. ln 1960, Dr. Hart resigned the post of Chairman of the Department of Surgery to become first President pro tem, and then President of Duke University. Dur- ing his term as President, faculty salaries were raised to top-level pay grades among American universities. Duke was one of four universities having top pay. Harvard, Yale, and Princeton were the others. Another change that took place during the Hart years was that the number of distinguished professorships at Duke was doubled. His diplomacy and administrative talents were instrumental in carrying the University through a very difficult period of intensive planning and internal strife. In 1963, Dr. Hart stepped down from the position of Presi- dent and returned to the Department of Surgery as an active Professor for one year before reaching the mandatory retire- ment age of 70. He served as a consultant to the Department of Surgery and the Surgical Division of the PDC until September 1969. On June 1, 1980, Dr. Hart died ofa stroke at his home. He always ascribed to a fundamental principle - work. His devotion, both to Duke and his work, contributed immensely to the solid foundation upon which the Duke University School of Medicine now stands. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST il Philip Handler Dt. Philip Handler, Chairman of the Department of Bioche- mistry at Duke from 1950 to 1969 and now on leave of absence from the medical school faculty, has served as President of the National Academy of Sciences in Washington since- 1970. Be- ginning in 1939 when Dr. Handler first came to Duke, he established a well-deserved national reputation reflected in his selection to his important Washington position. First as a re- search scientist, teacher, innovative administrator, and author, and now as a spokesman for the American scientific community, Dr. Handler has been a consistent source of pride for Duke University. Handler was born, raised, and received his early education in New York City. His early plans to become a practicing physi- cian shifted during his senior year at the City College of New York to a career plan of medically oriented research. After receiving his B.S. in 1936, Handler attended the University of Illinois where he received his Ph.D. in Biochemistry in 1959. Next began Dr. Handler's long association with Duke, he served for one year as an Associate, then a year as an Assistant Professor of Physiology and Nutrition. From 1942 through 1945 he was an Associate Professor of Biochemistry, and in 1945 he was elevated to full Professor. In 1950, Dr. Handler was selected as Chairman of Biochemistry and was named a James B. Duke Professor. Dr. Handler's research efforts have been varied and produc- tive. While still in graduate school at Illinois his work as a junior chemist at the U.S. Regional Soybean Byproducts Laboratory resulted in two patents for the production of plastics from soybeans. Working wtih Dr. WJ. Dann at Duke, the rela- tionship between pellagra and a diet deficient in niacin was further clarified. Dr. Handler then began studies on the diet of patients with renal disorders through which he elucidated im- portant relationships between protein intake and blood pres- sure, pituitary effects on renal function, and the role played by the parathyroid gland in the renal excretion of phosphate. He next spent several years performing studies aimed at increasing our understanding of the metabolism of amino acids and pro- teins, including fundamental work on the mechanism of action of enzymes. At several points in the research career, Dr. Hand- ler devoted his considerable energies to the practical application of research findingsg his role in the enactment of legislation in 42 FACES FROM THE PAST North Carolina requiring nutritional fortification of corn meal products is ample evidence of this. To recent graduates of Duke Medical School, and to current medical students, perhaps the most apparent of Dr. Handler's contributions to medical education is the central role he played in the development of the new curriculum. In the late 50's Dr. Handler foresaw the need to train selected medical students for future careers as basic science medical school faculty members. He led the way to the establishment of Duke of the Research Training Program in 1959, an intensive training period of nine months in which superior students ufamiliarized themselves with advanced research tools in a variety of fields by proceeding through a series of experiments under the guidance of specialists. 1 Students of the program complained, however, that the research year delayed their opportunity for clinical experience with patients. 2 Indeed, medical students had for years complained that they had to Wait two years after entrance to medicl school before their first patient contact. These two problems, inadequate opportunity for special training and the long delay before medical students were given clinical experi- ence, came to light during a period of transition in Duke's history. They were active building and planning years and years that saw the retirement of Duke's first dean and several depart- ment chairmen. Against this backdrop, several department chairmen first discussed the idea of a new curriculum in Dr. Handler's office in 1961. While the eventual definition and adoption of the new curriculum in 1966 was the result of the work of many, Dr. Handlerfs strong belief that the curriculum could be improved and his consistent ability to work compro- mises between differing factions during the planning played an inestimable role in achieving the goal. It is, at least, a reflection of Dr. Handler's foresight that the current Duke curriculum coupled with the combined degree programs are quite consis- tent with the philosophy of medical education he espoused thirty years ago. Dr. Handler's talents were not restricted to research and 'theoretical' side of medical education. He was consistently regarded by the medical students at Duke as one of the finest instructors of the basic science faculty. Furthermore, he collabo- rated with Dr. Abraham White and Dr. Emil Smith in the writing of Principles of Biochemistry. Since the first edition in 1954, the book has served as the standard by which other textbooks of biochemistry are measured. One must wonder what has motivated this unusual man to achieve all that he has. The answer may lie in words written by Dr. Handler for an earlier edition of the Aeyculapirzn. I find intolerable a vision of the year 2000, when the American population will have doubled, if this must also mean twice as many hospital beds, rest homes, sanitaria, nurses, doctors, etc., etc. Anatomy must be brought to its ultimate - the architecture of the macromolecules of which we are made. And physiology must be understood as a cooperative behavior of' these molecules. David Harlan 1. Handler P, Stead EA. Historical Background. In: Gifford JF, Anlyan WG, Busse EW, Kinney TD, eds. Undergmcizzezte Medial! Education and the Elective System. Durham: Duke University Press, 1978. 2. Philpott J. Speech prepared for the 50th Anniversity Con- vocation at Duke, 1975. Jay Morris Arena Line up the arrows. Push off the safety cap to your aspirin bottle. Much of the credit for safety containers belongs to Dr. Jay Morris Arena, the first graduate of the Duke University School of Medicine. Children have been first in Dr. Arena's heart throughout his distinguished career, and he has spent his life devoted to being a kid-fixer. Dr. Arena was born in 1909 in Clarksburg, West Virginia and was one of five children of Italian immigrants. His father was a bookkeeper who was able to send him to an Italian prep school in New York. During his summers, Dr. Arena was sort of a one-man recreation director for the neighborhood kids. He decided than that he wanted to work with children as a career, and more specifically, that he wanted to be a pediatrician. He spent two years in undergraduate school and two years in medical school in West Virginia University. He then applied to and was accepted by johns Hopkins University to complete his medical school training, but the depression came and ruined his father financially. Dr. Arena played a year of semi-pro baseball to earn enough money to finish medical school. He would have gone to Hopkins had it not been for the personal persuasion of Dr. Davison, who called and told him over the phone, Ifyou're good enough for Hopkins, I'll accept you over the phone for Duke. In 1951, he came to Durham as one of eighteen transfer students who entered the first third-year class at Duke, and in 1952, became the medical school's first graduate. After com- pleting medical school, he interned at Strong Memorial Hospi- tal in Rochester, New York,.and at Johns Hopkins. He returned to Duke for his assistant residency C1955-542 and residency C1954-55D in pediatrics. He served as an Instructor in Pediatrics at Vanderbilt University School of Medicine for one year, work- ed for a year as a pediatric consultant to a general practitioner in West Virginia, and in 1957, returned to Duke as a faculty member. Until his recent mandatory retirement at age 70, his positions were Professor of Pediatrics, Professor of Community Health Sciences, Director of the Duke Medical Centre Poison Control Center, and Secretary-Treasurer of the Duke Medical Alumni Association. During his fifty-year career in medicine, Dr. Arena has de- monstrated his many scholastic and leadership abilities through his election to Alpha Omega Alpha, his membership on eight editorial boards, and his participation in the American Academy of Pediatrics Cexecutive Board 1965-72, Vice President 1970- 71, President 1971-725, the American Association of Poison Control Centers CExecutive Board 1955-75, Vice President 1968-70, President 1970-725, and the North Carolina Pediatric Society CPresident, 19645. He was also a member of the AMA delegation to the Peoples Republic of China in july 1974. Dr. Arena's greatest contributions to medicine have been in the field of toxicology. His interest in poisoning began during his years as a student and house officer at Duke. Here he saw and treated many children with acute caustic alkali C lye D poisoning. This experience of watching young children endure months and sometimes years of painful dilatations to keep a patent esophagus and surgery for those whose esophagi even- tually closed off spurred an intense desire to look for perventive measures against poisoning, and for better methods of treating these tragic patients. His desire was increased by observing his own seven children as they displayed their natural curiosity in explorations of every nook and cranny of their home. During the early years of his practice, he received increasing numbers of calls from patients whose children had just ingested a toxic substance, and he soon realized that ingestions of drugs, house- hold agents and insecticides were his most prevalent medical emergency. At this time, there was very little space in the medical literature devoted to the subject of accidental poison- ings, but Dr. Arena learned through discussions with other physicians that the problem of poisoning was commonly seen by pediatricians and physicians everywhere. Unfortunately, accidental poisoning did not receive the widespread attention that it deserved until 1951, when a survey performed by the American Academy of Pediatrics' Committee on Accident Pre- vention revealed that the majority of accidents encountered in pediatric practice were due to poisoning. Dr. Arena has been at the forefront of efforts to reduce the number of accidental poisonings that occur each year. He has written numerous articles and pamphlets designed to alert par- ents to the dangers that everyday household substances pose to inquisitive children. His book, Child Sezkty ir No Accident: A Pezrentir Handbook of Emergencies, and pamphlets such as, Your Claild and Hozzrebold Safegf, have been read by millions of par- ents. He has made films, television programs, slide shows, and dozens of presentations in an effective use of mass communica- tion to educate parents. As a consultant to Ann Landers, he has been able to give Ms. Landers' 80 million readers the answer to many questions about child-care. He also strongly encourages all physicians to participate actively in safety education through office visits, local organizations, civic clubs and churches. In the article published in-IAMA 169: 1 188 C1959D, Dr. Arena was the first to report the successful use of safety closures in the prevention of poisoning. His efforts and those of others ulti- mately resulted in the passage of the Poison Prevention Packag- ing Act of 1970 that required all potentially harmful household substances to be marketed in safety packaging. The introduction of safety packaging has led to a very significant decline in the incidence of accidental poisonings. Studies have shown that three out of four poisonings will not occur when safety packag- ing is properly used. Dr. Arena's contribution to this drastic reduction in morbidity cannot be overemphasized. However, despite all efforts at prevention, accidental poison- ings will still occur, and Dr. Arena has worked hard to insure proper medical care for these unfortunate patients. In 1955, a Poison Control Center was established at Duke. Dr. Arena has served as Director of the Center since its incep- tion and has been very active in the American Association of Poison Control Centers. He has also been instrumental in the education of physicians through his numerous articles and books and through his teaching of medical students and housestaff at Duke. As he states in the preface to the first edition of Pozkoning, - Toxicology, Symptom, Treatment, . . . every physician Cno one is immune to an emergency call when poisoning has occured regardless of-his specialityj should be alert at least to first aid measures and the basic principles of diagnosis and treatment. Looking back on his career, Dr. Arena remembers many exciting and meaningful experiences, but one especially meaningful moment came in 1972, when during a trip by a group of pediatricians to Rome, he was blessed by Pope Paul VI. The Pope told them that he appreciated doctors who took care of children, because children mean so much to Jesus. Nothing could have meant more to Dr. jay Arena. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST 43 lllmwlwwlli 5 111111 la lllli lil-ldlliltlfll I l l ll llilllllw George Jay Baylin Be critical, but understanding, be skeptical, but receptive, be provocative, but not punitiveg strive to excite your colleagues, never to incite, distinguish critically between growth and de- velopment, and understand the basic difference between big- ness and greatness. The author of these words, Dr. George Jay Baylin, has certainly demonstrated greatness rather than bigness during his career in radiology at the Duke University School of Medicine. Dr. Baylin was born in Baltimore, Maryland on May 15, 1911. He received his A.B. degree from johns Hopkins Uni- versity in 1931. After spending one year as a zoology graduate student at johns Hopkins, he enrolled in the Duke University School of Medicine. His career in teaching began during his medical school years, he taught anatomy to Duke medical stu- dents for three years before his own graduation in 1937. He then spent one year as a surgery intern at Sinai Hospital in Baltimore. He decided, however, that the wanted to pursue a career in radiology, and after an eight-month fellowship in pathology at Guys Hospital in London, he returned to Duke for his residency in radiology. 44 FACES FROM THE PAST Upon the completion of his training in 1941, he was appointed Instructor in Radiology. He was Assistant Professor of Radiology from 1943 to 1946 and Associate Professor of Radiology from 1946 to 1950. In 1950, he was appointed Professor of Radiology, a position he still holds. He spent one year in Stockholm as a Fellow in Radiology at the Karolinska Institute of Radiology from 1950 to 1951. In 1973, he was named Chief of the ENT Division of the Department of Radiol- ogy and was appointed Professor of Otolaryngology in 1974. His latest appointment came in 1977, when he was named the RJ. Reynolds Professor of Medical Education. Dr. Baylin's reseach interests cover many aspects of radiol- ogy. He was one of the pioneers in the use of isotopes for studying the function of the pancreas, liver, and kidney. He has been a leader in establishing X-ray criteria for the mastoid and middle ear. Along with Dr. Julian Ruffin, he has investigated the mechanisms of pain in peptic ulcer disease. He and Dr. Keith Grimson made some of the initial observations on the effect of vagotomy on gastrointestinal physiology. In collaboration with Dr. Philip Handler, he demonstrated the roentgenographic changes in animals on deficient diets. He has also done studies on pulmonary blood flow, renal conditioning, and renovascular hypertension. The North Carolina Medical Society has recognized Dr. Baylin's contributions to research on two occasions. In 1949, he received the Moore County Award for his presentation The Roentgen Aspects of the Non-Opaque Pulmonary Foreign Bodies. He was also the recipient of the 1955 North Carolina Medical Society's Gold Medal Award for Research. It may be, however, that Dr. Baylin's greatest contributions have been in the teaching profession. Few professors have com- manded the respect and admiration from their students that Dr. Baylin has received from the very beginning of his teaching career. Perhaps his greatest value as a teacher is his insistence on considering all aspects of clinical and research problems before rendering an opinion on the roentgenogram. The common sense and wisdom that he impresses on each of his students is never forgotten. Duke medical students honored him in 1968 with the Golden Apple Award for Clinical Science. His pupils honored him again in 1976 by presenting him the Distinguished Teacher Award from the Duke Medical Alumni Association. In addition to his research and teaching responsibilities, Dr. Baylin has found time to be active in a number of organizations. He is a member of the American College of Radiologists, New York Academy of Science, North Carolina Radiological Society CChairman 19587, Southern Medical Society, North Carolina Medical Society, Sigma Xi, and Alpha Omega Alpha. He has served as Chairman of the Duke Divison of the United Com- munity Fund, as a member of the Executive Board of the Durham United Medical Services, and as a member of the Board of Directors of the Duke University Medical Center Cancer Committee. He has also been a Consultant in Radiology for the Veterans Administration. From all of the above information, it is not hard to see why Dr. George Baylin is considered to be one ofthe finest professors in the fifty-year history of the Duke University School of Medi- cine. Febe Brazeal +. 1 J ,Nj f4. .fi'1- Writ fi 1. Y -lu' '- 1 . dm .1 H- 5 up -lf. bf t2'.iQf ' if it V Wo ' I I 'six-L'.l' 1 I ' X .f s. , ' X . 1 , ll ' 'ig -1 3 . ,. 1-, iff ' .f , , .. '1 ' , ' .1 Q. fp ' fnhlii Jasper Lamar Callaway The true measure of the greatness of a medical school lies in the caliber of the physicians it produces. From its very incep- tion, the Duke University School of Medicine has produced physicians of the highest quality. A prime example of this quali- ty is Dr. jasper Lamar Callaway. Dr. Callaway, a member of the graduating class of 1932, has distinguished himself as a leader in the field of derrnatology and syphilogy. Dr. Callaway was born in Cooper, Alabama, on April 5, 1911. I-Ie attended the University of Alabama as a undergraduate and continued there as a medical student until he transferred to Duke in 193 1 and became a member of the new medical school's first class. After receiving his M.D. in 1952, he spent the next three years at Duke as an intern and resident in Internal Medicine. He left Durham in 1935 and spent two years as a fellow and instructor in Dermatology at the University of Penn- sylvania. His sojourn from Durham, fortunately for Duke, was a brief 0063 in 1957, Dr. Callaway returned to his medical school alma mater as a Professor of Internal Medicine and Chief of the Division of Dermatology. It was not long before Dr. Callaway was recognized nationally as an expert in dermatology, clinical mycology, and syphilology. During World War II, his expertise in the aforementioned areas was sought by the Veterans Administration, United States Pub- lic Health Service, and the Secretary of War. I-Ie also served as a National Consultant in Dermatology to the Surgeon General of the United States Air Force. At other times during his career, he has been a member of the National Serology Advisory Council, a member of the Special Advisory Group on Dermatology to the Veterans Administration, and a member of the Cutaneous Disease Section of the National Research Council. Dr. Callaway has participated in many medical organizations. These include the American Academy of Dermatology CPresi- dent 19715, American Association of Professors of Dermatology CPresident 19655, Southern Medical Association CPast Chair- man on Section on Dermatology and Syphilisl, Southern Der- matology Association CPresident 19505, American Medical Association CChairman of Section on Dermatology C1962-635, North Carolina Medical Society CChairman of Section on Der- matology l968J, American Dermatology Association CPresi- dent C1958-595, Society of Investigative Dermatology CPresi- dent 1955-563, Masters Dermatological Association CPresident 19795, American Board of Dermatology CPresident 1958-591, Baltimore-Washington Dermatology Society, and the Amer- ican.Association of Medical Colleges. He is also a Fellow of the American College of Physicians. In addition, he is an active member of the Duke Medical Alumni Association and was the first secretary-treasurer of that organ-ization. Many scientific papers in the areas of dermatology, syphilolo- gy, and fungal diseases of the skin have been written by Dr. Callaway. He has also co-authored the books Manual of Clinical Mycology and Dermatology for Students and has served on the editorial boards of the Archives of Dermatology and Syploilology, journal of Inoertigutioe Dermatology, and Soutloern Medicine and Surgery. For his outstanding research and leadership, Dr. Callaway has received numerous honors. He has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Sigma Xi, Alpha Omega Alpha, and Theta Kappa Psi. In 1972, he received the Gold Medal from the American Academy of Dermatology. He has also been named a james B. Duke Professor of Dermatology. Duke honored him again in 1977 when a Chair was established in his name, the J. Lamar Callaway Professor of Dermatology is currently Dr, Gerald Lazarus. The Duke Medical Alumni Association presented him the Distin- guished Teaching Award in 1978, and in 1979, he, Dr. Walter Kempner, and Dr. Edward S. Orgain were honored with a reception and dinner by the Department of Medicine. Dr. Callaway relinquished the position of Chief of the Divi- sion of Dermatology in 1975, however, he is still a very active member of the Department of Internal Medicine. He continues to give lectures and to write on dermatology. In fact, the Diagnorir of Skin Difeare, a book designed to provide doctors with a practical reference on hundreds of skin problems, has recently been authored by Drs. Callaway, Lazarus, Lowell, and Gold- smith. Dr. Callaway certainly ranks among the Duke University School of Medicine's finest alumni. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST 45 . ' .-.s . fx, .. ' ,... ., XR . fl NJ' 'i-.4 lfimilfi L lb x M. , yu., t JM. i .X 1 aifI:'?Q'if553 X ' f . 1 r,'s:3,, 9-wi' Q, Zevveyfzfi Q,5.v-'klwln I -'l z--Din: -- '5iS:'f.'.W .1 i I Sffaeilf Lev- -' 4.,riskypg-ffi2.'ifilth:-4:q.rv1-A-lewd ' 'i 4 .'ifi'melfi11 a1r' 1. ,-A abffifzgida '2ff.:fg-1144.1 i tsfaff: S1 az.-.x-, .. .. .... 1'bilz'n..a.n.JZ-. m. ..L1LS.Zhv'.z- ...A Vllgjgl- -- ,L,:, Talmage Lee Peele When Talmage Peele first came to Duke in 1925 to begin his undergraduate education, he did so reluctantly. Peele desired to attend the University of North Carolina, as did all but one of his Raleigh high school classmates. Nevertheless, a respected high school Latin teacher and a persuasive uncle, both Duke Alumni, convinced the 16 year old Peele to attend Duke. It is a decision which Dr. Peele says he has never regretted and one for which the Duke community must feel fortunate. In Peele's long asso- ciation with Duke, which now spans over half a century, he has served the University as a respected teacher, researcher, clini- cian, and author. As a young man, Peele's father had chosen a career in business over a career in medicine only to regret the decision as he aged. He subsequently instilled and nurtured an interest in medicine in his son. As a Duke student, Peele found the biological sci- ences to his liking and was further influenced, as a member of the Duke undergraduate premedical club, by Dean Davison who served as the club advisor. When Peele received his undergraduate degree from Duke in 1929, the school of medicine was not yet open for application. Consequently, the following fall Peele traveled to Nashville where he matriculated in the Vanderbilt School of Medicine. There, Peele was exposed to a bright young Associate Professor named Francis Swett who was selected as the first Chairman of Anatomy at Duke in 1930. It was the time ofthe Depression and money for medical school was hard to come by so when Dr. Swett asked Peele to return to Duke in 1931 as a part time Instructor in Anatomy, Peele happily accepted. Dividing his time as a gross anatomy instructor and as a medical student, Peele graduated from the Duke School of Medicine in 1934. It was during his junior and senior years at Duke that, through Dr. Frederick Hanes' influence, Peele first developed a special interest in neurology. This interest led Dr. Hanes to introduce Dr. Peele, then a Duke medical resident, to Dr. Foster Ken- nedy, a prominent neurologist ofthe day. Dr. Peele subsequent- ly trained as a resident in neurology with Dr. Kennedy at Belle- vue Hospital in New York from 1936 to 1937. The following year, Dr. Peele traveled to Baltimore where he served as a fellow in anatomy with Dr. Gross atjohns Hopkins. He began his research career studying descending cortical pro- jections from the parietal lobe of monkeys during that year. The year at Johns Hopkins was significant for other reasons. Dr. Peele was impressed by the eloquent lectures in neuroanatomy he heard given by Dr. Marion Hines and at the daily Anatomy Department lunch, he was able to meet many of the most distinguished anatomists of the era. In 1938, Dr. Peele began a year at Rochester University School of Medicine where he recalls giving his first formal lecture in neuroanatomy. In 1939, Dr. Swett asked Dr. Peele to return to Duke as an Instructor of Anatomy. He has been a member of the Department of Anatomy ever since, as an Associate from 1940 to 1942, an Assistant Professor in 1943, an 46 FACES FROM THE PAST Associate Professor from 1943 to 1963, a Professor from 1963- 1978, and Emeritus Professor of Anatomy since 1978. His excellence as a teacher of neuroanatomy is reflected in his selection for the Golden Apple Award in basic science of 1965- 1966. . When Dr. Peele returned to Duke in 1939, while he was a trained neurologist, there was no room in the Department of Medicine for him. Nevertheless, Dr. Peele's talents were not untapped. He gave weekly Saturday morning neurology rounds for the pediatric residents, informally at first, but from 1958 through 1978 as an Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. His talent was not long overlooked by the Department of Medicine and in 1948 he was named as an Associate, from 1951 through 1973 he advanced from an Assistant Professor of Neurology to an Associ- ate Professor, and after 1973 he served as a Professor of Neurology. In addition to the positions he held in Pediatrics, Anatomy, and Medicine, Dr. Peele was also named as a lecturer in the Department of Psychology. Indeed, Dr. Cleland of the Duke Chapel once remarked to Dr. Peele that he held more titles than anyone else at Duke! What is more, Dr. Peele did not confine his educational energies to Duke. He served as a visiting lectur- er of neurology at UNC from 1947 to 1950 and as a visiting lecturer of anatomy in UNC in 1955. In his role as an Associate Professor of Neuroanatomy, Dr. Peele felt the need for a comprehensive text of neuroanatomy. He wrote that . . . without some demonstrations of function of the neural organization, pure neuroanatomy tends to become uninteresting and complex to many medical students. He also felt that a text should convey that not all . . . is cut and dried and that dogmatism has no place in medicine. Therefore, his writing made frequent reference to the current research in neurology and included appropriate experimental arguments. The early versions of his text, in the form of a lab manual, were well received and in 1954 the first edition of his The Neurofzmzto- mic Basis for Cliniral Neurology appeared. Dr. Marion Hines wrote of the work that . . . for more experienced students . . . it contains information unavailable in any other book and is therefore in a class all its own. The text, now in its third edition, was more recently published in 1977. His research interests have included limbic system anatomy and function, infantile paralysis, and the reaction of the spinal cord to injury. He was the first to bring monkeys to Duke for research and was instrumental in obtaining the first Horsley- Clarke stereotaxic apparatus at Duke. Dr. Peele is a member of the North Carolina Neuropsychiat- ric Society, the American Association of Anatomists, the North Carolina Medical Society, the American Medical Association, and the American Academy of Neurology. He also served as the Duke Medical Alumni Association Secretary from 1947 to 1967, a position he much enjoyed. Dr. Peele has been honored by faculty and students alike in his long tenure at Duke. Aside from the Golden Apple Award already mentioned, Dr. Peele was further honored by the stu- dents by having the 1967 Aesculapian dedicated to him. In 1974, Dr. Peele shared with Dr. Eugene Stead the first Distin- guished Teaching Award -from the Duke Medical Alumni Asso- ciation. First year medical students continue to enjoy lectures by Dr. Peele who plans to teach as long as he finds the task fun and can keep the mental blocks to a minimum. One can only hope that, for the future medical students at Duke, Dr. Peele will remain an active instructor of neurology and neuroanatomy for many years to come. David Harlan . f 1 .. , ,ff I ' , in X Tal f-1 ' 1 . Thorras DeArman K'nney Thomas DeArman Kinney was born in Franklin, Pennsylva- nia in 1909. He received his B.A. from the University of Penn- sylvania and his M.D. from Duke University in 1936. The next two years were spent as an intern in medicine and surgery at John Hopkins. This was followed by a year of pathology at Yale and four years at the Mallory Institute of Pathology at the Boston City Hospital. In 1944, he joined the staff of the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital and Harvard Medical School. While in Boston, Dr. Kinney and his wife Eleanor were well known for their hospitality to all levels of medical personnel. Their apartment was just across the street from a local pub and was a frequent meeting place for the down-trodden and mone- tarily poor pathology interns and residents. It was not uncom- mon for the Kinneys to take a medical student who was ex- periencing a great stress under their wing. Their concern and kindness followed them to Cleveland and then to Durham. Dr. Kinney went to the Cleveland Metropolitan General Hos- pital in 1947. For thirteen years, he was Pathologist-in-Chief and Professor of Pathology at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine. In 1960, Dr. Kinney returned to Duke as Pathologist-in-Chief, Professor of Pathology, and Chairman of the Department of Pathology, he was the first Duke University School of Medicine graduate to return as a department chairman. During his tenure as Chairman of the Department of Patholo- gy, Dr. Kinney developed a department which is widely known to be one of the most outstanding pathology departments in the United States. The reputation of its faculty, its research en- deavors, its ability to attract excellent house officers, and its popularity with medical students as a teaching department are second to none. While continuing his duties in the Pathology Department, Dr. Kinney became very involved in the field of medical educa- tion. In Cleveland, he had played an important role in the implementation of Case Western Reserve's revolutionary inte- grated curriculum of the 1950's. At Duke, he was one of the people who were very instrumental in developing and initiating the new medical curriculum. In 1967, he was named the first R.J. Reynolds Industries Professor of Medical Education and became Director of Medical and Allied Health Education in 1969. As Director of Medical Education, he successfully im- plemented the new curriculum, participated in the development of the M.D.-Ph.D. program, pioneered a two-year program to train Pathology Assistants, and developed a plan to integrate medical school with the premedical and residency years. In all of his contributions, he made sure that the interests of the medical students were protected and advanced. Dr. Kinney published about 1 50 articles in scientific journals and contributed chapters to several books in the space of thirty- seven years. His major research interest was in the field of nutritional pathology. At Harvard, he, along with Dr. FJ. Stare and D.M. Hegsted, studied the pathologic effects of choline and low-protein diets. He and Dr. C.A. Finch also began investiga- tion on iron metabolism. Iron metabolism and, in particular, factors modulating iron absorption were studied intensively by Dr. Kinney and were the subjects of over fifty of his papers. In 1954, he began to examine the effects of ethionine on various organs, particularly the pancreas, and found that ethionine des- truction of the pancreas resulted in the accumulation of iron in the liver. Dr. Kinney was also interested in automation in clinic- al laboratories. He and Mr. Phillip Pickett turned this interest into practical items by inventing several pieces of equipment, including the lab Tek and disposible knife blade and a compli- cated processor for electron microscopy specimens. Other of Dr. Kinney's papers dealt with medical education, problems faced by the pathology profession, and how to improve the status of pathology. Even the animal kingdom was not neglected by Dr. Kinney, he, Dr. D.B. Hackel, and Dr. W. Wendt, in collaboration with the Cleveland Zoo, described an interatrial septal defect in a chimpanzee, an adenocarcinoma of the thyroid in a bear, and toxoplasmosis in a kangaroo. Of the twenty-seven societies in which he was a member, Dr. Kinney served as president of six: the American Association of Pathologists and Bacteriologists, the American Society for Ex- perimental Pathology, the Association of Pathology Chairmen, the Federation of American Societies of Experimental Biology, the Universities Associated for Research and Education in Pathology, and the Cleveland Academy of Medicine. He has been Chairman of the Council of Academic Societies of the American Association of Medical Colleges and Chairman of the American Association of Medical Colleges - American Medic- al Association Liason Committee on Medical Education. These are only a few of the offices, chairmanships, and consultant positions that Dr. Kinney held during his distinguished career. Dr. Kinney was also committed to medical publishing. He was Associate Editor C1945-475 and Editor C1948-495 of the Bulletin of the International Association of Medical Museums. He and Nathan Kaufman were the founding editors of Laboratory Investigations, a journal designed to communi- cate new concepts and techniques in pathology. From 1967 to 1977, he Was the Editor-in-Chief of the American Journal of Pathology. Many awards have been bestowed upon Dr. Kinney. Of these, the one he took the greatest pride and satisfaction in was the special Kinney Award established by the students of the Duke University School of Medicine in his honor. This award is given each year to a faculty member for excellence in teaching. Among the other awards received by Dr. Kinney are the Whip- ple Lecture, University of Rochester, 1973, the Weller Lecture, University of Michigan, 1975, Distinguished Teaching Award, Duke University School of Medicine Alumni Association, 1975, Distinguished Service Award, College of American Pathologists - American Society of Clinical Pathologists, 1976, Commendation, Universities Associated for Research and Education in Pathology, 19755 and the Gold Headed Cane, American Association of Pathologists and Bacteriologists, 1977. Dr. Kinney retired as Chairman of the Department of Pathol- ogy in 197 5. He remained as Professor Pathology and as the RJ. Reynolds Industries Professor of Medical Education until his death in June of 1977. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST 47 Francis Bayard Carter Dr. Francis Bayard Carter was a man devoted to teaching. He lived to teach and to be available to his house staff and students and was greatly admired and respected because of it. An extraor- dinary ability to communicate with others was one of his most outstanding features. The late Dr. James T. Cleland, former Dean of the Chapel and a neighbor and ,close friend of Dr. Carter, once remarked on Dr. Carter's capacity for using the English language, both the Queenis English and a more republi- can dialect and concluded that such a mastery of the technique of communication is one sign of a great teacher. Without a doubt, Nick Carter Cno one ever called him doctorb was one of the finest educators in the history of the Duke University School of Medicine. Dr. Carter was born in Wilmington, Delaware in 1899. He received his B.A. degree and later an honorary Doctor of Sci- ence degree from the University of Delaware. For three years, he studied at Oxford University, Balliol College as a Rhodes Scho- lar. In addition to his academic pursuits, he excelled in athletics and became the Heavyweight Boxing Champion of England. Upon his return to the United States, he enrolled in the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine and received his M.D. in 1925. He interned in obstetrics and gynecology at the New Haven Hos- pital and did residencies in bother internal medicine and ob-gyn at the University of Virginia Hospital. After completing his residency training, he remained on the University Virginia School of Medicine faculty until 1931, when he came to Duke as Professor and Chairman of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. The obstetrics and gynecology rotation during the Carter years was designed in the following manner. The students were assigned cases as they came into the wards. Each student's assignments were divided equally between obstetrics and gyne- cology. Seminars on commonly encountered disorders were held once a week. Students also participated in preoperative and predelivery clinics twice a week in preparation for the operating and delivery room experiences. Because a large proportion of North Carolina's population was not oriented toward hospital delivery and because Duke, as a referral center, handled a high percentage of complicated deliveries, Dr. Carter assigned the students to a prenatal clinic and home delivery service in Char- lotte so that they could participate in a adequate number of normal deliveries. For three week periods, students attended prenatal 48 FACES FROM THE PAST and antisyphilitic clinics, were on call for deliveries, and were responsible for four post-partum visits to each of the sixteen mothers they delivered on an average tour. Dr. Carter included this experience in the ob-gyn rotation because he felt that every students should participate in enough deliveries to acquire a sense of wonder at the beauty of the normal process. Dr. Carter will long be remembered for his unique manner of verbal communication with his patients and students. On one hand, he was very kind and gentle with his critically ill patients, on the other hand, he was equally caustic with non-compliant patients and would often threaten not to return if the patient did not begin to follow his instructions. He kept up a steady stream of banter with his patients, and this banter was interrupted only very quickly and briefly to ask or answer questions. He also expected students to reply to questions in the same quick and bried manner, an inadequate reply to a questionabout the course of treatment usually brought the retort that such ideas often killed patients. Research was generally left by Dr. Carter to those who felt more gifted in that area of endeavorg however, he did perform some very notable studies designed to describe the normal bacterial content of the vagina in pregnant women. It was essen- tial to describe the normal flora before pathogenic agents could be described. Infections were a very important source of mor- bidity and mortality among obstetric patients in the early years of Duke Hospital, during the first two years, the mortality rate among patients with infections in the blood stream following childbirth or abortion approached thirteen per cent. Dr. Carter and his technician, C.P. jones, studied the vaginal smears from 114 pregnant women and 100 non-pregnant gyn patients who showed no sign of physical abnormality or vaginal tract disease and who were receiving no vaginal therapy. To the methods used in previous studies, they added anaerobic cultur- ing. When compared to the findings of earlier studies, their results demonstrated a relatively higher incidence of fungi and anaerobic organisms and established the importance of proper preparation and evaluation of anaerobic cultures before an accurate diagnosis of vaginal tract infections could be made. From their data, Cater and Jones defined the normal vaginal flora against which to measure test results from infected pa- tients. Theynalso extensively studied fungi of the genus Monilia Clater Candidab and classified some 535 strains of Monilia into a system of six species, including a new species, the stellatoidea, which they discovered. Their methods and terminology were widely publicized so that other physicians and hospitals could use them as diagnostic and communication tools. Dr. Carter was very respected by his Ob-Gyn colleagues. He was a member of at least a dozen medical societies and served as President of three of the largest: the American Academy of Obstetrics and Gynecology, the American Boards of Obstetrics and Gynecology, and the American Association of Obstetrics and Gynecology. He was honored again by his colleagues when the Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award was bestowed upon him for distinguished service to the South. In 1968, Dr. Carter retired from his position as Professor and Chairman of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. With his death in 1976, the medical profession lost one of its finest educators and leaders, and Duke lost one of its most beloved professors. Febe Brazeal Wiley Davis Forbus Years after Dean Davison selected Wiley Forbus as the architect of the fledgling Duke Medical Schoolls Department of Pathology, he explained the decision with these words. I hired Dr. Forbus because he was the most intensely interested man in pathology I had ever contacted. I went to Dr. MacCallum Cthen the Chairman of Pathology at johns Hopkins Universityj to confirm my impression, and Dr. MacCallum stated that Dr. Forbus could in no way be diverted from his study and devotion to general pathology. The selection was one which Dean Davi- son surely never questioned, as Dr. Forbus, in his thirty year tenure as Chairman, established the Pathology Department at Duke as one of the South's finest. Moreover, Dr. Forbus was a respected teacher, a scientist with great state, national, and international influence, and a major force in the building of the reputation which the Duke University Medical Center now enjoys. Dr. Forbus was a lifelong Southerner. He was born in Ziegler- ville, Mississippi in 1894, a small community of four general stores, one of which was owned by his father. His early interests, like those of his peers, were hunting and fishing. He was edu- cated locally until he reached high school age, at which time he traveled each fall to Greenville, Mississippi for his schooling. Next came four years at Washington and Lee University in Virginia where Dr. Forbus was Phi Beta Kappa. Before his graduation in 1916, he served for one year as an Assistant in Chemistry at Washington and Lee. Using his undergraduate training, Dr. Forbus taught general sciences for the next three years in Washington area schools C1916-19191. It has been said that it was the next year, 1920, that the Department of Pathology at Duke began, for it was then that Wiley Forbus, a freshman medical student at johns Hopkins, was first introduced to surgical pathology by a senior medical student. The enthusiasm with which Dr. Forbus approached the study of pathology was immediately apparent, and he spent much of his free time that first year in the surgical pathology laboratory. Later exposure to general pathology under Dr. Mac- Callum further fueled Dr. Forbus' interest and enthusiasm. Dr. Forbus was an excellent student Che was named to the Alpha Omega Alpha medical honoraryb and upon his graduation from medical school in 192 3, his appointment to the house staff at Johns Hopkins followed naturally. Dr. Forbus progressed through the Chief Residency in Pathology atjohns Hopkins to a position as Associate Pathologist during the period from 1923- 1950. In 1927, Dean Davison, then the only faculty member of the Duke University School of Medicine, approached his friend Dr. Forbus for advice regarding the blueprints of the Pathology Department. It was not until 1929, however, after Dr. Forbus had returned from a year of study in Munich at the Pathologisches Institut der Ludwig Maximilians Universitat, that negotia- tions were begun which culminated in the appointment of Dr. Forbus as Chairman of Pathology at Duke. The department began work on july 20, 1930. ' From the outset, Dr. Forbus decided that the department should serve as a training center for academic pathologists, and house staff selections were made with this goal in mind. Training was designed to cultivate the interest of the house staff in academic work, and upon completion of the residency, the young physicians were retained on the senior staff until such time as a position elsewhere opened. The success of Dr. Forbus' efforts in developing academicians cannot be questioned, at the time of his death in 1976, his former residents included over 30 professors, approximately 15 chairmen of pathology depart- ments, and at least 5 medical school deans. As a teacher, Dr. Forbus believed that the relationship of the student and professor should be one of mutual respect. He wrote, First, they Cmedical studentsj are persons possessed of an unusual zeal for the work that they have undertaken, second, they are quite as intelligent as their instructors, third, they usually are influenced profoundly by the point of view and teachings of those who introduced them to the subject of dis- ease. I-le felt that the most important lesson to be taught was that the study of disease begins long before entrance to the medical school and must continue indefinitely thereafter. Therefore, he chose not to lecture his students but rather to interact with students using comparative case studies, involve- ment in routine autopsies, and weekly journal hours. The over- all view which Dr. Forbus hoped his students would grasp was his belief that disease is a matter of the abnormal outcome of a constantly changing relation between the ultimate biological unit, the cell, and its environment. It was this view of pathology which served as the basic tenet of Dr. Forbus' two volume textbook, Reaction to Injury, which has been called one of the most influential pathology textbooks ever published. During his long career, Dr. Forbus was a scientist of national influence. He served on the National Board of Medical Examin- ers, as an Associate Editor of the Archives of Pathology, and as a consultant for several groups including the Veterans Adminis- tration, the Atomic Energy Commission, the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, and the Walter Reed Army Hospital. He served as President of the American Association of Pathologists and Bacteriologists in 1947. On the international level, Dr. Forbus spent almost as much time in the Far East in the 1950's as he spent at Duke. His experience as a medical educator was tapped in the reorganiza- tion of the Taiwan University Medical School and the medical school at Keio University in Tokyo. He served as a consultant to a number of foreign medical missions, including a mission to China in 1953 under the auspices of the Foreign Operations Administration, the Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission in japan in 1953 and 1956, and a mission to China in 1956 under the auspices of the China Medical Board. The list goes on. The first clinical pathology laboratory of the Chinese Nationalist Army in Taiwan was established under his direction in 1954. That laboratory was named in his honor. Dr. Forbus' contributions to the world of medicine did not go unrecognized. In 1975 he was awarded the Gold-Headed Cane Award by the American Association of Pathologists and Bacter- iologists. At the ceremony honoring him, Dr. Forbus was de- scribed as a pathologist who represents the highest ideals in pathology and medicine. Late in his life, the man whose boyhood interests had been hunting and fishing described his hobbies with these words, My hobby has been my business, medicine. David Harlan FACES FROM THE PAST 49 Francis Huntington Swett In the early days of the medical school, personal relationships between the medical student and the professor were much more common than they are today. Many students were profoundly influenced by their relationships with a particular faculty mem- ber. Dr. Francis Swett, the first Chairman of Anatomy at Duke, was one whose influence both inside and outside the classroom greatly affected the lives of many of those who came in contact with him. Francis Huntington Swett was born in Norway, Maine in 1893. To many he was the archetypal Maine native. Laconic, hard working, and frugal, he had a deeply felt sense of responsi- bility and service. As a young man, Swett attended Bates College where his talents were recognized by a biology professor who cultivated the student's interest in the field of biology. After receiving his A.B. in 1916, with Phi Beta Kappa honors, Swett traveled to Brown University as an Assistant in Zoology. He expected the same dedication and preparation from his professors that he later expected from his students, a teaching point carelessly made in his presence rarely went unquestioned. After receiving his M.A. in 1917, Swett left Brown to teach premedical studies at Tufts for a year. Then, during WWI, he served in the Medical Corps at Walter Reed Hospital and later at the Army Neurosur- gical Laboratory in Baltimore. When he completed his military obligation, he began his doctoral work at Yale where he was described as clear-headed, slow to speak, critically analytical and as one who hated sham and front. 1 Sweet completed his work for the Ph.D. in 1922 and went to Baltimore where he taught at the johns Hopkins as Instructor and later Associate in Anatomy until 1925. Next came five years as Associate Profes- sor of Anatomy at Vanderbilt University. Dr. Swett was named the Chairman of the Anatomy Depart- ment at Duke in 1950. He built the department around a few strongly felt beliefs. First, he believed that the primary role of the medical school was to teach students, and therefore each of his faculty members was expected to carry his load of that responsibility. Second, he wrote, Ideally and logically it might be expected that the teacher would seek to impart that enthu- siasm for the subject which he himself has - or had. 2 He believed that the instructor's enthusiasm could best be main- tained through active participation in ongoing research. Third, he believed that a teaching institution was best served by a faculty with diverse research interests, group research on a narrow topic was not practiced in his department. Dr. Swett realized that the learning process was the result of 50 FACES FROM THE PAST that intangible interplay between the teacher, the receptive mind of the student, and the subject matter. No one of these phases can be disregarded, except at the expense of the others. 2 He was a perceptive observer of his students, he learned names and personal histories but more importantly, he was able to determine a student's motivation, sincerity, and comfort while working in the laboratory. He was tolerant of slower students if they were hard working but quite intolerant of a skilled but lazy student. He understood that the average medical student was not studying to become a Ph.D. in anatomy, and he therefore sought to teach the simplicity and fun- damental character of his subject. 2 Within this framework, Dr. Swett attempted to individualize his teaching so that each student Ccouldj get a perfect fit, irrespective of his mental ability. 2 These characteristics of Dr. Swett did not endear him to all his students. Many were suspicious of his interest in their personali- ties and others were uncomfortable with his honesty. When Dr. Sweet would advise his students to take the day off because it was too hot to work in the laboratory or because they would otherwise miss a big Duke game, some felt that Dr. Swett was testing their interest in anatomy. Such motives were foreign to Dr. Swett, he was genuinely concerned about the welfare of his students. When the banks closed during the depression, he called the students together and assured them that he would arrange for loans for them if necessary. Any student appearing in the laboratory with a cold would be admonished to go home and take care of himself. While it was true that he was not understood by all, those students who did understand him would never think of letting him down. A biography of Dr. Swett is not complete without mention of his wife, the former Elizabeth Glenn of'Baltimore, whom he married in 1924. At Vanderbilt and at Duke, Mrs. Swett served as an informal personnel director. Like a mother to many of the medical students, she always knew when a student was troubled with a personal problem. When a male student would have a girlfriend visit from out of town for a dance, there was always a room for her at the Swett's. Dr. Swett was a meticulous research scientist and he enjoyed national stature as reflected by his election as Secretary Treasur- er of the American Association of Anatomists. His twelve-year study of the girdle and its relationship to the developing limb is ample evidence of his belief that all work should be characte- rized by care, accuracy of observation and statement, and also completeness. 2 Through his studies, Dr. Swett did much to clarify the limb-girdle interrelation. After attending a Duke-Duquesne basketball game on Febru- ary 10, 1943, Dr. Swett returned to his office to take care of some unfinished business when he suffered a fatal heart attack. It is a tribute to his assiduous nature that these words could be written about his research at the time of his death, CHisl work is not finished and the final answer was denied him. What he did, however, need never be repeated. It is the foundation for the future as he planned it. David Harlan 1. Nicholas JS, Hetherington DC, Streeter GL, Francis Hunt- ington Swett, Anatomical Record 86:3-11, 1945. 2. Swett, FH, requirements versus preparation for the study of medicinefjozzrmz! of the Association of American Medical Col- leges 191206-216, 1944. Norman Francis Conant Norman Francis Conant was born on March 9, 1908, in Walpole, Massachusetts. He received his B.S. degree from Bates College in 1930 and then went to Harvard University, where he received his M.A. in 1931 and his Ph.D. in Mycology in 1933. His affiliation with Harvard continued for two more years, from 1933 to 1934, he was the Sheldon Traveling Fellow in Medical Mycology in Paris, and from 1934 to 1935, he was an Assistant in Bacteriology at Harvard. Durham became Dr. Conant's home in 193 5 when he came to Duke as an Instructor in Bacteriology. He has served as an Associate in Bacteriology C1936-385, Assistant Professor of Bacteriology and Mycology C1938-465, and Professor of Mycol- ogy and Associate Professor of Bacteriology C1946-583. In 1958, he was appointed to the position of Professor and Chair- man of the Department of Microbiology. He stepped down from the Position of Chairman in 1968 but continued as ajames B. Duke Distinguished Professor of Mycology until his retirement in 1974. Dr. Conant was one of the top ten mycologists, not only in the nation, but in the world, according to Dr. Suydam Oster- hour, and his expertise in the field of fungal diseases was called upon quite frequently. During World War II, he was a Lecturer in Mycology at the Army Medical School and a Consultant to the Secretary of War. In 1944, he taught mycology at Oswaldo Cruz and the University of Sao Paulo. Dr. Conant has been a consultant for the Communicable Disease Center in Atlanta C1947-495, a member of the Advisor Panel on Microbiology for the Office of Naval Research C1952-575, a member of the Graduate Training Program Study Section of the National Insti- tute of Allergy and Infectious Diesease C1957-605, Chairman of the Infectious Disease and Tropical Medicine Training Grant Committee C1960-615, a member of the National Allergy and Infectious Disease Advisory Council C1962-655, and Chairman of the Standards and Exam Committee of the American Board of Microbiology C1962-631 His contributions to scientific literature have been numerous. In addition to many journal publications on his mycological research, he has co-edited and continues to contribute to Zim- Je1 5 Microbiology. He, Dr. D.T. Smith, Dr. R.D. Baker, and Dr. j.L. Callaway have written the Manual of Clinical Mycology. He has also served on the editorial boards of publications such as Mycopatbologia, Farlowia, B iologital Abstracts, Mycologia, and the journal of I n11e5tz'gatioe Dermatology. Dr. Conant's skill as a teacher matched his skill as a mycolog- ist. He has always had the utmost respect from Duke medical students, and in 1972, he received the Golden Apple Award in recognition of his excellence as a basic science teacher. For many years, Dr. Conant taught a clinical mycology course dur- ing the summer, this course was always filled to capacity with learners from all over the nation who were eager to be taught by this outstanding professor. Occasionally, Dr. Conant would be seen walking down the halls of Duke Hospital with a very large package in his arms. He would go into the microbiology lab and put the package down on a tin table. The heavy package made a very loud noise when it was dropped on the tin table, and everyone in the vicinity would turn to see what the clamor was all about. To their surprise, they would find a cow's head staring at them. The head would be from a cow with lumpy jaw disease caused by Actinomycet boozk. Dr. Conant had made a special trip to the slaughterhouse in order to get specimens for his students. Every Duke medical student learned how to identify enteric bacteria using differential media during Dr. Conant's microbiol- ogy course. Before attacking their own specimens, they were shown how the media should look after inoculation with the various bacteria. What Dr. Conant's students did not know was that none of the media shown to them during the demonstration had ever been inoculated with bacteria! Dr. Conant had actually used acid and alkali to adjust the pH, had blown bubbles into the media with a pasteur pipette to simulate gas production, and so on, instead of actually using bacteria on the media. In spite of his busy career, Dr. Conant found time to do a great deal of farming. He and his large family grew their own vegetables and raised their own livestock. 'He was also in- strumental in the preservation of their homegrown food, he was often seen at night autoclaving his family's canned vegetables and preserves in the microbiology laboratory. The man who taught medical students about botulism certainly did everything in his power to insure that his family would not fall victim to that disease. Dr. Conant continues to do some work at Duke but spends most of his retirement days at his Durham home or at his home in the mountains. He is a very warm, personable, and down-to- earth individual who ranks as one of the nation's greatest scien- tists. Febe Brazeal FACES FROM THE PAST ANNIVERSARY 1930-1980 OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI Within any sector there are those who hold distinction because of their accomplishments and services rendered. The Medical Center and University have established the following awards to recognize distinctive, astute individuals who through their innumerable accomplishments have generated and fostered the atmosphere of unparalleled achievement that is the Wellspring ofDuke's reputation as a major center of medical excellence. The Distinguished Alumni Award recognizes persons who received medical training at Duke and who by their achievements merit recognition. The title of Honorary Alumnus is bestowed upon individuals whose contributions to Duke have been of uniquely meritorious dimensions. Distinguished Service Awards are given for outstanding service to the school. The Golden Apple Awards which are presented by the student body recognize members on the basic and clinical faculty and on the housestaff who provide extraordinary teaching, role models and concern for the medical students. To those judged by their peers as out- standing teachers, the Distinguished Teaching Award is given. The Kinney Award, established in honor of the late Dr. Thomas Kinney and presented by the graduating class of the medical school, recognizes professors for excellence in teaching. Distinguished Professors, named yearly by the University, are those faculty who contribute significantly to the advancement of knowledge in their particular field. While it may seem that many have been acknowledged for their contributions to medicine, it must be known that there are countless others who in their daily efforts contri- bute to the field, and that the individuals recognized here are a small representation of the whole. C.D.G. OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI Distinguished Alumni HAMIMEW Alumni lmisiimmwisimd Service Awards Gmmem Appie Awards Tliarmas D Kinney Awards WFNFIQJIJITSNEU APTWTBSSUIPS Deceased Distinguished Pmfessws Pmlesmrs Emerimi NNTMAWI WT AATNT fff T ' + A gg 1 T Distimfmuislmd Tefanming Awamls T T, TT A, . 4 T, TA A ' N , 1 N is-. eafisfffi- ,Q 'Sm -4-QV' 1 5'T?. ESQ-W , ' H 'Niki s1'gQ-', I ..a:':fiT' Q33 'x - F N '3F 1'Y-N 9' N Xi My I. . ,A 5, XXX- IXAXTXXX ' A 19 ,Q x . 'QV ,XXX XX ,XX , Nd xy N f 't-lflfa 'art 4 ,f s X ' X 'ffr-14'-' . N A N-.H I I s . , I Q 'J4' MRHYQH ' x . '- 'lf.'7 .' , if 127, V -4 s V! ,f '77'-' . -Mr 7'5, .4f . xi. a'. S3v?':z3:' N 'wt-59,'f5fv1f'f-aim fifgvffzigfmg B iff. ' wp- .ffm BM'-ua X x .+2i5 .f513n .'!3,A::?r1-1 N Qxigrx '-f' 'rn NJ, '-ws-.14-: ' I TZ+f52fTfi,ui-,, , X' v'75-f'55'gnbnsef'!'221!y'ly N -' xl: ' 2' wi'-44'-ir!-2 4'y l W EI 4,2'3P'-33-imsWF.2w 'f ,IZn,p,,o,.-:,wg'1Qgf,,y,f, , x K 3.5, 'uf . w ' qw...-3..,,N V-'.s3'!Mm1m wi, , W. X :5fS1f'?P5fi9:ZQ, 5- X,Q.M '- Magi? 'if ' g' i HW ,. r' , .1 ii., -yy Ax -ig..s 3:'.:'g5 -'7?Z,Ehff:gJ: 'Ns N r L M ' iff' LU - .X :QR 'J I':, ,N 53.25-.a-f:-441,-,,:7hM,.gihZ I Z.: .8 'f ' ' 'E 5 50' ,.y,.- - .3 x ' 5- ug .. 'Q ,- ', ' I 0- . 'ir' .V his ' N - Qi ' A. . '.. 'Q' UW ' U 4 1'5 'm ' 2 ' 5' 51 ' as 5- Qi' .'f,g.:5'Lffg?5'fe,1?,egQQ'x'?. Elk' ,a I Jjyfffffmfifg ' KX W T' -x-li... 27 , -,gb ' , xl I -..'- ' ,midi 'lip' E 8 IH. 4 M: ti 1, 'N Hy M. 'X x 5'---'NF-' i.3rP u ' 1 -- Am I 1I'HUil'L' V hw' 9 X' , IM I 1 W A Wiki' C 7 r KV' 5' - .-',v.1mxg'. . .QRQNQ f' -' fl ff'-M 'lx U' X, 1 'L 'nf , W' I 1-,ff l .h ,, .l.,..1',-I ., ,lla MIN ,Q .:pw.?ll1m.-nal, ,. 'Jfh 5 .M ,1 , yn 0.1. , arf ff ' ' . -'F-J- M.f13 :'532jf-f,:, ,ff I.. ' ' 52fw 3'? ?!55 -' ' rf' 9-1 R' NW ff! 'M R , ,AM , 4 ' we fi 4' A ' , 'I 1 A ' - seg.. 4':'5'r:1',-Ms'Z-f.'-1-.-'m 5. '- ' -.4' -'-EM' . f'a'L:t4'.1if. ' wa l ? ' '- ' , .,,'3'mS'!ifbX ',j.f-a5f,f,, 'T' VII., fl, 5 D '-.,'f,'v'.g. 'q ,',Q1Q.nrf,'Hf 'i ,MIIIX 'th xl Q z N if N 5Q'af,-SSN-1',x-, g,' N :I :,J.tvw'mmWbaixfxap-. , P, :Ll - 'IR AQ N X I R- , u 'l.. fgi:,igE'1:z2Pg.,-. -'..'41:i- ':-' ' ,415 Q' HN yn ' N Q 'wir ' 'ly - 7'1 , ,. g 49 'f'?s.'5'fS4' ''.'ff'Q'5'xf'.'.'i v'l.'f'Z 9' 4 'Sm ,jj . . .f l .-ii X ai5z222?5,gfff'Q Tir! 1'.f'f?'-:1fcP'.rPf 9 iw gi '.-551422559 4WfQQ3:'.s g ' -'s s-.f1f..jf7 f ff'f1:. 424224195057 ,ui ..5iQ'gj7:f'.f121l M xw -Mgk., ., 5. V ii. Q' I41!n fg4'fH ' Appl ' I ., .-. l x ,Tg1ElI6 f ' xx E -5.3,-f1,...-.gnQ',-,.UZfV-g.'Q- wig-cgi,'w,',',l'?f,W'W' KM i ' I . Xffa .gigazg-3.5 ' U l '5k', , -'. ,-'TW' JA' 5 ' MJ. I - 'z - W ' W X 'Z' -4' . '-' 1 HH' .-1'-me - . Wh -' '-1'!?5f'1 ':X - fvQ4w1o5'034 '0'9f u 4v 1+ w ' t 4ff'..'w Pal 'u -'wt-,'.w-N .V : '.5i'l rm-:.-5' 'p--:...'4-'Q M-':sm,v4 'H-flf v M- wg Wu w' 1' wx l, ::.llv 22'11z .1'-'W' 1' vf?7'91W , 1 . 05? 75 'fkf 'm'f'5'9i5WMWf 9' -1 '- dl H V --'iiffi-'F f ' l1'.:?1:-?'g.f3'.2fs'f- w1:f 2. nz--Q..-'xr' 1 01 em - w.-:wif-ecf.' - 2 ' f'f52!ji5f5?' Qzw Qfirfkciji ' 1sf11ii11i',ii51Wv2g2'7'Hifi'' u 5 W gi fi ':Zf12M . --.a11'f gQfP15E:' .- F.. Z 1 I:'X4:' V M X l x:!'x .HL xv 'll' ' 171' 3 W wr' Ii t :'v: S -In Zn' 'intx xg'::..n 'Styx-i., pi, Q -f Xqhh'-I' i0q'..1.t:,!,Wm4 'M ,V !xA,.,0.,, Q t qxxuvxaxiagxe .M m ,vi uhm? ' .1 nl I . J .. , ..x-. wx N - Q'-Nf ' --'-:Jh.,l V O M + 'NJ ?.' I, - xx-'mn-.4 -ff-T-'Jif 'g:j::-SETR.. 'iikgiiwix Uv, X M1 'QQ 'fill 'gPLC,'g'HClW,' 4 LQ H 1. I -1' -,vbgyex-QW K- .'v,,,:::3:::k 'X ,L -.',-3' I 1 x X I mlwllvlm. ' 5 2 ., -2 'X Mo'-'.' ' 'maxim' ,'Q':57. 1' v','jf:: ,fQgQ:Q ' S .' ' K 'X . '4l iHf'j 'a - I -,dm '3 -1' f 'NX 'L3 m l.?E',:.':A'N-fm 3-ug X X , ya, ' TQ ,I , li Av ggi., lil,-:SN 1- Q in Y , -1-. ff 'tw v -.ai--si: 'l't' x I.' V ' xy . XX VK X X' L, .Fi-al 'SL 17 ,' X 'tl' X X Ek? S 0-1 .'.' 'fn x '- ' ' .JN 1'-7 '- I3:!Sl?':'.' Q -'MRH1 9 2 Q 1 l 'i:v:'f'fjf2., x F, ,W-qgff 41 fam j , R uI:g-gpfgfj' 'ww f:-W M warm MW ,wb ' ' ,' '-f'f f'ff' ' 'L ' :' K x xv- - vi 4, 1 Af- - v N. X ' ,, 1 N -5.,,.'f::2E , X '.f -6-f2','iN,xa Y,Q L-'fzwslkllie um K,!QL'yff-fftffffq f 205' -. ,Q 'ffl f,-:ELK ju v- I -lf, -Nfwxx ' wx X 1 lp XXX X 1,', ' ! fW4 :.1'1f-X , - , 'jf 'f f--:fm-af. . -Q.-N ' ' -rm , .-' -- N Ol. v X LQ: -' - .-- - I gi ' 5 ,zgisf , 4 -i:e:,::.. . 1 ,f .5 - 'Lf-'3,Xl'3'g:?., N 'j' 'w ?wF9,1ll',,f lazy 'df' I ,4 ' lg , I H xsN'..'9',o'7, .' 'px' Us 'rl' I 'lg ' ' . la srl 'N !31':n.,':,'v x , IAQANXGQ-i3..?:gig5, fl ' fs ' , , Q 5,5533-2 .D . , ,V X -I I..-it-iv-...nhlL:ii:v.. '3 '5 ' 'Y 33P i', ' 'f .- - ' 39' 'Q' '-1 '53?747f 4 f : X ' '11-'PEW' ':5113 M. 331' GIF, f r g - -Ulm ' A 1f 'gZ72j4 .og-fffqig f 7 , if A ' '-' ' ' 4 - I . ' ' '9' 0' , 7 ft 'i?i::.'f'- S ' ., ffl: I. iw-9 . ' W .gg f, 'W mf' Q '.147!M1!22Q2c,f.'ff9' ', ' , b alx j -Tkgislfkxsxmlqg R , K X QI W X I e ',f1': - - .-,I I! ., X x hm I 'c-.U . K . J' .L X! ' N I j., ,::,,5.3..s? 3,,g1,xivgx:Nqmt'? 'V I , Y W 7 T I 5 H . ' f W if Q ' 'L '21 I 'Lx L ,ffl N ' g . ' 'Zi' 1 I' Q 1' I' ,HM I, ' - srlw- 1' 1 -' be 1-1 f 1 ww Fw Q 15' ' f . ,,. ' s' - ll I - F',kYQixw , . ti' y hi: o 4917, X 'il :X '. 'Q - -I I- 5 ' :.'.' 'q..l':gY: :C 5Q',' . 1- ' NN. 'y d' , ' v-11 . ' .1 u Q- ESS 5353, 5' ja , fy ,mx ,rl ff' 1 Hu, X My Q: 4' ' m-A ' ' K ' T .'-'41- X ' '.f.. Q wk 'V 'f' 9,4 2' , x 2 ' ' W . - z mzlpgm -'Lili' if-!:..6,','pQ ' ff-,g'.:' :jyy V pjf M ...lun Mme , ,su 'Ms . .,:,,v,, . . I 1 - , 11:3 vi n ' , h -ff,:,EL..4 02152 . , f91Q,gf,jff?lD31'g-'gio'Q 'W' ,:,igQQ.-L. ,gfxtipt f f .- J ai? ' JMX: af f -K f' f'f- fu 'Ula'--' - 5 - NK 1 nfl-'srl ' i'5T'Ei'ff:-,T-' - - ' ' ' 3 ft 1' ' WN 'Mfg 1 ' ,EV ' -L' C-. 4 It - js r. 1 N213 I i' , .. 'L 2 I U '-5s l ,, w,- . 'h',.. ' '- ,fu ' ' ' T'-5 1 'I 1 -ri my Y '- -'IN 91 H - -.,-,, ,f 4 .VM 5 - gel ----xg I... If 'hh 'Nw-.1 'H-:W ' ,' 4-g--', f. 41 'V 5'-ss ,. he A 'f W ' ' -'-. 1 lf QET' ' I r I Q f-if S. 'M we 1 ,f, 1 fax' m afar, Qs ' ff ' ' ' ' A,.y44.1f.. 2. 'Ie . , , :lg B-lf F '5!li,Q',f'ZQ,:..i 1 4-l4lln ?, . .1 . 8.21, f 2' ' . , 'f+.'. ' '- '- -1 ,Q f f-2-afsnb -- s I 1. . . .p . -im Xlfi,s .?'4 . sw -' 'ix I Y Q ' - 2213: .1 . ,-sfztsw 791142 .-1 I -1, Milf. F11 55 if ' ' V' fi ua 1-1:2-w e V' jl?11d1zME1 1l.lt wx'g '1ffL5 - ' --1: Ha. . ' 1 -' - .. . gswirhf, ' ,V . --: . n 1 ' WW SM-RP, it-atm, 'W' - .N :, Hiram. lgitgaeianffinillayi x , I - ww if ff. ' '- iff. Wm!-r:s12Aft-, - ' 5,q,,5,Q,5.-1.3. . 4, -xgw '-x'Qs-n.g-f:.f - 'Mg t-, Hx ' --.,r:-Lag? . ft- - f f.1'. 5 1969 Raymond D. Adams, IVI.D. '92 35' its Dr. Adams' reputation is one of international stature and his research in neurology has earned him honorary memberships in the British Society ofNeurology, the Swiss Society of Neurolo- gy and Psychiatry and the German Society of Neuropathology. He is a member ofthe Boston Society of Psychiatry and Neurol- ogy, the American Neurological Association, the American Association of Neuropathologists and the Association of Re- search in Nervous and Mental Disease. After receiving his A.B. and A.M. degrees from the Universi- ty of Oregon, Dr. Adams entered the Duke Medical School in 1955. Following internship and residency at Duke, in 1938, he joined the teaching staff of Harvard Medical School and began the practice of Neurology at Massachusetts General Hospital. His major contributions in research have included extensive studies on disorders of muscle, and his textbook, with Denny- Brown and Pearson, entitled Direayes of Mmrle is the classic in the field. tti. -,-- :W A it it Xlf' Mnttllj2'fl'jfM Born in Winston-Salem and educated at UNC and Duke, Dr. Bondurant was named Phi Beta Kappa at UNC before entering Duke Medical School. As an intern and later resident in the department of medicine here, he held a U.S. Public Health Service fellowship. In 1958 he completed his senior residency in medicine at Boston's Peter Brent Brigham Hospital. Since that time Dr. Bondurant has been an assistant, associ- ate, and full professor of medicine at Indiana University School of Medicine, executive vice president and dean of the Albany Medical College as well as Professof and Chairman of their Department of Medicine-activities, earning him faculty membership to AOA. Dr. Bondurant, a member of twelve national organizations, has held major offices over aperiod of years. He has been editor of Clinical Research, the American Federation for Clinical Research publication, and served on editor boards of other medical journals. The American Heart Association awarded him a Citation for Distinguished Service to Research. He also received the U.S. Air Force Award for Meritorious Civilian Service. Stuart O. Bondurant, IVI.D. . 1974 1971 Ivan L. Bennett, Jr., M.D. Dr. Ivan L. Bennett, jr., who served as assistant resident physician at Duke Hospital in 1950-51, is vice-president for health affairs and director of the medical center at New York University, as well as professor and Dean of the School of Medicine there. He has been associated with NYU since 1969, at which time he left the position of deputy director of the Office of Science and Technology of the Office of the President of the United States. Dr. Bennett attended both undergraduate and medical school at Emory, receiving his A.B. there in 1943 and his M.D. in 1946. He held teaching positions at Emory, Yale and johns Hopkins prior to his NYU appointment, and hospital staff positions in New Haven, Ct. and Baltimore and Bethesda, Md. Dr. Bennett has been a consultant to the President's Office of Science and Technology, the Secretary of I-Iealth, Education and Welfare and the Office of Energy Planning. He has served on numerous United Nations and other international health and science committees. . 'J-:Tift ni ifffrfwict I I E D I U M N I W nun Dr. Bressler went to the College of Medicine at the Universi- ty of Arizona, Where he became Professor and Chairman of Pharmacology, Professor of Medicine, and head of the Division of Clinical Pharmacology. Earning a B.S. degree at McGill Uni- versity in 1954, he came to Duke and received the M.D. in 1957, having been elected to Alpha Omega Alpha honorary society. I-Ie spent two years at Yale, as an intern and junior assistant resident, before coming back to Duke. A year's resi- dency in medicine was followed by a year as a fellow in bioche- mistry. He became an assistant professor of medicine in 1963, and in 1969 was appointed head of the Division of Clinical Pharmacol- ogy in the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology at the University of Arizona. Rubin Bressler, IVI.D. 1975 Win..- 19 elf 1 W if FACULTY AND ALUMNI S5 i t .. ' t w.. . 1 ,ig rl - .. 12 -.- jt 3 ln - ' ll f vi 11 ITV: iw ,Avila it . .s w.w. n-111,y . lt. 1,. mf. ., . ly , . -if -fi: OUTSTANDING A i t-'f F' ,f N M ' - ' .54 0 56 FACULTY AND ALUMNI 1973 1973 Ivan Brown, IVI.D. Dr. Brown entered Duke Medical School in 1956 from the University of Rochester, and received both the B.S. and M.D. degrees at Duke in 1940. He was an intern and assistant resident in pathology at Duke Hospital from 1940 to 1942, before leaving for World War II service with the Duke-affiliated 65th General Hospital of the U.S. Army. He returned to Duke in 1945 to an assistant residency in surgery. From 1948 to 1953 he was a Markle Scholar in medical science, then a resident in general and thoracic surgery in 1955-54. Before the war, Dr. Brown had been an instructor in pathology in the medical school, and upon his return joined the surgery faculty. In 1965 he received Duke University's highest honor for its faculty, being named james B. Duke Professor of Surgery. He later practiced thoracic-cardiovascular surgery at the Watson Clinic in Lakeland, Florida. Wl'W'ISll 'M IIA i'7l1I7YI'I'WWlVilV Wil' I I I 'WiWWIl'QilfIlI7'1tii C.D. Christian, M.D., Ph.D. Both of Dr. Christian's graduate degrees were earned at Duke. After finishing undergraduate work at the University of Kansas in 1952 he entered the graduate school at Duke and, upon finishing his doctorate, entered the medical school and completed his M.D. in 1958. While he was a medical student he held an instructor's position in the Department of Anatomy, and he served his internship at Duke before leaving for residency at Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center. He completed his residency in obstetrics and gynecology, during which he was a fellow of the Macy Foundation. He went to the University of Florida as assistant professor of obstetrics and gynecology and director of the program in experimental medicine. After two years he returned to Duke, as Associate Professor of Ob-Gyn and Assistant Professor of Anatomy and Head of the Division of Gynecologic Endocrinology. In 1969 he went to the University of Arizona to become Professor and Head of Obstetrics and Gynecology. In 1971 he was honored with the student body's award of Best Clinical Teacher. I I 1 ll I I I I I I I s ,I IMI In i it ' 'tt It 'm '- t' tr-H'f-----U -- iriiitimuiviiiyiy Mimxrmrti I DISTINGUISHED ALUMNI I II l ll ,.,, .I,,.t,..r,J,,,I..ut.J,, .N-Q, ,.., C Ilartut ir YWvnKTYxd-JN-MMAM-,vga, M In-lah Dr. Cluff served as Chairman of the Department of Medicine at the University of Florida College of Medicine for ten years before accepting a position in 1977 as vice-president with the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation in N ewjersey. After receiv- ing his bachelor's degree from the University of Utah, Dr. Cluff earned an M.D. from George Washington University in 1949. He spent the year 1950-51 as an assistant resident at Duke, followed by a second year of residency at johns Hopkins. A specialist in allergies and infectious diseases, he served two years as a visiting investigator and assistant physician at the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research before joining the Medical faculty at Johns Hopkins in 1954. At the time of this award, he was a consultant for the FDA, a member of the AMA's Residency Review Committee, and member of the Committee on Infections of the American Hospital Associa- tion, chairman of the Committee on Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics for the American College of Physicians, and presi- dent of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Leighton E. Cluff, IVI.D. As Director of the National Library of Medicine, Dr. Cum- mings' job has been to determine the medical community's needs and to arrange a communications system to deliver this specialized information. This is provided through a massive, computer-based reference system CMed. Lit. Anal. and Retr. Sys.j, the establishment of university research centers, a Com- munity Medical Television Center, NLM-sponsored regional libraries. The publications of Index Medina, Czzrrent Catalog, and specialized medical bibliographies, and the Interlibrary Loan Service. Dr. Cummings has also worked for the USPHS and the VA directing tuberculosis research in Atlanta. In 1953 he was named Director of the VA Research Service, from 1959-61, he served as Chairman of the Department of Microbiology at the University of Oklahoma School of Medicine, and later worked for the NIH. He received the VA Exceptional Service and both the Superior Service and the Distinguished Award from the Department of Health. Martin M. Cummings, M.D. 969 OUTSTANDING 1972 Cyrus Erickson, lVI.D. Cyrus.l-Erickson served on the Duke faculty from 1937 to 1950, as an instructor, associate and finally associate professor of pathology and as an associate pathologist at Duke Hospital. He has held position as professor of pathology, as director of the School of Cytotechnology, and as acting chairman of the De- partment of Pathology at the University of Tennessee College of Basic Medical Sciences. Dr. Erickson received his undergraduate and medical educa- tion at the University of Minnesota and did an internship, residency, and fellowship at the University of Minnesota and Minneapolis General Hospital. In 1955 he moved to the Uni- versity of Rochester Medical School as an assistant resident in pathology. Dr. Erickson has held numerous professional and scientific positions. 1979 Thomas B. Ferguson, IVI.D. A native of Oklahoma City, Dr. Ferguson earned both his B.S.M. and M.D. degrees at Duke in 1947. Following in- ternship in surgery at Duke 1947-48, he spent the next year at Harvard Medical School as a U.S. Public Health Service Fellow in Physiology. He returned to Duke as an assistant resident in surgery from july 1949 to December 1950, serving as an in- structor in surgery throughout 1950. After two years in the U.S. Army he completed his surgical residency at Barnes Hospital in St. Louis, and in 1956 was appointed an instructor in surgery at Washington University School of Medicine. Since 1975, he has been Professor of Clinical Surgery in the Division of Cardiothor- acic Surgery there. Ferguson is active in more than 20 profes- sional organizations. He is a member of both Alpha Omega Alpha and Phi Beta Kappa. He has served as chairman of the board of the American Board of Thoracic Surgery and president of the Society of Thoracic Surgeons. iii iiiiii D I STI N G U I SH ED ALU IVI NI Dr. Hamrick was born in Boiling Springs, North Carolina. He graduated from Wake Forest College in 1944 and received his M.D4 degree and membership in Alpha Omega Alpha from the Bowman Gray School of Medicine in 1946. As an intern Dr. Hamrick went to Barnes Hospital in St. Louis, Missouri then returned to Bowman Gray as an assistant resident in the Depart- ment of Pathology. During 1948-49 he served as the assistant chief of the Medical Service in the Tenth General Hospital, Manila, P.I. At the end of his military service, Dr. Hamrick returned to his home state as assistant resident in the Depart- ment of Medicine in Duke Hospital. In 1954 he joined Dr. Robert McWhorter in the practice ofinternal medicine in Con- cord, North Carolina. He has devoted much of his time since 1954 to medical programs in Cabarrus County and in North Carolina. - Ladd Hamrick, Jr., M.D. 1970 N I1 - 1.x ' f 'Qi Dr. Harrell is a unique man of medicine whose career has touched almost every facet of profession-physician, scientist, planner, educator, even architect. Dr. Harrell grew up in Ashe- ville, N.C., and attended undergraduate and medical school at Duke. After five years as intern, resident and instructor at Duke, Dr. Harrell moved to Winston-Salem in 1941 as the first fulltime faculty member appointed to establish the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. In 1954 after being called in as a consultant for the establishment of a new medical school at the University of Florida, he was appointed dean to supervise the development of the school in Gainesville. He designed the medical sciences building. He remained at Florida until pre- sented with the challenge to establish the new Hershey Medical Center. He was entrusted in 1964 with 350,000,000 and 100 acres ofland to develop the Milton S. Hershey Medical Center of the University of Pennsylvania. I-le was also a member of the original planning committee which developed the medical prog- ram for the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies and served on the agency's board of directors until he moved to Pennsyl- vania. George Harrell, Jr., IVI.D. 1969 OUTSTAN DI NG wrmwxmwrs- ' le FACULTY AND ALUMNI 57 58 FACULTY AND ALUMNI 1 1972 W. Proctor Harvey, IVI.D. Dr. Harvey who graduated from Duke Medical School in 1943 has been a professor of medicine at the Georgetown University School of Medicine and the director of the Division of Cardiology at the Georgetown University Hospital. He re- ceived his undergraduate education at Lynchburg College in Virginia and his M.D. at Duke. He went to Boston Mas- sachusetts where he did an internship, fellowship, and a residency at Peter Brent Brigham Hospital. Dr. Harvey has been very active with the American Heart Association and many other organizations. With Dr. Samuel Levine, Dr. Harvey has au- thored two editions of the textbook, Clinical Auscultation of the Heart. 1971 Joseph Hiatt, Jr., IVl.D. Dr. Hiatt is a graduate both of Duke's undergraduate college and medical school. After finishing medical school in Decem- ber, 1939. He spent a two-month internship at the North Caro- lina Sanatorium, then returned to Duke Hospital as intern, assistant resident, and first assistant resident in medicine before entering Duke's 65th General Hospital of the Army Medical Corps in 1940. Following the war, Dr. Hiatt went hack to the North Carolina Sanatorium as a resident physician, and re- mained on the staff there until 1953. He is a member of the Pinehurst Medical Clinic with four other physicians, specializ- ing in internal medicine and diseases of the chest. He is a member of several state and national health and professional organizations. V' ll W iiilll 'l iiiiii 1' rllllllll D I N GI U IS H E D A l. U IVI N l 1 ll 11111 The first woman to receive one of the Distinguished Duke Medical Alumni Awards, Dr. Howell was chairwoman of the pediatric department at the Medical College of Pennsylvania. She was born in Brooklyn, received her B.A. from Park College in Parkville, Missouri, and graduated from McGill University Medical School in 1949. After interning at the Children's Memorial Hospital in Montreal, Canada, she came to Duke University in 1951 as a senior assistant resident in pediatrics. In 1952, Dr. Howell went to Boston as a research fellow in hema- tology at Harvard. She became assistant physician and assistant hematologist to Dr. Louis K. Diamond. In 195 5, she returned to Duke and served as a pediatric hematologist for eight years. She left in 1963 to become Chairwoman of Pediatrics at the Medical College of Pennsylvania. She is a member of the Alpha Omega Alpha Honorary Society for Pediatric Research and was listed in Who's Who in American Women. Doris A. Howell, IVI.D. 1970 Dr. Ingram, M.D. '43, Chairman of Obstetrics and Gynecolo- gy at the University of South Florida at the time of this award, was in private OB-GYN practice for 20 years in his hometown of Tampa before returning to teaching and to a position as chief of OB-GYN at Tampa General Hospital. Ingram, who com- pleted internship and residency in gynecology atjohns Hopkins and a residency in OB-GYN at Duke, is a diplomate of the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology and a member of the Florida Medical Association Board of Governors. A specialist in pregnancy and maternal health, Ingram served as chairman for the Florida Medical Association's committee on Medical Health and the maternal mortality survey. James IVI. Ingram, IVl.D. 1976 OUTSTANDING 1977 Henry Izlar, Jr., IVI.D. H. LeRoy Izlar,Jr. was born in Winston-Salem. He received both his bachelor's degree C463 and his M.D. C481 from Duke University. After an internship in internal medicine and cardiol- ogy at Vanderbilt and a residency at Bowman Gray School of Medicine, he returned to Duke in 1952 for a junior-senior residency and a cardiovascular fellowship. Dr. Izlar has been in private practice here in Durham. In addition, he has been a member of the Duke School of Medicine faculty and was appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Durham County Hospital Corporation. It lite- 'V ' - '-' w' ' r I 1975 Nathan Kaufman, IVI.D. Dr. Nathan Kaufman returned to Canada as Chairman of Pathology at Queen's College, Kingston, Canada. He was a former Professor of Pathology at Duke from 1960-1967. A native of Canada, Dr. Kaufman received his B.S. and M.D. at McGill University in Montreal and interned at the Royal Victor- ia Hospital from 1941-42. He served residencies at Jewish General Hospital there and at Cleveland City Hospital. From 1948, when he completed his residency, until 1960, Dr. Kaufman also taught pathology at Western Reserve Medical School in Cleveland, then after seven years at Duke, returned to Canada and his appointment. While at Duke, he was consulting pathologist at the Veterans Hospital and director of graduate studies in the Pathology Department for two years. A diplomate of the American Board of Pathology and fellow with the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons in Canada, Dr. Kaufman has served as president of the Cleveland Society of Pathologists, the International Academy of Pathology, U.S.-Canadian Division, and as Chairman of the Association of Chairmen of Pathology. 5 1 1 it-I '-tt 1 11 ll nl Dr. Kernodle was born in Burlington, North Carolina, where he lives and practices medicine. He received his B.A. in 1935 from Elon College, and his M.D. in 1942 from Duke University. During the next two and one-half years at Duke, he interned in pathology and then in obstetrics and gynecology, serving at the same time as an instructor in the medical school. Following World War II, he returned to Duke as assistant resident, then resident in obstetrics and gynecology under Dr. Bayard Carter. Together with Dr. Kenneth Cuyler, Dr. Kernodle established the first cytology laboratory in North Carolina in the Duke Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. Notably, he helped organize the Bayard Carter Osbtetrical and Gynecological Soci- ety at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. -.l0l'Il'l K6ITIOdl9, M.D. 1970 I-W Chairman of the Department of Internal Medicine at the Washington School of Medicine and physician-in-chief at Barnes Hospital in St. Louis, Dr. Kipnis is also director of the Lipid Research Clinic at Washington University. He has his Bachelor's and Master's degrees from johns Hopkins and his M.D. from the University of Maryland School of Medicine. He was a junior and senior assistant resident at Duke Hospital in 1952-54. A specialist in diabetes, Dr. Kipnis has been at Washington University since going there on a research fel- lowship in 1955. He has been editor of the journal Diabetes since 1973. Dav'd M. Kipnis, M.D. 1976 l 1 u n: A qv- A G3 9 . iw. 'f I y 6 al 1 -r 1 'I .im ,ki I lma- -..-ff., 'E ' 'Sgr' 1., '. -f ' lil ' V .L f - . L . ' 4 l 3 ' .' . :W .. ... lwtf Vt 1 . 'Ei ' . 31,13 ' . ll'l -in-..' if' if otn's'rANDiNG 'f - -' - FACULTY AND ALUMNI 59 . r 1 1 lily ' l HY N . . l N Q , 1 i td! X iw I 'mt M . 171 3 'tvl is ill . tat . I li rf' 1 W 1 1 l W W f ,tl wi 1-. W 4 W ,,, I '51 7 df 1 'l A If W i 4 f ga JN ' fi M, ,r W W Vw wilt ' 5 nt ! X1 t 1 . 1 1 , Q tt A tw faq ' t Wm ily' 1 L t . 1 lui-HHH N' J W . l . hh .JIJA 1971 1975 Lyndon Lee Jr., M.D. Dr. Lyndon E. Lee, jr., Assistant Chief Medical Director for Professional Services of the United States Veterans Adminis- tration, joined the V.A. at its Washington, D.C. office in 1957. He received his B.S. degree from Duke in 1937 and his M.D. in 1938, then received a twenty-four month National Research Council fellowship under which he studied the use of morphine and synthetic narcotics in surgery and cases of chronic pain. His next five years were spent as an instructor in surgery and instruc- tor in pharmacology at the University of Michigan, then came two years on loan from Michigan teaching in the Tennessee State Medical Association's Graduate Education Program. From 1949 to 1954, again on leave from Michigan, Dr. Lee was in Puerto Rico, initiating a cancer control program in the Puerto Rico Department of Health and coordinating cancer teaching as a professor at the University of Puerto Rico Medical School. He returned to Michigan for three years in 1954, then moved to Washington and the V.A. as Coordinator of Research in Surgery. --------,- 60 FACULTY AND ALUMNI Born in the Blue Springs community in Robeson County, North Carolina, Dr. McBryde attended Davidson College and received the B.S. degree from there in 1924. Prom Davidson he went on to the Medical School of the University of Pennsylva- nia, earning the M.D. in 1928, and remained in Philadelphia for two more years of internship and assistant residency in pediat- rics at the university hospital. In 1930 he went to Baltimore and assistant residency at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, then a year later came home to North Carolina. Dr. McBryde taught in Duke's Medical School from 1931 until his retirement, and served as director of nurseries at the Medical Center from 1932 to 1966. He was the originator of the annual newborn sympo- sium at Duke. Angus McBryde, IVI.D. 1973 r.-.sg,,, -diff Arthur London, Jr., IVI.D. Born in Pittsboro, North Carolina, Dr. Arthur H. London, Jr., received his B.S. degree from the University of North Carolina in 1925 and two years later took an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania. He interned at the Methodist Hos- pital in Philadelphia, completed an assistant residency in pediat- rics at Children's Hospital in Cincinnati, and returned to Phi- ladelphia Children's Hospital as chief resident in pediatrics. In 1930 Dr. London returned to Durham and began working at Duke's pediatric clinic. He became Chief of Pediatric Service at Watts Hospital in Durham and later established the Child Care Center. Dr. London taught clinical pediatrics at the UNC medical school and was Emeritus Clinical Professor of Pediat- rics, as well as consultant and lecurer to the pediatric depart- ment at Duke medical school. He was also a former district chairman of the American Academy of Pediatrics. The pediatric clinic library at UNC is named in his honor. Director of the McGovern Allergy Clinic in Houston. Dr. McGovern holds multiple appointments at the Baylor College of Medicine and at the University of Texas Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences. McGovern, who has his bachelor's degree C425 and M.D. C453 from Duke, serves at Baylor as Clinical Professor of Pediatrics, director of the allergy fellowship train- ing program, and director of the Department of Microbiology's allergy research laboratory, he serves at UT as Clinical Professor of Allergy and Professor and Chairman of the History of Medi- cine Department. Also in Houston, he is a consultant to Texas Children's Hospital, Herman Hospital, and St. Luke's Episcopal Hospital. He is president of the Houston Allergy Society, the American Osler Society, and the Texas Allergy Research Foundation. Dr. McGovern is a member of the Davison Club of the Duke Medical Center. John P. IVIcGovern, M.D. 1976 OUTSTANDING W 1972 Henry Mclntosh, M.D. Dr. Henry McIntosh, a native of Gainesville, Florida, is a 1943 graduate of Davidson College and a 1950 graduate of the University of Pennsylvania Medical School. Dr. came to Duke as an intern in medicine in 1950. He did a fellowship in cardiolo- gy at Duke. Dr. McIntosh completed his residency at the VA Hospital in Durham, then returned to Duke in 1954 as an Instructor in medicine. After eight years on the Duke faculty, he was made a professor of medicine in 1962, and from 1966 until 1970 he held to position of Chief of the Cardiology Division at Duke Medical School. Dr. Mclntosh moved to Houston, Texas in 1970 to assume the position as chief of medical services at The Methodist Hospital and as a Professor and Chairman of the Department of Medicine aty Baylor College of Medicine. ,,,1 iiiiyss . D I N G U l S ..a,.h...t.....i....i.. Dr. Meriwether was presented the j.D. Lane Award of the USPHS for his work on Inhibition of DNA and RNA Synth- esis by Daunorubicin and Adriamycin in L-1210 Mouse Leuke- mia. An outstanding research physician, he has been a White House Fellow serving as special assistant to the Secretary of Health Education and Welfare. He attended medical school under a Sloan Foundation fellowship and, in addition to the Lane Award, has had his research work honored by the Student Research Forum of the University of Texas and the Columbus Society of Internal Medicine. A native of Nashville Tennessee, Dr. Meriwether attended Michigan State as an undergraduate and the Graduate Educational Program of the NIH in 1970-71. He completed internship at Pennsylvania and residency at Ohio State, then from 1969 to 1971 was a clinical associate of the National Cancer Institute. He has been a research fellow at Harvard Medical School and a clinical fellow at Boston City Hospital. He has taken active roles in a number of nationwide medical commissions and programs. William Meriwether, M.D. 1974 V , , E, , i,iQ. 1979 Dean T. Mason, M.D. Author of more than 650 original articles on several aspects of cardiovascular science and clinical cardiology, Dr. Dean T. Mason also has published more than 900 preliminary com- munications of his research investigations. Mason is Professor of Medicine and Physiology and Chief of Cardiovascular Medi- cine at the Unviersity of California School of Medicine, Davis, and the University of California at Davis-Sacramento Medical Center. He came to his present position in 1968 from the National Heart Institute at the NIH in Bethesda, Md., where he had been attending physician and senior investigator and assis- tant section director of cardiovascular diagnosis in the Cardiolo- gy Branch since 1963. A native of Berkeley, Calif., Mason graduated from Duke's School of Medicine in 1958. After complet- ing his medical training on the Osler service at The Johns Hopkins University Hospital in Baltimore in 1961, he was named clinical associate at NIH. He serves on many editorial boards. Mason is author of the Textbooks C ongertive Heart Farlzzre, Advazzcer in Heart Diieare and Cardiac Emergenczer. HED ALUMNI 1 1 . Born in Smyrna, South Carolina, Dr. Benjamin Miller re- ceived the B.S. degree in medicine at Duke along with his M.D. in 1935. He has been president of both the Duke Medical Alumni Association and the General Alumni Association. Dr. Miller has held teaching positions at the Universities of Alaba- ma and South Carolina. He is particularly active in the area of rehabilitation. He has been medical consultant to the South Carolina Vocational Rehabilitation Agency. He has a number of offices in various organizations. Dr. Miller resides in Columbia, South Carolina. Benjamin Miller, M.D. 1973 OUTSTANDING . . . llll.5:ir l . y ,i .1 yimrnj gri W 'i r i r I . :-wh' tj , ' Y . ,... racutrv AND ALUMNI 61 rg. ' A...igjEia' , ,nf U 'C-.i5iwT IE. in 3, . X R T iiiiiiw 'X i . 'N . A i i W 1, X rx, ff' 5 A , il ..., , - , .1 ry , t, igln llr 'M r ' r 4. , W . 3 Xin. iw F if J: Wlrrrlllllril ll ll I OUTSTANDING 62 FACULTY AND ALUMNI 1974 Beverly C. llllorgan, M.D. Ever since medical school, Beverly Carver Morgan, M.D. '55 has won honors. A cum laude graduate of the Medical School, she won the Mosby Scholarship Award and was elected to Alpha Omega Alpha. Dr. Morgan was named Chairwoman of the Pediatric Department at the University of Washington - the first woman to head a pediatrics department in the United States. She was also voted chief-on-staff. Dr. Morgan attended the University of Wisconsin as an undergraduate, enrolled at the George Washington School of Medicine and transferred to Duke her second year. From Duke, she went to Stanford University Hospital as an intern then assistant resident. She spent four years at the Columbia Pres- byterian Medical Center as a Clinical and research fellow in pediatrics and pediatric cardiology. In 1962 she moved to the University of Washington where she has been instructor, assis- tant, associate, and full professor. 1969 William lVluller, Jr., lVl.D. Dr. William H. Muller, jr., after graduating from Duke Medical School, began his advanced training in surgery as in- tern, resident and instructor at The johns Hopkins Hospital. Following residencies in general and cardiovascular surgery, Dr. Muller moved to the University of California at Los Angeles School of Medicine in 1949 in thoracic surgery at Wadsworth Veterans Hospital. In 1954, Dr. Muller, only thirty-five years old, was named Stephen H. Watts Professor and Chairman of the Department of Surgery at the University of Virginia School of Medicine and Surgeon-in-Chief of the University Medical Center in Charlottesville, Virginia. He has held numerous pre- stigious positions. In 1966 the State of South Carolina honored him as one of its distinguished native sons. ,k1..u..w. . .V .... . ,. . . T .. .Z .. .,. .,..,.... all I llllllwnlylll yllliiwlrlliilllll lrlllllv,lllr,llr,ll.rllll.,, lllwyl ,ll,,lr,l. l...H,lr,glr.,'lr-,limi .... .... .... .... . .,.... .....,, - DISTINGUISHED ALUMNI .llf...f...f....L,.d-.-H.Hg1,.M- An alumnus of the University of Wisconsin at Madison, Dr. Marc J. Musser was a professor of medicine at Duke Medical School from 1966 to 1970. He received both his A.B. and M.D. degrees from Wisconsin, in 1950 and 1954 respectively. During 1954-55 Dr. Musser did an internship at Kansas City General Hospital, then returned to Wisconsin General Hospital in Madison for aresidency in internal medicine and neuropsychiat- ry. He was on the faculty of Wisconsin Medical School from 1958 to 1958, with position of professor of medicine from 1955. Dr. Musser has held the position of Chief Medical Direc- tor of the Veterans Administration Central Office in Washing- ton, D.C. In 1959 he left Baylor to become Director of Re- search Service at the VA Central Office in Washington and from 1962-64 served as assistant chief medical director of the VA Central Office. Dr. Musser has written and edited a number of articles for publication and is active in a variety of professional societies. lVlarc lVlJsser, M.D. After attending four years at Phoenix junior College and the University of Arizona, Dr. Jack Myers never received his de- gree. Not until entering Stanford University Medical School in 1952 did he receive his A.B.-one year later. He received his M.D. in 1956. From 1956-58 he did an assistant residency in medicine at Stanford and from there moved to Boston as a research fellow at Harvard Medical School. In 1940 he com- pleted a second assistant residency and in 1942, a residency at Peter Brent Brigham Hospital. In the late forties Dr. Myers came to Duke. After holding an associate professorship for one year at Emory University Medical School, Dr. Myers came to Durham. He moved to Pennsylvania as Chairman of the Depart- ment of Medicine at the University of Pittsburgh. He has served on the editorial boards of several journals. Jack D. lVlyers, lVl.D. 975 1970 1978 Hans Neurath, Ph.D. Robert Purcell, lVl.D. Dr. Neurath began his professional career at the Institute of Colloid Chemistry at the University of Vienna where he taught as an Instructor in Medical Colloid Chemistry and received his Ph.D. in 1933. From Vienna he went to the University of London as a Postdoctoral Research Fellow in University Col- lege, and in 1955, immigrated to the United States. From 1958 to 1950 he served on the staff of the Department of Biochemis- try at the Duke Medical School. In 1946 he became a professor of physical biochemistry. In 1950 he became Professor of Biochemistry and the Chairman of the Department of Biochem- istry at the University of Washington in Seattle. He pioneered in the study of zyrnogenactivation and described the conversion of the inactive precursors into active enzymes, such as the conversion of pancreatic trypsinogen to trypsin. With G.W. Schwert and other co-workers, he discovered that proteolytic enzymes have esterase activity. Dr. Neurath is a member of many professional societies and organizations. He has been the editor of The Proteim and of the American Chemical Society's pub- lications, Biochemzktvgf. Dr. Robert H. Purcell received his B.A. degree from Oklaho- ma State University in 1957, an M.S. degree from Baylor Uni- versity in 1960, and his M.D. degree from Duke University in 1962. While at Duke he served as a student fellow with Dr. Joseph Beard, followed by a year of internship in the depart- ment of pediatrics. After two years with the Communicable Disease Center in Atlanta, Dr. Purcell joined the staff of the Laboratory of Infectious Diseases CNIAIDJ in 1965 as senior surgeon. In 1972 he was appointed medical director of the Laboratory, and in 1974 assumed the position of head of the Hepatitis Viruses Section of the NIAID. During his three years there, Dr. Purcell's scientific research and leadership have re- sulted in a number of major advances in the field of viral hepatitis, and his achievements have made him an international- ly known expert on one of the country's major health problems. I iifjij 777' i'if iiiiii DISTINGUISHED ALUMNI nilll. A native of Wilson, North Carolina, Dr. Charles C. Richard- son received his B.S. degree in 1959 and the M.D. degree in 1960, both from Duke. Dr. Richardson remained at Duke following his graduation from medical school. During 1958-59 he did work as a special graduate student in the department of biochemistry and during 1960-61 completed his internship. From 1961-63 he worked as a postdoctoral fellow in the Depart- ment of Biochemistry at Stanford Unviersity Medical School. From Stanford he went to Harvard Medical School as an assis- tant professor of biological chemistry, and in 1969 became a professor of biological chemistry at Harvard. He is a member of several professional groups. Dr. Richardson's research interests center on the biochemistry of nucleic acids. Charles Richardson, M.D. 1972 An alumnus of the University of North Carolina and Pennsylvania, Dr. Robert A. Ross spent twenty-two years of his career teaching in Duke's Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology. After tking his bachelor's degree at UNC in 1920 and his M.D. at Penn in 1922, the Morganton, North Carolina native came to Duke in 1930 with the opening of the Duke Medical School, and remained a part of the school until 1952 when he returned to Chapel Hill as Professor and Chairman of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology there. An Emer- itus Professor and Chairman of Ob-Gyn at UNC, Dr. Ross maintained his record of activity within his profession and in other areas of science and health care until his death in 1973. Robert Ross, M.D. BK WF?- X Nils N. aww if ggi, its airs ab, x OUTSTANDING fax 2 .N,..-e.Q,a..,f. ft.-....-..,,.-2-...-.MG,..,. . ..+-- YM- ': 1-. ei. -- . .t--.ss-... .:-:-rr:tx.-i::.t5-.-ma:-.tax--4. 4 -.-:.. - ., ..:.i.:.-:- -.en-.7--.-. f---it-.-,, ,:-:-:lr .is,5sX.:,,,,cX-Q, I wo,-fs t 5, 9gk....- , if M:m .,'-2544 .1 -2:5g:',m.'z..:'.Ygl-1.f:: 5'., 5 , .. I- 3 if '..'2 .. r s.ss. t f ' 7- fi: 1 f .55-:r f:.L-gr im . -' - 52.51 fag? -f. . 'X , -: 11522 25:.'e'ra 'xv fix: 5 . f' '3lH f7f: ' Eff JL. ' R . fa-:-'W' - wi. sf 1:-te-:f x-. Q.-K, .-,.' 7.-iw , It F52-1:1-f. -- FACULTY AND ALUMNI 63 1969 Paul W. Sanger, M.D. Dr. Paul W. Sanger, a distinguished surgeon who pioneered the development of cardiovascular surgery in Charlotte, N.C., died September 9, 1968. Duke University Medical Alumni honored him posthumously as one of their most distinguished colleagues. Dr. Sanger began his association with Duke after graduating from Vanderbilt University Medical School. From 1931 through 1957, he trained in surgery, with specific interest in thoracic surgery, under Dr. Deryl Hart. When he began his practice in Charlotte, he was the first specialist in the field of thoracic surgery, when he began to develop while working at the Mecklenburg Tuberculosis Sanatorium. He was early in the use of lobe and lung resection for various pulmonary diseases. In 1945, he organized the Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery Department at Charlotte Memorial Hospital and became the departmental chief. He established the Heineman Foundation Cardiovascular Research Laboratory where he proved the effec- tiveness of the dacron-orlon graft for vessel replacement. 1979 Emile Scarpelli, IVI.D. Dr. Emile M. Scarpelli, Professor of Pediatrics at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine in New York, established the first children's intensive care unit managed by pediatricians and founded the school's Integrated Pediatric Allergy- Immunology-Pulmonary Program. He established AECM,s first course in perinatal biology and medicine, was co-chairman of the First International Symposium on Survival in the Perinat- al Period and served as senior editor for the inaugural issue of Reviews in Perinatal Medicine. Scarpelli came to Duke in 1952 as a graduate student in physiology. He had earned a B.S. degree from Fordham University and joined the USAF Medical Corps in 1951. From 1952-56 he served as an Air Force aviation physiologist. At Duke, Scaprelli received his M.D. in 1959 and his Ph.D. in 1962. He joined Albert Einstein College of Medi- cine as an NIH research fellow in 1961, and was appointed research assistant professor and received a 10 year NIH Re- search Career Development Award. He is director of the Pul- monary Center for Infants and Children. r 1 in 11 QW1Wi11ii.1lri1Q.rli.M1i1i'Q1li1'1f.f.i1r9ii1 D I N G U I S H E D A L U M N I Since graduating from Duke University in 1942 and Duke Medical School in 1945, Dr. Schwartz has achieved national recognition as a scientific investigator, author, educator and physician. He became Chairman of the Department of Medi- cine, Tufts University School of Medicine and physician-in- chief of the New England Medical Hospitals in 1971. Dr. Schwartz has made extensive contributions in the fields of kid- ney, electrolyte and acid-base physiology. His finding that in- hibition of carbonic anhydrase in the kidney promotes diuresis in the kidney led directly to the development of thiazides and other diuretics. He discovered the clinical entity of potassium- depletion nephropathy and first identified the syndrome of inappropirate secretion of antidiuretic hormone. Dr. Schwartz served his internship and residency at the University of Chicago Clinics. He was appointed a research fellow in medicine at Harvard and an assistant physician at Peter Brent Brigham from 1948 to 1950. He joined the faculty at Tufts and was promoted from Instructor to Professor of Medicine in eight years. William Schwartz, IVI.D. OUTSTANDING ,,,, , 1 64 racutrv AND ALUMNI Q ll..-....1.l.- I .1 Q V. . 1. - , w.-L-' - L . ,Q-.X-fc Born in New Bern, North Carolina, Dr. Styron completed his undergraduate work at North Carolina State College, then graduated from Duke Medical School in 1958. He interned at Duke Hospital in 1958-39, and at Boston City Hospital in 1939-40. From 1940 to 1942, he was an Elliott P. Joslin Fellow in Medicine at New England Deaconess Hospital in Boston. He came home to North Carolina in 1946, and has been active in medical organizations of his state. He has been an associate in medicine at Rex Hospital in Raleigh and an Assistant Professor of Medicine at Duke. Charles Styron, M.D. 1971 p 1973 Margaret Sullivan, IVI.D. At the time of her award, a pediatrician at the University of Texas M.D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute in Hous- ton and Professor of Pediatrics in the Division of Continuing Education of the University of Texas Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences, Dr. Margaret Sullivan received the A.B. at Rice in 1944 and the M.D. at Duke in 1950. She interned at Duke Hospital in 1950-51 and was an assistant resident in pediatrics at Duke in 1951-52. She went to an assistant residen- cy at the St. Louis Children's Hospital. A year later she went to Japan as a pediatrician with the Atomic Bomb Casualty Com- mission. She spent two years there then came back to Houston and began her association with M.D. Anderson Hospital and the University of Texas Medical School. Dr. Sullivan has numerous publications to her credit in the fields of pediatrics, hematology, and cancer research. In 1973 she was president-elect of the American Medical Women's Association. 1978 A.J. Tannenbaum, IVI.D. Dr. Jack Tannenbaum received his B.A. degree from Duke University in 1931 and his M.D. from Duke University School of Medicine in 1955. In 1935-37, he interned at St. Leo's Hospital and Gallinger Municipal Hospital in Greensboro, North Carolina, followed by six months of post-graduate medi- cine at the New York Postgraduate Hospital. During World War II, Dr. Tannenbaum served with the United State Army Medical Corps. After the war he returned to Greensboro and established a practice in internal medicine. He is an attending physician at Moses Cone Memorial Hospital. He is also a Clini- cal Assistant Professor Medicine with the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and a Clinical Associate Professor of Medicine with the University of North Carolina. He is a fellow of the Amer- ican College of Cardiology. Dr. Tannenbaum is a charter mem- ber of the Davison Club. 'NWT' if -' m f '7 7 ' S 7 '1 '.Ii'l5.' 5 -f '11 ' 5 ' . ' . ' ... .... .... ....... I3 I STI N G I I I 3 I-I Ig I3 A I- U IVI N I . I I. 1 I 1 1 Dr. James L. Tullis earned the M.D. at Duke in 1940, then served as intern and resident physician at Roosevelt Hospital in New York City. During World War II, he was attached to the Roosevelt Hospital Unit. In 1945 he went to Harvard Medical School as a research fellow in biochemistry. From 1951 to 1971 he was on the faculty of Harvard Medical School and has been senior investigator at the Protein Foundation, Inc. Know Blood Research Instituteb since 1957 and director of the cytology laboratories of the Blood Research Institute. A contributor to various medical and scientific journals, Dr. Tullis has collabo- I rated in the writing of several books. James Tullis, M.D. Dr. john Victor Verner,jr., entered Duke as an undergradu- ate after four years of duty with the army. He received an A.B. from Duke in 1950 and the M.D. degree in 1954. He was an intern, assistant resident and later chief resident in medicine, fellow of the American College of Physicians under Dr. Frank Engel and finally an associate in medicine - all at Duke. He also served a junior assistant residency at the University of Michigan School of Medicine. Dr. Verner has been in practice in Lake- land, Florida since 1962. He is a member of many professional organizations. John Verner, IVI.D. 1971 1972 OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI 65 If FACULTY AND ALUMNI 4 1973 1974 Salih J. Wakil, Ph.D. Dr. Salih Wakil was named Professor and Chairman of the Marrs McLean Department of Biochemistry at the Baylor Col- lege of Medicine. Before joining the Baylor staff, Dr. Wakil had been professor of biochemistry at Duke since 1959. Dr. Wakil received the B.Sc. degree in 1948 from the Amer- ican University in Beriut, Lebanon, and the Ph.D. in 1952 from the University of Washington. While a member of the Duke faculty, he was recipient of the American Chemical Society Award in enzyme chemistry in 1967, and was awarded ajohn Simon Guggenheim Fellowship in 1968-1969 as visiting profes- sor at the Pasteur Institute in Paris. His major research interests are study of the mechanisms and control of fatty acid metabolism and the role of lipids in the structure and function of the membrane. He has published more than a hundred and thiry original and review articles on these and related subjects in prominent scientific journals. Lewis Wannamaker, M.D. Dr. Lewis Wannamaker graduated from Emory University, received an M.D. in 1946 from Duke and served an internship at Duke Hospital. After completing a second internship in pediatric pathology at Boston's Children's Medical Center, Dr. Wannamaker finished an assistant residency in contagious dis- eases at Willard Parker Hospital of New York before appointment to Western Reserve University. In 1952 he moved to the Uni- versity of Minnesota to become first Instructor, then Assistant, Associate and finally full Professor of Pediatrics and Microbiolo- gy at the University of Minnesota. With numerous scientific publications, Dr. Wannamaker has received numerous awards. I DISTINGUISHED ALUMNI 1 Dr. Warren attended Ohio State University and Harvard Medical School where he received his M.D. in 1939. He was a Research Fellow at Harvard and an assistant resident in medi- cine at Peter Brent Brigham. He taught at Emory as an instruc- tor in medicine, then, after a year at Yale as assistant professor, returned to Emory as Associate Professor of Medicine, Profes- sor of Physiology, and Chairman of the Department of Physiol- ogy. In 1951 he became Professor of Medicine and worked with Dr. Eugene Stead to produce a paper on congestive heart fai- lure, notable as a turning point in the views on that subject. His group in Atlanta published the first report of the diagnostic use of cardiac catheterization. He and Dr. Weems, a radiologist at Emory, were among the first to use movies to record the X-ray image. He came to Duke in 1952 as a professor of medicine. In 1958 he became Professor and Chairman of the Department of Medicine at the University of Texas. In 1961 he moved to Ohio State College of Medicine as Chairman of the Department of Medicine. James Warren, IVI.D. 1970 vim fWIVw4II I 'IV'N1 Ik! www: f1t,f.v,.wr'.j- .' 1. ' .1 . aff ua- 1. in - F4 1. .F -V.' .. '11 'l uv 1.11 'IIvwm,,g 'In ---- 91 is 1-- - 'I' '41 --. , - ' IAM li- I M I' . Wt, I I iff 'A If I -Y-' ir -3--V -- OUTSTANDING 1 I - I 1 ' s I Earning the B.S. degree at Davidson in 1935, Dr. Weeks came to medical school at Duke and graduated in 1959. He served a two year internship here after receiving his M.D. He spent 1941-42 as assistant resident in pathology at Vanderbilt and returned as assistant resident in medicine for 1942-43 and became chief resident in medicine at Duke the following year. After World War II, he became associated with the Kornegay Clinic in Rocky Mount and undertook an instructorship in medicine at Duke. He has served in numerous prestigious posi- tions in North Carolina. Kenneth Weeks, lVI.D. 1974 1977 Robert Windom, lVl.D. Dr. Robert E. Windom resides in Sarasota, Florida where he has maintained a private practice in internal medicine and car- diology since 1960. He received the B.A. degree from Duke in 1952 and his M.D. from Duke in 1956. He interned at Parkland Memorial Hospital in Dallas, Texas, 1956-57, and was an assis- tant resident in internal medicine there from 1957-60. Dr. Windom now holds an appointment of Clinical Associate Pro- fessor of Internal Medicine at both the University of Miami and the University of South Florida. He was elected president of the Florida Heart Association in 1972 and has also served as its secretary and a member of the association's Board of Governors. Dr. Windom is a former president of the Sarasota County Medical Society and of the Sarasota County Chamber of Commerce - the first medical doctor to hold the latter position. Dr. Windom is a diplomate of the American Board of Internal Medicine, and is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and the American College of Cardiology. D I STI N G U IS North Carolina certainly received a wonderful valentine some years ago whenj.B. Warren chose that special day to make his worldly appearance! The Tar Heel State has enjoyed his contributions ever since. Following high school and three years in the Navy, Dr. Warren earned undergraduate and medical degrees at Duke. Since then he has offered his professional services in the family practice of medicine, first as an intern at Rex Hospital in Raleigh, then in private practice in Oriental C8 yearsl and New Bern Cthe last 20 yearsj, N .C. He also is affili- ated with Craven County Hospital. Beyond his practice, Dr. Warren has distinguished himself as first vice president, presi- dent-elect, and president of the N.C. Medical Society, president of the Northeastern N.C. Professional Standards Review Orga- nizationg past president of the Pamlico and Craven-Jones- Pamlico Medical Societies. Dr. Warren and his wife, Virginia, have reared a doctor and a nurse from their brood of three. What a fine legacy: a service career that stands on its own achievements and inspires such ambitions in the next genera- tion! Joseph B. Warren, Vl.D. 1980 .g 1980 S John P. Collins, lVl.D. Dr. John Collins received his A.B. and M.D. degrees from Duke in 1941 and 1944. He served an internship and residency in general and thoracic surgery at Duke Hospital 1944-52, He was Chief Surgeon at the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital 1953-1955 and Assistant then Associate Professor in Surgery at Duke University Medical School. He moved to Lakeland, Florida in the practice of general and thoracic surgery. He is managing partner of the Watson Clinic in Lakeland. Dr. Collins has hospital positions at Lakeland General Hospital, South Florida Baptist, Bartow Memorial Hospital and Polk General Hospital. He is certified by the American Board of Surgery and the American Board of Thoracic Surgery. Dr. Collins is a member of the American Medical Associa- tion, Florida Medical Association, American College of Surgeons and other professional societies. He has published a number of articles dealing with surgical problems. He has also held offices in civic organizations. :IwI'Z1lI'11JII .. .I ..... Dr. Moseley, anative of Orangeburg, S.C., attended Clemson University and received his A.B. degree from Duke in 1935 and his M.D. from Duke in 1936. His internship was served 1937- 38 at the N.C. State TB Hospital, Sydenham Hospital of Conta- gious Diseases and Duke Hospital. He completed his residency at Duke in 1938-39 and was a fellow in Dermatology and Syphi- lology 1959-1940. He was an Associate in Medicine and fellow in Gastroenterology at the University of Pennsylvania. He spent seven years as ChiefofMedical Service in the U.S. Army. Dr. Moseley went to the Medical University of South Carolina in 1947 as an Associate in Medicine and rose in two years to Professor of Medicine. He was a Co-Chairman of the Depart- ment of Medicine 1949-61. He also served as Dean of Clinical Medicine and as Chief of Medical Service at the V.A. Hospital at Charleston. He was the Assistant Academic Vice President for Extramural Affairs and Director of the Division of Continuing Education. The Vince Moseley Diagnostic Clinic, named in his honor, recognized his work with handicapped children. Dr. Moseley died in 1980. Vince Moseley, lVl.D. 1980 OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI K7 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 Basic Science Joseph Markee Charles Mengel D.C. Hetherington Talmage Peele Suydam Osterhout Jacinto Vazquez William Bradford Bernard Fetter Matthew Cartmill James Shaflancl Norman Conant Donald I-Iackel Robert Hill Stephen Vogel William Hylander Bernard Fetter Peter Burger Donald Hackel Salvatore Pizzo I Golden Apple Awards Clinical Science 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 Eugene Stead, Jr. F. Bayard Carter George Baylin E. Harvey Estes Harold Silberman Wendell Rosse Samuel Katz Stanley Appel David Sabiston Donald Silver Lois Pounds Shirley Osterhout Catherine W11fert Bruce Dixon Adhemar Renuart David Sabiston Samuel Katz Steven Osofsky Roy T Parker Housestafl 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 Fred Schoonmaker james J. Morris Bruniledo Herrero Earl Metz Robert Schwartzman John Douglass Raymond Ford H. Preston Boggess Samuel Wells, jr. Bruce Dixon Harland Giles Andrew Wechsler Charles Scoggin Michael Fried Mitchell Freedman Lmda Clayton Ralph Corey M1chael Freemark Kenneth Fortier a s r A--1, lr if ... Wi W Dernis Bernard Amos p Renowned for his research and writing in organ transplants, Dennis Amos has received worldwide recognition for his work in developing the concept and reality of tissue antigens. His research has provided an important part of the scientific back- ground for organ transplantation. A native of England, Professor Amos received his M.D., B.S., and M.D. degrees from Guy's Hospital in London. Following several years as a research fellow in pathology at Guy's Hospital, he continued his work in cancer research at Roswell Park Memorial Institute in Buffalo, New York. Dr. Amos came to Duke in 1962 as Professor of Immunology and Associate Pro- fessor of Experimental Surgery. if F 1 1 'ITM- ra . Wh Q 1 :iii George J. Baylm Professor of Radiology and Otolaryngology, Dr. Baylin is a graduate of Duke University Medical School and holds an A.B. degree from The johns Hopkins University. He served as an intern at Sinai Hospital in Baltimore, was a fellow at Guy's Hospital in London and at the Karolinska Institute in Stock- holm, and completed a residency in radiology at Duke Hospital. A member ofthe Duke faculty since 1955, Dr. Baylin has taught anatomy, radiology, and Otolaryngology and was Chairman of Duke's Cancer Operational Committee. His latest appointment was in 1977, as the RJ. Reynolds Professor of Medical Educa- tion. Dr. Baylin's research interests in radiology are varied and were recognized in 1950, when he received the N.C. Medical Society's Gold Award for Research. He is an active member ofa number of professional societies including the American Col- lege ofRadiologists, the N.Y. Academy ofScience and the N.C. Radiological Society CChairman, 19583. For excellence in teaching he received the SAMA Golden Apple Award in 1965, and he was also honored by the Duke medical alumni as reci- pient of the Distinguished Alumni Award. Dr. Buckley received the A.B. degree from Duke University and the M.D. degree from the University of North Carolina. She then returned to Duke for her internship and residency in pediatrics, followed by fellowship training in both allergy and immunology. She is now Professor of Pediatrics and Immunol- ogy and Chief, Division of Pediatric Allergy, Immunology, and Pulmonary Diseases. She is also Director ofDuke's Asthma and Allergic Diseases Center. Professor Buckley currently is the first woman president and a fellow of the American Academy of Allergyi she has also served as President of the Southern Society for Pediatric Re- search and of the Southeastern Allergy Association. In addition to membership on several editorial boards, Dr. Buckley has been author or coauthor of over seventy-five arti- cles or chapters in books and many published abstracts. Dr. Rebecca H. Buckley Associate Provost and Dean, Medical and Allied Health Education, Duke University Medical Center, since 1974, Ewald W. Busse joined the Duke faculty as Chairman of the Depart- ment of Psychiatry in 1953, a position he held for twenty-one years. In 1965, he was named j.P. Gibbons Professor of Psychiatry. He has held numerous positions within the Medical Center including that of Chief of Staff. Dr. Busse was founding director of the Duke University Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, a position he held from 1957-1970. . Dr. Busse earned his B.A. degree at Westminster College which awarded him the Sc.D. degree in 1960, and his M.D. degree at Washington University in St. Louis. His psychiatric training was at the University of Colorado Medical Center. Ewald W. Busse 5 x OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI 71 J. Lamar Callaway jasper Lamar Callaway, a member of the first graduating class of the new Duke University School of Medicine, did his training at Duke. After a brief absence from Duke, he became a Profes- sor of Internal Medicine and Chief of the Division of Dermatol- ogy in 1937. In WW II, due to his national reputation in der- matology and syphilology, his expertise was sought by the V.A., U.S.! Public Health Service, and the Secretary of War. He has continued his distinguished career, serving as National Consul- tant in Dermatology to the Surgeon General and as a member of several councils, including the National Serology Advisory Council and the Special Advisory Group on Dermatology to the V.A. Joint author of three textbooks, Dr. Calloway has also pub- lished numerous articles based on his extensive research. His numerous honors include the James B. Duke Professor of Der- matology, the establishment of a chair in his name - the J. Lamar Callaway Professor of Dermatology - and the Distin- guished Teaching Award from Duke's Medical Alumni Associa- tion. D I I I E -'!...B.dL,u-.1...-u-L.Lau....g. ..,. ....., I ...,,..g,'l 72 FACULTY AND ALUMNI After receiving his B.S. degree at the City College of New York and serving for a year as Research Associate in the Depart- ment of Medicine of Cornell Medical College, Dr. Fridovich continued his studies at Duke where he received his Ph.D. degree in biochemistry. He served for a year as visiting research associate at Harvard and has been on the Duke faculty since 1958. He has served as Director of Graduate Studies for his department and as Associate Director of the Medical Scientist Training Program at Duke. In 1976 he was named ajames B. Duke Distinguished Professor of Biochemistry. Author or coauthor of over 170 original research papers and numerous review articles, Professor Fridovich has also served on the editoral boards of the journal of Biological Chemistry, Archiver of Bz'oclaemi.rt1y and Bioployszki, and Lzfk Sciences. His professional society memberships include the N.C. Academy of Sciences, the American Society of Biological Chemists, the American Chemical Society and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. rwin Fridovicr IVI.C. Crenshaw, Jr. M. Carlyle Crenshaw, Jr. has been on the faculty of Duke University since 1964 and now holds joint appointments as Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Associate Profes- sor of Pediatrics. Currently he is Chief of the Division of Peri- natal Medicine in the Medical Center. A native of Lancaser, South Carolina, Dr. Crenshaw gradu- ated cum laude from Davidson College and was awarded the M.D. degree by Duke University in 1956. After interning in medicine at Duke Medical Center, he served as a resident in obstetrics and gynecology at Duke. Following two years with the Air Force, he did postdoctoral training in maternal and fetal physiology at Yale University School of Medicine. He has been a visiting professor at the University of Dundee, Scotland and a visiting scholar in the Physiological Laboratory, Cambridge University. D PRO Ftsso as lag., QL.LQIQ..Liggfillfffl,..ai,i:itQ1Q1li:l1 Professor and Chairman of the Division of Orthopaedic Surgery, Dr. Goldner joined the Duke staffin 1950. His major interest was reconstructive musculoskeletal surgery through which he advanced treatment of the injured hand and became a recognized authority in this field. He served as President of the American Society for Surgery of the Hand in 1969 and is currently a member of the Educational Commitee of that society. Dr. Goldner received his undergraduate education at the University of Minnesota, his M.D. degree from the University of Nebraska, was an officer in the United States Navy for three years, and completed his orthopaedic training at Duke from 1946 to 1950. He is author or coauthor of over 100 articles and chapters of books and participates regularly in education programs related to medical education, medical-legal problems, and musculo- skeletal conditions. J. Leonard Goldner OUTSTANDING ii' Philip Handler Philip Handler, Chairman of the Department of Biochemis- try from 1950-1969, has published numerous research papers in such areas of biochemistry as niacin deficiency, renal hyperten- sion, amino acid and coenzyme metabolism, the mechanisms of biological oxidations, and the biochemistry of evolution. He is well known as co-author of Princzjpler ofBioclaemi.rt1j1. Born in New York City, Professor Handler received his B.S. from the College of the City of New York and his Ph.D. from the University of Illinois. He has been at Duke University since 1939. In 1959, he founded the Research Training Program for Clinical Investigators, a widely acclaimed venture which in- volves the cooperation of several academic departments and a special group of medical faculty, this program was a forerunner of the current medical curriculum at the University. He is currently on leave from the University to serve as President of the National Academy of Sciences. .. . . ...-.sas-wr-:sv wwwfff- -.- . After receiving the M.D. degree from the University of Shef- field, Dr. Johnson, a native of England, joined the faculty of the University of Sydney in the Department of Pharmacology. In 1965 he came to Duke as Associate Professor and Chief of the Laboratory of Cardiac Cellular Physiology. Presently he is Chairman of the Department of Physiology. Dr. Johnson is a member of several professional societies including both the American and Australian Physiological Societies, the Biophysical Society, the Society of General Phy- siologists, and the Society of Cell Biology. - A widely known writer, he has been author or co-author of over sixty research articles or chapters in books and more than fifty printed abstracts and communications. His honors in the field of academics include the Peter Bancroft Prize for Best Research in Medical Science in the University of Sydney 119607 and the James B. Duke Professor of Physiology C1979D. Edward Anthony Johnson Robert L. Hill Professor Hill holds an A.B., an M.A., and a Ph.D. from the University of Kansas and taught at the University of Utah after holding a postdoctoral fellowship at that institution. He joined the Duke Department of Biochemistry in 1961, became chair- man of the department in 1969, and was selected as ajames B. Duke Professor in 1974. In his major field of research, the relationship between the structure and function of proteins, Dr. Hill has been the author or co-author of more than a hundred articles and thirty post- doctoral students have received training in his laboratory. He has been co-author of two textbooks. Active in professional societies, he has held several positions in the American Society of Biological Chemists and was presi- dent in 1976-77. He is a member of the National Academy of Sciences, the Institute of Medicine, and is a Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. .....i,,,,.-...,..--..-.i....... . .. .,.t -......-A..s,,...,.,.,. Dr. Joklik has served as President of the Virology Division of the American Society for Microbiology and as a member of the Advisory Council, Section of Virology, International Associa- tion of Microbiological Societies. In addition to being author or co-author of approximately 150 scientific papers and abstracts, Professor Joklik is the senior author of Zinsser's Microbiology, the standard text in the field. He is also editor-in-chief of Virology. A native of Austria, Wolfgang Karl Joklik became a citizen of Australia, where he completed the bachelor and master of scien- ce degrees in biochemistry at the University of Sydney. I-Iis doctoral degree from Oxford is in virology. He has held posi- tions as Fellow at the Australian National University, the Uni- versity of Copenhagen, and the Laboratory of Cell Biology at the National Institutes of Health. He came to Duke in 1968 as Chairman of the Department of Microbiology and Immunology from the Siegfried Ullman Professorship of Cell Biology at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine. Wolfgang K. Joklik ,, f7p 'E. -'I , 6-4-'W D i sri N G U I s H E D P R o Frss ra P iiii - .,,, ,,.,, .,,. .,,' iii, . I '.,'9': , . , ,. it ij . I il x Nj .2 I . -7 QA' I -A, -7 -, Y , , Vnp, . imiiili '--i 7 iT.. i cw . 1' 1 -'vw . . , . 1 Y, fu. ' ,j, I ' 1 ' 1 -' A i P A ' T' . 'V ' . 5 f'Q4 57 qj. . ' it ' rn .: . ' , . OUTSTANDING - 6 , 111 JL-L M. V FACULTY AND ALUMNI 73 v I I W'i35f4 A V ' :rg -1, Y' .istiituzt , ,h,'7m1,gg .N , .gh ,L 74 FACULTY AND ALUMNI - A J t . , . I r Wi 1 ll ' 1 l rr r Ns ,yrwc or Av A i r r 'll L . x t , NW.-M ' T.. X gy ri 'li' r. ll, ,lm lr W, 1 . I L Samuel L. Katz An authority in the field of infectious diseases and pediatrics, Samuel Lawrence Katz has been Chairman of Duke's Depart- ment of Pediatrics cinse 1968. He was born in New Hampshire and holds the A.B. degree from Dartmouth College and the M.D. from Harvard. His internship, residency, and research fellowship were in several Harvard hospitals and at St. Mary's Hospital Medical School in London. Before coming to Duke, he was on the faculty of the Harvard Medical School and the Children's Hospital Medical Center in Boston. Professor Katz has been a Research Fellow of the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis and was given a Research Career Development Award by the National Institute of Aller- gy and Infectious Diseases. He is author or coauthor of more than eighty articles and several books dealing with infectious diseases, especially those of viral origin. Working with Nobel laureate Dr. john F. Enders, he developed the measles vaccine which has been used throughout the world to reduce the fre- quency of that infection in infants and children. iil .iiii DISTINGUISHE In 1977, Professor Guy L. Odom received the Distinguished Teaching Award from the Duke Medical Alumni Association. He has also been visiting professor of neurological surgery at a number of institutions in the United States and Canada. Dr. Odom, a member of the Duke faculty since 1945, is a graduate of Tulane University Medical School and had addition- al training in neurosurgery at the Montreal Neurological Insti- tute. Prior to joining the Duke faculty, he was an Instructor in Neurosurgery at Louisiana State University. Dr. Odom has been the coauthor of numerous professional articles and chapters in textbooks and in 1978, received the Distinguished Service Award from the Society of Neurological Surgeons. Earlier the American Academy of Neurological Surgery and the American Board of Neurological Surgery had made similar awards to him. Guy L. Odom Gerald S. Lazarus Professor Lazarus is a graduate of Colby College and the George Washington University School of Medicine. After re- sidency in internal medicine at the University of Michigan Medical Center, he had dermatological training at Harvard and the Massachusetts General Hospital. His research training in- cluded time at the National Institute of Health and as visiting scientist at the Strangeways Laboratories at Cambridge. Prior to coming to Duke in 1975 as Professor of Medicine and Chief of the Division of Dermatology, he was Associate Professor of Medicine and Co-chairman of the Division of Dermatology. Dr. Lazarus, whose major research interest in proteinase metabolism, is associate editor of the journal of Izwertzlgative Dermatology. He has been the author of more than 50 articles in his field and he has just completed a book on dermatological diagnosis. D PROFESSORS l ll lfll Roy T. Parker came to Duke for his residency in obstetrics and gynecology in 1946 and joined the faculty in 1955 as an assistant professor. He was appointed Professor in 1963 and Chairman of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology in 1964. Dr. Parker has made many contributions to medical literature in OB! GYN, particularly in the area of female cancer. He is a member of many editorial boards and has been president of several professional societies, including the American Assoc. of OBXGYN C1978D,American Collegeof OBXGYN C1978D, S. Atlantic Assoc. of OB XGYN C1980D. In 1980 he was presented the Golden Apple Award by the students for excellence in teaching the clinical sciences. A native of North Carolina, Dr. Parker was graduated with an A.B. degree from the University of North Carolina and with an M.D. from the Medical College of Virginia with Alpha Omega Alpha honors. Dr. Parker did his internship at the United States Naval Medical Center, Bethesda, Maryland, and served in the Navy Medical Corps during World War II and during the Ko- rean crisis. fe' 79 WM' OUTSTANDING Roy T. Parker iw I J. David Robertson A graduate of the University of Alabama where he also started his study of medicine, Professor Robertson received his M.D. degree from Harvard. Following and internship, he con- tinued work at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and was awarded a Ph.D. in biochemistry from that institution. After serving as Assistant Professor of Pathology and Oncolo- gy in the medical school of the University of Kansas, Dr. Robertson engaged in research activities at University College in London and at McLean Hospital in Massachusetts. In 1960, he joined the faculty of Harvard Medical School as an Assistant Professor of Neuropathology and left as an Associate Professor to come to Duke as Professor and Chairman of the Department of Anatomy. He has been author or coauthor of many articles and abstracts and has published a textbook. He is a member of numerous professional societies. he-i-J' Roscoe R. Robinson Dr. Robinson has combined a distinguished career in medi- cine with his position as Associate Vice-President for Health Affairs and Chief Executive Officer since 1976 of Duke Hospit- al. After receiving his B.S. degree from Central State University in his home state of Oklahoma, he earned his M.D. degree at the University of Oklahoma. Following a residency at Duke and a year at Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center in New York, Dr. Robinson returned to Duke as Chief Resident in Medicine and then served two years as captain and chief of the renal unit at the Wilford Hall USAF Aerospace Medical Center in Texas. Returning to Duke as an associate in medicine and a clinical investigator at the V.A. Hospital, he is now Director of Duke's Division of Nephrology. Professor Robinson has been author or coauthor of over a hundred articles on nephrological prob- lems and has contributed and edited sections on his specialty for several medical textbooks. ii X X at 5 yrentm I DISTINGUISHED PROFESSORS -. ...... Dr. Sabiston, Professor and Chairman of the Department of Surgery at Duke since 1964, graduated from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and received the M.D. Degree from The johns Hopkins University where he also served an internship and residency. This training was followed by service as a captain in the U.S. Army Medical Corps. He returned to the faculty at Johns Hopkins and was successively promoted to the rank of Professor of Surgery. Author or coauthor of more than 200 scientific articles, Dr. Sabiston is editor of the Textbook of Surgery and coeditor of Gibbon's Surgery of the Chest. He is chairman of the editorial board of Annals of Surgery and a member of the editorial boards of the journals afTlJoraricana'Cardi011ascularSurgery, the Annals of C lineal Research, the Arcloirfes ofSurgery, and the World journal of Surgery. Other positions and honors include a Ful- bright Research Scholarship, a Career Research Award from NIH, president of the American Surgical Association, and chairman of the American College of Surgeons' Board of Gov- ernors. David C. Sabiston, Jr. Knut Schmidt-Nielsen was born in Norway, earned his Ph.D. degree at the Univ. of Copenhagen, and came to Duke in 1952. He has led scientific expeditions and conducted research in Africa, Asia, Australia, and South America. His work includes studies of heat and water balance in the camel and other desert animals and the water economy and salt metabolism of marine birds. He has received grants from several government agen- cies, and since 1964, he has been the recipient of a Research Career Award from NIH. Dr. Schmidt-Nielsen has been a speaker at many internation- al symposia and a consulted to both the NIH and the NSF. In 1957, he received the Poteat Award from the North Carolina Academy of Science. In 1962, he was the Brody Memorial Lecturer at the Univ. of Missouri and the Harvey Society Lec- turer in New York, in 1963, the Regents' Lecturer at the Univ. of Californiag in 197 1, the Hans, Gadow Lecturer at Cambridge Univ., and in 1972, Visiting Agassiz Professor at Harvard. He is a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the National Academy of Sciences, the Royal Norweigian Academy, and the Royal Danish Academy. K. Schmidt-Nielsen 'if is WU v '- ' OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI inniiinti OUTSTANDING 76 FACULTY AND ALUMNI V l W.W. Shingleton After receiving an A.B. degree from Atlantic Christian Col- lege, Dr. William W. Shingleton completed an M.D. degree at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At Oak Ridge he took a three month's course on Techniques and Uses of Radioiso- ropes. He then did his residency at Duke, and in 195 1 became an associate in surgery here. He was made Professor of Surgery in 1959. Currently he is Chief of the General Surgery Division and foundations director of Duke's Comprehensive Cancer Center. Internationally know for his work in cancer research, Profes- sor Shingleton heads the Duke University Clinical Cancer Education Program and is Chairman of the Cancer Control and Rehabilitation Advisory Committee of NCI. He is also a mem- ber of the Commission on Cancer of the American College of Surgeons, the International Union Against Cancer, and the National Cancer Advisory Board. He has served as both Presi- dent and Chairman of the Board of the Association of American Cancer Institutes. He is author or coauthor of over eighty professional articles and chapters in books on general surgery and cancer. l Madison S. Spach Coauthor of over 150 scientific papers and published ab- stracts, Professor Spach has been on the Duke faculty since 1957 and is now Chief, Division of Cardiology in the Depart- ment of Pediatrics and Professor of Physiology. A fellow of the American College of Cardiology, he is also a member of a number of other professional societies including the New York Academy of Sciences, the Association of Euro- pean Pediatric Cardiologists, the American Academy of Pediat- rics, and the Society for Pediatrics for which he served as presi- dent in 1971. Dr. Spach has also served his profession asa member of the editorial boards of several professional Journals and as a committee member for several groups in pediatric cardiology. Dr. Spach, a Duke graduate, received his M.D. from Duke University where he also completed his residency work. D I STI N G U ISH ED PRO FESSO RS Professor Wallace received his B.S. degree in medicine from Duke University and in 1959 was awarded the M.D. degree by Duke. I-Ie received further training at Duke Hospital and at the National Heart Institute. After serving as Chief Resident in medicine at Duke, he continued his teaching in the Department of Medicine and is presently Professor of Medicine and Chief of the Division of Cardiology. He is also an Assistant Professor of Physiology. For five years a Markle Scholar, Professor Wallace is coauthor of approximately 150 professional articles and sections of text- books. His major research contributions have been in cardiac physiology and the physiological basis of distrubances of cardiac rhythm. Ardrew G. Wallace Dr. Wyngaarden attended Calvin College and Western Michigan College before entering the University of Michigan, from which he received his M.D. degree. He came to Duke Medical School in 1956 in the Department of Medicine and became Associate Professor of Biochemistry and director of the Medical Research Training Program in 1959. In 1965, he be- came Chairman of the Department of Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, a position which he left in 1967 to return to Duke to fill the equivalent post. Dr. 'Wyngaarden received his clinical training at Mas- sachusetts General Hospital and has been an investigator at the Public Health Research Institute of New York, the National Heart Institute, and the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases. He also spent a year as guest scientist at the Institut de Biologie Physicochimique in Paris. He has published over 160 scientific papers. James B. Wyngaarden if - ..J 1892-1972 Wilburt C. Davision, M.D. Dr. Wilburt C. Davision, a native of Grand Rapids, Michigan, received his A.B. degree from Princeton in 1913, B.A. degree from Oxford University, Oxford, England in 1915, a B.Sc. in 1916 and the M.A. degree from Oxford in 1919. He was a Rhodes Scholar 1913-1916. He received the M.D. from the johns Hopkins School of Medicine in 1917, and the LL.D. from the University of North Carolina and Duke in 1961. Dr. Davision was an Instructor, Associate Professor and acting head of the Department of Pediatrics and Assistant Dean at Johns Hopkins 1919-1927. In 1927 at the age of thirty-Eve, he was chosen to plan, organize, and build the new Duke Universi- ty School of Medicine and Hospital. While many helped at the birth and throughout the intervening years, Duke Medical Cen- ter and all that it is today, was the endeavor of the first Dean and Chairman of Pediatrics who directed the medical school from the ground up. He guided it to the place of prominence and eminence that it now holds. Dr. Davision, or Dave as he liked to be called, felt very strongly that Duke's prestigious position was due largely to its graduates and those who trained here. Mn: l XXI -Y 5' W lfllwl . 1 g 1 1 lfm-. I ! ,1'f nl A ' lf., -1 ' 1 - Q X xl Mimi: ,lllf fll my -v mhlnr 'S' V l,u.m 'F .,,. 1883-1946 Frederick IVI. Hanes, IVI.D. Dr. Frederic Hanes, a native of North Carolina, received the A.B. degree from the University of North Carolina in 1903, A.M. degree from Harvard in 1904 and the M.D. degree from Thejohns Hopkins Medical School in 1908. He interned at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, was an Associate Professor of Patholo- gy at Columbia University 1909-1912, pathologist at Presbyte- rian Hospital, Associate Professor of Medicine at Washington University School of Medicine and an internist in his hometown of Winston-Salem 1908-31. Dr. Hanes came to Duke in 1931 and became a Professor of Medicine in 1933. Dr. Hanes belonged to numerous medical organizations and served in the military during World War I. Hanes Ward of Duke South was named in his honor. He died March 25, 1946. D ECEAS ED D I STI N G U ISH ED PRD FESSD RS 111111111 1 Dr. joseph Markee was born in Neponset,iIl1inois. He re- ceived the B.S. degree from the University of Chicago in 1924 and the Ph.D. from there in 1929. He was a faculty member at Stanford from 1929-43. He came to Duke in 1943 as Professor of Anatomy, James B. Duke Professor of Anatomy, and Chair- man of the Department of Anatomy. He held those positions until 1966. He was an assistant dean of medical admissions 1943-66. Dr. Markee, as an anatomist, held membership in both anato- mical and orthopedic organizations. He was a member ofthe Phi Beta Kappa and Alpha Omega Alpha Honor Societies. He was an editor of the journal of Morphology. He also produced movies on functional anatomy and received a posthumous award from the Council on Medical Television Roster. He died in 1970 and was interred in Durham. 1903-1970 Joseph E. Markee, Ph.D. OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI 77 OUTSTANDING 78 FACULTY AND ALUMNI Joseph W. Beard Joseph W. Beard, formerly in charge of experimental surgery and Professor of Virology at Duke, was head of the University Medical Center's laboratory for the study of viruses in relation to cancer. A year after joining the Duke faculty in 1957, he became one of the developers of the first usuable vaccine for equine encephalitis. In 1943 he and his associates obtained purified influenza virus for study, and in 1958 they isolated and identified two cancer viruses that cause leukemia in chickens. The following year his group was one of two to report the first tangible evidence of viruses in association with human leukemia. Dr. Beard received his B.S. degree from the University of Chicago and his M.D. degree from Vanderbilt University. He is a member of the American Association for Cancer Research. I 11, ' fe .- 'Ig .291 g' - Eu wi? If 'iii . .fl 'S 'wf ' f f - - ' f u! Frederick Bernhem After taking his A.B. degree from Harvard, his Ph.D. degree from Cambridge, and pursuing additional studies in Munich, Frederick Bernheim joined the staff of Duke University in 1950. The same year, he was named a fellow of the National Research Council. He has published extensively in scientific journals on the effects of drugs on cells. For his work, he has been named fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and a fellow of the New York Academy of Science. Professor Bernheim has served as president of the Duke University chapter of Sigma Xi and for five years acted as editor of the Proceedingr of the Society for Experimentrzl Biology mm'11fIedz'- cine. He was a consultant for the Biology Division of the Atomic Energy Commission. Since retirement, Dr. Bernheim has continued to maintain an active interest in pharmacology and has continued his contact with medical students. iiiii iiii I PROFESSGRS EIVIERITI Norman F. Conant, former Chairman of the Department of Microbiology and Immunology, has received wide recognition for his work in the fields of mycology and microbiology. He has served the government as consultant in tropical medicine to the secretary of war, as a member of several committees of the National Institutes of Health, and as a member of the Subcom- mittee on Cutaneous Diseases of the National Research Coun- cil. For several years, he was a member of the Advisory Panel for Microbiology, Office of Naval Research. Professor Conant received his B.S. from Bates College. After taking the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees from Harvard, he spent a year at the University of Paris School of medicine as recipient of a Sheldon Traveling Fellowship from Harvard. He came to Duke in 1935, and in 1958, he became Chairman of the Depart- ment of Microbiology in the Medical School. He has contri- buted numerous papers to journals in his field. Norman F. Conant Jerome Sylvan Harris, former Chairman of the Department of Pediatrics at the Duke Medical Center, holds appointments in both pediatrics and biochemistry. A member of the Duke faculty since 1957, he earned his A.B. degree at Dartmouth College and his M.D. degree at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Harris had additional training in Boston, Chicago, and at Duke. He research interests include metabolic disturbances in pediat- rics and pediatric cardiology, he has written many articles on these subjects. During World War II he served in the Army Medical Corps. He served as chief of the Communicable Disease Section of the General Hospital at Fort Bragg. He has served as a consultant to the National Board of Medical Examiners and has been a mem- ber ofthe Human Embryology and Development Study Section of the National Institutes of Health. Jerome S. Harris David T. Smith David T. Smith, an Anderson, S.C. native, received his B.A. degree from Furman University and his M.D. from the Johns Hopkins Medical School. He completed an internship in pediat- rics there before going to the Rockefeller Institute to study pathology and bacteriology. Dr. Smith came to Duke in 1930 as Professor in charge of Microbiology and Associate Professor of Medicine. His con- tributions to the field of mycotic and fungal diseases are many and were recognized in 1957 with the Trudeau Medal and the Medal for Distinguished Service from the Southern Tuberculo- sis Conference in 1958. He is author of numerous publications and was editor of Zinsser's Microbiology. Professional societies of which is is a member include the National Tuberculosis Assoc. CPres., 19505, the American Board of Microbiology, and the American Society of Immunology. Although no longer Chairman of the Department of Microbiology, Dr. Smith was named James B. Duke Professor of Microbiology in 1960, and in 1965 he became Chairman of the Department of Preventative Medicine. ix Eugene A. Stead, Jr. . Eugene A. Stead, Jr., a native of Atlanta, Ga., received his B.S. and M,D. degrees from Emory University. He was Phi Beta Kappa and a member of Alpha Omega Alpha. He received his postgraduate training at Peter Brent Brigham, Harvard and Cincinnati General. From 1937-42 he was first assistant then instructor in medicine at Harvard. In 1942 he was named Pro- fessor and Chairman of the Department of Medicine at Emory. He was Dean of Emory Medical School 1945-1946. He came to Duke in 1947 as Professor of Medicine and Chairman of the Department of Medicine. Dr. Stead has been on the advisory councils of the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases and of the Nation- al Heart Institute. He is a member of the Association of Amer- ican Physicians, the American Society for Clinical Investigation, the American Physiological Society, the Association of Uni- versity4Cardiologists, the National Academy of Science Insti- tute of Medicine. He is a Distinguished Physician of the Veter- ans Administration. Dr. Stead has received honorary degrees from Emory, Yale and the Medical College of Ohio. Except for the period from 1942-46 when he was on leave serving as lieutenant colonel in the Army Medical Corps, Barnes Woodhall has been an active faculty member since 1937, when he came to Duke from Johns Hopkins University. A native of Maine, he graduated from Williams College and com- pleted his M.D. degree at johns Hopkins, where he also served as intern, resident, and instructor in general and neurological surgery. At Duke University, Dr. Woodhall was Professor and Chair- man of the Division of Neurological Surgery from 1946 to 1960, when he succeeded Dr. Wilburt Davision as dean of the School of Medicine. In the years following, he served as vice- provost, associate provost, special assistant to the president of Duke University, and in 1969, as chancellor pro-tem, a position held for over a year before returning to full-time teaching and research. Throughout his active career as public servant and academic administrator, Dr. Woodhall has remained primarily a teacher and a scholar. Barnes Woodhal W OUTSTANDING FACULTY AND ALUMNI 79 I H lm ,Xu ' Wgwlr 4 ,Ji 1' M111 yr ,H V HISTORY Quke and Healthf Ears in umam 1865-1 The ammn Medium nemler 1193041955 frNhQ Y ears 195591990 f77u e Nm Serum Hawk .S Tagmgfilo hedge I 1 ? rl 9 1 4 1 Lk DUKE AND HEALTH CARE IN DURHAM 1865 James Buchanan Duke, wealthy tabacconist and developer of electric power in the Carolinas, released the intentions for his large philanthropic creation, the Duke Endowment, on Decem- ber 11, 1924. The organization of this foundation reflected an ongoing pattern of philanthropy by J.B. Duke's father and brother, Washington and Benjamin Newton Duke. Created with securities valued at forty million dollars, james B. Duke specified that the Endowment be broken down as follows: twen- ty percent of the net amount must be used to increase the principal of the trust to reach the original sum of forty million dollars, thirty-two percent would go to Duke University, thirty- two percent would be used to help build and maintain non- profit, community hospitals in North and South Carolina, three schools in the two Carolinas would receive fourteen percent, the remaining amound would aid churches, preachers, orphans and other benevolent organizatons or groups as determined by the Trustees of said Endowment. Section Four of the Indenture allocated six million dollars to Trinty College if and when the school changed its name to Duke University as a memorial to James B. Duke's father, Washington Duke, whose gifts com- bined with those of his brother, Benjamin, brought Trinity to Durham, North Carolina, and thereafter supported its growth. Within the university structure, Trinty College could serve as an undergraduate department for men, but this larger institution must include aDivinity School, education and chemistry depart- ments, a Law School, a Co-ordinate College for Women, a Business School, graduate programs in Arts and Sciences, an Engineering School, and a Medical School, as and when funds are available. The possibility of the medical school and hospital 1931 became reality when the terms of j.D. Duke's will became known at his death one year later. A sum of ten million dollars was added to the Duke Endowment, four million dollars of that was to be used in erecting and equipping at the Duke Uni- versity . . . buildings suitable for a Medical School, Hospital and Nurses' Home. But money alone would neither create excell- ence nor insure innovations. The dreams and ideals of indi- viduals, trends in medical education, and the demand for super- iority characeristic of all Duke's undertakings served as the foundation for the Duke University Hospital and Medical School. Within Durham itself there existed a long history of concern with health problems and a desire for a medical school and hospital. To that story we now turn. - The Duke family fortune is rooted in the expansion of the tobacco industry in Durham after the Civil War. At the close of fighting, Washington Duke returned home to his four mother- less children. After peddling a few dry goods and a small amount of tobacco left hidden in his barn, Duke settled down and once again farmed the land he owned. Amongst the corn and wheat, Duke planted tobacco. When weather prohibited working in the fields, Washington Duke and his sons, Brodie Leonidus, Benjamin Newton, and James Buchanan, in a small log cabin, flailed, sifted, and packaged their bright-leaf tobacco. Mary Elizabeth, Washington Duke's only daughter, sewed the cotton bags which held the smoking mixture and affixed the Duke label, Pro Bono Publicof' During the first year the family produced about 15,000 pounds of tobacco. By 1872, the amount of smoking tobacco they manufactured had jumped to 125,000 pounds and required the space of three barns to process. Washington Duke on the porch of the Duke homestead -1.4. HISTORY 83 The following year, Washington Duke moved his family and their tobacco operations into a factory built at the cost of 313 1 ,500 and located next to the railroad tracks in Durham. Brodie Duke, the eldest son, having moved in town two years earlier, con- tinued to operated independently, manufacturing smoking tobacco in one-half of the new factory. 0ther businessmen also felt the necessity to locate their operations closer to the area's transportation facilities - the Dukes opened the fourteenth tobacco factory in Durham after the pioneering effort ofjohn R. Green in 1858. In the decades following the Civil War, Durham established itself as the tobacco manufacturing center in North Carolina. The early success of Durham's largest manufacturer of smok- ing tobacco, W.T. Blackwell and Company, inspired others to enter the market, which in turn created stiff rivalry. In 1868 William T. Blackwell purchased Green's entire business for 352,850 Ten years later, a one-third interest in Blackwell's sold for 3594,000. Four years later the same interest cost Il5150,000. This company manufactured the celebrated brand of smoking tobacco, Bull Durham Tobacco, which had become by 1884, a household word from Maine to the Gulf and from the Atlan- tic to the Pacific slope, and in many foreign countries according to the town's first chronicler, Hiram Paul. Struggling against this competition, the Dukes increased their capital by accepting a partner, George Washington Watts, in 1878. Capitalized at 370,000 equally divided among the four Dukes and George Watts, W. Duke, Sons and Company emerged with a new organizational structure. james B. Duke acted as president and general manager, Benjamin Duke con- ducted all business corresponsdenceg George Watts kept the books. Richard A. Wright, who bought out Washington Duke in 1880, became the firm's chief salesman. In 1880, however, W.T,. Blackwell and Company processed neatly thirty thousand pounds of tobacco daily and employed over twice as many people as the Duke enterprise. Frustrated by the inability to surpass the sales of Bull Durham Tobacco, j.B. Duke announced, My company is up against a stone wall. It cannot compete with the Bull. Something has to be done and that quick. As for me, I am going into the cigarette business. james B. Duke proposed to surpass the sales of Bull Durham Tobacco by combining a means of machine-producing cigarettes inexpensively and rapidly with the creation of new and larger markets for machine-made cigarettes. In 1881, em- ploying 100 Eastern European immigrants skilled in the craft of rolling cigarettes, the firm produced 9,800,000 cigarettes - a small percentage of the 584,082,429 cigarettes sold by New York firms one year earlier. By 1884, however, machines de- veloped by James Bonsack had been installed in the Duke factory. A mechanic named William T. O'Brien was responsible for getting the bugs out of these first operational machines. But the sales of hand-rolled cigarettes still far outstripped those of the machine-made variety. If W. Duke, Sons and Company were going to reap large profits from this new product, they would have to create a market. In 1884 the company constructed a factory in New York in order to capture some of the Eastern trade. By 1887 largely as the result of effective advertising, the number of machines used by Dukes jumped to 24 and the number of cigarettes produced to 2,000,000 per day. Two years later, W. Duke, Sons and Company produced 940,000,000 cigarettes annually, paid the government 35600,000 in taxes and spent 3800,000 on advertis- ing, 20 percent of their gross sales. Duke not only had created a market for cigarettes, but also a voracious appetite for the new smoking device that companies throughout the country fought competitively to satisfy. 84 HISTORY ADVERTIEESERTS LXXXIX GEINU INE EUE 1 1 b Smoking Tobaooo, p MANU,FACTURED BY pa. R. annum, DURI-IAMS, N. C. Early adverstisement for Bull Durham Tobacco. James B. Duke sat down in 1890 with the presidents of the other four leading cigarette manufactures in the country and outlined a plan for combination of these firms into the American Tobacco Company. These five companies produced nearly ninety percent of the cigarettes in the United States. In the first two decades of its operation, the equity capitalization of the new firm jumped from 3525 million to over 35316 million. By 1911 the American Tobacco Company controlled eighy percent of the cigarettes, smoking tobacco, plug tobacco and snuff pro- duced in this country. The empire became an integrated net- work which included companies engaged in wholesale and retail distribution of all tobacco products, production of the leaf, packaging, and even a monopoly on licorice, a flavoring for tobacco. Expansive policies led to the creation and domination of markets in other countries as well. Duke's personal fortune continued to climb as sales jumped, competition softened, and barriers into foreign countries crum- bled. James B. Duke's business partners in Durham, his father, his brother, Benjamin, and George Watts all saw their wealth multiply as stock holders in the American Tobacco Company and the British-American Tobacco Company. When court order ruled the dissolution of the American Tobacco Company in 1911 under antitrust law, the government noted that Duke and nine other stockholders held sixty percent of the outstand- ing voting stock. 4 E K. Q Duke factaliffrgngght, home of Washington B. Duke on left, ca. 1885 9 .--'Ja Jw' ,,.M A' 1, I ,4,, .:- L 5 jf K'mrEf!!ffZ issisiif' iiif, fgE il'i'5'Z' MEFF 'HlS,. 5, mm :sTfv5 'f f f,,3:, 'ii lsfxu Trinity College, Circa 1895 As the fortunes of the partners began to increase in the early 1890's they gave their attention increasingly to philanthropic enterprises. Washington Duke pledged his solid support to both the Methodist Church and the Republican party. When Dr. John Franklin Crowell, president of Trinity College, in 1890 voiced his desire to move the liberal arts Methodist school to a commercial center in hopes of placing its financial footing on firmer soil, Washington Duke responded with a commitment of 385,000 to be used toward endowment and buildings if the school were moved to Durham, and women were admitted by equal standards and offered equal educational opportunities. The total bid from Durham reached 3100,000 plus land on the west side of the city. Trinity could hardly pass up the offer Ceven though educating Women would be a new ventureh when Raleigh, the only other contender, promised land and 320,500 Trinity College, ca. 1895. Craven Memorial Hall in front of the library. The land was formerly a park, and the track was used for horse races. HISTORY - the cost of duplicating the facilities in a new location. Durham citizens were determined to win this contest for Trinity College. The Baptist Female Seminary Know Meredith Collegej had recently rejected Durham's very lucrative offer in preference to Raleigh as the site of their new location because Durham was lacking culture, possessed sordid ideals, and was therefore no fit place for innocent girls to abide in. The Methodist conferences voted in favor of Durham, and Trinity received its first philanthropic gift from Washington Duke. As years passed Washington Duke and his son, Benjamin, became more involved with the financial needs of the institu- tion. At first Washington Duke's interest in Trinity College waned when he realized that the Methodist constituency, com- prised mainly of small North Carolina farmers, was not enthu- siastic nor able to contribute to the economic needs of its denomination's college. Benjamin Duke, angry that the stu- dents chose in 1890 a commencement speaker that had publicly criticized his family, wished he and his father might wash our hands of the entire affair. But Dr. john Carlisle Kilgo, a Methodist minister elected president of Trinity College in 1894, managed to rekindle the elder Duke's tie to the school. Evidence of this was the 350,000 received by Trinity from Washington Duke in 1895. By the time he died in 1905, Washington Duke had disposed of most of his fortune, over 3300,000 of which went to Trinity alone. In 1907, Benjamin Duke tabulated the Duke gifts to schools and institutions to have reached approximately onemillion dollars, Trinity College receiving perhaps 3800,000. The Durham community associated Trinity with Duke money. There was no doubt to whom the financial committee turned when needing capital for expansion, faculty salaries, or merely paying off debts. As Benjmain Duke said in 1907, I am practi- cally carrying that institution single-handed. It needs more money than I feel able to give it. The Dukes have never failed in any venture, Trinity would not be the first. And while Ben- jamin and his father aligned themselves with the cause of education, their business partner, George Watts, chose health care. Benjmain Newton Duke Expansion from a hamlet of 100 inhabitants at the end of the Civil War to 2,041 by 1880 and then 5,485 by 1890 had created new problems for the town's leaders. Among the concerns, the most conspicuous was poor health conditions. Durham was not a clean town. Tobacco employees lived in boarding homes, factory housing units, small rooms above businesses and, in some cases, private residential areas. Certain parts of town were crowded. Whites, whether poor or rich, lived apart from blacks, but common to all were the problems of inadequate sanitation facilities. In 1887, the Durham Tobacro Plant, the town news- paper, asked its readers why didn't the police find that nearly all the gulleys and ditches in town are filled with filth and trash and stagnant water? Filth, the paper argued, was everywhere. You could not walk without seeing it or take a breath without smelling it. Contagious diseases ran wild. Typhoid fever was so common that it was called Durham fever by residents of other towns. Infantum cholera claimed the lives of many children. Diphtheria, tuberculosis, and malaria all ranked high as causes of death according to the city's cemetery records. Without any water or sewerage systems, health officers fought a difficult battle stopping the spread of disease. Efforts to improve sanitation often met delay, if not defeat, when newspapers, the city government, and the health officer depended upon community participation. Only slowly did the public hedge toward an understanding of the importance of public health measurers in combating infectious diseases. In 1885 the town government passed a bill allowing Durham to issue bonds to erect a water works. The Tobacco Plant adopted this cause, but its editorials repeatedly reflected disappoint- ment. As the paper stated, We have preached waterworks to our citizens without witnessing tangible results till almost ready to despair. Although the town finally got water in its reservoir in 1893, the town officials refused to pay the bill until the condition of the water improved. Among other unforeseen problems was the fact that many citizens could not afford the cost of hook-up to the water line and, later, to the sewerage system. Only gradually did awareness of public health problems combine with allocation of economic resources to provide sanitation for the majority of residents. Attempts to mobilize community financial support to estab- lish a hospital also failed. Dr. Albert G. Carr, pioneer of the local hospital movement, in 1884 first presented the Board of Alder- men with a plan to establish a hospital. The idea never moved beyond selection of a committee to investigate the issue. Four years later, in the midst of the campaign for better sanitation, the Orange County Medical Society raised the issue of building a hospital for the poor and invited cooperation of different churches, benevolent organizations, prominent citizens, and the county and town commissioners. But Durham's businesses re- ceived a jolt in 1888. Blackwell's bank folded with several other enterprises following. The depression was not severe, but proved enough to inhibit people from contributing money to a non-profit cause. Thus the second hospital movement died. The Tobacco Plant continued its campaign for a waterworks, seen to be a more practical investment in view of the enormous loss of property resulting from fires that swept through Durham in the 1880's. Three years later, representing a group of physicians con- cerned with the state's shortage of doctors, Dr. A.G. Carr presented President Crowell of Trinity College with a plan of establishing a medical school and hospital as part of the Trinity campus. North Carolina needed both. In 1890, it ranked forty- first among forty-five states in the ratio of physicians to popula- tion, I to 1250. The only existing medical training program was a two-year preparatory medical course at the University of North Carolina. Upon completion, students transferred into northern medical schools. Most practicing physicians in North Carolina received their education as apprentices to country doctors. In 1892 the state claimed but five hospitals. When medical treatment was needed, patients traveled north, out of North Carolina - if they could afford the cost. The medical school Carr proposed included professorships in seven basic areas: Anatomy, Physiology, Practice, Surgery, Materia Medica, Obstetrics, and Chemistry. A hospital com- pleted the package. Crowell's plan modified and expanded the rough guidelines. Housed in a new building, the medical school would open October 1, 1891. The complex was to include two converted homes adjacent to the campus. A resident surgeon and a resident physician had full responsibility for the hospital, for which they each would receive 352,000 a year. With the help of two faculty members in the sciences, the physician and surgeon would teach the first two years of medical school. Salaries of the doctors could be paid out of the hospital's in- come, private gifts, and medical care fees of students. Within two years professorships in three areas would be added: Practice and Pathology, Surgery and Gynecology, and Diseases of Chil- dren and Obstetrics. The proposal seemed acceptable to both the physicians and Crowell's desire to expand Trinity's educa- tional framework. HISTORY 87 George Washington Watts Yet the medical school and hospital were never built because the General Assembly refused to endorse the school's right to license students upon graduation, and a mild depression choked off funds. North Carolina farmers tightened their belts as prices for their tobacco and other corps dropped in the early 1890's. If Methodists could not find money to support Trinity, reliance on this source for means to build a medical school and hospital would have been foolish. Fortunately for Carr's hospital cam- paign some of the profits from Durham's industrial growth were held by a man who was personally interested in health care. In 1895 George Watts built and endowed the city's first hospital, the seventh in North Carolina. George Washington Watts was born in Cumberland, Mary- land, attended schools in Baltimore, and graduated from the University of Virginia in 1871. After working as a salesman for his father, a tobacco wholesale and retail dealer, Watts moved to Durham with his wife and daughter in 1878. Within three years, he sat on the Board of Aldermen, the governing body of the town. p In 1881, Watts and Edward J. Parrish, owner of a large tobac- co warehouse, were elected by the Board as a Santitation Com- mittee. Their main responsibility was locating a site for a cemet- ery. Driving and walking through Durham in search of land may well have exposed them to the town's health problems. In 1884, during the same meeting that Dr. Albert G. Carr was hired as city physician, Watts was elected to the fire department. One year later the city government took its first steps toward build- ing the waterworks. The professional association between Dr. A.G. Carr and Watts deepend with time as Carr became Watts' physician and close personal friend. In fact many have argued that Carr used the advantages of a friendship with Watts to B8 HISTORY influence the tobacco magnate to use his money to construct Durham's first hospital. Dr. Carr doubtlessly availed himself of every opportunity to discuss the health needs of the community with his friends, but Watts' own interest and involvement with measures to clean up the town were probably sufficient to make him realize the importance of health care facilities. Watts' personal experience with medicine was broad and varied. A younger brother, Arthur G. Watts, practiced medicine in Baltimore, but died in 1889 at the age of twenty-seven. Mrs. George Watts frequently traveled to The johns Hopkins Hos- pital with recurrent bouts of kidney disease. In 1892, George Watts himself was hospitalized, and as he said at the dedication of the hospital, the wonderful nursing care he received during this illness directed his interests to hospitals. After returning to Durham, he solicited the advice of Dr. A.G. Carr on a location for a hospital. Architects from Boston drew the plans. Beyond the shape Watts' gift would take stood the pattern of philanthropy developed by the patrician leaders of the town. Benjamin Duke gave liberally to Trinity College. julian Shakespear Carr, partner of W.T. Blackwell and Company, donated the land on which Trinity sat. William T. Blackwell supported the public school system until it received adequate financial backing from the community. Nearly every leading industrialist helped to construct a church. As a devout Christian, Watts was closely involved in Durham's religious life. He served the First Presbyterian Church as deacon, elder, and superintendent of the Sunday school for almost thirty-six years. From 1905 until his death in 1921, he acted as the President of the Board of Trustees of Union Theological Seminary. He gave the Seminary sums total- ing over 3B270,000 in building funds, endowment capital, and salary supplements. To most people, Mr. Watts was a stewart of God. He contributed to a theological center, orphanages, col- leges, schools, a hospital, and even a health clinic in Korea. His gift of Watts Hospital marked a combination of Christian ste- wardship, social responsibility, concern and need expressed by the community and friends and, equally important, his personal interest in health care. Located on the corner of Main Street and Buchanan Road, the original Watts Hospital complex of five connected buildings included an administrative building, male and female wards, a surgical suite, an autopsy suite and mortuary facilities with a carriage house located in the rear. At a cost of 3l530,000, Watts Hospital was built in the cottage style of hospital architecture. Many small hospitals throughout the country adopted this de- sign because it was both inexpensive and functional. To the cost of construction, Watts added 320,000 for an endowment. Proud of its charity provision, Watts pointed out that Watts Hospital was, at the time of its founding, the only hospital in the state or region Cnot including those receiving government assist- anceb which had a real charity feature connected with it. The hospital proposed to give all persons in need, care and treat- ment, absolutely without price. It contained twenty-two beds, eighteen being free. Admission was, however, restricted to the white community. When Watts Hospital opened, it met with mixed reactions from the Community. The Board of Aldermen immediately appropriated 35100 to help defray the necessary expenses of conducting the said Hospital. During the first ten months, however, only sixty-eight patients were treated at Watts, even though it was the first hospital in the State to receive a class A rating from the American Medical Association. 1-lv II ,I M,-1 , 1- fl '. ' J' .k- 5'..4,g.,,..,,-, - -' I I AAA. L '--f'z,.:1'. '-'-f A, N' f- , .f ,. '.' Ni-ll-Qj,3,:, '1 ,..- ww? . . - .dt . '.-ft 1 ' . II , I I I I J, I. .5 .I ,Ita I , 1 I III .QI II Fc , F ' tis -' fn' N il a 1' . '-J .Q -fr w .x w ' -51 JI' ' , 'w - ', . ., Y--if he Q u' --',gj, . . mf ,--H : :MY .J , IL.. 1 . x I mg. 1 25, , . -.355 WL- , , .,, , 'cw--' 41- - -:ff,,'y,u,,' ' - ' J Q. 5 .l .M Watts Hospital located at corner of Buchanan and Main St. ca. 1895 , fa 3' 6 , ' 1 T, ' ,E A 'Qi 1' Q . 4 4 Dr. A.G. Carr, pioneer of hospital movement in Durham, and Watts Hospital nurses. ca. 1899 -, , ,Hy HISTORY 89 I Yet publication in 1910 of the Flexner Report, written by Abraham Flexner, deadened all thoughts of establishing a medical school at Trinity. Both of North Carolina's four-year medical schools, North Carolina Medical College at Charlotte for white students, and Leonard Medical School in Raleigh for black students, closed under the attack against inadequate facili- ties and financial resources. But these two schools were not alone. Out of 15 5 schools measured against the standards set by The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Flexner recommended operating 51g the remaining were unfit for teaching, and therefore, should be closed. Some schools closed before Flexner arrived, in order to keep their name and condi- tion out of print. The number of medical schools dropped to 92 by 1915. Borderline schools either closed, merged, or survived intact depending on availability of capital to improve facilities and hire full-time faculty. As medical education underwent a revolution, its cost skyrocketed. William Preston Few became president of Trinity College in 1910 when Kilgo was elected a bishop ofthe Methodist Church. William Preston Few was quite different in personality from Kilgo. Quiet, reserved, and hard-working, Few had become the candidate favored for the presidency by both Benjamin Duke and Kilgo. Within a year of assuming his new adminstrative role, Few won the recognition and support of the General Education Board, a Rockefeller foundation concerned with upgrading education throughout the country, with special attention paid to the needs of the South. The Board awarded Trinity 3B150,000 toward its one million dollar endowment drive. For the first time the college stepped beyond its dependence on the Dukes as principal philanthropists and became competitive for future foundation assistance. When Kilgo retired, Trinity had the largest endowment of any college in the South, and more impor- tantly, it was financially sound. Expansion to a university once again seemed a reasonable goal. The idea for a medical school at Trinity College had not died but simply remained dormant until more favorable conditions appeared. With an empty hospital across the street from Trin- ity's campus and an established pattern of strong financial sup- port for health care from the Duke family and George Watts, Dr.Joseph Graham, a local physician, decided to reopen discus- sions of a medical school. Graham proposed that Trinity add departments of pharmacy, dentistry, and medicine to be housed in the old hospital property donated by Watts. Endowment would cover expenses beyond those paid with student tuition. The new hospital would provide the clinical experience neces- sary for complete medical training. Before publicizing the pro- posal, Graham sought the support for his plan from George Watts and Benjamin Duke. Watts agreed readily, but acting on an awareness of the changes in medical education since the original proposal in 1890, Benjamin Duke hesitated. After the turn of the century, medical education throughout the country improved in quality and jumped in cost. Based on European models, research in the basic sciences became a foundation for classroom instruction and faculty qualifications. Medical schools must then include laboratories fully equipped with expensive equipment and possess the resources to pay a highly trained faculty. To insure that both of these standards would be met, the johns Hopkins trustees in the 1880's had refused to begin planning a medical school and hospital without a base of one-half million dollars. Similar development at Trin- ity, as defined by the trustees, required that three conditions be fulfilled, that George Watts donate the old hospitalproperty, that students have free access to the new Watts Hospital, and that an endowment of SS300,000 be secured. Dr. Graham, Presi- dent Kilgo, and Williain Preston Few, then Dean of Trinity College, were selected to investigate the issue and find the money. ,5 ' ,gg 5,,,,.T. f 5 L............... 4 r----..-- ----f 1 .. - '---- i .A r' yy- Y 7.---IIS - I , ,Y V 3 ,,- t........ ,.........- -si ' - If 1 ,r,..,,A,g:, Q ..!,. .... . -Q r1r my-. 'aa - - Group at barbecue in Erwin, N.C. Cthen known as Dukeh, in july or August, 1904. L to R, first row: Messrs. B.N. Duke, Washington Duke, j.B. Duke TJ. Walker, A.B. Carrington, j.S. Cobb, and john Angler. Second row: Dr. A.G. Carr, Messrs. W.A. Erwin, J. Ed. Stagg, Frank Tate, E.S. Yarbrough, i Captain Lemon, and F.L. Fuller HISTORY 91 The first two decades of the twentieth century saw the for- tunes of the Duke family increase through diversification into textiles, electric power, and new markets for tobacco products. The establishment of Duke University Medical School and Hospital eventually came to depend on the development of water power resources. In 1905, james B. Duke organized the Southern Power Company Cnow the Duke Power Companyb. Two years after the dissolution of the American Tobacco Com- pany, Duke invested 3l25,000,000 in water power and associ- ated industries. The value of this venture doubled within several years. In 1914, he expanded his investment by building an electric power station on the Saugenay River in Canada. Initially this investment paid no dividened. Without buyers for his pow- er, construction ceased. But in the early 1920's, Duke proposed to Arthur Vining Davis of The Aluminum Company of America that he build a smelter near the Canadian plant. The location offered the Aluminum Company of America cheap land, access to ocean navigation and inexpensive power, 50,000 to 100,000 horsepower from one plant, and the total energy production of a second plant. In exchange for the power station, Duke received 52,256 shares of preferred stock in ALCOA. Beginning in 1916, Duke had expressed his desire to give away within his lifetime a large part of his fortune based on the earnings of his power plant. William Preston Few listened close- ly. During World War I, life at Trinity remained calm, but soon after the troops returned, the college experienced new presures Benjamin Newton Duke, James Buchanan Duke HISTORY 4 -1. . Dr. William Preston Few for larger enrollments. Trinity was not alone. Dr. I.H. Manning, dean of the two-year medical school at the University of North Carolina, told Few that he desired to somehow meet the de- mand for medical training from students throughout the state. His school faced the problem of insufficient funds which res- tricted faculty payroll, amount of equipment, and consequently the number of students. As the cost of medical education con- tinued to rise, the condition intensified. Out of an estimated 400 pre-medical students in North Carolina, 100 were licensed annually, Manning had room for only 40. President Few had already noted the increased interest in medicine at Trinity. In 1916, he wrote Simon Flexner of the General Education Board requesting information and advice on establishing a two-year medical course at Trinity. Abraham Flexner received knowledge of Few's letter from his brother, inquired about the financial resources of the College, and there- after discussed the prospects of establishing a medical school at Trinity with the General Education Board. The combination of these factors prompted Few in 1918 once again to consider building a medical school in Durham. Negotiations were kept private, yet broad. William P. Few consulted Abraham Flexner, Benjamin Duke, George Watts and John Sprunt Hill, Wattsf son-in-law and trustee of the University of North Carolina. The University was asked to participate in establishing the medical school which, when com- pleted, would provide clinical instruction for its two-year medical students. President Few felt Flexner could be con- vinced that Durham and its surrounding areas provided an adequate population base for the project and therefore, should receive a grant. He wrote C.W. Toms, the first Superintendent of Durham public schools, whom Duke later brought to New York and who became a close business associate of the tobacco magnate. Toms served as a confidential mediator between Duke and Few. With james B. Duke's support, Few thought matching the Rockefeller grants could be achieved. Amidst the flurry of events, George W. Watts died of sto- mach cancer. Although Mrs. Watts, his second wife, expressed eagerness to continue the project and promised President Few 351,000,000 towards a 353,000,000 funding campaign, precious time had been lost. John Sprun Hill, assuming the presidency of Watts Hospital, did not turn the tide away from the University of North Carolina. The president of the University, H.W. Chase, proposed expanding the school's two-year course to four and building the necessary hospital. The governor endorsed the idea. The State Medical Association recommended the state finance the cost of constructing this desperately needed hospital and medical school. The trustees of the University worked rapidly to gain the support of national medical authorities for a four-year school with university connections, which in fact, was the pattern based on the johns Hopkins model used by Flexner in 1910. When word leaked out that the General Assembly might allocate funds for a medical school, civic rivalry - so entrenched in the history of North Carolina's cities - surfaced and eventually led to the defeat of the entire plan. Charlotte physicians wanted to locate the medical school in their city, since they had lost their institution after publication of the Flexner Report. President Chase continued to argue that connection to the state university would be best. Wanting North Carolina to obtain a four-year medical school and also utilize the support of the General Education Board, William Few felt caught in the middle. President Few proposed to Chase that the University and Trinity combine efforts. The medical school would be built at Trinity, the board of trustees would be equally represented by both Trinity and the University of North Carolina. Davidson College and Wake Forest College were asked to participate. The medical school would then be linked to both UNC and Trinity in addition to having access to Watts Hospital. A s4,oo0,ooo state bond plus matching funds secured by President Few would finance construction and provide an endowment. The University trustees voiced their approval of the plan, but after caustic attacks from the press when the idea was released, Chase and others backed away from Few and reformed their own camp. President Few's cooperative plan never materialized. The University trustees announced their decision to build their own medical school but ranked it so low on their projected priorities list that the issue never gained much credibility or support. Knowing that his idea would not surface again, Few wrote Abraham Flexner, Benjamin Duke, and C.W. Toms, expressing the reasons the plan had failed. If a medical school was to be built in Durham, Few Wanted it to part of Trinity. He hoped Toms would provide some insight to decisions James B. Duke made concerning Trinity. In March, 1922, Few got his answer. After meeting with Duke at his request, President Few was certain that Trinity would build its own medical school in the development of our enlarged institution . President Few's energies were not in vain, as he said, It kept the road open for a first-rate School of Medicine later on, and it put Mr. James B. Duke on his mettlef' In 1922, James B. Duke's investments in water power began to pay high dividends. During the previous six years, Few knew of Duke's thought to expand Trinity to a university and con- tinually pressed the tobacconist to consider including a medical school as part of that expansion. When Duke was ready to organize his philanthropic gift, President Few presented him with a guide to the institutional change which Duke later fol- lowed almost to the letter. Duke would not confine his gifts to Trinity College alone, but follow a pattern of giving set down in 1890's by his father and brother, Benjamin, which included churches, preachers, col- leges, orphanges, and hospitals. Washington Duke had given 355,000 to Watts Hospital. In addition to the amount contri- buted to first build Lincoln Hospital in 1901, Benjamin and james B. Duke gave 375,000 to rebuild it in 1924, yetj.B. Duke wanted his foundation to reach beyond the limits of Durham. The two Carolinas became the beneficiaries of Duke's investments. The need for physicians in North and South Carolina had never abated. In 1923, compared to a national average of one doctor to every 724 residents, North Carolina registered one physician to 1150 inhabitants, South Carolina, one to 1231. At the request of -I.B. Duke, his secretary, Alexander H. Sands, investigated ways to alleviate the problem. Sands contacted William Few for help, Few sought the assistance of Watson S. Rankin, Secretary ofthe State Board of Health. They concluded that to prevent young doctors from migrating to urban centers, hospitals must be built in rural areas. Physicians could no longer practice medicine or perform surgery without such facilities, yet most communities were too poor to finance their construction alone. Assistance would be needed, but only to the extent that still left each area principally responsible for the financial well- being of the hospital. James B. Duke gathered together his close business associates and his lawyer, William R. Perkins, at his home in Charlotte, North Carolina, on December 1, 1924, to discuss the details of the foundation he planned to create. Each section of the draft Perkins had prepared was then analyzed fully. After three days, deliberations ceased. In the meantime, Perkins drew up Duke's will. Duke announced the designs of the Duke Endowment on December 11, 1924. As beneficiaries, he named churches, preachers, orphanages, colleges, and in particular, Trinity Col- lege, but one ofthe most far-reaching aspects ofthe Endowment would be the Hospital Section, designed to assist communities in building hospitals, and hospitals in financing charity care. To this section Duke allocated 52 percent ofthe Endowment secur- ities and later in his will bequeathed 90 percent of his residuary estate which probably equalled the original 3540,000,000. Trinity College received 36,000,000 toward building costs and 32 percent of the Endowment holdings when its name was changed to Duke University. President Few immediately began redesigning the academic structure, and hiring new department heads. With the assistance of Horace Trumbauer, an architect who drew up the plans for the impressive Gothic buildings, j.B. Duke purchased land and surveyed the early construction. His unexpected death in 1925 from pernicious anemia prevented him from seeing his last dream come true. The mystery of the medical school and hospital were finally unveiled. The future of the University and especially its medical department now rested on Few, since he was left to select its new Dean, who like all other deparment heads would have full control in building, equipping, and hiring the faculty. HISTORY 95 1 Construction of Duke Hospital i CF' 4 School, entrance main quadrangle Note the railroad tracks built to transport the stone from a nearby quarry . . . d Duke Hospital and Medical School almost finishe In locating a candidate, Few sought the advice of Dr. Buttrick from the General Education Board who placed hirn in contact with William H. Welch, the original designer of The johns Hopkins Medical School and Hospital. After lunch with Wil- burt Corbett Davison, a pediatrician and the Assistant Dean of The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Few contended that Welch chose candidates well, but Davison waited almost a year before Few-extended the offer. With a reputation for thorough- ness and exactness, Few wanted to investigate all possibilities. The reply Davison sent expressed his eagerness to begin creat- ing an institution free from ingrained tradition. Time had not dampened Davison's enthusiasm. At a salary of 311,000 a year, the new Dean of Duke Medical School began work in 1927. Davison was born in Grand Rapids, Michigan, on April 28, 1892. As the son of a Methodist minister, he moved frequently, but would not leave home before experiencing rigorous academic discipline. When Davison was injured playing football and confined to his house, his father arranged for him to study Latin and Greek under a Harvard graduate. The program con- sisted of six hours of reading and two hours of quizzing - six days aweek. Davison graduated from Princeton in 1915 earning academic awards and a Rhodes Scholarship. In September he sailed to England to study at Oxford University. Davison's European experience affected his approach to medical education. With a catalogue of The Johns Hopkins Medical School in hand, he mapped out his first two years at Merton College, Sir William Osler, Regius Professor of Medi- cine and Dean of the medical school, gave his stamp of approval. With this action, Davison came to the attention ofthe renowned European physician. Osler invited the young American to in- formal gatherings in his home, where he lectured on the history of medicine. As a pediatrician, Osler supervised Davison's work on the wards, always demanding excellence and dedication. Davison's first publication or original research stemmed from investigations conducted under Osler's suggestion. After re- cieving a B.A. at Oxford in 1915 and a B.Sc. in 1916, Davison sailed back to America believing three things integral to any medical education: individual initiative in designing one's own curriculum, laboratory research, and a close contact with profes- sors. Davison entered the fourth year of The johns Hopkins Medical School on the recommendation of Osler himself. He chose pediatrics as a specialty, trained under Dr.John Howland, pediatrician-in-chief at The Hopkins Hospital, and was once again subjected to rigorous clinical training and academic disci- pline. When the United States declared war in 1917, Davison secured an early graduation and entered the Army, eventually landing back in England. Upon his return to the States in 1919, Davison entered The Hopkins again, only this time in a position Howland arranged at the children's clinic of Thejohns Hopkins University Hospital. Davison served in a teaching and administrative position dur- ing the next eight years, 1919-1927. In this period of time, he published 36 articles and two books. Both his thoughts and writings reflected careful consideration of changes in medical school curricula and admission procedures. When in- terviewed by Few, Davison had earned distinction for innovat- ing ideas and administrative experience as assistant Dean of The ohns Hopkins School of Medicine. Davison was bred in The Hopkins system and was familiar with its faculty, medical resi- dents, and students. These two conditions would help shape the future of Duke University School and Hospital. Wilburt C. Davison ,met the challenge of building a medical school and hospital, selecting a faculty and nursing staff, equip- ping the hospital, designing the curriculum, and establishing all Wilburt C. Davison in 1927 when named Dean of the new medical school fundamental policies with ingenuity, skill, flexibility, advice from leaders in each field, and most importantly, a belief in excellence. The task was awesome, but Davison was guided by the ideal of making the Duke University Medical School better than any other institution in the country. As he told members of the Rotary Club when he unfolded his plan for the school in 1927, J.B. Duke communicated to him that it not only equal but surpass any other medical institution in the United States. Davison believed the opportunity for this to occur was unpre- cedented because there did not exist any opposition from a previously established institution, the school would always re- main abreast ofthe medical needs in the two Carolinas through its connection with the Endowment Hospital Section, and third- ly, the physical equipment was the best he had seen in this country or abroad . Yes, money could provide a foundation, but the shape the medical school and hospital would take in the years ahead stemmed from the fact that Davison came to the University, as Few stated, with an absolutely free hand planning and organizing the medical school and a commitment to the new scientific approach to medical education. Davison's first responsibility rested in choosing an architectur- al plan for the hospital. With the advice of Trumbauer and Winford H. Smith, director of The johns Hopkins Hospital, who was knowledgeable in hospital architecture, Davison de- cided to adopt a plan used by several leading hospitals in the country, The Hopkins not being included. Departments closely associated on the basis of their function were located near one another, e.g., surgery and pathology. Services used by several departments would be place equidistant from all, as in the case of X-ray. Surgery and medicine would be separated. in Hisroitv 95 Success for his new ideas on the curriculum depended to a large degree on support and cooperation of the physicians in North Carolina. Davison proposed to accept students with a minimum of two years of college training and then graduate them from the medical school in three years instead of the standard four. He proposed a quarter system broken down into ll-week sessions, the fourth session to be held during the summer. If students wished to graduate early, they could con- tinue their education throughout the entire year. Davison main- tained this condensed schedule would lower the average age of graduates from 26 to 22. Adopting a more flexible curriculum like The Hopkins implemented in 1927 would enable Duke medical students to plan their education through elective op- tions. The success of this system depended on selecting top students. Applicants would be required to fulfill basic under- graduate science requirements, submit letters of recommenda- tion, and if the applicants looked promising, meet with a physi- cian acting as a regional representative for an interview: Davison stressed quality, not quantity. Classes would be limited to 50 students, if standards were not met, then the class would not be filled. Since the students would be able to apply classroom instruction immediately in a clinical setting, Davison believed the school was able to teach students medicine here and know they would go out into the country to practice. The proposal met with oppostion from medical educators in the state because they feared Duke would demand that they upgrade their stan- dards or force them out of operation. Davison treaded in rough waters. His ideas were innovative, but in time these physicians would say that we in no way consider that we are in competition with you. In reaching that point of cooperation, Davison learned the necessity of soliciting the advice of the state's medi- cal practitioners. The most important decisions still remained: defining the de- partments in the medical school and hospital, selecting faculty to head each area, agreeing on salaries and responsibilities, and hiring a nursing staff. Davison felt support from the state's medical community vitally important when choosing a staff because both groups would have to work together for Duke to become effective as a regional referral center, yet Davison also believed in giving the division chiefs complete flexibility in building their departments. He had one restriction - money. Li-'3t.a5.4LI3:3 - ' ' Staff Duke U niversity School afMedirine, N urring and Dietirs and Duke Hospital. july 19, 1930 Ktwo day: btfzre the openingj. L. to R. First Row: Dr. Bellows, Mrs. Martin, Mrs. Sykes, Miss Baker, Miss Patrick, Miss Laxton, Dr. Sweet. Second Row: Dr. Eagle, Dr. Alyea, Dr. Forbus, Miss Batcheldor, Miss Floyd, Miss Nelson, Mrs. Lawlor, Miss Muller, Dr. Amoss. Third Row: Mr. Smith, Dr. Perlzweig, Dr. Oates, Miss Robinson, Dr. Hansen, Dr. Johnston. Last Two Rows: Dr. Gardner, Dr. Ziv, Dr. Jones, Mr. Reese, Dr. Magill, Dr. Craven, Mr. Ward, Dr. Davison, Dr. Taylor, Dr. Hart, Dr. Reeves. 96 HISTORY The people he thought to be attracted to Duke would either be young and amenable to a low salary or from the South and interested in returning to the area, all would have to be energetic and highly qualified, which meant trained as research scientists. Davison re- cruited neatly his entire faculty from The Johns Hopkins staff This common institutional base ensured an exposure to the new educa- tional pattern of integrating scientific investigation with clinical teaching as well as reducing unavoidable conflicts in establishing a new school. Davison set a policy from the beginning - all full professors must approve the next appointment. Harold Amoss headed the list of new faculty as Professor of Medicine. Both Few and Davison knew Amoss, Few considered him as a candidate for Dean of the medical school, Davison worked with him at The Johns Hopkins where Amoss was Associate Professor of Medicine. His speciality was infectious diseases. He had worked for ten years at the Rockefeller Insti- tute of Medical Research under Simon Flexner. In 1922, he joined The Hopkins staff and stayed there until Davison sought first his advice on planning and equipping the new hospital, and then his acceptance to direct the Department of Medicine. Although Amoss was Davison's senior by six years, the oppor- tunity to build a program from ground up was too appealing to decline. The budget and blueprints seemed reasonable to Amoss. He signed on. Amoss received the list of candidates for Surgery from Davi- son. A Southerner was selected. julian Deryl Hart, a native of Georgia who claimed Emory University as his alma mater for two degrees, was finishing his eighth year of residency at The Johns Hopkins where he had also recieved an M.D. Wiley D. Forbus joined this nucleus as Professor of Pathology. Graduat- ing from Washington and Lee, Forbus entered The Hopkins Medical School, received an M.D., and was currently working as an Associate Professor of Pathology. Since Amoss, Hart, and Forbus were still at Hopkins, Davison used them to recruit people from his list to fill the remaining positions. William A. Perlzweig, Professor of Biochemistry, Edwin'P. Alyea and Watt Weams Eagle, instructors in Urology and Otolaryngology, left The Hopkins for Duke. Davison picked three of The Hopkins Hospital's top nurses, one each from pediatrics, the operating room, and dietetics. In fact, the chief nurse Cprobably the crucial staff positionj, Miss Bessie Baker, had been Assistant Superin- tendent of Nurses at The Hopkins. The instructor in Orthopedics, Alfred R. Shands,Jr., had trained at The Hopkins. Gradually Davison extended his scope, selecting people from places throughout the country, yet overall his staff was so highly concentrated with Hopkins-trained doctors that some say Duke is the most complete clone of that institution in existence. The new Dean's job had merely begun. Equipment had to be selected, ordered, purchased, and then arranged in its proper place. Davison requested inventories of equipment from Van- derbilt, Rochester, and The Hopkins. From these lists he com- piled cards stating what each room would contain. Advice from other administrators helped Davison equip laboratores which were not present in other hospitals. Books for the library were ordered in the same fashion. Davison, Miss Judith Farrar and Mrs. Mildred Farrar wrote out lists of all the books owned by The Hopkins, Rochester, Vanderbilt, and Boston medical lib- raries. Friends and specialists rated each selection as neces- sary , desirable , or useless . They sought the lowest price for all books sending bids to dealers throughout the world. Quality if not quantity, the necessary and desirable books received frist priority on purchase orders. One major problem remained in the planning - money. Altough the Endowment allocated 3-4,000,000 for buildings, Davison and Few refused to open the medical school without -v Dr. George R. Minot, Dr. Harold Amoss sufficient funds to operate a four-year curriculum. As projected, the cost could not be met without financial assistance. Davison presented Abraham Flexner ofthe Rockefeller Foundation with hard cold numbers, defining the school's needg Few presented a written report stating the University's position to insure finan- cial stability. Few wanted the requested grants less for the money than for the principleg he feared that foundations would refuse Duke assistance because of one man's gift. For Davison the acceptance by the General Education Board resulted in a sigh of relief He sent out 500 applications for medical school in 1929, 1,000 more were printed. The projected date of opening was set for the fall of 1930. With Forbus and Hart in Baltimore, Davison faced the responsibility of screening candidates aloneg in addition, the medical school faculty had to be hired. As the hospital structure rose, so did the community's curios- ity. The buildings covered four acres of land, housing outpatient services, emergency room, administrative offices, male medical wards, dining rooms, and the amphitheater, all on the first floor. Above this, patient rooms and wards were located, the wards being divided into black and white sections. On the third floor, the male surgical wards and physicians' offices connected with pathology and the medical school. On the top sat the operating rooms, the obstetrical, gynecological, and female surgical Wards. Davison set prices at 33.00 per day for ward beds, 354.00 for semiprivates, and 355.00 to 39.00 for privates. These prices did not include x-ray and laboratory charges. Outpatient clinics opened four and half hours each day, blacks and whites having separate hours. Each patient was expected to pay part of the projected expense ahead of time. These were the days of the Depression, but the means Davison and others in the Durham community Cin particular George Watts Hill, Sr.D proposed to alleviate the financial burden of increased charity care would be released to the public after three years of operating the facility. The hospital opened for service onjuly 21, 1930. Within two months, more surgery was performed and people admitted than anyone had ever expected. Policies which produced some con- troversy and concern from the beginning were the requirements for the faculty: all were hired on a full-time basis, they were prohibited from having private practices, each faculty member received a salary, and all surgical and medical fees went directly to the hospital. This arrangement based on the Hopkins experi- ence promised to provide instructors with time for research and teaching, yet the low salaries warranted an adjustment. Mem- bers ofthe medical faculty were permitted to charge a fee under the condition that all of their time be spent in the hospital. Unfortunately, the Depression choked off lucrative rewards of this policy. Few people registered as private patients. Davison selected 30 first-year students and 18 third-year students from 3,000 applicants - quality, not quantity, or so he thought. The smaller classes provided an opportunity to de- velop close individual teaching methods. At the end of the first two quarters most of the students received warning to improve their performance, otherwise they would be asked to leave. N! gfgpgmunity hospital for the white doctors in Durham, Watts Hospital, ca. 'V' HISTORY 97 Davison controlled the funding of each department as well as all fundamental procedures. He alone sat on every committee and chose the first imcoming medical school class. Davison had deliberated a long time before deciding to accept both the position as Dean ofthe Medical School and Administrator ofthe Hospital. In the early days of operation, his joint position reduced conflicts and provided consistency. Davison solicited and received support from Durham's physicians. But as one of the city's leading businessmen remembers, the Duke phsyicians were always cliquish probably because of the demands of de- signing programs, their Hopkins connection, and full-time posi- tions which restricted mingling with the doctors in the area, nevertheless, when the doors opened, everyone breathed with excitement. Duke was new. On the formal dedication, held April 20, 1951, over 850 physicians from throughout the country and Canada plus repre- sentatives from 170 colleges, universities, and foundations in the United States attended the ceremonies. Dr. William H. Welch, the leader in American medicine, spoke. This silver haired and impressive gentleman declared that the dedication of the medical school and hospital was one of the most significant advances in the history of medical education in this country. Yes, unification of a medical school and hospital had become essential to progress in the prevention of disease, but this state- ment would be tested in numerous ways during the next fifty years as the economy, the profession, the public, and the federal government challenged the concept of medicine and medical education time and time again. Pamela l'Preston Reynolds . '55, iv f. ' J W s F' 'fM...J'f-:WH W.---211113: 'T: 1 limi ..-fiihfi Y-'-'.if'3ff , Y- - . .A I l QI. X H N M,,,,,..f x X U -F, I .i U ,Wi Dedimlion ofDz1he Unizierrizy Medical School, April 20, 1931. L. to R.: Dr. William Welch, johns Hopkins University, Dean David Edsall, Harvard University Medical School, Director Lewis Hill Weed, johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Dean Wilbert Davison, Duke University School of Medicineg Dean Elbert Russell, Divinity School, Duke University, President W. Preston Few, Duke University, President Thurman Kitchin, Wake Forest College. Bibliographical Note To datejames F. Gifford,Jr.'s book, The Evolution of ez Medim! Center: A History of Medicine at Duke University to 1941 is the most complete study of the origins ofDuke Medical School and Hospital, Fully documented, this book serves as a valuable resource. Wilbert C. Davison recorded the numerous steps taken in establishing the medical school and hospital in The Dnhe U nizferrity Medical Center, 1892-1960. For Durham his- tory, the standard refernce is William Boyd's book, The Story of Durham: City oflhe New South. An earlier description of the city is History ofthe Town ofDnrh:zm, N.C. C1884D by Hiram Paul. For a succinct description of the growth of the American Tobac- 98 HISTORY co Company see Patrick G. Porter, Origins of the American Tobacco Company, in Bzzrinerr History Review 45 CSpring 19695. Robert F. Durden's work, The Dukes ofDurhezrn, 1865- 1929, is the most fully documented study of the Duke family and their business and philanthropic activities. Most of the primary source material, e.g. newspapers, Minutes of City Council meetings, cemetary records, health officers' reports, and manuscripts were used in my Duke undergraduate history thesis, The Interaction Between a Philanthropist's Dream and Public Attitudes: Watts Hospital, 1895-1976 and will be in- corporated into the book on Watts Hospital I am currently writing. P.P.R. THE GROWTH OF A MEDICAL CENTER 1930-1965 When Wilbert C. Davison came to Durham in 1927 from Johns Hopkins to begin work on the new Duke University Medical School and Hospital, he was greeted by an enormous task. He had the job of designing a new curriculum, gathering a faculty, and to a large extent, designing the building and general organization of the complete medical complex, over which he took total charge. His proposals appeared radical to many, but they were developed out of a combination of a close friendship with William Osler and many years atjohns Hopkins, the post- Flexner standard of excellence in medical education, and a prodigious charge by James B. Duke to attain recognizable excellence quickly and to cooperate with the Duke Endowment in raising the standards of medical care in the Carolinas. Time proved Davison to be quite an efficacious gentleman. On July 1, 1950 the new building was completed, and on Sunday,July 20, a very hot, humid North Carolina summer day, the hospital was opened to the public. Davison lost 6 pounds and ruined a white linen suit showing visitors through the build- ing and repairing overloaded elevators. 5 The next day the hospital was opened to patients. On October 2, 1930 thirty first year and eighteen third year medical students began their stud- ies at Duke University School of Medicine. The rest is history, so to speak. Let's examine it briefly. As if it were not enough just to overcome the many and varied problems of opening a new medical school and hospital in a region that wasn't sure it needed or wanted them, Duke also had to overcome the additional hardships engendered by the post- World War I cost increases and the great Depression. These difficulties were met with a characteristic energy and ingenuity by all involved, but especially by W.C. Davison. VI' in ,V 1 1 ' lv ui. ii T . 1 . , X , , x , W Wy. T , l I l 1 x 1 vu T ' A v v 1 w - ii , I Wilburt C. Davison, Dean Wt. 'fl Construction of Davison Building, Duke Hospital, late 1920's Fir' N . Hospital entrance, 1951 ? 'A -,. 1 l Medical clinic, May, 1941 100 HISTORY The hospital had an ample patient load from the start, but only a relatively meager staff and facilities. Due to the economy of the times, a major problem was the inability of patients to pay for services. Duke outpatient clinics offered high quality, low cost care, but the demand quickly outstripped the resources. The result was, among other things, a tremendous strain on doctors in terms of time, consultations, and bill collection. The pressures led to the formation in 1931 of a very successful cooperative venture, first proposed by Deryl Hart, namely, the Private Diagnostic Clinics. The new arrangement allowed for study! research or leisure time, income security, and freedom from collection responsibilities for the doctors. It also freed the clinical departments from financial dependence on the Uni- versity, while at the same time insuring quality care for patients. Consultation was encouraged by keeping fees low and dividing whatever was collected according to the proportion each pro- vider would have received had the total bill been paid. The Department of Internal Medicine Fund, created by Chairman Fredrick M. Hanes, was another beautifully success- ful, cooperative effort. It involved pooling the funds collected, extracting overhead costs, and redistributing the remaining money based on the proportion contributed by each member in the previous year, with a provision to cushion the effect of any drastic changes. It also provided for research and salary funds to promote original investigation and assure that Duke could com- plete for top quality faculty members. x 1 J'-, ., 3' is is E fl . Dr. Deryl Hart A number of other programs were introduced in the first few years to deal with the financial difficulties. These included a flat rate scheme which tended to distribute the costs of care more evenly throughout the population and led to an increased per- centage of collections, cooperative plans, which enlisted the aid of surrounding communities, including families and friends of patients, church and civic organizations, and especially local governments in financing medical care of their indigent popula- tion, and the Hospital Care Association, a Blue Cross associated insurance plan which helped North Carolina become one of the first states where Blue Cross was available everywhere. The most important of all the efforts, however, was the P.D.C. By providing the funds to attract and secure the best medical staff in the region for Duke, it insured the success ofall the experiments and led to the day when the providers at Duke could assume the financial responsibility for their future growth and expansion. Dean Davison was no less ingenious in dealing with legal problems. Even then an occasional patient would sue the hospital. Davison had noted in the 1927 yellow pages that there were twice as many lawyers as physicians in Durham, so he obtained malpractice insurance even before the hospital opened. He was V also adept at avoiding time consuming impositions by the law. A pressing engagement once forced him to avoid a subpoena. After his secretary recognized that the deputy sherrif was de- livering a subpoena, Davision escaped through an open window thus eluding the sheriff and catching his outgoing flight. The primary objective of James B. Duke's philanthrophy was to improve the quality of medical care throughout the Carolinas. 5 As Dr. Watson R. Rankin, director of the hospital section of the Duke Endowment pointed out, adequate medi- cal care rested on a tripod of services: physicians in adequate numbers throughout the area, hospital facilities, and nursing and technical personnel. Providing hospital facilities in rural areas was the best means of assuring all three. The Endowment provided financial support for charity care, statistical analysis of medical administrative operations as compared to other hospit- als, and surplus funds to aid communities in building and equip- ing new hospitals. Duke University School of Medicine and Hospital cooper- ated with the endowment in modernizing care by training the doctors, nurses, technicians, and administrators needed in new modern hospitals, sending consultants to other hospitals where inadequacies were noted, providing a pathology service that reviewed surgical performance in hospitalsg and holding yearly three-day medical symposia for general practitioners. Nurses' training was by far the largest of the auxiliary training programs at Duke. Initially Duke offered a three year program of Graduate Nursing that led to the Diploma of Graduate Nurse, and a five year bachelors program in nursing adminis- tered through the hospital. Dr. George Minot and Dr. Fred Hanes, November, 1940 H I STORY When the hospital opened in 1930, Duke offered a program for dieticians approved by the American Dietetic Association and started an eighteen month program for laboratory techni- cians for which no accrediting agency existed at the time. In addition, Duke began the first program in hospital administra- tion in the country. The philosophy of learning by doing perme- ated all of these programs. Hospital service was the core of the curricula. Because of this and the fact that a large percentage of the graduates of these programs stayed at Duke after graduat- ing, the programs made invaluable contributions to the hospital during the first few years of expansion. After this initial period, the graduates began to spread to other hospitals in the region. The influence of the success of the total Duke program was not only regional, however, but also national. The government was increasingly involved in health care during and following the Depression, culminating in the Hill Burton Act which gave the government responsibility for the expansion of the nation's health care facilities after World War II. The Duke experience did not go unnoticed, and many ofthe provisions of the final bill reflected the principles of the Duke Endowment and its dealings with the communities of the Carolinas. Like many other Hopkins-trained administrators, Davison drew most of his faculty for the new medical school directly from the Hopkins staff. Even his faculty chosen from other institutions usually had worked at Hopkins, making Duke the most complete colony of the Hopkins. 5 The selection process Davision went through is covered in more detail in the preced- E515- Dr. George Minot on left with Dr. Harold Amoss. ca. 1932 HISTORY ing essay and the following information is for the most part supplementary. Davison's first appointment was for Professor of Medicine. He selected Harold L. Amoss, then Associate Professor of Medicine at the Hopkins. Together they chose julian D. Hart for the Department of Surgery. Then the three of them selected Wiley D. Forbus for Professor of Pathology, and so on until the faculty was complete, including F.H. Swett in Anatomy, G.S. Eadie in Physiology, David T. Smith as Associate Professor of Medicine and head of the Department of Microbiology and Bayard Carter in Obstetrics and Gynecology. The average age of the first group in 1930 was just over 37 years. Dr. Amoss was the oldest and incidentally the only department head ever to resign. Almost all had a similar philosophy. Dr. Forbus summa- rized it thus: . We felt that a medical school should not be a trade school in the ordinary sense of the word: not just an institution to train doctors to serve individuals. A student should develop a con- cept of the Science of Medicine as well as simply learn what can be done for the patient. Biological phenomena of all sorts should be studied whether or not they are applicable to current therapeutic procedures. Education should be a stimulus for the pursuit of further knowledge, not just the mastery of the body of classic and current medical knowledge. The student must be trained to make a contribution to science as well as to enter into a rational practice of medicine. 2 mfg, , 1 rn -.1 . ..... . ti QU .gig 'ww if lt. Dr. Deryl Hart, on left, with Dr. Clarence Gardner 'vsp X J- A! wr' L, -su1P ' ' 'F-s-a' vsnn-nu - rrx rw ., 1x n, If Unfortunately, all was not harmonious in the original cast. Eventually, a power struggle apparently developed between Davison and Amoss. Dr. Amoss was Davison's senior by 6 years and the only member of the young faculty to have held an appointment as Professor at Hopkins before coming to Duke. Ultimately the incompatibility led to joint resignations submit- ted by Davison and Amoss, Dr. Amoss's was accepted and Davison's rejected. Davison remained as Dean, and D.T. Smith was provisional Chairman of the Department of Medicine for one year until Dr. Fred Hanes was appointed to the position. .,.-. V .... ..., .....,... ... .,.- .. -r.t.. . V, Although the medical faculty is obviously the key to the function of a medical center, Davison felt that the chief nurse is the most important person in the hospital. 1 Davison made inquiries throughout the nation. Everone agreed that he should try to get Ms. Bessie Baker, who had been Chief Nurse of Base Hospital No. 1, the johns Hopkins unit at Bazoilles-sur-Meuse, AEP in WWI. She had a great sense of humor, for example, in WWI when a group of enlisted men Uohns Hopkins Medical School seniorsj moved a latrine in which she was sitting, she took it in stride and did not think of reporting it. Bessie Baker was greatly respected at Duke and was un- nerved but once, when her stiffly starched skirt sent a light aluminum chair in which she was attempting to sit sailing across the room, and her crashing to the floor. In 1938, after eight years as head nurse, she retired due to a severe case of shingles. Ms. Baker came out of retirement to serve in the Red Cross in WWII, but she met an untimely death when struck by an army 104 HISTORY :fe U I Bessie Baker, Head Nurse car in June of 1942. Her last words reportedly were I am glad that the driver was a major and not a private. 1 On October 2, 1950, 50 first year students and 18 third year students began their medical studies at Duke. James B. Duke requested that great care and discrimination be exercised in admitting as students only those whose previous record shows a character, determination, and application evincing a wholesome and real ambition for life. 5 Dean Davison felt that the ideal medical student and physician should have all of the following virtues: honesty, intelligence, memory, accuracy, application, intellectual curiosity, chairty, faith, humility, hope, compassion, and patience. He said the master word of medicine is work. He was 'not kidding. The students found the work hard and the standards high. After two quarters, almost half the first year class received strong warnings to improve markedly. Most of the other Hrst year students and a few in the third year class received mild warnings. Given the choice between proctored exams and an honor system, the students chose the latter. One in four of those admitted for the first five freshman classes failed to finish the medical course at Duke, most because they were asked to withdraw by the faculty. Initially, a large majority of students were from the South, including many from small towns and rural areas. As the reputa- tion of Duke grew, the proportion of rural students fell, until in 1940 they made up only llfk of the class. Over this same period, students had increased their premed education from two or three years of college to the equivalent of a bachelors degree. At Duke nferhgsftaff in the old amphitheater October 4, 1950 the same time the failure rate also dropped significantly. In the early thirities many medical students lived in what became Nott Ward. Most of the rest lived in dorms on West Campus, while the house staff lived in what became Meyer Ward. There was a large lounge in what eventually became the day room where a very used baby grand piano resided. The usual around-the-clock craps game was played there too. Along with the other problems inherent in beginning a medical school, Duke was faced with the dilemna of what to teach and what to skip. The Hopkins-influenced liberal curricu- lum that Davison introduced pre-supposed that self-education was best. In an era of rapidly expanding medical knowledge, it was impossible to teach everything, and there was no way of knowing what directions the students would take after medical school. Davison felt that students needed to learn the fun- damentals of the science and aft of medicine, the habits of self-study, and the capacity for observation, analysis and deduc- tion. The curriculum that he offered devoted about half of its time to the acquisition of fundamental knowledge through required courses, while the remainder was devoted to elective pursuits, including courses, research and independent study. The only stipulation was that the student demonstrate wise use of the elective time. Students were encouraged to spend time away from Duke at other institutions in the U.S. and abroad. In support of this liberalized curriculum Davison argued that the curricula of most medical schools were overcrowded with required instruc- tion in numerous subjects. He also felt that most students know by the second or third year of medical school which type of work they expect to do. The new curriculum, he felt, would allow them to pursue their interests and provide them a much more useful educational experience. As will be seen later, this same philosophy led, many years later, to the introduction of another liberalized curriculum, strikingly similar in many ways to Davison's original offering. The curriculum was based on a quarter system rather than semesters and designed so that students could go summers if desired. Thus they could get out in three years instead of four. Davison also wanted to allow carefully selected students to enter medical school after only two years of undergraduate work so that their total time from high school to M.D. could be as little as five years. The first two years were mostly preclinical sciences with emphasis on laboratory work, and students were encouraged to use texts and current journal articles to supplement their lab work. Lectures were considered secondary to the lab, and small group conferences were preferred. No numerical grades were given, the importance of written exams was minimized. Before transfer from the lab to the wards, students were taught history taking and physical examination by the Depart- ment of Medicine. They had to demonstrate proficiency in routine lab procedures by taking written and oral exams. juniors worked as clerks on the wards, and seniors worked in outpatient clinics under conditions more like those of an office practice. On the wards students were responsible for histories, physicals, and laboratory work, and in the first few years when house staff were in short supply, the workload was extremely heavy, with as many as eleven new workups per day fthe good old days ?D. Instructional clinics covered, over a two year period, all of the problems commonly faced by the practicing physician. The students were required to present only a few patients and they were responsible for the relevant text and recent journal material on each. Evaluation of students was carried out chiefly on the wards. HISTORY Duke was the only school in the country to require two years of internship before awarding the M.D. degree. Seventeen others required one year. Despite vigorous protests by the first graduating class in 1932, students were awarded only certifi- cates on graduation day to be returned and exchanged for de- grees after the two year requirement was completed. As for postgraduate medical education, Duke originally offered only straight internships because Davison felt that rotat- ing internships did not give the doctor sufficient experience in any one field to be valuable. He felt that straight internships were the best preparation for the specialties and that combina- tions of straight internships in two or three fields were the best preparation for general practice. Interns were responsible for checking student workups and doing workups on patients not seen by students, as well as making the 24 hour decisions necessary for patient care. On difficult decisions the intern consulted the assistant resident who was responsible for a number of wards and oversaw the work of the interns and students. The assistant resident usually completed this segment of his training in 2 or 3 years before advancing to senior resident.. It was the senior resident who made it go. He planned the programs for the interns and assistant residents and was responsible for bedside rounds with the students, as well as the bulk of the basic clinical teaching for students. Each week ended on Saturday with the clinicopatholo- gic conference CCPCD which was religiously attended and fre- quently accented by fierce debate, unlike today's sedate confer- ences. Medical education at Duke was characterized by a close asso- ciation between the faculty, house staff, and students. Both staff and students were welcome at autopsies, which were performed in the pathology arnphitheatre on the second floor, and at de- liveries. The autopsies were usually like a CPC, and the staff was notified of them by the paging of Dr. Rokitanskyn on the P.A. system. The paging of Dr. Phoenix meant that a delivery was in progress. Hospital teaching was the first priority of the faculty of Duke during the thirties. They felt that this not only met Duke's responsibility for improving medical care in the Carolinas, but also led to higher quality graduates by whom Duke would ultimately be judged. Learning by doing was the principle that united the curriculum. just as important as the organization ofthe curriculum was the attitude and example of the faculty, which at Duke was almost Without exception biased towards specialization. The duke pro- fessors were all specialists themselvesg the house staff were for the most part interested in specialty training, and Duke had only straight internships. Davison noted himself that residents already in specialty programs discouraged interns who showed an interest in general practice after internship. Residency pro- grams were opening up all over the country, and it was well known that a specialist could look forward to earning more than a generalist, so the emphasis and orientation were toward spe- cialization. Later on, another contributing factor to the in- crease in specialization by Duke graduates was the fact that a large proportion ofthe alumni were in the service during WWII. In the military they noted that specialists received higher rank and pay, which tended to steer them in that direction. Thus it is no surprise that greater than 60W of the students entering Duke during the thirties eventually entered into the practice of a speciality. By the middle of the decade, with its clientel and professional staff growing and the graduates being well accepted into post graduate training programs, the Duke faculty began to delegate relatively more time to research, particularly to those medical problems peculiar to the Carolinas. The original philosophy of Duke and the necessary schedule of priorities placed patient care and teaching above research. Paucity of patients, time, and money made initial research efforts relatively meager. However, it was accepted that a good teacher, in order to keep his own spirit of inquiry alive and to instill this enthusiasm into his students, must be involved in some original investigation. Thus the research pattern that emerged during the decade of the 30's was characterized by a melding of the clinical and basic sciences, each complementing the other toward the dual ends of generating new knowledge and solving the particular medical problems of the area and specific needs of the clinicians at Duke. fha L to R: Dr. ?, Dr. Deryl Hart, Dr. Ed Alyea, Dr. Lenox HISTORY year class vs. softball game, ca. 1940 Medical research in the 50's was in two general areas. The first involved diseases caused by deficiencies in the body. Pellagra, being widespread in the region at that time, became a major research interest. Duke investigators were in the forefront among those responsible for the isolation and demonstration of nicotinic acid as the curative agent in the disease. The other major area was diseases caused by infectious organisms, and Duke's major contribution in this area was research on American blastomycosis or Gilchrists disease, which was particularly common in the South. In general, Duke researchers developed techniques enabling physicians to differentiate between fungal and tuberculin disease. Specifically, bacteriologist Donald Martin developed a com- plement fixation test for diagnosing Cilchrists disease, and Dr. David T. Smith showed the relationship between the allergic status of patients and their response to potasium iodide therapy. With his desensitization technique, Dr. Smith was able to tremendously im- prove that response to potassium iodide. Dr. Bayard Carter and his staff in OB X GYN did some impor- tant pioneering Work in determining normal vaginal flora and detecting and differentiating fungal and anaerobic organisms. This led to the ability to differentiate normal and diseased states and also to the development of effective therapies. Dr. Edwin C. Hamblen did pioneering work in gynecologic endocrinology. On the surgical side, Dr. Deryl Hart in the 30's designed a system of bacteriocidal ultraviolet lights that tremendously reduced the incidence of post-operative infec- tions, especially Staphylococcal, which all too frequently fol- lowed radical procedures and child birth. Dr. Bayard Carter Rokifansky Jap.. i . T x--. 1 i 1 Ii i 'v w ,i v ti 3235 . Vi . M532 ' .....,- fi - H 1. V, 13 i. i 1' I wg 1 .l .N - .. it - Dr. Edwin C. Hamblen 4 HISTORY 107 On the preclinical side, Work in pharmacology by Dr. Fred- rick Bernheim led to the development of para-aminosalicylic acid as a treatment for tuberculosis. As the decade progressed, research began to take a higher priority at the University because the curriculum was becoming more solidified, classes were being filled, the patient census was approaching capacity and the house staff was growing by leaps and bounds. Also, as time progressed, industry, private founda- tions and the federal government began funding research pro- jects that would eventually determine the direction of research and take the primary initiative out of the hands of the investiga- tors at the University. An example of this is the work of Dr. Joseph W. Beard in the Division of Experimental Surgery. In the late thirties he received a substantial grant from Lederly Laboratories, a subsidiary of American Cyanimid Company, to develop a vaccine for equine encephalomyelitis. The successful vaccine that resulted led to the donation of profits from its use to the University, and thus a continuing source of funds was cre- ated. The work also attracted funds from the National Cancer Institute, which funded further work at Duke on equine en- cephalomyelitis and other work on tumor viruses. Thus, during the Depression decade, research at Duke was primarily determined by the clinical problems, personal in- terests and previous experience of the investigators, the stage of the development of the hospital and medical school, and lastly by the availability of funds. The early research illustrates the predominance of the first two factors in the work of Carter, Hamblen, and Hart. But Beard's work presaged a new era in research as funding became predominantly external, and thus the directions of research became less and less determined by internal factors and more by external factors. As the larger funds ofthe government, industry and the foundations began support- ing research, they also began to set its goals. For example, the L! . , Dr Joseph W Beard Dr. Clarence Gardner NIH was a major funding agency and became very important in determining directions in research. The universities them- selves, however, continued to be the basic research agencies. When World War II broke out the medical faculty at Duke volunteered their services to the Surgeon General of the Army to set up a General Hospital unit similar to the N.C.-based Hospital 99665 of World War I, which Dr. Hanes had commanded. Thus the 65th General Hospital was formed with Dr. Elbert L. Persons, jr., Assistant Professor of Medicine, as Director and Dr. Clarence Gardner,Jr., Professor of Surgery, as the Chief of the Surgical Services. The hospital was staffed by Duke faculty and alumni who had at least one year's internship experience. The 65the General Hospital was eventually transferred to Eng- land for duty in the European theatre. l l Nursing corps of the 65th General Hospital i Medical corps of the 65th General Hospital x 'SKK 65th Medical Corps camping on East Side Parking Lot -jan 6, 1945 HISTORY X Dr. Bernard Fetter, picture taken either 1942 ot 1980 Ten days prior to Pearl Harbor, Duke became the first school to adopt the Army-Navy specialized Accelerated Training Prog- ram. The class size was increased and accelerated summer courses were offered. Forty-four percent of the Duke medical faculty and almost all graduates fthe oldest being 385 were on active duty. Many house staff were forced to enlist. Bernard Fetter, then a surgical intern, was among them. Following the war he went to johns Hopkins where he did a residency in pathology. Afterwards he obtained an appointment at Vanderbilt where he stayed until he was invited by Dr. Forbus to join the Pathology Department at Duke. Dr. Fetter has since become a widely respected and distinguished pathologist, Duke is fortunate that he returned. In addition to the hospital unit and accelerated training prog- ram that Duke supplied, some 200 faculty, including most ofthe senior professors of the medical school, organized themselves informally as the Duke Council for American Defense. This group surveyed the resources of the University that might be useful in national emergencies and generally informed the local community to prepare for whatever turn the war might take. The postwar years saw many changes in medicine in general, and at Duke specifically. The post-Depression years and the war experience convinced many that big government was not so bad afterall, and government began taking a more active role in determining direc- tions in health care and in medical research and education. In the era of antibiotics and new effective drugs for hypertension, psychiatric illness, radical new surgical procedures, etc., the nation became convinced that we could solve most of our problems if we just pumped enough money into research. These factors and others led to tremendous increases in federal funding of medical cen- ters and especially basic medical research. For example, at Duke in fiscal year 1947-48, Public Health Service Research Grant and Contract money totaled 35151, 1 50 or ZOWJ of total Universi- ty research money. In 1956-57 the grants were 3B963,677 or 35'Z1 of total research money, and by 1965-66 the numbers had ballooned to 36,873,516 and 5295 of the total. This had a number of effects, one of which was increased emphasis on the basic sciencesl Directions in research became progressively less determined by internal and local needs and more by national priorities. The basic science emphasis helped to generate a rapid growth in biomedical knowledge. The effects of the postwar changes on the medical curriculum at Duke are covered later. These years also witnessed remark- able expansion in the medical center. For example, in 1930 when the medical school facilities opened, the faculty numbered 75. In 1945 that number had grown to 199. But by 1964 the number of the medical school faculty was almost 430 and grow- ing rapidly. In this era of growth and basic research emphasis, ' h members of the medical Staff, left to right, Dr. J21Ck D- MCYCTS1 Df' Walter H' Largmt Ur' John nlmman Dr. Eugene Stead on right wit 110 HISTORY POST WAR EXPANSIONS 1955 The Veterans Administration Hospital 1957 Hospital addition Out-patient Clinics 1962 Gerontology and D8cT building CBlue Zone? 1963 Clinical Research Building I CBlue Zone? 1967 Barnes Woodhall Building 5th floor addition CRed Zoneb 1968 Clinical Research Building II Nanaline I-I. Duke Building 1969 Marshall I. Pickens Building 1970 Research Park Buildings I, II, III, and IV 1971 Civitan Building 1972 Parking Garage 9641 1973 Alex H. Sands, Jr. Building Duke Eye Center 1975 Seeley G. Mudd Building I - Animal Laboratory Isolation Facility 1976 Edwin L. jones Basic Cancer Research Building 1978 Edwin A. Morris Clinical Cancer Research Building 1979 Parking Garage 942 1980 Duke Hospital North Duke became established as a major tertiary care center and the imbalance between clinical and basic science was erased. While the basic science departments were experiencing phenomenal growth, the clinical departments attained prominence due to the leadership of a number of young men, many of whom arrived after Duke had established itself as a tertiary care center. They promoted research and fostered academic competitiveness. Eugene Stead came to Duke from Emory in 1947 to succeed Dr. Hanes as Chairman of the Department of Medicine. He has since gained a national reputation as a great clinician. Dr. Clar- ence Gardner led the Department of Surgery for many years and helped it gain national recognition. He also founded the Durham Cerebral Palsy Hospital. Dr. Deryl Hart became in- volved in the executive branch of the medical center after many years as head of the Department of Surgery. He eventually became president of the University and saw it through some very hard times in the 1960's that frequently verged on catas- trophe. Other 'important clinicians include Jerome Harris in Pediatrics, Edwald Busse in Psychiatry,James B. Wyngaarden in Medicine, David C. Sabiston, Jr. in Surgery, Roy T. Parker in OBXGYN, Thomas Kinney in Pathology, and many others who were integral to the growth and stature of Duke. The contributions of many of these leaders are covered in detail elsewhere in this volume. David C. Sabiston, jr., M.D. Roy T. Parker, M.D. ,I L.,-V V, ' 1 it , .1'4.- dw. .V James B. Wyngaarden, MD. F Thomas Kinney, M.D. Ewald Busse, M.D. HISTORY For Duke University Medical Center 1965 may ultimately be known as the year the future was charted . . . For it was in the year of the Big Decision - the year the center, along with the University, unveiled a new master plan that would literally change the profile of one of the South's outstanding educational institutions. This quote from the 1966 Aerrulapian does not refer to a plan to bomb UNC, but rather to the announcement by the medical center of a three-year 3528.8 million plan to meet future demands for more physicians and nurses, and to provide more and better medical facilities. In that year, Duke not only began its prodigious construction venture, but increased by 607g the number of doctors and nurses trained at Duke. It also increased the number of beds to 1,000, making Duke the largest hospital in the state, began a new organ transplant program, with the first successful kidney transplant in North Carolina, and started the first program in the country to train Physician's Associates. There were numerous other accomplishments, however, in the view of many, the crowning achievement of this era of change was the introduction in 1966 of the new curri- culum. ' The 1930 medical curriculum at Duke was a model of flex- ibility within tradition. The tradition entailed the use ofa 4 year 2 + 2 curriculum established at Johns Hopkins and made normative by the Flexner report. Flexibility was evidenced by the allowance of 467, elective time in the program. However, the pressures bearing on the design eventually proved over- whelming. The original liberalized curriculum was doomed to failure in that the inexperience of students made it almost impossible for them to design their elective time judiciously and led the faculty to reassess the medical curriculum. Also, new medical knowl- edge was being accumulated at an alarming rate, literally a knowledge explosion , and each new fact vied for a position in the limited amount of time that material could be presented. In 1930 it was still possible to present all that was known in biochemistry and microbiology. However, the desire to make a complete presentation lingered long after it became impractical to do so. With the tremendous surges in biomedical research in the 40's and 50's, information began accumulating so fast that the turnover rate for factual information in medicine was esti- mated to be a mere 5 years. The teach it all mentality led to pressure for required time in some fields, which resulted in parallel demands in other fields. Courses enlarged and overlap- ped and elective time diminished year by year. The curriculum began breaking down first in the preclinical departments, because it was felt that although the students were grasping the factual material they were not developing maturity of judgement. The block system did not allow them time to reflect on what they were doing. The first change was that Anatomy and Pathology were given more time. As the emphasis shifted towards more comprehensive coverage of the medical knowledge, the faculty members began essentially to compete with each other for time to present their subjects more ade- quately Ctranslate thoroughly D. Some well attended elective courses became required, and the content of the curriculum came to reflect more the experience of the faculty and less the specific interests of the students. During the last years of the decade 1930-1940 the disman- tling of the original curriculum was completed by the clinical departments. Originally, emphasis was placed on Medicine and Surgery, but as Pediatrics and OB! GYN grew and as the subspe- cialties of Medicine and Surgery grew, these expanding fields demanded more and more time. The pressure was eased somewhat in the middle 50's, with an HISTORY lin...-3' Dr. Philip Handler increase in the number of clock hours in the curriculum. This re-evaluation period also led to a proposal by Dr. Philip Handler for a training program for clinical investigators, eventually re- sulting in the Research Training Program. Initiated in the fall of 1959 under the direction ofjames B. Wyngaarden, then Associ- ate Professor of Medicine and Biochemistry, the Research Training Program was a nine month course designed to train a select group of students to do research, with a twenty-week original project. In August 1961, the management consultant firm of Booz, Allen, and Hamilton, in a report on future planning, recom- mended the development of strong basic science departments for a school with the national reputation that Duke had. The years 1959 to 1961 also saw the retirement of W.C. Davison and several of the original department chairmen. This made future change much more likely. The new Dean, Barnes Woodhall, was strongly in favor of implementing the ideas recommended by Booz, Allen, and Hamilton. Also, Dr. Hart retired as Professor of Surgery to become President of Duke University, bringing the University and the Medical School closer together. In this atmosphere planning for a new curricu- lum was begun. Any new curriculum wouldobviously have to address itself to the problem of the rapid turnover of medical facts. To this end it was decided that each department would have to weed out what it considered all but absolutely necessary factual material, leav- ing what was called the core content of the discipline. This weeding process was not to be merely a condensation and concentrationn, but rather a thorough examination of the prin- ciples and methodology of each discipline. ,rf 51 'X 4 s l I X .f ' i 'S . fl If N ' . .X X, J , Dr. Barnes Woodhall It was also felt that the traditional curricula tended to equate teaching with learning, presented only what the faculty wanted to teach, and left little elective time for students to pursue studies of their own choosing. Thus the new curriculum was to maximize elective time and provide for the possibility of a variety of learning experiences built around a central core. This would also allow a student to pursue one area of knowledge in depth, through research or independent study. Other advan- tages gained by a curriculum that ensured elective time would be early differentiation into particular special interests while retaining the option for a general education, dovetailing of undergraduate and post graduate training and avoidance of areas of duplication. The emphasis would definitely be on the produc- tion of specialists. It was felt that given the increasing im- portance of scientific research in modern medical practice, the specialization of the Duke faculty and the fact that virtually no Duke graduates were entering general practice, the elective curriculum was not specifically directed to the production of general practitioners. 6 Another factor determining the final design of the new curri- culum was the belief that students needed to see patients earlier than was usually possible under the standard 2 + 2 curricu- lum. The planners thought that the students should begin to see patients after one year of study of the core knowledge of medicine. Afterall, patient contact is what most students enter medicine for. But another key to this design was that after a year with patients, students could go back to the study of basic medical sciences with a direction and increased appreciation not likely under the traditional program. After this 5rd year of elective basic science pursuits, the students would spend their fourth year in clinical courses of their choosing in preparation for their planned career. The idea of offering the new curriculum to some students, while training another group simultaneously under the tradi- tional system was considered for a time but eventually dismissed as impractical. It was felt that if Duke was going to go with the new idea, it should go all the way. The planners originally hoped to offer the new curriculum in 1964, but inevitable problems arose which delayed its imple- mentation. A major difficulty was deciding what was to consti- tute the core curriculum. Obviously, if time was to be available for elective study to the tune of 50W of the curriculum in a program that at the time offered essentially none, some major sacrifices in required time would have to be made. The process was painful, particularly for the basic science departments which commanded a large share of the old system. The Department of Anatomy was especially affected by the change. Under the old curriculum they controlled 53 1 hours of student time. The new curriculum left them with only 252. However, the basic scien- tists were assuaged somewhat with the promise that the more interested and motivated students would return in the 3rd year for individual in-depth study. Financial problems also contributed to the delay in imple- mentation. But with the major problems resolved, a grant by the Commonwealth Fund in 1965 to finance the additional faculty needed, combined with funds from the University and contribu- tions by the clinical faculty through the Private Diagnostic Cli- nics, led to the announcement of the new curriculum for the fall of 1966. THE OLD CURRICULUM THE NEW CURRICULUM FIRST YEAR FIRST YEAR Anatomy FIRST TERM Biochemistry Anatomy Physiology Biochemistry Psychiatry Physiology Generics Psychobiology SECOND TERM Pathology Microbiology Pharmacology Psychobiology Physical Diagnosis Clinical Microscopy Preventative Medicine SECOND YEAR SECOND YEAR Microbiology Medicine Pathology Obstetrics Clinical Microscopy Pediatrics Clinical Diagnosis Psychiatry Preventive Medicine Surgery Surgery Pharmacology THIRD YEAR THIRD YEAR Psychiatry Electives Surgery Medicine Obstetrics 84 Gynecology FOURTH YEAR FOURTH YEAR Surgery Electives Medicine Pediatrics Elective HISTORY 1 13 At the end of the 1966 school year, Duke was looking anx- iously to a new era in medical education - the new curriculum. It was also anticipating the completion of the new entrance building which would house OBXGYN and Radiology, and to the completion of Medical Science Building I. Everyone also looked wistfully toward the construction of a second medical science building, a sorely needed new library with a computer and bibliography system, a new private patient wing, and lastly a new locker, lounge, and cafeteria facilities for medical students. Well, those things and much more have become realities for Duke University. But the most exciting thing remains: the constant desire to progress and to improve, that characteristic which has been the driving force of the University from its inception. It has been this desire or rather the successful conver- sion of this desire into a dynamic reality that has made Duke one of the most important medical centers in America and the world. Frank J. Spence Aerial view of Duke Medical School, ca 1940 1 Davison, W.C., The Duke Medical Center H892-19601, 1966. Duke University Medical School Yearbooks, including S tetloo- scope, 1950, Aeseulupiun, 1960, 1965, 1966, 1978. Duke University Financial Report 1947 X 48 through 1965 X 66. Duke University School of Medicine Bulletin 1950!51 through 1964 !!65. Gifford, james F. Jr., Evolution of u Medical Center, Duke Uni- versity Press, 1972. Giffordjames F. Jr., ed., Undergraduate Medical Education und the Eleetioe System, Duke University Press, 1-978. if Anylan, W.G. and Sabiston, D.C. Jr., A New Approach to HISTORY Medical Education, Surgery, Vol. 62,July 1967, p. 134-140. Davison, Wilburt C., An M.D. Degree Five Years After High School, jAMA, june 2, 1928. Davison, Wilburt C., Liberalizing the Curriculum, Southern Medieuljournul, Vol. 21, December 1928, P. 983. Note on Sources: About 50W of this essay is made up of direct plagiarism of the above sources. Another 25W or so is paraphrasingg i,e., I left out the hard words and rearranged the rest. The rest is total fabrica- tion and not to be taken seriously. THE YEARS 1965-1980 The fifteen years between 1965 and 1980 were the era of the elective curriculum. During this time it was planned, geared up, adjusted, and evaluated. The elective curriculum is by no means perfect but to judge and understand it, a historical perspective is necessary. THE IDEA Duke Medical School opened its doors in 1930. Since many of the first faculty members had been recruited from john Hopkins Medical School, the design of our curriculum was understandably very similar to the one at Hopkins. In its early years the Duke curriculum allowed nearly half 446m of the student's studies to be in elective courses. Unfortunately, as medical knowledge burgeoned over the next three decades, the faculty instituted more required time at the cost of decreasing the elective time. The zenith of this trend was reached in 1955 when, of the 5,148 teaching hours over the four years, only 17 were elective time! The chart below depicts this progression of declining elective time: YEAR PERCENTAGE OF HOURS PERCENTAGE OF HOURS IN REQUIRED COURSES IN ELECTIVE COURSES 1930 54 46 1935 72 28 1940 83 17 1945 92 8 1950 97 3 1955 97 0.3 1960 84 16 After 1955 the elective time could not realistically be further decreased, so the emphasis shifted to increasing the total num- ber of hours in the curriculum. At that point many faculty members and students alike decided it was time for an overall evaluation of the curriculum. The discussions over the next few years frequently centered around the concept of a Research Training Program. Engineered by Dr. Philip Handler, Profes- sor of Biochemistry, the program was designed to familiarize a few students with the fundamentals of basic science research in expectation of their becoming faculty members in basic science departments in the future. The students selected would take nine months off to do research after the completion of their first two years of medical school. It was against this background that a very important meeting occurred in November of 1961 in Dr. I-Indler's office. In addition to Dr. Handler, Dr. Eugene Stead, Chairman of the Department of Medicine, Dr. Thomas Kinney, Chairman of the Department of Pathology, and Dr. Jerome Harris, Chairman of a patient Stead I u the Department of Pediatrics were present. Ironically - or perhaps typically - none of the participants can recall the original purpose of the meeting. After the formal business was concluded, they turned their attention to their favorite alba- tross, the curriculum. Certain criticisms won unanimous agreement: 13 The curriculum was much too inflexible. Even though medicine offered such a diversity of specialties, a student could not vary his! her curricular content to coincide with his! her interests. Similarly, a student was precluded from exploring one particular field of interest in depth. 2D Instead of promoting creativity or original research, the curriculum inhibited it. The student learned basic sciences dur- ing the first two years when he! she could not appreciate their clinical pertinence. Rather than a sense of appreciation and interest, a feeling of frustration and a sense of distaste for these subjects developed. Only after the clinical skills have been mastered does a physician realize the importance of a sound background in the basic sciences, but then the rigors of practice make it too late for the average physician to pursue these areas of importance. 33 Students were not exposed to clinical areas until quite late in the curriculum, thereby discouraging early career decisions. By delaying such decisions, a student could not construct a curricular program in accord with his! her career plans. As discussions about a new curriculum continued, some tenets evolved. To appreciate and understand clinical training, a fundamental vocabulary was necessary before a student started hisfher clinical studies. Secondly, the curriculum revisions must be for all students. The concept of revising the curriculum for some students and retaining the traditional one for others was not acceptable. However, in this new curriculum multiple paths should be open to students to pursue their own career interests. Thirdly, even though the new approach would radically de- crease the basic sciences taught before clinical exposure, admis- sion to Duke Medical School should not be shifted to include only students with very strong science backgrounds. HISTORY With this conceptual basis a unique curriculum slowly took shape. The first year would provide a student with the core material needed to understand the clinical experiences he! she would encounter on the wards during the second year. The third and fourth years would be entirely elective, with approximately one half of the student's time being involved in basic science studies and one half in clinical rotations. Students thus would be encouraged to design their own elective experiences. These aims were articulately stated in a grant proposal to the Commonwealth Foundation for financial assistance in institut- ing this curricular format: Cl5 to provide a strong academic basis for a lifetime of growth within the profession of medicine, with the de- velopment of technical competency, proficiency, and the proper attitudes peculiar to the practice of medicine as well as appreciation of the broader social and service re- sponsibilities, C25 to establish for the first year a basic science program which will fulfill the purposes of the increasingly heterogeneous student bodyg C35 to offer both clinical and basic science education simultaneously, 445 to permit the student to explore his personal intellectual preferences and capabilities, C55 to allow study in depth in selected areas, either basic science or clinical, C65 to pro- vide greater freedom of course selection, and thus to encourage earlier career decision, C75 to achieve better integration of the medical school curriculum with residen- cy training and the practice of medicine. The Commonwealth Foundation did unanimously approve the Duke request, and thus the class entering in the fall of 1966 became the first class of the New Curriculum. THE FORMAT The new curriculum proved to be much more than just a different compartmentalization of the medical school years. In essence, the basic science departments were asked not to cram everything into one year that they had previously taught in two years, but rather to define a core of knowledge that a student should possess before entering the clinical year. It was not an attempt to provide a student with all the facts hefshe needed to be a competent physician - that should occur throughout the last three years. Rather, its purpose was to provide a student with the tools hefshe would need in approaching clinical prob- lems. Under the old curriculum Biochemistry and Genetics, Phy- siology, and Anatomy were taught in the first year, with Pharma- cology, Pathology, Microbiology, Human Behavior, Physical Diagnosis, Laboratory Microscopy, and Community Health Sci- ences taught in the second year. Clinical courses were then taken in the third and fourth years. The current curriculum is outlined below: YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 Term 1 Term 2 Anatomy Pathology Medicine Basic Clinical Biochemistry Microbiology Surgery Science Science Physiology Phamacology Obstetrics Electives Electives Neurological Human Pediatrics Sciences Behavior Psychiatry Generics Introduction to Clinical Medicine HISTORY Each basic science department teaches a core course in the first year and then offers electives in the third year. The first year's schedule runs: Mid-August through Thanksgiving Biochemistry 105 hours Physiology 1 19 hours Gross Anatomy 106 hours Microanatomy 101 hours Genetics 29 hours Thanksgiving through Christmas 'Neuroanatomy 57 hour-5 Neurophysiol0gY 31 hours January through Mid-May Pathology 214 hours Microbiology and Immunology 160 hours Pharmacology 121 hours Human Behavior 61 hours Mid-May through july First Introduction to Clinical Medicine 170 hours Community and Family Medicine 59 hours The second year is comprised of five eight-week rotations in Medicine, Surgery, Psychiatry, Pediatrics, and Obstetrics and Gynecology. These cover a total of forty weeks. Third and fourth years are all elective with half of each student's time being spent in basic science and half in clinical science. This totals about thirty-two weeks each year. Passage of Parts I and II of the National Board Examination is now required for graduation. Students in medical center amphitheatre P' THE FIRST YEAR For the new curriculum to be successful, the general approach to each year had to be reassessed. Furthermore, each depart- ment had to review its own approach to the different years. This required an enormous amount of time, energy, and willingness to compromise. Departmental autonomy has a strong tradition at Duke and for the new curriculum to function effectively, it required support and commitment from all the departments. This was most obviously seen in the revision of the first year. The goal was simple: to trim down two years of basic science material to a core of information to be crammed into eight months of the first year. The real difficulty arose in trying to decide what to include and where. Each department had to justify the number of hours it was allocated. To appreciate the dimensions of this burden, a comparision of the number of hours assigned to the departments in the respective curricula is helpful: DEPARTMENT OLD NEW CURRICULUM CURRICULUM Anatomy CGross, Micro, and Neurol 531 252 Biochemistry 208 117 Physiology 558 150 Microbiology and Immunology 164 160 Pharmacology 110 121 Pathology 348 214 Introduction to Clinical Medicine 364 96 This burden of trimming hours and lectures fell most oner- ously on the Anatomy Department. Under the old curriculum 531 hours were allocated to anatomy Whereas under the new it was reduced to less than half that number, 252 hours. This required a complete restructuring of the approach to anatomy. Minor changes such as reducing the number of lectures on cell biology and increasing the structure of the course were insti- tuted. The greatest issue, however, was how to teach Gross Anat- omy most effectively. During the first years of the new curricu- lum, dissections were attempted on fetuses rather than on adult cadavers. That failed completely. Students complained that they could not see what they were supposed to see and that adult anatomy was different from fetal anatomy. The faculty com- plained that the physical space was too limited. Next, complete abandonment of individual dissection was tried. That, too, met with clisfavor, for first year students want the experience of dissection. It was seen as an ingrained tradition in medicine and one worth retaining. Finally, the Anatomy Department came to the existing solution - six students on a cadaver, four dissecting at one time while the other two are attending different lectures or films. Because of the limited time for Gross Anatomy i100 hoursl, it is an intense experience, but the compromise seems to be working well. Students feel at ease with their knowledge of anatomy, and there has been no uproar from the clinical depart- ments wr-fz-vzk students' inadequacies in anatomy. The Anat- omy Department is to be commended for its continued attempts to meet the students, needs and desires. Anatomy, however, was not the only department that had to undergo major changes in approach. Previously some of the departments had viewed their courses as serving two purposes - to familiarize students with a foundation of information and to allow students to explore some area in depth. This latter purpose included literature searches and critical analysis of arti- cles, thus by necessity involving an in-depth exposure to a Gross anatomy lab, John Kreit limited area. The Physiology Department in the old curriculum devoted ten weeks to providing the basic fund of knowledge and then six weeks to this intensive topical study. The department quickly realized that the continuation of this approach in the first year would be inconsistent with the theory of the new curriculum. Instead the department separated these diverse goals into distinct goals for the different years. They would provide the core during the first year and then encourage students to gain the in-depth experience during the third year. That has worked exceedingly well and is in consonance with the purposes of the new curriculum. In the pre-1967 curriculum Biochemistry was taught over a twenty week period with three hours of lecture, two hours of small group discussion and six hours of laboratory experience per week. By the fourth year of the new curriculum, the labora- tory portion was dropped from the core course. The scope of the students' concept of biochemistry would be limited without the laboratory experience, but the new approach must empha- size useful information. The return in utilizable information per hour of laboratory time is far less than from lectures or small group discussions, it is simply not a luxury that one can enjoy in an accelerated curriculum. The chart on the next page should provide an idea of the magnitude of the change: ly'f ' First year microantomy lab HISTORY CONTACT HOURS IN BIOCHEMISTRY Traditional Curriculum 1975 Lectures 58 CZVZ5 56 44815 Laboratory 120 C55Wp5 01 OZ5 Group Conference 40 618155 29 CZSW15 Clinical Conference 0 C OWQD 32 1279275 . 208 C1000755 117 1100755 The Microbiology Department came to a similar conclusion about lab time. Their reasoning was that individual practitioners would no longer be performing the tests themselves, but would be sending them off to central laboratories. Thus, lab time was cut over 50 per cent and labs were used not for their practical value to the individual doctor but as demonstrations of the lecture subjects and for stimulation of the students' imagina- tions. The new curriculum was instituted during the late '60s at a time when students were questioning everything. No longer could a professor merely state Learn this , students wanted to know why and what was its clinical pertinence. In response to this attitude many of the first year courses attempted to demon- strate the bridge to clinical practice through clinical correlation conferences. CThe extent of this is obvious in the preceding tab1e5. Biochemistry and Genetics now frequently present pa- tients with specific metabolic deficiencies to demonstrate the disease entities. Microbiology also developed numerous clinical presentations. With the advent of the new curriculum, small group discus- sions became popular. Each class was divided up into seven lab sessions of about sixteen students each. Biochemistry, Physiolo- gy and Pharmacology utilized these groupings for weekly small group conferences. Professors would participate to clarify or emphasize different areas. This was an attempt to personalize the education by encouraging students to ask questions and to Dr. Page Anderson explaining cardiac physiology 1 18 HISTORY develop a true understanding of the subject. Further changes have occurred since the institution of the new curriculum. Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology are taught in a mini-term before Christmas. Currently, Gross Anat- omy, Genetics, Biochemistry, Physiology, and Microanatomy are begun at the opening of school in mid-August and end with finals before Thanksgiving. Upon returning from the Thanks- giving break, an intense three-week course in Neuroanatomy and Neurophysiology is presented with finals before Christmas. Students then return the Hrst week in january to start a new semester of Pathology, Pharmacology, Human Be- havior, Microbiology, and Immunology. Thus, the new curriculum brought with it remarkable changes in the first year. By encouraging each department to answer the question, What is the core of knowledge for your discipline that a student needs to appreciate clinical problems?, and its corollary, How best can we present this body of information air-a-zfzk our discipline?, a complete reassessment of the medi- cal curriculum was undertaken. The results for the first year? 15 Deleting, then reinstating dissection of cadaversg 25 Redehning the purpose of laboratory time, 35 Emphasizing small group question and answer sessionsg 45 Instituting clinical correlations. The end of the spring semester, however, does not mark the end of the first year. Under the new curriculum a student would enter clinical rotations in the second year. One of the most difficult questions posed was how to prepare students for that experience. Traditionally, Physical Diagnosis and Clinical Mi- croscopy courses were given during the second year. Physical Diagnosis taught history-taking and the physical examination and included daily lectures and twice-weekly on-ward physical diagnosis in groups of four to eight students. This totalled 208 hours. Clinical Microscopy featured lectures and labs on master- ing simple laboratory techniques, 156 hours were allotted to this. First year medical students in lab In the new curriculum this method was not feasible. Conse- quently, a special six-week course called Introduction to Clini- cal Medicine was designed to run from mid-May to the first of July. The time for the courses was reduced to 96 hours total. Radical changes in teaching techniques had to be incorporated. Radiologic examination has now been included in the course, and thus all three modalities of data collection - physical di- agnosis and history-taking, laboratory examination, and radio- logic examination - are now coordinated and taught together. This approach has met with excellent success. Nonetheless, there are obvious limitations to this approach. A student cannot learn as well in an intense 96 hour time period as hc-Yshe could in a leisurely 364 hour schedule. The students arrive on the wards with less practical knowledge and less confi- dence than in the pre-1966 curriculum. This caused great con- sternation originally, especially among residents who had con- siderably higher expectations. However, by the third clinical rotation everyone agreed there was no appreciable difference between the students from the pre- and post-1966 curricula. Over the years residents and senior staff have revised their expectations, and now there are only a few individual problems in making the adjustment to the clinical wards. Also during the mini-term a Community Health Sciences course is presented. This course incorporates the fundamentals of biostatistics, epidemiology, and community health. Fre- quently, this is a student's only formal exposure to nutrition, occupational health, biostatistics, or preventive medicine. Un- fortunately, the course is taught during a period when a student is first getting a taste of clinical medicine, and shefhe demands material that is immediately clinically applicable. Students often lose sight of the importance of the community health issues, since they are presented concurrently with the Introduction to Clinical Medicine course. Thus, ends the first year - an emotionally charged and usual- ly exhausting year for students. I remember my own disbelief and relief when I had finished my last exam and actually was ready for the wards. Much has been learned in the first fourteen years of our new curriculum about the approach to the first year and our attempts at accelerating the student's clinical experience. Most important has been a realization that continuous reassessment and revi- sions must be made. Inevitably when one problem is solved, another surfaces with seemingly equally disastrous ramifica- tions. THE SECOND YEAR Whereas the first year required great transition and reassess- ment for the basic science departments, the second year made no such arduous demands on the clinical departments. In the pre-1966 curriculum, students took clinical rotations beginning in the third year, in the post-1966 curriculum, they take the five required ones in the second year. One general approach to the year is fairly unanimous: to cover completely the entire gamut of clinical knowledge is unattainable and unreasonable to attempt. Instead, students are presented with representative learning situations based on the case study method. The objective is to instill in the student a method of approach to the patient and to provide the student with the tools and methodology for solving new medical problems encountered during her! his career. As already mentioned, departmental autonomy and equality are the cornerstones of the new curriculum. This is exemplified l I .Ir l il ,, .L .-. . vi W 'r 1 i vi . .ms -S., X il, mv., 1, fy. af :n.1fIi'l'l ' H 'iidlii Q JG N ,mf T f' .L I ' 1 2. ' , ,f 'Fil ,AV y I V David Albert with Harvey in two obvious ways in the second year. First, one of the tenets of the new curriculum was that each of the five clinical depart- ments would have an eight week rotation in the second year. Other schools have rotations of differing lengths depending on the subject, but equal rotations were agreed upon early in the curricular discussions. Second, each department could arrange its rotation consistent with its own approach to medicine. This took different forms depending on the department. For instance, the Medicine rota- tion makes absolutely no attempt to cover the field of Medi- cine. Each student works up het7his own patients and is encour- aged to learn about those specific disease entities, the emphasis is on attaining clinical approaches and becoming competent in clinical skills. The Chief Residents frequently present lectures on different topics in medicine, but any hiatus in a student's clinical knowledge can be filled in during the third and fourth years of elective courses or during the residency training. In contradistinction, the Surgery Department aims at provid- ing the student with at least some exposure to the major areas in surgery. Students typically work up and follow patients, but this experience is supplemented by numerous teaching conferences designed to acquaint the student with diseases which she X he may not have personally encountered. Again the acquisition of skill in performing clinical procedures, such as insertion of nasogas- tric tubes, thoracentesis, and the administration of intravenous fluids, is emphasized. Two additional features are unique to the surgery rotation: first, because of the demands of the operating room, it has been difficult to have a resident continually avail- able for student instruction. For this reason, the position of Teaching Resident was created. This position rotates every two months among the residents, and the resident's only responsi- bility is to teach the second year medical students. Hwhe reviews the histories and physicals with the individual students and conducts teaching seminars for the students. This degree of resident accessibility has met with great success from the stu- dents. HISTORY l 19 ,il VN, . a I 1 ,V W L. ,lxl f . Q 1 ' ., -'lu-nltffi . ff. f ' -.fx i SA lf' - , I ,IO 1, . . xx xx rg. we l'N. Dr. Anlyan rounding with medical students Ann Lansing and Chip Davis Secondly, Subspecialty conferences are held each afternoon for an hour. Each subspecialty area - neurosurgery, ortho- paedics, otolaryngology, ophthalmology, plastic surgery, and urology - is given five lectures during one week to highlight the important aspects of their specialty. Brief and incomplete as this approach may be, it does provide a student with the basic concepts of each subspecialty. Unlike Medicine and Surgery where a student spends the entire eight weeks with one resident on a specified ward, the Obstetrics and Gynecology rotation provides a variety of ex- periences for each medical student. The Department of Obstet- rics and Gynecology utilized the institution of the new curricu- lum as a vehicle for outlining its goals for the future which included: lj an emphasis on reproductive biology as the basic scientific orientation, 2D the development of outpatient and community experi- ences for the medical student, 35 the establishment ofa Woman's Clinic in which the distinc- tion between private and public patients would be elimi- nated and in which patients would be treated by a health team. In pursuance of these goals, students have morning lectures by the Chief Resident on different aspects of Ob! Gyn. The stu- dents then rotate through the obstetrical wards, the gynecologic Wards, and the Woman's Clinic. In addition, students have HISTORY periodic outrider experiences where individual students go with residents to any of six satellite clinics throughout the state to provide community Ob X Gyn care. This diversity of experi- ences is quite beneficial in understanding the varied aspects of Obf Gyn and in observing different practice modalities and role models. Similarly, the Pediatric rotation provides a variety of experi- ences for each student. He I she spends time in the Intensive Care Nursery, inpatient wards, full-term nursery, and outpatient clinic. Again the team approach and the use of community physicians as role models are emphasized. The Psychiatry rotation offers the student a choice in experi- ences - inpatient, outpatient, and the V.A. In addition to lectures presented by the Psychiatry staff, students are encour- aged to get involved in group sessions where group dynamics are emphasized. Throughout the rotation the emphasis is upon the recognition and appreciation of serious psychiatric disorders and the different therapeutic approaches available for their treatment. Thus ends the second year and this concludes the required portion of the medical curriculum. As mentioned, by the end of the second or third rotation, the student is usually reasonably competent and comfortable with clinical medicine. I-Ie I she will have been exposed to sufficient material to pass for take a mandatory fling atb Parts I and II of the National Boards. At this point the beauty of the elective curriculum emerges. THE THIRD YEAR As expressed by many participants, most notably Dr. Thomas Kinney, past Dean of the medical school, The elective courses in the third and fourth years are the raison a etre for the new curriculum. In interviews with recent graduates this theme was repeatedly emphasized: the third year allows individuals with initiative to delve into areas of interest g the major strength of Duke is the freedom in the curriculum , the major strength of the Duke curriculum is its flexibility and involvement of the student in curriculum planning for the last two years. There is, however, another side. Flexibility is an asset for the highly motivated student who knows what hefshe wants, for the undecided student it can be an anathema. As expressed by other alumni, the potential Cof the third yearb is great, but I myself found it hard to realize that potential, I've seen students not able to enjoy the full benefits of the curriculum because they were unsure of their major field of interest until very late in medical school. In essence, it's a great program for someone who has a fairly good idea of their fsicj major field of interest. In summary, it is possible for a student to float through this year without focus or direction. There are several different options for the third year: lj A Study Tract programg 25 Independent research under a preceptor, 35 A plethora of courses, or 43 A combined degree program. The original purpose of the third year was to allow a student to concentrate in depth in a specific area. Based on the Research Training Program format, the Study Tracts were developed. A student would sign up for a given tract for four to eight months. In this specific field he! she would attend lectures and seminars and become involved in a research project under a faculty member in the field. The popularity of the Study Tracts varies from year to year, typically enrolling between 25 and 45W of the class. For instance, last year 50 of the 114 students participated in them. The most popular tracts were Cardiovascular-Respiratory C12 studentsj, Endocrinology and Reproductive Biology C 10 stu- dentsb, Behavioral Sciences C9 studentsb, Immunologl' C9 stu- dentsb, and Neurosciences C7 studentsj. If there is not a Study Tract in accord with a student's needs or if he! she wants to do research under a specific faculty member not associated with a Study Tract, then the student may take special preceptorship courses which most departments offer. In these courses a student works full-time under a specific preceptor. For Tony van den Berg with research animals example, the most popular third year course for the Anatomy De- partment has been the Preceptorship in Gross Anatomy, as has been the Preceptorship in Behavior Sciences for the Psychiatry Depart- ment. Research in Biochemistry and Research in Pharmacology are frequently subscribed courses in their respective departments. Over a third of the medical students take the Preceptorship in Microbiolo- gy and Immunology, Special Topics in Pathology, and the Tutorial in Community Health Sciences. The third year can also be a time of taking a variety of courses. The courses run for short periods of time, and this can often lead to a patchwork approach. The usual reason behind this approach is to try to fill in the gaps left by the first two years. This approach typically leaves the students somewhat frustrated and dissatisfied, this is what is often described as floating through the third year without good direction. Cumulative wisdom dic- tates that the best result in the third year is achieved when an in-depth concentration in one area is interspersed with perti- nent courses. The clinically related courses have understandably been the most popular. After being on the wards during the second year, most students want to see the clinical application of the basic science which they are studying. More students take courses in the Pathology Department than any other basic science depart- ment, the average student takes at least two path courses during the third year. The most frequently subscribed to are Car- diovascular Path and Advanced Neuropath, both of which are readily applicable to the Cardiovascular and Neurosciences Study Tracts respectively. In the Pharmacology Department, the most frequently subscribed course is Pharmacological Basis of Medicine with over GOWJ of each class taking it, again a strong clinical approach is stressed. Over a third of the students take Principles of Infectious Disease CMicrobiologyj, Gastrointesti- nal Physiology CPhysiologyDg and Renal Physiology CPhysiologyJ. Even in Biochemistry the most frequently taken course is Nutri- tion! Thus, students who opt for the shotgun approach tend to take courses that are clinically oriented. This gap-filling technique falls short of the purpose of the third year and leaves many students feeling directionless. The burden of improving this situation should fall on the advising system. Finally, the third year is the time when many students start in combined degree programs. These include the M.D.-j.D.- M.D.-Ph.D., M.D.-M.P.H., M.D.-Medical Historian, and others. These are described in the following section on Com- bined Degree programs. In summary, the third year is the year that can make or break the experience at Duke for many students. It can be challenging and exciting, or frustrating and directionless especially if one sees her! his fellow students charged up about their experiences. To get the most out of the third year, one needs to delve deeply into an area, and the primary way of proselytizing this approach is via the advising system. HISTORY 121 THE FOURTH YEAR As there are different approaches to the third year, so are there to the fourth year. A fourth year student has already completed the five required clinical rotations and has had an elective basic science year. With this background he X she has eight more months of clinical electives. Most courses in the fourth year run for one or two monthsg in this period of time a student can gain a fair overview of that subject matter. There are two different theories about the fourth year. One is to specialize early, that is, take as many courses directly relevant to your chosen field as possible. The other is to broaden, if you are going into Internal Medicine, take Surgery and Pediatric courses. This will be your last exposure to them, and they can be very important to later practice. You will gain competence in your chosen field during residency. The Basic Radiology Clerkship is the most frequently taken course in the fourth year, primarily because there is little formal teaching of Radiology in the required portion of the curriculum. The Department of Medicine has organized its medical ser- vice along subspecialty lines - the -ologies CCardiology, Der- Radiology rounds matology, Endocrinology, Gastroenterology, Hematology, Nephrology, Neurology, Pulmonary Disease, and Rheumatolo- gyb. Each of these services offers a fourth year rotation with its own work rounds, teaching rounds, conferences, and seminars, all of these are extremely popular with fourth year students especially Cardiology and Dermatology. The other departments also have attractive month-long courses such as Office Gynecol- ogy COb I Gynb, Pediatric Infectious Disease CPediatricsJ, and Trauma Service CSurgeryJ. Surgery, like Medicine, has attrac- tive subspecialty rotations - Otolaryngology, Orthopedics, and Pediatric Surgery. Several departments have developed one to two credit hour courses to be taken while a student has primary ward responsi- bility on another service. Most of these have a seminar format and aim at providing the student with a working knowledge of the topic but very limited actual clinical experience. Some of the most popular ones include Medical Ophthalmology Q1 hourj, Urologic Disease and Technique C2 hoursb, Clinical Neurology Seminar C2 hoursb, Physiology of Nephrology C1 hourb, Clinical Dentistry Cl hourl, and Basic Neurosurgery Cl hourj. Finally there are advanced general rotations if the student 122 HISTORY Dr. Stead on cardiology rounds desires them. Surgery and Medicine have sub-internship ex- periences which are overview courses emphasizing the student taking over as an intern with greater patient responsibility. The fourth year, like the second year, meets with little criti- cism. The concept of clinical tracts has been suggested, but course offerings are diverse enough that most students can create their own specialty tract if they want an in-depth area experience in clinical medicine. Thus, a student, when helshe finishes these four years and passes Parts I and II of the National Boards, proceeds to re- sidency training in which Duke students traditionally have done extremely well. Duke Medical School views its purpose as two- fold: to provide students with specific tools to do well in these residency programs and to teach an approach to a clinical problem that will be applicable throughout one's practice even when technology and treatment regimens change. Only by con- tinually questioning and challenging ourselves can we continue to fulfill these goals. ' 'Q - i X I Droopy-eyed, sleep-deprived sub-intern Grand at the V Typical line at the Pink ,-- 'll-if ' 'lla' ' J 4 , Q I I xl- ' , f V ,. 7 93 i .L-F .i at the 1 . - -The mailroorn, a popular gathering place for students and residents Atypical parking lotg note empty space, left center H I STORY COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMS The M.D.-Ph.D. was the first combined degree program at Duke. Planned concurrently with the new curriculum, the Medical Scientist Training Program CM.D.-Ph.D.D was intended to produce faculty for the many new medical schools through- out the country. Basic science professors are frequently criti- cized for teaching esoteric research without demonstrating its clinical application. By training faculty of the future as both a physician CM.D.D and a researcher CPh.D.D, the hope was to produce quality researchers who understood the need and de- sire for relating their research to the study of the patient. Be- tween six and ten students are admitted annually from an appli- cant pool of over 500. Criteria for admission include outstand- ing grades and MCAT scores, in addition to quality research experience. The program has been funded by the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. The M.D.-Ph.D. student Cpronounced Mud-fudj takes the same first year as regular students and completes three clinical rotations. Hefshe then takes graduate school courses for four months before finishing the last two clinical rotations. The next two and a half to six years are spent doing herfhis research and writing and defending the dissertation. The student then returns for one last year of medical school, which is the year of clinical electives. The program admitted its first class in 1966 and has worked exceptionally well graduating excellent researchers, many of whom are just getting out of their residencies. To date, there have been 67 graduates of the Medical Scientist Training Program. t Emmett Schmidt, M.D., Ph.D. Another Ph.D. program has developed as an outgrowth of the Medical Scientist Training program - the Medical Historian program. It leads to a Ph.D. in the History of Medicine and is six years in duration. Established in 1967, the Medical Historian program has had five graduates. It is completely funded for tuition and stipend by the Macy Foundation. I The M.D.-j.D. program was initiated in 1968 and remains the only formal joint medical and law program in the country. The HISTORY Jackie Rutledge, M.D., J.D. student attends the first two years of medical school Cone basic and one clinical yearb and then enters the first year of law school. In the fourth and fifth years of the program the student studies law primarily, but intersperses it with basic science courses from the medical school. The student then returns, as in other com- bined degree programs, to the medical school for a final year of clinical electives. Three people have graduated from this pro- gram so far. The program has met with only limited success due primarily to no funding for students or faculty. The desirability of the program is substantial, with over fifty candidates applying annually for the maximum of three slots. The program will remain nationally renowned but pragmatically non-existent un- til adequate financial support is located. The M.D.-M.P.H. program was begun in 1967 between the Duke Medical School and the University of North Carolina School of Public Health. In this program the student pursues the first two years of the regular Duke Medical curriculum, then in the third year hekhe enters the Public Health School. This usually requires a year and a half to two years to complete the courses and aMaster's thesis. The student receives six months of elective credit for this experience, half counting as basic science and half as clinical. The student then must complete two-thirds of a year in both basic science and clinical electives. A similar program can also be arranged with Harvard's School of Public Health. Six graduates have completed this program. The final established'I combined degree program is with the Duke Public Policy Institute. In this program the student re- ceives a combined M.D.-M.P.P.S. CMasters in Public Policy Sciencesl. As with the M.P.H. program, the student takes a traditional first two years in medical school, then starts into the Public Policy Institute at Duke. The Public Policy program usually takes about a year and a half, and then the student returns to half a year of basic science and a final clinical year. Two students have graduated from this program. The diversity of these programs has been one of the ancillary benefits of the elective curriculum. A student can pursue these auxiliary programs during the third year, having had a back- ground in both basic science and clinical science, and then return to the medical school for a final clinical year to tone up his I her clinical skills. AN EVALUATION The perennial question at Duke is how has the elective curric- ulum affected the quality of the medical education? This ques- tion pinpoints the difficult issue of how to evaluate the educa- tion one receives. Furthermore, if the quality of education has improved, is it because of or in spite of the elective curriculum? One of the objective parameters often utilized is the admis- sions data. There is a dramatic difference at Duke Medical School, in terms of geographic background, sex, and race, be- tween the type of students who attended in the early '60s and those attending now. In 1969, only 23 blacks applied of whom 7 were accepted and 2 actually enrolled. In 1975, only six years later, 161 blacks applied of whom 22 were accepted and 11 enrolled. The same trend is seen with women applicants. In 1965, only 55 applied, 13 were accepted, and 7 enrolled, in 1975, 864 applied, 70 were accepted, and 34 actually enrolled BOW of the entering classj. As Dr. Shirley Osterhout, Assistant Dean of Student Affairs, comments, The single greatest change in the classes over the last ten years has been the number of women. She further notes that the type of women attending has changed during the last few years - women want to be physicians not to prove something to society, but rather for the inherent sake of being a physician. Other changes have occured in the applicant pool - grade points are higher, MCAT scores are higher, and the geographic distribution has changed. Duke also has made a commitment to North Carolina as a state and takes 30 students each year who are North Carolina residents. Beginning in 1966, Duke made a concerted effort to attract students from the top undergraduate schools by conducting regional interviews and by sending members of the Admissions Committee on roadtrips to interview students at their own schools. Starting in 1972, one yearly roadtrip has been made to the schools whose student bodies are predominantly women. A comparison of applicants is significant: ORIGIN OF APPLICANTS BY UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOL 196 1 196 5 Number of Number of College Applicants College Applicants Duke 7 3 Duke 65 Davidson 24 Harvard 31 Univ. of N.C. 20 Univ. of N.C. 28 Cornell 18 Princeton 2 7 Johns Hopkins Univ. 17 Dartmouth 23 Prince ton 17 Rutgers 2 1 Dartmouth 15 Cornell 20 Harvard 14 Yale 20 Emory 13 Univ. of California 19 Univ. of California 10 Univ. of Pennsylvania 18 19 7 1 19 7 5 Number of Number of College Applicants College Applicants Duke 1 2 I Duke 198 Harvard 64 Harvard 1 I7 Univ. of N.C. 56 Yale 105 Columbia 5 1 Univ. of N.C. 104 Yale 41 Princeton 9 5 Princeton 38 Johns Hopkins Univ. 94 Cornell 3 3 Stanford 90 Davidson 33 Cornell 7 7 Univ. of Pennsylvania 33 UCLA 73 Univ. of California 29 MIT 70 j ' -,. Shirley Osterhout APPLICANTS FROM NORTI-IEASTERN SCHOOLS School 1961 1965 1971 1975 Amherst 5 5 16 30 Brown - 9 22 52 Columbia-Barnard 5 15 51 81 Dartmouth 15 23 25 56 Harvard-Radcliffe 14 3 I 79 140 M.I.T. - - 28 70 Mt. Holyoke - - 5 18 Princeton. I7 27 38 95 Smith - - 8 15 University of Pennsylvania 8 18 33 66 Wellseley - - 5 29 Wesleyan - 6 - 12 VVillia1'ns - 8 21 31 Yale 9 20 41 105 Total 73 162 372 800 Thus applicant statistics show that Duke is attracting more blacks, women, and students from prestigious undergraduate schools. Duke, however, is now facing the financial problem that all private medical schools across the country are faced with. As Dr. Syd Osterhout, Dean of Admissions, comments, The immedi- ate future presents problems with finances, and these problems will have an effect on the selection process. We are, however, committed to keeping Duke a medical school which middle and lower income students can attend. It is quite difficult to evaluate the curriculum using grades at medical school. Duke is on an Honors-Pass-Fail grading system. In addition to this grade each course must submit a written evaluation on each student. This method of evaluation is far more valuable than a numerical or letter grade because the written evaluations let a student know hisfher strong and weak points and how to improve them. Because of this grading system Duke does not rank its students or give a percentile. As seen in the following section on residencies, this grading system does not seem to have impeded Duke students' ability to obtain excellent residency positions. This type of evaluation makes a comparison with pre-1966 students based on grades impossible. Osterhout - .5 , u,1...., Q1 ,a Second year evaluations HISTORY X32 A National Board scores are another mode of evaluating a medical curriculum. This mechanism is also not particularly applicable to Duke. The original purpose of the elective curricu- lum was to provide students with a Working vocabulary with which to tackle the second year clerkships. Consequently, in 1974 and 1975, the classes did not excel on the National Boards. Starting with the graduating class of 1979, passage of Parts I and II of the National Boards Examinations became mandatory for graduation. This appears contradictory to the spirit and goals of the elective curriculum and is poorly accepted by the students. A final means of objective evaluation is by residency posi- tions. The type and quality of residency programs has changed MEDICAL CENTERS MOST FREQUENTLY CHOSEN FOR INTERNSI-HPS BY DUKE GRADUATES 1960-64 1970-74 Rank Medical Center Number Rank Medical Center Number 1 Duke University 148 1 Duke University 165 2 U.S. Military 30 2 Harvard University 18 3 Emory University 11 3 Cornell University 14 4 Alabama 10 4 U.S. Military 13 5 Med. Coll. Virginia 9 5 North Carolina 10 6 Cornell University 8 6 Univ. of Pennsylvania 9 7 johns Hopkins 7 7 Washington University 8 8 George Washington 7 8 johns Hopkins 7 9 Philadelphia General 7 9 University of Utah 7 10 Watts Hospital 7 10 Emory University 4 All other All other 14 1 18 5 1978-79 Rank Medical Center Number Duke University 57 Harvard University 13 Univ. of Alabama 10 Vanderbilt University 9 1 2 3 4 5 North Carolina 7 6 Colorado 6 7 South Carolina 6 8 Calif.-San Francisco 5 9 Cornell University 4 IO Yale University 4 11 Johns Hopkins 4 .Xig I gx - , Students and parents at med center party HISTORY INTERNSHIP AREA OF RECENT GRADUATES 1978 1979 Internal Medicine 49 39 Surgery 1 3 18 Pediatrics 1 1 13 Family Practice 10 16 Pathology 9 7 Obstetrics 8: Gynecology 5 4 Radiology 5 2 Psychiatry 5 7 Public Health 3 O Anesthesiology 1 2 Other 5 2 considerably in the last fifteen years: Residency positions are now determined by a computerized matching procedure in which students and medical centers each list their top choices, and they are then matched. In 1978 82W of Duke students matched their first or second choiceg in 1979 8695 received one of their first three choices. By any of these parameters Duke students are doing excel- lently and certainly have not suffered Qobjectivelyj because of the elective curriculum. But the elective curriculum is far from perfect . . . as will be discussed under the following section on Problems. ,f l'7's?if7i:5'Aili x ff-ff -' , My i, A- pi- -tgp. 'ffl-. -f xiii-571: I an l I 1. . Lynn Fromme, Dr. Ronald Riefkohl PROBLEMS The elective curriculum was, and is, an enormous accomplish- ment of innovation. However, it is by no means free of prob-A lems and pressures. Most of the existing problems represent a hesitancy to allow, much less promote, the natural evolution of the curriculum. The mandatory passage of Parts I and II of the National Boards has already been cited as a major area of dissatisfaction. A second frequently addressed problem is that of the poorly motivated student. This issue is obviously directly tied to another area of concern - the advising system. The elective courses are the keystone to the Duke curriculum and one's view of its success or failure is usually directly related to his X her own experience, If the student has had an exciting and outstanding third year, he! she usually sees the entire curricu- lum as being equally outstanding. Conversely, an unproductive, discouraging third year typically draws words of dissatisfaction on the curriculum as a whole. The best way to attack this problem appears to be through improving the advising system. If we can educate the advisors as to the different approaches to the third year and the advantages jf I New Family Practice Building Dr. Christakos with Gwen Arens Nancy Milliken at evaluation for third and fourth year curriculum and detriments of each, then hopefully the problem of direc- tionless students will be at least ameliorated. The quality of the advising system, however, has been a perennial problem. Fre- quently, the advisors are poorly informed as to the options and have little personal information on different practice modalities. As one alumnus pointed out, Not one of my advisors had ever been in private practice! A concerted effort to improve and educate the advisors for third year, fourth year, and residency programs should be a top priority. A third problem commonly cited by alumni and students alike is the lack of exposure to primary care: More time should have been spent on exposing students to primary care facilities, and I do not think we will ever pay any more than lip service to primary care until the care of the patient becomes as important as the pursuit of research. Whereas some improvements have been made, there still remain few role models of primary care physicians or primary care practice. Finally, certain topics are still poorly covered, if even men- tioned, in the curriculum - nutrition, cost awareness, occupa- tional health, preventive approaches to health, medico-legal issues, and aging and geriatrics. A student could easily graduate from Duke with her! his only contact with these topics having been a lecture or two in the first year. PHYSICAL FACILITIES The progress made in the curriculum during the last fifteen years has been met by an equally impressive advancement in the physical plant of the medical center. The figure at the right graphically depicts this growth Research is one of the areas which has increased most dramaucally In 1968 the three building Research Park was begun with a fourth building and vivarium added in 1969 These currently house neuro logical cardiovascular and immunological research The next research development was the Medical Science Buildings Located across Science Drive from the Research Park these three buildings are now the backbone of much of our medical research Medical Sciences I the Nanaline H Duke Busld 1ng is prrmarily for biochemistry Medical Sciences II the Sands Btulding IS primarily for anatomy and Medical Sciences III the jones Building 1S primarily for immunology and micro biology One of four bu: ngs in Research Park Medical Sciences Buildings left to right jones MS III Sands MS II Duke MS I Vwanum ,W-vff ,,f 1- fg fu ff 4, ,pf ff ' J . . . . A 1 x - . , . - , 5 1 1 1 9 9 ' ' A ' A xi, Q . II , -- ' 'J I I. Y :..'IyM:,f,'jr:,'. 'ldi , , ,, ,-f,,-1-'a,l.M: - I p Y il, . X , ,- , Ig pg - ,II , 1 '- I' If 7. 'S-I 4' ' 51.4 If ',zI.1swv ' ' il IQ- 'ir , . .-Q,'--f- gs my ,J ..'r lin . L 'Q ,F 2 -ffin 1 . 5 I '. .. .. ,:a1'5556i : . I I H Mmznuacz . . I'1.i ., ' I Irqllgi. ' ' , 1 , 1 , 9 , , . A ' ' y I 1 'I 'I 5. M :Is A I I . V ,E -riff I 1, ' -P' , 1 , F be , , I .,,,- . I. :EI I 4 1 f I Morris Building More recently, a new clinical research wing has been added to the hospital. This area, the Morris Building, focuses on clinical cancer research and patient care. The growth of the medical center has not been limited to its research component. The Eye Center, located across from the V.A. Hospital, was built in 1971 for ophthalmologic diagnosis, treatment, and surgery. For many years the inadequacies of the Medical Center Li- brary were obvious. In 1978 the Seeley G. Mudd Medical Library was opened. At last students have a decent place to study when we can keep the undergraduates and law students out. Finally keeping pace with the other developments at Duke, we now have a new parking garage on the same side of Erwin Road as the V.A. Even with its opening in 1979, students still have to pay to park. Eye Center New parking garage Student studying in stacks of Mudd Library Mudd Library entrance .ue g Reading room in Mudd Library . I HISTORY 129 The current excitement is the expected opening of the new 1979 . . . uh, no, April, 1980 . . . well, we are hoping it will be hospital. Predicted to open injanuary, 1979 . . . no, Christmas, open before our next fiftieth anniversary. Anduu new vi 1.1-an-. xwvxt.. -U... -.-........ .....,-...,, .,.....,-.. .crr , Y , . V, IN CONCLUSION Duke now has a four year elective curriculum with amazing physical facilities to complement it. Dr. Daniel Tosteson, pre- vious Chairman of the Department of Physiology, once stated, Effective education, however, like freedom, is a process, not a state. In order for Duke to remain at the forefront of medical HISTORY education, it is essential for the curriculum to continue to evolve. It is up to us as students to promote and encourage that evolution. The medical center's excellence lies in part in its flexibility, but we can not sit idly by content with what we have created. jackie Rutledge DUKE NORTH 51 illplggglgilil I ll ii l M X 1 il . ll Ira V- i 1 - 1 I X, f tri 2 ' if 'A xr 111- 1 ,sq , I Mb igliif 4:11121 K . Munn 1 Q Y., -ZX, Dr. Jane Elchlepp The history of the development of Duke Hospital North CDHND begins on November 22, 1970 with a decision made by the Medical Center Administration and supported by its clinical departments to proceed with the planning of new hospital facili- ties. The decision resulted in the authorization of a hospital planning staff, the Hospital Planning Studies Office, to coordin- ate all planning activities associated with new hospital facilities. The members of the HPSO were Dr. jane Elchlepp, Associate Vice President of Health Affairs - who, in the words of the Vice President of Health Affairs, Dr. William Anlyan, orches- trated the development of Duke North - Wallace E. Jarboe, Larry D. Nelson, and Robert G. Winfree. This office estab- lished liaison with planning agencies and area hospitals, collected patient statistical data, and involved clinical faculty and staff and administration in developing other planning data. Over 100 reference documents having an impact on Duke Hospital were either developed or obtained from various agencies by the HPSO. In-patient and out-patient data was gathered from as far back as 1964 and was analyzed with respect to patient loads, origins, etc., in order to observe trends in the patient popula- tion. One of the more important observations, noted Dr. Elchlepp, was that patients were coming from farther and far- ther away - Duke was developing more towards a tertiary care hospital. The data generated also showed that in-patient services were grossly overloaded. For example, occupancy studies showed that surgery frequently ran in excess of IOOWJ capacity, a feat made possible by the existence of a recovery room. When the in-patient functional unit analyses were compared with United States Public Health data, Duke Hospital was found to be severely lacking in both patient space and support space. The HPSO data documented the need for expansion. The HPSO went on to identify consultants necessary to de- velop programs for hospital modernization. On january 14, 1972, the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees autho- rized acceptance ofa proposal submitted in November, 1971, by American Health Facilities CAHFJ, Inc., to Develop the Conceptual Master Plan, Project Budget and Economic Feasi- bility Analysis of Duke Hospital. This work was completed with issuance in March, 1973, ofa four volume report, consisting of the following: Volume I Recommendations and the Conceptual Master Plan Volume II Role, Programs and Projections Volume III Present Site, System and Function Characteristics of Duke Hospital Volume IV Work Book of Alternative Analyses and Architectural and Engineering Calculations Seven alternatives, ranging from staying in the existing hos- pital with minimal bed expansion, minimal new space, and max- imum renovation, to total replacement of the existing hospital by a new hospital, were presented by AHF. From these alterna- tives, four were selected for further study: New hospital C750 beds? Usiggdexisting hospital as a core with some construction Cno new e sb Expansion from existing buildings to North C616 new bedsj Expansion from North Cbehind Eye Centerl to the South C616 new bedsj Studies were done which indicated that it was functionally inappropriate and financially unfeasible to relocate the entire in-patient and ambulatory functions of Duke Hospital, includ- ing support facilities, in a new structure. No use for the vacated structure could be found and the price was not acceptable to the trustees. The alternative specifying renovation of the existing hospital with minimal new construction was also rejected on the basis that the renovation would be drawn out over 15 years. Inflation would elevate the cost to that of a new hospital. In addition the final product would be less efficient than a new construction and would not allow for appropriate expansion. The HPSO played games with the five bed services and found Medicine, Pediatrics, and Surgery were functionally insepar- able. There was much interchange between Medicine and Surgery, and Pediatrics and Surgery overlapped in the area of Pediatric surgery. It was determined that Psychiatry and Obstetrics!Gynecology could function well on their own. Furthermore, the latter two services had benefitted from the Barnes Woodall addition to the hospital during the sixties. On January 19, 1973, the Hospital Advisory Committee approved as the target for fiscal evaluation the alternative called G-94 North. This alternative provided for 616 new beds and all support services, with Psychiatric and Obf Gyn in-patient ser- vices and all ambulatory services remaining in existing build- ings. The estimated total project cost was 5599.6 million of which 3562.1 million was directly related to new hospital construction and 356.8 million to a Personalized Rapid Transit System. The bal- ance of the costs were for financing charges of 5315.4 million, movable-equipment costs of 310.7 million, and remodeling-of- existing-buildings costs of 354.6 million. The actual cost was 394.5 million. The four major categories of activities during the 1975-1974 period were the architectural program of space allocation, finan- cial feasibility study, architectural selection, and construction management firm selection. AHF was contracted to develop a detailed program of areas for the new hospital. Approximately 50 Task Force Committees composed of physicians, nurses, administrators, and appropri- ate hospital departmental staff were set up to work with the architects. The idea behind the Task Forces was that the people who used the hospital would contribute best to its design. While schematic drawings were developed by the architects with the help of the Task Forces, mechanical and electrical studies, structural studies, energy use analyses, traffic studies, and en- vironmental impact studies were initiated and developed. Part of the process of schematic development involved building a mock-up of the patient room to assist in arriving at a final configuration for intermediate care rooms. Equipment use and various functional conditions were tested in the mock-up. N urs- ing Service personnel particularly were heavily involved in this activity. An Architectural Selection Committee with representation from the University Trustees, Medical Center Administration, Hospital Administration, Clinical Departments, and the Uni- HISTORY Opening ceremony, L to R: Dr. William Anlyan, Mr. and Mrs. Mike Schwartz, Dr. Roscoe Robinson, and Mr. Kenneth Royall versity Architects' Office was established. An intensive review by this committee of approximately 34 firms was made on the basis of material obtained from the architectural firms them- selves and by correspondence and phone discussions with clients of those firms. The original list was reduced to four firms, and site visits were made to projects which those firms had been involved in. In addition, all four firms made a presentation at the Medical Center on the basis of a general description of the project and a review by the firm of Volume 1 of the AHF Report. The committee finally recommended to the Adminis- tration and University Board of Trustees that the firm of Helmuth, Obata, and Kassabaum be selected to serve as architects for the Duke Hospital Project. The recommendation was accepted and the architects began working with the hospital planners who were completing the detailing of the space pro- gramming. Membership on the selection committee established to make a recommendation for a construction management firm to han- dle the New Hospital Project was essentially the same as for the Architectural Selection Committee with the exception of medical staff representation. Again, firm clients and client pro- jects, and documented capabilities were evaluated. A recom- mendation was made that the Turner Construction Company be selected as Construction Manager for the project. The Trustees Duke North from Erwin Road L . ,,.,.-.mpmw ll' , U-U Crowd on opening day, April 20, 1980 approved the selection. The Hospital Project Management Office CHPMOD was established at this time and to monitor the sequential processes of planning, development, and approval. With the beginning of construction in the fall of 1975, the HPMO was divided into the Duke Hospital North-Design and Construction Control Office, directed by Mr. Larry Nelson, and the Duke Hospital North-Logistics and Management Office, directed by Mr. Wal- lace Jarboe. These two directors were responsible to the Assis- tant Vice President for Planning and Analysis, Dr. jane Elchlepp, and oversaw the activities of the architects, the con- struction company, and the control office inspectors. MEMBERS OF THE HOSPITAL PROJECT POLICY COMMITTEE Chairman .......................... .... ......... D r . Stuart M. Sessoms Dr. Delford Stickel Calt.J Hospital Administration ....... ............ M r. Richard Peck Vice President, Health Affairs .... ........... D r. jane G. Elchlepp Medical Staff ..................... .... D r. Ewald BusselChief of Staff Dr. David C. Sabiston, jr. Dr. james B. Wyngaarden Hospital Project Management Office ....... Mr. Wallace Jarboe CExec. Sec.D Medical Center Planning Office ...... ............ M r. Louis E. Swanson Engineering and Operations ........ ............. M r. L.T. Matthews Hospital Planners ............ .... M r. William K. Henning Mr. Phil Heeter Ca.lt.b Z The result of all this work is the Duke North Building, officially opened on April 20, 1980. It is basically a three-part construction, bed towers are linked by a circulation core to the ancillary section, which houses the high technology support services. On one side of the core are the bed towers. In that wing there is a floor for each of the nine levels ofthe core. Each ofthe floors is designed as a square flanked by two triangles. On most of the floors, the square central section houses an intensive care unit and the two triangular units house intermediate care beds. The core, the big tower in the center of the complex, has five The beds elevators that carry staff, visitors, and patients who can walk, three elevators that carry patients in beds and one that carries supplies. Protruding from the core at ground level is the lobby where patients are admitted to and discharged from the hospital. One of the fixtures of hospital lobbies - the big waiting room - has been replaced by several small sitting areas. Each of the three units on patient floors has its own waiting room. In the lobby are eight offices where patients make their financial in the North Division total 616, and are distributed between medicine, pediatrics, and surgery as follows: Medicine 248 Pediatrics 12 0 Surgery 248 TOTAL 616 The distribution of beds between intermediate and intensive care is as follows: INTERMEDIATE INTENSIVE 2 1 6 3 2 arrangements. Above the lobby is a big overhang that houses MCCIICIQC h h. h Th . h 225 d Pediatrics 80 40 t ree amp it eatres. e ig one in t e center seats , an Surgery 208 40 each of the two flanking rooms seat 125. TOTAL 504 112 Cross-sectional view of Duke North ANCILLARY SECTION CENTRAL CORE PATIENT CARE TOWERS ri-?'S I 'll .1 II 'I ' ADIINISTRIYIUN ' ' 'T I I I 5 ZONE 92 uvlruvzfns I 9' I, I' - --11 ' zones n J gf. n 3 ... ',,1:-f I n , I 'I I :zz 55 , QL' 1 ' I If ' ' Pazswatrii-.. I fi ll' '?EfI'IEc65E ' ,,- ' nnsur CATIE fan'-' zone sa . . t - f' I ,, F I f I IATIEIY CARE I I 1 I If , zone 71 ' I I - 1 N' as s s W' 'tafaestf I T71 1 at I ,ff sum savers . -uw!!! . 'iiznnuc ceuvnl bi ,A W fi: I- x,:':,f H ll-!k,il I 'N-. zfwfvzggx as I1 55 :lf-f I ,T I ggilf- I I 1,73 1 ' V., '- 4 ,ZA I - 's M- 'faintest' I I N . I -li? uvngtariengsupponr ' I I I- 1 6 Tiff ,,,11f staffs 1 . I 1 saaifiiaa -- 5 5 -Ijlla-fl, ' :::L-1' 1- ---'-4--51. f' I I ' ' Puma cue I , . zone si -I' . I ' ' 4 r--v g ' ' ' ' nmsur cut W :Jiiagram of level 3, showing the dlvislon ga-gg ggi! I ZONE 5, V ' n ozones- lf' .-- ' X, I vu-' E' ' 'A' ' 'Nm uncut cms ' . f-- . X 5 H ,f:'-- zone sa . L-f it ',:A,, gvzmnvnill Q -I Ifg!'i.. .I1'I ' xl::::5:: - , ' I ' I .V zone saf, gf! 'I ' I ruvsnouuo fpilij 1 Dggnkczqi L- I ,I , , 2 ,.., . - , ' . ww ' 's' 1 I T. 'YSNHE ' 3 ZONE 54 I ' I -- - t H '- wmeuv cn: Y 1 , - ' 1 'ILL ' 'I-'tzih em-1111 ,- II. - I , ,., I I, ' II ' n, fl-fffnvneuv cans I ' I , I I ' ZONE31 I I ,' ' I i ' Tai '- PATIENT CARE , I I zona 32 ' -ff' acc Dx- E ' . , . -- , A X'15liE -'P vs .--. an I I 3 ,,,f::- a'a':.gsz.'f , L sunosnv 2' g -a, ,N , ' I. - ,,,,,,,,-fi I X Zone as ,Za g,i.fLINWHgaf - ----f' '--1 1 fl v '. ' ,.-'i9'!. 'li If nmzur cm: I T' Q: . 33. . . zone 21 Il-A I it zum- feet- I - if II HT 'ssatfssf ' ' , ' I -HIV, I I nt 'xvf I I ,E L h it if f: R -me ,,.- NE' A 'X--TOIBOUTH DIVISION ' i A I I 37411 l11i1'15:::::'!i ' H FJ ' I KNEE- I -- ' V manga I I 'i J I: 2' J - ' DINING! I N nt V I Yi f ' - X V ' -4 II -. coursnzucz TO, EVE CENTER 'gre Mauna E' '- A 7 I . ' ZONEH c E ZI I A ' sf, -cuffuls. V , . '- ' AF 'E A --' - 1, .rf ' f Llcruns moan ZONE 12 ,,f' XX ' I 1-F 1 5.5.75 103520 --1:1 hiigvxglgal ' af- ,, ff gngznceucv iitibangu-,,4,,ff Wu xx, I I .I , ' J,,..:::-1 4,77-f' ' ' W N .gxslcmn lQVfi1PQ:,f 3:?::lSSlOPiS, - , . gqllll :::..-::5r 4 ----JI,-K U! I I ro , ' NSE, ef A ,MGE , we I mn-vows .. I . I . I I A Z , I euenosucv A- -f fare mmm, ' f1o '20us sow I V n , ., A I I I ,A up ' f-' ZONE15 , -,.--ff 'f Q ' is I I -- i -A -- N -f nimotoov Y, - V. Pa-ae, .,,,,. 'il 1 ' ' . - zousu V, q llvl . I ,I A I ' . . Egffiif-1w.4f'-.Q-ffv , .- 1.1-f-,,'-ei ' . '-vw.. f'f11:i:3yL : ' ' W x ' A W P45 ir '--- i.:AlPFr.'M 2 'Lf I 1-I. iw-di-51 -.1S1r1'i1f19'J !y-f..,v i-.11-I-ad-T. '.:-Pt 4f--'i.1.- Ja- V-asv -f'iw4t' 5 4411.10 .:?w2z5?fF' .':'s'a'fm-.. 4 olsnnv ' 1'-A551111-!34f3?fzfia1f w34' - v ,Ive fl: I-I-.sf1.I,?i2'.w.5,:-was ft.:.eagf-1:3f.Zi19.I.-gay-:ae 3, --wa! '-fm., went'-page-.wXIf mm in:-,afgf5f,Qe1+ssf:2mi.155,5439 -E.:-1-Sq'-115. lff-.-'. -. ' ax.. f :I . ft: ' , ...- :SM 'X ,-, Q:-1-A sfi 35 QI A Aff if-fg7Egf,f.,g:.2e-f Q gb -,fig Em? DIQMLIHIOH jf'gifs23.fig3-,-f.'fsg5E,....,...-it... - Dx. . - - -I at T-T -m' - if -'?'6,11':g1T4 :f:,. , , fs' s- - FNG 'f!l'l0ia, Af' us.-a'sa'::?zf.'-'f'.:fr.e:tlimaf-2.5.3,-1--1','11-If-qs7iQ'.,f:zag.,Qiql'?LH - H. '-- f-Seng--9 f' frm'-.g.:h .fre--: 'iylgf-ggi'--Qf5: 1g1 .fj'q,f.5f ,'-1311 . 1 uzcounncu. -Qavicsi 3,5-Q11 ,Q 5.-.fg3,L,Q,,31fI:2ag2qj'fQQ:fi,,151511311-,qyfiifi-E'-gigs' 79,255-.g5.1'g1u...,,, x,-- , ,e':Qg'1Dg-Eg I fe . me if Xa 'Wveff . af P- . ' --V-SH ' J'-.J--A -:fre-. .1111 ian, 15, 41.1-'2'tffIf.12a, - If:'4'+ 'i-:2':'- X . I ' - - '- 1 H Q. W , ij? fl . f. V fm! 4 21:61 ,335-Agfa i ' '. ':3g'4 , ,sf In the bed towers there are 16 intermediate care units - 13 for medical and surgical patients, 3 for pediatrics. All but one unit are triangular in shape, with 52 beds in single occupancy rooms located around the exterior walls. The support space is located in the center of each triangle. For each 32-bed intermediate care unit, the central support space contains a communications center, two stations for team nursing, two clean work rooms, and two work! report rooms. Each 32-bed unit also contains an examination!treatment room, a soiled utility room, an equipment holding room, a head nurse's office, a galley or food service room, a chief resident's office on the surgical units or a house staff laboratory on the medical units, an employee lounge and locker room, and a waiting area for visitors. Five floors - levels 2,3,-4,7 and 8 - include one 16-bed intensive care unit. These intensive care units are located in the central square. Each floor has one or two conference rooms, house staff and student call rooms, public toilets, floor administrator! nursing supervisor offices, and on-call sleeping rooms for physicians. Medical and nursing students have lounges, seating, and car- rells. There are work rooms where physicians, nurses, and stu- dents can discuss cases in privacy. Needless to say, the main emphasis in the design of the patient floors is patient care. Better patient care is achieved by the use of single bed units. In areas such as pediatric intensive care or neonatology there are overriding medical reasons for providing a multi-bed unit. Each room contains its own toilet and shower, a wall-mounted television, and an electric bed. At the touch of one of several buttons mounted in the siderails of the beds, patients can raise, lower and change the position of the bed, call a nurse, or turn lights or T.V. on or off. On the pediatrics wards, parents of patients may sleep on cots that fold down from the walls, Noisy voice intercoms are replaced by a silent nurse locator system. A nurse indicates his or her pre- sence in a room by pressing a button on the wall. Patient care is facilitated additionally by a centralized assortment of medical equipment ranging from lighting controls to life sign monitors located in the head wall unit above the bed in each room. All hallways are carpeted for purposes of noise reduction. The design of the patient care units is shaped additionally by a careful consideration of the needs of hospital staff and students. This is not surprising as the people who use the hospital had a significant part in its design. Organizational control and a sense of team spirit is fostered by the smaller units, and the dispersal of lounges and locker areas within the worker areas. Educational goals are furthered by the provision of on-call rooms, study carrells, conference rooms, and work rooms on each patient floor. Patients are grouped by disciplines to facilitate patient treatment as well as the study of the various subspecialities. On the other side of the core of Duke North, directly oppo- site from the bed towers, is the ancillary section that houses the hospil's technical services and its advanced medical services. A major feature of this complex is the flexibility for change and future growth incorporated into its design. It is constructed with 63-foot clear spans and has 24-foot floor-to-floor heights, for ease in changing space utilization, as that becomes necessary. Further opportunities for growth exist in the possible expansion on the roofs of the various floors of the ancillary building. Eight foot corridors running through non-restricted areas can be ex- tended to connect with a future doctor's office and clinic build- ing, which can be constructed on land reserved immediately to the east of the ancillary building. Expansion of the ancillary facilities to the south is possible by demolition of the Bell Building. The first floor of the ancillary wing houses the emergency room and the radiology department. The third floor is for surgery, the fifth floor for pediatrics, and the seventh floor for cardiac care. The hundreds of supply items that the hospital uses enter the complex at a loading dock in the basement, are stored there, and eventually go from a distribution center to their destination. Also in the basement is an open-top truck that takes soiled linens to the hospital laundry and a giant compactor that handles the wastes generated by the hospital. Both the linens and the wastes travel from the various parts of the hospital to the base- ment in pneumatic shutes. The underlying philosophy in planning the North addition is that for operational purposes there is one Duke University Hospital with a North Division, the new building, and a South Division, the present hospital. When duplication was necessary, ancillary and support functions were divided, with a main oper- ating location in one of the divisions, and a satellite in the other. The North Division houses the following: the inpatient surgery suite, an imaging center comprising nuclear medicine and diagnostic radiology, exclusive of laboratories and technol- ogy training facilities, the emergency-trauma center, a clinical laboratory, the satellites of other required ancillary services, as well as the main material management function, and the central dietary operations for the entire Duke University Hospital Complex. The existing facility, or South Division, houses 355 beds, which, together with the 59 beds in the Eye Center and the 616 beds in the North Division, bring the total bed complement of Duke University Hospital to 1008 beds. The existing facility also houses the delivery suite, the main clinical laboratory, all ambulatory clinics, most physicians' offices, most medical and allied health education activity, some medical research func- tions, pharmacy satellites, material distribution satellites, and dietary service satellites. The PRT, an automated people! cargo transportation system, links the two divisions of the hospital. The demand distribution system is a conveyor system that carries small items between the North and South Divisions. These two systems, plus the exten- sion of the Duke Hospital Information System CDHISD to the North Division effect a functional reduction in the distance between inpatient units in the North Division and the patient care functions in the South Division. The main surgery suite is located in the North Division, with the South Division housing obstetrics ! gynecology and the ambulatory surgery suite. Nineteen operating rooms and a re- covery room containing twenty-eight patient spaces are located on the third floor of the ancillary section of the North Division as follows: 10 Major C1 with X-rayj 6 Special procedure C2 with X-ray! 1 Endoscopy 1 Urology 1 Cystoscopy Cwith X-ray? Adjacent to the surgery suite are the blood gas laboratory, blood bank, and surgical pathology laboratory, all of them sized to support the North Division surgery suite. The Department of Surgery offices and the primary office complex for the Depart- ment of Anesthesiology are also adjacent to the surgery suite. Lockers and lounges are provided for all individuals assigned for duty in the surgery suite, recovery, and anesthesia. These facilities constitute the transfer point for staff between unres- tricted and restricted areas. The locker and lounge areas are designed to provide separation and privacy for faculty, nurses, house staff, and other personnel. A faculty library! lounge with dictation booths is also provided. H ISTORY 135 Patient's room in Duke North Rxm 'N-.jj -Y aff, Inside of nurse's station Residents at work outside of nurses station .W ' JH Consultation booths, planned to accommodate the surgeon and a family member are designed so that the surgeon can remain in surgical attire while discussing the surgical procedure with the patient's family member. Anesthesia machine cleaning and maintenance, anesthesia electronics maintenance shops, and storage space for machines are provided within the surgical suite. Space is also provided for holding soiled materials pending disposal or transfer to central processing. Shutes for the linen and trash disposal system are located in a soiled utility room within the surgery suite. Entrance to the surgery suite restricted area is through the locker rooms for staff, and through the patient transfer station for patients. Sterile supplies are delivered to the clean controlled work area via a dedicated clean cart elevator from central processing, on a cart-per-case basis. Flash autoclaves are available in the clean work area with direct access to the operating rooms, so dropped instruments can be sterilized. At the termination of each surgical case, supplies are used instruments are returned to the decontamination room in central processing via a dedicated soiled cart elevator. Patients are brought to the surgery suite by a transporter. The patient may receive medication or special surgical preparation in the preoperative holding room - ten patient spaces - and held under supervision there until an operating room is availableg or the patient may be taken directly to an induction room, six of which are located adjacent to the special procedure rooms and four adjacent to major rooms. When the operative procedure has been completed, the pa- tient will normally be transported to the adjacent recovery suite. The recovery suite contains two isolation recovery rooms and 26 recovery spaces in a large open recovery room. The emergency-trauma center is located on the first floor of the ancillary building. It has 37 patient treatment and observa- tion spaces: 3 Major trauma spaces 2 Security exam rooms 4 Minor trauma spaces 1 Endoscopy room 1 Cardiac treatment room I Poison exam room I Resuscitation room 12 Multipurpose exam rooms 4 Cast room positions 8 Observation spaces A special access road leads from Erwin Road directly to the emergency-trauma center. A dedicated elevator goes directly from the emergency-trauma center to the surgical suite. A heli- port is located at ground level adjacent to the trauma center entrance, and connected to it by a bridge over the service road. The center is planned as a major regional referral service for the most seriously injured or ill patients who are triaged by ambulance services or who arrive by private vehicles and heli- copters. The blood bank in the North Division is on the third floor, ancillary section, adjacent to the surgery suite. It supports the surgery suite, emergency trauma center, intensive care units, and other requirements in the North Division. A blood bank still operates in the South Division. Procedures are split be- tween these two areas as follows: NORTH DIVISION SOUTH DIVISION Blood Cross-matching Donor area I Storage of blood Plasmaphoresis Platelet provision Blood processing Frozen blood provision Platelet procurement Frozen blood Immunohematology White cell procurement Blood gas analysis for the intensive care units and for the surgery suite is provided by the blood gas laboratory located on the third floor of the ancillary section close to the surgery suite. In addition, satellite blood gas labs are stationed in the cardiac care unit on the seventh floor, in the general medical intensive care unit on the eighth floor, and in the pediatric-neonatal intensive care unit on the fifth floor. Also located adjacent to the surgery suite is the surgical pathology laboratory, handling frozen sections, log-in of speci- mens, and gross sectioning and dictation. Functions still per- formed by the surgical pathology laboratory in Duke South are histology slides reviewed by staff, dictation from microscopic section, and obfgyn and ambulatory surgical frozen sections, bag-in specimens, and gross sectioning and dictation. The North Division clinical laboratory is a minimal facility designed to serve emergency-trauma patients and North Divi- sion in-patients. The main clinical labs are located in the South Division. Clinical laboratory procedures performed in the North lab are restricted to critical or emergency procedures in which the results can be determined immediately. The lab is located close to the emergency-trauma area. On the same level in the bed tower of the North Division as the neurology and neurosurgery patient care beds is located the electroencephalograph laboratory. There are three screened EEG examination rooms and one EMG examination room which serve all patients in the North Division of the hospital. All out-patients and those in-patients remaining in the South Divi- sion are served by the EEG facility in the South Division. The main respiratory therapy area in the North Division is located on the sixth floor. In addition, there are four satellite respiratory therapy storage rooms located adjacent to and on the same level with the respective intensive care units they serve. These facilities provide for all in-patients within the North Division. The satellites function as equipment holding rooms only, so no patients treatments will be given in these rooms. Each room will be used strictly for supporting the activ- ity of giving respiratory therapy treatments in the patients' rooms and the patient treatment room. The respiratory therapy area in the South Division provides for all out-patients plus those in-patients being cared for in the South Division. The same applies for the physical therapy unit there, which is the main unit. The satellite physical therapy in the North Division is located on the sixth floor near the ortho- paedic beds on that floor. It is also located adjacent to the orthotics and prosthetics in order to allow sharing of employee facilities. The physical therapy treatment areas which are provided are three treatment positions, an open exercise area, and arm, leg and lowboy whirlpool hydrotherapy. In addition, the general surgical intensive care unit on the second floor has been pro- vided with the hydrotherapy facilities required for burn pa- tients. The treatment room for the burn unit contains utilities for two portable whirlpools. The orthotics and prosthetics area on the sixth floor is a satellite of the main unit in the South Division and functions only for fitting and performing minor modifications of artificial limbs and braces for the in-patients of the North Division. Close to the renal disease in-patient unit on the ninth floor is located the acute hemodialysis unit. Six patient spaces are pro- vided, two in private rooms and four in one open room. In- patients will be moved into this unit and held temporarily for therapy only. When patients cannot be moved to this unit, they will be given treatment in their rooms by use of portable equip- ment. A specialized hematology laboratory for pediatrics is situated in the ancillary section on the fifth floor. The facility is separated from the other hematology laboratories because of the special- ized collection and specialized procedures required for pediat- ric patients. V There are thirty-six radiology imaging rooms in the main radiology suite of the North Division, located on the first floor in the ancillary section. Portable fluoroscopic units and portable radiographic units are also planned for this division. These facilities constitute the in-patient radiology imaging support for the North Division. In-patient support for the services remain- ing in the South Division and the majority of the ambulatory radiology imaging are provided by the South Division radiology imaging services. The department is designed so that all imaging modalities consist- ing of radiography, CT scanning, nuclear medicine, and ultrasound are incorporated into a common imaging division. Patients enter the department through the patient receptionist area and then are moved directly around the periphery of the department to a patient staging and dressing area immediately adjacent to the appropriate imaging room. The communication and control desk in the work core maintains communications with all imag- ing rooms to control the flow of patients in and out of the department, based on the capabilities and workleads of each room. A waiting room is located adjacent to the patient recep- tionist area for temporary holding of patients entering and leaving the department and for companions waiting for patients undergoing radiologic procedures. The radiology staff moves between rooms through a common work core serving each block of imaging rooms. This work core is restricted to technologists and radiologists and effectively separates staff and patient traffic. This work area contains read- ing stations, supply carts, data processing terminal, and crash cart, and is the work station for supervising technologists. Ac- cessible to the work area are viewing and conference rooms for radiologists and referring clinicians. The central films file for radiology is located in the 'South Division. The film file space in the North Division is limited to filing of active cases in that division. When a patient is scheduled to be admitted to the North Division, admitting and discharge notifies the main film file room in the South Divisiong the patient's film folder is pulled and sent to the North Division film file room where it remains until the patient is discharged or transferred to a bed in the South Division. The film file is then returned to the South Division after all films have been returned to the folder. The cardiac center is located on the seventh floor of the ancillary section of the building. Space is provided for an adult cardiac catheterization laboratory, cardiac information services, a heart station, and offices for the cardiac center staff These facilities and a cardiac care unit on the seventh floor of the bed towers and a heart station in the South Division for ambulatory patients function as a comprehensive cardiac center for Duke University Hospital. The cardiology information service stores and retrieves all data generated on both in-patient and ambula- tory patients seen by the center. The North Division heart station supports EKG, vector, phono, echo and stress exercising functions. There are phone jacks connected to a computer from each patient room in the North Division so that the physiologi- cal information can be recorded and stored centrally. uv 1 1-1 -nu 11 . ' ' ' ' H 'ff ' -' The pediatric cardiology laboratory along with the pediatric pulmonary function laboratory is located on the first floor directly adjacent to the vascular special procedures area of the radiology imaging division, which permits the use of restricted areas and sharing of reception, waiting and blood drawing facili- ties for pediatric age cardiology and pulmonary function pa- tients. The North Division central pharmacy issues drugs to all the areas serviced in the North Division and houses the main admin- istration offices for the pharmacy department of Duke Uni- versity Hospital. It also functions as the major receiving and storage area for the pharmacy for drugs and supplies. It is located on level 0 near central processing, distribution and storage. Satellites are located in the pediatric, surgical, and medical inpatient areas, in the surigical suite, in the emergency- trauma center, and in the Eye Center. Other functions, such as manufacturing and packaging, unit dose packaging and repackaging into suitable issue units from bulk containers, sterile manufacturing and sterilizing of the hyperalimentation solution, is performed in the South Division and is supplied to both the North and South Division pharmacy areas. Quality control for these manufactured items and for packaged and repackaged units is also done in the South Divi- sion pharmacy. The South Division also has satellites in the minimal-care in-patient area, in the Morris building, in the ambulatory clinics, and at central pharmacy, which functions as a satellite and as a central pharmacy for several functions. Satellites serving in-patient units function as the ordering, receiv- ing and input mechanism into the DHIS system for the unit dose dispensing system. These satellites also update the cart cassettes and they furnish emergency and stat dosages. Also, the in- patient satellites are where all orders are reviewed on the pa- tient's profile for accurate dosing, drug interactions, and in certain instances for the correct drug. Surgery suite satellites issue all anesthesia items, except gases, including the controlled drugs to the anesthesia department and the surgery suite. All drugs to the OR's are provided from this area. The satellite also provides drugs to the recovery and pre-surgery holding area. In the North Division, this satellite is located so there is a dispensing window directly into the recov- ery room area, eliminating the need for a requisition or charge voucher or a medicine cabinet. The pharmacy dispenses the material and maintains all records which eliminates the need for nursing personnel to keep records. The emergency trauma cen- ter satellite operates a special shift to cover the heavy evening hours. Nursing service and hospital administration in the North Division are satellites of the main offices, which remain in the South Division. Associates oversee the administrative activities of the North and South Divisions. Only those hospitals and nursing service administrative functions essential to the opera- tion of the North Division are located there. Because of their common concerns and activities, nursing and hospital adminis- tration are located adjacent to each other on the ninth floor. This permits the free exchange of information and the sharing of common support areas. The admitting and discharge office, a satellite of the main office in the South Division, is in the main lobby, first floor, on the North Division. This area is a control point through which all North Division in-patients, except for emergencies, are admitted, and from which some patients are discharged. In the business office in the South Division are all of the patients' permanent financial and other status records. HISTORY Medical records in the North Division are also part of the admitting and discharge area in the main lobby. Space is pro- vided for records to be held prior to being transported to the point of use within the North Dvision. Records are returned to this point after use, to be transported to other medical facilities within the North complex, or back to the main medical records department in the South Division. An entry vestibule and altar area, constituting the North Division chapel are located on the sixth floor. The chaplain service for the North Division provides a chapel where patients, relatives, visitors, and staff members may meditate at any time and where daily services open to the public are held. Private consultation with the chaplain is also available. The North Division has three auditorium! classrooms in the overhang above the main entrance. They are reached by stairs from the entrance lobby or by a bridge across the entrance lobby from the second level elevator lobby. These areas provide tiered seating, a patient holding room, and projection booths. There are two 125-seat auditoriums, and one 225-seat auditorium. There are four conference dining rooms adjacent to the din- ing area on the first floor. Two seat 16, one seats 35, and one seats 50. There is also a conference room seating from 20 to 50 on each floor that houses in-patients units. The large auditorium! classrooms are designed to accommo- date lectures and demonstrations for medical and other educa- tional purposes. The in-patient conference rooms are for con- ferences related to the in-patient care services and patient- related teaching such as small rounding groups. Students and faculty of the School of Nursing use the auditor- iums and conference rooms for classes and for other activities. Book storage for Duke nursing students is provided in lockers on the first floor, near the elevators. Nursing faculty rooms are on the sixth floor. These facilities function only as satellites to the main classroom and conference activities held in the South Division and the School of Nursing . The Duke University Hospital Information System CDHISD is an on-line computerized patient care support system which serves as a communications storage and retrieval network link- ing the patient care units and diagnostic and therapeutic ancil- lary and hospital support departments. The system is designed to facilitate, expedite and integrate the delivery of patient care services and the operations of Duke University Hospital through data processing and information management. The North Division hardware joins the existing system which consists of 135 display terminals and 76 printing devices located on the in-patient care units in the South Division, Bell Building and Research Park. The system is architecturally and technologically capable of enhancement and expansion of current applications as well as new development. Pending administrative and clinical review and approval, the system will be expanded to include on-line reporting of diagnostic and nuclear medicine radiology inter- pretations as well as surgical and cytopathology reports. Dr. Anlyan believes that the opening of Duke North and the renovation of Duke South brings Duke Hospital up to date, and maybe even up to the 1990 medical needs. With careful consid- eration for space and adaptability shaping the design of Duke North, the hospital is equipped to meet future medical needs. Past experience has shown that one of the most important features of a hospital complex is, in the words of Dr. Anlyan, the flexibility to cope with the unknown. Tom Collier in 3 rr' 1. ,Uk 9 U ' . mversitii Hospitalm D137 meirQenCy and Service Entrance + OU th Division A ' a s-Y, XE 1: f XX H -:TQ-. . , Alai! :pix LE' fzi-'gf 'z-1514:-g' Evo -1' r :lwjj 3 lg, fs' fx v , X yx , ' i TsiF'T1iTf n XX IVHVWIIWW X E L fu Wm AU, f ff ,f wh MH ' ff' , I, V - 'I ' .I . wwuxpu x 1 4 1 , 'K di, r, NLE W 1 1 ,',f,f.e-N , F- X- .mu X, -V, n W, wk? NM r' l.,fk'r xv 1, K ? ALUMNI Ememring crm of 1930 Entemng mm nf 11934 'MQ Envtifi :amass mi was EMEFEL ng Mass M1942 'WE EMBRITF nm Glass mf wma 176 fig mass mn 1950 W2 Emiri ng mass m i195-4 189 annum mm M1958 196 Entenimmf mass mi was am Ememing mask mi 1966 210 Entaring was 0751970 5219 Entmium Blass at WTA 228 Mm mains 234 Seems: 41 s 1 .xW xi ,i 12 1. tl. m, 4 ,,-. ,Q . 'V xk' 5554- 'Qis' b J. . v OFM H... . 1w L1W'9L f '. 1 . .' , Wfflfff f:t!Iff'w, Q--. . Sum , - 15 -un-I-TM'-1T5Q?5f.1i1':33352' 0'1 , V , 5d:'Qi:::-'- :.z:fi'5i::1':'.i-I:-, - . I an---...-,-..,,ML1M-t--..-.-,-.:, ,'v' 5. , 1 , ' '11ww+fv'-vm-mw':n1'vm-n- M fw- . 4 ,ff ,, .np 'J w W lr i IU ff, M lull? 'WH' ,fi s . . o of In 1.1: l1 1 'mv C1-0 .. ..g an-pn--...J mpce-ee-wi -, .'. . , V.-+'-:.- , ---ss-...W --2- ,,---- I riff ..j-..:..':...'f:'fl'f. , ',,,.f ,,1 . i 'X' rt fl itz -.......,'f'1 JC3'f B I , . A ,V 1 ffvmnfzwrfnuzfv Nz- 1 AL :W ' 'p --- .A Q. , 1 ':A'. I X ' ' Jiflxr' - 3- I-a' fi ' ., ' . 1 mi , 51 Q' x . .:w'- '-gg. 1 , ' 'I 5:5 - ' A .1 '-,.' 1' . J , in Q l 'lf ,A ,gf fu U I . K Va ' , ' , asc- . , N I . 1 ' V x.s'xx' ,uh , ' N . X-X N - G- v . 5 , X W N' , 3: 4 . , 1 - - , 1 5 V fu: - X 1 R. ', ', 'A 3 - - i Q 5 . A' ui 'vng1 -a. ' , jff - . Z I' D 51j,5.Q.L..:,L': . . r A ' ff, A m.4j'-- ...i 5 .. I ' 4: '- i, A 4, i 4' .A - 'f- -'M--ff-Q., .Q QW 5,!g4J,,, .l A f,.. ,.,, ,M It I , ,MCM V YQ-M.: 9 .- X - .-, xi . ' W - 5 .A -----. --... N ' -irsiw. M . ' f Y. f- -,I . .2 - if 'U ' A J X, ,A 1 . 3, :I .-... .,::f'LfNf' 'f-'75 T ' H. - h, -. -fmgkvpl ' A 1-' 3 .' .1 i 3 . X xx '23,'2T'.::. , ' x 'ff G1 . X X X- r ' - . W g . ff . ' - 1, . ' A P? 5-sf-1 rw , I - . 3 . 'K 9 f . ' A , . 41 ', 'j ' V .Q -' ' A M , :.:L.1.za,, . x ,TM , m.g,11w:- rf n W -fum.. N:..A I . - I r , .- 1 ' . , , .f , .' ' ' ' I a 1 W ff! 4 I ENTERING CLASS OF 1930 GRADUATING 1932 Heiniuh. George Joyner. George W. Love'o ,J h F. Steve , Ral h U h h, Thad. Walk W d W'l W . 'lk' scum. Pines, NC Ashebom, NC Jacklolivaiiianrt wmigiignvzi., EA gfmiihzia, NC C' K' Ci,32,5:i5flsg W' 'nm SWZIU General Prarlirz Fifty years ago it would have been easy to write this article, but now the task overwhelms me. Today, more than ever, I realize how fortunate we were to be in the first class of Duke Medical School. Fifty years ago we, the first students, had a brand new medical school with every known facility which was attached' to a brand new hospital with full services, outpatient clinics and emergency rooms. We had a beautiful settingg we were part ofa virgin forest, we had balmy Southern weather, and yes, even a championship football team. I am sure the Class of 1932 was unusual because they were all nice, pleasant and friendly students, some were very smart and some of us had to work harder than others. Our class was outnumbered by the faculty, but I do not remember the exact ratio. We had no unusual pressures, and we had every en- couragement. Some of us lived in the hospital and served as externs, even substituting for an intern at Dix Hill in Raleigh. The high point of that experience was the big amazon who grabbed little Stevenson is a bear hug from behind. We were all encouraged to do visiting fellowships, and some of us did one at the Rotunda Hospital in Ireland. Some of us participated in the founding of chapters of various medical fraternities. It astounds me that we could so glibly begin the medical school traditions of this great institution. At the time, I am sure none of us fully appreciated the honor of being in the first class, there were no upperclassmen to indoctrinate us. As I remember it, I do not think there was a single member of the faculty who was not loved and respected, especially the Dean. Dean Davison was a personal friend and a great admirer of Sir William Osler. I do not know the details of how the ivy from Dr. Osler's garden got to our Dean, but our class took part in the ceremony of planting it by the quadrangle entrance of the Davison Building. I do not think it survived! There is no doubt that the immediate success of Duke Medical School came about because of Dean Davison's leadership, his unbounded energy, and his tremendous enthusiasm. Newton DuPuy, M.D. '32 5 IX , - I li ti' i K Iii? .V Q. , Q M, ' H -V V sl X 2 -A il ., ...N I r 52.35 V g In v it V U' ki . v Esta. . 1' . 4 C, 4 , in ' ' 'al J , ' . Af ' ' ' 1 ' -E - - 5 - :pie - ...f : is 4- 1-' V ru in , . lj' iff!! 4- . . gtgf' .' ig .,. 'il Q ji illl 1 ll ' ' . 'ffl i . ' 2 ill, ,iiiillu It Yi . I - ' .4 , . 2 :Q ' . . '- V , 1 W hyjfg, L ' 'D X, I . W ' - aa.. 'A 5f'f'5'liiii',1llWlll'5f-'-- st I e f'f' WA-U , I'-,i,. 1 , , , . 1..'- Ca 75, -wc -fr ' '22 aaa K .ie -N - ,a ,. ,., .- - it' if 'if' A -' f V: . -T'3 4-f f'f '9P?r'1Fgt. :--'- , -iw 'Fri ----SE:-'roi , ,. 'lf - fi' Ll' Mr.. 'll-iirszlrlfgiii.. i'?+5:.P'iT:lfs f'1'Q5d.? .f'575f.'3?iiaa1'if S Pg-T A I 'ii' if ' ' i - .12 I ' 153' f f,fi ': 1 .lg lx , ,,if?fsQL:a'f?'g Q QU14 All 1 . fi., ag, -if ' .'!,.1'9'. f '- i..t':..,..,. . mist-L-:iT.'i'ei'i..-T I .., ...ms-gfI,L'.-'N J-.r,4i 43'2'f' ' ,,, 5 5, Hospital, Davison entrance, ca. 1950 Nurses' building under construction, ca. 1950 ALUMNI 145 ENTERING CLASS OF 1931 GRADUATING 1933 Afkermih. Gerald Callaway. jumper Conti. Martin E. Darden, William D ll G D ff R d k Saginaw, Ml Durham, NC Youngstown, OH Nnrrhpon. Al. Wisggii-S,iLlerriZagC F?ac?'i7ali:Z::?rCAJi Gas el Gghariixlilflgi. Hggiifdzlxsgflrl Drrmalolagy General Surgrry Gmzrul Pratlfrr P,1yfhi,,1U ' EIE-Ny' ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Pate, john R. Arlingron, VA Publi: Hralrh W v Kendrick Kleckner Lewis Montgomery Wearherfnrd, W. Pascagoula, MS Gmrral Prarlirr ENTERING CLASS OF 1930 ,Q Baker. john S. Blocksom, Berger Boyce, Oren D. Brooks Burwell. john C. Cherry Dinin, Benjamin Easley, Eleanor Farmer, Wm. D. Phoenix, AZ Tulsa, OK Gasmnin, NC Greensboro, NC Charham, MA Durham, NC Greensboro, NC Genrrnl Prarlirr Int. Med.-Psyrb. 06.-6511. Hiupilal Admin. Ob.-Gyn. Ophthalmology rl --r-- '- Forrcscue. Wm.N. Frazer, Wm. P. Freeman, Gusrave Godwin, Richard Graves Huzchison Joyner Mahi, George K. Margolin Henderscnfle, NC Hamilron, VA Palo Alro. CA Garden Ciry, NY Si. P'burg, FL 1 Family Pmrlirf Rmarrh Retired --W W M1 1 1 1 in - l Y , McMillan Robert Mikell, Robert F. Parker, Edward F. Peele, Talmage L. Plyler. Marion T. RCQQP- P8111 G- R0ben-9' Louis C- RWMY 'WW' L:'amm Gfeensbdm, NC De Lana, FL Charleston, sc Durham, NC suffolk, VA Bum-nshagn. Al- Dufhagu. NC Bfgfflgmrw Cardiomu, DJ. Prdiairiri Thnrarir Surgery Nrunmrlalamy DWVMW DD' Ura 087 144 ALUMNI l ' Q ,in WP , . 'F , - . ,,,..-V .,.. 04' L. A 1 K -I Q Smith, Albert R. Strickland, B.A. Taylor, Waller L. Waddell, Myron C. Williams, Jarrett Wilson, James R. Wood. Chai-lc T Columbus, OH Alexandria, VA Virginia Bch., VA Denver. CO Abilene, TX Chitrenango, NY Prospggrgark, PA .- yn. For anyone accustomed to Duke Medical Center as it exists today, it would be difficult to believe what the parent institution was like in 1930. At that time, the two original buildings fthe medical school and the hospitalb were newly landscaped and were surrounded by pine woods on the three sides not facing the quadrangle. The medical complex seemed just like one of the West Campus departments, and closer to the rest of Duke University than it is today. My guess is that the original faculty consisted of about two dozen people. About half were the young, full professor, de- partment heads who had been hand-picked by Dean Davison. We students were lucky to have had most of our lectures given by these exceptional teachers. And, very soon they knew us as students and as individuals. An optimistic and comfortable but also vigorous atmosphere prevailed. The Anatomy Department was uniquely friendly. Elizabeth Swett, wife of the Department head, Dr. Frank Swett, was like a house mother to the freshman class. She helped full-time to administrate the department, and her troubleshooting for stu- dents fitted in naturally. Being kind to students may have been faculty policy, because they were all good to us. They had parties for us at Christmas, and they invited us to dinner. The latter kind gesture invariably terrified meg my background had been meager, and I was trying to hide it. One dreadful time - my insides shrivel to remember it even fifty years later - we arrived for dinner a day late. My only alibi was that the foreign accent of the lady who had phoned was difficult to understand. The first freshman class of 1930 was a very mixed bag. Rumor had it that we 50 students had been selected from 500 appli- cants, and every once in a while, someone wondered out loud, Why me? Most of us were in our twenties, but there were at least three teenagers, at least one of whom had finished only two years of college, and one very bright man who must have been somewhere near thirty. We were from many different states and backgrounds, but we had no blacks, no Orientals, and no foreign students among us. Severaljewish students mixed in with every- one else and didn't seem like a minority. The class soon divided into smaller groups of friends, but this did not interfere with the harmony of the group as a whole. We were all oriented toward medical practice, not toward academic medicine, Mr. Duke's wish to provide doctors for the South was then a potent influ- ence. Several students had a hard time keeping up, but no one failed. However, there were soon several dropouts, among them one alcoholic and one of the three women in the class. The admission of women to the medical school was probably another of the innovative policies of the young Duke medical enterprise. I was originally a graduate student in psychology, and I was sent for a course in physiology. The reaction of the Admissions Committee at Vanderbilt was, No, go away!', But, my major professor kept sending me back. Finally the commit- tee gave up and put me in the anatomy class taught by Dr. Frank Swett. I was fascinated by the course, and my hard work im- pressed Dr. Swett. When he moved to Duke as Chairman of the Department of Anatomy, he admitted me to Duke Medical School. My classmate, Julia jones, and I did go on to finish medical school and were treated wonderfully well by the faculty. This' was in sharp contrast to the behavior of some of the male medical students and house staff, who acted as if they wished we'd get lost, permanently. Unfortunately, this latter attitude was the prevailing one. We were tolerated, usually politely, then avoided if possible. But we became accustomed to the jibes and innuendos. One assistant resident's regular greeting was, Fm an ultra persimmon to'rd medical women? At faculty parties, my husband's friends kept asking me, When are you going to quit all this foolishness and settle down? Our predicament is hard to believe considering how things are today. Such difficul- ties were not the only ones we encountered. When I applied for an internship, the Professor of Medicine declared, No women and no married students will be accepted. But Dr. David Smith, Professor of Bacteriology, managed to get me accepted anyway. Considering the unfavorable climate, why and how did we do it? I don't know the answer for julia jones, now deceased, except that she was affluent, assured, very bright and not a man's type woman . Chance, good luck, and a tolerant husband took care of me. For several decades, l've been seeing wives work to put their husbands through medical school. My husband put me through. What's more, he put up with my being gone and working much of the time. Let my wife be , he told our skeptical friends. I'm buying her a gold washboard and she's going to support me in the manner to which I intend to become accustomed. It was luck that my husband got his first post-doctoral job at Duke. But no one, not even he, anticipated my becoming a busy and successful doctor. My success, and probably the success of many women doctors in those days, was no doubt in part due to World War II. During 1942, half of the male civilian doctors went into military service, and therefore, any doctor was needed in the community. All the patients who had initially regarded me with suspicion or disdain were glad to have me around, and by the end of the war, I was downright popular. Thus chance again had favored me, and patients paid no attention to my being a woman as long as I had a trained mind. Eleanor B. Easley, M.D. '34 M s IAWN 'N-A f -1 -A. tri. 1 1 . .- . W '. Q. al' nhl 3' iii-s'a 3 Y' f H sf at as n , U . , ,A 14,1 ,nm hm ' gm. f Njgfi N. in -ing-T H ' p pprp Jigga-lonnit:-pins, lg lr' Q, A ian-+1-i - .-4. . , 1 - ' ' Undergraduate library, ca. 1950 ALUMNI 145 ENTERING CLASS OF 1931 , :WH will W ' , l r . 3-R Q ' ' K xl .Ev ' l ll x I , Bike' B0l3l'5hY Brian Buirge, Raymond Colley, Milton C. Cmxv. F. Hughes Brooklyn Park, MN welcome, MD Grw Falls. MT Orrlmfmdir Surg. Cree, Mnurie B. Devine. jnhn W. Finch, Alvis D. Hendcrsonv'le, NC Miami, FL Southfield, Ml Plailir Surgery Eingcral1.l,John Forbes, john S. Fulp,Jaml:s F. Gcnge G f ' , Ab H. Hare, Robert A. Rwflwro. NC Basking Ridge. NJ Sroneville. NC UEZI3.. . ER: Beverly Hills, CA - General .Yufgery Ufogg, Holnz, Hurry M. Jenkins, Raymond jones, julia M. West Orange, Nj Lehigh Acres, FL New York, NY Ophibalmalugy JUYUCI. Austin Kennon Leach, C. Edward Lester, David W. McLawhorn, li. Miller Bmnforfl. Cl' Baltimore, MD San Diego, CA Greenville, SC Rmarrb Cnrdfnlagy Pxyrizium- , 4: Owens, Francis L, Pachmun, Daniel Preston, john F. Pudenz, Robert H. Query. Richard Z, Ralsron, Raymond R Pinehurst, NC Chicago, IL Pebble Bench. CA Pnso Robles, CA Charlene, NC Slippery Rock. PA Gnural Pfarlifc Prdiulriu Olrup. Med. Numuurg. Ru. Rlyrurmzlolagy Rrlirrd Mullen Munroe Neurrlaicr, Arrhur Iowa City. IA Fnmib Prarzire ,,.l nsmussen, Lesrer Robinson, Dennis Robinson Porrland, OR Bedford, VA Pedialrin Rucker, Edwin M. Saxc Scadron Schmidt, Roland Sharps: 559821. living M- Richrnond, VA Eugene, OR New York, NY R Smith, John G. Smyer Slifh ccky Mount, NC I nnrnnl Mvdirinr 'vc 5. Tannenbaum, jack Wesson, Thomas W. White, Millard B. Greensboro. NC Tupelo, MS Sarasota. FL lm, Mid.-cml Ophthalmology Paabnlm 146 ALUMNI ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Jncoba, Julim E. Myrtle Beach. SC Orlhopardir Surg, 'milhlll '5 l .l ' J Wi 15? ff Wi, .. ...Ll ni A f - 3 , iilif, iii .l Y f Braun, E.M. Bridgcrs, Wm. H. Columbia, SC Neu ro. Surgery 5 1 ol Denholm. john S. Dill. Leslie V.D. Westfield, Nj Fort Myers, FL Oh.-Gyn. jenkins, Arthur jones, Roderic O. Frcnchtown, Nj Sun City Ctr., FL Publix' Heallla Ricketts. Tyson San Francisco, CA Gmmxl Surgery Schulze, W. Buckner, F.W. ,,,, . ' 1,4 ry? 'W-U ' I q fa- ,I ' K , L j g.. A- Edwards. J .W. ENTERING CLASS OF 1932 , :Qwlx -- 0 512, -f g, ,.,Y,,' -.f.i,,.',.g.' ,. 'iff I -ff 'W - , wif., it 46 5 :,, . cf 'A' sfliw -' , 14- .. 'Z 5 ir' as 15... ' V - V I '- . . :Le 1 i i 1 . . . . , , . - , ,, , V , I it 5 1 15' , x I , Y' sf' 'T 1 T' li '11 . , K 'Af' . .1 l . -f. 'N Q -' wt M, Y ' A- ., , W Via l.. . r Q . W 9 - , ,M , -- .ww '-- nw. wi -ii.-.,2 -v H nnwn W ' 5 W H fl W U ,,,, 'l Wil' f,,lI w W . Q 'II'X l,,., .. ,, ,l?fIIIlIlIl'l'T' ', W Burrill. Benjamin Verona. Nj Dermulalagi Chunn. C. F. Fischbach, Max W. FOX. Herbert j. Elkins Park. PA lulenml Mrdiriur Durham. NC Collins, Charles White Plains, NY hu. Med.-Cami ,ffw 525' . - . .na ru I Lf 1 6 ig, Y www W h X Wir. w i U Cortes. Gabriel Bngora Castich. Kenneth Oakbrook, IL Paibvlvgy Germer. H.S. Grecnlicld. Jack Marco Island. FL ,i, Gmzral .Yurgrrjr i Q Q' fi ' P' - I 1 1 -if ,' Y . h - Y ' a.. liijw , Wm , Massengill. G.K. Menefec. Elijah Raleigh, NC Green Valley, AZ General Surgery Kavanagh, Wm. P. Klenncr, F.R. Marion, Donald F. Salisbury, NC Reidsville, NC Miami, FL I ...-1. - Ivfffp fe 1 ' '-, 1 , fa A -qi, W . Q :iii ' -'TJ J 1 , 'f m,,5,,,, , , , .mt - ' 'N-...P Shields, Ralph K. Spence, W.T. Bethlehem, PA Irllrrnal Mrdicin: Stevens, joseph Greensboro. NC Infernal llhdirin: Swingle. Hugh F. johnson City, TN Gmmzl Surgery Szanron, V.I. Harrell. George Timonium. MD Med. Ei Caruull. , i Milii I 1 .'.u f H . 41,2 9' Wal ,n,,i ' . . i, MW it W W nm. wi. Cramer, Charles New York, NY yum Y , X ' V155 l ' MY gi., X if, I W. ' Y? -4 . ' N7 Harris. Patterson Southport, CI' Publir Hmlfh Parsons, Philip Chnrhzlm. Nj X-Ray-Diagnarlir a b r I K 'fl Sli uiiililw i i' , 3 ...W 'Alt iiii fill ,JM45 , Q if li, -M-T' Pi Thomason, Ruben Corpus Chris., 'XX Intemal lliniirinf Pishko. Michael Pinehurst, NC 0b.AGyn. f .' .viii 'iff' rg.: RTM? ,uimw , ww. 'T' I' '. ll ,, , 11,1 will . ,:J Turner, A. Fred Orlando. FL Umlagy s. A .- I Y' .P 3 , . f-e ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS von Scorebrand Naha. Okinawa Public Heallb ll 3, W W i f i gf if., , J 5' ,I .www Ww,1- . L-. M. L mi Uhde, George I. Willis, Candle: Lcuxsville. KY Asheville, NC Olnlmyngolvv Fam. Pnu.-Surg. I qs 5, 'Q F Ir.. I Picture sent in by Bennett Stephenson, ca. 1955 jack Tam-ienbaum, Ca, 1934 ALUMNI 147 ENTERING CLASS OF 1933 ww w M -in li Wx ,, ,, rw, MK 7-V Adams, Raymond D. Adkins Trogler Alter Francis W. Axelson Gordon Bada es M d Baylin Georg J. B 1 C D H D d W F Boston. MA Newpdrr l, NC San lxhzeo, CA Spencer, VA Ne: York?,l:l1:'r Durlmrn, NC? ul-Keir 'ECS Saflxnroilgy rgmgzporr 1513 Nwfvpvrb--Pfyfb. lmmmlnndffm Redd-Ol 1 z u aryrr. General .Surg Fugate Glass, William H. Gosc Gray, Cyrus L. Haines, Charles Harvey, Harold I. Henderson Alfred Herrington M S Hormck Newron Wes: Herrford. 'CT High Point. NC Nashville, TN Berkeley, CA Palm Beach FL Chesapeake VA Pirrsburgh PA lrmrnul Mrifulnf Radiulogy Uralagy Int. Med-Cari Urology Rudmlugg Kerner, Jeremiah Kinney, Thomas Leff, Wm. Arthur Invell, Durward McAllister Hugh Mafsifano- NR- MH-mn Dflvld W MKFIIU 1 R MOON Frank R West Covina, CA Durham, NC E. Orange, Nj Birmingham, AL Lumbemufl NC Savannah, GA W Palm Beach PL Circlevniie O1-I Radrbl.-Nur. MM Palhvlvgy Surguy ' Pedlalrm General Prurnrr Morrow, Arch S. Moseley, Vince Nsmnnff. Philip Newbern. Wake' Nkschke. Richard Ould. Carlton L. Pare Archibald Phillips Wm A Pnsrlerhsx air R Mandarin. I-'L Charlesron, SC Chmrlorre. NC N. Palm Beach. FL San Anromu. i'X Campbell, CA Goldsboro NC Toledo Durham NC Internal Mfdirine Int. Mri4Gl Fam? Pr rf' C d. S .-GI I IM d ' v ry a ne nr wg ruerrm nun: Radwlagg Alrnbnlum Swim: Provinsky Leo B. Reed, Howard L. Self Sheehy james E. Spring st -Ek Cha,-125 59-,eg M Eugene Van Arsdull C Whxldxn James G Jacksonville, FL cemmzue, DE Svmiue. NY xfrxfnpiun, VA Glcndon NC Harrcdsbnug. KY Berhlehfm PA 0P,7'l14I'Wl'7KY Grrialrin Family Prarlrre General Pmmrr Ru:-halugy 148 ALUMNI Q49 Ml Win WW' ,X '35 Wilson. James S. Durham, NC General Surgmr lll n L . ll Wilson. Wesley W Tampa, FL ENTERING CLASS OF 1934 ..,1TE3.,, fl 5'-fs r .5 r . Q 'A . i . ' :gl . H V: , - us, al'3,' l'lll -- lml l ll I M W1 f ' l l 'vcr' Alter, Robert L. Baer, George J. Balas, E.M. Barefoot, Sherw'd Berry, Courtland: 3055211 BlS9k.,l0l'1n R- B0SSl'dl1S- Gwrse Bf?l'ld!- John W- Greensboro, NC Winn.-f Park, FL vclghzfvnge, HJC Bellvue. WA ,P:ff5bl2'lg:':iF4 ll ff fd f fl IYYIH E lflnf Dmnalulugy Burns, Margaret - Mamalier, Willard Crass, Almon R. Duncan, Charles Eogel. David H. Gill, Dan Cummins Goncler, Thomas A. Haas, Wtlltain K. nan, t.. rremunt Asheville, NC Bethesda, MD High Point, NC Radford, VA Greenwich. CT Dallas, TX Oakland, MD San Diego, CA Tarpon Spnn7, FL Pxythiallj' Oh.-Gyn. Genrnzf Surguy General Surgery Inlernal Mrdicmr Med. Opbtbn mul. v, , ,-hid. 4 2. if Hastings, Walter Hickman, Harry S. Hollister, Wm. F. Horack, Harold M. lvie, joseph Mc.K. jolszed, A.H. Kaufman, Wm. H. Lee, Alben F. Lee, Lyndon Ed. Spartanburg, SC Lenoir, VNC Souzh'n Pines, NC New Orleans, LA Nashville. TN Sparks, MD Mercer Island, WA Kensington, MD Grnefnl Surgery Prdiulrirx Gmrrnl Surgery Radialngy Drfmalalagy 0b.-Gyn. Surgery . .. ,LH -, jf L5 . U y ' ,fl I lv .i l 'A K l Lesko, joseph M. Lide, Thomas N. MacCoIl, Wm. A, McCracken. joseph McNamara, Philip MOFIUD- Henry' G- PEUIY-131095 MCG- PCIIY. R- M'-'l PDWEU, Wm- F- West Redding, CT Hilton Hemi, SC Seattle, WA Durham, NC Grcenbrac, CA Sarasota, FL Cedar Bluff. VA Ventura, CA Asheville. NC Num: Piyrbialry Pallnnlagy Pediatric: hurrnal Mrdirine Prdialriu General Surgevy Pzdialrir: EENT - -ww. H 1 , ,fs -'vw , A-. E l ell L it AEE? lk. V Ross, Irn S. Ross, Weldon Truh Rumpanos, Socrnt Sachs, James W. Shinners Silver, GCOKSE A- SHO!-lil. Gentle M' SIYIUH, Charles Thornhill. H812 S. Orange, Nj McMinnville, OR Mobile, AL Hagerstown, MD Durham, NC lndimlantic, Fl. Raleigh, NC Raleigh, NC Nfwv. and Psyrb. Ophrhnlmalugy lm. Med.-Diab. EENT 'HN fa Wfi R X1 , , sw ------- ' l 'l- li l -- ' ll Yin i I H- J ' , -ld! f ix Q. V ,A 5 . L J, .W M l f W il-fl M m it - ' .lm H: - ...W .sw ., , Troxler, Eulyss Van Hoy, joe M. Varner, Philip H. Veale, N.C, Webster Wells, Warner L Wh't ker Charl s W l F k M. W ll Do h greensbogo. NC Charlene, NC Chevy Chase, MD Chapel Hill, NC Clhjtsville, MDE WAlg:ny,:liInY Milind, Y rrbaytudnr Surg. General Surgny G :rural Pmum 5,,,,,,,1 p,,,,-in l,,,,,,,,,,1 M,df,i,,, AISO GRADUATI NG james Covington Currens, james H. Gill. AIKiCl-IS J- WITH THIS CLASS Wadesboro, NC Boston, MA Dallas. TX lnlmtal Mrdftinr P4ffWf0D' ALUMNI 149 1938 was a very good year for medical students as far as we were concerned. We were a cohesive, hard-working, non- competitive group with a family-like closeness that developed out of very diverse origins. We had classmates originating from all over the country and from various walks of life. Only four of the students were female, and only four students were married fthe only four who could afford it in those economically de- pressed times, I suspectj. Living arrangements were quite heter- ogeneous, some students rented rooms off campus, a few had apartments, and two of the married couples rented houses. Several of us lived in a four-room shack in the woods where the parking deck is now. During the four years, we lost only three classmates: two who failed out and one who died of a brain tumor. Not many of us became very famous, but there does come to mind AJ. Uimj Gill, who became a Professor of Pathol- ogy and Dean of the Southwestern Medical School in Texas, F.M. Woolsey, who became Dean of the Medical School at Albany in New York, and Warner Wells, who wrote the Hiroshima Diary based on his post-war experiences as part of the atomic bomb survey team living in japan immediately after the war. We were the fifth class at Duke and it was still a little johns Hopkins, inasmuch as most of the faculty had come from that school. Our first real encounter with a faculty person was with Dr. Frank Swett, who was the Professor of Anatomy, not only was he an interesting and warm person, but he was also a very good instructor and very helpful. His wife, though we were not aware of any formal title, was a sort of mother to everybody in the medical school and would probably today have the title of Associate Dean for Student Affairs. She took great interest in every student and remembered each of us for many years after we had gone from Ivy Halls . Other faculty members are also well remembered. Dean Davison was a phenomenon and a genius loved and admired by all. Dr. F.M. Hanes, Professor of Medicine, always wrote aphor- isms on the blackboard at the start of each of his lectures, many of these were quotations from Hippocrates and other famous physicians or philosophers from the past. I recall one bit of advice he gave us: A physician should marry a nurse or a wealthy woman, a nurse will understand his problems and a wealthy woman will not care. Dr. Deryl Hart, Professor of , -- Surgery, is recalled with great fondness. In particular, I remem- ber his lectures on jaundice, in which he described in great detail his own battle with the disease, although he called it catarrhal jaundice, I think he must have had hepatitis. Dr. Wiley Forbus, Professor of Pathology, was in the process of writing his book, Reaction to Injury, and continually lectured to us on this interpretation of pathology. Dr. Perlzweig, Professor of Biochemistry, had quite an accent. On one occasion, Chuck Whitaker was standing on a laboratory stool pouring an agent into the top of a rather long burette and Dr. Pearly asked him, Young man, vot are you doing up on that stool? To which Chuck replied, I am studying higher chemistry! This rather incensed Pearly , but he didn't throw Chuck out of the class. One time in physiology class, we were studying the effects of dilute alcohol on gastric contents, and each of us involved in the experiment had aI.evine tube passed into his stomach, after this, samples of gastric juice were aspirated to measure hydrochloric acid. One classmate who was a complete teetotaler was, un- announced to him, provided with 7075 alcohol and became a bit tipsy. Last but not least, all of us recall Dr. jay Arena, at first as a pediatrics resident, and later as an instructor in pediatrics. We still look forward, to seeing him when we return to annual reunions. On the lighter side, our class was the first one to have an annual student drama portraying the faculty. Among the heroes of the drama were Dr. Sterile Part with his magic ultraviolet wand which could cure anything, and Dr. julio Ruffian who used a bamboo stick for a proctoscope. There were many other interesting characterizations, and as I recall, only one of our faculty members was insulted by his protrayal. The big social event of the year was an annual student-faculty dance held at the then existing and famous Washington Duke Hotel in downtown Durham, in general the faculty became more crocked than did the students. 1938, as you will recall, was the last year of world peace, but we could see the clouds forming. We left our beloved Duke with mixed emotions, something like leaving home and mother to go out into the cold cruel world, but going eagerly to try out our newly found knowledge in the world of internship and practice. j.M. Van Hoy, M.D. '58 l Artist's conception of West Campus, 1950'S 150 ALUMNI l.. ur Stan Lourdeaux and Buck, 1938 fl g i,,..r 'H ir-yi Adams. F.M. EEE?-Im: -sv .- ., . . 'A 1- 'fl f' . ' I 1' . l r Douglas. john M. Charlotte. NC Iunmul Mfdiriuf 1 I I u 3 f Larsen, Charles Lakeland. FL fi 'ii l Moffir, O.P. v . . l . Pmlen, Gilbert M. Margatetville, NY Retired I Stark, Sidney Brooklyn. NY ENTERING CLASS OF 1935 .1 'MW '- . F L 'Qin' Q9 Q -U in 1 Y 5 , v X N DM Biddle, Robert M. L'tle Hocking, OH I nlerrml Mfdiriur fl A 5 E- . if l , Downing. Robert Kcnnebunk, ME 'QV 1 fi . . Latcl-mm, Charles Des Moines. IA Morrow, Rufus C. Banner Elk. NC Olulfujyngulagy , Q 5 ' i ll . Y Q- . I. ., A - 1 Parrish, Alben Fr. lauderdale. FL Urology . ,...-., , Wig. Storey, Wray D. Odessa. TX Pnllaalagy Brown. W.E. ,- i Q- 'li' Dunlap, Ernesv. B. Manchester, GA Orfbapaedir Surg, lawrence. J. Moser, L.A. vL'w?1 'W ' ec Q , vu Pyle, Lawrence A. Bethesda. MD Bunch. C. Pardue Artesil. N M Famib' Prnrlirr Eagles. Archie Y. Ahoskie. NC I Lincicomc. Robert Vienna. WV Armll1uu'ulag1 v l Munroe. Colin A. Hollywood, FL lnl. Mzd,-Card. Burk, james M. Decatur. lN ., ,fir:gg.-ry wrqjfi ... f 1 ,..L.,g4, irmi - il if' il, h 5223.4 :' ' B fr : if .,, ' . . Y ,Vs -, . .54 3311,-1 ,,,, 1.m.glw aw l. ' l 1. Eckbert. Wm. Fox Gastonia, NC Family Pmrlire f Lucns. Paul W. Tilton. GA E.E.N.T. D, Munson, Henry T.E. St. Clair Sh.. Ml Olularyngalngv Rapcr. james S. Asheville, NC Rrlirrd Radiology u we 'Q Fil, ' all ' f., ,.. H -' 1 Sutles. D.L. Therford. joseph Hueytown. AL Rysanck. Wm. j. Baltimore. MD Timmons, john R. Columbia, SC Grnnal swgm Carmichael, G.G 5 'S jf? l I Field, Arnold L. Baltimore, MD Gyn.-Gm. Surg. A E ,, - in '--- N N N ,W wwwwwi i Mattocks, 'I'.R. Satellite Bch, FL . ll , . .,,,, Nnlle. Brodie C. Shreveport, LA Instr?-F1 4A4 1 l ..-.w '- ' I Suwyet, LE. 76, f ,,, 'l 7 Trachtenberg, Wm. Goldsboro, NC Emrrguny Mei ' ! 'Q ' M- i Cmyer. David Winston-Salem, NC Gdllrnenlrralagy I , , xl J 'if' Y ,. Qs 5 fx Haymnnd, w.v. . 1 1, ,xg . I Mmnaxxy, Wm. J. High Point, NC 0 . Gm. Praf. nu 1' Newman, Glenn C. Clinton. NC ' vm W, ,. l lt .- L Schanher, Paul W. Springfield, OH sufgfq Turner, Larry Durham. NC fn ,K Y . W. Cox, john Hulon Tobaccoville. NC I . . H ,A . . O Kernodle, Harold Burlington, NC Surgery- I ' il lb, WM.. J M V Y n. Q.. L Merkley, Harold Salt Lake Cty. UT 0b.-Gyn. 5 1 Q. ' i fj i Nickau, Robert H. Tequesta, FL Radiology lg l 'll 2 J Schnoor, Thomas Sanra Cruz, CA Il, Crosby, Frxtnk H. Lockport. NY t 'Q I 1 Win MA Kornegey. Robert Rocky Mount. NC Meyer, Francis P. , elk Nixon, Pat I. San Antonio. TX n 5 X Smith, Cazhcart Co nway, SC Oplbalmalagy lnfrmal Mfdirinf 13 P 1 i' r 5:-Q f '. X . Wadsworth, joseph Walp, Frederic M. Durham. NC Porrstown. PA Ophrbalrnalagy Relimz' ' ALUMNI 15 1 . 1 p - -N r af- Q it 'Q' 1 if -Q It ' -. ,Z 'V - - ' ' ini 5: 1 .., Z' ' If t. I '- if l i l 5 Q Watson, George A. Webb, R.C. Weeks, Kenneth D. Weider, Irving B. W'lso , R A W C. Dufhlm- NC Rocky Mvunrz NC New vm, NY I sailwxiti. risikifuillg lffffffml Mfdlfwf Frdlalncx lnlenml Medifirl: When the class of 1959, fifty-eight strong, gathered at Duke in September, 195 5, it was only the fifth year of existence of the medical school. Only three classes had graduated before we arrived. Every region of the United States was represented in our class, there was only one girl, Doris Surles from Dunn, North Carolina, and there were no blacks or other minority students, or at least there were no students who were recog- nized as such back in those days. Five of us, all natives of North Carolina, were close friends, S.A.E.'s and graduates of Davidson College. We werezjohn Douglas, an actively practicing internist in Charlotte, North Carolina, Bob Kornegay, now in the active practice of surgery in Rocky Mount, North Carolina, Colin Monroe, an active internist in Hollywood, Florida, Joe Wads- worth, recently retired Chief of the Duke Eye Center, and myself, K.D. Weeks, currently in the active practice of internal medicine in Rocky Mount, North Carolina. Little did we know then that we would receive early and not too flattering recogni- tion in the subject of biochemistry before the end of the first school year. Most of us roomed in the graduate dormitory on the West Campus the first year. Only three or four students in our class were married and an even smaller number had automobiles. The Duke world for the majority of the class, at least for the first year, fairly quickly settled down to include the graduate dormi- tory, the dining room, the post office, the dope shop , the Duke Store, the barber shop and the laundry - all in the Men's Union on West Campus, and the fourth floor of the Davidson Building, where the Department of Anatomy and the cadavers were located. Dr. Frank Swett was Professor and Chairman of the Department of Anatomy, assisting him were Professors Hetherington, Hollingsworth, and Everett, and Instructors Finkelstein and Baylin. Other courses of that first semester were histology and neuroanatomy, which was taught by Dr. Tal Peele. This first semester proved to be one of the most pleasant experiences of our medical school career. The atmosphere was relaxed and easy-going, and there was no feeling of pressure on anyone, there were no assignments and we had a choice of textbooks. Taking the place of written examinations were con- ferences of small groups of students with various professors at weekly intervals. There was no spoon-feeding , but we soon found out that we had to do a lot of reading and studying in the library. I will never forget Mrs. Farrar, the librarian, and her aged mother who was always with her. The library was also a good place to read the paper, take a nap, or make a date with one of the student nurses. Unpredictably, Dr. Swett would call one of us into his office for a very frank discussion of our academic standing and our prospects for the future. In one of his conferences with me, he said, All men Cstudentsj are not created free and equal, free maybe, but not equal. Some are brighter than others and learn faster, while others are basically just as sound or smart, but are plodders and climb the ladder of success slowly. I never did know exactly what he meant by all of this, but it made quite an impression upon me that I have never forgotten. Mrs. Swett also had an office on the fourth floor and made it a point to know ALUMNI every student well. She was truly the students' advocate and was frequently called upon to hear our problems. She was subse- quently given an office on the first floor near the Dean's office. In reality, Mrs. Swett worked closely with the Admissions Com- mittee, although, as far as I know, she was never so designated officially. There are still many who, to this day, feel that Mrs. Swett was most persuasive with the faculty and was very influen- tial in the final deliberations of the Admissions Committee. A popular diversion from the daily routine was to listen to the music of johnny Long and Les Brown, live in the lobby of the Men's Union, either before or after eating supper. Additional social activities, after hours and on weekends, included such names and places as the Tavern at the Washington Duke Hotel, Pete Rinaldi's Restaurant Cwhich started out as a very small lunch counter right across the street from McPherson's Hospi- tall, the Village Inn, and Crickmore's Tavern on Saturday nights C the music goes clown and around and comes out here , and Marie, the dawn is breaking J. First semester it seemed medical school wasn't so tough after all, but with the beginning of the second semester came bioche- mistry with Dr. Perlzweig and physiology with Dr. Eadie. Those of us from Davidson knew that we were poorly prepared for biochemistry, and sure enough, not many days had passed when Dr. Perlzweig declared, You Davidson boys are the dumbest I have ever seen in this school! Furthermore, he singled me out one day while I was boiling water in the lab and said, Mr, Veeks, you are in a sinking boat and can't svimf' CHe had a little trouble pronouncing W'sD. That night before supper I had my trunk packed and was leaving on the 9 o'clock bus for Rocky Mount, but fortunately I called Mrs. Swett to tell her that I had flunked out of medical school and was going home. She re- minded me that I had done very well in anatomy, and asked me to come to see her the first thing next morning. When I arrived in her office at 8:30 a.m., she had already talked with Dr. Perlzweig, who had agreed to give me another chance to prove that I really wasn't as dumb as I appeared to be. In retrospect, I am sure the remarks by Dr. Swett that all men are not created free and equal and the encouragement by Mrs. Swett gave me the necessary confidence and motivation to finish medical school, but the remarks and influence of Dr. Perlzweig kept me from becoming another Osler. To this day, I still have bad dreams about pI-I and acid-base balance - nightmares in which I find myself in a sinking boat and still cannot swim. Then came September 1936 and the second year of medical school for the Class of 1939. After biochemistry and physiology CI became an expert at boiling water and smoking drumsj, we were ready for anything. This was the year for pathology, clinical microscopy, hematology and physical diagnosis, and it was also our first introduction to Wiley Forbus, Oscar Hansen-Pruss, and Ed Orgain. This was the year that it all began to fall into place for the first time. We were issued a little black bag with stethoscope, blood pressure apparatus, tuning fork and reflex hammer, and there was no holding us back now. Dr. Forbus was hot on inflammation and reaction to injury, and Dr, Hansen- Pruss's slogan was, Blood will tell. They were truly great teachers. Then came the clinical years, the junior and senior years, the best years, and working with patients on the wards for the first time. We tlicln't have penicillin or cortisone, but we had the priceless opportunity of being taught the state of the art as it existed at that time by such superstars as the following: Dr. Deryl Hart, Chief of Surgery - ultraviolet lights in the operat- ing rooms and tidal drainage of thoracic empyemag Dr. Fred Haynes, Chief of Medicine - he said, Blood means cancer until proven otherwise exactly 5000 times during my career at Duke but itis still true, Dr. Cal Callaway - Medicine S Clinic every Thursday night, the social occasion of the week, with Darkfields, Wassermanns and Kahns, and with injections of Neoarsephenamine and Bismuth - Keep a high index of suspicion, you can catch it on the avenue as well as in the alley , Dr. Julian Ruffin, Director of the Medical OPC - who could ever forget fast rounds in the MOPC with Dr. Ruffin, the master of taking short histories and making quick, accurate diagnoses, Dr. Wiley Forbus - inflamation and reaction to injury, Dr. Oscar Hansen-Pruss - unsurpassed in hematology, one of the great teachers of all times and at his best when squared off with Wiley Forbus in a Saturday morning CPC in the amphitheaterg and Dr. Walter Kempner - just arriving on the scene with his Warburg apparatus and a bag of rice. Dr. Kempner learned English for the first time from the students he was assigned to teach. I can still see and hear him with his stethoscope in place, telling a patient to breeze in and breeze out . Others making lasting impressions on all the students they taught were Ed Orgain, Clarence Clonnie Gardner, Lige Menefee, Bayard 'lNick Carter, and Bill Nick Nicholson. Of course, such a list could never be complete without including Dean Davison and his man , Carl, and the Dean's First Lieutenant,jay Arena. Carl kept the Dean well supplied with memorandums, books and journals while the Dean sat on his throne in the john across from his office. It is probably a true statement that much of the destiny of Duke Medical School was shaped as a result of the Dean's deliberations in the john. At the same time, extracurricular activities and events were not being neglected. As we gained more confidence with the approach of our senior year and the anticipation of our M.D. degrees, we also found more time for outside interests. The university was faced with a shortage, of dormitory space for graduate students and consequently built three cabins . Each cabin housed twelve medical students and was located in a wooded area just behind what is now Hanes House. These cabins proved to be very popular as the hub of Saturday night social activities and were just a short walk from Baker House, the nurses' home. At that time, popular brands of drink Cexcept on Sunday morningsj were Queen Mary pinch bottle , Scotch, Crab Orchard and Mint Springs. Hoover Carts were disappearing from the streets, and with help from President Franklin D. Roosevelt, the NRA, the WPA, and the CCC, the general economy was showing signs of recovery from the great Depression of 1929 and the early 1930's, but most medical students and their parents were still hard up. Very few students had automobiles or were married. There were no black students or other minority students as stated earlier, but a few foreign graduates were joining the house staff through the influence of Dean Davison. A private room in Duke Hospital cost 358.00 a day and a private duty nurse got 34.50 for an 8-hour shift. Desegregation was unheard of, Long, Osler, McDowell and Welch Wards were for whites, and Nott and Prevost were segregated for blacks. Hospital Care of Durham and Hospital Savings of Chapel Hill were just getting underway as the first pre-paid hospital insurance companies in the United States, in later years 09685, these merged to become Blue Cross and Blue Shield of North Carolina. Joe Louis was boxing champion world. Television had not arrived and H.G. Wells scared everybody to death with his radio dramatization of Invasion from Mars. Wallace Wade was football coach at Duke and Ace Parker, Eric Tipton, Jack Crawford and George McAfee were All-Americans. Duke knocked Carolina out of a Rose Bowl bid in 1955 with a 25-0 upset, beat Pitt 7-0 in the snow in 1937, but lost in the Rose Bowl at Pasadena in 1938. When graduation rolled around in June of 1939, Duke was making steady progress but still struggling for recognition, pre- stige and acceptance within the medical profession, not only regionally and state-wide, but also locally. Wake Forest and Carolina still had two-year medical schools. Governor Hoey made the commencement address for our graduation exercises in Wallace Wade Stadium. It was a beautiful Sunday afternoon and no one knew that World War II was just two years down the road. Forty years later, I can still hear the words of Dr. Perlzweig. You Davidson boys are the dumbest students we have ever had in this medical school. I have also remembered with great redeeming satisfaction that of the five students that made A.O.A. that year, four of them were those dumb Davidson boys . K.D. Weeks, M.D. '39 Dave Goddard at bat, ca. 1940 W East Campus, 1950's ALUMNI 153 ENTERING CLASS OF 1936 , , 'Q ' ' , ' A ' lf lwm , , A 'w ' U 5' M lww ' 1 1 ' 'i , a , 1. A l , - 'fsmmwj ' . Uh., ljj V ' ' A I ' Af' 'Q 4 -.:' J' . ' l l' ' 1 'r.1.:? 'l ,. ,: Q' 7 ' 'w ya ' 4' Q V ,V .Q 3 ,V K A-., , ' V I sa' he HE ,lu . M ' si E, , 1 L ,A Anderson, Norman Andrews, V.L. Andrus, F.H. Badgley, Waldo O. Baader, Fred N. Baleman, Jerome Bonser, Wm. H. Brown, Ivan W. Brown, R. Orljlfyingirl-3,3 Buffalo. NY Toledo, OH Lakeland, FL Bearrice, NE 'i 4 A '- A ' b N Q ' an an NA 1 ,LL if ' V3 A ' fi A16 Y Q 'WH ,V -3' rm ' QQ 3 L I: ,A xg . 11, 4, 557 v Q , .QR lll, ' ' ' w N me, , f A 'N N ll ' , ' f l 'l l + ,,,, llf W ' H ' ?,-wglllgil ' ' l '. M33 - l A E . ' n me K. we 1 +1 an a vw A ,. , Brumbach, Wm, K. Campbell, Robert Chambliss. S. Collins. Curtis Cunfoni, V. EUCP, Harry S. Finner, Richard Fisher, W.H. Ford, joseph B. Gaffney, SC Hagerstown. MD jacksonville, FL Chevy Chase, MD San Bernard., CA Fresno, CA Grnerul Prulirr Grnrn1lSurgcr7 Mifilary Medicine Nrum, and Pxyrb. Tburarir ,Yurgny 'l ll H N 1 ' ' , ' . ' A ' nf - f . an 4 wb- l . - ,Q ,. WL 'w-Z.. W ' ..v ' V ' . ' W '. . 1 4- ,h A ,,,, ' , TT ,, , , w ' V, , ,nf ' H. ' ' ' . -.,-.. , 4 W - 'l .. Fulmef, Wm. H. Fulron, J.o. Gibbons, 1.1. Gam., Stephen A. Goddard, David w. Haines. Rislvv F- Harris. Willis W- Hmhman. Leroy Hawes. CJ. Savannah, GA Gasronia, NC Daymna Beach, FL Armo. SC Bfldfrllfill. FL Rfrdlhsron Sh.. FL Pdinxrir Pfyrb. Uralagy Gm. Swgrry General Pmnin J, , ' l , +1 wif' A W, N , J lv ul W ' : ' l 'MW v 'Q 'M fm! fri. , 4 -asf . - jx. 1 ' ll 'Q' ,' lf was .M l lllll llll lx mb ,, X N' N ,Wm ' 3 . , 'f 1 '- li W1 ' - ' ' 'S .' r' : 5 ' ' A-X '- - 1 r .1 A , ' w - lv 4 ,,'J ' ' Y el- V Nw l ' lx M ' v W l M H 2 , M, l al l M. ,, l ww 'z Ml wma www ' Tw '1 1 H v N ti ' ' ' V3 , l he ,E I Wal he N A A' ' A 1 -,-, my-.m,,: me , ' ,, Hawkins, William Hian, Joseph S. johnson, Rolf E. Kelley. fcames W. Kosranr. George Kuhh, Hu-old H, Lapel-51, T, Lewis, j,H, Lam-deaux, 5.1 Dallas, TX Sourh'n Pines, NC Nazareth, PA Tope a, KS So. Orange. Nj B55 Pine Key, FL Los Ahos, CA Pufaffff, rm. MM-PuL Plamr sufgw Dmfwlvlvm offbapufdff sm. 1? L' ' jg , 0 -Q. ,- n,, .5 N.--. 1 4 as , . Stan Lourdeaux at bat with Dr. Carter catching, ca. 1940 ALUMNI -5 'H' Class of 1940 ll M ' , Q-if 'lg' M .. A' YN , x 'L l- Mancss, Paul F. Burlintgron. NC P: iafrirx year S Margolis, George Lyme Cenrcr. NH Purh.-Numzpazh. NNNN N: I 1 Nixon. R.R. 1, r-1 , , Simpson, Paul E. Clarksville, VA Ob.-Gyn, ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Bsssell, Arthur Baldwin, NY Urolagy Goodman. E.G. Leland. NC Hawfield, Harold Chevy Chase, MD Surgny Pnquer, joseph F. Penland. OR lnlrnml Mnlirfnr ui? - Soririon. George Springlield. MA X 23' - 11X ' ...Q a ... E A, Wal5h.R.E. .. XXiX f. W X Margolis, Lester Hillsbormjfh. CA Neurn, fm Plyrb. J , M J , ' r . POOIC. Pierre P. Brownsville, TX Cardiornsr. DJ. I ,xk, 44 r Speir, Ross C. Gunrersville. AL 'M , .l ft A y ffl' Welch. Jack H. Encino. CA lrrlrrnal Mrdirine l 4 1 mix i i , , l ll , ,, ,w Staff vs. 4th year class of 1940 U 2 . ., , lrrll- L , lrl- ,J- ' Y ,,l,,,' ,, f ., 3v,W'r .. 7 , M ,W 'U' ' W' Q r 'Q 'wf,. X fflzwshfwf ll , in l V 156 I . if It ' 'Z il fx I . I A Mcrimxan, Mo. Miner, ny. M0551-E' Morley- HR- opwmzmlogy , ., ,, I . 1 'V Q 2 ,F ', 4? f Q, 'I5 lc Q , Y, Q l, an . H V ' li, lv . 5 i W ' , - W ,, ,W ,,,, ,, I rri if I m I I IK ' . . N IM W' h X X X Saleeby, D. N. Sapp, Clarence J. Shields, Richard R,.'fXE,ff,Lgn,,gfsQ'E' RHLQQEQQQ ,ff Rome, GA Philadelphia, PA Op lm mo og? gm , X XX , MX -3 'A s, 4 2 ' if Yi , . 1 . 2 S A 45 ' ' . 1.--1 '- -I 1 ,rf I. ..j ' ' lr , - ' - gl, - T, ' XX X , ,N L X ' ,, ., X 1 ' XXMX X X Xl. ,I ' , 1 , '- , A Spence, W.C. Steiger, Howard Taylor, Harvey G. Tullis, james L. Tupper, james A. Chnrlorre, NC Housron, TX Newton, MA Edmonds, WA Dermulalugy lm. Mui-Hun. , , Q Mg, W ,1 .1 w ' , -. , ,XX. ' , , , N . , ' 'M Q ' 1 . 'ma ., V . K 1 ' Y, ' v , -5 1 X , . Z ., X... - , 1 N X , I X . V - ,, 4 . , rrrr XM h 0 , V ' ,Ml H .llllll . , ,H J A Y fl u' .HL 1. Weyanr, W.A. Whirzker, Richard Whidey, Robert Wood, Robert Cary Woodruff, Wm. E. Charlesron, SC Rocky Mcunr, NC Pasadena, CA Napa. CA I nlrmsl M didn: .Yufgiral Ontology ff? Nisbet. D.S. Sl' si' . , A if 5? Wuxi, 1 ' Thornhill, Parti Raleigh, NC l 1' Venning. Wm. L. Boise. ID Gmrral Allprgy ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Ramsborrnm, J ohn Myrrle Beach, SC Family-Grit. Pmr. Riggs, Millard M. Morganion. NC Rundles. R. Wayne Durham, NC Him.-Umr. Wall. George Albemarle. NC ALUMNI 155 x f 4 vw . Adams, Ellis W. Boynron Beach, FL . Til, . 3 ' '19 ., 'J ff? ' -A R' Ames, Richard H. Anderson, E.D. Greensboro. NC Prdiallir: Neur. Xurgny Q, ' ,M 'V' , is wr if E 1' . 'N 'J 'srl 5r9frg,...:' - 1. , Brown, Edwin W. Brown. LW., jr. Brown, K.B. ENTERING CLASS OF 1937 ,r 31 fig? ' Q 4 ,, Babcock, Kcnward Amherst. NY Uralagy , uw if Ya' 1 Burgess, Woodrow W. Palbn Beach, FL Concord. NC Davis, CA may l, ' , qw ' X ', N rrrrrx W ,CIA-.,-rl .. Tm U ,- Q .V-fliv 'Q 5' 7' f '- wwr- ,, , .- Forth, Paul T. Gilliam, j.S. Grant, Henry B. Guerin. B.B. Roanoke, VA Rocky Mount, NC Fediairirl ' ww w' 1. ,A .I .Q , 9 -Mr il' , g wlin l., EW , La .1 i 1. i QQJFE G, , li? ... w . Wir X. F .1 i J y r ' , , ' ,fly ., ' Irvgng, Richard Karanslfy, irnnley Kgrmxny. Kxs-atzilLB. WKIEYB- Hen ersonv'le. NC Kai ua. an rise o. ESI UW- Armrlminlagy General Mrdirin: EV ffKf CV MM'- 'iw UWA w ' Student-Faculty Picnic: B. Carter, E. Easley, W. Eagle, ca. 1941 ALUMNI , Q, Barnes. Gareth B. New Canaan. Cl' M, r N 'r W ii... A ff David. Joseph K. Jacksonville. FL Pedialriu 'Q -ri ' Haywood, Hubert Raleigh , NC Oihlbalmolngy ,r x WM' 1 1 Kiser, Glenn A. Blowing Rock, NC Rslired 119551 Baum. Ralph E. Durham, NC 'A H QM ' Riff' D I r H... M Donaldson, Harold McCook, NE Gm. 6 Rm. Sur. 'Qi '- if ' s I? .C K Hirst. Donald V. Council Blufs. IA Ob.-Gyn. ' ' H.,,A j .rl A V' . .ws 'F' .rm .L ' Mann. Frank R. McRae. GA General Prarlirr 'QQ V :V . r Bednarz, S.I. i t Elliorr, I-'red D. l. Benbow, Edward P. Greensboro. NC Pzdialrirx W rl-r Emmett. J.E. Reno, NV lnlrrnsl Medirim ' ,is -in ' -l oom' L 1 'W l- ,c fT:fl' Hock, Charles W. Hodges, LW. Augusta, GA H -' ' ,R wi rv. Y 5 ' , , 4 1 ' , ' ,. -13 , t, Q. Marcin, Archibald McCulloch. Rudolph Hzrll en, TX Rayalngy Springfield. OH 4 w IJ Beyer. Emil C. Morehead Ciry, NC .M Exum, W. Allen Kingsport, TN 1.3 . ui? , W 5 W' ' r Hnrsley, Wn-L N. Belmont, NC Fumily Pmrlize Mcliadyen. Oscar L. Fayetteville, NC lnlfrmzl Mea'1Hru REM TRDTIHN DUK W. Karmany, K. Brown, M. Rindge and the piglet, ca. 1941 l u W- , Messer, Addison I.. Sr. P'burg, Fl. Podger, Kenneth Durham, NC f f- I 'N Stack David R. Spartanburg, SC ml . , 1. Meyers, Muriel C. Ann Arbor, Ml Int. Med.-Hun. Quillian, M.P. Bradenton, FL J?g Srauffer, Charles jackson, TN Umlngy N , W. Fm. -I were Q 'ru g 'i A N '-ll 1 A X I 3 w, I Q .f 'Q Y A 'ml' Mims. Leon H., jr. Coral Gables. FL Orrlzopardir Surg. l L lu A 4 Riley . . nf.- A 'T Slenhouse, Gordon Jekyll Island. GA 05.-Gyn. :Q , .ai 5 -WJ fy 1 M W' l 'A It IA I was I . -ef 1 l. lf'- -. 4 A .16 K 'C I 'M' I 'P 0 Fl 1 Trour, Philip C. Roanoke, VA Orihopasdir Surg. Weckes, DJ. I ' A' ' ,. ---1 ' I 1 Mulford, Edwin H, Muge, j,P, Neill, R.G. Newman, O.M. Perryman, Olin C. Pfeffer, Arnold Souihporx, CT Winston-Salem, NC New York, NY Num Surgrq' Family Prarlirr Pyyrbiatry I . . il fl .4 .,.. , .R . M A I I I -lll ' ' 'n H g. l ll.. I I Rindge, Mila E. Savage, E.D. Scott, john G. Sellers, Wm. H. Smart, G. Ford Sncdegar, Paul D. Madison, CI' Reno. NV Annisron, AL Asheville, NC Elkins. WV Pmwnfiw MM Opbrb.-Olalaryn. , I ' - .... l ,,,, , llllll l ' my ,N v ,. L , X: .ww M .f'. ' :gf i D .--. A , X . 5 ., :Q Y i A - I Taliafen-0, Rich, Thqmpsonv Wm, G. Thnrnhill, George Thornhill, R.P. Timberlake, lloyd Timmons,James M. Ada, OK Red Hwk, NY Raleigh. NC Atlanta, GA Columbia, SC Emrrgenq Raum Opblbalmolngy Internal Median: Ulalaryngalugy ALSO . GRADUATING 'l WWF., WITH THIS , ' f 111,, M gaY.AC. Steffen? Y by-I 'N Y Q. 'H I 52?25'?Z:.Yl, M I ,t i - W 'F' ff' I .3 .' 57, ' ' 2. lr - -:- I 4 i-ff : -. ' 5 ' eil. Y 4 -9 Widmark, W.L Wills, 'l'.W. Willson, Prenriss Winsread, George Guadalajara, Mex. Franklin. NC Amwnmmmunl mm vmfom i OWUUONI LIVING OR DEAD. ,l .ll W, .... , ,,-.,4n, , K . , l . 1 l l l ,ix U ., X li l. ,W lf. gl l i . L r, I V A' ,-5 v ,T C Mims, R. Irving, A. Exum, R. Neill, ca. 1941 K. Podger, P. Willson, A. Pfeffer, O. McFadyen, D. Weekes, ca 1941 ALUMNI In September of 1938, eighty students comprising the 8th class of Duke University School of Medicine assembled for the first time. We were to be the Class of '42. Most of us had never been exposed to the grandeur of such a school which was sequestered in the pine forests of North Carolina. This citadel of fine Gothic architecture, erected with native stone, surrounded by peaceful walkways and formal gardens, was dominated by a magnificient chapel and tower. To walk into the entrance of the medical school was like walking into the childhood haunts of Queen Elizabeth at Hampton Court. Ours were mixed feelings of awe, apprehension, zeal, fear, anticipation, wonder, and pleasure, but here had been created the most idyllic atmosphere for study imaginable. The bloodless annexation of Austria by Nazi Germany at this time aroused no thoughts of our future involvement in a world conflict that would engulf us all. This war would take away our first classmate, with others to follow. Our first meeting together demolished the old medial axiom, Look to your right, now look to your left - one of you will be absent from next year's class. Instead, we were comforted by being told that we had been accepted as students because the school had faith in our ability to succeed. This attitude amongst the faculty never changed and assured us that no matter what the difference in levels of intelligence, all of us had a chance to become physicians if we were diligent. We learned all about women's liberation before it was a household word. Two of our classmates were girls who were scholastically brilliant and esteemed by their male colleagues. They were vigorous competitors who sought no favors because of their sex. Anatomy occupied most of our time in the first year. Memor- ies of the anatomy rooms bring to mind many chuckles. There were four students to a cadaver. Each cadaver was appropriately named. One lad was named Cock Robin for one obvious anatomic reason, the other reason being that he had been stab- bed to death by an unknown assailant. Bathsheeba had accidentally been electrocuted in a shower, Lou Cleuticb Salver- san had died of syphilis, Long john Silver had a leg ampu- rated, and so on . . . Over our dissecting table was a four-bladed electric fan. Each blade was numbered 1 to 4 with white chalk. About 10 o'clock each morning, the fan would be activated momentarily and then the current would be shut off. When the fan stopped, the numbered blade which rested at the bottom of the fan would indicate which one of us had to go to the Dope Shop and buy cokes for the other three that day. This betting was brought to an abrupt halt one day when Dr. Swett chanced to hear our cheers as the fan slowed to one of its stops. It was an eerie feeling whilst sitting amongst the cadavers if you happened to be dissecting along up in the lab at night. It was akin to the sensation of viewing your Hrst autopsy when you felt that the most perfect machine ever created was quickly being dispatched by the pathologist's knife. How we smelled in those days! Our hands and forearms were saturated with formaldehyde, a scent that defied soap and water. What delight we had at mealtime, eating in the Union where we mingled amongst the undergraduate students at the dining tables, augmenting our smell with the sordid and exaggerated tales of the dissecting room. One by one, they would pick up their trays to sit elsewhere, or in some cases, give up eating altogether. One group of about ten medical students lived in the sub- basement of the hospital for the exorbitant rent of about 55 10.00 ALUMNI pet month. The double decker beds lay very close to the over- lying steam pipes. There was no privacy. When 24-hour urine samples were collected, there were many opportunities to con- taminate the large collecting bottles. After-shave lotion had never been discovered in the pure form in urine before - The Aqua Velva Syndrome. It was also odd to find lactose in the urine of a non-lactating male. Glucose sprinkled here and there made all of them diabetics. In biochemistry, one classmate quickly acquired the nick- name Smokey . He and his Bunsen burner were hazards as demonstrated by the fact that he managed to start three fires in one week. He was one of those whose urine, when tested, contained sugar. Knowing his urine had been tampered with, he stepped out of the lab to obtain a fresh specimen. In the mean- time, an evil student added glucose to his bottle of Benedict's solution. Needless to say, he blanched considerably when the next test was also positive. One day we tested the effect of alcohol on gastric secretion, and after swallowing a naso-gastric tube, Smokey was given awhopping dose of alcohol through the tube, he was politely dismissed by the professor when he be- came stoned about one half-hour later. No one can forget the communications from Sailor, Dr. I-Ietherington's cat. The cat corrected all of our papers in neuroanatomy and made scathing, sarcastic comments when mistakes or omissions were made, but no one dared to malign that feline impostor. Mrs. Swett was our social director and she was also our mother away from home. She would not hesitate to put her stamp of approval or disapproval on the dates we escorted to the medical school dances, and she also enjoyed entertaining us students in her home. We all loved her. There was much hard work. Any medical student will testify to that. When the library closed at midnight, there was still an hour or two back in the room before the books were closed. The routine was interrupted by such activities in the university as the campus movies, the yearly visit of Eugene Ormandy and the Philadelphia Orchestra, a ballet, a play, and others. The medical school and the university did much to provide work for the students who needed financial help, and the Duke University student loan program provided assistance without which many students could not have completed their studies. In those days, a full summer vacation of hard work and frugal living provided a student with 36250.00 in savings. The faculty was largely drawn from and motivated by the precepts and philosophy of the Johns Hopkins School of Medi- cine. Never could there be a finer group of men dedicated to the art of medicine. We revere them now as we did then. I was proud to be a graduate of the Duke University School of Medi- cine, and the success I enjoy today, modest though it is, I owe to these disciples of Osler, Halsted, and others. My class shares this sentiment. I have one final anecdote. On a Sunday morning, December 7, 1941, when we were fourth year medical students, we were shaken by the radio reports of the disaster wrought by the sneak attack on Pearl Harbor. On the following morning, we huddled around a small radio in the Dope Shop and heard Franklin Roosevelt declare war on Germany and Japan and utter those famous words about a day of infamy. Within one month, every member of our class had signed a commitment to join one or the other of our armed forces in service of our country. Truly, this was an act that exemplified the spirit in the Class of '42. Finally, what is so rate as a day injune - especially the radiant Sabbath morning in June of 1942, when the busy sounds of the university were hushed and we realized that four years had Hnally brought us to a few days of graduation ceremonies. The carillon's notes pealed out over the campus and the pine forest beyond with the strains of America . This was one of the most poignant memories of my life. God shed her grace on thee, And crowned thy good with brotherhood, From sea to shining sea. These words of the author of America apply equally as well to our Alma Mater as to the Class of '42. Earl A. O'Neill, M.D. '42 ENTERING CLASS OF 1938 li lf' ., Baldwin Wm. E. w Ellenton. SC Ornxp. Mtdiriru Clark John tt. Martinsville, VA Umlagy Black B. ,qw-V Cutchin joseph Sherrills Fd, NC Gmrnzl Prarfirz Bremer, Albert H. Akron, OH . gf Daniel, Roy David Sylva, NC f I N I ii il lm- 'lift 'lf , l M -:af Y njlii b .f' w ,K Ne l l 2 l ' :E X, Off! Z,-if M, W W Wm J Y l M, -- 1 f V Q X4 1 5 HW' vg tl flaw at W .9 all 1 l . -I W , I 5 air' l ill l l l f w VW W l f X ix if till i w mi .ig . P ff l f' f . Q he r' ' Wu- C ' 1 1 Y Brindley, C.O. Dinsmore, Arthur I Hollywood , CA I rllfrmzl llfzdirinr it ,, l t ll .mp ll'-1 A Brownell, Iverson Greenville, SC .,: 1 ix 1 3, . ,M Eakins, I-LW. mlm? f M.. gWM'l,. l Q Bryant, Walter E. Hemingway, SC ' l W Edwards, I-LP. Y ' ii--i i li' l' 1- h l R ' ' L- Q 1 ' L J 5 I Ford joseph A. Gale, Elmer T. Harris, J. Frank Hcge, j. Roy, jr. Hooper, A.W. Horne, S. Frank Cland H'ghts, OH Narragansett. Rl Atlanta. GA Hollywood, FL Rocky Mount, NC Chronic Dinan: lnlrrnal Mriiirinr Drrmalalagy fl--Stu -A Q, jr.. 5 v : e ,i Q , in sd ly 5 l . A 5 , ,: Kincaid, J.F. Koop, C.S. Ledesma, F.R. Lentz, julian C. Littler, J. Wm. McLain, Cgmpl-,511 Fayetteville, NC New York, NY Hjlmn Head, 55 Inlernul Mra'1rm: Em,rg,,,9, Room , :W H Y f' , - Y Y , Y lx W ,N z W . it . 5 - arg... Q- I!! . . a ll all ,fix N .mc Q, in f : 'W -in .4 . ,, -ww -- 1 , 4 i fl ,- A he f H f . . .f Yfcrl - ' Ii 'TAB I J Moran, Frank T. Nesbitt, Wm. R. O'Neill, Earl A. Reid, Charles H. Reimer, Frank N. Reinhardt, james Auburn, NY Fairfield, CA Plainfield, Nj Winston-Salem, NC Patterson, CA Greensboro, NC Radiology E. Mai 6 F. Pmr. Than 5' Gen. Eur. Radfglgm, ll l M , vi .- ll ' 3: t. -'-- '- Buchwaid. Merwin Ft. L'dale, FL Family Prartir: ll Q , in Egan, j.R. . T! l li , l , 7 ap' Johnston, Frank Winston-Salem, NC Card. Surgcry 1 v A f 1 t 4 it J will 1 Mclean, LW. Gross Pt. Sh., Ml Jill' M ,sw - .ll in I g, Ricketson. Greer Nashville, TN Burch, George Wm. Butler, Clarence Tyler. TX Columbus. GA Opbllmlmalag I nlrrnul M fdirinr .-,,- W.. We l, Fearing,J0l1n M. Flower, Arthur H. Chevy Chase, MD Burlington, VT Piyrhialry Drrmalalngy C 5 l 4 gm, f WW' Kerman, Herbert Daytona Beach, FL Radiology : 1 A , YW! Mecs, Theo H, Lumberton, NC Roberts, Luther Columbus, GA Surg. G Mei L Kernodle, Charles Burlington, NC Gm. Surgery Moise, Davis D, Sumter, SC , . ,M I ln.,-.ln., , Rogers, J. Forbes Darien, CT Gmzral Surgrry ALUMNI 159 . it , S-ll it ll1vw :sl A X. i it . v M li yi- ll., lv I A . .'i. -M ' an Reg M P. M L , B ' ' ' ' ' . vY..jfffgt3n? tnlc e.S,fi3Il shillil 5v'3l2'2.'.lil2lf.2'l'l'f.i:' illflffaflilfhfihl S idf'-G '1'- S3f.lZi4.llSE S'o e' LT' 5 iK1..lll2eC'i1'lfad rilfcpiiilfflll iii n urine il . Otrufr. Mmf Prdmlnrr Adult Cara'1'ulogy Qphghglmolggy pamib pmr:.iL., .iq-l 1, v 4 4 ., 1 1 ff- , 1. ly. vi -Lf, . W iff ' lwu.,.W w!'w'-N- ' it I . If l' E l ' H ' iw ' f ' I ' . u ,.,,,.... ' - will 1 . , Sutherland. A.R. Sutherland, G'rgc Templeton, R.G. Thomas, Andrew Th sto H ld Valk H L ' ' G s-my. va, sig stone Gap,4VA Manchester, cr wLilmS'wn..lG'i1 winsfoh-sfifnl. NC lezifffilflhld' von Glam' HD' wp'QQ,ff,Q,ff2 Q3,,C' mm: Pnzmrz Gmmll Pramr: Allrflhfifrl Internal Medirinr Admin. Mfd. ' .nso 'N ' ii ' GRADUATING Wm-1 'mis H . 1 W, U. ' il W p CLA55 .5 .. W W I 'N I ,, ' l Kernodlehlohn R. ' -vim H, , ' ' , A .Q gf '-,F H Buf1ingm,Nc ff - sur . W .J, ' ' l, W . if I I 1 I ' Weeks, Theodore Whitt, W.F., Jr. Winthrup. Charles W H C, W lf W A ' Y W v B3-gmpmgt 0811011-GA J.: :.1s....2:f'N. i.:::31..,'.vi ' ' 4 As a nineteen year-old graduate of a small college, I soon had lndunrial M sd. Radinlug-y my ego deflated upon my arrival at Duke when I met my classmates: seventy-two men and women, ages eighteen to thri- ty-five, with degrees from East to West - Harvard, Yale, Johns Hopkins, University of California, as well as many North Caro- lina schools. May I share with you some vignettes of what are memorable years at Duke for me? The calming manner of the Swetts, Hetherington, Edwards and Hollingshead helped me keep my cool. The long day from 6 a.m. until 1 or 2 a.m. included an afternoon game of handball, basketball, or tennis after the lab with Susie four cadaverj, a full meal at the Union for a 256 ticket, a short relaxation with Les Brown, then back to the lab or the library until bedtime. Money was very scarce indeed. Breakfast was coffee and toast in the room atop the tower CC-4011, and lunch consisted of a milkshake and a sandwich at the bookstore across from the frat rooms. CThis area now comprises space for Dean Anlyan and staffl. I remember Dean Davison's favorite retreat - men's room first floor, books stacked all around him with the stall dbor open while he read and researched material for The Compleat Pediatrician or took care of routine business of the School of Medicine. His right hand man, Carl, was always close by to fulfill his every need and request. Learning not to worry about how one's name is pronounced or spelled necessitates telling a story. On a sunny afternoon in biochemistry lab, my partner, Japeth Rawls, fainted as I obtained his blood by venipuncture. As he fell to the floor, he knocked a Van Slyke apparatus from its mooring. Bob Nickou, with a glow of satisfaction, caught it in mid air. When Dr. Perlzweig ordered, Nickow, place that on the table before you drop 3560.00 worth of mercury! , Bob instantly replied, My name is spelled N-i-c-k-o-u and pronounced 'Nickooi Need- less to say, Bob spent the summer in Ann Arbor brushing up on his biochemistry. Civil War battles were always being waged on campus be- tween Max Rogers, Harvey Vandergrift and Charles Winthrup ALUMNI 160 wherever they met, although these battles actually started in anatomy lab during their first year at Duke. Spring heralded Physical Diagnosis and Dr. Ruffin's favorite lecture on communicating with patients. What brought you to the clinic? Answer: A Model-T Ford or Aunt Matilda . An example of Dr. Ruffin's instructions to be exact and complete in questioning or giving instructions to a patient is shown in the following story. Dr. john Peck removed an endocervical polyp from an elderly patient in the Emergency Room one Sunday at 5 a.m. He sent 'her home with instructions to return in one week. Her return, the next Sunday at 5 a.m. while he was in West Virginia on vacation, incited the E.R. doctor to call Peck collect and advise him of his patient's return at that early hour. On another occasion, Dr. Thetford was doing a proctoscopic exam, and with great enthusiasm and excitement called Dr. Ruffin to view a stenosed sigmoid. Yep, she was without a uterus, and the exam was really a colposcopic exam. Dr. Hansen-Pruss, known for his ability to palpate the spleen Ca most important organ in hematologyl, one day felt that a spleen was greatly enlarged, though at post-mortem exam the following day this huge spleen weighed only one gram. Duke medical students have always been proud of their train- ing and prestige in national and international circles. As a junior and senior student, I recall teaching graduates of Hopkins, Yale and Harvard the techniques for venipuncture and transfusion, and therapeutic approaches to pneumothorax and syphilis. Yes, Duke did pioneer in new approaches to student and intern- resident training. Being so young and immature, I really didn't grasp the fact that our teachers were so outstanding in their various fields of endeavor. As opportunities arose for me to attend medical meetings and go to other schools as a visiting student and resident, I soon learned how fortunate we were to have depart- ment heads like Davison, Forbus, Swett, Smith, Carter, Ross, Hamblen, Hanes, Hart, Anderson, Eagle, Alyea, Shands, Bak- er, and Callaway. Upon completion of medical school, I spent a year in Patholo- gy with a great group of men. I remember the time Courtland Berry place partially necrotic hamburger in a specimen of in- complete late abortion. After studying the surgical slide, Dr. commented, This is a most peculiar tumor, it has many striated muscle fibers mixed in with the cells of the embryo and secundines! At this time, surely the fastest autopsy on record was per- formed, it was assigned to me but performed by George Margo- lis prior to the clash between Oregon State and Duke in the transplanted Rose Bowl game, january 1, 1942. There are many memories of my residency on the Ob-Gyn service. Nick Carter met with the residents every morning to review total patient care of the previous 24 hours. On one occasion, as two residents walked to the sleeping quarters and restroom after Dr. Carter had chewed them out , one said to the other, That old bastard meant business today! Unbe- knownst to them, Nick was seated in one of the bathroom stalls behind closed doors, he spoke up with, Yes, and this old bastard will chew you out again unless you get on the ball I recall almost all the residents entering the armed services in June, 1944. Preparations for a going-away party included the establishment of a home brewery in a closet next to the office of the secretary of the Department. The disturbing putt-putt noise of the venture necessitated four calls to Maintenance before the secret was discovered. Endocrine residents also re-distilled the alcohol used in urine assays in order to make purple jesus , a In beverage concocted by our Florida friends. Two days after this party, staged at the 41O Club on Atlas Street, bodies -- still alive - were found lying here and there on the grounds and in the house. With all the pranks, play and enjoyment, as well as laborious hours of study and work throughout medical school and re- sidency training, Duke's graduates have walked among the top in community activities and planning, medical education and organized medicine. They learned from their professors the how, why and when to act or not to actg when to call consultants, and when to refer. The close relationship between professors and students carried beyond the classroom and hospital wards, office doors were always open when one needed advice, and invitations to social activities at the homes of the faculty were often extended to the students. My personal activities in local volunteer work, church and government have kept me extremely busy, and I have also become involved in the activities of the state medical society, federal government, and American Medical Association. Such involvement entailed travel throughout the country and the world to attend many meetings and to meet quite a few of the leaders of medical education and science. Always I have found that my training at Duke Medical Center has prepared me well for acceptance of these opportunities and obligations. For this, I give special thanks to all my professors, most especially to Dean Davison, Dr. Carter, Dr. Ross, Dr. Swett, and Dr. Forbus. john R. Kernodle, M.D. '42 mt! I . ,,. 05: . 1941 ENTERING CLASS OF 1939 W ' - 4' t , 1: .I V -' in f . fm , - 1 ' ' W 1- - fi Q .. 3' S SV ' 11 . ' - if. -- Rf l- . 2:25 1: .4 . '32 fi -f aa at ' i .L-wa 11.-M. 1 ' 2 , , A' . , . ,,V ,ft I Aklr, H-T. Balgliizgdgglrehslznrr Bagih3i2dnlglrG. gghgg- BEl:l5KK..itelg51gn Bggsonlz Charfces Bieber, Gustave Boucher, George Burleson, Norris - . . 1 nvi e, G'enrfa1Surg:ry GmrralPrarIiu Emngruq' Mai. c.,mlswg,,, em ee' O F aiZl?2fl,.FL kmgf52ilii,CA xxiiliugfiy ALUMNI 161 l . -.. 1 L2 1 A. A K if 83 L . 'L fr 1, ' . t --- .. W . ', ggylw . f '..+'. ' -, ff- 'E2 W ft H 4 . . lf' M V ,-'inf Campbell, John S. Campbell, Robert Ba Ci Portsmouth, VA Gmmzl Surgery Carlton, Leffie Tampa, Fl. .Yurguy ty, Ml Orthzlpacdir Surg. Harvey Harold E. Beckley, WV Allergy Harvey Watkins McLean. VA Cnnltizlogy Herring. . . Kerhulas Andrew Cambridge, MA General Surgeq Kilgore Samuel Tripp Island, SC Ptycbiany King, Herbert . Daytona Beach. FL Car. Dt.-Inf. Mrd. aaaa, V. Neikirk, Wm. l. Chatlot'sv'le. VA Prdialrirx Noel LH. jr. -1-' I ' , ' Poole, Frank E. Rausch. Norman W. Salisbury, MD Angola. IN Gmmzl Pfarlire Ritchie, . . Spaeth, Walter Stiles H.A. Thompson Eric D. Elizabeth Cty. NC H '1 .E ,!...' W, Gift '1l ' ?:r'1.'- nv fy'-AJ, 1. . 5' i N . l mm ll Y 6 N W N h wr . .wt ll x ' ll tis' ' 6- -M w AEK' B 765. 1 1 , 1 . . , ,-. A , ej A Cooper, Georg Atherton. CA Gmeml Surgery ' . i ..q1.,:.y 5 Ft: 4 Hootcn. Wm. S. Lynchburg, VA llrlrrmzl Mrdi-'inf Kneipp, john A. Washington. DC Ptyrbiairy O'Keeffe, Arthur Palm Beach, FL Roach, Beniamin Midway, KY Howard. H. Lee Savannah. GA Palbnlugy Kornegay, Lemuel Rocky Mount. NC Ott John Fred. Greenville. SC Prdinlrifx Romil. H.F. . Dawson, . N. Tarboro, G yn. , t j , L' -.Fa Griffith, ER Marrow, Lucy j. NC Howard john C. Savannah. GA E.E.N.T. ' Q Massengill Paul Greenwood, SC Opbibalmnlogy Peck LD. . W' Ruff ILP. Howell, Carter W. Minneapolis. MN McCulloch David Tallahassee. FL Radiology Perdue Maxine R. Eustis FL Sellers ohn G. Not-fo k. VA Ola. 6 Natal All. Grimtnett, Matthew Conrord. NC Radiology Kash. Roy Mason Mt. Sterling. KY Opbtbalmalagy Mustard H.S. jr. Peters Wm. . Elizabeth Cty, 06.-Gyn. 213.1 ' Siegel, . 1 tl it Hackett. Walter Sarasota, FL Keese Anthony V. S.L Obis , CA Onbupaf if Surg. Kuhn. Beatrice H. Big Pine Key, FL Drrmalulngy Picken Robert L Spokane, WA Sinden . . + L . . ,I Q - W 1 .nf a fl- 4 , Q, i , 1. 'q K Tb 1 ha 'r 4 'fr' . w . Q r. .W W 1' ,Q L if .l ll 1' . A . ,, . . EJ . . .fo I . ,ml k , 5 I . Q 1 Q xr ' 3' Q t I ' E ' f. e lg X .T 'f . X' f 1 Y v ,V X ' Q , ...v L. r ' ' R Y X K Hifi: 1 l li' mt r . . A . . . . I' t fb W 9 W. lv M. 4 N M 3 QQ - -f X Q' 5 't ' '31 1' f 3 5 T -3- '. if . :GQ 'fl -.. v. , 1 1' R F X? A .5 4 . , at L 1 U, 2 ,,,,, ' 1 as I Q Y 1. ff PM t iw 1 W ,, fllgfl A 3 X . , Y . 1: , L t A Neese, LH. . . . . . Jr . ' . gc . I V ,LF V xt 0 V l P ui . Pi' A 2' V -ag 1 1 w- U Q M f E'-K, 1 H lli'l' 3 W t ml' 4. wwf V ll Q Sl if l .fx ' H liar 4 'tv , 'R l 41 ll' f J . ' , . . I .ff- JA , .II A .KH ' f .2 . L Q iv lwli N l LW la -.MW .lv Y iw . W W J .H lg Q -4 ' ' Ann, W, ' ' um' ,vw ,, Y . fr A m A Thompson. Ke ru-ns Van Arsdall, T. Vanderlinde, R. Wallace, J.E. Pasadena, CA Lexington. KY Harmdsburg.,lSY Hanover. NH l,,,,,,,,,1 Mnfjl-f,,, Orrlzopardit' Surg. lnlrrmzl Median: Int. Mrd.-Endo. ALSO GRADUATI NG ALSO GRADUATING wrm 'rms CLASS , WTB TSUS 355 Brindley' Clyde Lxversc ge, ur. Tyler' TX 1 l -W L, Mancestet. Eng. MediraI0nrn1agy N W. N 4. N M Rcgzgnsrn. Dogicw. christian Ken. ' Qtr 1- 1 ,fill ' ' 3' f5'0 ' Anbcfwsltlf, AL .. f ,QV f' Qmfalfufsrfy uH'.'?Ll2a0'i.D' V A t L... J 'L 'C' 1531231 li? 0 0 ' . . l' l W Pzdiatria lnfrmal llledtrmr . t- ,- M. fzz .W t H wif nf ti 162 ALUMNI Wilson, john M. Darlington, SC Gm. Sur, 6 Med, Woodard, Mmtnux Asheville. NC op1.f1...1f...1.gy Young, Cabell W. Palm Beach. FL o.w.p..d1.. Wellman, Garland Williams, Wm. H. N Houston, TX Rock Hill, SC Guzmzl Surgngr r 'I as-. L 1 A A l' M .1 Abernathy, P.M. 6 , V v A V, i - Q :- ENTERING CLASS OF 1940 Albee, I-'red H. Ormond Beach. Fl. Orlh. Sur. 5 Reb. Carll, jesse VI. Brid exon, Nj Oi-Gyn. rg? 'ii Cole, Lee Marion Sr. Thomas. VI Alter. Albert j. Tucson. AZ Opblhalmvlag-y I 56' ff . , . 1 Covey Anneva F. Beclcley. WV Baader, Robert L Cedar Grove, Nj Famib Prarlire 5 J - ,rl .mf F' Crowe, john T. Cp. Girardeau. M0 Famihf Pnzrrire Y' Wi! 'FT H fl r W l Donegan, Charles Eagles, Wm. M. Erickson, Elmer Gibson, Marvin M. Sr. P'burg B., FL Richmond. VA M:Kec?orr, PA Bexhesda, MD Cardiavax. D.r. Nfumrurgrry Genera Surgvry Orllufpafdlrburg. , -r , i 'V ' , ' K ' 1 .. f T. a 1 -v 2' I. .2 L - ,. I , if - I . A I 4. Hawfield, H.H. Hazelrigg, Thom. Henderson, Robt. Hiau,AWilks 0. Olympia, WA Honolulu, HI Raleigh, NC Gmrrul Swgary Oliver Keith M. Izesburg. VA General Praclfr: Lusher R.H Mmhew. Hugh A Mayne RH McCullough FH Mmm. Moody JD Cullowhee NC Covim CA ,fn .1 Orlbvpaecllr Surg B il, A. . Bo , F k C. Broome, Ruben A. Canmlohn E. ,,lfj2'Qi',IjQ,fje'Q,5f, we I olfimiglrn Orlando, FL Min vanev. CA ' GE 6 Int. Mad. Int. Med.-Cnr. Dr. .T 8.-V Culbfegh, G,G, Curry, Robert W. Daniel, T.B. Orlanrlb. FL -' , r: 4 .-in ' ' . N N N , 5 , R: - ,. -r. ' Q.-jg. 1 ' . r -N ' I 1, w 2' . , Gl e , Nath 'el Gordon, Lawrence G'?'2,,f'QS'E C' llillewfvman, GBX! Johnson City. TN Radiplgm Pediazrin .4 A , ', i ' iw L ' V E ' A 1 nz! . ' vi ' f if a of it ' 'W 1: jg. ,- -' j' gif V ,b . ,ff- ,' 3-:wi ,Z -.M 1 V X 1.2.7, W , '-. ' n ,, 1 Ho,-ser, Eugene L Horne, R.D. Ingram, James M. Deerfield B., FL TUDP3- FL Oltup. Mrdirin: O5-'GJW Deatnn, W.R. Dickeyqlames W. Fr, L' ale. FL Gmeral Surgery H' 9-I iii . I wx 'W 'V g fi' Graham. Emil J. Gras. Alfred E. Pahokee, Fl. South Hero. VT L - .3 - N , ' 1' 1 ,, , jones, Martin E. Granite Falls, NC Leeper, William Gastonia, NC Internal Mzdirim Morgan, Horace L. Ailanra, GA o'Mm, RJ. Peery, Clarence Palitano, victor Ramage, Raymond Ramsbvrwm LG- Rhodes. Bernard Nashville. TN Miami. FL Greenville, Oakland. CA- lnlrrmxl Mzdirinr Gm. 6 Thor. ur. H715 CN? Admin- Morris, Arthur A. Washington, DC Nzuromrgrqi 2 '3 .. If EK' li A vw , Riggs. M. McA. Muller, W.H., jr. 1, iii ,.-1 -.,.,. Rogers, Stanfield Memphis. TN Paflznlogy ALUMNI 165 . gr lx '- W1 71 , -YQ. me .M-,M fl V 'L fl , L ff www, s iw, 5 , . Rosaothc B. R k' ,n' h d sebi ' cn.i.,t.e. NC r3F3w lo.iifRf ' ' M' 5 6Tfifg'E'J tl? Inlmfal Mzdizinr Ob.-Gyn. 1,,,, W1 Mug,-,i,,, hire. Donald P jacksonville, FL GE. GE Enduxrapy Singleton GW Selma AL Gmc alS gary Wilson Margaret raleigh NC G: ze 41511 guy My WW Smith M Crego Belleair FL we-r In M 'lit Withers Ruben Tamp FL O5 Gy: Steelman H F Thurman George Photmx AZ ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Booth Orin Warts Newport News VA Ped al In Feeney Michael San Die o CA U gp Finley Doroth Dallas TX Ob Gyn 43 ,Q Watson Wake asptr KY! Pd 6 P111 H r B lib 164 ALUMNI The year was 1941. In Europe, Hitler's armies were advanc ing. In the U.S., a peacetime draft was in effect. The seventy-six of us admitted to the freshman class considered war far away, feeling that it would be over by the time we finished medical school. The first shock came Monday, December 8, 1941. Dr. Swett, Chairman of the Department of Anatomy, announced to the class that the administration of the Medical School had met the day before and decided that our class was to be the first to finish the program in three calendar years. Prior to that date, general opinion was that a student was not physically, mentally, or psychologically able to complete the course without a vacation We were to prove that it could be done. The Armed Forces added their encouragement by stating that anyone who failed would be inducted immediately. I have heard students refer to the medical school environment as a pressure cooker. The pressure I have just noted. Bacteriology added the cooker. This course was taught in the summer of 1942 on the third floor of the Davison Building Cpre-air conditioningl. Seventy-six students and thirty-eight Bunsen burners occupied two large rooms, the windows of which were closed to prevent contamination of plates. Addi tional heat was supplied by a long white coat which the student wore at all times. We must have been in good physical condition because no one developed heat stroke. Long White coats were part of the unwritten dress code for 1st and 2nd year students. In the 5rd and 4th years, some wore short white coats. The members of the house staff wore white uni- forms and senior staff wore long white coats. The medical student could be identified at all times, you knew, without a doubt, he was not senior staff, because he was not old enough. No one in sports clothes was permitted in the hospital or medi- cal school buildings. I have unforgettable memories of some of my classmates who will be hereafter identified by letters only. A wrote a page and a half, single-spaced, description of a patient's eyegrounds and concluded by saying that it was a perfect example of a normal eye. B gave up his room in the dormitory and spent the last two years in school sleeping on a stretcher in the obstetrical wards He later became a professor of Obstetrics and Gynecolo gy C sang the Marine Hymn fortissimo whenever he be came inebriated, regardless of the environment fthe tap room at the Washington Duke, a class party the Hope Valley Country Club, etc D D examined a patient with a generalized skin rash which he decided was tinea corporis He was proud of his diagnosis and cheerfully demonstrated the patient to all class mates until Dr Callaway pointed out to him that the correct diagnosis was secondary syphilis He scrubbed his hands down to the first layer of fascia, knowing that his bride of two weeks would never believe that he had acquired the disease innocent ly The booby prize would have to be awarded to C who, at Dr Orgain s rounds, quite accurately described several murmurs He had discovered which patient was to be presented and had memorized the consultant s note After he had finished his scholarly description, Dr Orgain said That was very good, but I think you would do better if you put the other end of the stethoscope in your ears Medical school was not all drudgery, in fact, most of us enyoyed it, especially the Medical School Dance Dancing at that time consisted of a male and a female holding closely to each other and moving in time to the music The only time one sees such dancing today is on the Lawrence Welk Show, and the nearest thing we had to the controlled convulsions of today's dancing was called jitterbugging . Four dances were held each year, either at the Washington Duke Hotel or the Hope Valley Country Club. All the women wore evening gowns and the men wore business suits, tuxedos, or tails. Rarely did a student or house officer miss the dance and there was always a flurry of people signing out to each other. One night the telephone operator called one of the interns and said, Do you know, Doctor, that you are on call for the entire hospital! Almost all of us, subsequent to internship, were assigned active duty with the Army or Navy and were sent to stations throughout the world. I was sent overseas - as far as Staten Island. Bernard F. Fetter, M.D. '44 1 .... .N ' M' z. it V 1 4 1 ' . '- -, 1 V ' A 1 .. 1 .3 .rr ,- '.1. -. W!! F... . 1 , -.11 W1 M 1 iiii . iiiii 1 11 . , , Q, 1 1 ----. -ii- 1 -- iiii. ,..., W . 1 W fi Mx 1 A. 1 if :js i1 K . 1'1 , lc :3:f: ' 'I I D -I i i I i 'V ' I I . ' f 1 V f r uf ' ' C , .' 1 A 1 1 . M 1' 1 R ' . . 1 1 r ,. 3 ,, u rr u ' rx - - 1 ,, ,, . . . . . ' il Y, . , . . . , . . . . . . ,, ' 7 ' YY 7? Arwell, Ruben J. Columbus. OH Iur. Mal-Palm. Chambers, R.G. i Davison, W.T. w ' .mg , . - Fordham, George Mullens, WV rf' X M , 54? ,Lx l Y' 4 I Hare, Francis W. Madison. lN lnlemal Mfdirine iz' '-1 w . A ri. , wif, ' , 'mij .L Jones, Paxton L Youngswwn, OH G ymralogy f, Y 1 -aa Baker. I-LM.. Jr. 1 Q' .ir , 'lil V V, Chickering. Alan St. Joseph. Ml Radiulugy i A . i Douglas. C.C. 1 .5 , H lg ' x thx Frazier, Truerr Orland0. Fl. - 'Q' A-AL Harris, j.A. '2 le Kernodle. George Burliryton, NC P: ialria ENTERING CLASS OF 1941 li 32:11 3 4 'J-it 1 51515 A Beckel, Frank I.. Eastville. VA Palhalngv .fa A .-45, Wien Collins, john P. Iakcland, FL Tlwr. 6 Val. Sur. 1 A Drarz, Henry M. Castle Polnt, NY Harp. Admin. Ira J Frcll, T.C. 1, ? X , .A . Himadi, George M. Chapel Hill, NC Radiology Q . I kubek, Ruben B. Cland Hgts. OH mmm! nffdfffm .sa 1:4- Bunson. Walter R. Chapel Hill. NC Fazbnlog I 1' 'Q l , Connar, Richard Tampa, Fl.. Tbnr. 5 Can Sur. rf ' .. M .I W' . Ducker, Stuart R. Dayton. OH Pljfhiany 3 J 1 1 French. A. , T' '. ? il Honig, Lester J. North Salem. NY lrrlerrml M rdifine f' F Q ,, ' L wson ohnF La . J . johnson City. TN Glnmzl Surgery l , . ,Q an A . fa, 3 -' l f A ' I 1 h, v 'I ' 'Q-1 ' W, . . . A if J i ' ,. M. L - L., ,Q ' .1 C 54.2412 . Q. Blackburn. C.M. Bnarman, Jack H. Bradsher, jacob Brenna. joseph D. Cates, Banks R. AMES. IA Claremont. CA Knoxville, TN Trenron, Nj Charlene, NC Orllvapurdir Surg. Thnmrir Surgery Surgery Q. K, 1' 1 ' , . 4 Y X - I 'xx-.L i Q ,l ' , Cronk. Gerald E. Crank, Robert T. Cummings, Martin Dalton, Arrhur Davis, Wm. H. Tulsa. OK Tulsa, OK Rockville, MD Wilmington, NC Winstgrysalem, NC e mmf: M i- ' , lf, 'i 1 , g , , l .. Q, xi 1 -4 1.11111 I- . 'vu : W . . Li ' 1 , '- ' 55 ' ' ix I I g Q ilk fi .I Q Duckett. Howard Edwards, Ernest Feathersron, Wm. Ferrer, Bernard Ferrer, Wm. J. JKkS0l1ViUC- FL Savannah. GA Jackson, MS Durham, NC Raleigh, NC 0b.4GJ'I1. Orlbupazdir Surg. Palbulagp' Parbalngy ,MFA . ,.,, .- R , ,- ,Q Y , X v , 1 A 5 -Y, ,, . 1 I ' -J 4 A : L, 'I ' Q L 5 ' 4 ig my ' 1, 1 4 1 V .AW , il 1' 533 1 14' s- 1 WMM 1 Ffili. Wilwll G1 G0bb2l. W-G-.J Green, WNV., jr. Hainje, Nannie M. Hansen, James L, Ind. Harb. B., Fl. Tarrytown, NY Glenview, lL Ob.-Gyn. 015.-Gyn. Palhnlagy W- 1. ll? 15, ll! I ww , ' W wal' V fl, 15 .K J Y , 'V fr A' l, 44 N -4 ' W . ' ' - 1' - i, . V A 'nk as - in , 1' 21.15 4 .E .kg ' A iiilif C 4 -. ' f' Hooten, Claude G. Horne, R.D. Hulsnn, james J. Irvin. C. Warren Jonas, Karl C. CIGBYWSKGY. fl- Miami, Fl. Columbia, SC Bethesda. MD Internal Mrnilrulr Orrup. Mulirine Cardialugy General Surgrry , ' S 1 - C . Y it , g Q 3 ff '? t hy ' Q 4 -X 2 A V . Wi' ,' ' ' . 'll 1 11' ll , ,K , i i i ' N .2 1 I-iles. GGUYSB W- Magruder. Wm. W. Martin. Thomas L Massey, George H. Marrhews, Walter Concord. NC Balrimore. MD Beckley, WV Quincy, Fl. -YWEFU Pxyrbialq ALUMNI 165 e r ' L dl- V . U11 'll' N' ww ' F1 ' A1 11w q 1 'LM ' ' I 1 l , ' 5 '7 lf' MMV Q1 11 sw I 4 , W- nl - , 'Y , 5, 011- 'f, ,, 4 ,. ' ' L 'i . 'f , ' ', 11 1 v M , ' , Q- '::.' M ' ,l'11 1 ww ' ' -- , my Q Y 'i W ' 111 ' 1 1 1 qv L1 , 5+ 11 ww , ,.. ,N . 1 1 - . LU 11 N ' , gg? 1 1. A ' I . 1 ' 1. ., -1 . . , A , - 5 , . Mflnmih, Arch. Morgan. Wm. C. Murray Wm Gray Palumbo Leo d P k' ' 1 I 1 Marion' NC Salisbury' MD G j .b NC Ch I HAH er rns.,l?cx B, Porid, Desmond A. Prince. Qenrge E. Ragland. R.B. Rarikine, George Pediatric 1,Qff,lfl1Lilf'.1.z.',,, we ' ' Chamblu' GA EXQKEZIQJA G21-QSSZCIIIC London. N. 6, f l W 1 1 W 1 11 rrrrr W 1 .11 - 1 11 1 11 111 I 1 f 1,1 ,iw NW 1111 1 1 g 1, - , 1 . - ' ' . .Q . ' Q X , 1 W X.. 1 1- W ,V 1 W, v1 r 1 1 1 ,N R .MRI h 11 1 M 11 A A 5 enner. 'c ard Roberu, H. Lamar Rulon. David B San james M Schm'dr F d ' Cuuo h ' NC O al V FL B . - 1 I ' - F9 Sextori, Richard Townsend, Benrum Verigan, R.H. Wen, h W, w ee C a TGHIPZ. YL Miglia- QA Barnugton, Rl Newport News, VA Kirkv2ggd?hlO LD P14-'UF -YW-Cf'7 Otarhinolaryng. 4. . A , ,,w qi , 1 . 4 . as 'Q l , :. gf lv 'S ' 1 ' -I . ,111 if-112 ' 1 1 1 Q . J W: 'ii 4 ' ' I 1 .il r l 1 r J Wetmore, Robert White, B.H. Whiresicles, Carl Will-lair, Wm. M. Yarborough, john POYOIMC. Chnrlorre, NC Pensacola, FL Maryville, TN PU'fbW'14lVJl1 Neuruplyfluhlry vii ,I 1 Q1 V .1 ' F 1 C 1 , 1 ' 1 1 1 ,... 11 1411 1 1 ...rxrrrr 11 1 A . . 1 1 111 W 11wm1111 1 111 .A 1 . gl Y Ag. L- , 1 1111 , - 1-' - 11 311111 1 J 1,1-,1-yu- . 1 1111- IFMTQ1-1 1 1 ' A' - -1, : ' -7 V ' 1 W ' ' ' ' ' ' ! G- H ' 1 ll.. A A A 1 . 1 . .1 1..- ' AE... Bl0P?rLll?vrg1IhM- Bvsixi. Riches? E- slilrigwinflav 831- lxwlvff Vimhg- Brower. WJ- cgiuiul, cuss DFDNHE Arabia: E. Ent?-le, E'Fezh D. Dunn, Asllolphus 0 S. KBUKG' I E fy. nw or . aresron, e , A A s, CA Ri R' ,LA N-'wvwfsfvd Pfdwfia off5,p,,3?.s.,,g. ?1,4'f'lf,Zub. affifplldiesufg. 1 2 ,A , ., wx W, 11, 191 N21 My Mr . 'gif' X wr X ,X M 34 ,1 1,, .11w 1 YM Q A' 11 ry , X ...-il 1 ff, ,V l VW ' ,V w 1' 11 . 41 A 11 1 N ,K 1 A I, Y l ...fr i , ml A r , Lv .5 : , , ' 1 . A f., ,A 1. v , .. - ' 11 1 1 1 Q' wwf, 1 ' ' L 11 ' 1, 1 W 1 11: 1 l' I W fm i 11,.m'15 l 1 H A ill 'E 11 'i ..l1.1l,s.Eii L Eikef- RHlPh G- Emlrr. John R- F3f15YvJ-E- Flynn. Chiflei 5- HHIISDH. Frffdefifk Harrow, Benedicr Hodges, Willis Holman, Bruce C. Holt, Earl P. Shelby, NC Milron, FL Bluefield. WV Wflllwl Creek. CA Miami, FL Columbus, OH Sararoga, CA Sr. Louis, MO Ub GJ Obfcjffl- U rnlagy Famib' Prnclirr Anurbmblugy Urlbnpardir! 1 ,111 1 1 A . . I rj ' 1 X W 1 1 1 Q, 11 11531 11 V 111 ,OWU 1 , :W 11 1 1 A ,,,, M11 'jy 1 , 1 N 1A 1 ' 3- , -- . , hr X 5 ' , .. 1, YM ,si , , . M W 1 vm ' '1 ' 11i -'W ' ' '1-'1 .W '1 ' 7 1 , ' - 1 . ' lggq ,Q .- :Mi l ' . ' . ..,.. , ,,,, ,,,, ., 4... N ' , if Y' - . ' L A 1 55121.11 V 'M lm X , 1, 1 -5, V .. 11.1 1 A 1:1 1 , , I . , Hood, T. Ruffin Howell, Moffitt Jones. Beverly N. Kallman, Sranley Kaplan, Seymour Kessler, Alfred Knight, view, H, K,-aygil-ik, E,T, Leavell, Ullin Richmond, VA Lakeland, FL Winston-Salem, NC New York, NY New York, NY Tam a, FL Lexington, KY burma! Mulirine Purlildlry 1,,,,,,,,,,,fM,,1f,in, Demwlnlagy 166 ALUMNI -J , 1, .M T N A : i- :,e .' -P., -f,'Z -fs, V , X: .Vg I an g -1. . F Lewis, Charles W. Orange Park, FL Uralagy ' xi. L 5, gg. ,H-,N . I 1 Manger, James T. Wilmington. DE Plarrir Surgery M' L r Q I .xx , 'S . .Milt if 3 J Poole, Grover D. Jonesboro, AR Famib' Pmrtitf V U ' v ' -Q x lv Srainbrook, Ed. Los Angeles. CA 1 N . .wb 1 .1 Lovell, Wm. F. Matthews, NC , . t ' 'l' 1' , 'U rx gr' H ' : . Miller. LS. y 'f ' 5'.Q,,n. . Z ' . .gr-l Shi.. fe I' -.. Sb ., . Ragland, Robert jacksonville, FL Pryrhiulry Y, Q rf WWF' Wi l GX Stewart, Wm. S. P:4wIuy's ls.. SC Onhvpufdir Surg. ALSO GRADUAT1 NG WITH THIS CLASS Dortch, Hugh Palm Bch. Sh., FL Palbolagy Fowler, Richard New Orleans, LA Ped. Cardialngy Lowell, Miller S. Durham. NC Radivlagy Moody. James D. Orlando, FL Tbor. 6 Car. Sur. L T 1, Mm' 'W ' X . , A I . I - .. 1 A Allen, Harry S. Anderson, C.L. Florence, SC Lakeland, FL Intrmal Mrdirinr Ob.-Gyn. Q1 Lua, james D. Hendci-sonv'le, NC Anerlhrxialngy at . , Y A 2 ' . Mims, Oscar M. Thomasville, GA X l ZA Ruffin, Clarence johnson City. TN Ola.-Gyn. is ' X :' L St. john. Harald Jacksonville. FL N rr 'Qu L.. . A , SY Weber. W.D. . l. ' '. T 4 Af' A i l W Marshall, R.P. 1 . 5 ',, . A .M I Mime. TJ. lfwd. .., 4? ' r L Ruskin, G.R. if 'Z l, -.V , lf ,M 'YP' .4 Swain. Wingate Washington. NC QQ.. 'UQ' , x' . .il Welborn. Samuel New Orleans, LA Armllmublagr 'J 1, X 'l .1 -X SP li' F . 1 .Q McClure,john N. Suwanee. GA Gen. 6+ Vaxr. Snr. . Y -.., ty. U , .s Newbold, Herbert New York. NY Mei Nulriliun 'rev Russell, Robert Hagerstown, MD Opblbalmalagf l 'P . . . K... . .. 1 A ' Taylor. Frederick Charlotte, NC Thur, 6 Cnr. Sur. N J . , lf E nm, 69 '-.E f x sa. Si '. White. Hayes M, Asheboru. NC General Surgery Nw ww , A ' M' 53' l T 1 :2.a,'- ,, , v T it lm... 'l k ' . 1: ' ' L f f X Q lr I 1 ,.....t - McGovern, John Houston. TX Q9 X2 , . V3 ...L ' H' ' . K if es ., McCulloch, Hugh McCune, Frank W. Bay Head, Nj Hendersonv'le. NC Demzalalagy .. : i ,E l .bl C n Nixon, B. Paddison, Richard, 1 . Schwartz, Wm. B. Newton Centre, MA Nrpbmlagy v. .mi it F 'Q , - , at l lf aw Y Y H H Y Thompson, Paul Chattanooga, TN New Orleans. LA Neumlagy 's w., li Sheldon. Murray Cincinnati, OH Inf. bird.-Cari Vatz, Beniamin Greensboro. NC 'Za ,, 1 Q MQW., Inlrmul Mrdirine - W- erin? -A-Rf. T- ff' T ,- . KU , 'Hb ' of Withers, Barron Wulfman, Robert Solvnng. CA Orlbopuedfr Surg. ENTERING OF 1943 1 ' . I' MW ff lm -- .. xx S . Anderson, Reid Anderson, Robert Elias, Dorothy l. ldilw Falls, ID Alexandria, VA W. Roxbury, MA Opblhalmalagy Pfdiulrirl Gjneralogy Huntington, WV CLASS Mr 5, Bassett, James G. Havertown, PA Gmrral Surgny ll . .u ni r MMV ' . t I Belser, Ritchie Charleston, SC Orxbajmedir Surg. Philips, jackson Jacksonville, FL McPerson. A.Z. TamP:i. FL Pnlialrin ' I I 'Q ' . ww W 'A Q , 1 Pittman. Alfred Lumberton. NC 05.-Gyn, Inlsrnal llirriirimf ,T , ll ': W I l ' if, f it , , . .J ..- 4 L . I Smith. Stephen D. Snyder. Thoburn Rome. GA Gladwync, PA OH 6 Mui Dir. Psyrlziulry c i, Q I. '- ll lr 1 . lwlfw fl-l B r Voyles. Carl M. Bethesda, MD ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Park, Herbert W. Richmond, VA Perkins, Neal C. Dayton, OH Gmrral Surgery Youngsrrom, Karl Shawnee Mis'n, KS Anal. 6 Rai Yahn. Albert C. Fall R. Mills. CA ff Berne. Alfred S. Cazenovia. NY Riulinlngv I t lil., ,- I ,Q 'if' r fs , 'I o 'l W f . .MM-' ..:s Watkins. Wm. T. Newport News, VA Dmnumlugy 3 f: Binford. Richard Hagerstown, MD I rllemaf Mrdirinf ALUMNI Bishop. Richard Fullerton, CA Surgery Davis Frank W. Baltimore, MD Cum'x'ol0g1' Haskell Edward Tallahassee. FL lll Kerby, Grace P. Durham, NC Inl. Mid.-Rheum. M Ogburn, Paul L Trourman. NC Boone Alexander Davenport, lA Urulugy a, . Brazeau, P. LS Brink Wm. R. Williamsport. PA lnl. Med.-Cari DeReamer. John Shreveporr, LA Dmualnlugy Henderson C.T. Marierra, GA Surgery .. Kohn. . . Peacock, H.M. Mickey, Elaine Monroe, LA Henderson, Wm. Bishopville, Koon, Erhen S. Asheville. NC Gmrrul Surgery .--Q Pinck, Robert L. Creeskill, NJ Radiology . Ford, Zcnas W. Newporr News. N. Hockman Thomas Bay City. Ml :PC fr Koonce. Duval H. jackson. I rllfmal Mrdirinr ge? Powell, Ralph Atlanta. GA Bmu! Surgrry Broadbent. Thomas Salt bike Cry. UT Pl. 6 Rfwn. Sur, Frankel. Saul A. Woodbridge. CI' Nrumxurgerg Hubbell, David S. St, P'burg. FL Thararir Surgny Lewis, Thomas H. Bexhescla, MD , .5-V 1 s ', Q Rogers. James W. Macon. GA der -ig Bryan John B Birmingham. M Geary J.M. Hudson Carlos Wellesley, MA Pryrhiarry I Lyons, C.K. .ffl lv i A Campbell, Frank Fayerceville. swgfw Goggans. Walter Denver. Gm. Surg.-USAF Jamison. . . Maines, john G. Ithaca. NY Family Pmrtin' .3 Cattle Ralph I. Woosrcr. OH :fill ' Golden james B. Palo Alro. CA Iwuraxurgrry fo juncs.J- Kempton Chapel Hill, NC Famib Prnrlir: Maxwell. J ay C. Houston. TX Prytbuarzahrii if . 'F Crowell. john M Chauanooga. Harrell. Richard Ann Arbor, M I Dermalnlngy Kelley, Thomas Albemarle. NC Family Prarlirf 175' 4 McLeod, Waller A. Johnson Ciry, TN lnlernul Mfdirin: f ' I ,Ww- All Schlaseman. Guy Durham, NC Rmlialugv la Q Q Q C? 'al ' W . 4 ' ' 1 ,l 4 A I 'I l I ll. a e'3E'l - -L f. ' ' ' NC ' TN an New f. . 'W ' 'F -1? 2 'Q lvl . .. X J LQ , l l A an ' F va ' co 1' will .lm l 'W lf yin I? all H? J f l l A 1 Q rr ' ' ' sc ' ' RH ll Y ' n ' -3 Q3 ,413 i E ' v 3 I no . . .. -. -.. :L A C Hl TN t ' . W 'izgaa' Sherman, Paul H. Winter Park. FL Thar. 6 Car. Sur. l V. i I at It Thistlerhwaite. J. Washington. DC 168 ALUMNI Shugerman. Alwyn Birmin ham. AL lnuma?Mrdirin: Z L Sieber, Homer A. Roanoke, VA lm. Mrdf-Cami Smelrzcr. D.H. A.. Staub, john D. Housron. TX General Surgnjr . 1 e rg , .. ...' .. I rf h I ,- r ' ff G4 'l ' , ' Thompson. Fred Lenoir, NC Inlnnal Mniirinr Thomgson, Robert An arson, SC Famib Pruuirr Tyor, Malcolm P. Durham. NC Int, Med.-GE Valentine, E.H. Rowe, W.E., jr. Schcar. Evan W. Scheid. John E. Helotes, TX Lower Burrell, PA Gmrml Surgery Gmwl Swsm' k ', ar .10 F, -- ':: V .L . . 1 wi . Q l d R' h ul Stirt R.M. Suiter, Thomas Svmmon 5. IC HK ' 1 , NC R h- rcr. MN Rocky L cum 012231. ff sm, il' M , WU 5 'W ' 1 l A 4 H Awiifl. .1 Walthall, Joseph Wannarnaker. Lewis Wayland. E.C. Anaheim. CA Sr. Paul. MN 1 Taylor, Lloyd M. Great Falls, MT Gm. 5 Tlzar. Sur. -2 .rw V 1' Webb, Bailey D. Durham. NC Prdiuirirr ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Crompton, Robert Y , ,. Santa Cruz, CA Y A X -J Mor 'so ,Ashton Y 3 , , - Q ' , 3 Ii Y Soni! 5fwk.N1 I W' . aw it f M W' mi I Pafbnlugy 'Wi 'H 4 I ll , ', ,diff f . ' H 2 ' .Q , vi a Q tgp- , , 41.11 . 4 L ? ' -' . L Williamson, james Willoughby, Dan Withington, John Wrenn, Frank R. Wycaff, jmck Dunn Columbia, SC Savannah, GA Savannah, GA Greenville, SC Abingdon, VA Gymtulagy lnlrrnal Mtdirin: Nrumiurgrry Well, 1945 in Duke Medical School was fantastic. I loved every minute of it, including the boys, the profs, Carl, the Dean, and Mrs. Swett. Being one of four females in a class of 60 was great. There was no discrimination, and I was just one of the boys . I borrowed money to go to school, and I also got a Kellogg loan from Duke, believe it or not, I didn't have to repay the loan until l left Duke, and then with no interest! Meanwhile, I went back to Washington, D.C., on vacations and did private duty nursing to make money to return to school. I had to eat, and God bless my colleagues, the boys, ten or so of them would take me out to dinner at night, though I never knew who paid. We all enjoyed beer and a barbeque or steak Cwhich was ra- tionedj, so the steak was horse meat, but still delicious! First year we were told classes in anatomy were not compul- sory as long as we learned the fundamentals. So some after- noons we went into town for the movies, etc. However, the next morning somehow the profs all seemed to know who went where and with whom. It was a family affair, and we soon realized that Unky and Talmadge loved us anyway. I remember during the first year the professors said they could predict that would happen to all of us. We were shaped by them and later by the organ : Drs. Orgain, Ruffin, Smith Cwho always scratched his headb, Callaway, and Kempner, who always had an entourage of women following him and who said at the CPC's, Where you find the carcass, there also you find the buzzards fthe pathologistsbf' One morning we had a demonstration of proctoscopy. The patient had not been prepared properly, and when Dr. Ruffin inserted his proctoscope, he was inundated with watery feces. He yelled, Kubek! Kubek! , but to no avail, Kubek had long since disappeared. We had to have stories of course, and once I had to give a discourse on lung disease with slidesg as the slides went on, all the lights were still on and I inadvertantly said, Please put the lights out, I work better in the dark. At this point, the whole class laughed. Everyone remembers our mornings looking down microscopes while sitting next to each otherg Ebo Ander- son sat next to me and often goosed me as I sat down on the stool. This happened many times until one morning, I grabbed Top: Powell, Lewis, Staub, Crowell, Hubbell, Anderson, Koonce, Haskell, Tyor, Williamson, Bottom: Berne, Pinck, Shugerman, Belser, at Umstead State Park. 1945 the hand that did it and turned to find it was the professor, a very embarrassed Dr. Margolis. Lots of the ,boys dated nurses, but mostly they dated techni- cians, which is also a long story. I remember riding to school from the apartments in Kemp's old car. I had to hold the door shut on corners and shift around the back seat to avoid having my rectum injured by the springs. Some nights Tom Lewis would push his baby into my apart- ment, and fortunately, it slept well. Ruthie picked it up when she got off night duty at 7 a.m. Weekends we usually had parties out in the cabin in the woods with a keg of beer, etc. We studied hard and worked in clinics and drew blood in the mornings, but somehow we thoroughly enjoyed days and nights, and no one bitched about anything. The weather was mild, allowing us to sit out on the lawn in front of the Dope Shop for lunch. We took pride in being part of a serious profession, and the clinic patients thought we were their doctors. One of them refused to have Dr. Odom do a trephination and air injection one morning until I okayed it. Later, she would bring me sausage meat and farm produce on her follow-up visits. I heard from her and her husband for years afterwards. We all had clean clothes and short trimmed hair, there were no beards or long hair, and no jeans, colored shirts or boots. We took pride in appearing like doctors. We all adored the Dean who sat on a stool at rounds as little pediatric patients brought him urine specimens that they had tested, or they sat on his knee. His Assistant Dean , Carl, ran his office like a trusted friend and knew us all by our first names, as did the Dean. Football games were fun with rubber draw sheets taken off a few beds to ward off the rain, and with rolls of toilet paper swiped from the wards to throw down onto the field at appropri- ate times, especially if Duke was winning over UNC. Of course, the football field was a lover's lane, occasionally at night! Times change, but whenever I return to Duke, I love it, I can say that other students, at least around Boston, are missing something special. Dorothy Armstrong Elias, M.D. '46 Back: Willoughby, Koonce, Sieber, Morrison, Anderson, Ford, Front: Tyor, Kelley, Armstrong, Scheid, Cottle, at the 30th reunion of the Class of 1946 ALUMNI 169 V . r Vv ' Y u l Ambrose, Sam S. Arlanra, GA U rolay Vg-,, , EV' V 1 1-e... VV ' :VVVV.V I lV Wg V ' 1 Q L Blackwell, C.C. ENTERING CLASS OF JANUARY 1944 l 1,21 lTvrr wffv'w'::Tf'z:gg7g. f--- - - -'-1'-S - V ' - I, ' '23-V 'Q--all ' l I, , , 1. ' 'W' Vi' EV 3 l - .V ' V .- V , fr- 1 ' ' , - x ,- V - - V fx., . - , , ' ,,,,, ,,,,, V V .,. VV-V'- .,,, ,,,,, V V V V V V-VVVV ,,,,, V VVVV ' VV W V VV V 3.. ' 12 in-4-'iii' V - 'V V 1 'xfn rs- -V r V --1,-'ze-' , X ,- - , , - A - .V ., su VV VVVVVV VV ,,.. V' VV VV VVVV I fl, VV VVS: VV ' ' ' V ' ' V , VV -erm'-, . ' V vue- ' - aegis, 4-V .1 -Ellie y , , -.C nSQ,, .,..5f . Ei . Eli - Branscomb, Ben V. Birmingham, AL Pulmonary DJ. Brooks, Wm. L Charlotte. NC Internal Mzdirine vw' V, ., fn' 'A 2f 'f 3 L ' , Us??fHMQQ?1 f 2'- .: , V . Qfif, 2 f V! V ,'V,V V V '.f UV Y ,V ,VV , V V A m ,, . V. .- ' - Vu. 'V ' V - 5 - ' X V .IV 1. ' Au- g-.-f ,. ,.ZV. e - . , . -, W V 1-.. - ' VM 'lr N V X VV 'M Vlll'l H 5 lm VVV V3 --VV VW -' 'lm Vlwllbl S x-7-K2 f-' ' 11, 3-:':i'ii':EV 4: , 2- Vin. ..-3 f V Coogrf, Ralph W. Crane, H.H.. Jr. Dameron, Thomas Davison, AJ. -if am. NC Raleigh, NC Or-'hapardir Surg. Orlbnpaedil Surg. . V . lV A .F ll : I R 'zifl .', ., ', 152Vif' . , V 1 21, 'i ' . 535' Vi ., glfw -- y V - , ' V' V1 law 1 Vw V i.-V V: ,, is , ,Vg '. ' f , f' -- IV' v5,?:V.,' 'Qty ' V' ' ,. J' - . V Vg . J V 'V pil? VV V V VVVV V V lVVV VV VV VVVVVV. V ,. VV V VVV VV is - VV ' ---'fa 3' il-V 'A-'Ji' H QV WW7 Froeb. Herman F. La Joua, CA V Va .V ll' V VV l ll Longino, lirank H. Greenville, NC Gm. G Tlaar. Sw. f, VNV 'A V s ' ' ,Wea Vflw' J Vn Y A l gs Murphy, W.P., jr. Gursradr, Joseph Ross, CA Pxy., Pxyrbnanul. VVVVVV V V ,V gn' f . ,Va l .. , V, V . , V 157 . iw, l 'L- Masrerson. John W. Caldwell, NJ Vnsrulaf .Yurgrfy 475'-w-f-ye-Vw - --were '5gm.V . VM, ' ml I 4- 'W' W lu 1 wy- . l J V V' V 5 I l 'Q , , V VVV .VV V WV, VVVV l if 38 V V MMV Y VV NV Nicholson. Henry Charlorre, NC Col. 5 Rr:-'. Sur. - 5 .4 , '5. ,f'V13',--1 JVVVV'V 'V VVV 5 VVVE Nfl TMC' V ' l- - -PP J 1 Sharpe, Guy P. Ocean Springs, MS Emrfgemy Mrdicin: 170 ALUMNI Shepard, Kenneth San Marcos, TX Ped, Nmnar. Hambright. R.R. VV, V-pl 'V Mayer, Wm. T. McCombV MS Famib Pr-mire 'H:V Vw ': . J 4 Nl' VVV S M4 Pane. Sherman Clearwarcr, FL Famibf Prartire .1 f V H ll V V, We V V GVVVVVV VV ' +:'1 '2ValVw ' , ax, Keller, Robert S. Hemer. CA Rad.'Nur, MM. ' ,W VV .V V 1 W V lm N V ' V 4- .V r VV M V gay V V lvylmwl McCauley. Ralph Danville, VA Umlugy wV V-V VV V VV' , K - , , . , Parrerson, Grover Cnrrhage, MO f' rf - - l VVmQM4gV kfag- Q V VV, ,,,! MV WV . .. Smelrzer. james Youngstown, OH Smith, Ernest W. Phoenix, AZ Internal Medirim Browning, Robert Plymourh. MA .. V2 . Vg, VVVVVVV,: 'VV 'L-'.,,f' 1! Dawso-im, james C Petaluma. CA Pfyrbiatrjr 1 f r- '.-.-,, .. . ga. Kernodle. Dwight Elon College, NC Infernal Aledirin: V F A V VV 'VVVVVFV' :Z - I V V Q lv K -a I l V I at V ' MV ' McCoy, John M. Arlanra. GA Inlem-11 Mrdirinr 'wfe' 5 'V P VV MVA 'rf Poole, Robert Raleigh. NC Prdinlrirl V ll , ,IV ' . V -, -,E J I.. ya. la 5, VVV V I , liwmwl Smith, Stuart C. Tallahassee. FL Dermalulugy Burgtii. John R. Helena, MT Sur. C1 Fam. Pfar. .wt EV :Effie Farley, Alberr W. Saginaw, MI Nrummrgny 4 - . . i.'i.' 1 , V V , -sl hunbeth, Wm. A. Winston-Salem, NC Inlmml Medirinr j,.V VVV, J M V 7,,. ' 4 V. VV -:IVV-, V if P' HV V C l-.QLV-L, 1. Concord, NC I niernal M ediriru :Menu llllll . l 'A lp, 1-. ,. V M Vi V 'L Preston. Rhea S. Birmingham. Al. G mem! Surgery .V , ,aa X 1 n--?-- V- VV rin--'fn' c'Wnn'n- 'Qi' 'l,VV'.l 'I . 0' I lwwVVyhvw wumlwnpV V .arf p f , X -, H' , Chandler, james Miami , FL Otolaryngology el ,V ' ff' :L , 'xj VV' V V I ,V-9. Fawcett, Blake Eden. NC Gm. Cf Than Sur. V s VVVVVV V li 'la VV 1: VV l l 1 'lla' ', :?':f7 ttimore. ' 'V . - N Miller, Loren V. Tulsa. OK Pniiutriu 'V lVV'VVVllVVVVVV'V V w V' V V Clark, S.D. VV, IVVY V VV -x 'rr Ferguson, Thomas Sr. Louis. MO Cardiulbar. Surg. 4 1 V 7 ,som V , V A Q f Lipe, Robert O. Aiken, SC V V. 5 'Cu' Morris, 1.R. V V - l My C' VV RV 7 VV V .1 Q 1' w ll , ' ' . Clifford, Thomas Reading, VT lrzfrmal M:a'i-'ine 5- f ,W 17 W is Fillmore. Paul G. Venrura, CA Infernal Medi-'inf Litrman. Donald Tinron Falls. Nj lnlermzl Mrdilinr P Vf firf 1. l V VVVV . V ,L3..',j 1a. ff- Mundie, Donald R. Evanston. lL Pediulrir: 7 ' 3'?'f'i'-Ui'-l . .,v.wf,,, . J 'f ' ,-'a VV V Q v 3 I , ,: , . , , 1 '. -. ' V ' A V V 5' V ' F, 5 W 1 V Y -gf- , far ' ' ' ' 'V :D+ . X ---- ' if-. V '.VV:: V V-. . ,, ' Pryor, Wm. W. Rininger, F.R. Sammons. Harry C. Greenville, SC Hermann. M0 Cmffnlggy Anmlminlng Q fr Y ll , ., -9. EV., - -,, U - .,n ,N V V V V 2' D -w V '12-:V V V VV VV TZQV QV VV f , , ' rg--A V VV .1 VV Snyder, D.D. Talcort, Leroy E. Miami. FL T aylor, Allen Greenville. NC Rndialuggr Teabeaur. Robert Augusrl, GA Pulbulng-y ENN- Y If 'fi' M' '. 3,,.: L- ff ' li' V 'iiiwdi 'r ' W M W' .A If 1 W ll, X ll -Q V 51 ' f I X V i ff' N I . ' 'i gf i iflidii' 1 I ' .. ' , my I - Q , . ' f - if 'E' 1 .3 4 ' V . . ' ' I ' ' . 5 LQ., V' 'wr ff Nw. iw .A .U V . 513 ,fs , ' st '-1.1 , -'fy . . -. Teuley, jack L Thompson, Robert Thompson, Wm. W. Thornburg, W.H. Thorne, Silas O. Voxell, Fred. C. Wansker, W.C. Ward. joseph M. Ware. N. Mequon, WI Brunswick, GA Ft. Walton B., FL Morehead City, NC Springlield, VT Greenville, NC Plallir Surgery All. 6 Pnl. E.E.N.T. - .- -. , - :V .- , ,. . . u r . X egg - ' , . gag- A , sf' I -' Q f' I -' ' - ,, , -gl, -ff, 1- --Z , ' ' ' - .7 ' W . f 1 1 ' r. 'V . I ,' ' 'j is f-'. -9 , 23 ii ' , ' 'S' ' , I: .A-. .. , ' r-,: 3 an-. . -3. . lg! . Wechsler, Harry Weinberg, Milton Welsh, Robert C. West, E.S., jr. White, David C. Wilchins, Lawr. Williams, Roger Wilson, Iro H. Wilson, William Mclieesporr, PA Evanston, lL Miami, FL Tucson. AZ Las Ve , NV Ft. L'dale, FL Sarasota, Fl. Durham, NC Dmnalolay Cardimur. Surg. Generafllsurgery Genrral Xurgzry Ptyrhialry A1.soc-RADUATING N V WITH THIS CLASS 15- L .. f- Brower. Walter J. S '?i'Cif7i-1 i-nyaen.AL t ,., 'after Rat-Nrf.1iff,t ,r 1, Cine-iwglipxu. ,- A 1341! ' -. t. ort , : ' N. ,tm fl, 1 ., . ' vmfw 1 .rf 1' 7 4 . -..1 f i'ii ' Wooten, john I.. Greenville, NC Orihnpudif Surg. Wrcnn, Richard Charlotte, NC Orlbopnfdir Zeliff.J.E. Thirty-six years ago, I had already made a radical move from the very small town of Tchula, Mississippi - population 1,000 - to Vanderbilt University. Now it was time to move on to the next step in my medical education - Duke University. For the country boy I was, the architecture was awe-inspiring in its beauty and the setting most conducive' to learning. No one could possibly emerge from this stately setting any less a Shum- way or a Salk, both of whom, incidentally, at that time had not been heard of publicly. Then reality set in. Our class, representing every corner of the United States and some foreign countries, met for the first time in the office of the Registrar. We were greeted, categorized, assigned and made to feel welcome by Mrs. Swett. She solved a thousand problems, answered as many questions, and cured a few cases of second thoughts and homesickness those first few days, while she very patiently and efficiently integrated us into the great Duke Uni- versity School of Medicine. Work started immediately in the cadaver lab. Some wise guy informed the girl in his dissection group that her assignment would be to dissect the bone from the male genitals, Her ner- vous laughter alerted the whole lab to her diligent and futile search, which in turn alerted her to the prank. Her gullibility and good humor vanished with astonishing speed. She gave a convincing short speech which smacked of ERA, and from then on she was just one of the boys. I'm sure the old tower is still there. I'rn wondering if students are startled into waking at all hours of the night by the severe electrical storms peculiar to the area. With the wind and rain lashing at the windows, a sudden flash of lightning would bring the student face to face with his cadaver and back to work for a couple of more hours - but not until he'd finished the half- eaten sandwich which he'd left on the dissecting table before he dropped off. I recall an amusing incident that occurred on the Gold Coast , the private patient wing. Someone perched a skeleton on the stool in the elevator. I-le was nattily dressed, complete with coat, hat and tie. A strategically placed femur was held by two very bony hands. This completed the pose, except for the smile. Don't you know that Dean Davison would have loved finding the ones responsible for that one? We knew the first year was over when the upperclassmen no longer shunned us in the Dope Shop . We had clean lab coats and no longer reeked of Formaldehyde No. S . About this time we were introduced to a novelty item -- the electron micro- scope. We thought it would never catch on since it was too expensive to be practical! The upperclassmen started getting married during this second year. They rushed home for lunch with amazing speed and regularity. The rest of us were content to flirt with the girls on East Campus and share their blankets. This fad was featured in Life magazine that year Cl945D. Myrtle Beach was the popular watering hole for us. The price was right and the distance not too great. Our time was almost as short as our money. One weekend someone caught a sailfish and took it back to school. It became the bedfellow of those who yelled the loudest until the offenders could no longer tolerate moving it. The third year for us meant finally getting down to business - working with real live patients. We were DOCTORS ! My first patient was an extremely agitated four year-old who promptly told me off and topped it off by spitting on me. I was not much more mature than he and felt no doctor would put up with such behavior. It was degrading to command no more respect than that! As I held my hands behind my back to keep from hitting him, I gently whispered in his ear, Do that again and I'll knock the hell out of you! His mother couldn't understand his suddenly docile attitude, it had certainly never happened with any other doctor. She strongly encouraged me to become a pediatrician. ALUMNI 171 Papa Ross, Father of Ob-Gyn at Duke, as far as l'rn con- cerned, and champion of women all the way, introduced his lecture series with, Don't expect your bride to go down the aisle as an angel and act like a whore that night. I-Ie put a time limit on all female examinations and was very critical of our comments and whistles directed at the student nurses. If he isn't still in charge of that department, I hope someone just like him is. Working on the wards our final year meant to us that we were definitely proper doctors now. We knew everything there was to know- certainly more than any referring physician who had not received any formal training for at least two or three years! Lucky for us, we were still wrapped in the warm security blanket of Duke and not put to the test in that area. Proof of the pudding was not far away, and we quickly learned not to criticize and to do the best with what we had upstairs . We had been trained in the theory of, To the book -- to the patient- and back to the book. This theory, coupled with experience, has been one of my most useful instruments in practice. I may differ in opinion with many a colleague, but I don't criticize him. I remember another valuable aid to diagnosis we learned that year from a professor whose name escapes me at the moment. The com- mon things are common and the rare things are rare. It sounds like an over-simplification but seldom has it not worked. The most bizarre symptoms have very ordinary causes if the time is taken to ferret them out. I recall how busy we were at this time, working up patients after five o'clock admissions for presentation at Grand Rounds the next morning. A fellow classmate offered me 35.00 one night to finish up one of his cases. It sounded like 3550.00 to me, so I quickly agreed to help him out. I was pleasantly surprised to confront a very pretty young lady when I entered the room. I proceeded with the routine physical, and when I began to listen to the chest, she said, I wonder how that other doctor could hear anything without putting those things in his ears? I gratefully accepted his 355.00 and never asked why he was so generous, but I couldn't resist a sly grin. It was about this time that the banana diet became a major part of the treatment for cystic fibrosis, and the rice diet was receiv- ing wide recognition in hypertension research. This calls to mind an occasion when Dean Davison was proudly presenting his little banana-eating patients to visiting doctors. One of the visitors asked one of the patients of the 3-4 year-old group how he liked having all the bananas he could eat. Without hesitation he replied, I think I'm beginning to like the damn things. Another first that year was the use of ultraviolet light in surgery to help prevent infection. Most of my class graduated in December 1946, and I went to Mississippi for a stint with the Health Department. I returned to Duke for the last three months, restless and lonely. Two hap- penings occurred during this short time which are real land- marks on this trip back in time. The Dean of Women put our fraternity house off limits to her girls, because she confirmed her suspicions that some of them were going in for parties on Friday night and not emerging until Monday morning. My chil- dren say that such conduct is accepted practice today. The second incident involved the spending of all the fraternity's savings, which were to be matched by the alumni, to build a new house. When it was discovered that Q this money was entered on the expense account as entertainment, I, as president, was impeached in a most impressive ceremony. I hope I retain the distinction of being the only person to be so recognized at Duke University. Other than this, I was just an average med student - most of the time in one kind of hot water or another. I doubt there is a great difference in the methods of learning today than thirty-six years ago. The teaching aids and lab work are far more sophisticated, and technical knowledge is phe- nomenal compared to the mid-'40's. Another difference today is that the dress code exists no more, and being of the old school, I still believe a coat and tie lend dignity to the profession. As all nostalgia brings to light, those were great and happy days. We only remember the pleasant things. I remember work- ing and studying like hell. I remember sleep-walking to work and using each other as guinea pigs. That was one compelling wayto learn, because once we got it right, we were on to bigger and better things - sometimes even more humiliating! I re- member griping and threatening to quit at least once a week, but you couldn't have made me leave if you tried. Guy P. Sharpe, jr., M.D. '47 3 1 il I Picture sent by R.L. McWhorter, Jr., '47 172 ALUMNI ,X l.., Us 's'-s,- hx Picture sent by Harry Wechsler, M.D. '47 ENTERING CLASS A . . W. . ,,--- ef . V . A. W... X .' 'ig ..e ... A J I I VV .V?.V. f .,X .. G, .4 V. ,X A XX X X :il -,Q 'N F'-f ,.. , NV, ' -1 f - ' ix -A ' :.- ' ...'- Sfs I ., .. ::'?f11. V ' nil' 7 ' .Y .2 12 if 'L Aff' f ' lf I 'fs ' ,V' 'L' V - of -- 2: iff .' :Q 5 5- ,eb f.. 13. 1 1-2? -' A - a . V- .V- . ' ' ' . 1-,.T'?.a : , 1 X, ' 5 -. Q-': ., ,, 6 1 ,. .1 . . , 'LX 1 X -fa-. X , 1.,XL ,X.1 gr ' ' . if gg 'j- ' , V ., Vim.. ' ,L-. - X 2.1: A i '. i A-' X A b , D.S, Ashe,-Iohn R. Burden, Graham A. Barnes, Robert H. Betts, Wilmer C. Blalock, j.V. Carter, D.D. Ang5:,Z:h?sar8: Arngfkeklrs S S my Concord, NC New Bern. NC Scortsdales, AZ Raleigl-l, NC Nur. Mui. G Pnth. Oh.-Gyn. Prdmlrmv hyrhmlry lhyrhuxlry . ' W C .. . -1. ' X, -L 5 ' V gg.X'gg. - pf 1. ' iii-1 V X., Xz. ' . X Xg rf . ' 5. qi ' - X ggi-vs XXX . 1 Na .2 '. iv . ., X' 1,51 X 4 i X 'il XX,'Xf-'XX .AX 1 92 I., X f , ,if '- Gifs g ifw A . 151' A V Y V V f3L.JiV V C 1. lf- 2 'ffl 'Vim-V-X,VV rm V' V51' E... W, Tim: ' .n H' - . . . YT ' 'A V A V V1 M- ' V W 'V . M.. V' . re. ,V M 'V - . l.5z'b.L'3' 5 . V 'MW'X': M H X ' PX A QUV VW' ' A L Cm ' ,R B h Co .H h 1. Duma.-'a.wm. J. D'll ,M L. no ,B H. Fe 'Q you Job Fish Harry G. Dthsirwg M' ISE!! Corgenvgz? cg E j:lfson:illeejT:L Durl:am. NC l..eZ?ngrol:nfCl2sY Vznlxzz-lng:o:lljcIEIC rlzvigean, VA n Rocky,Mounr, NC Gm, 5 Than, Sw, G ymmlag lnlrrm1lMn1irim' Orllzapaulir Surg. Ped. 6 Path. .-:-. '- 5j5j'f1fv:H:x'+gf fW7'I H 'A 'F'1T':f'fV?f?'iQLZX,EQ-1 'ff jT :'E' ' 'f' , r A qw, .fe , . . L. Q.: 'Hy '55, ,r X, fi-INV - 'Fas' . .V- . T ,ff . -' 71 if 'lb' ' Q' . M hw ' W ' V F . V'. WV'R 4- 5... V ' 52' r . Vw. 11 ' it-PTfll - . 1... 1 5. P ' if ,. F15 Y- Vg, V' 'Bill T' 'NL X 54' ' - E 3 -.4 A V A V 1 A . V V ' . 11 'ff .QI 'T' ' . . -1 . .Rf -' A A . .g f . ,e V , - 3.. ' '- . V ' ' . G'll , HAV. Go d '. R be A. Green. MJZ. G , Ch l G. Hadl , W . P. H e , Cl'ff Harr's, louis G. mm RR' G'v5f,21i':f yf15CG ' an shgmin 5'lkfIcA wi':::,n.sf5mef NC Gnniivzufn lggcgarllgg, CA Tafma, CA A11,,p,,Af,1,,i,j, Orrup. Mfdirine Psd'ialric: Internal Mnlirinr 'C ' MN' M , NM 'll' VW-wee, 'l-lffwwfi V-f 'W '1'l-Q WWW? IW N' H W M 'f fu., if '. v. . f G, - 9F55..,- Q ,,,V:3-FQ :V Rl' '.'f'-. ViVf.' .Q l ' , N 1. . V ' ' EF 'V 'X' ivlgjgfff ' V' g lj X- '- rm 5 Vf :.' .- . 'Q .' .47 - ' - 1 ..'. V. 'L' 4.-f . V-. -- - 1 ' f V E-VL - 3-, V . il -5. . , ' Vf'. i'E1 ul ' -:ffl ,.'!'.,,,., - -.1 .Q . .2-2 Vif gil 451 N 7 , P1 lil SA. 4 V v- 1 V- ., - f..--3 wif' ' 51- ' 1 X . .X. lc? ,rf XX THX , . 'Jr X - X 1 Q., . . V. ' ,X 5 'VX j I...-if .X ,Sl Y 1 -X ir V. . .I.-,..-, X 1 xii-1 4 I 'Ai ' ' L 1 fi. '- ' i ' I-I bb, h H. H ' , H d Hollingsworth, J. Huntley. C. lsenhour, Alben lzlaz, H. Leroy javer, Jerome M. Jay, W. Thomas H11',f,ff,'f.2'i,, 'gT1'5 Bfgdmggfiln elgmfcclfvl-zLa' Lajolla. CA Nmwalxe, TN umm., NC Hillsborough, CA Wyomisslng,XlfA Pyyfhin-fry Gyn.-Female Ura. Allrrgy-Immun. lnlernal Alrdirirrz Nrunuurguy lnlernal Medmn: f . -.. ' r 1 V 1 4 . XY' X: , V X ig 'PAIVT' . in AE! X' l 'U 4 N .. W A 'sir Q 1, ' .... V VV- V . .V-P A . A .V C , . -' VL ww V V 1 . . A .- VV W' ' johnson, j.P. Knlevas, HJ. Kifklighlefw JV UCS. William I-ilibrrg. El-13002 Logue, lohn T. Lorenzeq, Robert Mahony, Donald V. McAlister. joseph Dorhan. AL NHPU251 Fl- Columbus. MO Phoemx, AZ L1 Habra, CA Hunzsvnllc, AR PfdfdlfiU Tbllfflfl-' 510807 ln1:rnaIMrd1'rine Ophlbalmalngy Cardiology Rudialugy 'A' Km' fl '- .L!..3 f-'.'.1 ':' 53.3 . fZZff.,9fy' yi --Q-9'-li! 114 'AW' 'ww '1 in.:-', -' 'i 7737-if-31 -51.21 :FH ' if 1 Q, -. ...Q 3:1 X - .-',g?', Xp. snr?-QU ' ' w - . pi' 'LL9 '1P- A Lg' ,Q ' ' A .l g. V'-L7 X, X ., - A ,! -,.- 'rg 5 I ,h ' . .,- f-1 ' ' . -.1 -, . .+- . . V .. - .- .. ,d.6..' E-4y..1X . . 3... 1 5 2: f . , . 'Y ' 'V , Q.. .4 f w , ATLQIE1- .X,.:,i T - . 'g , Q f, 'V 7, , ' , , . 4 .-, ' - X ' 4 , , f-' ,.u' . N53 ' -5. 'Lit-E' ,Vf iP'T'. , - 'QV' -A, V' . IL-1, .:, . V -' , Ag,-37' -' ji- Q' , 3' ' ,i ' 1 I . V.- ' .. 4 mfg- 'V ' V. .V 'VJ' . 1 V ' '.'.u '-'ff ' ' U ' f fl' ' ll L ' ' ' ' V . ' i' i . ' ' Q .fl X .XX :X ,, X X ,Q , X . ., . X X XX .X X .L :X . v X . , . , A X. ,. AX . 'V . V 1 V: .Il . elf? V .Y V i if w ' Xi V A -E 'A V- i - A X 'X :sXXX'. X ' X V V 7y, f V1 . ' ':i lf X ' ' I' '-K ' , XQ? ' .X V1 VH ' ' XX' ' fi '. n - ' s 1 '-'-v. f w '- . H. it V . + n .P-' , 41. , A . . ' ' V ' . -1 Ig. X ., ALL' - J l A '4 - 'QP V W 4 A -f Vingiello, Rush McGee. Theodore McKim-ick, W.P. McPherson. Hsu-ry McWilliams, Thom. K,-ws, Jane Mom-oe, Berry B, Muller, john C, Q'K,,,,eX Calvin R. Monroe, LA Senle, AL Durhlffl. NC Phvffllxv AZ Akron, OH Florence, SC Greenville, SC Sacramento, CA Pai-Pub. Health Gmeml Swgny Elfdvffrfwlvm Purbalagw P.fdi.m-in Infernal .mdifim Gmnal Surgery ALUMNI 173 , , J.. 4N,, A ,:.'iWi 5 . , M , W in M . 'K my Parker, LC. 1 WW, , l l. 1. -4 .,... . ' ' J ,H ' , Smith, Chandler San Fran., CA .A W , xi A A i rg 4 - . .X A Abernathy, Rob. Lirtle Rock. AR Internal Mldirins Q' rrr , f 'W' Bonnet,j0eL Phoenix. AZ 05.-Gyn. fw-A ,. T' H 5 H er y Davis, Wayne E. Winsxon-Salem, NC Umlngfc Surgery 174 ALUMNl A 1 WM? , ' , r . i ,. -4 W i r 'Nh ig , will:-,,+ ' , Robbins, jack G. Durham, NC Dermalalagy + '-- ' Sarazen, Paul M. Sealy, Hugh Key Shelby. NC Macon. GA Prdinlrirr Cardialag' . rg MG A ..'Wl' -E ? Smith, Lucius S. Rome, GA -f X J ' V--... A r Alexander. Henry Charlene. NC lm. Med,-Pulm. A Brawner, H.P. f Q 'E fm , 1 M I -wg 'l DeYoung, W.A. Staehle, George Short Hills, NJ Ojfrr Pmflnlagf . U ww MQ' W' 5,13 '.. 4 .4,- ' mwllxllwl .ji ,. . Srrone, Bernard New York Ciry, NY lnlmml Mfdirin: , w , w ,,,,, :imm- W 1 1 i fl WWTF , ,NA W1 s , . . V i , w C! I Y Y., .mm M W y , i I Q., -N lt-.- WW M . ,, i iw Sheridan, Ruben Sherman, Alfred Rocky Mount, NC Harrisburg, PA Pedinlrir: 01,,.G,,,, ,, - . ,li rr E M M Thayer, Robert H. El Paso, TX Infernal Mdicinr Vardell, james C. Columbia, SC .Internal Mrdirinz M' xg W W r iw 1 ., I Q' 71 A ...L -I Z... ww , W J' . 5 1 W W- ww ii v ,Mix x W Silver, Norman Scarsdale, NY Drlbupafdir Surg, my A . l-' Waggener. Ionnie Gastonia, NC Infernal Mriirin: AISO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Chambers, Robert Whirehall, MD Surgery-Onrolagy Willett, Robert Williamson, B.H. Young, W. Glenn Raleigh, NC Durham, NC lmerna Mzdirinr . - '. .32 - ' if -.-f 1 1-MJ , Ga , .. V , 1 g,-M m r,- ' 'xi ' ' 'X 1 , L 1 uf ,- ...wg r 'ff' '. - Z' 1.3 - ei ' ,,,,,, ' ' ,-N' 'lk' WT X w. ' ' L Fw. f'-elf 2 ' . . - . f 4 . 19 7 , ' W 7 lf 1- .- iso. '51 ,. S . . A . Ambrose, Kenneth Andersonulames Titchener, A.B. Barry, Carey N. Barrie, William Monmouth, lL Upland, CA Cincinnati. OH Fort Myers, FL Timonium. MD Famib Prarlirr Gznrml Surgery Urnlogy Prycbmtry ,N , A li IL Y .. 4 f ' W iw , ah - Qi: W b ,-. ,N A ,N L I ,. QQ, ,JV F, ,N -M a C. ' -, if' ra gg 2 ' -' Q ' . 'V ' X, i . rf. C A f- . 5211: - . 1496 ,,,, .. Busby, D.R. Huntley, Carolyn Cornetr, Eugene Crowder, J. N. Crutcher. james Winsron-Salem, NC Tampa. FL Arlanra. GA Pri, All.-lmm. General Surgery Internal Msdirine .v . A .I ' ' l' as ' 1' F- Q i .1 4 .ff , u Q 1 , ' -.Y .J , 1 I. . I ' - ' P w or F ' , R' h d Fl , B ' ' Angell, Ann F. Fursr, William D. Gentry, W. Harold u'?::1pa,lliLa! Czgcordvia-Cin Fr. L'claIe. FL Odessa, TX Roxboro. NC Gm. 6 Thur. Sur. Prdialrirr Palm. Dr. I ,.. 1 Simpson. Zachary Orrisville, PA Gmeral Surgery I -V'ji..ff f . 'N 'fm 'G Qi .aw ii, Walker, lsom C. Gallipolis, Ol-l Inlrmal Mrdirin: R Berry, W.R., Jr. ,Wi..fM, ..,. r if 3 A Davis. Daniel W. Columbia, SC Thar. 6 Car. Sur. F ,l xv L . Y v M 3 K rf' fm 3 ,rms-,K dw My ' C' wx- Giehel. LW., jr. I1 'P' ll 1 V L. 41 Sinske , Robert Malibu, CA Opblhulmolagy 'lm r xl . 1 V ' Qi, Wilhoit, Robert Asheboro, NC ,Q .4 4 - +3 i 4.1 A Qi Q Bishopric. George Samom. FL lnt. Mui.-Card . .I , . , f 7 I ,. . ' -ff Davis.J.C. -i 5 'r . .... Grarxan, James P. New York. NY Cochnn, Gloria Bethesdl. MD Pldiatria ,.. J W I .V In . QQ sv f .f fip2g,,, Krugl , Melvin A. Oni Park, IL Page, Nina M. Raleigh, NC Genera Prartir: .-. .a ' A Schmidt, Dana R. Worthington, OH Radf-Nur. Mrd. A W. '. lv' - 1 A 1' Hsllet,Roben Columbus. OH Db.-Gyn. 1 wr: ll ji . fi Jf'5 f,. ,,' - x, Klum Kuhn, 1.1. .E . M l, ,L I ': nf. Ninos, G.S. v '3 . ' 'Q wg, , Mn.. .. W' , Y -w---- ...w ' l . Schnnper, Harold Mt. Brook. AL Int. Med,-Card. . 'n fl Q-Q. . 'sy fy 1' L. f f ., Q L ' .iff at-in A - J Titchener. James Cincinnati, OH P13-rbaanahtii Tompkins, James Binghamton. NY Drrmalalogy . A 'L .ii IJ Q' 'N ' A 1 Hamilton, C.M. u .' '41, Rf' -5 .si ' A Vuligk, nm n 1. Elm Grove, WI 5 G13 Q f C Q nf' v Northup, Aldrich Pensacola, FL Gmzfal Prallife 1. -f Tl' 31 , lil x P 4 f i 'H v W- 'M Schwartz, lnwr. Seattle. WA Piy.-Piyrhuanal 'i i H Sl' 1 ,. l M ' ' P . ,. - . ,,...1 , Tracgyl M - . , -. , , , ff- 'fl 1 ' kb W X ll V 1 ' ll' will ilmlilf JW W ' M MSW ' . W iu L l :.Z51 X 'M l . ' W WS Q l. 1 . if wld K 'l wl .W 'V ip: Y- Ji ll -M 2 , 1. fl i1 K - . . ... fj 'I -- ' pg . 'lf ' . ' ' fi -V ' 1 N , K -i ti ,- -zik . ' -'w-L.':'. ' ' F . Sf' - -I , - L X ' xg Harris W.F. I Hickm-In, W.P. Ishiun, Robert L. Kibler, Robert F. Kter,john H. Harman. louis E. . , , -I-N APO New York NY Mums. Fl. Atlanta, GA Germantown, .' Nfurola ' Ganrnenlrrology Dmnalnlagy 9 5 My 4 if X W D M.-N ..,f'lg 4 fm it , ' . i . ff L ' .4 7 ., f . N - ...Q ' -- x ' - , A f -. ... .. ., ,. ,Q .vu 12 - . - . . A f 'P . ' V ' A+- Q ',. , . .1 v . 5 . - ,f:-, . - -A., v .- .,1A., . X A 1. 5 , ,.4., .. ix' 1 , ' fr ,--.- ' - -. , ,1 -f. at .1 -f x ' '- ' 3 4. X - - . .- f Lmy, mm: G. Aliofrus, lawrence WMcCa.llEXilliagtC sfillef. 1i 'Led,?,2 bg0rsan.J2a11f3:-- Mulligan. M-L W' - P k, FL S .CA ' sron- m, owing oc .- ortsmout.. 'mu at acramemo uint. MMSAII. Internal Medium Pm'mlr1rJ X ? Q ... A . A t f' Side 4. rm. 3 in-'. , -- A- - , .- Z 1, :f I ' 1' ,151 - 5 .5 L ' . U4 'L' 'J r' - 'F' ' -N. 33. :Y -'E .V - .V Q I . -... , -,... A. -. , .-3 - A 1. A. 1. ,V vw- Z - f: m y A k ' fi , A ' 56 A vi, I., ...ff- . .gi .is 05 h ,s d P .E t B. Rnbenbctg Jack Rmnick Gilbert Riff.Emmanucl R. Roof B.s. 'g,,Qi,'Qf,,, ilk am if-L1 iferic W. Richland, WA Johnson buy. TN shaker Hgts.,,QH ' lnfirliaux Dir. lnterm:igMedicinr Radiology G'm:m1Surg:ry I nrernal M rdmn: .' l ':1.l . ... ,V .3 i s 1. ,vi , '-' '. -'. . -, - . r f- 17' ? , f Q . , . , , psf' .1 -'il H ' all ' R' 1 h' 'b ' Qi .Jeb 'A' 'hA fn: . HJ ' 1' 5 t- .. ' . H' ,. ' 1- ll mf 'v-+1 A 1. f l- 1' V. A A 2131. . - . it i---i . . ,,,,,,, . wi ll -X .. M .W 'fwlll Nii f W V 'll ' l l Wi I if-. if -Q W i A H 'Y W ' ,- ':l:l l':::-w Sc , Lee Sh' H. Sm'th, I.G. Smith. F.P. Abernathy, R.S. Solon, Earl N. lnlzlikiilmii CA Slii'J3ei:T:IZiaSl.A I Littllel AR EwLa1nsLo:bJL e .1 . -L r 1 A150 GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS f G , Z , , Anderson Powell .1 . . K Av- 1-'N ? , - waynesbdm. VA ni, R' 1 Q ., . 1 M fl .. Y N fi Family Prarlire 6158! W H ' 'Q L' ly Wy A Fudenbers Berry L' - eww- SC A A . I . ' .W N lnl.M:d.-Endo. V, PQ N N ,W m y ., K Kin sbuty. -i P' vpQY73, T, . ' N, . X XJ- U 'EcfElludTN A-4:22.'2'llr! -vi-. E22 gill 'mt .WAHM . V. 5.32 i J:-5 Coanrad, Evelyn mon mv' Wan-inet, j.E. Warshnw. john W. Weatherly. Carl Wilson, john W. Durham, NC Little Neck, NY Greensboro. NC Conway. SCA Htmnralay Anzxlbuialagv l '1M'd ' ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Ling, Charles C. Pottsville. PA General Surgery Shen, Edward j. Col. S rings. CO rmfii P.-.um-f Zimmerman, Erwin Huntington. NY Dnmalology Eating at Josh Turnage's Eating at Josh Turnage's l ALUMNI 175 Anderson Kitricl Belmont, Nruralag-y 44 5' 1 ,. Bridger: John D. High roam, NC DuBose Howard lakeland. FL Infernal Mrdirine ,, E - '-I - ,'-7 Harris Tyndall Chapel Hill, NC DimbiL Drtmn. Leone, Nicholas . L'dale, FL llll . ,H n Barnes Henry F. Mount Wilson, MD ENTERING CLASS OF 1946 3 r , ' A N 'VAA V: , g i k - Q J ,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,, ,,,, , , V, , ,,,, M V, ,llll 3 -A A L 2 . Berry, James B. Marion, F. Pr.-lnl. Med. Bell. William S. Dallas. TX Bennett, R.V. -, .... T '. 'Y . -j , V 3' .fy X U , Diner Wilma C. Lin e Rock. AR Radiology , ,q,7,l,: 1 , Bruce jarncs F. Campbell Iachlau Cnnroy,J.A. jr. Birmingham, Al. opemu, AL - YT. Q:-1 - K' ' ' ' 'rf , , 3 u ' ' In ,I . Georgiade, Nich. Durham. Plarlir Surgery Garrett Norman Greensboro. NC llll. Mrd.-Ena'a, I-'itz Thomas E. Eraysse, L, Ill Hickor NC lui. Mel-Card. .. M, . ,, Y... 1 ... Y, ,W .,,,1,u Jennings Monroe Claremore, OK Fumib Prurfiu Ocean Ridge, Hunter Murray B. Rudiulagy Detroit. Ml Internal Medirirlr Huff Albert B. Wooster. OH Farnibf Pmrlirr ' GJ.: L' -a.-,, . , Y Johnson, fleginal 7 -fn 4 L If Blake john R. Columbia, SC Cook. john Sam. Welch. WV W 'Qu JM . Greene, john P. , Palm Bch. Pedianiu oy Vincent A. E. Rockaway, NY Int. Mui-GE Blarman, Saul Hanover, NH Paliatrirx Cooper, Gerald R. Atlanta, GA Hambri ht Rufus Greens oro, NC Ob,-Gyn. Bosman. . . Covington, Alph. Rockingham, NC Genrral Surgrq' Hamilton Edward Nocaree. FL Kerns Thomas C. Keye John D. Durham, NC Redding. CA Ophlhalrnnlagy Anal.-Clin. Palb Boucher, Wm. Lee Long Beach. CA Db.-Gyn. Dick. Frederick Smtesvillc, NC ,1 '-:Lf .,. 4 is-.1 Hamlin, Mervyn . Fort Bragg, CA Fumflf Prarlirr Kornegay. Grey B. East Amherst, NY Rex. Admin. lla 'f ... ,, i fi X, X 1 i l . l Z' Q Q V .. Y Q J ex LJ . 'Q 4- ia Y ,al A y 5 N I W, -VI O 'IM 1 J i l ' v l ' M l l A 4 f W .N my X I K E 1 .6 1 ' 5 , Q f 4 . ' ll W 1. V 'li , ' . ill l ,, Hif i f rf an l 1' A . 3' .fn . nj: . 'MA - SC . Rl W 'IM , .1 ' Q Y. . 5 gf ' F ll M ry 2 . i 4 ' li fn ' 3 1- ' ' ' , . l ul ' l P A l i - AJ' 'W 1 w . Q ...F 7 , ,, E 1, , , 5.1 '-' , ,,,,,,,, , r 4 l x gf M vw ' A . 1. Lf f J l J L .f .Q ,e i,, lf, an, . . . I. . vc!! 'lu V, 1 l' A . L . AQ Q 4 0 I A ,. L lj bw' .3 . J . 1 ,- Jggrv 'F . ev, ,-. ' r 'H 5' -. 5 . ' M N 9 , 1 b 1 Q X ,.'4-'J A W, ' 1 4 3 'S' W' leelu.-TM' fi A V, l Q W 'ii W l W A ' L A fl . . , . NC N 'FL E . , R Nl l V Y' , , Q, an , 9 ., J-. '19 sv- J 1 flob W 5' V. . w all i N J I V , , ull, 4,3 num . A 1 'W it f '7 L N X DK. it M X ad M A H 1' ' K ll X ll E Md A X AM , li Will' hi A ... mf' . . . . 'Il J . . . FL ' 5 1 W7 ' s A 1 m A K H Y 1 Lb P T D, .. Q 4 1 l -Q ., 7 r . f H Q i l ' I A l ' 'li tl I y xl E' Ml.. 'll ,Q ' l X v ln Y 'Mew We 1' 'Q , . ... f -v sw' 1 - X., 5 1 a- , l l J it A 'M . in A FK , . O , . Pmf. fr Int. Med. L? Messer, Henry D. Dearborn Hgts. M1 Nruroxurgny 176 ALUMNI 2 . M ....-w iiiii ,a Q N' ' 'w .N - pl...-e 1-552550 .lnhn M- I-Cwii. Charles P- lrvlfii. 7-lwmlfd A- M5822 Edwin Malts Daniel A. Malhisen. G.E. McCandless Dean McKay, Buchamm Grosse Pointe. MI Reidsville. NC Miami. FL lmP2l'lf1l- I Charleston, WV Fontana. C4 TUCSON. AZ Int. Mei-All. Opblh, 6 Otalur. Infernal Mrdlrrrzr Gynrrulngy Fanuly Prarlm' , - i - fa, 2 .12 ill. .Sr Q 'Z sl ,:f 'X .fl I sr l' vga -g 5-'S 134 gi , . ' , V' ' - . - , .: - 3,-5 H ' xl. ' ' - T, ' .1 7 J 5 J .-A .V Q ,r . 4-J, w, .4 o ,,,, , V ,N -1 r . ,. . -if I ,H+ is W V i' . , ,,,, , ---- .pl -- -- - Q. s I is is . M D A .A in . llll .M-A' , .W. M'll , D 'd C. M d gh. ViCKDf Newell. Effie!! T- Pai te , LC. Patrick, Simmons Perry, William Poe, R.R. Mem G 'Allf...r:gA lgaillnbia, sc chnlorie. NC ' Kinston. NC Hm.c11e.AL Irrl. Mrd.-Neph. Farmh Pramrr Radiology l Fayetteville, NC Innfnal Mnlirin: Spencer E.H. . Pi ' ll 1 im ffm' M ff WV R.ichardson,Wm. F -nw '1 . 'J W q 164' -f K . .. ,,,wM1.11 . , Richter, P. 3 ff l'lll'l'1fl, 1, .. fs . Rip win' PY- iam D. Elon College, NC 1 1 ,Mt t ... if , 1 f -,x l vb .1 ,111 l 1' Stewart, Robert Family Prarlirr Q 11 , . .. M 111 ,,x1,11v11x ,,11 ' l21 11'fll Q ST' Y ul' 1- ' :iff 1' , . . H7 1 1'-,1,.1 11 Shingleton, Ger. Johnson City, TN Qs ,1 -, -5 , .Q 1 ' T. ,af . . 1, 1. 'L . :1 , 1- . ..... -1 4 3 X. I.. W' ' H511 Fr ' lvl li ' A - A re,I-'f,f-19' Q ..:, Rucker, Douglas Russell, Philip Schuyler, Leonard Sellers, Duncan Seymour, Charles Richmond. VA Asheville, NC New York, NY Norfolk, VA Ft. L'dale, FL Inirrnal Mrditin: lnlrrnal Mrdirine Orlhapurdir Surg. Pnlialrirx ALSO GRADUATING W1EE'rE?1s N njvsm , ' Black-schaffe. ' Bloomington. IN Levinthal, jenna Petaluma. CA Lyons, Wm. Reg. San Francisco, CA Sylvester, Joseph Florence. SC l l 'll ' 1 MV , ri' A 75- W -1 ' il Q51-an l i .,, 'T X Wil , 2' ell my ,ENV ' .,v1 'l-l 1 ' ' 1 1- Q' 11 1:1 1 , .M1 1 1 ' ' g' .1 .. 15 A xx .. ,. y A My WM, L t r M . Ali.. 1 L h my UW Mi? N1 1 . .lmanniu if ll, M1 11 ,W ,-- 1 1 H' f FL' 1- ' 11 1 if 11 4 A Sullivan, Marg. Vogel, john L. Williams, Charles Williams, O., jr. V'ot1hington,j0hn Youngs, Harry H. Livonia, Ml Houston, TX Columbia Cnty. IN Charlotte, NC Rochester, MN Sarasota, FL Ped. Onrulogy Iutrrual illnlrfirr: Pulmonary' DJ. Inl. Mzd.-Rheum. Famib' Prarlirr fs ' , 1 rx . .. , '1 , , -- an li , ., , , Q ' W L. , 2 . , Q L 9 ' - 1, ' U' ii - ' ' I '1 L' 1 1 Q ., '1 2 .- '-PN. r 1 'Y 'un . ' ' fe' ' - J 'S' ' j if - ' 'A L A Vw'-5 iiii 'il' ' ' Agner, Roy Aug. Austin, Charles Austin, James H. Bivens, T.W. Blue, W.B. japenga, Laurens Brock, julian S. Chase, George O. Coggins, Wilmer Salisbury, NC Abingdon, VA Brookline, MA Covina. CA Rocky Mount, NC Orono, ME Gainesville, FL Internal Meditirle Radiology Gyfuralogy Przffalrirr Radialugy Pallmfagv lulvrnal lllrrifrille 1 , -15, ! V ,V - 2, 7 Q f . ,, 4 . ' i 9 ., C 1 ' 4. v- 'af . , 1 l 1, rf, I' W 1. 1 Y 1 -him 4. . Y 4' ,11 r- - ' A 1 m - t A. ,..,. ' ' ,. -Q . .. xxx- , V an .1,, W H 'n y , , H 1m W ' . :N r -. 1 ' W'-.io 1 'ii :'L fur :L X X , i l li 3:11 I 11 111 -A ,1 M' 1 1. ,I 1 , f.. l -.a..1 Q- ' ve 1 . ' M A . Coleman, Blair P. Conover, Raymond Cook, Paul H. Cranford, James Curtis, Thomas E. Daniel, Thomas M. Dimmette, james Drake, David E. Eustcrling, john Wichita Falls, TX Glen Rid e, NJ Spttrtanbur , SC jacksonville, FL Chapel Hill, NC Smirhiield, NC Dallas, TX Fayetteville, NC Hopewell, VA lnl. Mui.-Cafi Palbaggy Drrrnalaggy Plyrbialry Pediatric: 011.-Gyn. ' fa 1 .1 - ' ' 1' . ,-ff, 1 7 1 3 0 F3 ' , 'W - 7, l ,, V 'Y' t 5 'Q ,G ' Q A V 5 E, Y 11 , 1 . '. 1 . 1 it -...ua 1 .'f A ' 1 i Ht., Q 1 . 1 '1 T 1if 2 ll M , . 51 , ' 551 W 1 ill' 1. 1 :Ez 11w.:f , M l l . U W W i ' ': ' ul 'P aw I 1 ' - W I. . wlfll.-ill. ' ...M , 11 111 N X 1 1 Q 1 11 11.1. 11.11 ' l 1 , mm. Engel, Marvin F. Evans, Eugene G. Fink, Chester W. Gorsuch, Thomas Green, Paul Jr. Haltiwmnger, Earl Hanes, Kenneth F. Hanson, Charles Hershberger. Rob. St. Simon l.. GA Camp Lejeune, NC Dallas, TX Waynesboro, VA Salisbury, NC Atlanta, GA W. Newton, PA Geneva, IL Houston, TX Drnnalalug Pxyrbralry Ped. Rheum. lnl. Mal.-Cari Ob.-Gyn. Urology General Praflire Pezlialriu lulnual Mrziiriuu '1 W 2. 1 A 1. 1 ' 'R 11 1 X.-'li' .1-4' EM 1 Q M' X - , 'N V' ' 1.ti'Wi: 11' 1 V wif' 11 1 . . ' W ' 1 ' ' W 1 ll ' M X l fl Y Y., Q1l-l lx W . . 1 -B me A , , W ,, J .4 tx .. , K Q , A A 1 K L Hiatt. Rudger P. Holland, Malvern Honig, Edward I. Horne, F. G e I , Ch I E. It , M C I A. h Mesa, AZ Greenville, SC Great Neck, NY Hampton, :Ulm ml?a?:nont?rb?C Ju Sal:-lla, Nlgmy gfgfrlnficx Cl' Jo mon' Hu Jr' J?2::r:g3x'nDl:a:d Gmm1lSurgrry Ophthalmology Canliulogy Armllyrliulagy Family Prariitr Radiolagy Cardialvgy ' Irrl. Mmf-GE ALUMNI 177 X ..11 V 1. 'C 'I 1 will A Kandel Robert F W Palm Bch FL W -Q spa' Lockhart Davxd Concord N Pedmm rr Luzadre jo hn Grosse Pointe Ml ob Gyn ll- Mb andams john P Arlmgron VA Ca I nt M ed ri W6-w Mangum jack F A San Fran C Ilmrnal M edmn Sgr .,, ga. 'inn' ll ll McGee Harry H Savannah GA Melern Andres T Rudlalngy Roxboro NC Gm 6 Thar Yur J '2?' l Mcru Joanne Petoskey Ml II 401 'S' Sprxtzcr Susan P Hxarr Edwln P r '. ' I' 1 T' ' . 17 .L ' ' ., 'rg fi, .5 ' .3 f A 3 S '. -rg, . 4 ' ' .Y C - ,,,, ' ,, ,. ' - lt 1 ' W ' ' l ,, N M M' W , 'F ' ' w mil, ,,,, '- - ' k 'N-'W if C ll '-111-f' Tv a Q' ' 3535 ' A. N N ll llllll 'M 'll V' V l 'l 1 Will' l f ' M ' F A Y . 4, ' ' C '. H- M 4 '. , , , ' D . .- . , ,.' A V . I . ' . l , U ' ' v . A V, . T T J Lf ' ll I - .LU l A T - . la A . , js-.L--elf A ' A 4, .f A V . - L Hi., .6 , ' ' T. J 1 A ' ,S . ' 9-1 - 1 N I Y U ll H New H ll ',,N if ' -A H - H - . L ' 2 . N A . .l V ' 1' SY ' ' l .N',, ,, A '85 V J W . I ' -' - - , J' 53: . , , -' . Y ,G.a. ' - V . . A W A I V - -A 5 la' A -- ff. , M ,T ,. -gf To ' T A ll ' ' f B QQ . A - 1. 11 f -3 A . age:-. B iv f s' M M W ' l' nf, W! Y al l ' M -'J Sc , V Mt , ' N A ',:'g:'w ,V Hzcw Jmgi .- A is ,ln fb ' . ' . I .R.s. , ,, QQ! , .pri A , , V, .jar - fy l !'a i , gn Keg an if nur: W , , A , , T4 ., - N5 ,kj K . f e :J , 5 lt- . ' 2 - 1 3 Q A 1' . - T if 'M W l .,n.J...,, ww WW W ll r. , . . 2 7 -' as 'V Llf-' N l -' 3 wr 1 ' .l 'M' W -. 2-ll 15 GY- ' jx, 3 If N rw '- V . as M A 'W . wl'2wWh .A WW k U l ll l j mx ' I ' 'V M ll . 'lil hw ggy I ' A ' ' ' '- Wm- '- ,.d. . ll' K4 U . , . , -- ,A O I, N , - , Y V, I 4 ' ' ,, 'Q - Y Qi 'flu' l 1 1 'x ',7 'Wg T X - lm ll ,,., Y , 5.1 ' Q - ,:- , veg, H H .I ,. X, , . ,W N ' A , U Q H k V Q, t 'w N ' H W la. 5 I N i, ' ,, ,. l' :Paw ' ., I , -' Y A Q2 - 1 6 'E ' 4-9 ' , - 9 V fr L . M9 4 1 r. , A lllw, N - i n V K 'Hn fl in , Ill 1 y W. , ,N - . ,f sk ll al W ' Y Y. I N m ia f l l M A In , f nz if - ' rig, -if Q 4 -- 5 , ff ff V - .A Wh Slim ll ,QA Jackson Beve l Sylva NC f Y Pednxmu 4 3 hmidt Evel yn Durham. NC Prdialriu :rw R rv X , Parapnd Nxc l ho APO New York N Schnoor Ernest Red wood Cnty CA Yi' as Sellers Alfred Narberth PA lnl Med Card Penton IM: Pruett Cbarlcs Bluefield WV Internal Mcdrrmr he .5 'de Shankrafl' D Y Walters P ul A. W windmia zxsnaifsfw Pllfbllltv Family Pramrr ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Agner Mars hal E. Cherryvllle, NC ' ,M -- 'l llwyhu l sl , Bowles, Richard Shelby, NC Pediatr-ir.r 178 ALUMNI LA Alexander Lawr Sanford NC r 'V x M A Url In Brass Phxlrp Mlamr FL Ob Gyn Bledsoe Robert Grccnvxlle MS 05 Gyn P-'WM Welch james E las Cruces NM Plyrhmxqy Castle Charles Salt lake Cry UT Int Med Card es www :er Thaddeus berton NC Pedmna X Alrany Fmnklrn Charlotte NC Plaxliciurgery Q ll Brewer Atlanra, GA lm Mm' H:m011r Spencer ENTERING CLASS OF bi N- af, Alter Geo: ge F Toledo OH Amrrheualagy M, r al y' N . k. Burks Henry L. Fr Worrh TX rl J-5 -ll? Ragland john E Bonnors Mull MO Famzh Pramre Smxth ,I Graham K Augusta GA Derrnulnlagy '35 UMW ,na ll Coggrns Deborah Ga: n esvtllc FL P15 :buffy J Stanley Gordon San ord FL rusburgh PA G3 neralvggs 'Q -qua 5 'P L' IQ niet IFA Reynolds Davrd Rrce A Tampa Douglas Durham NC JZ me V' ll Sullenberger J Tall ww Wbxte Ben Terry San Fran CA Internal Mzdlmlr Whxtesxdes E Gasroma NC rlbnpufdn' Sur ahassee FL Thor 6 Vax .Fur -1 ww Wnllnams Harold ewporr News VA General Surgrry Farr Wrllxam L Chxllxcothc MO Underwood Walker W F r'3' 'R 'sd l M'-S' L4 Wingfield R.T Monroe VA Pnrbruhg Wrllxams L. Rxchmond VA Howard 1948 Family Pnzmfc Wnlmmgron OH Stewart Dm-mid Urrup Med Covma, CA Anderson Wm H W Sprmgflcl PA Family Pracllrl r W ' l on Chambers Robert Gastonm, NC Pzdrarna Ardrey Bengamxn Rock Hull SC Prdnzlrm , l Mm '5 ll .. wr. 0 Chears, Wrllxam Dallas TX Gnnroenteralngy Balwln K.R N' , 'A' 1 I w --1 . .fwmlw Coggeshall, B E Cheraw SC General Surgery Bethany joe j Eutaw Bowen James L Grnfral Prartur Littleton CO 2 9 n ,wrllgwr A Cooper, Frank B Corpenxng, joseph Kharnls Musbyar Salusbury NC Prdlarrru , 'X .-F' C 1 r S 5 Q . V K . Q . ' . 'F if 5 , 2' , ' H i if Q f ' . X v X z . f , , ,, ,,4. A . . 1 f 5' U Ji, U' arg . ' L ' A A . N f 'HM . , ,Fc RV ff ii S ' z f I Q 1 , Q Q Q , 15 X if . ' , ' - C x ' , X '. i j O in A 4 , . ,PA . . . 1 we' , ,A . .1 L '2 'Z '- Yi G h 1 l ' 1 1 'lx ' 'I . N I I i A x lv V if .. ' 1 S.. i ii' .-E-ig ..,, .,, - Q - ,.f5 5- E? Q -' I iff' ' iirigii A .sf .- w i ' l Wm' W ,-W ,N r my iw ., 'ww r M il., '11,, , If ll A P J ,K Sl!! . . ix W i ,A W - 5 l s . i .' ms.. S ii Q 5 AIA' I . . CO . 3 ' . . gg . - an , '. L r 9 G . r 9 T -. 5 ' ,F K F . 3 1 6' X4 :- 1 l is 1 gi i'. 'F 4 ' l N? ll R I W - CE . . . . , ,1,.... A Cox, Howard L Schley, VA Plyrbinlry Graham Harvey P. Odcnton. MD L- I Kaicher Thomas White Plains, NY Marder Gerard Gastonia. NC Pdialriu Cook Helen M. Arlington, WA Smith George B. Apple Valley, CA QW' T t . ,if F L 1, A.. .Mr N.. . Davenport, Clif. 5outh'n Pines, NC Hamilton . . Kawchak James Berlin, Internal Mzdirinr McCall Michael Marion, NC Farnibf Pmrxirr Paar, James A. St, P'burg. FL lm. Mui.-Card. t i i Si A ua David, Noble J. Coral Gables, FL is-W i Hampton. Ambrose Chapin, SC lnlrrnal Mriirim Freinkel Ruth K. Evnnsron. lL Dmnalnlagy McCauley Ben P. Dallas. TX Pediatric: x Park, Charles W. Tucson, AZ lnlemal Mfdirille Smith, J. Lawton Miami. Fl.. Nw..-oplffhai Spencer. H.M. ALSO GRADUATI NG Ewy, Hen Herman WITH THIS CLASS Dees, John Tyler Burgaw, NC Famibr Prariin Ellis, Fred. W. Cha el Hill, NC Pinrmarulagy A sn. Digs. CA , U Eli. Wester, Millard Henderson, NC Davidson, Norman Beverly Hills, CA lnl. Med.fOnr. .46 'ia n A Hartley, James P. Washington, DC 06.-Gyn. Kindler. Jack Livingston, NJ Dmnalalagy i1'!'.. .AAS if MCClung Eugene Iewisburg, WV Gmrral Pnulin Pryor J. Ray De nver. as' Stcnnett, . . Charleston. WV Inlmml Medirine i , A .gg V M W 1 m .71 4 .. , , M- Wolf,RoberKL New York. NY Int. Mrd.-Cami O .4 A Davidson, Wm. D. Washington. DC Harvey, Wallace Hamilton AFB, CA 1'-ar Langley Thomas Eustis, FL :U .... rm r. I. i Wk Frazer, Joe W. Greensboro, NC Thur. 6 Cnr. Sur. 2' , K , if -6 4 'Q' , . L3 3 5'-..-WL ,Sth Eggers, Mary F. Columbia, MO Haraway, G.A. Link. Robert J. St. P'burg, FL Meyer George W. Durham, NC .. Reed, Clark G. San Jose. CA Infernal Medicinr Stcwnrt, Edgar B. Snnra Ana. CA Famib' Pratiirr Esoda, Elizabeth Haddon Hgrs.. NJ Dnvnalalvgy Lourie Herbert Syracuse. NY Nruromrgnj' J ' -l,- Moocly. Marilyn M. Moody, William A. Dawson Spring, KY Morganton, NC Reinmuth, Oscar Pittsburgh, PA Neurology Tahan Naim G. Fresno. CA Mmlaf Hrallh Ad. Savit: Allen J. West Allis, WI General Surgery whim yn. Jr. . 1.9, A if Y Wright, Henry L Boca Grande, FL Gm. 6 Fam. Pnzr. Young, R. U. L. Garrett. 5 encer Lmkclani FL Opbxlyalmalvgy f 4. AQ. 05: Jeter. . . 1 ,-...Q 1 D! Magill. Frank B. Rochester, NY Pedialriu Hs .ii Moore. Desaussurc Hopewell, VA Shapiro, Lewis Grear Neck, NY Dermalapalhalagy Wansker Bernard Charlotte, NC Drrnmlafag ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Peedin, James H. Burgavl. NC Travis, Burton L Miami Springs, FL Willis. Kendall Gastonia, NC Amuparr M ed Gomez, Alphonse San Fran., CA l , . Jones, William B. Birmingham, AL Cardialngy uw. Mandanis, N.P. cf Q' i i . Morris, Francis Austin, TX Plauir Surgery Skeen, Max V. Miami. FL I... I, z, .11 N an Warren, Donald E. W. Palm Bch. FL Int. flied.-Card ALUMNI 179 Q .gf Qin . i Di mix . v H ENTERING CLASS ' Wm' 'W 'W AV' 'MM 'ww l,AW11P ' ' KJV ,WAI . ii.. Y. I .' W '. ' ' . w w 11l3j1 J b y A, , 1 gf? fy .Q V it it I Ng ., ,E ,741 Pr I E' H . .. . i . 1 Q . :G 1 ' WE, ' Q ' 'N , JM . 1: M ' ' 1 ' IWW '1 X . 1 ,,,, I . ' , K, 4, JP , s ' 4 ' A ,- 4 1-1 :gn H2 -.. 1 1 . ' iii- , . if 1 - w. ' - - I 1 hid' J fl.. '1 . '1 H.,W'1. . 1 . . ,W B, fi Am o Adams, Reuben H, Appen, Raymond C. Ayersr, Ruben I. I?acos,jarnes M. Baer, Bruce L. Bell, W. Reed Berlin, Melvin Berry, joseph N. Blackard, Embree Dallas, TX Cocoa, FL New Orleans, LA Silver Spring, MD Baron Roure, LA Gulf Breeze, FI. Durham, NC Arlanra, GA San Fran., CA 0b1'GJf ' Ob,-Gyn, Cardiology lnl. Med.-GE PM-Pri Endo. Family Prartire Inf. Mrd.fCur1l. . ,Q . .. . 1- , 1 . 1. M 1 11 ,.. . ...M Q... W. .. , , , ., il 1 , , ,, 11 L 11 1 1 1 1 'M . W W .M . ww 5 WWWNNN i l .. M . ' .M Mg- .W 3 1 an .. .W 1-1 M 1 ,iw ,D , . r -, 3 - ' ', ' A L ' -1 'Y ,, 5 . 'M1111111lf 1 if J i , 1 ' 5 ' 1. , ' ' 'V 1 ' ' '1 . ' .- ' . 1. L. 1 . rveif- L 3' 'W V 1s - , lx. .F M Y 1 f...' . W Q ,.- , M..,:- I K W ,LV 5.-V . I A mln... 1 1 . L and ' l al ',,, .ww f f . lk' Bonduranr, Sruan: Buren, Richard B. Brice, George W. Bridges, Rowzee Brockman, john L Bryanr, Gerald D. Bullard, Lubin F. Burler, Wm. G. Caffey.JoI1n W, Chapel Hill, NC Winsron-Salem, NC Darien, CT Minden, LA High Poinr, NC Tallahassee, FL Wilmington, NC Florence. AL jacksonville, FL Internal M rdirinr General Surguy Surguy Opbrlmlmalagy 06.-Gy rr. Anurlm ialagy I Q ' , v 1- - '. Emi.. 1 5 -'Q M. W .. IN 1w gl .. 1 5 - .W l 1 M ' My 7 . . W . 1-1 . 31 '11 ' 1, V1 .3 W M . 3. A 1' ' -W . S . ' ' , f - If 'Q I Yi .1 ,. ' ,I 1' Q MX' N Y ' I 'N W Y -1 ' 1 V . ' el 1 - 4. 1 1 .F . .W ,, i L -1 , , , 1, N. , . , A 33 fb, Q 6 at -N. w .h r it Ag! . tg ,L K . v Q-,N , . .. 11 mm -1 ' . 1' l ' .- A. Q .3 .. A Cain, Frank Coral Carter, Needham Cody, Dorothy Chick. Ernesr W. Chirtum, Raymond Cubey, William G. Em-ley, Charles Edwards, I. Keirh Evans, Eugene M. Gastonia. NC Rocky Mounr, NC Hays. KS Nicholasville, KY Ritrman, OH Charlmre, NC Virginia Bch, VA Olney, IL Danville, VA Fnmib' Prariire Infernal Mrdirinr Callrgr Hnzllh Rrflfirf Prdinlrirr General Surgrg' OD.-Gyn. DPW'-110!UK7' r ii. 1m ' . ' ' ml '1. f 1 . ,, X my W 1' , X 0 I ' fx w w ! .. 111 Mmm fi ' Q 'U' -I ci ' ' Ili I ll . 4-4 1, , I . - I X1 . 1 ' ' '- ' ' , 5 ' ' x .,. X' sm -' l .. 1. , lll- 1.11 , 1 , NEA... yr V ,xx H: ,T 1... I ' , Y ' f... ' , Mg, M . ' ,J . J. .1 - Q .Alix . . .4 ' ,. , 1 , E , W'll' C. F' h l, h L FI , h F. F I , R L. F Ie , W . R. Ga 1' gron, Laur. G'bbes, Rnberr W. Gleason, Wm. L. Glenmjames-F. Ezifnesvillgrl-EI. Pdhagagrx FL mI:1i1:nd?FI? ogliirzrxonn, Nag Cgxradoogfa? TN ga:rnFr:in., CA 'Colm-nbia, SC Lak:-Iand. FL Durham, NC. Famib' Praaire Infernal Mrdiriru Famib Pnzrlirr Gmeml .Yurgrry Anmhrfialngy Prdmlnrr Cnrdmrnrrular Unlngy al ' I-u ALUMNI Berlin, Overton, Tatom, Somers, Pierce, and Sager, 1955 On our way to dog surgery: Caffey, Bondurant, Kent, Saer, 81 Vestal j . . .. ,,,, , , , 4 ,.. Q., S , ha - .l' ' . ' Q ' : a r. - -I , , E ' p .I i if -' , , ,,,, .. . Hall, Kenneth D. Terrell, Eldora Hicks. Jlllilli N- Durham, NC High Point, NC Birmingham. AL Ana., Card.-Thar. lnlmral M:n'mn: Orurbmalaryng. I D A L . . r. Q I ,, - P' ra AI ' 'N - . I5 l 'f U - .V :D . l 1' un' Y M 1 ull., H Y H Mabe, Paul A. Mabry, Edward B. McArn, Hugh M. Reiclsville, NC Greensboro. NC Liurlflbllfs. NC Famibf Mrdicine Ulf.-Gyn. Family Prumr: .ln WM. I .. ...WW Q Q -9' X: V 1 'j E ra I E ' ...H er- 4- ' :I m.. . -f ' .5-pr Parker, M. Vann Parkerson, George Pierce, Ellison Sanford, FL Durham, NC Dover. MA Prdialrin Fnmib' Medirinr Arlullmmlngy 0 f la2'M iw.. J' . Lx . ,Pvt rin' , -' 1 , '.. .Q , ga. - 1. I, .df .wk .JW QL Somers, James E. Stickel, Delford Tarom, L. Chapel Hill, NC Durham. NC Pryrbiany Gmerul Surgery AISO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS , Bonner, Octavius ' - Daytona Beach. FL '- 0b.-Gyn. Q A A Borden, Richard 'Q 1 Morehead Cty, NC I ,. f :X ', Wilr:Ioyv,,lFrr1a::1cis ei , Prdgatnh fl 23? Hillman, Charles johnson Ciry, TN Ob.-Gyn. M l 'S f .J ' :Z , . .fl I I I in Macau, John B. jacksonville, FL 4,-f. .Y HQ- ' V , . nl 'N M. Pollard. Lawr. Monrerey, CA lm. Med.-Card, Terrell, Eugene High Point, NC lnlernal Malkin: Woodbury, Philip Eufaula. AL Famih Pmrlire .vi if . .Q-wi-Y... Q.. .,... ., ,, val.. -. ,. . QT - ' ' A I rr. 1 H 'a , , I' f :- .1 ul .-I u 'fm ,A 1. i. v Ft. Sam Houston summer ca.mp: Edwards, Welch, Overton, 8EcArn r ' M - V . ' , -4 v' I . A V.: 3 I -1' I 'S . 'f 4. if -D. L, ' 'Y ' . Keck, Charles Kent, Alfred H. Kernodlc, Donald Lawrence, A.F. Chester. VT Auburn, AL Burlington, NC Oribapardirr Gm. 6 Thar. Sur. E.E.N.T. , ,.?,41. . l . im ' ww. ' .. l . W. . V pr.. . . , ., . , I ,I Q , fl Li -' . ,' fn, H if .. if V ie . dsl.. lil Jil -flkhmx .M rrll ...A n.a7' ' Mc Neely, Irwin H. Franklin. VA Meiselman, Rudy Providence, Rl General Pruriire U ralagy P, .I ' lg , 1 5 H ia. i f 'I S i Rankin, Richard Concord. NC Rogers VLH.. III Opblhnlmulag' A .5 . .. f f? ig I 'i 5 - . .4 .-.x Vestal, Tom A. Anderson. SC 06.-Gyn. ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Davidson. David Washingron. DC Pryrlriahy Harper. Matz C. Kinsman, NC General Prarlir: Lane, Harold C. Rutherfordron, NC Pfdialriu Want, Thomas B. Washington, DC Int. Med.-Card, 1-if ' ' fl' ' P . fe, Worsham. J. Berry Greensboro. NC Metcalf, Boyd H, Phoenix. AZ General Surgery L L ' ,..w,i .M 15 '. 4 lil If 5? . Yobs. Anne C. Arlnnm. GA Pub. H'lrb-lub. 95 .T. . . 5 i Welch. G.H. St. P'burg, FL Gm. 6 Than Sur. r 3 ' l A. Young, Charles G. Eden, NC lnfrmal Medirinr Niblock. Franklin Concord, NC Prdialrin ., i w Rosemond, Robert Sanford. FL lnirrrml M erlicine 1' t Williams, Jean B. jacksonville, FL 06.-Gyn. ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Miller. Aufustus Chapel Hi I, NC Pearson, john K. Apex. NC an 'ir Lyday. William D. Charlotte. NC 5 . v M ,Q 1. r. g. ',.. Al 1 Overton, Dolphin Rocky Mount, NC Ob.-Gyn. Y -L it 'F ' 'lv Sager, Samuel O. Venice, FL Y , . ' 'J .Yi 'xl' A X Williams, jesse Charanooga, TN U rolvgy ALUMNI 181 . ENTERING CLASS OF 1950 dl. Q V f + , X V V V 1 VV , V I -4 . .i ,, ' V, I ' 4 f 55 .S . I V .. ., Q , . r . . Q . j .1 , Q V Q X . . - f'f -fl X v X - ' Y ur mf -vi ,V - H. H ,,. . r ...i XX , .,,,, . ... . - . f . , L ,Vg 1 . V V. , c .. lf .. r X .. ,w-N -X f M ..X:.. . ' llc 2 X . 1 ----N X Q. XX .. Adamsomjerome Arthur, Reber! M. Aycock, Wm. G. Ayers john C Barr Frank W Barr n J h A B d Wgj Norfolk, VA Richmond, vrx M bane. NC N B .Nd Ch.'l .NCD e ' U n ' om' ' - 'e' B'a dy'J 5ePh R' B'e 'c 1ch M Plarlif Surgery lnlrrrml Mrdfrlnr Gaim! Praftirr ew cm Ggrxrrsltagrgriirp 535151, San Amomo' TX NY Dunwoody' GA Ewi, r x V' ll XXW - 'X V . X l ...Qi V w XX K wx XV . A yi 'ff ff 1 .3 ,E V, n? V Q 9 ,. ,Q-p g -,Q - r - X' ' - - . - 4 , , f ,- r, - - ' X XX i lhr' X' X ll. l,-5X 'kill ' M ' ' V? 1 V 1 X . NNNN 5 ,J 5 qi.. l 4 X A i . . -,,. ,ig .. ,, - ,,,, if .1Vf '- il Wg ,,-- , , , MW VV . , X lr X Mllmlllm A lT?XXlXXlf'x v 4-c l Brock, Charles L Buckley, Charles cur, He J. Cl .J coh , H , c ' T. aa k h G. X Ormond Beach, FL Durham, NC c11nrrm,n151yc cf.-fQ:fr'51c,a1'::1Es wuz: Plriarfzelfrif JllfciTrmll:'FL Cracrflfrrigtfslc? CG:r?E:5ll?i1-lillifr v'qZf'Q',1f5,Q,f,Qf iri Ophthalmology I nt. Mrd.-All. Db.-Gyn. Dermamlagy lnlernal lliniirinr Card. 6 Camp. Sr. Gm. 6 Vim: Sur. s .iV V 'l . .P X Y. .lil l l Q 'W ' . ' W X' N ' ' r - ' 'Q Q , . ' Q r .9 c .9 fag .Q vp, , .Q ral! V . ,, ', , VV ,V VVI f- V 1 w 'L , ' 7 ' . - C ' V ,X awe. . A . . ' .rec WJ ' A.. ' - De Pass, Skonowe DeLaugh:er, Geo. Elliorr, James F. Finch, C. Bryan Floyd, Marian A. Forrester, Eugene Friend, Louise Gore, J.P. Gould, Kennerh G. Ridgewood, NY Dayrona Beach, FL Crecdmoor, NC Oxford, NC WinicrVPark, FL Winrer Park, FL Monterey. CA Morrisznwn, Nj Raaliulngy Gm. 6 Thar. Sur. Pxyrbialrj Famib Prank: Pedmlrin Int. Mrd.-Gerial. Dmnafalagy Pulmonary Dr. . V' V W- X . ' W . 3 XX l ' X . l - - , , ' ,V ,. . ,Vai 9,9 ,Q V .Q Q Q Va g V, 4 of ' A' ll XX Xl ,X . .A i. V ll 'gli f XX . WX ' V Vt. VV I VP- V -Iii, V' VVAV . ' V ', , - m . :X 1 - X ...... Xl '- 'l r., 'Im , N 'Q W ' W 2 P -.3 ' X lll 'X ii W NX X f Hair, Thomas E. Hedge, Raymond H. Helms, William K. Hewitt, W.C., jr. Hill, Paul E, Holden, Alan B. Holland, Hal C. Horslcy, Howard Huber, Donald S. Columbia, SC Tyler, TX Scousdale, AZ Flnr Rock, NC Belle Harbor, NY Sacrnmenro, CA Denver, CO Hunzsville, AL General Prarlicr Inlrrrml Aledirinr Cardiology lm. Med.-All. a XM' ' XX 's ... ' ' N IV 1 1 Yf ' ' V Y -.ep 'Q m' N Q 'PF' V' Q 9 X M X X X ' ' W 'X X Xl u 1 ' .A X v M. V. V .l. T ir sql Xl5X1',VllXX Xi, .X if Ulf, XM' Ma' XXWX q.V I rr. ,XX , X -...A . ,X X X . S X , ,lr - X ,M . . . J - l 'Xl .l V W -Q X V X llldgflllwl . V. .LIL .... 'Q R0 3 LW, l --S mr ...s -. f. ' r.- ,.., . -. . .- X- Hudmon, Sranron jackson. Benjamin james, Charles A. jones, J. David jones, William B. Kelley, james M. Kelly. Richard A. Kenasxon, Thomas Losin, Sheldon Jacksonville, FL Wesron, MA Columbia, SC Durham, NC Greenville, SC Rome, GA Greensboro, NC Rockledge, FL Sonoma, CA Otolaryngology Ped. 6 Advl. Mrd. Ped.-Child Ply. Orrlsupaedirx Ortbupusdir Surg. Emrrg. Med. Pzdramrx Neurology . , X X . .l X il ll XV A. .. Xl' as 5 . V -c . :Q can 'O ,Q .. ' - '.'!' - ei? I l A , X... il W . w , im , X. ' ,,,, QQ, ' li ,. .V ,Jr XX V , lg: VW Ki Xi ,l - .X XX XX' L ' XXXX , VV Vw. Q if . 5 .4 gf . S ' - V ' ' ,. L V ' AQ. 4, x , , , K Y Xqswlll . .J . . X X . -XXF V V M V H - EV MCG ' V h M550 ,Jack L, Mebane, Giles Y. Melton, Robert A. Morgan, Thomas E. Musekamp, G.H. Exim Maglighgelslllge F asallgon, Millesglegileg Fr. lglgyce, FL Mehane, NC Wilmmgzon. NC Washington, DC Opblbulmnlagy Ob.-Gyn. llllzrgy Pudmlrm FIWUB' P U'f' 182 ALUMNI ,Mt Newman Gustave Gainesville FL Pxyrhlany X Shapiro William las TX ln: Med Card 0 GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Haiberg Gordon Sacramento CA l .J 0 Neill James F St Pburg FL Ophthalmology Shugerman Earle irmin ham AI. Interim Mriumr Jar Saimryu 9 ew Lncr Duran Tickle D Reid Wilson NC Radmlogy WWW Past Si Alex Col Sp ings CO ing Robert L. Charlotte NC Pnlholngy Verne: john V Iilkelancl FI. I il: nal Mrdlrm Patton R Gray San Fran CA Prdml Skxpworzh George Columbus GA Drnrralalagv 'mv 'NSW' Pierson George Greensboro NC Radmlogy Spnch Madison 5 Durham NC PM Card olngy Vetter John S Wanzer, Sidney H. C C Cl MA Rockingham N oncor . Family P rl r lnlr I ll dirine 5- , if JL Rinsker, Henry Teaneck, Nj , Piyrlaialry Q Stallings, Lacy Raleigh, NC Gmrral Surgery i Q Ml w ll 1, W 4 5 l Williams, Kenneth Durham, NC Radiology w 4 ,, w i fi -' Y- 'f 5, ir' iv X 4. E Y Potter, Clyde R. Washington, NC Gznrral Surgery fl W gi' ls 2 i F Talley, Wm. C. San Diego, CA S9 5 W. ' N Qi Yudell, Robert B. Ch I NC ar one, opbfhalmolm F ww i ' - i W ' , Liv , , llll ' I l ,,,, Rnmey, james Wm. RiPPY. Girard Ii. Danville, KY Dunn. NC Famib' Pmrlire 'K i 1 . V K ,, ,'4 ' ' LV 9 1 '- , ,vp Tannchill, Antonc Thomas, A. Tupelo, MS Inlernal Mtdirinr V f , s Q Q W 1 ll U il il ll 'N H, ,liplyi 1 , N W W , r winiciilt 'ii Zuckerman. E. N. ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Rothstein, Leon. Owings Mills, MD Piyfbiulry Silbergeld, Sam Garrett Park, MD Piyrhieny At the time we matriculated at Duke in the fall of 1950, none of us could foresee or fantasize the striking changes in lifestyle medical education, morality and attitudes that would ensue Our class consisted of approximately eighty quite different persons, including three women, eight Jews, no blacks, one fish CPot- terj, one blivet fW1ll12mSJ, one great white spider CWanzerD, and two Georges Courses included gross anatomy, histology neuroanatomy, biochemistry, physiology pathology physical diagnosis, and the usual clinical courses, it was the old curricu- lum with little flexibility However, to us, the opportunity to learn was superior, and the challenge appropriate, our class responded well in all areas The strength of the curriculum offered at that time is best supported by the subsequent out- standing medical careers of our classmates and others of that time I feel certain that many of our lifestyle activities were similar to those of today We worked hard and played hard, frequented local watering holes such as the Saddle Club and the Blue Light' chased girls Csometimes ladiesj actively, successfully survived medical school dances Cno mean trickj, lived in dormitories, University Apartments and Poplar Apartments, and consumed We were not above collective and individual stupidity as exemplified by our behavior at the medical student-faculty show of the early 1950's. Our class treasury balance was 3518.00 and it was determined that it would be spent on drinks for the perfor- mers. The appointed class representative bought 3518.00 worth of lemons, limes, grape juice, and grapefruit juice, borrowed a twenty gallon vat, obtained five gallons of lab alcohol Cfrom where?D, and together with water and ice, concocted an interest- ing punch. This was positioned conveniently behind Page Au- ditorium and remarkably, was not discovered by the authorities. Many students partook liberally of this refreshment and were found in many unexpected locations the next morning, includ- ing some still passed out in the Page Auditorium parking lot. We recently attended our 25th reunion, and I believe we are slightly smarter now. In conclusion, it is clear that Duke Medical School provided a very solid base upon which to build our medical careers. This is a fact that has withstood the test of time as exemplified by the outstanding contributions of our class, and other Duke classes, to society over many years. George I-I. Pierson, M.D. '54 ' I r , ,,,,, 1 ' -N fi , N- uv? iw in N .ai . we-5 i -af' f-r. f-I ' i Ii ' ' J ' 4 V 'ri ' . 1' iirx W' b Q 9 I 'P Q 'H V Z ,LAI 3 , , i , fs .. ill I , in ,. - . on , B' ' 7 , . I if v' . . 5: Q Y 5 9 I ,,, I 1 innn f ' .,,,, 1- - Si, li- , Q ' ' ' CK 77 KK ' 7, ' ' KG ' ' 37 I . . , 3 7 1 food during cadaver dissection. Williams. A U W 7 1 I I ALUMNI A L , . . - Asbill, David St. Columbia. SC Dpbllzalmalagy 'HP' Bramlett, Charner Spartanburg. SC Gmrrnl Surgery il In . .. . ..... .1 Crowder, Thomas South Boston. VA Bell, Norman H. Charleston. SC Bennett, Paul C. Goldsboro, NC Erldarrirwlvgy Family Pfaclife w -u H , X . -in ,X , .4 I .- . .LQ dl Breibarr, Sidney Britt, Benjamin Atlanta, GA Raleigh, NC Pezlialrio Pxyrhiauy ...i ll - Q , A I l' A 155. l j .1 ' . ,. fr ffzf Cupp, Horace B. johnson City, TN David, Arthur K. jacksonville, FL Pedinrriu gl. . . V EA M, . K , 1 -'. 4 , G' 'E 'Fil K' , . ' X J I N 'Y 1W,THl:l,L. l 6 l A , ' -, Goswick, Claude Graham, Frederick Haim, Liam Bryan, TX Asheboro, NC Silver Spring, MD Famih Pmrlire 05.-Gyn. 93,1 HU ' ' -5 . '.,,:- , tw lkfijgg' 4 vp n ' ,K if-5, I . , , ' , - A t- , h .-- ' f , x. A ia A fvfl-ffl-2 'li ' johnson, Harry W. Johnston, Conrad Jones, Edward L Gtcgtybgro. NC Indianapolis, IN Thoma.sviUe, NC .- yn. A 'WN ' it N '32 M' 2 N- ,htm , t 5? 4 . . -.. -I - V3 V, . . 5 Yxx L . a y. X , fax, , ' L, Sf ' ' .wi A Y : as 'W' 1 f A C. I McCall, Ben W. Merwarth, Charles Mitchell, David Houston, TX Ralei h, NC Gross Pt Farm, MI Cardiology I nlrrnalz M rdirinr Orlhopudir S urg. 184 ALUMNI ENTERING CLASS UF 1951 Q A M I M ' I . 'YK Fohlln, Mary B. N. Reading. MA Pljtbinlry , , -:c , H' . X: I Q10 Y , Bynum, Rufus S. Pittsford, NY Prdialriu It 3 ...W ' s r I I '35 Deyton, Ruben Greenville, NC Ob.-Gyn. 4.-I V l'n5,,. . 1. l i 2, ln Hilgartner, Marg. Tenally. Nj Prd. Hun.-Our, Ml I fix' ' :Q '-...' 'fy x FL A Bethune, Wm. M. Bilogan, R.M. fsv- ,. ' mv Bjerk, Edward M. Goldsboro, NC San Jose' CA ' ' ., g ' 'I ls. '-1 . 'F' '- ,,., ., .V A rr j x!'?v2:TL 11, . 'fi-df' Q I ,Lf C , Da 'd H. Chamberl' , F k C b , h , alfdfdnto, gm, Goldclrll ILA-an IlZglhislf?eIl:1NJ lnlmml Meditim Rlszumamlng, r naar ' MIIJW' ,, , f ,. T Ty 4, I -1 ' if .-... 5 P ' Y 5 .N H , sm-- s..,,Q, t .A , 5 ,. AX iff v N 5 Dukes, Herbert T. Farmcnjohn L. Fox, Norman A, Pensacola, Fl. Raleigh, NC Bozeman, MT Nzuramrgny ,wpp ll lu ' ,' ' l. , , , . f 49, l 'W U A! 24' 'TIT . f me . . t ,V . .ll Hutchin, P.P. ...I ff. J ,V , -.av -' ,PLQJ5 - M H M f , ' 'lt H. l Kinneman, Robert Lang, W. Steve Alexandria, VA Greenville, SC Prrv. Mrd. 6 Aer, Otolaryngology W I Mu H , ,A Q. :I It 9665- W e A . .,.. ., Murphey, W.C. Neal, Charles B. Durham, NC Pfdialrirr Ira, Gordon H. jacksonville, FL Cardiulngy James, Joseph M. Wilmixbgton, NC Rn inlagy if 'F .Qf mf ,gm AVMJM WF - Ne -Q5 f El All I' Langley, john T. Langstaff, Quin. Kmston. NC Florence, AL f.'i,z.w..,g ,I Sf 2 k I if W M A ' ' ' J ,P-P Ocker, John M. Pagtet, Townsend Boise. ID Tryon, NC I nlerlml M :dirine H W V -Hur Blum, Lawrence M. Fairfield, CT Dmmualag yr mx , . WWW Cowan, David E. Rock Hill, SC Urulagy Gore John Pratt Durham. NC , rt james. Robert E. Bloomfd Hill, Ml xx , Lipton, Harold P. Pierce, john A. Wcrhetsfield, CT Cardiology ' -L Bourland. Wm. L lndialantic. FL Pfdiamkt ,T A Cronland M h rx'f Gore Thomas W Myers FL nl Med Hem jelks Allen N Sarasota. Fl. Pulralrm 'I I McAuley E Reid Jacksonville FL r., Rankin W . .A. , '- . . , V- W A . FL. v . l . .- . ' fm 3 ,hi , .4-13 I up 5 vQ3'F.? .K 'Q . is iff? Orzhnpaedfo A in ', -'Q' 1 ' WA- 'W l . -'i .?f' f 4 A . ' .mir 3, . 9. ,. 5 ' Ill.: ' 'Fw ' 4l?l l3i' 'w wf' 1 ' .4 ,i .1 . -. .1 :PI ' . - : simile Aw. 2.3.6 Reeves, juhn W. R. Palos V'rl2. CA vw 'l ,lv,ll.'lx,N X 'l W A l .Hr av. T KY. Saunders, Donald Columbia. SC U ' . W N . W H A -l 'Tl schmi. LM. ..,?l .5 'MMU U e , Silver, Donald Columbia, MO Varrular Surgm' rw, , . l Thor. 6 Var. Sur. Canliulag f Q- ' . ' A -Qu . gag !! : , f11 N . Suzi, ' 'ru ' M NNXN ' Soo, K.W. S 1. D,L. Sreasa1l.R0berK pm Charlene. NC ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Alexander, Gerald , Miami Beach. FL - ' '- M'd C 'l ll? V um 'gif wil l . Graham, john D. , ' lf lll l l I'1dim7v0lif'1N lnlernn Medicine Leslie, Ruben A. l k , laguna Beach. CA :lf gjfff Mfmdfafk, me H. ,gg il' A. has Angeles, CA l f'.5L.,,a L: hx lj H Wesr, Bryan C. E'berh Ciry, NC Ob.-Gyn. Wiggs, Eugene O. Denver. CO Ophthalmology Stillwell. E.F. WE ' 461' Wiira. R.M. , X E . WF I . l r . . Y as K Wfwwll l. MW 1. iw , fr rm. 1, ,f ' ' . ,Ah ...Hg-I 1 ,ul V! ' 1 iq.- Simon, Harold Sledge,john B. Slocumb, Benron Smirh, Richard B. Chcsrnur Hill, MA K'l Dvl Hills, NC Macon, GA DECHQ-lf. GA Rad.-Nur. Med. P'd lU I.. f lil... A if . ,F Q 3 '. Q , I 5-1' . Wig: F ' l' , F 'H F7 ' .. C lim ' A S , S. T l , E.L. Th es. Thomas B. S'olST1hf,:.'fRaEgl A 'mis slalfif, NC agflando, FL Gymmlgg Emerg. Med. Famib' Prarlifr v . ME.. .ll . w as if ' r , . B .+L A ww. ' . e f ...QW-ll' ' . ,fff I ll a. 15.52 4 n Wilder, B. joe Williams, Dana S. Young, james M. Young, W.M.. jr. Gainesville, FL Housron. TX West Newton, MA Neara ogy - .KL 2 Y. . . ' ll M Q . ill ' ' M 2- 1- W . ' -....,- Y Allison, Ronald Barton, Dewey L. Benson. Gurdon D. Sruarr. FI. Valdosta, GA Wyncore. PA U'wIr Mfi 6 Gtr. Radialag-y Mrdirirre , 1 l .Wi 1. R.--. 1 RWM Bootle, W.A., jr. ENTERING CLASS OF 1952 ., . .. .... , r. M J ll l W' f N r . 'r lw I 'v w. .N '5'l W,,:'flfl1i Brown, Edward B. Waycross, GA Ob.-Gyn. Bryan, Wm. B. Charlotte, NC Carmichael, D.E. Birmingham. AL G yneralugy . r,.....,, Carswell, A., jr. :':'- f' Ml 'Q :XM l ll - -C-.K i .l if 4 . ... . 4. Snow. ,luhn W. jacksonville, FL Pl. 6 Hum1'Surg. . Q, n , ,,- i w 'w ' l ' Watson. David F. Muskogee. OK ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Virols, Edire T. Richmond, VA Pxyrlziany Bourgeois-Gavar Durham, NC A neither iolngy Rirrer, Marion W. jacksonville, FL Morgan, Beverly Bellevue, WA MN I is. .1 fm.,-r. ' . ' 'Q T-1. wf.: ' ex Coffin. Lewis A. Winston-Salem. NC Prdzhlriu ALUMNI w 'l wx , Cranford, Harold Lexington, NC va ir Easrerling, james lakewood. FL Olalaryngalagy Harley, lE.L l . All 'wi Kent, Horace S. Mesa. AZ lnlemal Medirim' , , lr U rl W, , T W. H ,X , I iv 5, Neal. John W. Gibson, NC ' -one W' i WX, , in i ,W Ross. James V. Rochesmr, MN 7 1 Steiner, Sheldon Wilmerre, lL 186 ALUMNI N , l- .. ..- J A zj c, I '1 we , ,X .. l ' Crenshaw, M.C. Culron, Julian C. Durham. NC Charlotte. NC Ol.-Gyn. Opbrbnlmolug-y T li ' I ! . i . . . gr. 4 Failing, Robert Sanra Barbara, CA Foster, Richard San Antonio, TX Parbolagy A ll'7 . u Wi . 1 W ' -1 in fi . I-lassler, Wm. L. Holleu, Alan M. Elyria. OH Arling. H'gIs, lL Orlhupualir Surg. Family Prarfirr Q ' I 1 5 ' -. - l X , ig .A ...gi l YH Koger, Edward R. Lang. Frank A. Orla.ndO. FL Dallas, TX Orllzopardir Surg. 1... ',,.- r -- A' , 2. I , ' , ' 59' ' vlfillfiw 1 T, M .-in v -1 Y Newell, Bruce Indian Lake, FL Grmral Prurlirr , , Ill' n ii , X 'ir' 1 ' N 1 H VRutnosk.i, P.A. Gi Sterling, L.N. Pearson. Hugh 0. Beaufort, SC Family Prarlire 1- i A x . 'Q L Q. J' -' .ULD - X. Mangum, Virginia Goldsboro, NC Grnmzl Pmrlirr ,lpn -.- . W hr Tanaka, Shin Minneapolis, MN , , ,v- 5. . Culron, Yancey G, Durham, NC Ob,-Gyn. . it xi - L Fredcricks, Rich. New York, NY 5 , 1 f. ,FMP ,lr Howard, Robert M. Savannah, GA Purbalw i . - ,,.- m , Lee. Pose M. Rowlan . NC Fumib Prarlirr , J .3 Pollock, james H. Boynton Bch. FL Orllrupuedir Surg. Schachler, jerome Endwell. NY Nrurnfurgrry S Townsend, james jacksonville, FL Prdiulrirl . WV? Davis, Wm. Alex. Charlene, NC 1 SL' 1 iff ii .Q ,, Freedy, Lucy R. U. Arlington. OH Adolurml Med. . -R r . .Q , T lm 5 ., , ,- i r 1 V fr . 6 -KJ ' . 1' , J Hucchin, Peter Lajolla. CA Thorn. 6 Cnr Sur. mifuali.. 4' X . .. I . ,F A W , e H 'i Mangum. Vernon Goldsboro. NC Gmeml Pmrlifr My l' F .i!' I'- in . Askew. Anne P. luieagh, NC Ki if .L A Shands, joseph W, Gainesville. FL lnlrrmzl Mrrlirim . xr ' AI., s.,r Turner, john C. Fairmont. WV .9 fl so , , i I .l As. Deiss, Elmer A. Sal: Lake Cry, UT la , S - ! Iv, K, ae Dickinson, W.A. Va. Beach. VA Cardiology 1, ' in L ', mv Q. 4, ,, fl A I g f ., I X . 1 li Gehweiler, John Gibson, james F. Durhafn. NC Sanford. NC Radiology General Surgrrg' I 3,,,w-v' , 'J , , Jackson, james R. Lakeland. FL Nrunuurgrvy r Q i L Mexropol, Harry Columbia, SC Gan. 6' Thar. Sur, -gl' M lv Rarchford. G.R. Rocky Mounr, NC Infernal Mrdirinr iz. Shealy, C. Norman La Crosse, WI Halixlic Mui Vance, Thomas D. Boone, NC Diugnvxlic Rai L Jackson, joseph Cor. Christi, TX Ped. Radiology Dorsey. Charles Spokane, WA Pnlialrirr . W I 6 ' ,. Dozier. Laurie L. Tallahassee, FL Cnrrlialagl ix r M mi V Ab? NYJ. , - aim, T 11 - H Chowk. Griffin, Harvey Percrsburg, VA Pathology ,A 'P' . r -. .Aa johnson. Douglas Tavernier. PL Hardison. joseph Raleigh, NC lm. Mei-GE x lg Josefiak. Eugene Roanoke. VA Purlmlagi v V ,,.. .. ' V , ww . Ya'-fo .1 I7 fi - . . . r '- . 1 .4 x , C. In - . . .Q . ' ' of ' W. :gk X ,A i H sg' ' t . . -ay 3, bu -- W Miller, Edmond Mosxcllar, Henry Mundy, EJ., jr. Durham. NC Mobile, AL Im. Mid,-cnfd. Neuroiwguy mf. ' . 1 'ff i ' f ' A I SL 'V R. 2.4 --- - N 1 w. ' I L x - 1 ' ,il Renuarr, A.W. Rollins, Robert Roseberry. Philip Durham, NC Raleigh, NC Hellam. PA Psi Nrurulngv Farrfuir Pxyrln. Famih' Prarlirc f fa Q . 1 lt! ,. , - 3 ' - f H 'FQ ' . I 'haw ni. f , , ,. l - . ' 937' r ' I x , 'fair A I I . . , 'll .E l I rw T f Shoemaker, Carrol Sloan. james M. Steele, Richard Burlington. NC Asheville, NC Asheville. NC Gtnnal Pnlcrirr lnlrmal Alaiirirlr f A . 1' ' K . 5, V .H , . f, 4... V 1: Nia' ' Walton, George B. Whanger, Alan D. Whigaker. Harry Chaclbourn, NC Durham, NC Spun Held, VA Radiolvg Pnl.. Adulz 6 Ger, All.-lmm. , r L50 GRADUAT1 NG 1911, ,- Q -, ALSO GRADUAT1 NG 8 ' ALSO GRADUAT1 NG WITH T1-us CLASS S S WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CI-ASS Hume, And,-ew F, U Olansky, Sidney ,' '. ,, 2' Schweiz. Noel A. Qakmn, VA S , , Avondale Est., GA Washington. DC Aenupau Mrd. V ,, , ' , , ,, W, ,gz Y D 'UfPK7 , , SW , I, ,, I, , Paulson, George McG h,W .E. ,. ,li ,,,, S ,,,, ' ' ' SWF, !! , . S CDI'-lmbus-OH Cogglglqckflllj ' H Y v WS, Y , ,,, , Sig MQ J Neurology ,, ' ' :. W S ' J 1 ... ., S L , S 5. i -as .L Lan. - Ch Lg - :Z X r' hx While, F-A--JL Wilbavks-Gfofgc WllkiF'50 ' af' w'1 ,c 1 H. W' dom, Robert E. Young, Hadley R C 'ff'H0S ll- ff m'QgQjf,'Q' xfilllnrfdx msmmm, IiL' Duiuih. MN 0b-'G1 -- OW' mr' ' A Inf. Mrd.-Rbfum. I ntfrnul Mrdmnr Dzrmalalagl' .gf , , . f, - .-n , s H . as 3' 7: I 'fa '- Q 41 2 . L' A lf' 1 , Sf ' I , S ' :.,, 'iq 3 'Nl 7S I 'I I 'r Mx '- . 1 S , . S ...., ki S ' S ff-f SQSV HF M S I - S S ,, f Y , ,, 1- 1 S X. X , , M S-S..-in z. S 3 ,. j SISSSIII . S 1 , Sfmafa S ' S S ' ' 5iIf,,3f'l'ZS. ,, I' ' ,,, IMC, S , , S,Tms,!S , g.FSwls,?i...1 ' gg, . , , ., , ' ' Anderson, Herbert Andrews, Billy F. Bacon, George E. Barnhill, Lamuel Barrick. Hurry W. Bedgll, Richard Blaqkard, Wm, G, Blount, R,E., jr, Bowles, Thompson Tallahassee. FL Floycls Knobs, IN AnnAArbot, MI Boca-Raton. Raleigh, NC Boulder, CO Rjghmgnd, VA Wnghingmn, DC Prdlalrir Endo. Farmb- Pmcfire Farmlr Pratllrr Pfdigyfim TImr.,.S,.' Xufgyy 3 I I ' ' 2 N' V I I ,, , ff 1 I , A I I L' L A QS L FS: . 3 - S, . xi' , . 5' -' ,, ,NES .S 'S fi it I, ' W' 337 S S .. 'fl ww Sli ' . ff' S M ' ' SS T ' E I ' QI. 5 ,W ,f S li ,1 I W ' ' ,V .4 ,r G ,Q . ' iff' ,Q 'S S:-,S-f' ' EW Mi, 3. ' S ,. 'L J' SL. -1-., mn- 5 E .if S ' ' lf. ' 323 , . 1. P, S 31? ' 33- li :H L ' 1 3 - lf ' E261 fl: ' Alu? A 'fi Q Brornberg, Alben Bunn, joseph P. Cannon, Stanley Creighton, Burns Dulin, Thomas L. Entesham, T. Elder, T. David Ellington, Robert Fennell, Thomas Spnn?lield. Nj Maitland, Fl. Mllmi. Fl- TMIPH- FL UIJQIOHC. NFS Norfolk, VA Burlington, NC Miami, FL Chi' J Pryrh. Paiialrin Omlaryngulugy Ophrbalmalagy Fiumbi Pnzmr: Rbfgm.1.'glagy P13-rbialry A 4 7'ff- ,. 'Z-' .. S , . S S. ,W , ' ' A ' S - u - 3 S , 4 .1 ll' Q ,W-' ' 44383, i - ,X ,gf 1 X, I ' ':- - . . , 13- ' ' 'S W ' S . .:. 1 a. . V . S , 5 ,mfg W, . -x ' SS S I 11' iifg. I. Q , 'L IQS, V Fisher, Elbert L. Fultonhlnmes W. Gibson, Thomas G. Gilfcns, Dingess Watts, Lois H. Hall, Jnmeg 5, Harley, Eugene L Hill, David B. Holly, P.A. Miami, FL High Poms, NC Gibson, NC Downers Grove. IL Senttlu, WA Faygnevine, NC mlamav GA Lynchburg' VA 06--Gym 011.-Gm huw. Med. Pzdiunirx lnlmml lllerliriue ...- V 1 Y r W 5' . , ' V . I , S 9 S-'VS f 'S w we I '- Y S i SSX SS SS' Y QS? SS 'S ,, M-r , vp, ' v I 2. , ' ' H I if. N. ' X ' . .V I 'l ' I I 1 in . lf ,SSS ,S -I S, I . S, im-1 , I S Bm- I S it S 2 'Nw ' fi S I f A I 'Y ii. si Howell, Rodney Howse, Ralph M. Hurst. L-iwrence James. W. Scott Joh so , Pa l A. K , S h K ll , D aid H, O , , 'l - M! Houston, TX Rome, GA Spartanburg, SC Atlanta, GA Holt.-l1esnBcacll1. FL ag:t'in?:1n..nEPA en e 'igmPgrFl- KlgP3llJiill.lluE'lllxIgtd PM--Gwfliff U wlw Owl-ffyffxvlvxi Pfdflffifl Pmbfaig- ofibipwlif sm. M, .5 Mei Ei ' 1 14' - . , ' M V ' U ' 5' S 'Wh ' , Q , M S ' ., I '5 E , 1 ,L 3 el W ' LT Q S S Sg. n f- - lk -S , . in aio.. S S J '5' 1 , Q l . eg ,S K . ,V A Qgjg -cj. R Am K ' EMEA A Knickerbocker, F. Komrad, Eugene L, Lackey, Dixon A. Lcbsuer, S.I. Icwis, William R Woods, Dorothy L M I ' A G M I R b V- M ' k S l E Cgrml eagles, FL fktlanta. GA! cn-mei. CA Napa, CA ilgaiillevilala rgzcm illlfsdnvlmfxifi. ' Mffd WKFU I fffffpfff M f - Nfvfvwfsfo Famib' Prmiff Pediulrirr ALUMNI 187 , Q6 .r- Y, Y , .- H W A X , 1 W v 'i W V -. , 3 ' 6 ' , , I , . 3 'Q 1 : . Y YW U wail v, - , L' T.: L . y q- 5 Q uk '. 'kiwi Y J MM W ,ua d J,j -iw 9 nm! V, QQ :gy . 11' ' 'ur X. . ' Ii 1 -3. wa' I . i X ' 'U' I ' Q , - Q A 1. - L ' L ' S.. - .4 . ...f O'Mnnslcy, Boris O'Man5ky, Samuel 0'NeiIl,j. Frank Pnintcr, Wm. E. Panrelakns, Cons. Patrick, Roman L Pepper, George Perkins, Henry Pillsbury, R., jr. PIkeSv5llv.,MD Bulrimnn.-, MD Miami, FL Lynchburg. VA Fayetteville. NC Sr. Louis. MO Palatine. IL Ralei h, NC Prdmlnrr 1,,,,,,,,,1 M,4i,f,,, Gb.-Gyn. Rad.-Nur. Mnt Omlmgmgalagy Palhalegy 0b.'G-yu, lfmmufA1fa'in'nf I 5 - i , -:gal r 'Q .ev -r 4, sg n u . 1 . .Q Q -, 5 ,- Q - H . ', ' ' , Nr 5' l xv - ' ' - fx Q. , ., ' ' r .J 'J . I ,. ' V -,,,-5 Q. M . Q1 N 1 'V W X - , 7, -, -fi F T32 , ii T'-Ft if-, . N ' , 1 - 52+-Q A .1 Y Y UF. . ' P fi Q ., . -as .A A J.- Poston, Robert L. Powell, Alben Procter, Wm, Ivan Redmond, James S. Reese, Owen, jr. Ridgeway, Nathan Rogers, Richard Roughton, Ralph Sanders, Clyde V. E'beth City, NC Norfolk, VA Raleifh, NC Lynchburg, VA Panama City, FL Kingsport, TN Weaverville, NC Atlanta, GA Atlanta, GA Famib Prarlite Inlema Mrriirirr: Radiology lm':nnxlMditir1r I rllrrfml Mrdirine Puirlzlrirr P.tyrhaam1b1i.1 mg . A ' ' . r, . x 'W-Y' . -, ' .wx ' L- I , ' ilu fi' . 5 , V U Al . H if , , , N xg ,WMM -me V 'k t L uw ,A 7 Q93 ,I . ' 1 ' ' ',. : ' ' 9 : 1 ri ' . as . j Q I '3 ' -.A ,- un.. 4, ' 4 4 f Y s , ,G 'V ' . ' 4, .af 'Q 5 Z, ? a ' M 4 R af , iw ' r . Y-N .4 4 3, U - - . L Un- .rl -.A fl. x - - X 5 ' Sappenfield, L. Sntterfield, G. Schulz, Harold P. Schwartz, Melvin Seagle, Lee M. Shingletun, Hugh Smith, Robert L Smith, Whitman E. Solomun, Alan Fayetteville, NC Greenville, NC Daly City, CA Newton, MA Hickory, NC Birmingham, AL Seattle, WA Albermarle, NC Knoxville, TN 0 latlmlmalr Gyn. Our. Ob.-Gyn. Gmm1lSurg:ry Hrm.-Ont. P K7 .uso GRADUATI NG A1-S0 GRADUATI N WITH 'rms cuss ,U ilu ,W,l,,, , X H WITH THIS Cl-A55 Brlessler, Rubin A ,aww ' '- t , ' V ' Tayggsrgol-gig-tl W. ucson, AZ , ' ' ' ' - C1inin1lPbann. . V K - A N l 7 G ' A. li I N1 Q Y I 1 Q, V V - r ,M Y . 1 Wilkes, Marcus B. 5h::'n':9giz:l:?'?K5 ' Y ' -- l Bmwmwue' KY Ped. Endo. J ,M ' J 'I ' 3, 'W ' ' l ' 'F 1 if-Qi Harriscn.Thumu Schulz, Harold P. ' ,V ' -' J' 'Q I f ' ' I l gf' 32 T'mP'- FL Hailsbomugh, CA - ' , ani -,X 'Z . ' . 1' Mmm, cmn opmlmlmlm . W ' , 4, . , -A . -- '- ' ' Miami, 1-1 N ll y -if 'M 1 r , l WV' ' V 'fffllf ll' . .Q iii' ' ' ' Spoto, An ela P. Sweeney, Leslie Thorn, Druery R. Weiss, Edward B. Yancey, Henry A. Zener, Karl A. Zerby, A.W., jr, Izltelanrf FL Raleigh, NC Norman, OK Sr. P'burg. FL Richmond, VA Washingrpn, DC Inf. Mrd.-All. Famib' Pnurir: Sludmr Hzalrb Orrbapazdir Surg. Piyrlmzlry All U ' ul Allen. Irving E. San Bernaclino, CA tl Bryant, Wm. I-'. Charlotte, N.C. Prdlblrir: Q-1' ,- ' l of M , E -J ! Furth, john j. Lansdowne, PA ., , M ...J ,...,. Q A1 ' .pf E1 l Handy, john R. Augusta, GA lntrmnl M rdirinr mf .T W2 w W K it A ,.A. Altman, Robert S. Miami. FI. Emer. Mui 6 Ped. 'T ,v , V R Byers, Frank M. St. Petersburg, FL Thur 6 Cum' Surg li , XX. . :fl Garcia, Gould C. Emporia, KS lrllrrnul Mrdirirle 2 1 fy, D' Harris, Barry C. Sewickley, PA Card.-lnl, Med. ,, -- ,n-,, . . vw, A 3 ,git ' Z ' A Q . J -Q' If ' V -, ir -1--F H I i R Ingallshjerry , johnson, Albin W. Paris. lL Raleyh, N.C. Gmrraliurgrrp' Opbt almalugy -.say pm 'ff -?'iWf -..- '- 'fd' I . ,-.... 'K '-7. : M Q Nei f , ' -f ' - 1' . I-CE. James M, Lee, john Everett Greensboro, NC Atlanta, GA Cond 6 Thur Surg Nruralagy ! I- .Wt .al Anderson, E. E. Durham. N.C. Uralogv ,, ' YW' -4 ' , ., 'T 02 .MMJ Cassady, George Birmingham. AL W fl 4,'Qf'er. Q 'X LQ' J Garcia-trias, D. Hmm Re , PR Pai. Allrgy if .L King, Elizabeth Durham, NC S- ' J .Q johnson, Herbert Tamjm, FL Radio .-Onrol ff 'PE z n, WJ libs. Mahxxley, M. Jr. ENTERING CLASS OF 1954 -- , .sl , .2 lf .W 'N ..1. Nami r. if 1 N V Tyr L L A -l. iw . n in i, X i. 5 .hj ' . , ,. Y -: ' ' 3 1.5, V t .Z so L-...tl A f T . . C . X . . B h d i L h Berry, Roger J. Bingman, Ronald Borders, Donald Brandt, Robe tj. azhxiife sgwr London, UK Houston, TX Fresno, CA Baltimore, LID Rdd- 5 Nui. MMI anim- SHLRHD, Orrralagy lnl. Mrd.-Nrplz. Amrthuiulugy Orrupalinlml Med. VA 5, 1. Q W xo, W M l , - ll J flu , ,z-,- ,,g . , .L M fi L .L ,Q '15 L ,Q n - L -A , wil 'A lf no 5 I 1 I . , N .. .1 I 1 . 4 . -. - Dixon, J. Elliott Dunn,John T. Evans,jaclc C. Evans,jch Steed yghamblirs' liebe Chn?n?'John Ni Ayden. NC Charlofvillc, VA Lexington, NC Greenvillz, SC mston Salam. NC Swnztrlnnd, FL . . . . Prdialrin 1,,,, M,4,5'E, Farmh Purim Emia,-Im, Mrd, Prdrufrw U rnlngv I ' ll W wowill mi M- .. .M www '- W 'Wi' '. Wiiml' , Q ' 1-S1 1 5 ll 1 , Y 3 . A no -1 A 1. .. V- - -3... Q A - l ' aj 4 - 5, . f . . ' .- :-yo, , V, , I ' Griffin, Ashton Grodsk , Leon d G t, D.H. G ' , Th D. Go dbg? Damd G 'ha ': Thomas C' Goldsboro, NC Newioo, NJN tuner m'Dcala?'l?lTs Roc ills, MD Ncunnn, GA . . putbidlw 05-Gyn Farrah Prarllrr Ob.-Gyn. 'P . ,. ll ,, -,'-, 113' T3 .. ,ml A A A Q fl it A in it A if if 'i'i 1 if ' - ' 9' W - . fl A 2 ' L.. 3' ll N Wi 'f am Wi' r- 'o ij -A . 4 - ' 1.-, .fi Q, 'l ' ' ' ',v. ' ' no ro 4 - -r' um. fu. . Hag-ggell, Charles Heine' M. Wayne Hernandez, Rafael Howell, Talmadgc Howertun, Philip Hnttlbutt, james Somlfn Pina. Ng, Lubbock. TX Snnturce, PR Colonial Hts., VA Morganton,NC Winter Park, FL Radmlogy Inf. Mrd.4Card. , , -.-2 W ,J Z f f. f fa oo ...N .M in-in. so ' L V 1+ 'PM- ,. ' '13 -ri A' '-cf j -Q 'I ,,, ' 'Qi 5 t' -Lf if ... ' 35 ...N ' . - -5 i E io, -oo . johnson, james A. Johnston, WNV, Jones, Billy E. jones, David R. Kirkland, Thomas Laughlin, Edward High Point, NC Greenville, NC San Antonio, TX Charleston. SC Huntsville. AL Neurumrgrg Dfrmulalngy Pxyth.-Arro. Med, Uralvgy General Surgny R tl , 4. ,,,. .M 'sk ww , ' . 1 ' -3, W , l i-:ill J . ' 1 , , fi ! P , .. T .F 4 ' - 1 ' ' - ' 4 ' --S-' ., fr . 4 ' - . - -. Qi T .V . 6 , -. U :gn ji- ' . ' . 5 5 H' - .Q.. A A A A koi. w mi. -Loo Mallory, james D, Lee' Shirley M- Mason, Demn T. McCracken, C. Jr. Milam, john Mitchel, Calvin Atlanta, GA Cnfmn' NJ El Muqrn, CA Billings, MT Stephens City, VA Tampa, FL Pxyrbialry Curdlnlagy Prddllai-CMJ Hllb U mlngy Opblbalmolugy ALUMNI 189 5 . vie- . . ., 4 , Q , ' l V, 1 . ' ' ,, . ' h - '1 I 1 . 'Q 1? ' A9 , 9 , . 9 ga- , gp , y -.9 . -Q ,f ' ' V ' ' -'J' ,- A 'nb' L ,, ...Alf - ' -. . , ,. , f ,I . , .,, . -. R 5 . . x. in - 4' 4 ' .fl k l , ., 3 .-3 - '-, - 5 .xj 1 . ' oore, Irwin B. Morphis, james O. Olsen, R. L. Pate, B. R. Phillips, Ran L Porter, Virginia Pon Geo H. Rackl Ch l R ll' Hal dd glelgflirlfl. ?H Halrrgvjnllc, SC Monroe, New Orleans. LA Ncv:rOrlea:::eLA Birmifngllamn? gre:x:sboro,JNC 'I 'WI' W UD' e mlrm lrnzrmfl Alzdrmu Anuilzmalogy Him.-Om. Cnrdiulagy Ophlbalmalngy ' fairs. X , -f 'a ' .- -- ' - -' 3.55.7 ' ' , 'V-'. ' ' ,, K, Q r .. rr ' .' Y ly 'Y . Q Q. . n 1 l W . I JJ ,ni Y ' -' Q I fi . V 1: l . 1 I, :F . ml, A K Q . H -- .,l J H- ul' l' . Em , X .-M l ET, X. My ' H llwlll-will A WW ,,.. , ' , - . -.1 alll? A ' ! x -Y 1 . Q .. 1 fl. ,JI . ' , l . wi: 4 - ' x ' -- ,. 1 . .- l ' ill' L Hmm. l 1 .Mal My N 1 ,,,, ' Wsatterwhite, M. Scheil,'Cl-mrlcs Sholjcr, Robert Smiley, Douglas Strancr, Hunter Thorne, lawrence Thorne, Norman Tucker. Daniel N. Tucker, Donald msron-Salem, NC Lenoir. NC Hunnngm Bch, CA Los Angeles, CA Lexxnfron. NC Sugar land, TX Asheville, NC Palm Beach. FL Greenville, NC Olalaryngulag Fnrrub' Pram!! , Neurology Farm y Pmmrz Ped. Allergy Radiology Allrrgy Cardiology 'SFX'-hi -l21'?!'3H3G I NL5'-lS'l?l'?S'3Sif.G Andi. A-M- Fraumeni, joseph Bmdad. Iraq . N' , ' Bethesda, MD Cheshire' MCKM JK ,, I V Ourol.-Epiriem. Pal? szaflh. FL , .4 , , H Q , W Neilson, :Emil xv. Jw nnnn f C Christian. Don M ww V HA? 4 ,ww 3 A 4 Q . ' A h A . Spanel, David L Tlaisog. AZ I 1 .J J -' ,M ,X ' K 'UL Princemn, NJ -1 ' ' 4 car in' eg, ,, X. . ' 'B AA . ., V Wgxlrnrir, Chralrgs Wsrgeland, F331 West. E. T. Jr. White, A. W. jr. Wilson, N. j. arocre. r , Pediatrirx Sgzmmlogv M wi? -, vw-. P - . -. . .-' , . sv P ffl -. Jn f A ' W 'J' ' ' ' f. ' . n .il l -v-K, 'J ' ' 'L . . . . ' . ' H ' M le ,,,. . H ' I ' A ' ' ' ' 54 N -A A nm .. 2' . 'M . J ' wil ' ln. ' 1 H ' Albertson, Thos. Alexa der, Clyde Baker, Horace P. Bean, Richard L. Boineau, john P. BOWEN, Edward G. Brewer, james C. Brooks, David W. Chandler, Arthur Lynchburf, VA jncliison, TN Thousand Oaks. CA jacksonville, FL Augusta, GA Ailiflll. GA Greenibom. NC l3CkS0:Y?lC: FL IIIC pd' A190 Rad,-you Rawofgxy 0 .-Gyn. Fanny Prumrc Ra na og pn Ja mu agy .,..., N W ' ll V P I R '3 N R v . ' ,... A M l ' 9 ' W., l l :lm ww ls FWHM. ' , . . .. yy ., . A .L .A A J 1 . L . fl L ' -vi J .. l .Tl .. ' r 'I' Vw' il 7- , l . Y A K .. ,N N TTWW. , N fl W N A ' .,,,, wa 1 , ,,,,,, , A ' H .ww w l llll ll W Nl , , H , V --. .... - .. -- N. J., U - -I A 1.35. - - 'L I: ' ' 1 2 .' QEF5'-VL ' ' Q ' .4 . -' 1' 4.53, '. ' ..- l- 'xlmli . .1 flvl . . 'mils' J .. H . N 'V .1!..:.Am. 1 1 l - - - A Engsrrom, George Evans, John H. Fischberg, Bruce Forline, john W. l Clom'J'M' Pg?glfQnvEDEA CoE5fflbIQmNgEY'n Come' M' N' C'Xf12f.1fl2,'llC c0nfqfd,ANc Knoxviue. TN Newton. MA N.Ca1dwcll. N1 , Nwmlmg, ' g,,,,,,,,,1,w. Pedmlnn Parbnlagy Pxyrlnany Dfrmarelagy '. ,. 4 l f . ,ll.-. , v N . ' -- ' , ,. 1 1 f' 1 Y , ' U- . A f ' ' J: ' ' ' VA, .1 'L f. , ' . .,. ,fl wx, , . PH, u. ,,,-,, -, , ,w.. ,q,Ww-1 ' M .M .. Q ...w'lQ2bw---.w W T -- .Wil w Y-M--wl'lf'wv . 1 I- T n lf '-. . ' ,- H f ' f - V, ,lp L ' rj 'wa . . n n R R ,,.. ' . , . R. n I , . . . V ' R R lllx M l' X. is in ' -f'f.iQ'g . P A .. I -,aff 1, . lgfilisg ' 1 P , -,, 1 gn , . , ,F -5 V- 1 Z , ,V ,f gg . .,-. .N M, . - ...mu ,, ef . . A . ,.. .. . I . . . ' , . H ,Ch l P. H d ,W'l S Gail-ll:lY.,IRnlI5g E. ijikin, ,lol-:RJ Gilzbsi Robeggl. N?all?,.KJ?1r:Li?Pi:L Gclggjgilgohg Cugrlalggglurlxmzli, Hair:-xigsacgosrxn Jazionvialgtvefzl- ensarzsztf Elin , emar e. us o ee, . . '. .' . p C::'jia1ugy Famibl Pratlirr lnlfrnaltzfllerlirinz Ophlbulmolagy V 0b.-GZ,-fl, Plyrlualry Endomnnlngy Nephrvlvgy 11' HAY ALUMNI 190 .gy l ,. ni , ,, M , X -- W -- . ,, , ' ,,... ,, XX XX, iii , ,l -Xu -if il X u ,, ill l ' ll, , , Q l ' Y All ll' f il ,, ' l l ' ,li l , X , - X -,,- , ,X X ' X I I-'W m f ,, X, ,, w , M X, ,,' , X 'X ' , lil , , ,x ,X , H I nl, ,' M www, , Xl., W Q W , WJ XM ,w ww l ,,X',,,,q ,, it ,, llil ,XXv,, ,, ,,W 11x-xx1 XXM, ,,l.,,,XX,X ,,X,,',:w.v,lX iw M,,,X, lXX l l ,v,,,,,, lWi,,, M ,ww X, , 1, y, X s ,M ,W lllw ggllv , ,,,, W, , ,M ,,,,, W o,,,,,,, ,W ,, ,tw ,ll M ,,, ,, , ,Ml Mil li... in ,,,,,, ,M , , ,,, M., , ,,,, X., w ,,, ,, ,M,,X, ,,,,,,, , , , ...W X W ,W ,W M, ,,v W ,,,, . ,Ml W, ,M ,v.,i ,,.,, XX WM ' Xlw WIN ll ,vj:XX ',u r 2 i w illy W ,X el' 2 it- ww,l'w W m Q, Xq, in 4 , M , 1-lN ,Hg i5 j,,r,l ' 'w, ,Hm ,xx x ,XX li l, im, W 'M' , af , X - ,, ,,, ', 'ww 1 ,X , ,, ,mi 1. '. ,, ,, ' mi ,, X ' X- ,lm ' i, W ,X I ,, .,,,1 , ,I , Ig, , X, , ,, , ,p w , ,X W X, X, , .,,, ,, W, , ' . . f, A- , Q l ,i ' ' X M -., Vim, ' ' K, , w 'U X ,V ,IA .-X -, J , , .. , , , f , - F' ' if T' ' . 1 ' f. 'H Tl ' .' .il 5 'iff i' ' ' fu .. - , I .I X , ' X X -.1 . , , ' . ' ' , T. H'ld b d , R. H' hf ld, R bt. H ff ,james Jacobs, Daniel M. Kenm, Patrick D. Kuhns,James G. Lane,J. H. l,'G,'?,i'1K1'5Ri H'i'iSQf'f.,i1fnhef-i iieifiifx ISA 'iiiim-ing-. rib 202112. Mn amanda.. aes., FL Durham, NC Louisville, KY Ped. Radiology Infernal Mrdirin: Mal.-Felal Med. Diagnaillr Rani lrllrmul Medlrmt Acad. Olularyng. Palbalngy w A n Y , I I , W , I, , ,, ,, , ,, X t if l ,,,, , ' Wi ' wi 'W ,-' ,X ,. l XX,,w,1 , wi if 'll 1 ,,' i ly is , , , mi , ,X l ' ll ig- Q-, ' , . ' , R- mi 4- wi ,s I 'eau .al , I 5 3, 'l - 1, 1 . QI I I F gg! . II .i LI I ' II ' ' -Q. i fin- 4 ', ? . ' eg . 1 3' ' ' ,, si f,- . -, Q, X. . -I 4 , -4 1 I. w I II - . 1 I . e.. Y, , ,3 -I -, , .I :--I-, -. , ' . . ,II aI - . ,,,,,, , - . fa-' . I+ f S A - Li ' , R' h, Li 11, M l ' M , M M C rcheo , E. P. McFalls, Fred. Mirchell,J. F. Moles, Stanley Moore, Marcus M. Mull-iolland,j. H. Mriwigrriidn, rfc GeririantovfnT?N ilxlilfviille, alzlgm ciitnumbialil SC Burlington, NC Harbor Bluffs, FL Fort Meyers. FL Ob.-Gyn. Ophthalmology Cardinlbor. Surg. Rexenrrh Cardiology Pedmmrr -'i , vii i, .E 'mn A fx 4 I , v ii f V . x . ' I I II . jI :I I II, , III I I If ' IIXI II II 'I , 913 . I I - , . .V I aI , I age , ,jg I -:sg I I, I Ili' I 1 'ai-II i ' E- E EI ' ii I ,L .QQ ' ,, , - 'Q . X XX ,, is , ' K 'ill ' W. , EX W 'ill Ei ,' 1 l , XJ ,Ez X W if ' . ll U M I Al H, N Ch 1 L N ' h, A h N , B P. Nowl'n,jahn B. Perlstein R. N. Reed, George, B. Rippy Wm. D. Robbins, Thomas lifdisanoklgngii Wlgfrihgrohli NC Cliiqiilgsvlllei-tlflllr Sii:iiiJlnMr::rTN Durham, NC 7 Cleveland. OH O8-Hand. CA Tamglf. FL Orrhu. Surgery Curdialhar. Surg. pid- P4fb'7I0U P-Wf 'WU Q ii' 2, I L , 3- V . l 4 ,. . ,, A . . .'Ii I ' . -' . E 5 1 , - ., 'm Q 1 -.1 , , .X L - ' ' . 4 ' -. . '1-. f- . A , 'r X v v fs . .. -. : .H . 1 r l E, -'...: .- , , - r .fr I . , 7 - I if . I X ., 4 .. , , eg 1. ' A Xa .,, X: V E 1' Bali? X 1' , ' 95 if .. lv' , , 'QW' ,, ' ll' ' 'X lX',,, , ll X' l is ll' ' 'l Mmm i ,lf ,' ,N 'lui , fi, , ,x',i X X i ' M , X pg, X l W X ,. , X X 'l , l ' Xl XX, f 'lm gl, 1 Q, lil , , lil 5 l- 'Xl' , , , X w g? X Q, ,, l X 'l A l N 'l 'W L,,X , - A H W ' U 'MX ' W i if 532-1 -'gif ' fa., ' N ' 1-'Q' . fu: -2 ' ' su . H ' . TW, . I .c Im-3' 'Ea-,I I 3 'r' ' ,fflfg QI , . L 4 flies . , Rocker, Donald W. Starr, Wilson C. Tahari, Kambuzin Takanaka, Y. Thompson, Frank Tindall, John P. Tape, S. L jr. Tweed, Clyde, G. Vierh, Roger G. Marierra, GA New York, NY San jose, CA Pasadena, CA Kissimmee, FL Ormond Beach, FL Charranooga, TN Cqydiglqgy Opbtbalmalogy Am. M ri -Dum. Neuro-Nzuroiurg. Neurorurgrry i :lil lL 'J l rv Niall lfivn 1 1,1 ---- ,, ililiiiv H ' '- ,llii X X UMM ll' ,W M X , , , X- X: X M ' X M, X l ,I X X, l W 2 X Q: l aa X ii ,iw N, :X X fr w ' X '2' ,3 i i 'll l Y W i lX ll -'U ,, ,,,, 'ir X ls, ' b fi' i t XVI: Sli Nl ,- ,X WMM XXWX M ' lil l illll lllliilwl , if'f,J ' , i 'X. s- -2,5 ' '1'5',3 , ' r ' ,1 -j f l :fx , 'A ' f fl , TF' 1 :az 5 ,IIIII X LII ,I II f ,Il I If , , , , , I I ' 7:5 -,III ., I I I II I ' Wallace, Andrew G. Wallace, Donald West G. D. Whadey- Joseph White, james F. White, Thomas H. Wilkinson, Harold Williams. McKim Wood, Roy S. Dm-ham, NC Suufkfn Pines, NC Durham. NC Columbia, SC Charlorre, NC Wellesley, MA Newport News, VA From lloyal, VA lm-I M,,j,.C,,,d Otolaryngology Ob.-Gyn. Nmrorurgny Anurbuialogy Pcdlatrm ALSO GRADUATI NG ALSO GRADUATI NG X ALSO GRADUATI NG - 2 ALSO GRADUATI NG ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS ' , X I N WITH THIS CLASS II , WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CI-A55 Agra, Karl Freye, Henry B. 'ii' - ,fl , Kohn, Ben MBIIICLISHIH A- PQDCF-1511195 .I- Lincolnshlre, IL Sronin lon, CI' ' , Beverly Hills, CA Greenville, DE WIIITIIDSIOYI, NC Pediatric Agrrgy ' 1 I Piyrbiany 1 Pri. Cardiolngy Ramen Hman C1 I R 5, G I M1 C. ll' ', Mahal , M. S h V. .7 ' Maron, Hermann F. Great Neck, NY Egiioiiiafii. nfiiiigii asf NC IH? Pmfliom.N?p .- 3 -5, I c-famn. GA Plym-clyld Paw, lr,-eundjgch' 1, M, P'd 'f U - QA N V- S'0' , L. Morgensrern, Alan Small. Melvin D. Tucson, AZ johnsron, Wm. W. ' l, ,, Q 1 s Portland, OR McLean, VA Diagmmir Rad Durhanz ISIC 1 - ,L I I I A Pryrhimy Gaummmalugy Cytopal 11 np' I I L' 3 II- , P - i n sw ,, , .1 -XXXXXX ,X f. . Yongue, Alfred H. Young, David M. Grgenigllc, NC Gainesville, FL .ryr :airy When we first arrived at Duke, academic worries were not the first major considerations. The problem at hand was one of what to do with the huge blocks of ice placed daily in the urinal pits throughout the building. Some of us never fathomed their reason for beingg however, many former athletes turned beer- drinkers or beer-drinkers turned philosophers strived to make form out of function by such methods as team drilling, team splitting and the occasional solo performance Cto a standing ovationb of sculpting after the fashion of Henry Moore Cwhich class was he in?D. Our first exposure to the camaraderie that was to exist be- tween the faculty and students was the freshman beer and barbeque dinner at Josh Turnage's. When Dave Davison announced that he would be sitting at our table, a classmate, with ideas of grandeur concerning his drinking capacity and a whisper that would have been appropriate in a sawmill, announced that he would drink the Dean under the table . Dean Davison overheard the challenge and established an early pace that was a marvel to all. In short order the student's head fell to the table Where it remained for the rest of the evening, ALUMNI 191 while the Dean enraptured those still erect with tales of Osler, England, and his experiences in the medical corps of some army, in some war, somewhere in Europe. Duke obstetrical dictum in the 1950's maintained that doing cesarean sections was several notches below carnal sin. The glow of anticipated motherhood was sometimes extinguished by labors that were measured in days. The medical student's duty was to record that ordeal with notes on the progress of contrac- tions and dilation, and of occasional utterances such as, I'l1 never let that man on me again! After one such 72-hour stint, a student entered the elevator on the fourth floor, more asleep than awake, followed by Dr. Bayard Carter, then Chairman of the Ob-Gyn Department. Dr. Carter was taking notice of the student's condition until the elevator stopped at the third floor to let on a past-forty, plump, powdered and rouged elegant lady who had been Dr. Carter's patient. They warmly exchanged pleasantries. As they exited on the first floor, he gave her a little love tap on her broad behind and said, Let's get some of that goddam fat off. Throwing a flirtatious look at Dr. Carter, she rolled down the hall in the opposite direction proclaiming, I'll try! Two senior students spent the last quarter building a remote control four-engine model plane. One week before graduation, a notice went up on the bulletin board announcing the date and time of the maiden flight. The engines roared, the take-off and ascent up over Duke Forest were just beautiful. The cheers and yelling were raucous. There was backslapping and congratula- tions ancl many a can of Tudor Beer C88 cents a six-pack at the ASLPD was held high and up-ended in an almost continuous toast to success. By this time the plane was rapidly shrinking to the size of a speck. As the cheers died down, the control switch for turn was pushed and responded with a click, nothing happened. A series of frantic clicks followed, again with no responses. As the plane flew into oblivion, more beer was ordered. Money, money, money. Was there ever enough of it for the medical student? Not for most of us, which led us to do dumb things, such as sign up for medical experiments with an in- formed consent usually consisting of one line stating, Trust us. Everything will turn out just fine . . . we hope! Donating blood was the safest, but for the more adventurous, there were cardiac caths while on tilt tablesg a new drug from Switzerland which made colors brighter than they really were and did other strange things with the mind, sensory deprivation studies in the E.S.P. labs, etc. One classmate was overdosed with some sort of dye which stained his skin an artistic cyanotic color. Before des- quamation and macrophages could bleach him back to flesh pink, he signed up to have a needle placed in his jugular bulb, a procedure which resulted in a bruised facial nerve. All of this occurred shortly before the big med school dance. He showed up medium grey in a black tuxedo with a sagging face, becoming the first classmate to look super-cool. Then there was the pediatric resident with a pathologic sleep problem. He slept through most rounds and conferences, as well as most of his work. One evening, the students and house staff on Howland Ward wheeled a stretcher to his room in Baker House and transported the still sleeping body to Howland, hoping to embarrass him into action. His snoring increased during the ride, so Plan A became Plan B: his peaceful form was placed on the autopsy table in Pathology and covered with a sheet. The time of, and his reactions upon, awakening went unrecordedg however, at breakfast the next morning he was pale and shaking. A threat to do an L.P. while he was asleep was added to the above experience, but to no avail. One night he was rolled on his side, his back prepped, and a bandaid applied over the L4-5 interspace. An opened L.P. tray with three tubes of water were left on his bedside table. He ofcourse knew it was all sham, but there were times when he wondered . . . Most dormitory rooms resembled pig sties except for one. This room had drapes, paintings on the walls, an Oriental carpet on the floor, table and floor lamps, and a harpsichord. After class, evening concerts of Bach were performed with consider- able artistic skill. On occasion, wine and cheese were served. Belching, nose-picking or flatulence resulted in one's name being removed from the guest list. I thoroughly enjoyed the one concert I attended. One final memory. A student or house officer - I forget which - was very talented with words. One enviable favorite was: Breeze Weeds Trees Wheeze Sneeze Dees Fees Please. George Engstrom, M.D. '58 ENTERING CLASS OF 1956 lm i' I ' H .. ' ffl ..' . lv i N . . t L a - 'Q 1 . ' . . P -.,, . we at p 1 , -Q 4- 2' . It Q . Q C 11 H S Cassells josep ii -Chaiinblce, Roysrer Baker, Linny M. Bird, W. P. Bradshaw, Preston ance, Ruben s. Brinkman, T. Bwmlvy- Ggrgsr QHPF ' .UCAQYA A Cheng, SC Weigh, NC Concord NC Raleigh, NC Winston-Salem, NC Durham-, af S ' 2- ' 0 ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Pdialgm G,,,m,,,,,,.,,j,,a Pedralrm Ophlbalmalugy P KV 192 ALUMNI .., C -' ' l 1 ' x 1a r- '., , Q ,- f ' A , , YQ! . in ., , w, J- f ,N .. rr 1 - Nl W , 3 N R i .1 1 , , . 1, , ' 11 . i1 1 , ,f ' 1 ' ' S' ac ' ' A ' ' 29' ' . 'M M ' ' ' ' u , i'f'5 'W,mM .V i1- as Q . W R L - wi - CYIBPYMII. W-E4 Cvllini. Swan C00P2r. Wm. Cousar, George R- CIYDIQS- 11111125 E- Dalton, Frank P. Davis, James K. Denby, John L. Dobbs, Charles E. Winston-Salem. NC R0CkY MOI-ml. Greenville, SC Mlaml, FL Durham, NC Newporr News, VA Springfield, ll. Louisville, KY Pxycbialq Pzdiatrirl Opbfbalmulugv Dlagnomr Rad. Rm-li,l,,K-y GM, 5 VM, Surg, lflfm,-Onf, c 1 Q - m y 11 W.. i X . K X V , r 1, V ,W 11, 1 ii ,. Duvoisin, Pere: Dyke, Perer C. Dye, M. Elaine Fischer, Robe-rr Fore, William W. from Lynn 111 Gm-:ibn-3,,, E, Glasgock, R, J, Goqde, G. Browne Chattanooga, TN Redlands, CA Hershy. FA Fr. L'dale, FL Greenville, NC Chujone. NC HMO Rey. PR Ross, CA Puxhplqy lnl. M: .-Hun. Dmmnalagy lm. 6 Nur. Mrd. Gm, 5. Tim, gun Ngumlpgy I Q A 'W 1 ,. , , hi, . , , 1 ' ' ' ' ' W ' ,' W1 , il Q51 ' ' 1 ' . 1 ' ' R ,Jig K , Q Y, H Y Q ,K v ' , ' r . ': ss. ,s iq .. , . , , vi Q T l - , , . i f ' I ., , V , 1 W ' ' Z I Y V z, ' i 2 t' ' f 4 fi g AE: ' ' l ...sex A 11 '- , ia.. Green, Ruben Grode, Harvey E. Hubbard, Wm. H. Huggin, P. J. I.: Bauer, joseph Lee, james F. Lewis, Andrew M. Lodmell, john G. Lowe, J. S. Palm Beach, FL Wilson, NC Palm Harbor, Fl. Greensboro, NC Snn Antonio. TX Leesburg, VA Ashton, MD Orlbapaulir Surg. lnlrmal Malkin: Famibr Pmrlirr Cardinlugy Neurarurgrvy Internal Medicine n is , ' - ! , ,, . ,,, 'X ' ' sl . ' r 1 -I- 1 . ,A g -Y I , K , ' ' 1 ,if if? l .f . 1 H 6 i ' ' ' , - 1 Z' A-: X 1 A L . EE - Malone, john Hugh Marrin, Arthur M. Massie, Francis Mayer, W. Hmm McLeod, Alexander Mclcod, Michael Menefee, W. P. Meriney, David K. Merrell, Ruben Concord, NC Danville. VA Richmond, VA Arlanra, GA Nashville, TN Durham, NC Up. Monrclair, Nj Duyrnna Beach, FL Ir1lrrmzlMrdirin: AIL 6 Clin. lmm. Nrurulogy lnlemal Mrdirim' Int. Med.-GE All. 5 Clin. lmm. ' f 'Q si . 1 . 1 1 D t 9 . ' .L h - - . I 9- 5 W' .- 1 1 A I ' P- ' 'S , . , . xy X ' ,Q A 5- m A J lW7'.'MF M... - -an -ii .A 1 - 1e.. .1 Opdyke, John L. O'Shaughnessy, P. Parkcrson, Waker Parrmr, Lawrence Pearce, Philip v Pilliod, james P. Presron, Edwin T. Price, Grady E. Reece, Richard has Angeles, CA Charlorre, NC Camden, SC Durham, NC L1conia, NH Chapel Hill, NC Charlorre, NC Minneapolis, MN Ophlhalmalogjr Palbnlngv Oli.-Gyn. Prdiarriu Orlbopardir Surg. Orllmpaedfr Surg. Przlhnfugy 1 - N 9, ik , 6, V . I - Q an '. U . .I , in C ' ., P v A C - 5 ' ' er A ' - , - ,, ,I , , J up , f ni . , 1 , ' ... ' 1 ' 1 I 1 ' 1 A . 1 W J , MN jwj j F if ' Eli: ' Mi. A 1 7 L , Mg, l X , Richardson, Chas. Rigging, Richard Rineherg, Bernard Robertson, Lloyd Rockwell, Kenneth Sadler, john H, Scarpelli, Emile Schwarz, George Seabury, James C. Chcsrnur Hull, MA Davis, CA New Brunsyvlck, NJ Salisbury, NC Durharn. NC Balrimore, MD Orangeburg, NY jacksonville, FL Paducah, KY Bwfhfm- RNA Offbvlwiff Sws- Offhvlwdff Jura. Ufvlw Pmbwfn Inf. Med.-Nfph. Prdialrir Palm. Piyzh.-Child Ply. Ufplw . b i 1. -.-, , 4 . Q Y I , , r , 6 f ' ' -r . - ' . Gu 1 LY V 'V e1 , 71 3 ,, ' 'W Q Y 1 , . . l ,, , Smith, Donald D. Smith, Edward H. Stuart, Frank A. Trigginni, L. V. Tully, Harry T. Vsuse, David D. Walk ,J h E. Walk La W b C l H. GFCSHJPUIQ- NC AIASUSIH. GA Fr. L'dZ,If2. Fl San Leandro, CA Blanco, TX SI:5hy?TJlC Winszrih-Salgnxiflgg l?leTm:ies,B5I'X 1 mmf: Dmmualagy Orlbupnz ir Surg. Armlbruulvgy Famfb, p,,,,,i,, U,,f,D, ALUMNI 195 ALSO GRADUATING ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS Addison, Winnii Hillsborough, NC ob.-Gy... Blount, Robert E. APO New Yorlc, NY Brownstein, Burt. Dyke, Perry H. Redlands, CA Pedialr-in Ein, Zack, A. Pal Vcrd Est, CA Famib' Prarlitr Brooklyn. NY Feder, Ruben J. Beverly Hills, CA . -. . l S- ef I , fl .20 ,Q W, Agre, Fred, A. Alanis, joseph M. Scarsdale, NY Englewood, C0 Anerllruialogy . l im .W ,B . 1. Q Constantine, S. Corwin, Robert F. Bakerslield, CA Waco, TX Drrmalolagy Urology '. I ,, - , l..m,-. , r Flanagan, Latham Eugene. OR Gm. Cv Vin. Surg. ,. e, .ll 4' A liflljlf ,ll ,ll ltr. fl -.Q 7 w 5 V l , l r L ' J Harrington, Rand. Reston. VA i ' YY' ,L ', 'I A 'ir SJW Lassiter, Ken. R. Charlotte, NC Nrurmurgrry 194 ALUMNI . f nm A L. , 4 A-. W . ld, Gay, wiuiam A. Larchmonz, NY Surgery L' L if Hodosh, S. 1 Z 'gr-, I I . .Y 5 7' ,, f i: , Lazenby, G. Wm. Holiday, FL Ophthalmology , .149 3, I I 'M I M Westfall, me Jr. Fricltsburg, VA ENT ,. 1- w ll, .Mllm .. -my . l V l l l. l l' lr Atkinson. Samuel Ft. Walton B., ITL 012.-Gyn. .vi WW ' l dl We Cox, Ronnie L High Point. NC lnl. lllrd.-Card. l l , l D- l Goodwin, Ernest Canton, NC Family Prarlirr W1 W , vi.. 2 , K , .Q . il M . Huneycutr, Harry Reno, NV Of:-Gyn. . l . Q if Levy, Bernard S. Newton Centre. MA Weston, William Augusra. GA Prdiafrirr ERING CLASS OF 1957 . l M ,W- Q- Q a, ' Q llll Banron, Thomas J. Behar, Victor S. Sr, Louis, MO Durham, NC Orlbnpardir Surg. Cnrdiolugy I' l l -if .. . .. 3 , iv 4. . . ' l :A- Crane, james D. Deas, David j. jacksonville, FL Gasronia. NC Pryrhiulg' r ' -V , , -ll. 15 la! f l l. ' lwliff , 7 . ., l ill.. Greenlee, L. Graff, Diller B. Louisville. KY Prdialrir Surg. 1 dl -l -- F jervey, Edward D. Johnson, Taylor Greenville, SC Rockville, MD Drrmatnlug in f y H ! yy? F7 Lybass, Tilling N. Palm Beach, FL Wlgw . ' EN l Lyon, George M. Bahama. NC Pri Hem. Y 11,2-1 v I , . ja - . 'wil ,,,,,, .. , Woodward. S. E. Young, Sanford Oxon Hill, MD l . A' iff I ' ll 'I , ' ' iw 1.ll ww.. W ..,... Brown, gohn W Colum ia, SC Tharaul' Surguy W ll , - 1. 'Q' 5? .3 1 .Mm Q M ly Dellingcr, Clyde Drexel, NC Famib Pmrlifr ' gil l , W my . Guynn, Cyrus H. Fairfax Sr., VA Internal Mrd'itinr Slww l Na . 1. . .fn-. if Jones, Edward M. Port Wash., NY xx , , , ' 'lf lik' . A7.i'.l'g Massey. Charles Charlene, NC Cal 6 Rrr. Surg. Butler, Frederick Fayerreville, NC Ophthalmology ,'fj,. M... V . cl El-Ramey, Thomas ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Gerber, Edward M. Lexington, MA Porto, Robert Miami, FL Reed, John M. Sacramento, CA l A 1 x , i l '4 I I l t v X il w Campbell, Milton Greenwich, CT Ophlbalmalagy o l K1 f ... Farris, R. Linsy I' AISO GRADUATING WITH THIS CASS Sandberg, Seymour New York, NY PL G Rrcan. Sur. Shllit, Allen Wayne, NY Im. Mui-Cuni Worton, Stanley Miami Beach, FL Radinlagy Q il lil ' , ll. . Yi' la 'mmill' 1-l l , ' F- 1 lg, Conant, Marcus A. San Fran., CA Drmlalvlugy v 1 . J 1 , ,,., Feagin, john A. Pompano Beach, FL Tenafly. Nj Teton Village, WY Neurology Ophllmlmalugy Orlhapnrdir Surg. M l .' H lllf' f l ' ., J.. 'l -, 4., ' 1 . 'y ,- . rv.. lg mfg N Hall, Warner L. Hammond, Charles Har-p,1ames R. Raleigh, NC Durham, NC Bala Cynwyd, PA 05. -Gyn, 05. -Gyn. Anerlbexiufagy . . , , , , l f l , - - - 7 JV-- pe. '- . . - ' .fe sy l f- -1 ' . A 4:5 jordan, Lyndon K. Kistler, Henry Lapolla, james J. Smithfield, NC Seneca, SC Warren. Ol-I Family Pmrlirr O5.fG'yu. Matthews, Hubert Monrgomery, AL 'l ' 'S-ez il ll 451 'aw-. , Mattison, joel Tampa. FL Plwtir Surgery A . ,vf'ili':iv . -1 5 V ll W - fi' . 1 J McDonald. William Monticello, FL McLain L Wm Mnnneapolxs MN Nrumlagy 'Q Pnrkethly David Kirkland WA Nruraxurgery Schmlckel Roy Ann Arbor Ped Gmrrir: 150 GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Duron Henry B. Enmktown VA ln! Mrzl Card. Noyes Philip P. San Leandro CA Thompson Lawr. Durham NC ,Fix I 5 1 , Q ' I w- Www ' 'N sf V l l 4 M McTammany, Rob. Merlo, Richard B. Reading. PA Elkin, NC Ob.-Gyn. Razlialagy , z gl ri- ,. A, 1 I . Vartanian, Vartan Poole. Tilghman Durham. NC Wllmingron, NC Armlbuialogy Opbllmlrnalogp' M -ff' 1 . ' .4 ,, ill F' 1' '- - ' L l ' ve? , i :EW 'V l ,- , . . D wif af .., Schwartz, Stephen Smith, Wm. S. Valhalla, NY Greensboro, NC Orlbvpurdir Sur. 06.-Gyn. '5.v1w 'CNS tl V . l H51 lr . V H 12.9.53 Z' I' A Turman, M. Uprichard, E. l Metz. Earl Nelson Wurrhlngron, OH lnl. Med.-Hem, 4 F . Powell, Edwnrd Burlington, NC X J Starling, Kennezh Houston. TX 4: li ' 4 H ' , 1 ' - 3:22 ,ll ll Uk . ' w. 'l' Wdton, David S. Marblehead. MA Pedinrrir Ophrb. 7 ll ' I . A , U 3 ,, V . . E1 h i , ,- 4: i 'if-Sf, ' llxlli R wr, Q l Vw , . I . . ,cv sr- -' ' ax. . ' ' v' .. 5.4.5 ' 1. I I , Ml . , . A X , l Eff Q50 Dean Davison and the Assistant Dean , Carl Rogers p . ., ,. ,Ml ll A ll . Mullen. Donald C. Milwaukee, WI Thar. 6 Canl. Sur. iii. l 1 I 1... ' 7? Price. Dudley R. Stanley, VA pl l' x f ' X.. 1 Va 1, . . . - x Summerlin, Harry Asheville, NC Fumib Prnrlirr , X l g L W l N ,Q ll, 'Ml W I Wai-shaw, joseph Guilford, CT Pfdialrir: 72 4 1 .3401 .,e 53 f Nye, Mary jane Durham, NC Pzdialria . 5 P Ray, Ritz C., jr. Lewisville, NC Child' Purhiutry lv ,. f':. bw fe' as 11 ,- Q-L -. 5 H. fi V N, - au, Sweat, R. Earle Santa Rosa, CA Gm. 6 Var. Surg. , 4 l W' l 'fx-.,,,, V my . l W W l l l 1 l Q L' Wilemon, Wm. K. Ring Hls Est, CA 1 .V A -. + l 1 S W l 'kv l H 1, .. M ' w 'l ' W, Paul, Runlad E. Lake Jackson, TX I,-gs Q . 4 4 - . -L 9. Rider, Robert E. Martinsville, VA Pnliarrirx u f - ' .- 1 gnry :gf if Trent. john H. Va. Beach, VA g H X vi , 5 , . Youn , Robert I.. Lumgerron. NC Pea'ialrirJ A Y: - + G. r A Q I r v Ll, Q Payne,j. . 54- 9. , B P .. 2' KZ . W1 L We gifs Zilla X -ff? Riley, R. r j r ,w ly JAM- Peter, Robert H. Durham, NC Cardiology 'uh .3 L Roberson, Clive W. Palm Beach. FL Pedinlrir All, .I V , yi 0 l ffl. Trantham, Harry Greenville, SC Ophthalmology 1 ' 'Ml ' 'Wi W ' , l 1 W Yowell, Robert K. Durham. NC ' 0l:.vG1n. V ,r Q Tripp, Gordon A. Berhescla. MD Dave Snme, ca. 1960 ALUMNI 195 EIXITERING CLASS OF 1958 H f' . W, M Y 11 1' 'N M , Q uf- V wihw- Y 1,11 ,M1 1 , 1 1 1 1 it fill 1 ' 1 1' W AN 1 '1 ' 1 ,, 1i, 1i111'i 11 3? '11' l' 1 1 1 1 ,t -, A, . 5, ' ,., - ' 5 ' 151+ ,f.' J it 1,1111 1 1 'MV 1 1 - i ' f -f 1 '11 fe' , -fi? - - A 111 ' i1 wi 1 1 Wi- 1 1- 1 ' 11 ,'L3 ,, 11511111 A 1, 1. 1' 1, iii ,.11.-- ii 4 ' ' lift ' 1 1121111 1 - ' i n 1 1 1 ' . Y --,K I - -1 it vi. 1 11 - 1' L E., J Al -ii J I A A A IA 3- .A 1 .au xi, l I . U50 Br. - rmsrrong. George Baez-gnrcia, J. E. Baumannhloh A, B I , W .A. B M' ' ' Co'Lugil2.is,fA Ham Rey, PR Santa Barbara,,rCA Al. El'adiLiiixai Wild Bicknell' Wi Htigxtgmnilkiixlzillfju' C?i:mkQl:ynCB' f I W - Spur!! Merimnr Cunlnzlngy Ola-Gyn. Child Gridull Pray. 1 - W ll 1 fN 1 ZW - . f .1 h li 1 lla. 1 ,1 S' ' f 'g3V 1 - -ily i1 1..., ' RN. 11 lx- 'z J' X 1 , N ,V Y, I ,L X 1 1 1 1 il A .li 11 1 1. 1 1. ' .11 Carter, ar es Caskey, Thomas Cauthen. joseph Cable, Yank D. Colston, W . C. Colvi , Ch l C , Sh 'll C N. S f ' Saniazlpia, CA Houston, TX Gainesville. FL Atlantic iich, FL Morrisrowriilly Binniiighustileli Wgil::'ougl?:tliiA llziiirigron, bien Cvlliinihigggi-liiolillis 'U 457 NUUVWVSFVJ E d0f 'Wll'D' Dlrlgrlwlit Rn . Cbila' Piyrhiulry Piyrbiaiq' Orrbvpardir Surg. 1,,f1111i1ii c1, ,iw 111W1WiIi 1 ' 111' 11 11111 1 11 1 11 ' 11111 '1 1111 li 1 1 1 . , 1 '11 , N 1 X1 11 1 1 I 1 . , QM WXNW !w11,1 1' f H W ' ji 1 1 i n 1 1MWvw' I AM' M 1 1 .1 1 1 Davis, Robert N. Dudley, Alden Erismnn. F. Farmer, joseph C. Farmer, Raymond Fortescue, Wm. N. Foster, J. Thomas Frank. Donald H. Gebel, Emile L Greensboro. NC Scmmes, AL Durham. NC Anderson, sc Henamonvn, NC Hickory. NC Essex Furs, NJ Shelby. NC D '0I0K7 Nf'4'0PUfh'1fVK7 0lVl '7 E0!'1K1 Ob.-Gyn. Mamxgrmml Cam, Upblbfl malagy Nruroiurgzry Ophthalmology V V V . . ., ,.,r Y . . . . v F ,A , . . . f. fi .L ' 1 lic? ig 1. 1 1 1 Nl .. w. 'W t ,v V 1 A U SF. af-1151 2 ' , 11 . , 1 ' ,xr , Gilbert, joel H. Gilbert, Walter Ginn, Fred L Gonzalez, Antonio Grant, Robert N. Hatcher, Martin Hollowa , Rufus jolls, K. jones, Danny B. Miami FL jacksonville, Fl. Fayetteville, NC Atlanta, GA San Angelo, TX Greensboro, NC Orlandlo, FL Houston. TX Rzdiairgy Opbthnlmalugy Palbalagy Vauulur Surgny Nuzmlag Olnlavjmgolagy Ophthalmology On a September afternoon in 1958, the future Class of 1962 gathered for the first time at the baseball field for a beer party given by Dean Davison. Many were young, some were experi- enced. One was femaleg the remaining 75 were male. With introductions over, the group became a class and quickly be- came enmeshed in the intense educational experience of the freshman year. Who can forget the dimly lit room, M110, where Dr. Mar- kee's movies ran non-stop? The gluteus maximus is demons- trated and then cut and reflected. The inferior gluteal nerve is shown, and the inferior gluteal artery is indicated. After ses- sions in the anatomy lab, those who chose to eat in the MGC cafeteria were asked to sit in the back corner because ofthe odor of formaldehyde. Histology was kept surprisingly entertaining as well as in- formative by Dr. Hetherington, with such remarks as, Surely you believe in the Little Green People! Later we learned to separate spinothalamic tracts from spinocerebellar tracts under the capable tutelage of Dr. Peele. By the end- of the first six months, our vocabularies had been expanded by some seven ALUMNI thousand words, most of which have been forgotten as the years have passed. In biochemistry, the Krebs cycle became a part of our lives, and Dr. Handler, always impeccably attired, stunned us with his understanding of the complexities of body che- mistry. Some of us were introduced to heavy snow in the Winter of 1958-9, and all of us discovered cabin parties. Many of the class resided in MGC, where the favorite pastime was girl watching, other favorite pastimes were arguing with the law students or sipping a beer at the Rebel Drive-In. The married contingent lived in the Poplar Apartments, appropriately known as Rabbit Hill . The Class of 1962 was the last to know and admire Dr. Forbus as Chairman of the Department of Pathology. There were round-ups in the second floor classroom, and CPC's in the old amphitheater. The Saturday morning duels between one of the distinguished clinicians and Dr. Forbus on the floor of the amphitheater provided an intense and exciting educational ex- perience. ....n., 5 ' 4 Kahn, Kenneth J. Largo, FL Neurology Q iii! . L - I Morgan, Calvin V. johnson City, TN wi. ll W ,af ,pv'J ...M Qaida Rarliff, Norman Minneapolis, MN s ' ...Q 'l ul., . .W I :Q A .45 l ll l ll l Q t , N ...uf .4- Klirc. Paul Don Denver. C0 'V ilu in , I 1 A I Morgan, john G. Merairie, LA lW,.g'g..E'v.,,. ' i 3. Q. . :Mil k Raynor,j. T' . . K - Ill' I' I , . . J. will Au I rv' .vt l Kramer, Richard Durham, NC Nruroiurgrry 'X' . 2 . ' 1 'lx' N A ill 3 ,r v in if J f Moriber, Lloyd A. Miami. FL Orrhvpnedir Surg. V 1 1 , f, ..' tl ' Ml .Ji . 1- . 4 t Romhilt. Donald Richmond, VA Cnrdiulagy '- 2 'x . , A. iv' iff? rl 'il J, ,.r ll'lkl' ll-.n l 2 ,, if ' l ww M Wi, , I wi 'lc' if iv M ' nf X v ,yy dwg ff, ., F . . , .I .rr Lunas. J. Paul Sitka, AK Inlrrmzl Mrdfrinr ' 'i l. - f 1 . l lg- 2 vw., . l M. . It Morris, james C. ,J A l i X V1 1,..: - 'T If l .M Rubin. M. I . l 'U I l , . J ' rl. v . ., L l ---- l K fi' . Srnwe, Deryl G, Strother, Kemp Taylor, Dean R. Terry, Lewis N. Spartanburg, SC Dallas, TX Baltimore, MD Greenville. SC ' ob.-cy... Radmfw om. ALSO GRADUATING AISO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS g Kingsley, David Logue, Patrick J. 4? ' ' , 5 1 Edison, Nj Clearwater, Fl. A 49 Rad.-Nw. Mai Orthopedic Surg. K , I l Meio, Robert W. ff ' ' , .. rf .. 4 longview, WA 2 ., if f ., gil Moskowitz, Norman l m l Y k Y ll .yf l y. fl wil , .- Y . . i In MA Ween-is. Wade S. Weiser, joel J. Ft. L'dale, FL New City, NY Urulugy Orlhapardir Surg. K, Magendantz, Henry Lincoln. Rl Ob.-Gyn. Maloney, Eugen Morehead Cy, NC Piyrhiafrjy l N ' , li . . .. H . A Ji Morrison. Sidney Hollywood, FL W W 'A lf sf 1 . .A f Sarrerfield. Ben. Nicks, Frank I. Col. Sfrings, CO 0 .-Gyn. Ai i' lv .Q- 6' , . .F .M ,wl- lt . . .Milli Schiff, Martin Raleigh, NC Orange, CT Ob-Gyn. J IT , it il I l, ilwhllll 1 -7, 1 1 mx V I , . . 1 A ...J ' Turner, Leonard Urbanialr, james Atlanta. GA Durham, NC lnl. Mrnf-Nrpb, Orlhupardici 'Zn ., . -- 155 ff' llW 'i5'!i'- V' iii- 5 it in TIM W it . Wilkinson, Tcl. Williams, Gail R. San Antonio, TX jackson, Ml Plaxlir Surgery Pijrbinlry Martin, Herbert DuBuque, lA Card, Surg, - . lil ' ' c uff ' N W. ff ny. ' M D' W ... Norins, Leslie C. Atlanta, GA Mzaf Publimlian Mx.- ' nw: 1 , .5 li ' 'wil y ly., wil. ye'-Y .ill 'll flatly lt' . ' -. -- '. vw .. 9i,.f: i 1111. . 'f ag . TU . .www ily.. , 1 wi l ,,,,,, . ,,,,, . Shearin, Wm. A. Raleigh. NC Opblhalmnlngy W li x lt, .W y A . t w ill ,dy . mi ll y I ll Av x t .mn-1 'link' h 1 ,jk Victor. Martin I. Homestead AFB, FL Famibl Pmrlire :lil .F ll flu. v MW' ' I . 1 Woods, Charles A. Faiffield, CI' Pfdiniriri Massey, Wm. J. Williamsburg, VA lnlrmal Mrrlirint .V is . Qi + . l 'MY npy, 'G . ,M l lm ,yy .. ...- , r ir .af .f 2 , Orman, Beniamin Houston. TX lm. Med,-Palm. .. I 1 McFadden, Don C. Mt. Sterling, KY ., xg, y s x l' 4 A ml' A l ,dw v ' i if . ... . -- .. ltI,r1nfw' mxgwbfyl 'iil.n:.. Y, .. ...N .... , W ,W , li . . if A Price, William F. Spartanburg, SC Inlernal Mrditinr ' ' l.l.m.a Q, llli ' My-lw 's 19 2'-fgr N. 'lx W' Y v ' s . , ,r , . will E . 'V llrll .vw W' Sime. David W. Key Biscayne, FL ..t .W H t ,,i ...Www I' .Nl s v, A, l v .- fi MJ' QYJ W, , . w ,W Waddell, Wm. B! Galax. VA Family Pfmrl-f ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Purcell, Robert Boyds. MD Hrpulilil Ru, Ralph, james W. Goldsboro. NC Riddick. Joseph Charlene. NC Palhvlogy 1 W, , S Stone, Richard C. Dallas. TX Infernal Mrdirinr - l ily-.., -wt 'w .l.....w ...M . .... M.,..'..v 1'- -l in f 3. 72 in I ,ii if A H ,-,hi-U .. lbw: Warden, Wm. S. Melbourne, FL U rolagir Surg. ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Short, Marvin J. Greenville, SC Piyrlninlry We were introduced to tuberculin skin tests and BCG vac- cines by Dr. D.T. Smith, and Dr. Conant presented the fascinat- ing world of fungi. When the early Spring of 1960 arrived, Physical Diagnosis began, and for the first time we students started to feel in a small way like physicians. How impressive it was to palpate livers, auscultate heart sounds, and visualize fungi for the first time. One member of the class gave a clear-cut description of a V.A. patient's heart sounds while standing with one foot in a bedpan and the earpieces of his stethoscope still on his neck. The clinical years passed swiftly, and the tightly organized curriculum left time only for one eight-week elective. There were long hours on OB spent sitting with pit drips . The time on Medicine was divided between the MOPC, Osler Ward and the V.A., but everyone had the privilege of an oral exam by Dr. Stead and colleagues at the end of the course. Pediatrics was still housed on the old Howland Ward, some will recall making ice cream in a donated, hand-cranked churn using Similac and crushed peppermint sticks. In Surgery, we were given the basics in general surgery at the V.A.,and on Long Ward, and then introduced to the surgical sub-specialties. Dr. Hohman and Dr. Lowenbach guided us through Psychiatry, and taught some class members how to avoid advances from sociopathic female pa- tients. By 1962, most of the class was married, and the noontime Brown Bag Club had outgrown the student lounge. The Duke Gardens provided a perfect place for the brown baggers to lunch while feeding the ducks and. soaking up sunshine. There were long nights on call, but there was still time left for short weekend trips to Morehead, Wrightsville, and Nag's Head. When Gra- duation Day arrived and we donned the academic gowns trim- med with green, it hardly seemed that four years had passed. We had received the finest possible training in medicine and were again embarking on a new beginning. George Armstrong, M.D. '62 ALUMNI 197 . m Banra, H. David 'ii-E! .- aff. wr' '. 1 1 w111j1f- -,sf 1 'F' .i Ayers, Charles R. Banghart, Harry Mrramonte, CA San Francisco, CA rm . , A Byrnes. Thomas H. Thomasville, NC lnlzmal Mm'iriur ..., . f ,. s E. Emery, john B. Lake Oswego, OR Internal llledifiur 'M ,Eli 1 wt .tif .,.s-' , ., Gunloek, Howard Washington. DC Ms l.. 11a ' it lffgz. , Hyman, Barry N. Houston, TX Ophzbnlmalagy SA I . V 'N Lewis, Edward I.. Athens, GA Dervnamlagy 198 ALUMNI Washington, DC Prrmnire Med. 32, 1 H K . x r' inn '1' ENTERING CLASS OF 1959 3 We gl mr. If f 'Q hwy. 1 . ., . A 11 t .11 in h r I. - gf. ,fp - . eg 1. Q. ' 'ilrg -i -I ,wp pa ' ,, r' , . ll 1 ' 1 1 54.3.1 f Y' A v Beamer Yancey B. Berne, Freeman A. Bl k C ' G. B 1 Tusiin. CA Lumlnermn, NC ?15us'rinf2i hzllclllallgyii Bogiiiaibiiapllflg C' Nwfvwrrfn' Dfagfmm Rad. Pryrb. 5- Num. Pfdiafffh ' in N ,W W M' 14, , T. t r i i - . . ' ' . - 4' 1 if 5- A ..-' . ,V ff, r 1 Q 1 Q ' W . ' IL-f' 4 ' . V , 24.1, 1 gsm' - .ii J '41-H .Al r A v Cai-Iron, Thomas Carter James A. Carter Wm. A. Ch , W ll H. Ch h F ld snisban-,INC fnahra. GA Springiille. NY srifisbuiiyiiia Riiezghfisiic Pfiffflffff Ofvlffowsnl-uv Plamf xufgfq Famib Prurlir: t. Win im Q, Mil a ff i , V V ,Q . 1 .g ' ,., , J ' A iiii - i ' , ,. , 1: . ., . t 1 - 1- se.:-li 1, ...il e 1. ... ' 'W 1' E t. V. -K , ' r - gi , - 1,1.A.,,. ' 'Allman L-ew ulfim' '1- ' - 'Q' - -te : -..M .... la .A 1 . . Enrman, Mark L. Epstein, Martin Farrell, james B. Furzney, Sidney Glaser, joel S. HOUSKQII. TX Albuquerque, NM Concord. NC Miami, FL C d10l0KJ' Rlmmmlw Inl, And..e,,d.,. New-opmh. W1 T ' .. w 'il ' M in. , M ,ll -' A-:..bp ,. ' 'QV' ,wi X . 9 A ' w- ' L '- - l-rfb ' 'if' li 41, - ., '- mn. f 2 .1 -f M. wit '. u--ww' ,. fb 111-' - 1 ' ' ' 1 1 1 . , . if ,,,, 1 ' ., , . -1 1 will , lil My , 5? 1 . 1 r. ' ' M if Harrison, Bren: Hasletr, Nancy R. Hawonh. Chcsrer Hogan, Leo H0llHl1d. Warren Charlotv'Ie, VA New Orleans. LA High Paint, NC Columbia, SC Rudinlagy Child Ply. 6 Neu, Inf. Med.-New. Cardiology N ,, V, - 'zz s , ' 2 A 1. . '- i 5' main! kfii I-su X a. K ov- -V'-2 1 . W 1 W . - . - i 1 ,. . . . 1' ,1 ' i '1' l' i 19,40 Imperaro, Pascal James, Charles M. Jones, jerry L, Jones, Kenneth L. KHPP- J0l'H1 P- Richmond, VA Modcsro, CA San Diego. CA Prlnlma CIW- FL Onlaapnrdir sm, 11.4. em. Nwwffw ,..,. , .1 lil 'Wil W ii1lll' ,j gl 1 1 , 1' - t1 1'f?g.l,J V- wi Q11 V, . 1 rf ff . 2. , . 4 W ' .' : v fr- -- 'Q-rv' . ' ' ' 1 , , i-1 W JH long, Eugene M. Lucey, Donald T. Marcus, Ellinr L. Markham. R. Wade Maffilh Chlflfs Burlington, NC Raleigh. NC Huntsville, AL High Point, NC .l3Ck50l'lj'1llQ. NC Db.-Gyn. mmm! lllfdlriur Demmrolagv Pfffwlfffl Y 3. ef' : , . l 5 Cline, Robert E. Fr. L'dale. Fl. c..fdfn1.1,f. sm, in Goldsron, Wm. R. Raleigh, NC Db.-Gyn. . 1 3- 'vi' .ul Holmes. Lewis B. Wellesley, MA i I lf' ' Z? . .J 1- ,Q,'LlT1i'2, 467' fl' . .- f Y Y t Ffaml- -+' ul , A.-tt - Kohler, Peter O. Lirtle Roack. AR Inlrrnal Mniirin: , , .lj , A Mayson, James S. Newport Beach, CA Houston. TX Q f , ,. 1 A .1 . Graham. Thomas P. Nashville, TN Pai Cardiology . . , ,,.. H f11 'N1 ,'4,l 1 'E f'3..fg'-1 . ., .- alt l . Hull, William M. Rock I-lill, SC Ophlbalmolagy 1 ,l 4 . Kroe, Donald j. Jonesboro, AR Ma. McBrydc, Angus, M. Charlotre, NC Orlhopardir Surg. Durretr, Robert .mi ., . 1' i 15214: ,.:,1iX. Broughron, joseph Denver. CO Pulmonary DJ. A 'ar 1 Edwards. Stephen Raleigh, NC Prdfalrifi Q' f Q -.l 'YN . Grant, George R. Raleifh. NC Interim Mnlirinr 1 v x ' :TM --5. in Q.: A-if, 44'-a 'Y Hurchinsan, W. IV jacksonville, FL Radiology f rl in 'Sri X Langer, Guy 9 A McLaughlin, j. jr. 1 L 1 . .25 ll il 1yl.,:l.1'L4 ' v' ' -M J ' 1 , , ,', 1 l l ,. ,VA . ,M A s gl rr M ! - ' ,sa 1 . lA A .4 .f ., 1 sl ' , . . M , L ' Ol' , Ph'l' B. P ' d ,J h Poll rd, Dulun D. Porter,john M. Redr.ling,james O. Robinson, Norman Robison. Michael MEQQQZTOYTVVO C1231 yiilffrig Llffie.....f do ivffhfiiffii. fan snirhfiela, NC Portland, on Boyds, MD wuimmggon, NC Gaflrarnirralagy Currlialogjl Piyrbiufry' Vaxmlar Surgery Curdmlngy A . l A 1 11 ' 1 'V f 'p N 1. 1 N A 1 1. ' 1 1 H . N l v l 1 w w ' 1 I ,Q WA1 , 11 x'-' 11 l L ., qt.',A11A Y 1 3 - l U L A 1 A A . 11 H B11 N 3 -1.13 . f . ' .f.,,'f. ' . A 'f-.L A' 4, 'Q' . ' 1 1 1 A 1 ' A1 1 1 A' ' ,- a W , - ' 4 ' ' . 11? 1 ' .argl f A 1 1 - L Runyan, Thomas E. Safrir, Henry F. Saint-Amand, N.E. Sewell, Frank K. Shin-im. Stephen J. Sproles, Eliiah Stoever, Henry Tabor, Qwen B. Taylor, Walter L Belton, TX San Francisco, CA New York, NY Liverpool Mill Valley, CA New Orleans. LA Memphis, TN Va. Beach, VA Ophlbalmulogr smimfmlw Amfgy ophfb-flffwlw A150 GRADUATI NG Also GRADUAUNG , W' ALSO GRADUATING M50 GRADUATING WITH -mls CLASS Wm., -rms CLASS W . ,ixxx , A wrru T1-us cuss WITH 'rms cuss B- k ILW J, D ' , D 1 ' ' 1 ' ' james,'Evet-err Mannarino, Eman. I:far:lfGeld, EA APO YnEil2,eNY ' , Z CA Q' .AA , Nashyflle. TN Chevy Chase. MD Publi: Hfallb Gabon Angiw JV X 1 1 I i , 1 - Y - A X JRadin1iR1-Ri, 505,95 Kai? J, Doyl , Robert A. Davis, A ' ' 1 , yn A K , A ONES. all - UKHCY. Hjllslioro mn, FL Nfmlm -1 Q - - Q .,. 3 -, -W l-,. - . , Eugene. OR Hoffman, Edward 11' - ' Lak I ,, ' .1. r 11. Nmmlav Olympia, WA - gr . W r A-:F 1 ' N '1 Kramer, Arnold Ngufpmyggq gf z x QL Wilkes Barre, PA Prdlamn 1 ' 1 .1 Thomas, Raymond Vandcrbcek, Rand. Walston, Abe ll Young, Noel W. Zahlcr, Charles Florence, SC Asheville, NC Durham, NC Durham, NC Rudiblogy U mlngy Cardiolvgy Opbilmlmnlagy 1 we . .. - 1 . ,, ,s 1- 1 A 11 A 1 ' , ' 1 ' ' - , A- 5 f,l:: ' - '-gag - - ' .. 'A ' f 452335 ,Z 1 3 1 1.211 A j - U1 ' .5514 A A A A. A 1 if 1 .111 1 1 11 1 1 1-1' 'A 1 1 .Aw 1,1ZE3 ' 1+ 11 11111 i1 , A1 A Al, rrr, 1 1 ...Wil 1, 1 1.. 11 .lm 1 1 if-1' . '11-f .A ml 'N 1 1 i 1 1A3i'.'k 1 2 1 l' 5 ' X! A l 'T 'F - I W 1' l' Du A Alexander, Raym. Allen, Benjamin Amstey, Marvin Anderson, Page A. Barber, Sidmnn BRITISH. Crawford BSU. Willis H- Bremer. Chris, Carrutl1,.l3-H105 W- Gainesville, FL Galveston, TX Rochester, NY Durham, NC Short Hills, Nj Atlanta, GA Durham, NC Kinston, NC S Trail, Fl 06.-Gyn. Pznf Cardiulugy Child Pryrhiahy lntzrrral Mzdirine lnlrmal Mnfirirlr Family Prarlirr Chase, N. Bruce Cortingham, A. Fairfax, VA Aurora. CO Aermpnn Mei Ophthalmology 1 , if 15,5 - 1 1 7 W it 1 '111.P:'l . ' ,511 , G' ,givin lb., ,Q ,I 1, ,-' -al v 1 - . ' QL -4 1 F rid? ef? ' . E.. 1.1. f 53 1 '. Q2 1' l Goldman. Herbert Los Angeles, CA Pxyrbiarry Goldman, Ronald S. Los Angeles. CA Pryrlziurfy Crummio, Robert Dobson, john L Drury, Robert W, Dubln, David B. Friedcl, Robert Gaines, j. T. Given, Kenna S. Fayetteville, NC Va. Beach, VA Glastonbury. CT Iabanon, PA Midlothian, VA Augusta, GA Pnrbiairj' Orlbnpurdir Surg. I nlrrnal M :divine Pryrbhiiny Plmlir Surgery Gooding, Ronald S. Green,ja.mes L. G . F ed ' k Hall, h H. H F T. ' APO New York, NY columbia. sc s:'1vfxj.rnf.iQ,e-gi Greensllgrg NC a's'iQiBy,rif1'g: HE2'pf3:f'flff3hn Hams' B'S'H' C4 ! 7W-'f' JUVR' Dermnmlngy Opbrbalmalagy Orthapardir Surg. ALUMNI 199 Harris, lee S. Sarasota. FL lnlnnal M nlirin: J? 'Q , 'il -av Kornreich, George Houston, TX Oialavyngalagy Hart, J. Deryl Powell Rlver Inlrrnal M edicinr I , fi ,,,, Q ,. 1 f ,, A Fm Lanning, joseph Cambridge, MA Herring, james Geneva, NY Opblbnlmnlrgy vi? . , 1 ,K Iazarus, Stephen Queens, NY Urulagy Holsinger, james Jacobson, Lenard Kahn, Herbert E. Karlckhoff, John Keranen, Victor Keys, David N Augusta, GA New York, NY Decatur, GA Fairfax, VA Fayetteville, NC Roanoke, VA Cardlalagy Urology HMI.-Ont. Oplzlbalmulog Nrurolwgeq' Otolnrp ngulogy -fs' Lewis, Kay R. Liakos, Wm. G. Lively, Edmund P, Martin, David W. McCutchan. Arthur McGraw, Ralph Rosenberg, TX Roswell, NM Columbus, NE Mill Valley, CA Quinb , SC Chattanooga. TN Prd.-Child Dev. Pedintrin Ophthalmology Mediral Grurliri Opbtbnlrmlogy Nzurnfurgeq- 4-Q i Null- Martin A- Nifkmiflf SICVBI1 Nvble. Robert C. Paulson, David F. Powell. .li-mei B- Price. Thomas B. Ravenel, DuBose Ruben, Frederick Rubenstein. Carl PEUNIH1 MERCY. NY Brookline. MA 1-CXIHBKDIL KY Durham. NC Burlington, NC Greensboro, NC Greensboro, NC Pittsburgh, PA Okl. City. OK Pri. Nephrology Child Psychiatry lnfrrtinur DS. U ralugy Putbafugy Prliiatrirr lnjifrliour DJ. Cafdirmur. Surg ...un 1 Ruffner, Winfred Rutledge, j. H. Schmitz, George Scott, William Sernfin, Donald Shields, Ralph Shiner, Philip T. Slaughter, Donald Soringer, Leonard Signal Mtn., TN San Antonio, TX Pensacola, Fl. Durham, NC Berhlehem, PA Roanoke. VA Ruxton. MD Calabasas Pk, CA Mrdiral Onrolngv Child Pryrhiahy Plurfir Jurgen- Cardiplqgy New-orurgery Drrmarnlagy Steer Michael Straub K David Strause Philip Newton Center MA Little Rock AR W3Y1lmd MA Gm 6 Val: Sur Pfdlfffflf-l ALSO GRADUATING ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS Baxley Wm W Macon. GA Dlalaryngology Eisdorfer Carl Seattle, WA Pfyrhiany Fronstin, Michael Ormond Beach, FL Pathology Gorenberg Rich Gainesville. FI. Gynrralogy Hecht, Manfred H. APO Miami, FL Orlhapawlic Surg. Hinshaw, Arned Durham. NC Ob.-Gyn. Tankel Robert H Totten Larry K Flushing NY Spartanburg SC Dmnaralogi Turner james W Oakton VA lntrmal Medrrmr Swami 'v ' -ers v OA xl, 1 14' ! V ' Q a sg' .... .iii Vernon Charles Virgin Charles Columbia SC Cardralugy Miami I' L Orrbupndm ALSO GRADUATI NG ALSO GRADUAT1 NG WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS Hyde Howard P Scottsdale AZ Flight Med.-USAF johnson. Charles Sarasota. FL Gen. 6 Thar. Sur. Mathews, Robert Lancaster. PA Orrbupurdir Xurg. Larimer Alan M Olean NY Orxhapardir Surg. LaRosa, John J. Indiatantic, FL Thrrarit Surgery Reed Ronald C. Borhell. WA Fumib Prarlirr Waters Y. N 200 ALUMNI , w Winter. Robert H. Westllcl. Ctr. OI-I Radialrgy Wilson, Thomas Kettering, Oh ob.-Gyn. ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Roberts, Stuart Stuart, FL Patbrlng Roe, Charles R. Durham. NC Arluk, Irwin Long Beach. CA Walk, Michael L. Aptos. CA w . is M 1. 4 I I ll . . , . .V bi It 'S ' Andriola, Michael 1. ...W-wr . ' ENTERING CLASS OF 1961 . . .. . ' .-. 1 1 I 1 I M J - 'K 1, I1 I, M111 . . 11 .1 1 . I' W , 1.- fs. . .N -fs -1 . . 2 . 1 I . 'M '1 ' -If ' I 'I V 'IW T 7. I 1 ' 1 1' -1 I 7 H - 1' Q -, A , , ..-ve,-J 1 ,ap ' 1 1 ' I , an - - .- K ,I ,., - ' ' . I - 'H ' 7 r ,- ' A ' ' .Q M ...rl Q .ILL Baker, Bernie B. Barbce, john Y. Bender, Wm. R. Bossen, Edwnrd H, Butcher, Gene A. Es.. , . . .W .ry .. 11 ,ll I 5' . . ! . - 1 iff' ' 1 A. ..s . em. Burcher, Suzanne . 1 .a ,Q 1 M ,111.' 1b. . 317W - '. 11 ' J I ' .. Q., .x I' 1 113. 1 , ,N if 1 .1 .M ww' 1'11x1rwl11 1l,,vl:l1wgg 1. , 'sm -'In , ' . - 1 F Q - .A ' ' Clancy. Thomas P. Coville, Fred. Clearwater, FL Eclenron, NC New Albany, IN Pensacola, FL Durham, NC Youngstown, OH Youngstown, OH Palo Alro, CA Denver. CO Nfymlpgy Radinlngy Pathology Internal lllrdkine Pathology Ortho. Surgujr 1 1'1vR , , 11,., . ff 1w2m'1'i5lW'. ' 1 ,.'fi'-V-'11 .5 . ,Q ' . .W 'I . .1 ' 111. r --gf. ' . . 1 211 ll 1 ' M. EQ!! 'F E' ' I I ,I Q I L -l.. . I-'X A' '1 ' ' ' I 3 - -1'1' ' -fl 1 A 7 - ' 5.1.5 '13 4 '.:1 .... b., .A. ' P - , fm, i, - 1- tl- 1' '. 5 s N s. 2 - . . vi ' T' 3 .vw C' 1 1 - if?-1 1f- 5 ' I gig.. -as 1 f 11 .I ff K. -. . 1. 1 2? - . 1 ner? C591 s 'f ., IQ! .1 -1 ,if Z5 -7' 'V' , r . Crawford, Raberr Dirkers. Jerome Donovan, Lawrence Dunlap, WM. M. Emlet, John L Fagin, Ronald R. Flint, Lewis M. Frank, Lawrence Gerber, Frederic High Poinr, NC Sylva, NC Esrerville, IA Raleigh. NC Pensacola, FL Savannah. GA Prospecr, KY Durham, NC Iajnlla, CA Ob.-Gyn. Hml.-Dnr. Gmeral .Yurgary llll. Meri-CLE. Gem'ralSurgery Orlblf. Surgery p-1375722 '- .1 5 . Y f- f 0 ,A ,V Y. - -3'-, - - 4' ' ---'C -1 . 1 - ' UNH ..i-,511 I 1 Ep- , f M' ' 4 ,EM V .V 1 , L, an A .ii W L J V 1 . V .g . -5: V L1-E v ., :-,- -f Q 1 f - ,- -2 4 1 2 .' 1. 1 ..:. .1 -...1 . ill -. - - -5 - P- - 1 . f ' is a A ad M. . -.41 .. i 211 Mr? -1 ' .. . 1 . -1 V' J' F ' 'V ' 7' .1111 11 1 1 ,1 an . , . ' 11 ,,,. f' . ., ,,,,, . ' Im .III 1 1' 1 1 11 11 1, I I .. II ,QI '1 .. 11 -f' ., I ' il ' Il 5Il'l1ll.. 3'I'II 11. M ' ww Is la.. r, 1: I . 1 l 1: 1 I I ' ' IW ' ' Ml 1 ' WWI .K ff? z.1:1...sd-. - 5 A. ,ad .J .4 L.- .J 0 1 .. 1 AM 1 . 1111 Gold. Herman K- Gravbeul. Fred- Greeml- E- Gross. Richard H- Gumo. Eugene Hall, Snowden C. Hamer, Russell Haslnm, john B. Hasson, john E. Boston, MA FF- WONII. TX E!Im0f1d- OK MIIIIIOX. MD Rockville VA Greenville SC Clenclenin, WV Pormla Vall ' CA . , . . - - 3' Cardmlag-y Amar.-Clm. Pdlb. Orlbo. Surgery Family Prarrm lnl. Mei-G.E, Opllmlmalagy Radiulian Onnzl. r av .- 1 .. -- ,M . -Y ,L i,-,' , . V t, 1, L ,M.e'1- . . , . 1 , . 1... . 'Q ., J ' 1 1' ' . ..... ...... . . . ,,,,, 1 1: ye Ei- Q ' '- 1 I- . - 1' ' . ' , - . 1 lair- III Il l' 'I' ' 'I . 13 9 '. '1 wi, .MW . m.. :ns. 1..T.'.....! . .ii ' -rf. 11 .1 1 . ... 1.1 ,-1.1. 1. 1....1 1. .1 1 1 . ..1 1. 1 ' . -11 . 1 W 1. ,I I wwf: ' 1' I' 'I 1 I .I IIIII I I . P' ,Mr I' Millie H L. I' IH' I 'sf Q .1 I I 'I I I I .I I II1 V , 1 . ' . . . 1 1 1 , 1 . ll 1 . y.11. .-- . 1 . .,,., A 1 ' fl 1 . 1 I V5 .1 1 1. 1 .. Y 11 1 s' 1 1 U K : .1 . . 1 gm. 11 H 1-11.1 1. 1 1 - 1 fr- 1 . ' g , , I I A 11 -ay-33 1 . , . .Q I. . , J. .1 A -' . . .A .... ' ' J -lb Q - J - 1 JJIQ1 Y HHWIKIDS. DHVICI M- Hoyle. Thus. C. Kan, Richard I. Kly. E- Daniel KWUKEI- ROIIHIII Kulvin, Stephen LeBauer, Eugene Linnemann, Calvin Lucas, Bruce, A. Durham. NC CDI- Springs CO Philadelphla. PA Chesapeqke. VA Jarksqn. MS Miami, FL Greensboro, NC Cincinnari. OH Lexingron, KY Puibalagy Opblhalmaidgy PfYfL f '7 P ! l f UVVIVKI' 0 blbalmola Pulmanary Allrfgm' lnlrmal Mrdirfnr U ral.-Renal Tnnn P D' ,--,.,..-.. .. ., , . , Y, . . . . f-- .. -f.-f-.fad 1-v-2 .r-1.11.-. .sm--sw ' . r . , ' .A -- -. - ,,.1- sffzeff 1 - .:...e4: -- -. A ' e ...r . .. . .1-.: '-,rss-I - ' 4.55, - .. ' rn- 11 - . sk.-1-2 1 gf-:gil 5,1 I. , 3 , -V: - - -' . fi I I?- . . . . N 3 , ' . 1 . . - - .mn - , .,,-- Wi? . ' . 'i. . .wil li 1' '1 Wi-N: .1. :1.,- Q - MT 'fl . 15 ' 1 . ' W ' 1 159' .N '1' Q1 I1 2.1 .M ltr... . . 11 mv.. rw 1,5 .,, 2 . :-, 11... l1:.,.:...1.1- w-1- .. l..,,,, 11 .ww . .1 11 .- 1 - 1. , . ,, 1 , . . M.. .... . .,. M , , . . .s 1 Mm. . nv.-fl.. r... . .wr M... 1.. .. ,, . ... ..1 1 . -11 . . 1.1 . . 'fill L ' f 1 1' ' ' 1 1 11 . ' ' M ' 1 , N . '- 1 , - K . W? . Z , H .I 11 .I 5. ,1 .111 .. .1.. W. ,,, ME., 111122:-. 1 5 - ,z h - r- f-gy V '-1. --ws. 2 .E 1- . .s ,--...us ,2 . ' . '1' E ' . , - ' uma-1.1 -lsr' - ws ' .. I wc. 'F' :-: :M I ' A 151:21 . 1 :il-E A J X Q 4 , W..-51: 3. , 'fr grin - r 1 I , V 'x 1, '- . .. . -111 1 rv A - 2 .- . . . LLM, .X --. I . 1 J- ' N .. 1. 1 1. . Mnrkee, j. E, jr. Maynard, David R. McArmr, Robert McCracken, Dean McGregor, Frank Minus, Joseph S, Moormnn, Claude O'Quinn, Aglaia Nuckolls, james Ylkiml. WA Greensboro. NC 53111 IjI0U5I0f1. TX Independence. LA Shelby, NC Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Galax. VA 05--Gym Afwfbffirlvxy Mrdlfff Offfvfw' Anmb..Lfgu1 Mu! Pfdfgffm 11,141,141 Mfdirinr -' -1 .3 1 K, . L A. . .,. . . . , fy 1- rpm.. y -...F 1 I 1 .v 1111 ' I.. I . A-. . :- .' .ww - . 1 ' W 1113..- 5 - I, , . IQ gg, 'rl 1 I- - Y... rr .,. , --3 -. hs 1 QQ X that -' 1 i, f ' ' 9' 2 1 1. 1' ' .' ' Odom Guy L. jr. Oken, Marcin M. PoweIl,John G. Price, Andrew R. R ' , K th R ' . P R'l Ch I P, R Lag A Rurherlordron. NC Minneapolis, MN Lynchburg. VA Wilson, NC glhllllxllrifsnirffi I Ipilnsmlg Il. C?x?1I:lcIrru,I3l,C ' Rllxglinavrgznl .Yurgrfy Hem.-Onr. Pca'r'a1rir1 lnlrrmzl Mulirinr Surgiml Onralagr Nfurumrgery Cardxlzlagy Nrurafurgsry Pzdirzlrirl ALUMNI 201 ' VV wx: 'Vwtf...-Q-m-rrw-1-wr-'Vm'f:VV . x I V - .f Af , ' ' 'I A U x '.- V, 4 tv- 'A ' 1- 'V , L W. . ' ,' ' '.'?3.lP-1 ,A ' - mg, V, , Vw :VV X VV,',V mfw M V, WV-VVVl+ ' V VVVMVQ if ' V MS, , gV .:.V ,, .- . , .V , . Vw V -1 1 .pin V , , '., .V V'- I' ' . V 'ia JL' ' 1 .' ' H. 3 'C ' -' V. V 5 -' I '-'ill -' ,- '- M 97 ' I .1V- 1 C, ' H-TV .V ,. VV' ' v . , 1, - .V ,A X . ' V ff ft.. - . ' t. Veg e Q -tg, VV 1 VV 'IVV V V 'HV V fl. VJVI VV' V' V ' 7 ': 'VVVV liz. ' V QV:-'V 3 W V. V ,, V I , V' V 'V V: 'll ' V V !MrVV V-. 'V V A V W li. Vi ll i V V , ': Qgzaazl- If -Vgffilsq ':xsj f ', 5jS,1i .th ?5' 5 ,k ' H 1 'z i 'A F-V. VV V . V V V, ' . Sanford, Edgar Saputo Leonard Scheidt Peter Scott Neil R. Zirkle Sara K. Shore ' V . , - , - V I . V .James H. Shultz, Ki k nod S , W . S b h, W, C, Elmlfl. NY Onnda. CA Htaiahlind,-MD San Francisco, CA Richland, 'WA Portland, OR Charlotte, gc gf:-Ego, T? Chrrttai-iiizoga, TN e mlm: Pryrbnmy Prdlnlrirt C-,,,di,,1,,D NH,,,m,,g,U ravens!! 'fx V1 VV 't W ,NV ' VVV..xx7 'fu r t . - V 'Vr - H- 5. . 'V . is .' , - V 1 ,V EL 'gif v VV 'fi - ,,, , qi! V W ' A 'if' ' ' V,.'..:'- A . fx ' V 'T , - t . VV , '- Z' V. 5, ' .- A m , I VV gr .S - V .,, -V I V V VV , - ,, N .9 Y f ff A H ':, rs, , . xl, 5 ' V V , V, ,,,, 3 , , , VV . , , , V A Q ' V VV? wx , , ' M ,VVIVV lVV'i'V X ' VVVVV V11 Vfeilf'-'Wd I V . V '. 'Vi 'J V 'l 4' ' ' UVVVL 1 I is ' N A Q ' Stewart, H. Lee Stone, Benjamin Sullivan, Thomas Sulzycki, JJ. Taylo , ck B. T I K h W Gal 5 W rm Ben-.INC K-Poxvflle. T15 Nof5Vlif'vA 5If'r52egZf ET gVifif5m,1sfE' ' m'C' N' Wiifiiffiy' 'V '7 K0 DD' P11 fW J' M' - Famlbf Praflir: Cardiology Ob,.G1y,, ALSO GRADUATING , V A150 GRAUDTING V J Q. ' VT2iH, : lsIC'-'fs wi? , wrm 'mrs cuss , V Q , ' W Avliggiitig U H0 as HU' - ' X 1 Cavallaro, Arthur ' f VI M ,jf SML! J' f,'j'm'ff-FL 2 Vallee-CA VVVYVVV V wfafuliiifci 1 - Nfwlm l A . V ' V o1.1,f..Pm.suf. VV A V VV V' V l V , g,,1,,4,,1,,,,1,g, Bisnenbuell - Q g '4 up , ' 1, Di crm, Anthony I V3 , ,, V ' , r wi- i sd, ,Wm , Dufham-NC .Q V 1:1 , V , Plmr,awh.NJ ' 'A -if .5 , sz ' Pafi.1'S BeIh,'f:7tJ p h'7l'5T VVVV,'.V V 'MJVVV . F b' P 'f' VSV' DV. vena, 5,,,,',m,,, C :'u '?- Lvuis ' Wi ' All Gray. Bury S. Q' lr ' W .W '12 'full Copley. Oli Jchnlsgjtgbfgzg TN . 5 - ' 1 Thomasville, GA ' I ' ,. . Famib Pnam ,V VV '33, l 'VVVVf 2 ' Williams, jack Wright, Creighton Y , W. S l Lu: f l, h Shelby, NC Iowa City, lA arsfiiham, blame l.ar?c:fste'i-?s1fR Otoluryngolagy Cardwrlzor. Surg. Prdialrin Ozalaryngalngy ,, , VV ,1,x 4, V , V ' .WYVV V VV T if' ', JVV ' V, il 7 V V Vw , ,, A M H WV . V A M WLVVVM fi 3 ' fi VVVV 'l A V 'VV-' 'V l' 'H H l W F Q V VV ,V - VVV1, ,,-VV in M J-V-V V. H V pa? I L , I - :N A I V, if A R -1 V i . 4 , Y , I v U ,U U 2 -X . .' K: V ,,V. VVSVVQV V V ' -il Q Vt, V 'V V V l V1 QV ' ' lu, 'V ' fQl ' V ,V l .. V' '.V, .V ,. 'V , ll' ' t ' ' , V V , ,V M l -Ml'lV',w, , N: ,AV V V N: , V M A ,V -V 1 1 Adler, Charles S Alexander, james Allen, B. Titus Allen, David W. Allen, Kenneth Appen, Richard Ballantine, R.M. Bechtel, Richard Berry, Peter E. Denver, CO Gainesville, FL Durham, NC L1 Grande. OR Prospect, KY Madison, Wl Honesdale, PA Green Bay. Wl Griffin. GA Pfyrbiarly Inl. Med. - Endo. lnlemill Radiology Ophthalmology Hwmnpallqy Ob-GY!! VV , 1 VV VVV ' V 1 V V V VV I , V A V:VAVE.MmVVVV.V V- Q -A W fo, : ,L f f r V V VV V V, V s- ' ., V V VV V ' , ., ' ' V V' , 5' V, . Q VV. r. A el f -V 'Q J V- V P , 12 .VVVVVVV ' V V VV VV , ' ' V' l ' A . ' ' ' ' ' V f V L 4-- ff . ' V -' ,F ,V 1.441 VV, ..,., V 'W ,VVFI if 'f' A r V ,J , V , H, -V 9' A Vw V H V V Ah i Bl d, W'I R, B d , E est C. B dfo d, Joh Brian, Earl W. Brown, Robert G. Burk, Peter G. Carr, William A. Clark, Joe L CDGQUV Edwin B- Eilllin sf liixl' ollvliieclasoi-TWI lfliissoxila, MTI' Pasadena, CA Opelika, AL Bronx, NY Beaverton. OR Lynchburg, VA Kmsron, NC Razgolugy Mfdiral Ontology Anellbllia Plai. 6 Reran. Surg. O b0P 'd 'SWE' 'V ' V , V' VV V M V' A l ' H' ,,, V 4 'PIE V ' VV ' - ! 'Q .5 VV 1'.'VV 1-Z ,uw Vi- , V V QE ' V. V ., ' in 1 Vi V- P V,-.V , -4' V.: ' 1 5 ai 'V . . 1 V- i -VL . , '. f ' N. V MV ' ' ' .- V V :V , ll. V V ' VV VV VV' V Vi , ,V,VVV'VVl'1V, 'li' Y VV 'lm V, VV 'V ' A W. . , .4 A ' I . - f' - FV . . A - ' ' bert B. C k, h N. C l , Ch l C 'e, Patrick Davis, Walter E. Dick, W. Barton Dillingham, Wm. Duke, WH. Ferns, Barry hiker: Ru Ccximcoig, :xc lljlgiwgvcr. girl-is Wirgagim-Salem, NC Durham. NC Lexington, KY Burlington, NC R05h,P !n' Bamb' 'f,5'.l5 WA Hem.-Onr. Prdmmrr p!J'b'4 lV Gm. 6 Van. Surg. 202 ALUMNI Pryrhinfry -'- 'vw' I + ,. , f.. , ,522 :I A .Q ' U .3 Ford, Raymond F. Charlor'vIe, VA . .1 .. ...M ,N- 7 K r 'M 'x . ' 'w . M X A K ' Herron, Charles jackson, TN Dzrmalalngy 1 F 4 'T l A' rm... , 'lvl , ,ww , .Lak , Martin, Mitz M. Easley, SC Radiation Om. l, , 1 . Nucifora, T.L wif' Remy, MD. r , v 1 v 5 .M l Snead. joseph A. Amcricus, GA 5' 4 v W' ' .ll l ,ez M A' ' Fox. William W. Gladwyne, PA jf x ' '. CQ ' It ,ggi A Hitch, David C. Ok. City, OK Pniiatrir Surg. r McCully, james G. Sr. Sim. Isl, GA Diagmulir Rad ,ff -, . '1', 'l' ' d '- LAL.: L Obenour, Wm. H. Housmn, TX I nlrmnl M rditiue Q i Rich, john M. Kettering. OH Cnrdialugy V . ,,, Q '51 . A Gem:le,jane T. Hillsboro h, NC Parhililgy ill' W -.. A . :' Y . ll s, V9 W Y up X? Graham, Doyle G. Durham, NC Nrurupalhalogy MFL, f f 1 if I ost, 'H r - 4 Hopkins, Christie Columbia. SC Carrlinlogy , 1 K L McGregor, Douglas Overland Pk., KS Parlmlogy W0 ,, ' il, - L Q . . W 1 l 1 - MV Osteen, Robert T. Chestnux Hill, MA X Z Robertson, james Pac. Palis.. CA 4 ,. V r, 1 Threlkel. Robert jacksonville. FL Prdialria -1 1 I If Grant, J. Andrew Lurherville, MD I ., ff R. 'H ... , 5- N Hudson, Terry M. Gainesville, FL Diagmulir Rail. Smith. Roberta M. Savannah, GA pf rf. ,r il v mf' J , Greene, john E. Grand Ra ids, Ml Urafiigy , viii 6? f P, t J ' .xy-f Sq' N ll' ,, Q A Q ' Sacramento. CA -'-- ---- ww ,T -l, N'l,,u'!: ', - i, :nw F 745 4 Johnson, James R. Q Mignonc, Robert Swampscorr. MA Q f Q A 'Y 'C' Grehl, Todd M. Palo Alto, CA .HW ' f .F 'J ,Q 3 S .4 Kline, George 1. Pawnee, OK fi' x .1 l I A 4 Ill I ' I ,gf Morriss, Frank H. Houston, TX fl 7 lf ,l WH. , Y w 'MvFl l yi A 4 . 'I I fa s Halikas, james A. Mequon, WI Psyrh. 6' Med, Ed. 4 f an L - A. r 'K .- Kohler, Stewart Fredericksb' , VA Rbeumulaigy M, fl A I 1 X all an xf 'ir Nash, james L Chapel Hill, NC l H ww, V, ,. ' v if v , 1' 1 7 fa .V Nmmzlulagy Prhydimy Nra. 6 Peri. Med. Purbialry - N.. , . ' . .,, Q r I .av W , . 7, , , , ' yu A 4. f- . '5 ' 'z. Q ' , A :':Y 2- I ' . , Q: L ' ., 21' ,F l ' - L I' ' Q 'f ,: r V L . -. . 1. . ' . 1 :-3: Painrer. S., Jr. Palmer, Earl A, Perriello. Y-A Pierwn. Willard lake Oswego, OR lvv. VA Raleigh. NC Pnl, Oplyb, Prdialriu Inf. Med-GE 4, - . . ,- L, '-+3 -H : -1 : ' li al' l l 57 , ' 'Q , - ,ff - P! kin! 'Tu 4. .4 . ' L. 5... . . Rozear. Marvin Saltz,-lames E. Scarborough, W. jr. Shock, John P. Pensacola, FL Tucumcari. NM Linle Rock. AR Prdiulrirl Ophilulmalag-y In 3.:TAy,: ' 4 .fi -597 I , :Y , lie . X. 3 ffl Q. 'Z T sag V ,. X-N ' rc ' w , 1 x L I' il ' ' l 1 . A'-. ik :iv . Wasserman, Louis Weber, jaroy, jr, Alexander, Ann W. Wilson, R.A., jr. Va. Beach. VA Woodside, CA Gainesville, FL Plaflir Su rgzry ALSO GRADUATI NG ALSO GRADUATING ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS WITH THIS CLASS Katz, Sheila M. Ray, Karl A. Smith, David H. Gladwfne, PA Lansdale, PA Savannah, GA Par Jalagp- Pxyrlamny Plaxlir Surgery Newmark. Emanuel Lake Worth, FL Dpblbalrrmlngy Scott. G. Stuart Washington, DC Mui 6 lfulm. Dir, Obenour, Linda Houston, TX Oplnlmlnnflagy Stewart, john J. Sraten lsl., NY Valicenti, James Providence, Rl - ff gl l ll, H ll .. . rw, x . '-' ' 'A,u2.. ' -J Hammett, Elliot Chapel Hill, NC l lf mf 1 5, Lewis, Alvin M. Rosenberg, TX Fedr. Cr Adel. M rd. K J Miifll 11. .. W WA, l N41 M 5 , A Niemeyer, Charles Gasmnia, NC Ortlyapafdir Surg. if-vw: .2 P Price. William D. Summerville, SC Ophthalmology . , .Ury 1, H 'il , ,fr ,, U , , Y , Smith, Craig T. San Francisco. CA f, , ' li Witherspoon, John Richmond, VA Aunt. Prajf Mai Hayter, George M. Anaheim. CA Y f 'l . is ., , 'ag ...A Iahrbauer, Leif jacksonville, FL Cardiology K...-.gay-B,-M --f--- ef- vr.-'J v .L K' -:w..Jl,wQM ' I A l- llv mv ,Wx '-33w3l l1lm , le 5' Norton, Charles Sewickley, PA -Y l , Q ' I S 3 Redding, Marshall E'berh City. NC Ophlhalmnlagy 'fri , ! M ,, -' f if W l Smith, David L Edmond, OK Inf Dir. 5 Epid. , v , 3. jf Zirkle, Lewis G. Richland, WA Orllyapazdif Surg. ALUMNI 205 W 3 1 Yep Aaron. P. W . Brown, Gerald I.. ., as-0 Allen, David G. Carthage, NC Mrdiral Onmlugy i W JH' 9- X W 1 Brown, Walter A. . -. , r .131 i.',.' McLean, VA Providence, Rl Ply 5 Pxyrbnanal Pryrbmlvj V ,,f- ' 'A I.. 5, iz .A Q - J : A :fi li it ee FC C 'ly ' fm., . Vw- -' .. ,, . V, , , r- . . ' 'T' Crawford, Fred Mt. Pleasant, SC Thur. 6 CV Surg. Gaines, Robert W. Columbia, MD Danford, jerry L Durham. NC . i'-rf I - . S ., ,. I r 'l V . Gnllis, Harry A. Auburn. Robert M. Ventura. CA Ob-Gm-Injirl. mg.: Buehler. John M. Evanston, ll. Int. Med-Palm. Dean Arther J. Columbia, SC Dmnaxulagv Gallotto . 1 !!,! . X ' ,Af ' ENTERING CLASS OF 1963 Austin. Henry V. South'n Pines, NC ,i 14g,1! fit, Bunin john T. Marrinsville, VA wi' 'n. oehm. H. syim Greenville. sc Urology Gianaras George Bath. Nicholas M. Stone Mm.. GA Umlugg- . MT' fl M Burwell, . Dclse, Frederick bus Alros Hls, CA Pxyrlziany Giordano. Vincent Beshear, Robert Montgomery. Prdinlrirx Butler Stephen Orlando. Fl. Urology A ui, 14.3 ' .Q V Dodson, W. Edwin Sr. Louis. Grade David L Blackburn. Wm. W. Atlanta. GA Plauir Surgery Campbell Barry Carlsbad, Radialngy Farber Mark B. Indianapolis. IN Pulmonary Dix. .:' Boggess, Howard Durham. NC Chervin Paul N. Lexington. MA Neurology Flahex-ry John T. Baltimore. MD hu. Mzd.-Card. . nqfifu. tx, .. 3 f f '- l Broadbent, David Rochester. NY Pfdialrirx Clark, J, 5.1. . Futrell, Willium Pirtsburgh. PA Planir Surgrry I ' J l l' M tl lf ll illlllil . 1 , . r 1 iw- i ' LMA -. l ' ' C M Eg . J I , - . l' , ' J' ' ' ' fi . 4 W llw' M ,Wi ll, . ' W ' 0 f , 5 X W' X 7 r l WJ 5 J Ke ' AL ll willy 3 , . .ly . ' Hr , . r l A 5 ' . ' f Q- f ' Q lx ww 5 f' r A., V' V' . 1 ,L 1.-. K My N w fi. 4 h Atl W ,W I 4. '4 ' is t . W . - . CA l nf l will JH? l 1 D., il. ll l WM l l f ll l M ...vw -. ,,,, ,, . , 'Ar-1 ' - w ' 4, . v i ,- J V-J' ' i 'v A , ' t. M1 L . V L f-, ' l A l 'Q .W a , M lm 4 Y it 1 l A was w H E. A vr 'N - .vi 'Ml will Q H Q f 'lo ' l l ll' .il 'U 1 tm rl .K 1 ' Mo ' ' 'Q 4 Q 1 ll. ' . 1. XV! Q , jr w I l 6 . 1, fi .1 , ' f ll 5 t . Af 1 f v i . i t . A t H qv . S Y, 1 ' Q' X b , i 1 - ,L x . ,,, 1... S, 1 Q- ' ,rw I ,Y ' -r 4 Rx c PFW A . 1 X i ,S A 5 nllwlllk.. L .J - ' Chapel Hill, NC onhapfdff sm, ln1.Mfd.-lnff nz. 1 H l ll Wi ., WW lgllillil Sf, i ,i ' in N V-' w '- -- , -- Y . . , -, LQ, I V1 . gr i s. u ' ' A r -'f L -' A 1' I . F -4 - 5 ' . .Fl . 2, vi. A 1. , li 4 'lf lofi 11 'H ' 6:5 A l . - ' l Endicort, NY Martinsburg, WV Radialogy Hur-per, Eugene J. Harrisonburg, VA Gmrral Surgery Sugioks. Mary H. Chapel Hill, NC Prdiulrio 1. 19: Hollister. David Olivette. MD, ., '. Ji. -1-., :V 3.541 A l . ' ' , K , R be M. Lev'ne, Michael Huddlesron. John Jones, D. Jugmxsgyjagince Julsgsllm. Kinegslgginggne Klein. G Um 0 'Y ssgmwggdtggb p,4'f,1y2f,. Canrn Renarrh Cardiulagy Pediatrin P' 'HW' 'f ' ' ' . r i 'J .if 1,351 . 5 3? A fl 15433. Pg, ::'fF2.f?i iff' .alillfffil X W1 rQ'f!52:i.1 ku 1 . igaf. . M h , M' M Le B D, McMillan, Michael Meriwether, Del, Miller. Robert F. Lynch- Cllule' T' M mlmpF's' Mums' D' Maiffililliinllilicen iftlediglb, dim gethildirgilll Conway, sc wrsunsfof. DC sau Lake c v. UT Mad' ME Calfjillzlvlrfr Di! Prdiarrif Endo CardiulaK7' 0 '10P'd'f5 'SA Hamm UU ,,, . . 204 ALUMNI - - V inffefm-2 ef ,f-f 1- s 'l5?T,i af: i f ff- ' ' , A, P'tfzf ' - - iE:'fi5'5i5ll1 ' -' ' o 1' 1- 1 'Q-N ,,,... .,,... . ' l iii gill - lit- . . .S . .Il if -Y W' ' illllifl -iw , ' Y Y . . .u 'F 1 ' '. .M--ll.. 'i ' I il wi 1 1 -fl li ii... il i Wi, J !,,, 1 if - lf 1 ii .--'A will .. ' ., .w- ..l 'vll w N i ii ii i 1 -- . . li- ' Wm :nil-ll' f. lfili X . - ' ' 1 i H wi., , ul . wt . 1 . it tau it i N . L ' W, .liz Otchin Neil S Parker . Peery, Charles V. Raynor, A. Clark Riddick, Daniel Robinson, Stephen Rogol, Alan D. Rosati, Robert A. Samuels, jesse Bethesda MD Charleston, SC Stuart, FL Torrington. Cl' Greensboro, NC Charlorlvlc, VA Durham. NC Carrboro. NC lnl Mzd Admin Ob.-Gyn. Pl-1JlirSurgrv7 Oo.-Gyn. Ncurniurgery Prdralrrrr-Efzdo. Cardiology Fam. 6 Emerg. Med. i ,,,.,. . , . , l. i l . 1 i li i.. 1 V. .. .. 1 . . 1 , 5211 f ' WW 'N ' in ' Win N 1 . f ' ' Y . i'Uf'i:W1l 4. zW '- V ' ' li il- . A. 1 i . iw i. al- lv .J s ., ... 1 Q llwfjg .ll it . 1 HL .iz . N . i f li ' i x 12: iw . 'wif in . lu. l'.2'l iill:.if'1l:i 'll ii 'fl---N W urs: 'lull' ii il li. l will l ' fl.lill'lJ M12 1 , . W 1 1 llfll 1 . , ' H, ,311 My. ' ' ' L ' 5,3 i A - ' 1 ' 1 ' Q: Nifty, l L '- 2. 1- --f' ' .,.. f Zi N -- liauffo 72- l il 7 f' ' Saunders Wade H Scarborough, W. Scherer, james Schneider, Henry Segal, Herbert E. SPBFOPOI-1105. A- SKQWSU- leffml' Slllbbil AUSKUH Tl1fBSl1. Melvin L Asheville NC Raleigh, NC Winston-Salem, NC Huntingdon V., PA Silver Sprung, MD Frurfax Syn. VA Winston-Salem. NC New York. NY C, dwjoy pndjaj,-y Umlggy Pryrhmny Um. 6 Ura. Surg. Piyrhmlrjr il ' ' will ll- lwil .y'lili.wiw wi :ll - Will' ' 2 'l'.l9ikj: 'l'li'll'l ' ilu'-, 1 171' 1 I . W if M lilli illf X. ' 1 ,, mp , , ' .1 :iw fu ' ' ' ' H: ' ' 1 5, , lim . my ii, ,il ' ' i n ., K . , K , Y, Y Q. V . i H iz, ,W an , - H h H T I , Th W. U rl ood Le C. Vollmcr, Robin T. Vletterau, Norman Wilfnng Robert Williams Donald Willson, Leroy M. Willwerth, Ben M. viffiii .gg oc '1fp...,f '1f3'? nicfliiiinzml. iii Durham, NC Dansville, NY New aim, NC san Diego, ca Mama, GA Elmira, NY Surgirial Pallz. Family Mrdirins Nruromrgery Piychialry Cardiology Gan. 6 Val. Sur. U8 Varrulav .Yurgrq I nl M rd.-H em. Ont. U mlogy ALSO GRADUATI NG i ,ll H ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS 1 t'- ' WITH THIS CLASS Ayers, Ieona W. ' fl Ip Head, Rufus W. Columbus, OH , ' -- Grams Pass, OR Clin Pulh G M frm ', lily Radiology Beck, Robert L ,A , Modir, Jamal San Antonio, TX ,' '-. , San Jose. CA Clausen' Jack L vm L' G':neralSurgrry Lajolla, CA ' ,' Smith, Sandra M. Pulmonary Mei K . Tucson, AZ Gerber' Carl J. . Prdmmu Tacoma, WA W., ' Pryrh. 6 Numa. ' A Woodard, Thomas Lakeland, FL U rology I write as a member of the graduating Class of 1967. This class represented a group of students selected on an individual basis without a computer and under the weight of far fewer guidelines than are currently directed at admissions committees. This class enjoyed the benefit of being selected by Drs. Markee, Fetter, Hendrix, Howell, Hull, Peele, and Rhodes. Students were very much aware of the fact that they were individuals selected from a variety of backgrounds, geographical areas, and previous academic exposure. From the first days of the first year, it was clear that the Class of 1967 would learn anatomy in dark, poorly ventilated, and highly malodorous rooms, and that we would share the Ana- tomy faculty with movie making, TV experimentation, autop- sies, clinical teaching, publishing, and admissions duties. No department was to take the interest in and the time with this class as did the Anatomy Department, under the direction of such people as Drs. Markee, Peele, Duke, Everett, and Hether- ington, and ably assisted by the likes of Alice Wheeler, May King, and Sam Agnello. Our class enjoyed a great number of the early faculty who, under the guidance of Dean Davison, had been very influential in developing Duke into the place of prominence it enjoyed in the l9'50,s and 196O's. Students were frequently reminded of the impact that johns Hopkins, the University of Chicago, Emory, Stanford and Harvard had had on Duke's early develop- ment, and were equally aware of Duke's contributions to the Universities of Florida, Pittsburgh, Ohio and Indiana. This class was one of the last under the original curriculum of two years of basic science followed by a series of rotations through clinical specialties the last two years. Early on, there were the Animal Tower, the old anatomy and pathology labs accompanied by poorly lit classrooms, and the famous, but cold and uncomfortable, amphitheater. One of the hardest lessons to learn was how to operate the elevator between the Dope Shop and the third and fourth floors without ending up in the Animal Tower. By the end of the second year, everyone felt that they had arrived. We had enjoyed the likes of Dr. Markee, Dr. D.T. Smith from Microbiology, and Drs. Forbus and Kinney from Pathology. Everyone had had their Mumps testings and BCG, and we were convinced by Dr. Chuck Mengel that no one but medical students could do CBC's, U!A's, LE Preps, and Stool Guaiacs. Black Jack Flanagan, M.D., had done a good job of showing us that all of physical diagnosis was based on what you could hear, see, feel, and gain from proper questioning. We were aware that Dr. George Baylin felt all of medicine was in terms of black and white and found on a viewbox. Finances were improving during the years this class was at Duke. The stories were still there of interns working for Dr. Stead on a schedule of 13 days on, 1 day off, in exchange for room and board and 31325 per month Cthat meant 312 hours on and 24 hours off with a bed in the old Baker House and food ALUMNI when you could get through the cafeteria linej. However, the class was assured that the house staff would be paid better in the future and quick money could always be raised by selling a unit of blood, selling out for experimental testing in Radiation Medi- cine or for experimental cathetherizationg and if the men hap- pened to have the proper blood type, Dr. Christakos would sometimes need sperm for his matched artifical insemination program. Socially, thanks to Duke's geographic location and its admi- nistration, we learned the proper way to segregate the large public wards was by color, not by sex. Therefore, you decided whether your patient was on Long or Osler Ward after you found out whether he or she was black or white. ' CPC's were fun and the highlight of the week. Med students were ideal EKG technicians. Dr. Stead and the Department of Medicine were king , There was little interest in training the GP or Family Physician, and we were all convinced by Dr. Parker and the Ob-Gyn Department that no one with less training than a third-year resident could do a D8cC or deliver a baby. C-sections were a no-no. Dr. Sabiston was establishing his pecking order, and had pushed the old-timers to the back, fired the anesthesia group, and made it clear that he was in- terested only in training future educators. Dr. Lowenbach and the Department of Psychiatry did their best to convince us that all of medicine was psychiatry, while the likes of Drs. DeMaria, Spach and Spock did their best to convince us that pediatrics was really more than practicing big people medicine on little people. This was a class which was fairly close and probably the first of the transitional classes in Duke's move toward a new curricu- lum. The days were very busy and much fun, and were probably best portrayed through the efforts and good work of the likes of Drs. Mike Levine and jesse Samuels in their class play produc- tion entitled Cram-a-lot . Jim sam, MD. '67 ENTERING CLASS OF 1964 -' ' -at '11 1 I , : i , - 1. 1J'!' 1 ' www 1l9'1 11 . Sw i t A Q1 1 gig! dw , 4,4 U' 11,.'...,,,-. 1 , W, . 4,1 vii jf. g .3 Y L Q f:. 5' di if T' . '51 .ff 'x ' is ' i . Y M , , f ,ii . . 1 1 ii X ' '- M. l., V an 1 u swlllwx 'll ll I 'YL ' ' 0 I ,, :ai ua! k I , , ' h 1 , A k' h B l' , S h B' k , P r Block Michael A. Brickman Martin Carlton. 511192 Chee :Al an Abbey' W D Anzxgtgfltcvr J 5g,f:2:,l?'Glg, D l:al:lgl:1m-:li,ign Emilia, San Flancisto, CA Santa Motlica. CA Rodeo. CA Evansville, lN Piyfllialvy lriiernalfllrdiriru Dffmfvlvv 1'flQ ,Lak 0 i W 1 Q v I I L , ' ' , , S-1. 1 .I f f 'M ' S r-A ,. ir M' 4 '. 1 'll ,1,, A-1 ' CL, 1 VN lp Sl 1. . a t f ' 1 1 uw-W4 1f W ,i lil 1 r.-' - .. L' 'I 14... 1- .f 1 -.a , .gl J M-if l -W: 5 4 ,I r 3 .N U - Q 5' X , N, ,EN-.., Wi. ' .N i . 1 p,,u, if , , t .:ff:'Eg., 'rt . -4597: S 1 ' 1 Damiano, Richard Crosson, Ann W. Englewood, CO Cook. ,loseh W. Brookline, MA Chotiner. Gemld M i GA Charlotte, NC Durtera, julian L1 Grange, CA Elmore. Wm. G. Ellwangcr, Fred. Roanoke Rfds. NC Radio agp' Edwards, Sam B. Chesapeake, VA Mor antown, WV Eisenberg, Carl M - n WI Prialrir Cami t q no . - Puiiafrztx Dafrsxzlpy Cgfdgfayc. Surg. Ananzmir Path. Carf1mISurger31 Mrdiral Onmlugy is ,, , 9 1 A , l l ' Il lfll' L ' QE ,131 4 if -. 'i . . ,. ' 'Q my Lain - ' .1 1 ' l 4 ,- I A , I 3 ,'.,. Y. Nt- , 'Q M . 1-:xy .i f N L3 : -- ,- 1, 1 ' 1' , . 5,5 wi Nw My Sli Q, l:l': Mn- -iii' I :wi M W' ,,,,. ' V 1 f . 1-10 il Mill' Y . . - F , El' rim, Frederick Ems1ac.RobenJ. rntmanmsiqgiaen Arghy. i-lufh gh rclgisalylutlninaflgilxn. S5-:Figs HE Fvxgfmallimq Fffg3hPfj,'glaf 5533, MK' BQj,j'L'2f,'Q,j,fjQg,g f' ,gfiijly C l,'l,f'f5j3,, L'q E' rm. 1i4f4.JP,.1m. Child Piyrbialry Pulmnnmy Mia. Rlnrum.-All. cf lm.. A , i Y-H my ,v , ,,,,,, ,, ll., ' W ill ,il , ,gif l ff'-w. ' ' A , J ' ,' - ' 'L ' f '- , 4 , V , ' I f V, 7 Q 4. QA , A L ,ww 'fi' 'L S V ' Frank Hargjohn M.H. Henley. T omas F. F I h G ld b , R b . Goodner. David M. Green, Rnchard Haberlgern, Robert Ha.ll,1an-ics H. Harnsnn, G b ' NC KeIiInd:'Iiod?l:?A an O ITcdil:BAL o K Philadelphia PA Pmsburgh, PA Washington. DC Easrville, VA Ona, WV Gljlglagxif teiirzagfyii. Ob,-Gyn. lnl. Mrd.-Allergy 206 ALUMNI 1 A I M rn m f lm. johnson, Laurance San Rafael. CA Child 6 Adull Ply. hu. QW I F. 2 ' ' ' . .1 ' li ' 4 if -Q5 ' . - . ' 1 f - + . ,.- ' . ' . ' ' ., 1 . ' ' - . '. u N w. 6 Q64 Q., ,V . t W' .N ,,,.. A 1 I . A I H Th M . - ' - ' , H k' , E. H h' ,F. yers, omns . Lalnperil. IHS Hegfggglggvli P' .QR Blcgxghiagfs H I.?gcl'iI:ZrglTI,'A Gli2inilliigll5C Aurora, CO Berlin. Gemlanl' ' 01,,Gy,, 5 Endo Orxbnpnedirx Inl. Med.-Pulm. I-ga. ., V 1 'l' 1' ' I :1 ' I 5, , ' ,Q - ,. ---I .V . H i . - , . rf fa. . , W W M la M W ww- Ml .s..L'.:a. Siem? ' I' 1 'W ifl K.,-. were . f...- .....l . '.,'?'7.-14.7 . 3 - ' 'K 4' ' - if V 'W il 3 , If lwdlllllllmw MJ! 'Ml 'I ' vb-t.ll.l.n ' gy, . ...Wil Kidz'-11-fs. 39' Klein. G.B. Kunsrling, Ted R. Kwan, Arnold M. Lebbin, Dennis R. Logan. Wfs' jones, Howard W. Larkspur, CA 0b.-Gyn. l. . . 5,,,.m.,. . Miller. R.D. aw, will 1, WMU ,.pl,,w.:M,- .V ., 1, i 'ug , -Q FW., ' 1 I 1 Reisman. Terence Tallahassee, FL Gailmnlemlogy Srucky, R, Chris Cbild 6 Adult Pxy Kern, Frank Philadelphia. PA Drrmaralugy rea . ' J? -c, . rl . W ,,.. W 1 . Miller, Richard Serauker, NY Dmnamlugy l ...- .j ...vw Wm, .611 :mg Sarver. Edward J. Ogden, UT Diagnoxlir Rafi ..afif7 Qg . W. , l Tzfr, Charles V. N. Brunswick. NJ Winsmn-Salem. NC Ortbupnfdin Raleigh. NC Pulmonary Dinan Washington, DC Urul 6 UralSurg I 1 , ll 'Q I-4 vm .. - Q V .U ua pf ' k ,, ', ..a.....-v Mm' N Q' N.-www -l-- ' N113 E? 4 fl Moore, Terence N. Charleston. SC Radialvgy fl I A .r ' JR E Stligson, David Roxbury. MA 'N' .ff l' . Q Q 4 Taylor, Andrew T. La Jolla. CA Nucl.-ar M fdirinr Mormon, Robert Poromat. MD Gaxiromlrrofagy 'L ,. . , A 'alt W l M... . ' M .,. ,. ,......- . Seningen, Ronald Virginia. MN Radialugy ' .T 3.. .I W' ,A Q Thursron, Thomas Salisbury, NC Ob.-Gyn. A150 GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Katz, David H. La Jana, CA Imrruumlagy Levy, Bertram J. Porr Townsend, WA Urology Stasikowsld. J. Fort Worrh. TX Orlho G Hand Surg Udey, John D. chmgo. 11. Wilson, James W. Tulsl. OK Older, Robert A. Hillsboronfh. NC Radia agy .... . - Sherwood. Geoff. Waban. MA Bland Banking ,Wi mwzxiv ,, V - Aa' J ,- dee f 1 f- Kirkland. Rebecca Cherry Hill, Nj 3 in MAXIM Wynne, Marigail Richmond, VA Clarendon, H. IL hu. Med.-Enda. . X fi .. :IJ . 'sw . 7 .J , J Park, William T. Mobile. Al. Orlbopurdirx W W v lf., . 'I A. Mm - Silvers, David Mandcrta. Donald Charlene. NC Boalsburs. PA Demmlnfay lnl. Med.-G.E. - gg my 'F' ,af . A ... ,L- ili , ...W-M.. WI U .. V lr? ,,'. ,M .MN 'J W' ll' M. Parker, Michael Winston-Salem, NC Radiulagy X is ' .....lT Simpson. Joe L. New york, NY chicago. IL Pulb. G Demi. Ob.-Gyn.-Grrulirx W 2 W aw 'if f' si' , . ' lx: ' lla., .Bl ld wud, Harlan wener. John P. Hollywood, Fl. New Rochelle. NY Pla 6 Rrlvn Surg. Rdd.-Nurlnr Mrd. Plonk. James W. Charlotte. NC I nl. Mui.-Emla. ' . i 'l? W Jill' lwf.-w l i - , ' Snider. Joel J. Campbridgc. MA Inlrrnal Mcdirinr 'x n in-we l 'Y YJ Mmm ,W .N , A ll' Wheeler, Wm. F. Gainesville. FL VI lf W Am. l t. 'F h X .Fx . 3 . r 1 K 0' ' I 11.751 A ,. . ,, J0ne5, Darnell Greenville, NC 06.-Gyn. '. . l ..l.. l . . -' X -P f . Marcus, D.L. V , ' I Wm .N QS, f Porter, Roger J. Rockville. MD Neurnlogy mx l Q 9 ll X ll r 'X v Sollek, Mark G. Seattle. WA Inf. Med.-Nrpli, gina ,. '- f V N .l Wohlgemuth, S.A. Arlanra, GA Internal Alnlirinz Q 'Gif 1, vig- ll xx In 'Ab 1 ta. . Li Unidentified, Eugene Stead, Bill Ward, Sltig Burton, Harry unidentified, Esther Costel, Chris Stahl Csittmgj ALUMNI 207 1965 ENTERING CLASS OF ' ' -. f - f' 31 - ls r, l ., i- H M ,1, H ' A 3,15-Tiff., 4 QW if ' ' llllwlll - W, ' 'f el W ' ,W will .rf A ,. H ., w v ' H . -:l u iw 'ly H 'N- ' ' ' 4 1, - - ' . I - 4-5 gig Y .Y -3 f Q. K., ' - ' C :gr . ' l H 'X' :I Af' ,J ws.. ,L . A f' , 4. - '. e- 'A 1' 'Mei-W , ,, ,V A xv- it ' ,. 1 f il W . 4. A .J .4 - f . A ' g , : Ayer, Frederick Bierfeld, James Boylston, James Budd, Daniel C. Carmalt, Dunne Chang, jack H.T. Cohen, Harvey J. Cook, Jay David Crowe, John K. Balumore, MD Miami, Fl. Charlorre, NC Montville, NJ los Angeles, CA En lewood, C0 Concord, MA Dallas. TX Phoenixr, AZ Palbology Gmeml Surgny Peislrir Surgery Pei:-Hem. Ont. C bild Ncuralogy Dmgnnrur Rad, A T, , -5 4 7 '15, rf . . fp inf. H ' ,.- . .,-. f, f' e: ' fi' 5,97 ,X H. I, ,' ' .+ r 73' 'i' ' f' L , w ,- '- .dxf in 'Z W Al, 2 ', , .QV . ' A ,-. '- A . , 1-' ' ' 1' E' ' . 1 be 1 , 4 '-W 1,1 ' l l , ,, W ll f , l- ' ,p f avi' LH I ef W e W . ' .3 ,I - - .4 , . - 1' ' ' ,. ir' .H '. Y . b ' ,Q gms .,. , -A f N- , ' I . if W W H M AM 4 mfiwl N ' Cruiluhank, D.P. Davis, Arthur B. Deviro. Perer C. Dixon, Richard H. Dunn, Neil M. Elson, Melvin L English, Thomas Entmacher. Mich. Faunrleroy. Thom. Bethesda, MD Long Beach, CA Sullivan ls., SC Sure College, PA San Anromo, TX Nashville, TN Arden, NC Paxron. MA Easron. MD EM 6 Plawfl Plawf Fwsw P-ffbvl-un Drrmalnlag Gmeral slfgm mm.-on.. Caniialagy . H H -vfef -, ' ,, V . 5 , , . 5 . b A l Lia. 'V ' l ' 2 ' Il' ' l W N, l v ls . ' 'T' , W , 'l fl' ,, PM ,' al . , Q , N u , - , 5 9 K f, , ...gd 5, it ,N - ll h e' flj' ' , vi lf' il ' 1. ' ' fi 2' I :EF Q 'ln .L i A f -..,' 5 -Q' W' Q A ' W, .N e, ill ' . i,Wg,u,,, , ' ' :H ,, .gli , iiiii 3, ' Y ,Z .1 . f A p- Ai A ,l ' FOSYU, siellhfn Fox. James W' Geller. Rifha-fd GEMY-len Richard 52150, L-5' Gervin, Alfred S. Giles, Harlan R. Goldberg, Bertram Grimson, Baird Newwn, MA Rvrhesrer. NY Topeka. K5 L1f'f1 0'- PA Nashville, TN Lubbogk, 'rx Auron, co Chapel mu, NC Opblbalmulugy Ophthalmology Plytbialry Cardiology Mntern.-Frrul Med Orllaapzdir Surg. Nauru-Oplztbnlmul. W--. 4- g f - A 5 .1 ' ,, ,, , ,wif f , i w i ' X' ,,-, ll , , .r - , eq - ., fe . -. . J . .., F' me i ,,., ,if ' ,iv .- 1 -Gui 3 'Y . - ,D A . D QQ, , - .. , . ,i N , 4' f, ' vw lf' , is f1' ,- A ' - f f 'x'g'5'-' fag- - 1 lg' 5 ' M H J X Milli Xl ' ' ' ,. W. f ' ' + r 'M 4' 4--- W. . A Q. L ' l Q '1 N' W . 'W , , N W ll , ' ws , ' 1, ,, ,,,,,,,, l, '1W5i l X., ' 9 'W' l Y .4 .... ' xnasfs. n .4 .- A3 - 'l -J ' Gruenwald, Chas. Haberkem, Roy C. Morriss, Mary j. Hardman, S., Jr. Henderson, Rich. Hill' David p, Hoover, Eddie L, Hone,-,, Bruce C, Holmes, EJ. Baron Rouge. LA Elizabeth C'y, NC Houston, TX Fall' OH-ki. CA Wheeling, WV New York, NY Sranford. CA Prdialrirf Prnlialrir Cunf, Pxyrbialry Cardiothoracic S. L ' A f A - f Q ffffsa ' , A i ' Q' 'M , M, , ur ,xxv liggfh W I , . , Q f' ' .5 U , 'l ww W HWJYQ, A ' 2 ww' Y -- , ,A , A, Y S177 ,'-, 3, i ' , - M A' L. ' , , us ku , 1:-ry, n v ' A A . ,L ws! rf. n., -lf , qs f ff? - 51 . fr ' ' 5 2 'i lla 5 Y, A F' -- l, w i ll ll? ll ,lllliwlf -- I f'A 'w, . wy 3 llflllv if A i zl gl i 'fifl' fi: . .V -I .l ig-.jj 1 .54 ' .. ' .A V in 1 n -1.3, f , 3 ' ' 'V V - '14 .1 . e.. 1 I A , I f f , H , ,,.. , , 7 .1 , - , X A x ' 1 14 1 Mm Jvlw H wif' Al - 4 ' 'J ks , Do . k' ,J s H. johnson, Fred. Karsh, Richard B. Kernodle, Harold Kidd,J.G., jr, Kirkparrick, D. Kuff, Stephen A. Lawrence, Dale N. Jglarkllilille Jenlighllajxxalh Houston, TX San Francisco, CA Burlmgron, NC Mapelron, UT Ann Arbor, Ml Avondale Est., GA Opblbalmlllugy Pediulrirl Rmiiuldkl' Orlbvpldlf 59784 Ped. Urology Inf. Mai-Injf Dz Mlm 1,-T , ,, - -'f-5' ,,,,,,,, N. T, I H, 1 V. M, g ,f M 1 - , 'Q 1 , in rl, N ,, ,W I, , . l , ,-. f 1 , l A14 s' : , 4 H ,M : 'lw f K5 fx ' ,qw M-w- gig 4 I H Q my H U 4 ,ef ,, H i i, , lv ,QW ew ' r, K' 1 ij, ' ,E .' X 1' .4 3 gi li I 1, f 1 1' 3 f 1 -.B i . 2, ' - , , . ' f n?,,g 'A 1 T , ' ., ' 5 . . sv 'll'J 'W 4 93 ' '- Y 9 ,U 4 W' -' , 7 , ll b- .. ' W M W, W w 1 ' ' w' ,wi , ' T muy ' ,ly-W , M' , we ,- . , J ' V .41 45 ln l Lcvie, Benron B. Levy, Steven T. Lonon, Robert W. Malone, C. Bruce Marafioti. Rich. Marger, Donald NEg?S'?f5rd5!xliA MCNCENY. R.H. lglggfzrxgelggncli Deczrur AL Arlanra, GA Scar: AFB, lL Ausnn, TX Los Angeles, CA Day:on,'OH ins ie I. I t !Mn2i!,m Priianiirx Ortbopedir Surg. Orlhnpzdu Surg, Therapeltlr Rad. Dfugnrrm Rad. M ' 208 ALUMNI 4 1' , 1,1 A Moorcfield, Wm, Moore, Dan C. Charlnrre. NC Geneva 1209 Pfdiaifif Em. offbppnfdm :ffl e --AN ,- W ii YM . JM ,V - fe J Edwards, Diane R. Rosenbaum, D.H. Durham, NC Pediulrirl Q 1. fl Valiant, Martha Clewisrun, FL Pfvliiurin Tremaine. Myron Rockville. MD Morrisrown- NJ Orzhiprdif Surg. keals, Philip K. f ,A ,vi ll w F . ,M , ,, Mnrawc-iz, Richard Birmingham. AL Nm mm rgerjy 3' 2 ' mm ill ll, Q ' Rowe, Vernon D, Charlesron. MA vi , i ,, I 14 W .llflfiil , Valle. David L. Baltimore, MD Megna, Daniel Sraren Isl., NY w ' 1. r Mantis- , Q ,,, i .Mm A , i , A 4. X, 1 1' ,W .z W Mu Newman, Larry B. Palko, D.B. Memphis, TN Urologi' .- - 1 ,. ?, in ',, A ,L . ll-mi 'Q ,, , ,, - ' 1 iw, ,i 1 'li ' M f Q 4. Rummo, Nicholas Rundlcs. C. Kamnah, NY , ,,,, .,, ,, A ' -M W, my 1 l'lN ,4- Van Btuggen, jane Durham, NC v 1 - ,7-M ,,, .4 , , 1 1 W Ili' il Y v ,, i M o - AM Sander, C.M. ALSO GRADUATING g-- Wlgfl ESIIS ' 41' A ' Alexander, Wayne if i Wellggleg l?lls. MA W - W '93 ii -If in ngy ,ii ' 1 cm. Allen E. 1 , lr g, Q ,, i 'N ' Q- Hillsborough, NC 3' lk 'UHF xl' Prn'ialr1'rx L i 3 Xi, V - N - Gagliann. Angelo 1 M Alroona, PA 'wx.,i,,,,, 'Zh 2 Arzmbrxialagy I W1 , -Al ,, Vinn:-n-Johansen, P. Volberg. Frank H- Chapel Hill, NC 'd Whirlield. Rich. Udixcf1f'gf,G' W3?f,'f,f',f,'b?f Bakersfield, CA 0p1,,1,,1,,g1,,m- Inrpmal Medicine D ' Cox and Friend, 1971 QP ,. Tgg .R Mike McLeod, about 1971 George I-Sight, 'Q f-3. 1972 , 4 74 Sis N... nw 'V A M 1' a wk im iii 1 , ,, , L ' , .1 . , W, i , , ,i 1, W Ramsey, Maynard Tampa,FL flu Smith, Charles D. Charleston, SC Prdialrir Surg. , , 1 I Williams. Randal Hickor , NC Ophfbizlnalogy r f , il ,- , M 4 1 1 1 , 1 W W EW 4 Remigailo, Rich. Stone Mm.. GA W V 1 1 , ,ii , Y i rw M i f M V 1 Smoak. D.L ,gjnnjhi I' M W 1 ,i ,, .. M41 Mi Wise. Thomas N. McLean. VA Pivrbiuiry Riensrra. ,l.D. 1 f '- '15, M !!,, .L Tabe,R.H. .35- iw 4 inf-M',ii ' ,. . rf .. ' P ff J Zavelson, Thomas Gainesville, FL Pvdialrin Peter English, 1973 ge ',.l' sh f I ALUMNI 209 A 9 9. had lm A X, 3 1' if ' Af-,:' .A v I 'f5.. . . ' . ' 1' W: glib, xi- -A ' 1 i . - - 'A.A i ,ff'-1 '. -P 1. 556722 ' if , Aksel, Sezer Alpert. Eric D. Angelillo, John Durham, NC Sun City, AZ Durham. NC Radiology Ural G Max. Surg. 4 , 1, ', , , ,H J 'a.,..L...,,,,,'P' , VQQ- ,j ' Boaz, David E. San Francisco, CA Bost, Ronald E. Baltimore, MD Dermalolagy . l n f f ,' . ' ,l V l , AA ,,,,, A, s,w'EiwwW,Q Any in : AAAAA , ,, ,Q a Conenza, Donald Corless, joseph Orange Park. FL Durham. NC Caniinlagy Vi: G Biomrd Ru, Busby, M. Rudy Salisbury, NC General Surgny Green, Linda D. Mr. Ranier. MD Mrdiml Onmlagy Gwynne. john T. Chapel Hill, NC Endocrinology A E l ,' n J 2 - -Q - Jones, E.L, Ill Karlin. Jan V. San Francisco. CA W W5 ilk i W V A i r M W W N t ml 'l Al. 1-gf r ' Lxi- 11 , ,,,, ' ,i l A. , , , .,,l M A Aw y wk MMA A. Aw.Aww- ' Ai lgl k A lw-l A W K, , A, .. l ' ' H A Lord, Patricia L Lewis, Barnett San Fmncisco. CA 210 ALUMNI Lexington. KY P: iurrirr ENTERING CLASS OF 1966 r' ' 1, F- X ,A I 3 'R iw in fA Wi lm 'F' 'l 'P' , lf, V J r -Ag 39? M.. ... I iA,, 'T vi' ,, ' - . . , wi M . . .1 , ' j '-L ,' AA- I , ' 1, i!QQUA,.A,q1 ., 4 A Allilifl, Th0l'l'l1l-S E- I-vars. P2511 K- Baggs, Wm. J. Ball, john R. Ballcnger, james Taos, NM Corpus Chris-. TX Carlsbad, NM Bcrhesda. MD Chulurvln, VA Rf-dwlm Opblwlmlm Hmm Paliq- Pi,Afl1f.w,A Q iii' , , 'I A ,pri , A A- Q Q me , Q UA A ' 'l' A. ' A Av ll nw- lr:--... , Q ' AAMA, ' ' ' 2. K Clfflphlrll. CHKIKOII Caro. A.E-. Jr- Caughcy, Dale W. Clark, Armhur.W. Coleman. Michael New York. NY Wilmington, NC Albany, NY Fr. Smirh. AR Famib Pnmire AE . Y f 0 Black, Edward B. Charloue. NC Y' , Comirer, Henry Fern Park. FL Neurulvgy A 'W jr wil' f K 7, A ,X W 2 ,f r 4 ' Y. ff. , A A A 1 A A , ,,,, , A. A i A A ll A ,. A A Aa QA -:DQ-fu ,gg QQ- .. ,A , Q A I . ,. 1 ,. M , L fy i '.. ' L- , AA l . as - s r ' A x f .Af A 1 -' . ' fr Everhirl. Rifhlrd FOHH. P21-ll T- Ghafmm- H535 F- Gill, Lowell H. Gold, Philip W. Gordgn,'Roberr Goscin. Stephen Searrlc, WA l-lousron, Las Vegas. NV Charlene, NC Washingron, DC Mianii, FL Hollywood, FL I nlfrmzl Medlrlnf Orlhapaedir Surg. Pxyrbinlrj- Radinlugy Pathology N 4A 1.7 . , 15: 2 1 P vw A ' ,, , A ., ,W 951. 'A W . A A il -' an new .1 if A H- 'WA -QD , W , N. ' ' z' f -.r . -0 A-T f 7 A fm' ' ,,: 'r-W ' V 'Q' 1' H ' ,Th H k' ,Hn K. Head, H. David H , h A, H b ,ch ies jcft'ords,Dcxtcr Jenkins. Edwin B. uiiigf, oifmas aivuffff, GA wlshgngwn- DC vfaZhi:ggfn,'i:c yvgffiim, Fi sr, wuz? Pk, MN umm. AL imma! M fdfrim Pathology Cardwwf. Surg. U wlvsfr -YH 'RWD' I h1W 'F2'iErm 2s?f'im. we- '2lLTSA'Pi ffl' F221 5 f f - C All-lxif - - ' A , f' wifi, .uwlwfc - A 1 A 4 1 AAA f A, A A' AA ,S-A-AA: I . ' r 1 .3 3 . 3 s ' ,AL , A 1 ' ul- 5 Qiljlgfgr .-.- .,-.JA 25: A, E ':-. A 1 f- A Ai . ' . 1 Nxxx 1 .4 . Ki . Th K- 0 h 5. Km k , K h K m , Wm, A, Lalaance, Michael Kgffpifiiorfffi' KSHLQIZTSCR Bilfllm, ITEM Chggz rain? NC B51r?f:nre,ei14'g' B-nflfifk, NY Pinellas Park, FL Gum-,I Supgny lnrrrnul Mfdirine Ped. Hem,-Onr. Ivmroendarrin. Orthopaedic Surg. 1 , . . . ., . , . .. . ' ' AA jay, '- , , :,sAfA'-I A: , A A, 3. . A--X, my , if. . -.A - A 'ye A w - - AA A A ,E AA V-gif. .Ah , r :H ' , . g F . ,. ,Ar A ,1 ff' r- f ' N Y .,.- v., ,. 1- s ,P , 4 A A ' ' Eel 3 1' .. .. l 'P ,A A -4 AA 'N' ,,,,... AA ' A ' Aflw v Am ' :ll1 ',,,,..Ii,,wl'l:: Wa A Aww -- A ' HW-N A ' ' ' l , PV Alw l lA H l,,ml AA mQEM5ll'M M . Ch l M usov, Paul N. Mase ,J er Maw, Gilbert M. Mr:Guffin. Wm. L Miller-1220105 A- MuLfli1'f3E.,':,nzQony ci:-jlgiiagc, ar-his Ein Diggs, CA souihliiufyifncr Honolulu, Hl Housgrn. TX San Ffanfffw- CA pdxbalagy N,,,,,,p,yflJ, Ru. Pzdmrm Pazbalagy Nfl' JA- JPHIVU- A Miller, joseph San Anroniu, TX Radinlugy B C' qv Miller, Walter L. San Francisco, CA 5... L. is w. -i .l- Mol-il, Paul C. San Antonio. TX Piyrbulagv 1-an ii 5 . . .tc I ,I 'i 1 E i 7739 it .i' -. :' -fy l ' --:grid l Y i I x l I - I 7 i - F., EAD' - , I -, ,P QQ I 1 , - - ,- ' fr- .nf if I 4 in Needcl, Norman H. New, William O'N0ill, Wm.,jr. Palko, Daniel B. Pease, Howard F. Pizza, Salvatore San Diego, CA Woodside, CA Salt Lake Cry, UT Feeding Hills, MA El Paso, TX Durham, NC Almlbuiology Adu!! Carliolngy Palhulngy .. ,F W , 4 g if , 'W if-H Y ,H ,, ' li Q' . ' '-ll l 'l A 1 w w w aim? at -i W -- J uwisfigifl 1' i. Y l J illlmiiw , 1 lillL'.,mil'i'Wiii Reiley, Thomas T. Reynolds, Philip Scales, Susnn M. Schmits, Richard Schostal. Cliff. Shelburne, john Silver, Carol D. Smith, Forrest O. Smith, Harold A. Salt lake Cry, UI' San Diego, CA W.P.A.F.B.. OH Binghamton, NY North Bend, OR Durham, NC New York, NY Berkeley, CA Lancasrcr, PA Pnliatrirr Family Pnzrnfe Nrurnlvgy Pnlbulagy Err1rnZf 'fJ' Mid- -, I . ' ffxv, A if' ,, 4 ' A 1 ' , , , . , .R. S d,N W, T k ,W.K. W' .Rb S. Walk .M W bo,Rb W' b,R.B. S,5,'92f.l2,1 2,,f 5 'Q1.iY.lfhf1'RA tsG1liifS,,ll,'.'lf PA 'i3...h..Xf'3c Eianiiviigif' FL Sffiiafg, TE San fZ2...ifSfE'X' PZilfi'sp5ng.'f SR' e m Famih Prariin Gailrornlrralugy Hem.-Ont. Arlulbwolagy Neanalalogy Internal Medmnt AL50 GRADUATING Engel. Peter A. Lord, Guy R. Silber-bei-g, Wm, Summers, Wm. A. W11'H Tl-115 CLASS Cambridge, MA San Francisco, CA Worplgruclge, CT Yuma, AZ I Ill Y'lF.l 5' When I became a student at Duke Medical School, the Gothic A Tag? architecture and enormous shade trees were familiar sights. I 'c-,if 1, . . . . . Q ' 1 I had been raised on after-dinner walks, the highlight of which was a ride on the green elevator in the Davison Building. From ff' A Q L ii.- - ...--.pap-sq W' li: gr Parker's rounds, ca. 1970 observing my father, I knew doctors kept demanding schedules. But none of us really knew what medical school would be like in September, 1966. My class was the first to travel through this institution via the modified road which is known as the new curriculum . During the first year, the faculties of Anatomy, Biochemistry, Physiolo- gy, Pathology, Microbiology, and others presented basic biolo- gical and pathological concepts in great number and with great speed. Any student who was able to apply the relevant bits of data to living patients could have hung up his shingle in 1967, skipping over the remaining years of medical school and house staff training. I remember well f'studying for exams in June of 1967 by looking at the 18-inch pile of handouts en masse, time precluded individual review. It really seems to me that the most important lesson in those nine months was how to read the books so that I could peruse them when their various bits of data became relevant to a particular sick person. The vascular supply of the lower extremities was never identified on our cadaver, because in view of the time constraints of the new curriculum, our cadavers were fetuses. Even Mrs. Rundles' repeated demon- strations on the adult cadaver didn't stick in my memory very well until they were reinforced by symptomatic patients. People do not come in carbon copies and their illnesses don't either. Moreover, modern technology keeps changing the sci- ence of medicine. A doctor's education is never complete. He teaches himself a great deal, and the remaining years of medical school that were spent on the wards or under the preceptorship of one member of the faculty were merely the beginning of this 1970 process. Several vignettes will give the flavor. ALUMNI 211 When the facts donlt fit together, go talk some more to the patient. I was a second-year student on Pediatrics when a four year-old boy was brought to the emergency room very late on Saturday night or early Sunday morning. His tongue had been oozing blood for a week. He didn't appear too sick, and before going to sleep, the intern told me to treat his anemia with iron. My memory told me that I shouldn't treat anemia without counting reticulocytes. The result of 42125 Qcertainly not very accurate, but just as certainly elevatedj sent me back to ask the child's mother again why she'd brought her son to the emergen- cy room. After a while, in reply to my question about other members of the family bleeding like this, she said, His uncle and brother are both hemophiliacsf' When the whole blood clotting time was prolonged one minute, I woke the intern to tell him I thought this little boy had hemophilia, not iron de- ficiency. There's a time to put all the patient's marbles in one basket, but there's a time when it doesn't matter. I remember well a middle-aged man who had an anterior myocardial infarction complicated by the development of a ventricular septal defect. After six weeks of hemoptysis and sloshing blood into his left ventricle during diastole and into his right ventricle during systole, he went to surgery. The risks of dying on the operating room table were high but less than the IOOW risk of dying without an operation. I had never bet in this league before. In contrast, I saw a woman with end-stage Hodgkin's disease who came to the emergency room comatose and hypotensive, either from taking too much of the methadone she'd been given for pain or from gram-negative sepsis. I reasoned, and my mentor Hal Silberman agreed, that the sepsis issue was unimportant, because if she had it and she survived it, she would still be afflicted with refractory I-Iodgkin's disease that would kill her in a week or two. These paragraphs could go on and on, because they recount the small, real-life situations which flesh out the grand scheme of pathophysiology I heard about in those first nine months of school. Nancy Stead, M.D. '67 Studen 1-4 t Faculty show, ca. 1970 ENTERING CLASS OF 1967 -: ilbfii W liwii . .,. s 35 1 , ,y i M l: ix J L 5 . 'Y . ,,,,,, ,ll my 1 i u ' l . ' 'i I. ' ll , il il 1 li ll I I , I' -, , 3 f . ' ' J ' , '- l i he I i I .t ii! -'EJ I 4 S .f -' , . . 'i ' Kai-sv' M ' ,iii ' ' ' ' - ' f' 't 1':- lf Abraham, Gerald Ahmsnn, Gerald B. Barnes, Robert P. Baten, Michael Beach, Roberta K. Behringer, Fred, Bclmaker, Elaine New York. NY Be:3s2iZbMD San Antonio. TX Charlor vlc, VA Bti,n:lg:r:iS0 gtjllrgtxcizlgg? SL LOUIS. M0 212 ALUMNI lm- 'wr l. J J 1'-1 N An '- .C Belmmker. Ro Jerusalem bert Beuttcl. Sreph Chesapeake, VA Endo.-Mrlabal Boehm, Timothy M. Silver Spring, MD X ,M .P- W 7 Caldwell, Patric. Columbus. on cmfillw Cox, Edwin B. Durham. NC Hrm.-Oar. Fichtelman, jon Miami, FL overman, john R. Albany, OR Inf. Med.-Hem. l li 'fi Q , 't Q Liptak, Gregory Retsof. NY Pediatric: ..f' I- I 4 ' 4 R- ki? 4 fall McGuire, John 0. Asheville, NC Gm. 5 Vat. Sur. ,l..,.,H' ,4- .. R, W 45 ., ., A Q ' Poindexter, james Liverpool, NY Croker. Byron P. 1' I 'W . Q W. ll? .1--' 7 A. Bradford, M.M. ti l 'A -,Q 1 1 Curry, Robert W. rrrr - 1 u '7 't'P 'Ef . J vll'l. A J 5 l l m., Nr, A W, X ,e - , fa W, Btater, Donald Buckley, David K. San Francisco. CA Fr. L'dalc. FL A X, .!. V RMJQQ' ll I X V W . LK, U ' 'Vg 'li . fl ',,Z , F:-7? N K Lf.. . -fa. -.ffef A ' ' Davis, Holly W. Norton, Linda E. Pittsburgh, PA Dallas. TX Pdiulria Haliasos. Const. Durham, NC Gainesville, FL Pazbalugg- Iru. Med.-F. Pm: l tip. ,.- gt ,ff . , i 1: ' .l - ' .1 ' ,,. - .fx , ' -- I W ig Fischer, Kenneth Gilmore, Robert Miami, FL Dallas. TX Am. Baan! NfuraL ...so , ,. B l is J l , , W l ll 1 . . i . . Jaffe, Charles Nalla. CA Clin. lmm.-All. ,r-: ll L ,pw 1 I Lloyd, Douglas S. Wetherslield, CT Pmf Abd-P145 Hllb E v--4-Ar N 4 Miller, Donald Ann Arbor, Ml lnl. Meal-Oni. J ' 1, Yi . yy' .ba 17 , 'V Ll .M I, i Q Watson, Susan P. Portola Val., CA Pri. Aflellhrsia ' , ' . 4 ,dl l 1 I . X x f 'X Johnson, Van W. New York, NY t , W . . lg 9 l ' J wk. , . l W J . L Lynch. Phillip I. Pendleton, SC Pathalay' ,,.,..- A 'LX . . Az-, Modlin, john R. Marblehead. MA Pediatric: v-1 fa ii 1 s A -'-325. A . Rawl, John C. Columbia. SC Umlugy W. Hem stead, NY lnlcmnlhizdirinr 422'-w. . , W. W . ...ll ev KI s . Denver. CO Prdiulrit Endo. Geyserville, CA Fam. Pmn., ER , Q , R Q ' Nash, Michael L Savannah. GA Nephrology -1 .,..., Robertson, Lee J. New York. NY lil 4 v ll if . . 'ZF ' X Q in ensmith G. I Maack, Walter C. . Formtir Path. JW . 9 in . J. . , 1 Hartley, David Durham. NC Child Pfyrhiany l ta I A Juk, Steven S. Columbia. SC Cardivlugy' l -l lm, ll l ul 5. ' t L Major, Leslie F. Binghamton. NY Pxyrhiarvy i ' Neskodny, jeane Durham, NC Ross. Charles W. Pompron Pl'ns, Nj Famib' Pratlir: up M' A Y W Buffington, Jos. Olney, MD Ob.-Gyn, 1 l X r- A 'Q .x !, 5 .1 l Ehrm. M.I.. 'K l w il l ,ll P - N ' 'ln . High, William L Houston, TX Nmrolog-y ,Q ' , fl Y ' ll- fl? V, 2 4 ' Kaufman, Michael Matthews. NC Nzurulagy l 1... ,, z 'i if ,fl S f' -3511. V , 5. VF .Jil f .Qian-if Margolis, Robert Rolling Hills, CA Mediml Onrnlngy 1 A, el .1 Oates. Theodore Rochester, NY i 9 ' .V , Rothstein, Thomas Cambridge. MA Hem.-Ont. Q 2 ,- W ' L lil 2 -'l I H ll l ,f Cies, W. Andrew Cor. Del Mar, CA Ophthalmology f Q. 1. .A . PC. i Mil 1g 1-if-2. - lw I f 'l S l . ,W .4 Ell, M.A. Horne, McDonald Richardson. TX is .4-f-'P . .W ...af L 2 Rhodes. Marcia K. Washington, DC , 1 . f -.0 f , . .,..- ,lp L - Maulitz, Russell Philadelphia, PA Hmm' lfmfd, 'Q ' 'WSL' 5 , -7 .ig , :rf O'Brien, T.C. , A i is N.. gf- .,-. ,f if f' - .3 J G'-A i .2' leizzijf V P gkvi 'N Hu f +'r'1i:F 'D Rutherford. Rich. lakeland, FL . Pulmonary Mzd, , 5,1 . , .Q . l J 7 4 9 H., Cohbs, Walter H. Narbeth, PA Neurology av P . . v ml lil nf ' ' - A .1 I l Smith. Fredrica Los Alamos, NM Rbeumalalagy Horowitz, Alan 1. Smithsburg. MD R l li 'Ml' Y ..-ard' Z' .LJ 4 4 Colpirts. Michael Seattle. WA il f I .,.,., , l l V A X ,, c Fclsenfeld, AJ. Chapel Hill. NC Hourigitn. Philip Manslield, MA Chill! Prwhinny Pfdiatrirx L 1 V flll .Q FJ , .f . W X J 1 5 .:. -A 3- . , , if. .- iff' sf IA . ' -V, , .l. Leonard, Stephen Linfots, Eugene Mesa, AZ Durham, NC Gen. 6- Vex, Sur. 1 pr we ra ' X! - -4 f -4 5 L . l ' A. McConnell, David McCormick, joseph Pittsburgh, PA Decatur. GA Prdiatrtix ' , Q, . -as ' If 1 '. Q .7 in E.. ,I .A F . .S -' l Perlstein, Robert Andrews AFB. MD Enrlarrinalugy I A Saiklcy, Garrett Gilroy, CA Diagrmtrit Rad, Peterson. Eric Bad Kreuznach, EU ,IJ A Scurdinn. Peter Houston. TX llralagir swing.. ALUMNI 215 ' ls? Q, P' 'v , Schwartz Martin Portland, OR 05.-Gyn. ,Q ,Q 1 ,,,l Q. ,.,,!, Slater, Evan D. Santa Paula, CA lnl. Mrd.-Our. -'Q i . ' Walker, Leo L Columbia. SC Endo.-Metab. 2 'Y idwulr ' P gi-: 4. Sonrag Kurt W. Denver. CO Stevens Richard Tucson. AZ 1 W .. Ward. jonathan M. Denver, CO Card.'Va:r. Dir. 2- QPU! '.i Waugh Lyndon D, Dunwoody, GA Cbila' Pryrbialry ,gu- Thomas. Bernard Timmons james M. Winter Park, FL lnlrrnal Mzdirinr ALSO GRA DUATX NG WITH THIS CLASS Podgainy. Helen Sewickley, PA Pcdialrirr Rapchik Joel Miami, FL Infernal Medicine Kershaw, SC Fnmih Prarlire ,rs me Welch, Wm. R. Truro, MA Gyn. Pub. ni..-P' -..-f Victor. Stephen Livingston, Nj Iwuralagy ff- 7. Wilson james M. New York. NY -MV Ilene fg?l A .W so in W llll wagner William South Euclid, OH Allergy Wood, Eugene W Meriden. NH .r, , v ' fn. M . 5 .. www W' .. -- '-3. v-ff, 1 1-1. J -N M Walker. john A. Decatur, GA lnrenml Alrdirirzr Joanne 1971 ENTERING CLASS OF 1968 -W ' , Y A . f --N .... L5 V. . if if swf: ' W. inf i H . t N ' N L . Y ' V . ' ' 1 ' ' 1. mwmwinwnkwnlf.i,nwwwn-iDWi.w' lwqwwdmkmwn i Alexander, john Andersen, Dana Andrade, Wm. G. Durham, NC Durham, NC Baltimore. MD Gm. Cv Thar. Sur, Gmeral Sufgzqf Awww. l E 'F ' If? M L aye, , N I, W ,, f ' 1 - - -e-, xg Q4 ' ,,..,, , 1-A. ' W .. if .. i'l,' M,, will , Hi W in 'X . Davis, Pamela Butts, John D. Carnevalu, Nich. Durham, NC Durham. NC Setauker. NY 214 ALUMNI Famuir Path. Neurology fs- ,-vis. i ,L w.'i,L..,. Andrew, Clifford Towson. MD Neuro. G Biochem. X l V .Fw Y ' il Chuncy. james New Haven. Cl' Child Plyrlyialfy . e 15 ' sg Andrews, Michael Chapel Hill, NC 1 .lf 3 ,,.. WW ...ii A Childs, Robert W. Hazclson. PA Pfdiuu-in M , N M I . ,X , , l V . fQg ' I w r' - .2 JM , ' ., N . . ji. , W' V C ' 5. . J -X ' .. 5 ggi. L, .av ' iff. V lg . t 5 lwmwnwwnnnww WWE 'l.i.,w' iliwl.M w w,fl lwwmhwu,p,piw W1 ' . 1. , '.ii-lu -' - 1-'ii if' 4i: I . ,:.g1':., it? , A Ui , W B 'i'.E7 H'- Nl... .,., ..-, - ,,,,,,.,. Arvan, Glenn D. Barco, Daniel H, Bley, Donald E. Bornstein, Neal Hartsdale, NY Chapel Hill. NC Frr:derlckb'g, YA Verona. PA Family Pfurtlrf , . ,.,,,,. . ll l l H it ' fl , i ' .- ' if 45f11 ' Q M V ' 1 Q , will ' nv N, H-f , i - me 4'-A . i-0 , w 11 my ' 1 ,35 , , ' ig , v E A . 12' E . I . .,..mWMwW X.l J., f'i ini? Cohen. Lawrence Bethesda. MD Copeland. Dana D. Durham. NC Pub. 6 Nmmpalh Daltun.J- David Summerville. SC Orllm. Surgery David Clifford Pittsboro. NC Prdilurirx Us X x I . , I ' .X , 'IX X - ' 3 P 'T ' X' .. A -. -' ' XX H V . Xlgl l , 'X, Www, 'XXX W, I1 ,,,, W ill, , , XX X XX' XX X21-, ',,,,1 i ll5 .aXX . ' . . ll , 'W X ' ' XX ' , X H Xi ., ' I , X X X XX lllll ' l ll 'X 'XX ,3fX wi ll 'EXX' 'lX'1 5 ',X'Xl'l' 5 ll. IX WX QX llll N' Xf 'W' X1 lf 'iiifl em X' -X. ' X .- 214211, 'X -1' I X ' ' ' lu XXX,5 '- XX 'XXXXXXX,,'X-X X..'g .X-.X ,.X,.,X., ',,. I. X:.: . , , -K - X -X . M- 112 X. 1- ,X XX ,' .KI '.. ,... X. ' X 'IM X9 .' XXX-' 'XX5' .XY , ,XL TX,-Xi Y f X X .- 'vw X --., X - . - A .' 'X 'fn - ' ml, X. .1 '. 'X 1 J ew- 'Q -w-- X X. XXXXW41 ., . II I.. s . I, , III,I1l g:..II?II, II U ,Oy A . .- I I .I . I III, I. it . - . X,I:,:gI-.2wI7., A e. .X X' ' ,ilL'-- 'W--'- W 5-X-'. 'iX , -' E -1 ' ' ' X IL' 5' ' 1.' p -E mg I, ' I' . ' I . Q ggu ,iff Wil. Af Ao L , J' .- 'nivilu' il u?-ii ad - ',.C. X 4 ' Zan, ' E ld Th Vl. F rh Dnvid S. Freyujamcs I. Gnrr. David R. Dfifiplllfniuc' Dvi1il'i'GT.'L1.f?.'f'Eg' D'25'.iT3..fhc.'f-'FM Ed '1l.a.flE..'Z'ii'f N' 1a..Ti.'Z.lX.i1is1 ?: W'lXsi1afXdff 6lSp' Hkirna. CA Phqfnax. AZ Tm5e1e.Ur Pllrhinffil Pfdiarrin Fwrb Pflfflff Pdlbvlvmf NW'Y'w' Ff '.1' P 'f f' X -4, WX 1 'XMWQX-X' ' XX XXXX X f--v , -L- 1 'X X-ifl X ,-, , ' XL ' - XX , X Xi ' Y M Ur '52, , HW- ' ,Q-:X . , XX X , 'ir X X- XX , fn -X' X-f X. . ,.... X, .-. - X'X-I .X W X ' -X X ' ,XX X X X X X ,. X- XXX X . X. ' X. v , XM- XXX. X... X . X A ,XX XXX, XX X, :ff ..: 'XX' 1 Xen- . X. ' IX -' ' X Xu ..,, -M XX X V . ' X: i'X, Ti XX I M -WM XX- X--X X- . XA. X Xll if 'FQ ill, X - , ' L ' XJ'J'X 'X JE 5 I ,,, V X IAXWX ll l X, ' X 'X 'VL X I A, , - ' E,,Xl 'I ,lr , 3' ' ' l W' , 'r .X '. X.- . -. 5 :, f ' ' 'Xml-X '. , ' ' X . . - ' X:' X1X: ' ' X: ' . -' 3' 3' 'Y.,.i. 57Xr ' 1' li. X' 31.5 ' ' ' 1 X '33-1 '-' - ' . ,. -X! ' - -:'F' X ' , 5 f .,,:y L.,,, A, ---sr ,,. 'X ' ,F . ' ?','.w'- 4 1 'W' . :Eh : . ' + ,.f-, Sip, ' '1'f I P-X ' if . .,- ' ' 4 - ' -.Xi A .X .T I' '-Q, - ' 4- .. L, '1 'f X X ,X,.-. . ,. .4 .353 ,Iv in ,. 1 - . , - -.Ln -W. 1 Goodman, Wm. Gordon, Gene S. Grandis, Arnnld Grcres, John C. Hankey, Terry L HHYMS-4Jl1mB5 H- HUFPEIX Jvhn K- JUNE. DHVEFY K?5lf1I- DI?IgIL- Pocarello, ID 1-10..smn,1x Durham, NC cn1.l0.'vaXlu.vA waufm, wx Nmw.11e.TN Claremonr. NH P0rr. ash-. wwe. 01,,5y,,I F,,,,,i I., p,,,,,f,, Pulmonary Med. Opblhfxlmulngy Pfyrbiany X llllll 0 XX X 'XX IX X .. , ' X. A I lv' X , 'XM' 922 'X ' - 71 Y? l' 'S ' 4 ' 1 . , I ',. 'X '3- ... XXX .I - -, 'X X - X X' X X fm-X . .-.X XX: M fe. , I.. r ,Lx ,III .,. ,. I , X. Q 5 , . L, II 5 , . . X .I ,,,... W, ,I X' -,. -I IIN , II ,. , , 'L . lv - X ' . . IQ, 3 I f , .I II I. . .XXII . X. Wx. W ' . W I X' I ' -, . X 'V - e I. , my . ' 5 VI:-'J . at .w-.Q -32 A 3- X . X -' 2. ff' ' 1 ., . 542512. X A rl-Z: .. . I ' -4: E SFX' .X X. ', H X' - Ee . . 'e .'X' ' 1' ' Q33 'XX X hifi V' ' ' .' T523 E ' hw' :- . , -I I ., , , . , , , ., ..w .,-.. X . . , .- . -. . ', A13-I ' 3 ' , .. ' 1: - '-', -X , fr' -3 1 limi ., X r bp - ,, ,fl , A '1, ,- Lane, john W. lawrence, John Leighr, George Levitin, David A. Lcvirt, Morton Lewis, Mary K. Love, james M. Lundy, Edmund G. Martin, Samuel P. Durham, NC San Francisco, CA Durham. NC Shrewsbury, MA Berhesda, MD Califon, Nj Durham, NC Hollywood, FL Philndevrhia, PA Oh-Gyn. Gmerul Surgery lfnrrnal Madirinr Mfr HHH I pfiff . I ' ' .1 3 ,. . . F L. ' X 5 ' , . . 'E' ..-fi. . ' - X - , I, .. V , ., , , I ,- I,-AI X.-.X -X.: I-, I. , V ,U -I ,, X . -, X --pls I X -f X13 . . .., , 'ld' . bf -'I Q I QAEIIIII I A III I . L- F .gb I -. Sf I II I IX I ,. 9 . EEIII I I I5 .I XI I,!5.45,I I . 7 fl, .- 'wr J II mf' ' .I IN , I l 1:- ff's'.. Q1 EE., ,X , ' ' Z 'X' ' 'jf' ' 1- 4115. ' Xu.-1 . .l .2 F' XlA'XlWlX.' X. fl . X u l A X if f ll'lW'l ' M - X ...N lim McCarty, Kenneth McClure, Charles McMahon, Edward McRnu, John R. Michel, Randall Migliqgi, john G, Miller, Clinrun Minler, Bram S. Morrow, J.F. Durham. NC Evans. GA Eusvqve. QR Fr. Wainwfhf. AK I-Qmpoc. CA San Diego, CA Shaker H'ghrs, OH San Anmnio.ITX Pathulugy Numylvg' Prdlalrm Olvlaryngology Anmlygiplugy Infernal Mzdlrme . I ,, . ' . .X . .XX -5. I X ., X sf. 1 , 7 fa -- . ' - , - . : ,Z .L- X ' 1. X -' . .IQ I I I I, ., ' 4 .I , fry, XX - Y . . L e 143 A I ' -,.- - . X Ig-,QA I I IIII EI I 1 1 I ,IIII I. III. III Ii I I I I ly 'I II IXI ,I 3. ,f-I - I. x I ,P II I XIILII - , I f X X X X X X XX' .I XX 1 X X - ff' Y. I 'A X' '. X . ' . l. f X '- .. X N 1' -X' ..'T1 ' ' :X ' '....X., ' ' X ' X X Xu-X'-XX 'X H. XX X:r.X . X, X ': .yX'X P ,X X -.' Q 'X-5,-1 '- X, X ,XX .IX A ,X XXXXXgp7X' XXXX.3,X X 1 ,,XX:S ' ,X1' .X f XX,7mX X-:XX X, LA Www-fX A 1, 'vb XX XXX XXX , X, X X X-:,,X' XXX' XX 1: X 1,,,,X' XX, ' X ' XX X ,' ,XX , ' 'X X 1 X f XXX'XX,, X,XXXy 'X .XXX X, XX X ,F XXIIX X ' WML, 3XXXXg, ,:' ,LX , XXX , XXX XX. Q,,. :Xl X ' ' X X ' lXXM,XXX1X'lJ X 'XIlX X X l Y .. XX XXXX X 'Y ' 94 Oakes. W- Jfffl' Oelfifh- Wm- L Pearlman. Mark Pehlke. MICFIBCI Perry. H.B- Pererson, john M. Powell, Robert Rausch, Curr N. Rhodes, Glen R. DOH Milli. Om. NDff0lk. VA Bethesda. MD Bellevue, WA Moline, IL ArIn'rn H'grs, IL Gainesville, FL Albany, NY Card. G Inf. Mal. Ply 0 H131 Mllrfed Hun.-Ont. -' X1 -X I 'X 5' - X J 'X f - L 'if' ' XX XX -71 X. . . X, . I ,X ,X,. . X , , ..-X ,. X'-X, X ..,. , . -X , X, ,.,, ,, Xp X, X XX ' ' X X XM ' ' ' ' ' 'l P . W 1 L 'ill '.XXX - X 'ill' XX xii WX X 'A H. Wm ll ' X X ,, ' XX - X ' W' X ' l 'XX' A ll X ::XX. X Xl Xl X XXXXXX XX XXf'X 3, XXXXXXXX' XXXXX .XXX XXX. X X .XXX 'X X1Xm,XXX m X XXXWXXX XXXXX MXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXI Xl I' Ill? X' X' 1 'l lX 'XX X 'I X , gl' XXXX XX X.XXXX , ,,,,, X .XXX XXXXXXXM XXX XX XXX X X .XX XXXXX X XXX XXXXX X ,XX X , X XX, NXX fl 4X XX 'XIX'- X XX X 'XX' lw, WXXM XXXX ll WHIX XXX' X 'XlIllv'X .lIXXXX1 Xll' YXXWI 'X 4 ' X Xfw - 7' l XXX-xll VX , . M , ' . X '-GX Xa- ' 'X XBWHXX- ' ' vw .' Ml Wt' ' 'JW ' f'WM'fW '7 fi -51lX 'VX-Y A A -X .-5 . X l ZF 'XT ' 5 MX . ' . ' 1 ' ' JQ:5 . '5-4 '- ' 'lfl'1. ' 'A ' . -' -X--s X . .1 -f. . X X.--5 4 , .- 'L ...jk '- : ., ,I , r 1 X.. 5-wx ? -. . , '?19f X'fXg+. H a s ..-' - . , l r gd '3..X!r ,1f LQ 'X ' f55gXp, fa ,, . R.ixsc, Rqbert S. Robison, George Sanders. LA. Schiff, Richard Schmidt, Philip Scrwer, Gerald A. Shangold, Mona M. Sides, Paul J. Somers, W.A, Alexandria, VA Ausun, TX MennaIRcy, CA Ranrcul, lL Durham, NC Bronx, NY Durham, NC lnlfmal Mrdlrirlf Prdmlrirl Oh.-Gyn. Prdialrir Card, O5-Gyn. Rep. Endo. U U XXX I , X I- V III WSW XX XX X , ' ,, ,, , I ,, ll X X XXXXXXX X ' XXXXXX ...X . '. . X X ,,, . XX X XXX X X 5, fi, I 'I ,II , I ,,- 3 II. , r A bf:-,bi :I .-Ig' qIX .. I ,If IIIIIJX .- ,I . ,JSI X Ka If EW ' ' Q: ' 'QX'7. . , -. ' ITQNI7' '. '. .- 1' ' E'X: .f' ' -wi Xr .. '? 1'j mf ' .' .af X. -ef' -af .X X X X X X -W - -XXX f X. XX . X .1 Xia: . J Iss! -,l3I,,fg'-XA 1 A I I - XI , X I. - I 1 I' ,, ff ., Iwflis' 'ff-j MII, ' ' J' nr... :E:...L.L:r j .C X- 'A X-i I II.:g- ' I 1 ' -. 5 I zrf- - X-I Spaulding. jean Starr, john W. Taylor, Harvey G. Buns, Nancy J. Tschang, Tai-Po Weisiger, Richard Welch, Nancy M. Wellman, David K. Wheeler, Clifron Durham. NC Roanolrc, VA Tacoma, WA Durham, NC Beaumonf, TX Sr, Louis, M0 Arvada, CO Durham, NC Lakeland, FL Cbrld Plycbzulry Cardmlogy Child 6 All P.vy Patbnlogy Gm. 6 Val. Surg. ALUMNI 215 ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Henson, Dudley W. Durham, NC Brown. Samuel B. Arlanra, GA Pryfbiarry ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Hackman, Robert Hsgersrown, MD Dyer, Allen R. Durham, NC Pryrhialry Hoverman, Isabel Durham. NC -' nm P , 4.--f , - , --.xgvy If .. 'of' W' I ' . 5 -iii xi I l , , 5 -Q34 3 ., A ly: N. V . I Widness. john A. Providence, R1 Pfiiarrirx Willis, John K. New Orleans, LA Pzdianir Num p ' V , . , ,f -f -' Jensen, Christian , ' ' ' FDen7on, MD , 4, ' , ' 4 ' E 1 . amiy Pratrire v ' 91 T I 'f 'ms' , Lake, Charles R. . ,. f f 4 11, ,V 1 , I .I I , A Berhesda, Mn 1' e ' - I, ' 5 :-- Luger. Alan M. 'Q ,L - ,A '1 - 'i ,,.,.5, cnxumbia. Mo wx as A l,G .1h- 1 Av' , 1 W V av: W-'AJ Palhnlug L, 5 Rpt,- . 'Ill -If ,:. 1. 4:3314 Wilson. Jeffrey Winig, john W. Woodhall, Philip Lynchburg, VA Los Angeles, CA Arlanm, GA lm. Med-Rbeum. Card. Xurgny Emergmzjv M rd, QQ 216 ALUMNI 58.115 ALSO GRADUATI NG A150 GRADUATIN WITH THIS CLASS WITH 'THIS CLASS Rim., Paul F. San Bernadino. CA Cardiology Slngal, Sarah S. New Orleans, LA lnlemal Medirim Thompson, Jmmes Athens. GA Internal Medirinz portraymg Dr. Kinney, School Show, circa 1971 'Ml 5' I. I 1. 1 -, I w . ,4 I 1 A, ' ,. Qs' nl k- MIQM f f' I students, about 1971 Mona .. F . .. I , -ma , x A 14- 1 f i, LJ p J Q.r, . 212 'K v. V3 ny I 4 A ' an - Auerbach, Burt J. Bcrmanzohn, Paul Chicago. u. Chapel 1-nu. NC I ' ', N f . 1 V ' ' -.. as Q , NHL. .:.. ' Q. -.av 1. , I ,.,, ' l, Ver Q -,q 1,-. ,. -e I fl ::, 1 , I it , 1 V he- ' lx A- . J K 'f' I . Cooke, D.B. Coulam, Craig M. ,J- 'eV--- ,N' -J Eyler,M.E. In ffm 1 . , I ul 'LJ , ,, 1 .?,, D : 4 ,fl I , .V Ja 4 , - Hartwig. Geoffrey Nashville, TN Diagrwnir Rai '. A-. .' .1 It . 1 '37 .qu I, f' -.l- , var 4 ' I 'Nr' , . . F-V Pj., .l ' , ' Flickin er, Ed. Wesrlafc. OH Grnfral Surgery I 'A .,,,. I . 'i Hibler, Thomas A I. Benbow, john M. Concord. NC Pediulriu ,nr 1, -J A , . D'Angel0. Lawr. Berhesda. MD intimal Mfdirim' In 1 - I yi ' Ng J. A Frost. Richard B. Lexingron. KY 'CQ' Cp . 1: ff- : Hopkins. Elwood Alameda, CA Durham. NC New York. NY Nruralug Neurology W.-lm. 41, I -- .gf NM. nw M -' ...-, ' ..-.V V yi' 1 H fgf ,, ,. 1, , 5, cf, , N Q V.. . .W Nw, 'Q ,I 1 , 1' -Q we ., I-as aw-f, -.,-1+ Krause, R.A. Lawbzaszan. Peter LimbiI:d,nTh?gas Cum r' Ctr, ME Nas vi 2. 05-Gyn. Orthopaedic Surg. -Q, ..?f.' - i r'T1f 1215 331 b 2- l I Y, 7 V. 53 V ' T' 'Q' .Ji .. . ,. ' .T - .1-...l.l 1 ' . ug 'UW fr' ' iw. -. - . flilif, -K I V' if -' 'li I I I ' '. Iliff? -.. vi Wil 9' i '. A ' I fl' ' ' 'JD X' ' 'Ji ' 1' ' FFF. -. 'l fl .1 Iii . -ix C--we . A - .f A McConauiI'gY. Rohr. Quinn, Dianne K. McLean, George W, Ann Ar r, MI Philadelphia, PA Nashville. TN Pxy. 6 Child' Pxy. Pnlholagy lnl. Medi -- Endo ENTERING CLASS OF 1969 ' 'un' 4. I 1' . W 'rf' sp 'x I vt l Blumner, J. . . -.X F. Ducore, jonathan Takoma Park. MD Pads. Hrm.-Ont. .5 . , , ... fi iw- v 9 Gncpp, Douglas R. Morganrown. WV Anal Path-Lym Rf: J I , I , v H 'Q' L ' sig, 4, Joyner. Ronald W. Iowa Cizy, IA I T 1 .GJ 'GQ X.: H Cahill. J. David Grear Falls. MT . 1 , . , . . . Charrerron, H.T. Ladysmith, WI . I' I ' 1: ' , J A I I Cole. Thomas C. Hunrsvllle, TX Gmeral Prarlirr Anmbmiolugy Fmfb Mfdifffff 155' ' . . -:f 41. f . ff , a i.. X ,,..:: I f la x,-,-.yA'. Dm-ham' Geo.-gc H, Edwards, Keith R. Eisenbarrh, Geo. S315 jake City, UT Benningron. VT Durham, NC Pdialriri I nlrmal M rditinr r H. . 5. 1 . ,,.. ff? . I ,x 1. J H 1 .5 - 56' .13 1 - YP. Z ' welt: H I 1 29' 7 - U ,I Gm-don' Richard Grauerholz, john Hallemjohn W. 5.-wie, WA Providence, Rl Wellesley, MA Folrmir Path. Gul. Cv Vni. Surg. A Yg.v,xj51 -..Q ITF I ' 'I' W.. ,s w hile I ., .I 'W gf- X --- 1 if f A- -j , ' p l 'l 'IX lilo-'ii Kahler, Srephen Chapel Hin, NC Guzelicrvllvlrlai Karp. Daniel D. Belmnnr. MA Hem.-Ont. 1i4f,,,, A . ' .I ':e'..-z- , . -' , M4LfQQ?f M I ,. M .xv 1: -I wr ... .nu . 'l lj' V... :wr rl Num.: my--w.. fi- ,l wlw .. W ,-, W. ,Q 3 N' V H U w f'2 IIA' Wi w M ' 6-uv VI? ' 'IV - , 'fl ,, ' I -- 1 ' T ' . A Ia .A f W. C Lorhman. Eric W. Sr. Louis, MO Nrumfag lllll Q .ill ' I I 4 Ml 'il in I I . ms ' .nas . McNecr. Frederick Tulsa, OK Lowell, Seth H. Ormond Beach. FI. Olalaryngalag-y F is .lx . NSE. gk 'w a .N 'I' .X 4 Miller. Joseph M. Mr. Plcasanr, SC Ob.-Gyn. Maier. Ronald V, Solona Beach, CA C-'meral Surgery . . M, AY 'lf Moss, jonarhan Belmont. MA Kidd, john Gray Lynnlield. MA X ' f Maridn. Richard Winsronvsalem. NC opm. Orulv-Pla! ' , iff 1 ' wk ' I .Ill .ja f i-M. , .. My i. ,':'U .Mx , Nagey, David A. Durham. NC 06.-Gyn. Armlbuiulogy ., 'f-E ' .. , ,W H.. ..- gk Y . 4 . 3 .Vi K .B lv l Collins, Donald Middleton, WI Oli.-Gyn. L3 ?'f' Ellcrr, james W. Durham, NC .I . as AQ . ...av -- Hanes. J.C., Jr, .1 ri f 1 7. X I N ll I f' aa HJ W r, I ., Klaphaak, PJ. ..--w i. W lk , e if I Wt I . . K il Martin. Scorr A. Clayton, MD Anarumir Pallv. . I , 'III . l . N M - Nathan. Michael Durham. NC Pfdiaxriri O 4, l ', 1 V . A as. Conley. Martin J. Durham, NC Carzllblagy .tv pi' ' , . . . 'ii 1 ,I 1 .5 52 ... v A! English. Percr C. Durham. NC Pfdialrin ' 1:31, , , K ,,w, , .i . 1- . -V ,L . - , is K I 9 .1 IQ A vi- gh Hi-'Zi .iii Hardaker, Wm. T. Durham. NC . - 'swf . , . Ck ' Kline. Lanning B. Monrreal. Quebec ll? I .V i I W we My I.. ,' gli V l Mason, David H. Berhesda. MD I , H ' N Newman. Glenn E. Durham. NC Radiology- ALUMNI 217 af -A , W , A' XM X . W, . W will . 5 , Nm f' 'J N. X lllllll l Norris, David A. Columbus, OH M bmw ,, .. all XX X. ,,lxXf.,yv If ,.,,,: V V . L2-- ' fu. Sam, james Eclw. New York, NY Osrdahl, Roger Mechanicsburg, PA Nrumrurgny XX MMM l' ,,'QwlX,Wl',, l I , :,X .J will Yi 4 ,Wu M J , gg f I -I p if ww Y XS ' 1 in Scherer, Charles New Brunswick. Nj Q, , A f X .Ji ll XX ,mf ,lf , ,X,,,X. A l A ,XX Quinn, Graham E. Philadelphiil. PA Pzdinrriz Ophtb. l X mm A Xi A 1-11 , W ',w X .41 .- Schrocder, Terry Anderson, SC Gm. 6 Van. Sur. . 241-'A ' ' lg' E... ,.- 1 1: j, 1 -1--, .1 f l X .-.- I N' M ,,. ,on I Sung, Chung-Shin Talmadge, john Taylor, Lloyd M. Hg.U5ZQl'y TX Clonrze, TX San Francisco, CA ar zo ag xy: muy ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Freed, Marcia Porrland, OR Ply. G child Ply. Pilot. Mitchell Arlanra. GA L - Wim? ' 'xwxx 1 il, M-W , Rain? Gary S. Scarsda1e,NY Cardialagp' fl! X 4 Q Q 'Q :- . 'fa 1 Shnw, Dale R. Cary, NC Dfagmum Rad F ,X ,r 0 'W L , .... W MG.. Wi. . 4 Thomas Cornelius Bezhesda, MD l . 4 f Y V I X i...:.M.J 'li' Williams, Wm. H. Orangeburg, SC Gm. 6 Van. Sur. , 'Y v. w w X 'X 1 X - E 'NX Il 'X . , f ggi X , 1, W U1 20X - 'J VX K -, A, i l If W x W fl X 'W n 5 ,, ,V '. ,-. ' 41 I- ,- -is ' A I , N Xl' X , E , ,xxx '. X g .X '. . ' ..i X 5, 4 RHUBL GWSUFY J' Rendall john I.. Robinson, Smart R bl' D R bl PBrrlnnd.IOR Greenslgoro. NC Durham. NC lS?1l!ha.::'NCm- osen um' J. ' 'UU Of',70P'7fd'f 5105- Gmmmfefolngy PW-h1,,,y XX u 1 wX Xi XX HX: 5 ' F 4' v-no' i 1 1' ' . 'V l. , ' ' VS' lw X ,. , ar , . .4-. M, f, X ' X ' X I XX MMM. ,,m,,,.X... gil: I V5 wi .wwlwQ:f'., X '. . .X XMX , W XX A X , ,W ' ill... WWWW W .,...JA-l 11,X . V , l will lilo-WW . . -. . .,,..EHe.g, .5348 . -:N . V: AA e X--- 4 ' I. Q Y - 1.344 ' Xie fu , il!! Simon, Richard Slade Clemen: L. S 'd , QA, 5 1 ' ff G - san Francisco, CA Roclcyille, MD niclhfffgff' MD C'i,,f,fQfH'm, ESE S'Sf,:',f':.f,f',QQV' Plum: Surgery Fnmih Frank: Familv Prarlirr Q 11 rv A -ff .-.I x- z o' 1 e.. .SIT N lb l' ll ' I Y .1 .YA 15 --- W Q' 'flaw .f lim ' .U ' x' : XX X . 1 1 . ....-n r X -..-J pf' ' ' 7 - 1 , W . 5 ,, F ,.,, S .1 - . X ' IWW' H- XXXXXXX X ' ' ' ' X- --7 XX XXNl 'iil 1 - 4 ' ' H - , Walther Philip Watson Donald C. Weiner, Richard Wesly Robert L. W'e e ,Sr h Norrhnnlge, CA Porrolh Va., CA Durham, NC Durlmm, NC ble: Iforkiilwlln Umlngrr Surgtry Cardmmrr. Surg. PJyrlJialr1 Tburarir Surgzry ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS . N. t Samuel, Edward T. M ,W Srong Brogk, NY W . V ' Y ' W 'XX I W mn- nr. in, ir- 1 1' fQ W lu: w Schwartzhlared 1,45 W- FS Chsrlegzf, NC MF 'm l l W il l ' U 'W F Shusby, Michael -.-+ Denver,C0 211121 L 1' - , , Wilson. joanne Zwelling, Leonard Ann Arbor. MI Potomac, MD Int. Med.-GE llledkl-11 Orrralvgy 4 J.-. Y , '- - . iw: J ALUMNI Cassell KAKA Dr. Anlyanj, 1970-1979 QR'- Vsx s I I F. . . ,, Q X V ., 5 e .33 it -- ' 1 it . H2 VI , W S y. Abernathy, J.L 'Q' X .-... 1 Blumhagen, Dan W. Providence, RI Africa, Bruce B. Berekeley, CA Purbiuny ,rar 5. X lv Q .---. i Ma. Board, Jaffray Fayetteville, NC Opbllyalrmzlngy 1- , , , V i - al..- -,..g.. , , ,kj 1 L .x ' - - CasA:?l, Raza H. Cgfrnys, t ra, , Inlerrihll Medirint eve an , 4 ' . 7' Y' i . A Z2 v , lf G37-,xbyb ig ,.: A ,,,. .gi ii' . I . I Downs, Robert W. Chevy Chase, MD .L 4 Drawsbaugh, Edw. Hagerstown, MD Int. Med.-Endo. Ofalaqmgalugy --ef, S-1 - f - 1' 4 in ' QQ . , M- . . .Ra 4 if - -- ' iii' A 2' ..':,2.7?Il Georgiade, Greg. Gilbert, Robert Durham, NC Atlanta, GA Planir Surgrry Nrumlugy iv , ml' '- - .f ' --Wifi? -ff Q fs - .- 3 a -A 5- , 'A 4--, iii' ' - . . w A Jason, Casey J. J , Lan ' o.u...d. CA s.'1. 5f........Sf'?'ic P:a'ialrirJ Prdialriri Alexander, Leon ENTERING CLASS OF 1970 Q ,X Allister D.B. Durham, NC ,Q ii QU -,. C+ -.Q - Q 1 - -,C f ii ,-' .' 4 r Brantley, Ingrid Brodets, Albert Durham, NC Dallas, TX Ado!-Child Puri: .5 :Uv , 11 ,Q ' 'EV 'H n 1 I . vyfrr 4 - L5 A x VK Cohen, M.L Cohen-Cole, Stev. Chapel Hill, NC 7 us 995-s , 'QN YD 'I Z 1, . 4 -.5 1 ,- ' 11- -if 1 .K ' I , , wig! k'Q.41i 7 Dr sdale, Daniel Findlay. Wm. A. Blacksburg, MI Grand junct.. CO Oplbalmulogy Prdialrirt it f l e I . ,A ix i vm, . X 5:1 , 1-1..- 1, ...X l .C Gipsan, Thomas Goellner, Wm. E. Columbia, MD Miami. FL as Keel. James F. Durham, NC Kahne. Barbara Durham. NC -4 i .rg QV- F - e , ' if gf -- ' V r g C J .. 2-7 . . -' - ,Q x - . Q ' A , X -' 4 , 1 -... ., f - 4 . ,w J-', M 'Q ' , 01 ' .u ' 2 My' .1 - - in ,,,, . , A 1 ,H Armfield, B.W. Bebe: Ccllligs Bafxihaim. jamggzli. Hageman, AI:1nAL. Berry, Wm. R. ur am. n I: o . A . R ' h, NC Diagrmtir Rauf Fi1r11iiiisPi1a.'fitr ni'riyriJli:lr3- glfriil-Our. . ir i' Y M i 3 '-it lx . S57 fi fi- 1- cr r- 7 X -' , . 1 X -. A -.ab .A fx I . 4' 5 'V ' '4' i i 'T' X L '-- iff' fi 'fi im, Zi J ,M Wi ,, , . , i. , - -- - gi -iw' f X iw ' -L 513, , Brownlee, Michael Burgehloseph J. BurweIl,j.C. Ill Call, Newel B. Carmichael, A.G, Watertown, MA Boston, MA Los Angeles, CA SH F 3 O Sv l I M I In Curl, Walton W. West Point. NY Orzba. .Yurgngy 7237 .Ju YL. Fisher, Wm. S. Winston-Salem, NC Olalaryngalogy 'Q 'E : ag Goldner, Richard Charlot'viIle, VA N I g .. i 1 -.Q Q .Q ' . . Koman, Andrew Durham, NC Orlho. Surgery gin l Cutler, Joshua Chevy Chase, MD Cnrdialngy in aoeviv , an f 1-I K 1 gr X1 A A Flowers, J.B, at-,: F' gl . - i, vu. N' 3 ,53 . 1 xl 'I' Gooclenberger, D. Boston, MA r r -i ' Q5 .- if-:.g.. , 6 1 Agflf, C i ff i' :' V , , K , ' I Kopelman, Richard Quincy, MA I nlrrnal Medirinr I .. i ' 1 '- ..f - .5 C. A V ,v DM' i f. C-r ,4- 'Sr fu -ei .. f R5 A Y 1-va E rg , . I CA ' Cu ' - 'U' '-ry ay 1 A 3 f ' --...C f- A' I ll'-' .J lpilr mx .V I. 4. ---fr. . -:A 4 . . .wil .. 4'5 CU ..,. -f ' ' ' L David, Richard Denton, james G. Dorsey, james S. Chicago, lL Dallas, TX Durham. NC Nforlalolngy Plrulir Surgery . ' ' 'n . fi ' fix .411 -, T ' -' ,fi l - 43 ' ...MX i .-' '-.- - . e -' arts- 7' , , 'g 1 -a ' -fa ,-- xt- , 'hfiii-' 1 auf . .- ie' , Atl ,ff me . Foster, Wm. L Garrett, Wm. E. Garson. Arthur Chapel Hill, NC Durham, NC Houston, TX Radiology Orlhopuediri Pfrliulrir Cuml I I '. - - 'f fme,. ' Q '- ,.,, : I ,F 1 4 N. Grulke, David C. Norfolk. VA I mmm! M edirinz - f 4 V A A V' feilx ,Ty I 'f Leppert. Phyllis Guilford. CT Prrimllalugl' , hu 5 J Wx , , 1 N C-. e--5 3 . v 9 ii. 1'-P if ,ff-X Q, Q , , lx ,fi EZ' 4 , , Holton. Walter L. Manteo, NC Famih Prartlrc ,ay -- Lcster, Robert M. Bethesda, MD cafdfnzw Hopkins. Richard Durham, NC Surgrvj- X' ' . ,...a lf P' l V A ll . Lillydnhl, Wm. C. Boulder. CO Olaln rp-ngolzrgy ALUMNI iy ,t it .. Ur? 1 1 . t I iv il- ddtx., . , Lister, Eric D. Boston. MA .- t. i Q l i. '- grew nigga J' 1 5- .- Newman, Walter Durham, NC lriurrml Medirim- W -- N ' l 1 . W' Rainey. Thomas Potomac, MD Inl Med'-lntm Car Qi Wi i i xt its i 11. Skarin, Robert Arlington, VA Pr iarrin Thompson, Charlo. Durham. NC 1 l vrgumyi i1i..',. Lloyd. Stephen C. Columbia, SC Inlernal Mediriue my I' P L 1 . Q. Q ry L. i ' t , . W5 .. Paris. Steven A. So. Easton. MA Prdialrirt ' a f- L, . e Q -V ,5- ix 9 'S I J.- LWW L' .IA A .1 ,jilif tilt... 1. Rosenthal, J.T. , W, W McCloud, W. 1 79 is if N .1 - Pass, Harvey Ira jackson, MS Surgery . 5 Q Rothstein, Manfr. ir- . rr E mi- ul ,lr- tx iw 'Hifi' Q , 1 4 M- t I McDonald, John A. columbia, no .. ' .x 1 . it .W , My 'lv .'.N i' i Perry, john C. Belmont, MA Piyrbiurrjy 175 .A X ..T .9 4? . Milli . M Sanfilippo, A.P. .yi Charlot'ville, VA Fayetteville, NC Durham, NC Dermalnlagy Pulhulugv ff ' . .9 , yi 5 . . 41- , 19: 3 'i I 'li' . V 3 12 W' 'i -.Ji 1 - -u LUX ,L .... Spector. Arthur Spray, Thomas L Steatl, Wm. W, New Haven, CT Durham. NC Durham, NC ol.-Gy... Cardiac swgm' Nepbmlw .. . wh' 5' V. 1 1 um .1 . ,g i 1- .r ' f .Tl 1 .. 4 L Todd. Robert F. Tokarski, E. Troxler, David Brookline. MA Gaithersburg, MD M ezliral Rrxmrrb ALSO GRADUATI NG ,,, . WITH THIS CLASS ' Casagrande, Sandr San Diego, CA f raedmiiabelle 1 San Francisco, CA l' Q Norcross. Wm. A. T Q' .4 - San Diego. CA f : Famib Mldirinr 'Q Williams, Linda New York. NY Williams, R.S. 2 cgi 9 ' A 4 P W: M i .st A 'lf'Y'Q Medlin. Douglas Knoxville, TN . 's Pierce, IJ. 1 f fn . , 'r 6, -5. ll N ' v ' ia Satein. Michael Norwich, VT Ptyrbialry 'Tx-C' ..,, ' -wwf .iw--li Wi Strohmeyer. Gcr. San Antonio, TX ill fllli M J Walters. David Canton. MA Grnrral Xurgery viii I Ki s.-V ' ,I ' lfensfe-if: Wolff, Bruce G. New York, NY E l l Miller, David E. Durham, NC 06.-Gyn. l Plumb, Vance J. Homewood, Al, Cardiology Jai, K. ' X I K. I . QW- 1 ' vig. Schncken. Douglas Durham, NC Cardiology Stulring, Robert Miami, Fl. Opblbvlmalogy ' ' in ...ii . ,ii , . ,il i 1 ill? Waugarnan, Richard Potomac, MD Pxyrbiany Yancey, Michael Durham. NC ef' 1 .1 F , . Y I 5,29 rf .,, ck , .tr . ir, , if Y Mold, james W. Chapel Hill, NC F..riib1 Puffin A , il 5.-li Porter, Wayne R. Miami. FL ig, i 1 i 7 L5 . Scott, John Glenn Batesville. AR Famib Prarlfre f i.fb 7 ,U 5 e4'3-'hr 'YI is if ff Tager. Mark J. Portland, OR Dir afHllb Prawn Y. Q -N 15 v.. t r - Weeks, Kenneth D. Bethesda. MD Cardiology Zellinger, Mich. Ann Arbor, Ml .' ' -5 l 1 L-5 , f . . I Nar.lH5.John A. Chicago,lL f 4 A 4 7 .R y 1. 1 Powell, Berkeley Houston, TX Plaifir sunny .IW ' P Shipley, Michael Durham, NC lnl.M:1L. GE. l s ' 1. ll 1 1 A L Teursch. Steven Atlanta. GA Epriiminlw y.fr'iw fs... J V I 4 A A 4 - i n WN' -. .4 ,-: 1 J 0' v M' ' X'-J'hG'li Cl: Wiley, jerry Wm. Rale' h, NC Pedgalrirr ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Poeschel, Bernard Durham. NC Richardson, David Lumberton. NC Rosenblitt. Daph. Durham. NC Child-Adel Piyfb Williams. Lewis Ariingwn. MA internal Mrdirine ! fl' A t. Nadell. Andrew San Francisco, CA Piyrbinng' 4 lk 1 Pyles. Jerald D. Hendersonv'le, NC lnleruul Medicine v Simrcl, Kermit O. Wuhingron, DC Pediatric E , Qt . AJC., P Thistlethwaite. J. Wnhsington, DC 'Feist , ZF 'Cl ,.'--' 'x tra ' Williams. Eddie Durham, NC Gmnal S urgcry We War Babies got to Duke Medical School in the early '70's, when major changes were occurring in medical education. There was the pass-fail system, thank goodness. The Core Cur- riculum was firmly established and made the early years fast and furious, but the later years fun. The school enjoyed a sterling reputation which attracted bright and competitive students. The basic science departments were so large that we couldn't know our professors well, but many of them wrote or edited the texts we used. Also gig numbers were the largest ever, and three students shared a cadaver in anatomy lab, a cat in physiology and ALUMNI a brain in neuro. But you always had one human arm vein to needle Cwith the new space-age vacutainerj, and that belonged to your lab partnerg Push in 'til he screams, then draw back 'til you get something red! There were Saturday classes, small group sessions at home on weekends, programmed texts, and tutors if you slipped. But there remained crash courses in neuro, genetics, physical di- agnosis, with no time to rest except for the wonderful sleep with the lights off in histology lectures or with the lights on in biochemistry until Dr. Hill threw the chalk. There was a lan- guage barrier to overcome, too. From Dr. Narahashi we heard of sweet grandsf and their uhexocrine function . From Dr. Clapp we learned of body flurids and the production of u- run . And of course, Dr. Wachil passed out some sheet every day. There were also many student candidates for M.D.-Ph.D. whom we called Mud-Phuds . They made great tutors and objects of admiration, but they wrecked our curve on the National Boards Part I. However, some things we all had in common, we came home at night smelling like formaldehyde in the first year, like sweat in the second year, like melena in the third, but like a rose in the fourth. Getting to the end of the ordeal was sweet, especially when looking back. Along the way there were unforgettable memories, such as: - midnight rounds with Bruce Dixon - morning coffee with Billy Peete - any rounds with Mike McLeod - doing a U!A and a Gram stain in the student lab with no glass slides - confusing systole with diastole in auscultation - seeing a reversible disease on the pediatric ward - learning the Box Method of fluid and electrolytes - a tracheostomy at Hartman's - Dr. Robertson's humor - Dr. Goree's lack of same - diagnosing your wife as having a disease you just learned - the Director's hour and a free steak - Walt Curl's Sunday morning football on East Campus - Wednesday night basketball and a second place intramural finish - color-coded hallways but still getting lost - The David Troxler Era school plays - singingest and cleverest Cand cleanestj ever - classmates with Phi Beta Kappa tie clasps - the midnight rider on Long Ward - operating with Dr. Sealy, or hearing Dr. Floyd take a history - Freebies at the post office - swinging by the chandelier at the class party - a guy on the first row, first seat, named H.I. Pass - lunch on the Quad, or in the Gardens, or at the Oak Room - hearing Dr. Sabiston introduce a guest lecturer for half the hour - the yearly mini-test - short white coats X . Q M11 513 'X i' ' Show -Eastern N.C. patients with high blood, low blood, and bad blood - reviewing an autopsy with Dr. Hackel But then there were the exceptional highlights, such as: - seeing one of the greats like Drs. Stead or Forbus or Smith make a comment at Grand Rounds - presenting a case to Dr. Osterhout - reviewing a film with Dr. Baylin - seeing Dr. Goldner simulate disorders of ambulation - hearing Dr. Orgain describe a case of rheumatic fever - sitting in the Saturday CPC and suddenly beginning to understand what they are talking about - getting a 14-gauge IV in a veteran - dreaming of wearing white pants - striving for Honors in Medicine - seeing Dr. Kempner in his blue and white - having Dr. Sabiston remember you name at a party, and your Wife's name and your home town, and . . . Well, this was a little of Duke Medical School in the early '70's. The education we received was worth the struggle, and the memories have proved indelible. Ken Weeks, Jr., M.D. '74 ENTERING CLASS OF 1971 Agner, Roy Chris. Allison, james Andrew, Louise B. A , Le d C. A ld, Kr' ' ' - Sainsbury, NC cciumbaa, sc Towson. MD Hiiiibomiiihfiivc sinliimlanafsiiisn Auiiiiikiiagbgbm' liviiiieiiicgiifibgiii Baidalgbiit M' Bmw' Lam 1fmmalMfd.fmf lm Mal-Emr Mm' Fm. 6 Emer. Mraf ' REPM Em 5 ob Sf Yvunsswwm OH ALUMNI 221 Bglardsley. George Becker. Manhew Bolander. Frank. Boniln, Andrew A. Bonner, Ernesz L. Borowiu, Michael Bousquer, Frank Boyd, james F. Brady, Charles E. ew Haven. CT Berhcsda, MD Bezhesda, MD ljncn-lp, CA Gm' SC D h NC B MA Afuxlhniology Famihf Prarlire nay' ::,,f7,i7Lgy oswn' AUSEEZBQA Robbins' NC ' ix Brown. .l-5- 511110. 5129531 Campbell Wm. K. Capello,Roger W. Cahmbers J.W. Clayton Linda Gl H b W C I A C cl' 1 ' G f Roffbofm NC Afhsvilf- NF Ashland- We ' Durham, NC cifi'fAni3zli'ifA' 053222, ri? 'iinZ'i5.i3,'Ni Farmb- Pfarlm lnnrual Mrdrrlur 06,-Gyn. Pniiairirr Nrurulugy Ni , .STE ' 7 , iw , My Y . i-1' H , V I i 5 wr ' Q .5 r A 1 if , - .. L, V Davis, Alan Dean Donohue, Hugh j. Dorminy, john H. Draffin, Richard Drake, R.E., jr. Durham, D.A, Eiden, joseh j. Fields, Richard Forciea, Mary Ann Knoxville, TN Tacoma, WA Durham, NC Savannah. GA Richmond, VA Greensboro. NC Minneapolis, MN Gwff-11 Swsm Pfllwlw Clinizal Mirrn Pnl-bfuln :mmm .ilfdfffm Fortune. John B. Fouls, Anthony C. Fries, Louis F. Fromer, Carl Gober, H. Fred Goodkind. David Graham, Suzanne Gross, W. Harvey, Ruben C. Albany, NY Meridian, MS Ellicorr Ciry, MD San Fran, CA Gainesville, GA Brookline, MA Lexingron, KY Olympia, WA Surgtry lnlrrllul Mrdicinr I nlerfwl Mzdirine Ob-Gyn, Plalrir Surgrry Pathology l iii If ' . , . . f .. '. 5, . . 1 l F5 F995 . '53 ' ' ' , X : if W ii ' A' wr, A 1 1 I sl, Q.. V .. , - - we -. -P- 322? 'T' ' ' FH - ,. '71:. fl: .. . L' mi My 'LJ Hawley, Philip C. Hess, Davis S. Arey, jo Ann H. Humphrey, John E. jannewski, MJ. Jarvis, Sruarx McLean, Susan J. johnsron, Wm. E. Joiner, CH. Columbus, OH Durham, NC Galax, VA Bax Cave, NC Columbus, OH Nashville,-TN Nanck, MA lmnniu Family Puffin Piyrhinfry Pediarrifi Josephs Shelby Kah Ruben Ira Kapsch. Donald N. Kessler. Allen R. Khoury. Chris Kleinermnn. G- I-ang. Laurence AA Larwn. Richard 1-hmsky. DDM M. Silver S ling, MD Miif,Va1lcy, CA Columbia, MD Nashville, TN Aurora. CO Sherman Oaks. CA Durham. NC Greensboro. Nf- Pzlialrics Urology Gen. 6 Thor. Sur. General Surgzry Aflfllbfllmkl' Lobe: Clifford MacIntosh Vicmr Manners, ILE. Marlow, Michele ML-Carley, Dean L. McCarty, Gale A. Mellen, M.T. Miller, Michael Moore, Benjamin ' ' Ch- I .Y FL G ' 'll , FL D h , NC Goffsrovvn, NH Durham, NC Rochester' MN Boswn' MA lp ey lntiiiigixiilfdirillr Rzsuzgralagy Rudlolugv Neurnpljrfnurlj 222 ALUMNI Moore, Reginald Muller, Thomas W. Novak, Robert W. Ose. Wendy Elise Paulson, Jerome Novak, Pamela E- Pfiiff-'fy Wm. C- Phillilii- Hilffb' Poston. Wm- M' August, GA Washington, DC Memphis, TN Raleigh, NC Baltimore, MD Mem5his,vTN Tilton. GA BOSIDQ, MA Boston, MA Anal uialagy Puliatrit Path Pfjrhiatrjy P: mimi Pulbnlngy Cardlululb' Primo, H. larry Reid, Barbara s. fumes, Edward J. Richardson, c. nichafdwi, DJ.. Robgnsnn, Charing Rgckgon, Stanley Schenk, sand, Ingram. TX Houston, TX Durham, NC Boston, MA Brookline, MA Durham, NC Db.-Gyn. Pzdiarriri Pfyrlaiurry Dphzbalmulagy Curdialugy Gmrral Surgm I - '5 ' ff? T ? xiii ., . WW 'J' Y MQ 'WZ' s'l'l'Wl lil! , ,,,,, f I - WW -M'vl:.'?si-fllffa V I I 'N ' A ' .t 1111: X ' . 1 'su X K Singer, F. Philip Singletary, Wm. V. Snyder, David W. Stansbury, S.W. Steele, j.C.H. Stoughton, Ned S. Stubbs, Thomas M. Tatum, Arthur H. Hillsborough, NC Durham, NC SL Louis, MO louisville, KY Durham, NC Famib' Mldirinf PUIINIPKV w 1 1 n i rua Cut Adams, Brown Riverdale. NY 06.-Gyn. Clements, Fiona Redlands, CA as ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Hansen, Dorothy Tallahassee, FL Pedinlrir: Jobin. Michael Denver. CO Emngcmgv Mui Toher, Raymond J. Wcsrb , Steven Wilkerson, Steph. Williams, Robert Wojeski, William Zaino, Richard Durham, NC Fort Dlfiyenacc. AZ Durham, NC Bremcrron, WA New York, NY Durham, NC I nlrrrml M edirinr General Surgery Simpson.John IJ. Menlo Park. CA Cunlialvgi new J in ' X1 Tm. Jerome P. Chapel Han, NC Fumuir Path AI.SO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Zwelling, Eugenie Poromac, MD Pedf. 6 Immune. Scheinberg, Rich. Wichester, MA Ortho. Surgmf ALUMNI 225 ENTERING CLASS OF 1972 M l. ,Q 1 l-ll w If lyk... ku W l W gl c ugh ' 1- ' 1 ,l ,D gf, l X k K K l Allen Faith Arentzen Carl Ballard Evan A. Bea ch C.0. B Ral h k ' - New Yhrk, NY WZyfzata,,MN jonesville. NC Ankh A2113 Ml COP Bc: er' RL' Jr. Beg'l:gi:h'tiR:4l1En Belglflihhfrlgegllzinh Bergm' DJ' Car femur. Surg. Farufb' Prattizz Internal llfrdirinr Pfyfhiany Pd, Cgfdfqlpgy ' ,. . , - -- ru .' P ., A Q ' - - Ziiif . ' . - N ii. , ' x ,r l ,, 'ffffl' 1 fl., 17 X Q l ,,.. - l . . ll, - -' ' 5 MW' f 'N ,W ' 3 ,fa L H ggg.. Bilsker, Martin Blaylock, Barbara Brnwn, Michael A. Bundy, Ralph L Cannon, David R, Carlson, Dug, Caudill, Lucy H, Chcesbomugh, J, Comm, Q, Bronx, NY San Diego. CA Gainesville. FL San Francisco, CA Fairfield, CT Charlesmn WV ha B1 H511 NC , . , . C p . Cardiology l--wrmzl lllfdlllue p,J,,bi,,,,Jl D,,,,,a,,j,gy -- ,, 'Q ,..' :il f - , l luck, , ill, L l 3 1 5- ' f ..,:' H-xl ' A -:N l,llvllllll'lMElfl lm 1 H - 1 Cooke, james H. Crain, BJ. Creagan, S.M. Crigler, Norris Dae. Michael W. Davies, Michael Dixson, George R. Dunn, Philip H. Edgar. j.R. Fayetteville. NC Chstrlofvle. VA Raleigh, NC Oakland, CA Durham, NC Durham, NC lnlsrmzl Mrdirine Radiology Rudinlugy Hml.-Our, f V A 'ie 5' if A- ' , F N l ' 'I ' .. , lf ,,,, Ml: 5' , l . ' l , .l l n- H' s-ff ' . l D 5 . , , S' li ' 113 , e ! , , z, 2 .4 an it 3 N15 A X l E , A iz L ' ffffw' ' U' I, 'D Eubank, Daniel F. Fedor, john M. Fisher, S.R. Fitch, Robert D. Forth, Richard Friedman, Gregg Galentinc, Paul Geer, M.R. Gellcrsrudt, M.E. Concord, NH Durham, NC Durham, NC Roanoke, VA Chapel Hill, NC Bethesda, MD Fam'Lv Mrdifinr lnlmml Mrdirin: Oribapuedir Surg. Oh.-Gyn. Dplstlvalmalogy 13 1 livixlhlw, ,viii 'l ' 'lyk 'lb , 'll , , .,,, I -, A. wa, ,-5. fg. . , ' .il V41 -. -. , . ' ' 1 'Fr A , , ' ll , Q L ' ,Wil ,,,,, A A ' W I Q ' Tl ll 1 , ' ' .. -gf L H' A , M - ez -.au t ,, g f!r,gF -: l ' ,. ' wil H , . Slim' A ' Hifi.-. ' ' 'll -b Gentry, Robert E. Geisker, David Hanberry, Richard Herr, Douglas V. l-lerr, Bonnie Hull, Keith L. Hunter, john Dane jacob, Andrew S, johnstnn, M.F. Nashville, TN W. Harrfonl, CT Macon. GA Pirtsburgh, PA Pltlsburgh, PA Durham, NC Durham, Boston, MA Palholagy Internal Medirinr Ob.-Gyn. Neurallfgy I rrlernal M fzllrrrlr l , l , 1 a .v ' . ' .,, , ., ,, . . ,last 4 I. ', V' , f I l 'F A M 1-sv,-ll , l l ' lg A A Jam. John W. Jones, Roy B. Kalman, mama Keller, Ted s. Kilpatrick, RJ. Sl:ng22l,ig:aElA King, Gi. K0,l5rl.nl,Z-iihxw E- KREESQ S- Claremore, OK 224 ALUMNI Gaithersburg, MD Mrdiral Onralogy Philadelphia, PA Ypsal,-mi, Ml I ulzrnal Mfdirinr N ru ml urgnj' Orrbopzudir Su rg. l ' s ,,,, V. gi' 2 Q. Ji Krauth, LE. i I 4. w ..,, , M . 5 , , l, -Tmvnpm lwih N 'H X Lamb, Robert V. Houston. TX Luikart, S.LD. Morgan, A. Dean Sherman. TX lnlrmal Medicine Pndolsky, Susan Durham. NC 1 5 Q P fe is A av I Shaw, Ruben A. Columbus, OH Pulmunary Med. -Ki - R I .ii fig hp. 1-. 1 ,. ' , f f' Vanbenthuysen. K. Denver, CO A150 GRADUAT I NG WITH THIS CLASS Bevan, Mark F. Irving, TX Conn, Eric H. Durham. NC Cardiolay Manning, Stuart Durham. NC lnlernal Mrdirine Murray. J ohn C. Durham. NC Dennamlugv Polisson, Richard Kensi ton, MD lf1!rm5Mrdi:inr i1is5'5i'. ,. - at t iii. . l ' 3 5 s L.. i WV' S. 1 Singler, Robert Seattle, WA A rmlbrtiology vick, aw., in Williams, R.L. I W , . 4 ,lu V YV t 'Mb' Lambert, P.R. , 1 I . il. , w f . r Marquardt, J.D. .Y ll .. Viv' P A Neal, john Wm. Hamlet, NC Famib Mzditin: Robertson, Dwight Mt. Pleasant, SC l sfein, ma. Vincent, Michael Rockville, MD Gmrral Surgt-ry ' it ' sg 4 ' , 5, . '- J I H., 4 ' X, If tx!! A P . 'li 5 .- '-in .. Williford Marg. Lillingtoh, NC Lambeth. LD. Marshall, 1.1. Nicholson. B.W. Chapel Hill, NC ' ,sy -- x.. ' r . EX, . -' QQ..- 1 li A ti V: . W, ' ,iw .W Leider. Karen New York, NY 'X . , t if M YY . ,Y Wm . I..C5E5nt, Bancroft Spartanburg, SC .. Q' 5 , l li 5 A . wlilivli W W i l. c Irflfnml Medifine .Q 1- - ' ,. .ll 'W vi. . lw1M,J ll .. ' ' 4 f . f l McCracken, 1.5. gil M lil l 'WM .. H ,ii 'w Us ss, 4. , . . 7 J X McKee, Heather C. Rochester. N Y Olshan, Arthur, R. Papadopoulos. D. San Diego. CA , .,.. f l ' .,. L i .. , , ,Q 8 . A , . .' A g A.. A Rodeo, Wm. C. Savage, Robert M. Schlossman, D.M. Old Hickory, TN Orlhnpaniir S arg. Swetenburg. Ray Charlotte, NC P1n'iulrl'r.f ,ua e gm. ' ' x f Q' 'Q 1 2 if ' 5 1 Y L ' ' ,:. . , - l .-, A 4 l 1 . Webb, Mary Sharon Alexandria, VA Woods, Gerald M. Hazelcrest, lL San Diego. CA fig-aa. Lies, Stephen C. Durham. NC Ob.-Gyn. Lipscomb, Robert Denver. CO Orlhapaedir Surg. . WJ tl 4 K A' '. i I W Aw 19 .. f' Mickey, john Vick Honolulu. H1 Internal Msdiriur Ju A. Parsons. james T. Gainesville. I-'L w 1: . v .A Schultz. DJ. Tannenbaum. Sig. Tate. Robert M- Durham, NC Denver. C0 Umlag Pulmonary Mud. Weinstein, P. ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Dimming. Thomas Durham, NC Emefgrruy Mad. Epstein, Arnold Pembroke P'ns, FL Freemark. Michael Durham, NC Padialrirl Whitaker, Willie Columbia. SC i. 'ri 3 . 1. a., 1 1 L vii V' it Woriax, Frank Durham. NC Treadwell, Edward Garland. NC Millet. York E. Denver. CO Pulmonary' , Q. ' Qin - -' U Perler. Bruce A. N. Dartmouth. MA Surgery Scoggins, Bernard Decatur. GA lnlernul Mzdiriur W .lim ill l N . .+ .I J 1 l 1 Livengood, C.H. Durham, NC UL.-Gyn. Mitchell, j.M. . W .uf l l L I N v .,, 4 .4 ' Piech. K.S. l x .L 1 If W 4 ,X it au-- ' 713- f , L ':- A .- A X J Sharp, G.I'I. Unger, Stephen W. Charlofvle, VA swgm , Q.. , Y Q ' r , Whitesides, Dan Whitlow, Patrick Durham. NC Atlanlfl, GA 06.-Gyn. . J' I ' 5255. 2'-, Y 1 -lj C- X ' l -' 'I . v 1 . Zack, Brian Gary Cincinnati, OH Pznf 6 Adal. Med. Ziegler, R.E. Upchurch. Kath. Cambridge, MA ,. '- l ts 4 r . l .,,,- A ' f H' . -v 4 Williams. R.. Jr. ALSO GRADUATING WITH THIS CLASS Geehr, Edward C. Largo. FL Barnhill. Raymond Many, LA Dmnalolagy ALUMNI 225 it wi 412-- Adarns, Beverly J. Durham. NC Dmlaryngalagy I vi v . aa Q 'H glia l ! 2 L . 4. J 'Ma it W 9 A 33 .-1.2.9-A Q A 4 . M it N V v mu 4 w Calderwood, Susan Camden, ME lntrnml Muiirim ,, ' . . ,J .J .. , i - 'Y 1 fl V ' 4 fi X X HQ -I . , . H Arthur, Martha Reynoldsburg, OH ENTERING CLASS OF 1973 -wa. Auerbach, Paul S. Los Angeles, CA Ernrrgenq Mui if bi, 'Q ks Y: iWLJ'l wily, 1 v Q 'yy P 5 1' v 4 t A--u-f' - 1 fi eg? ' aj, Bishop, Linda A. Blacharsh, jill Bloomfield, Rohr. Bocck, Marjorie Somennlle, MA Durhuni, NC Winston-Salem, NC Bronx, NY Prdlarnct Psylbwlvy I nnrrml Mrdfrine Ad'nlurml Mrd. X i t i W' A, 5 .71. ' f,'- .N - . QF' '31 , ' Q i f Drake, Patricia Cassano. Wm. F. Clark, Margaret Cnnchi, Stephen Durham, -NC Sr. Louis. MO Col. Springs, CO Dover, MA Prdmrrm Pnlianirx Pfdimfff f . h . s-0-.X zx .I -. . ' . il l' Wi-W1 hiv , 'i i, , 1 1, . ' , , v- 1, '-2' .15 .V 1: , xl .X If f W. 'Vi ii 31' f 1 . '- iv' ' -1.15 I-Fil . t , . ..' Y Clit -V., ,.q,-Y 3: L K EIY. Kailash L Fox, Gary N. Francis, Robert Gallemore, Gail Charlorv e, VA Charlotte, NC Durham, NC Durham, NC Surgrry Prdiatrirl ,evhugig A- 5,5 W ,g, , A '. ,, W V ' .i9 ' 'i 4' af.-.ii A . ' W . W , '-,xv f ' A u .' we :L ,W .i , -M, .5 M 1. is, ' 'U 2 lllr ,,,,, .Q K ', 5 .W 'W' lui. 'AI-4 f ' Wh wf 2 x T Xin . Fisk: ' vin- ., - .-, ' .4 if..'Q -'di' - 'fr 1 f -Elf , L ' ij 'Q in , I MM ' - A- ,,i,. Hainline, B.E. Hainsworth. Barb. Hardy, Henry J. Harringtan, M.M. Durham, NC Houston, 'DC Cleveland. OH New Haven, CT - i-in ,v 4 .wi ne, A f L xi: ' - '- ' 9121 -All 4' ' , . ' if A ' Y.-. ei 'fs 'I ni 'IZ L .Y Q , 11.,, . Honickman, Steven Lafontainc, M.H. Horton, james M. Hughes, C.I.. jr. Watertown, MA Philadelphia, PA Gainesville, FL Durham, NC Radiology 226 ALUMNI Nrumlagy 1 1- Q A , if . W H W , l lr . L D f I A xv- I 'mx' 'M , 'ii 10, ll N ii P A Y' i 1' 'L iii g ' 7 QQ if t- u i Austin, Linda Bethesda. MD .. . fa eq. in fi Bower, Andrea San Bernadino, CA Family Prurlir: Dackis, Charles New York, NY Plyrhiutrj W. ' 1 .- . M Q -. , i I JK .N - , , ' 'Q , . . Garcia-Saul, jose Durham, NC Ol:-Gyn. . . hu - - .. i',i1N,.gfi..lE L'1ZfQ 'iii yi 1. A -- rl' J E ,fs X . Harris, Larry C. Durham, NC Prdialrirt Kennedy, john D. Decatur. GA Gmrrul Swgefr f r if N Sv .f lg, . n f f 1 Bailey. Kathleen Chicago. IL lnlfrnal Mfdlrine ,C ...i ...i 1. l Iii, ll 9 1 - ,a : W i l , P92 M l vb Q 'xii' 5 li i J lil Brennan. john T. Charleston, SC Famzb Pnzrlire , l 1 7 ri 'WE l' ll. Q ,. Q W . , Drake, Miles Durham, NC Neurology Gavin, James R. St. Louis. MO Internal Mrdirine , . A 0 ly, mi' , my A a K l f, wi, if , ef Timonium, MD hr-,, i J v Vi s 51 X . Barton. Thomas K. Durham, NC Pathology Bressler, Robert Houston. TX I nlrrrml Mfdirinr 4:' Y . Dunningan. Ann C. Richmond, VT Q' 'i il, .gd . V Gehrett, Josep h Seattle. WA I nlrrrml Mrdxrinr ,fi i ..- .-ew.. - W .w i ,, ,If I 'K in l' , f 'T lf' f- 4 , Herman, G.E. . ni.-iv, - 'vi in 1 '. F: fl' Hassan, Newton E. , i if l i -. t Bnssen, Cecile R. Brookline. MA Psyrbinlry Klausner, Richard Brookline, MA lnlernal Mrrffrirn f W f.xi.:L'- Ei if C Burger. jerry J. Gainesville, FL Bruce. James F, Charlofville, VA Orzlm, .Yurgrrg l,'N-Nfl. 'dx K' W A Duvic. Madeleine Durham, NC Dmrmmlugy '- ' :, i Aff ' All A hn- 5 -. -is . Gilbert. Paul P. Nashville, TN Orlba. ,Yurgrrjv fab 'TSA' . sf.. :T X 5- -,f w, . NS Ev Wx .. ,S-nz:-' . ai Holt- Lawrence B. Winsmn-Salem, NC , Y, -we . Kull. Richard K. Belmont. MA Psyrbiang- Bernstein, Barry Columbus, OH Buckley, Edward Durham, NC Oplallwlmolvg-y f ri. is 1' ' . ff' .5 Dykes, jzunes R. Ashevclv. NC Famfbi lfmmff Hagerty, Richard Charleston, SC 'QL Hi: . Y K 'gym' - Honeycutt, PJ. Durham. NC .ii Larrick, james W. Palo Alto. CA lrmurm.-Int. Med. Igggett, M. Mayer, Thom Sal: Lake Cry. UT Pedialrir Surgery , ... -..f Wesrfield, Nj n l l n 1 57. ' 1 K. I e' v Sadler, j.E. III Durham. NC Biurlmn-lnl Med Stanley, Robert Los Angeles. CA Trask, Neil W. Dallas, TX lnlernsl Mlditinr Ozimek, Carl D. ,, ,ix ni V. Q . M N, NW TVN ' nv gg. as -- Leslie, john B. Durham. NC Anzrlbrxivlagy C. k I Q U, LSL, McGinnis, J. jr. . , ff I A in . . W 3 I .- ' .1- .1.. ...,.5 .. . A 4... WM ' - r 5'i' ' .1 Lewis, Richard H. . ' M Ling, David Rockville D CIBYWOILMI Umlngy flux' W .J -as ge Q- ...gl , -wi Q, rd ? y'3 -- ' -H ' McKain. Carey W. Taylors. SC nirlig ' .rea ' ' f' ,x M K rl -, MQ- EJ Pasrernak, Reuven Moeller. Wendy Carrboro. NC Durham. NC P1dlPub Hlll: ,Q 1 x Scharz, Richard San Francisco. CA I nrrrnal M edirmr wk Stewart, Dannic Gallup. NM LZ' '. V Trofaner. K. Jr, Durham. NC Palhvlagy W 1114 v-uv ff' Williams, Larry Salisbury, NC Pzdialria lnl. Med.-GE. l 'nn - , r M X W. W l?f M51 . Q Y ., N0 . . . Scheinman, JJ. 1 .43 . f l l . .lv I Srinson. Olivia Chestnut Hill, MA Pnllzulugy . Y . A. Av V M , my I Unterruan, Terry Evanston. IL I nlmml Mrdirim Williams, Jerome Sz. Louis. MO Internal llledirinr Miller, Gary M. Denver, CO P.-dhmirs Pedley. Carolyn Winston-Salem. NC Inlfmnl hlfdirifu 1 ft ' 1, FV W? , Al S Mm- Y Nd Sellers, Thomas Durham. NC fair li . lil My x ,A 11 ll. . N, ll M l. ,A ... il, fi'..-MW l 'Q 'x .2- - ' L ' f' If V. I f, , I 2 ,. ,, J Lymberis, Marvin Winsron-Salem, NC Diagmulir Raul ' Y: F, Q . N ,'s,Qil,, . Y 1 '1 I, V , E . f A 4' . 4 1 Millsaps. David Charlene, NC Pediarrin 4 . f ull Spiro, Rhonda P. Brooklyn, NY Sl 'Ml fb l 5 . Q ll l W Ii N ,L v 1 Shoemaker. Ritch. Chapel Han, NC .Lf- .-iff'-NP gal , -Y . ,J N .51 - Symmonds. Jeffrey San Francisco. CA General Surgery Wuldrop, Charles Maclison.Wl Pedialrir: . , - L ,X I 1- JS. lv A J., Willii. Henry S. Andrews AFB. MD Famih Prarlirr Iasringer, Linda Chapel Hill, NC Internal Mzdirinf Walker, Price Columb us . G A ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Keitcl, Wendy A. Durham. NC Internal Medirirlr Palmeri, Barbara Durham. NC Pryrbialry Schmidt, Wm. F. Philadelphia, PA Hrrmzlalay U .. .br 1' .. ag. fig , A1 , 5 wil ly . W 4 'Ill' , ' w ll , . 1 Y . M 1 .WY 'Wi 'B 1 . 5. Mackey, Wm. C. New York. NY . ... l' 1- -qdlg.. L, T- A f . . . ' 4 1 , Half' ., ..... A .S , , 11 QV, . 15' L L- Moeller, G. Rnd Durham. NC lm. Mid.-Rheum. , . . . .J-Lk ia- I 'I r 4 ,, 'WT -'71 nl .W ll '. . .i Roberts. Wm. D. Lancaster. PA N --, . M 5 'AQ ,I 'L' rw Lf: 4 iii Smith, Chris E. Durham. NC Orrbn. Surgery Thaler. M. FT f, 'T' wif? , ' ,. . .. Walls, Bertram E. Durham, NC Gb-Gyn N . -v . 1 Yen. T.S. E ,V Wy' . - .ff .., '- use '- . I 1 Magill. Michael Durham. NC Family Medicine z . E H ' .. ,. . X Murawelz, Lida ' 'W l l , v w 1 Q - Sr 44 C , ff Mnhony. Cheryl Durham, NC lnlemal M rdrrine - .,, ,, - 10 . gui I 5 Myers-Budge. Bev H M , x tr: Mauil. . . www . 1' ' ' 'J 1,9 .K-Q . N 1. Q., he 3. ., W., . M lil I l K' Am A X' x :-1 .W 0 'f . X .Ml . , . cr .W 'll I All , . Nichol, Waller P, Chapel Hill, NC Durham. NC Durham. NC Pxyrlyiany Pdllfvfwf 4- ' ' -D- V . 2 ' 1111- .,2f4 j Q J 'A D 3 , ' ' Q-, 'L ,,-X, .,- . -- ...M - . .5 -W 1 T c.. leg' ' t I Y ill ll ' -,M Will ' 'N' Wi fi . ' Wi., -1 V AVF ,,, H Roloson. GJ . I all :fl A all Na ., . . Smith. Peter K. Durham, NC Surgery . 1 -gig . ' lf ii' . , Q- . 4 - ' : .all I Thomassen. Thom Silver Spring, MD Oplallmlmalagv Wil ' full. White, LG. Iii. Y ' .Sf T' 1 .,M.l'V'u f X . Yoshinaga, Monica Sal: lake Ciy. UT lnlrrnul Me hint is 1'-P Rouaulr, Tracey Durham. NC Rbuurmlnlngy . A , ll WNW - o , , 'V .1 -'-4 '.l A . 5 ' if-5 A. Smnlko, Milan J. San Diefm CA Urn ngr 'UWM' . . 'W AM ' '44 . 'L 15- T Ticehurst. John Kensingron, MD lnhrliaur Dil, Q -x The S- 1 lx nil, , l, Y ll M fm ll i W ' ' Tl l Hninline, Sarah Durham. NC Ob-Gyn Young, James A. San Francisco. CA lm. Md.-Om. Rutledge. J.H. Bosron. MA Lau'-lat. Med. f..i':A' l '1 .5 -4, -1 . l -SI' 'N VA 1 , 'Wk T 1' . If ll 2. . r N 4. an Snow, joseph r, Searrle. WA K , ,. K- :. . F .fe 1 . 1' F ,H 1 ,rw W, Tranlhum. Joel L. Durham. NC lnrrnml Mrrifriur file .K .- N 1 ,ev A l-if l . l WMM 'UM Williams. john M. Durham. NC Gen. 6 Tlmr, Sur. ALUMNI 227 C ' V 1 T' iii' A !,,1 ivy , Alpert, Stephen Philadelphia, PA Fedialrir: J X 'Irv I Bible, Henry H. Denver, CO Pxyrhiulry W V . .T . 'L Buff. Samuel J. Durham. NC Radiology s ,,- I W- Yi J li v . H. l : Cooper, John A. Seattle, WA I nlrnml Medirinr ?,s -r'- ' M All A I g l' Y Freiberger, Hari. Charleston, SC Inmnnl M sdirine ,.a -ra Griffin, Eugene Durham, NC Famibf Pmrrirf 228 ALUMNI 'v if l r-WMMQ , Lili' Alyono, David Minneapolis, MN Surgery ,li ,Y my , ,T .M P' Q 'M' f Blair. Vilray P. Sr. Louis, MO Surgtry Bull,Jonca C. Washi ton, DC Inxerniilfillrdirinf , A 'lf f i li 1 ri I Q Xa' Cooper, V.C. J' Mix. .1 5 i. F ' , L. Geballe, Adam P. Chicago, IL Infernal Medicine Groeneveld. Ind. Milwaukee, WI lnlrrnal Mediriur G3 'rl-I . ' . w i M. Apple, jerry S. Durham, NC Radiology Babbitt, Wm. H. Denver, CO lnlemal Mcrlifint If 1, WW 4 A Bunn, William B. Durham. NC lulrrmll Mzdirirn WI 1 Culp, john R. Gainesville. FI. Internal Mrdiriue .il ,wr 7 I 9' v l 'ti I' 9 Gibson, William Durham, NC Palbalogy v I ,Sli , J: 1 ,' 44. 9 .,.J1. Hamg, Melissa Pitts urgh, PA Pediazrin ENTERING CLASS OF 1974 , , , 'h '?' x 1? ,M Avent, James M. Salt Lake C'y. UT Pazbalagv A A uv .-1. :if If l r p 1 Bnekelheide, Kim Chapel Hill. NC . ai al C :V -5- --L. l l I. . 'war ,, I vis 1 l' Bailey. Genie L. Kenly, NC Pfdiafria A V l 5, A! I-J fl fi , X ,,, ,i I , W: ,,,. f Booth, Daniel H. Salt Lake C'y. UT Surgrry I V W i 'b 5 I W N , if. Bum-a, Philip J. cniff, Ruben Brooklyn, NY Durham, NC lrllnnal Mrdirim' Curdialugy , v . f . .- hz X, L Q .' - W ,N Q ,. mp, ,, Y a n ' - xx 6.: , , , Cross, Phyllis D. Dunlap, GJ-I. Charleston, WV Family Pnmirr , 'f 1, N f A , l v I ' 1 1- 5.-. , ' . gf: I I, W. i ff, .TA L P, t.-,- Ginsbuxg, David Boston. MA lnlermil Mrdidue . 1 V. .if it 9 ,vw 3 J Hanson, jeffrey Denver, CO Pfdinlriu Gnann, john W. Birmingham. AI. llllrrndf Mrdfrirll Harden, Elizabeth Dallas. TX Immml Mnlirinz 1, v, - Bandyv Lawrence Cclubus. OH Infernal Medirine W P Y . Bowman, Zebulon Butli ron. NC Intern? M edirim' fi Av' ,. , 1 .M-g - . Carey. Benjamin Oakland, CA Piyrbiany Q' ,-v-in M ,. ., I ' HMM . Dunn, Thaddeusl.. Nashville, TN lnlemal M edirinr .5 W 1 ,xx , , .,,,,,,, limb Bcartlsley, Thomas Hanover, NH Infernal M edirim' I .M 1 1,4 1, ii 5, 4.51. 4. V ii,,y'F'T'. I I Bredesen, Dale Durharn, NC I ulnnal M nlirinr i 3 M l7mvwl'l 2 Clarke, William Cincinnati, OH Pzdialrirl as i f-iw-f7,i . , J 8793 v ll! Edmundson. Marsha Fayetteville, NC Family Pm-lin Goldberg, Joel S. Chicagtl. lL lnlernal Mrdfrirn Peters-Golden. M. Boston. MA Inlrmal lllnlirinr I N Hassett. Alycia Atlanta, GA lnlrrual Nrdicxh: s-v1 , I 1 go '- fbi ' ' ' e lo Hayes, Lynn Chicago, IL Db.-Gyn. if ' Bell, William R. Durham, NC Pulbnlugy W' , Ax , ' it Bressler, Garret: Gainesville. FL Irlffrrral Mzdirinr 1. Am. 'b gd .J I' I Cline, Wm. Tucker New York. NY Surgrry ,. ' ,f K ,,.. . X . VN: , . - L Erickson, Douglas Nashville. TN Pnlbalagy . ' :N ,if Gorman, Michael Dallas. TX Surgery ffi '1. 4 R , IW-.iw ' 1' , V my J, Henderson, joan Boston, MA Dermatology Bencze, Robert F. Fairfax, VA Family Pmrrirr Buesing, Mary Ann San Antonio. TX lnlzrnnl Mrdirinc Conner, Patrick Bimiinsgham. AI. Inlznm Mrdirim Ferguson. Elaine chicago. il. Puliaxrin Graham, john D. Ann Arbor, Ml lllltrllrll lllfditinr ff?- f is Henderson, Melvin Greenville, NC Ob.-Gyn, ., 5 Hodge, Byron Durham, NC U ralogif Surgny ' ' ' -'Ez Li, J.T. jamaica. NY Olqwlwgm 11,1 1. tt 4 'H ,. Hoff man, Robert Pittsburgh, PA lnlzmal Mzditinr .Ii ff ,,v v '-5 . i , , ma ,ly ,, is 3' t 1, , il . ' 1 1 ' Tia .- Mattil 'fl Richard, Randall Charleston, SC Famfb Prarrirz Sedwick Lyn San Antonio, TX I - ny' - Lieber, V. 1 as Q37 l B ' ,?19 .xv . cl, Morris. David C. Col. Richland Co. Family Prurlire Roark Stephen Durham, NC Internal Mrdirin: Sexton, Carlton New Haven, Radiology' Hough, LV, .9 , H l a 9 11 H , it Lightner, V,A. Atlanta, GA Budgc, Beverly M. Durham, NC Parbalvgy Robb- Nicholson, L. Boston. MA I ulermzl M rdirin: ...- Sh non, Michael an St, Louis, MO Prdialrirr it ,if 10 if .l -., .-- i 4. lsley, Joseph P. Harrisburg. PA lnzemnl Mniiriru , t 1 f i A Lindsey, Peggy Baltimore, MD 0pb.'l:aln1ulag7' ,M IN HH, it Y e . A-J Sir ' . v ii - D ri.. I, Y. I .,. , ., 71' f 11:2 .nv 1 ..- jackson, Marianne Concord, MA ,P .au-N Johnson, Robert Durham, NC Du-rrmfolagy Lutin. Charles Wilmington, DE Famibf Prarukz r t t ' -. -tk V. ,, ,.,, QAM. ,ni Q . sro, ,J N man William Newman Kurt ew , D ham, NC Boston . M A u r ' Surgery lrrlrrnal M sdirrnz Roberts, Norfolk, 06.-Gyn, Mabry, Michael Birmin ham, AL 1n1m1u7Mm'irine 1 iiii Nielsen, Anton 4- ' 1 ht I I Q. 3 X I I ,wzmitt johnson, Stephen Birminslhiun, AL lnlrma Mm'irint Mains, Charles Denver, CO Surgery 9, 1 .' 1, I - W A, -,X 1 . at O'Brien. I-flllflffi Boston. MA Durham, NC lulrrnal Medirinf Pullnulagy ' Sr' ' '5- .- A-, , ill: 'Q --- '3 fr , f A . ' 1' F ,B i , WV Sf! 1 it 1 Alfred Rothenburg, M.A. Shelburne. Thomas 51-,gpm-d, Ruben W. Hempstead, NY Durham. NC Ffwihf Pfvffiff Onrnlvp- Remm-h Wood, Pamela M. Charlottesv'le, VA Pediarrin Sherman, Douglas Tallahassee, Fl.. Famib' Pqfxrlire ,CL v ,1 I J f 1 K H ' L at Y L I E I' 11' I It k l li 1 a- i ' wt l 3 Q 1 ,VP ' A K ' 3 . J ' f f - ll l tl 5 M 1 lv y wmmfwi X, . 1 lg it ll t ' cr rf if 1 ah ' 4 'LI ,mn W .5 X I MQ, If A V X 'X in 2 M 0 ' ,ti K ' ' 1 ,f lbw- mv ' , af ' T' , A 1- W, ' NC I 'X W W lovl ill, al Q, wi wt' ' , 1 M ' t' i X , H- - W Y l L N ll Mi l l Q, W M ' urham NC l K X N M N .W i 1 1 in ' d Y ,F i' 1' 1 f t Y' . S Sahmel, Reinhardt Staten island. NY 'N Mu, 1, Shimm, David Durham, NC I lltrrnal M erfirille 'l' A 13 ' . 1 it f .lOl1 , N ' , Infernal lllnlirinr ll 1 . , ,gf ur , , I nston Jeffrey mhvtlle TN TV' ,J S it . Q- Kelley. Susan L Denver, CO I nlzrnal M rziiriu: J :Y v-- X. McIntosh, Donald McClees, Eric Dufham, NC Nashville, TB Radiulugy Infernal Mzdirine ' ? 9 : .. li . ,vt . , Y t , 1 L r C Plummer, Charles Preston, M.M. Durham, NC Arzerlbrtiolugt' i , :sa -- fl . :A 9 , , Savona, Steven R. Schmidt, Emmett New York, NY Durham, NC Intermrl lllfalirinr -I. .. V , 1 ,I f r - L, '. 94 A ' I 2, e ' ' Q 'Q 5 ,A 'i 4 , , , s rm, ' 1 Wm -. t ,. ,Lvl Sims, PJ. Simmons, Rob. D. Miami, FL lutfrmll Illfzlirillr Opbrbalmnlngy . ' .. U- Y V 1.4 fri' V f 'fi .A 0 - w ' 7 , , ' -,, , W . W ' M 1, 1 W . 1 it W ' ilwm ' J - -iii' X uv l Qt- I , ff 'T . 3 : - f I li j Smiley Lynn Stern, Matthew B. x Stockbridge, N.L Suslavich, Frank Swingle, Hanes Taylor, Terry Tiedeman, James Tiller, W. Howard Suslavich, Cathy Durham, NC Philadelphia, PA Durham, NC Durham, Boston, MA Wash: ton, DC Chapel Hill, NC Durham, NC Chapel Hill, NC Inllrrml Mrditin Nrwvlogy Radiology Pzdialrirx Inlemgfllirilirine Ped!-Int, Med, Orlbaprdir Surg. Raduzlngy W ALSO - ,nf , I, GRADUATING - , ' I ,W V 1- p ,,,,, - N wrrn rms , 5 w u ,t if. V Q' ,,,. : CLASS Q , , , ' 1 wji il ,Mt ' Y l Blgantley Bert M- -wwf w ' QS , ,Q ' iz. t, 'l A ,T , '- it' 1- . W i ' i 1- N ,,t-YH W ' A, , 'It X 1,1 l' ' ' Qi , if, 'H' 'H ' ,, Mzdirinz ,S ' , il N 'Q 'li , W : X il H'-,X l . N 1 Colvard, Davi W Q ' A 1 -lg 'dll' 1 1-' f , ,W e. ,- Durham, NC UL, l it- Q-y-4' vi' ' Y .' :gp 1- T A Douglashlames f P' , 'V , I ' - Spartanburg. SC A 4 ' V N 1, T I Tbmfifswguy ,V N 'S , A , nj Vie., R ' V' L' :LA 1 A Y Y Kinca.id,joan Q Y -4 4' 4' N rv M A Tyson, George Vogel, joseph. Wank, Stephen Williams. K.D. alsplzffffjllm 9A Wood, C.L Wood, Charles J. Wright, Eugene Yoder, Eric Durham, NC New York, NY Baltimore, MD gl Rochester, MN Charlottesv'l, VA Durham, NC Charlottesv'I, VA Surgery Pnlbolngy Internal Medirine Fnmib' Pmrlirr Infernal M rdifiru Famifv Pranife ALSO Williams, Lewis Cheung, Joseph Dydek, Margaret Lipton, Howard Myers, John L. Nord, Claire Pozner, Linda Shires, G. Thomas GRADUATING Arlington, MA Durham, NC Durham, NC Brookline, MA Cape Eliz., ME Chapel Hill, NC Rancho Pal. V., C Atlanta, GA WITH THIS Cardiolvgy Internal Mrdirine 06.-Gyn. Sufgru Inlzmal Medicine Prjrbialry Prdiatrfn Surgny ALUMN CLASS I 229 As a member ofthe last graduating class ofthe l970's, I would like to relate experiences which are common to all Duke gradu- ates of all eras and experiences which are unique to a graduate of the '70's. Like many of my classmates from northern metropolitan areas, the culture shock encountered those first few months in Durham was profound. For example, the distinct odor of tobac- co, the Liggett 8: Myers factory, the tobacco fields, and such megalopolises as Fuquay-Varina and Carrboro all incited com- parisons with their more cosmopolitan counterparts in the North. Of course, the inimitable North Carolinian accent Cin contradistinction to the Alabamian, Georgian or Mississippian varietiesj served as an ever constant reminder of our presence in the South. In addition to the cultural differences with which one was confronted, a true sense of family was engendered from the onset of our Duke experience. Freshman orientation was high- lighted by small dinner parties with upperclassmen who eased the apprehension of the medical school neophyte. Subsequent years brought invitations from Doctors Anlyan, Busse, Christ- akos, Bradford and many other faculty members who opened their homes to their extended family. I vividly recall one of my own visits at the summer cottage of Dr. Busse on Kerr Lake publishing firms, mailing over three hundred advertising soli- citations, recruiting a staff, and raising in excess of Ill l2,000, we were well on our way to producing the 1978 AES C ULAPIAN . We received support from the small local corner store to the large multinational corporation. Not only was our ability to deal in matters of finance and business greatly expanded, but our literary and photographic skills were further developed. I say with confidence that those intimately involved with the produc- tion of the yearbook Cespecially John Lucas, Brad Ward, Bruce Schirmer, Juan Batlle and Eric Smithb consider this experience one of the highlights of their four years at Duke. In summary, the medical student of the late 1970's resembled his predecessors in encountering the geographic and cultural characteristics of Durham and experiencing that bonding sense of family that persists in us all. Uniquely, the Duke medical student of the late '7O's witnessed the materialization of a build- ing program that is being emulated internationally. Dean Davi- son would have been proud! In addition, the publication and ultimate success of the 1978 AESC ULAPIAN after a long period of dormancy provides yet another example of the diver- sification and the many talents of that entity known as the Duke medical student. Anthony Limberakis, M.D. '79 where I was unsuccessful at multiple attempts at water skiing. On another occasion, medical students found themselves skiing on the slopes of Beach Mountain -- again courtesy of Dr. and Mrs. Busse and their four-wheel drive. These events, from a pigroast at the Vogel farm to awine and cheese tasting festival at the Anlyan residence, reinforced the sense of family that binds 'all classes - from 1932 to the present. However, certain phenomena were unique to particular clas- ses, and the burgeoning of the Medical Center building program was just such a phenomenon. The Seeley G. Mudd Building, the Edwin L. Jones Cancer Research Building, the Duke Eye Cen- ter, the Edwin A. Morris Clinical Cancer Research Building, and of course, the fine structure we know as Duke North were all completed in the late l97O's. It was with great pride and excite- ment that we observed their inception and subsequent blossom- ing into the Medical Center we see today. As a tribute to the Medical Center, its students and its lead- As a tribute to the Medical Center, its students and its lead- ership, the AES C U LAPIAN yearbook was reborn in 1978 after it had lain dormant for the previous six years. The yearbook project featured all classes, all departments, all administration leaders, and a myriad of other Duke-related subgroups. When I first considered reawakening the AESCULAPIAN, I did not realize the work which lay ahead, but the undertaking proved to be a learning experience for all. After interviewing prospective ENTERING CLASS OF 1975 Dr. Michael Uhde congratulating Dr. Thomas Uhde at the latter's wedding in 1978. 'f 1 ' vt 'N . ' I 5- 1 4 .- . Y .- , . .M--I V ,3 is U 4 - nk L V ,, il . , .,. , - k .3 Y WW.: . . . will ' HM N V in 1: Q - 4 ' f I H V H . V, I ip V? .I .... .wif 1 . , W il-l .i R . I -j 1 .1 I' fx Y H. U , ' . .-4 , -' I , . ,. . W , Vt -'tw ',- vs.. ' i -' L.: 1 , ' 5 ' ini , .. ii -1 ' - ' - - I ,, 1, an '.N. Ble.Dale I-um' Mmm A' Mic smm zE 11d.iff.C.t2' Agiiiiiiii' actin ChEplLirl'Igl?NC Qrafiitiiilginifie Bxiiiafiiiiiin gaigffviiie, Dtifhaii-n. NC Durham- NC Dufhfm- NC A',fj,,mQ,7m ' fmfb- Practirz rmfb Prarlicr opmalmlw Internal Miami 230 ALUMNI Bodner, Sara Durham. NC Prdiafrirr Chua. Cynthia C. Boston, MA I nfrrnal M edirinr Drucker, Robert Boston, MA Pfdiarrirx Gibbs, Verna C. U. of Ca. Hospital Surguy s 1 A .f 's .3 Hathorn, J ames Baltimore, MD Inrrnzal M rdirinr L Kahn, Edgar M. Durham, NC Pryrlzinlry ,fu . , C ia fi ' 'T .1 Ii v . Q v, 1 J .. .LN Marrow, Henry G. Durham, NC Palbolagy A fi, , 5, . --e:'wj9: . If Bounous, Phil Durham. NC lnlrmal Medicine 'ff-5 we , My Colvard, David Chapel Hill. NC Xurgrqv Ebihara. Lisa Durham, NC 'i Gordon, Jo C. LDS Angeles. CA Surgery 9, Q l 5- , '- -lv -sv' f Hcald. Peter W. Durham, NC l fi, yaiili 5 -.f 'I ix Bradley, Betty L. eliayeucville, NC fi I Brody. Gordon New York. NY new fav A xy ur, Browning. David Fumib' Prarxirr Surgery . ' , it 4 . 1 F if Costcl, Esther Craig, S.B. D'Agati, V.D. Nashville, TN lnlerrml Medirin: 'Wir-P ' . PM X- 4 ina' 'YN ,,-., - 7 ' llllll . Eisenson. Howard Durham, NC Famib Prarritr 4. D qt '5 1 -- - .Jhfpi Gospe. Sid M. Durham. NC Mfg 4 ' sv ' tp 'Q gi,--,Q I tf fi , ' .1 . w 'za - Ss Higham, Margaret Providence, Rl lrrrrnml Aisdirim Frzlialrim ' A. xg- 'f ,.Q ' A -., M 1 - A J 'L .tr . I , A 5 S.. A ar Ani. '-L:Y'-.E . ' Kaufmann, Lisa Lane, W. N., Jr. Philadelphia. PA lrrlerllul llirdirhrr if W ' lv - 1 -.' If '. 4 f l P 5 X. ' ' ' A, , ' 'E-.ar V7 .Ee , .if ' L: . . . 4 . Martell, Jon V, McAlister, David Dallas, TX Dallas. TX lrzlrnral Mfdirinr I nlrnml Mrrlirin: Eliasson. Arn H. Birminsgham. AL lrmr-nu Mrdirin: if ' . r' pf JVI4 T' 'L i 5 ' '- ,- Qty, 11,4 5 1-5. -I F ' 1 Greenside, H.S. Humphrey, Gary B. Fairfield. CA Famib' Prarfirr ,ft 4 Az- Q :V,,.--f .ir , V Lee, James E. Durham, NC P.ryrhiatrjr , f' f 2 , 1. PSY 'Y 5' 1?'1if'5w. , e -:v,:.-aa.. L ... - . K 7- , 5 McCachren. Samuel Durham. NC lnlrrrml lllrdirina Fath. ,lohn Jos. Kalamazoo, Ml Trauma Surgery Guytnn, Jeannie Nashville, TN I nlrrnal M rdiriur Q. x. e A . if W' Az' 5,2 ..jf!gfg' ea' Hunt, Christopher Charlofville, VA Fun-:ily Pmuir: V . N . . I, Y R , , Q , K Hb . I ' K V1 v . V ,,- ii' V M 1 , H Q, H .wi- il, j, 'l- xg? Burton, Skip Cappleman, Wm. F. Skell Cerf, V. Durham, NC Winsron-Salem, NC Charleston, SC lni:rualMedirir1s lnlemal Dlrdifine Famib Pruflfrs ' , .r 92' .. A-4 l I -4 J A V - 9' ' - 3 ' f .-..n. - I . A 'ff .. 1 h f ' 1 :1 ' 1 Dawkins, Jennings Columbus. OH lrllrmal Mrdirine - ,J . 1.1, , - Ve Fitz, J. Gregory U. of Ca. Hospital Internal Mrdirine Hamm. Barbara L. Birmingham, ALFamib Prarlife .1 Q L . K en u e 1 54,1 lshman, Reginald L kr' F1 'i 'eg' f. fl.. Limberakis, Ant. Philadelphia. PA Radiology fN 'f'7w 'Ja' ,qw sf' 4' , fi 'r A . Lie 4. . 15 A 7 McCoy. Stephen Durham. NC Surgrry Lipton, H.A. 2. pe f. if.. - - ' -Q l z,,,'5 ' - 1 .... Meyers. Molly Seattle, WA Pxyrbialry Dealy, Darilyn Charleston, SC lnlrrmll lllrdiriru :GV ' 14 I X-.1 A! l .. Floyd, Richard D. Durham. NC Surgny JL' lla If F - -'A 1 y 6' L Harlan. J. Woody U.S, N :ivy lmrrnal Medirinr . 'QQ . Janick. Peter A. 7 Fr, Lister, Philip Douglas, James M. Durham. NC Surgery 4 . u H, la rf' N11 gf ' A Foster, Jerry M. Nashville, TN I nlerrml Malkin: LW, 1. I' ,- . t tn V' if gas X, 1 Harris. Stuart l. .- 2' 1 5 f . 1 .Lf ig '- Jonas, Wayne B. New York, NY Surgrrj' .QQ A , . 72' --ef. - gf' 5' ., A: JE: .. Long, Karen L r K vt , , -cf. J . 1 -. Chiu, Linda San Francisco. CA Pryrbialrgi r za, A . f v Dresser, Michael Durham. NC I Q - I 2- l 'ili3f Frazelxjos, E. Los Angeles, CA Surgery a. Harward. Timothy Chnrlor'vlc. VA Surfgrrj' ' .ai Y . ,fl :gl . ,,,i,'l,,,A . .. -K8 I 1. I .bfi-., 4' ' Jiii Jones. David C. Chapel Hill, NC Famib' Prarlir: an , . Mnrkert, Louise New York, NY Chicago, lL Durham. NC Piyrbiany Pfdiuzrin 'l ' .2 j' - -1. , if will g ' - 'lf - 1. A -. ai, 1, ,WA -2,3 , ., 7, L, Q .ly J. Q , ' . 'r l- . '- Q? 4, -- ' if - .5 , . N M W .-,!' ,I . I H. 1 Lal. 7 -- .' r , gals, Dag? slTIigicMEria E. Nolisdsrrom, James ur am, at e ity, UT urhatm, NC Biorbtmirlrj lutrrnal Mrdirinr lnlrrual Mnfifiu: ALUMNI 231 ,UV 4 ..., M! -1 , , 9 ' . t it ' , 4 . L t 1-I Novick. Thomas L Durham. NC Surgrq' I WX 1 A' I x A V Q 1 f .2lF K ' Mi' '- Musa Ramey. Thomas L Richmond, VA lulmml Mrditinz Sealy, David P. Charleston. SC il? -lj 'af Fm M. '--' ' Orland, Richard A. Nashville. TN Inlemal Mrdikinr i i i ' . . . s '- .INA 1 .. ,I -.L ,1 T27 L 4 as l ' i l 42 Reintgen, Douglas Durham, NC s..fg.fy Shivers, jeffrey Vermont Famih Prarlire Pathology . 'A I' Lia. 1 vp, :,w.1-i- -. . :' 7. A. .1 fe . 5.-f , I.: , ,A V Y, V ,ga-. A - .1 ' - N. f 2.1-.91 f sr.. fi. Tatum, Robert K. Harrington, Pk., NJ Teasley, David G. St. Louis Pk, MN Db.-Gyn. Surgery fri: , '1-- .Q ii--i of wow 1 1 . - lxxr , 4 . 3, . .aa Y regime 'A v- if Jr n' .E ' 1' .f-D '-St' J. '.J' al- l ' .nw 1 - .-. .ff -.. . ..- .. . -A . Nl.. W D N... 1 .za J, ...iw , ' - V 11.555 X Weyrauch, Terri Wheeler, David M. Columbia. MO lnlrrmzl Mrdirin: 232 ALUMNI Joanne . -, ' v D - E. cz 7 r,,, .I A 1 N: qw ' Q ' f wt.-ls 4 Paterson, Robert Durham. NC lrlltmal Ilinfiriur ... 11. .Jv- IJ .Q-' 4 Av Riveri. Reuben Birminszham, AL llmrna Mtdirinr s i i 1 w silimpefa, Diana - m i. . . , . . L '- Y li. X Z , . .. iii :ii W, A, I Thalmann, Ellen Durham. NC Ola.-Gyn. ' w 4- 5 , , Wilhelmsen, B.D. Charlotresv'le. VA Surgery Peterson, C.L Ross. J .W. Y .- wid Q Slate, R. Ken San Francisco. CA Swgrm' ,.-. 1 1 , 7, LP' 3 l Pill' I i l 3 lt ,Pu ' ,. . Varney, Robert R. Public Health, CA lulemal Mrdirin: , . V:?e- ' L . V ,- -'M A ' jlioigi .1 fa' 'g A . , . l Wissow, larry Harvey Cdrs. Nj Padialrirr Phillips. G.. Jr, Birmingham, AL Inlrrnnl Mrdirinz J vi if . .. . .2 la. ..rg.,,. ., 4 X 1 Ji 1 . I ' A all L X.,-' 1 H siili wahr f Ml'l ' l - Ross-Duggan, John '- ' f Wm' ..if ,s. i .4 Smith, Eric P. Prdialrin , A , .. J :- -, -p :-.' - .,-1-1. Vercen, Robert L. 6 .- .gi . ' -f . , , ' Q X I , V, ,, f li . iv- 4, . Worsley. Stephen Nashville. TN Pulialrin ALSO GRADUATI NG WITH THIS CLASS Spanarkel, Maxyb. Philadelphia. PA lnlnnal Medirinf .Y 4 .. . adn. Yi i , L- 'lx' . .J 1 f' ,pi .I xml .,n -4 . . Post, Nancy Hartford, CT Inllmal Mrrfiriur -- ,- ,fs- awe' 'Pl '13 s in l -1. l Huck, David San Francisco, CA Pryrlziuny il it ., ra' sf J Spivey. Beverly Birmingham. AL Fumib' Pmrlire 'Yjf-fr - 4 ...Nd '. ' 1.3. X ff Q Walsh. Maggie Boston, MA Pniialrirx N 'i i 4- 4. ' n li A P v , ...vi l w Wright, Anne Durham, NC Family Prarlirf Piscitelli C813 in the Mudd Library reading room, 1979 Q 'FS' If Q 1 51 1' 2 i 9 1.1 X fi.. ,ga -vb' Y -rf, ,f ii Prince, Max-ilynn New York. NY Internal riiezfitinr ..-nys-f-L ?.1F?.. l A 'Ml' L i Ruth, Wayne Durham. NC Infernal Mediriur 1 Stahl, Chris E. Chicago, lL Prdfnlritl ',,,.s. H Ward. Brad St. Louis. MO Fumib' Mrdirinc fi' 3, , . . .1 York. Mike Bethesda, MD Fnmib' Prarfir: . gif' . PS2- .vge ' T75 'F . Puleo. joel G, Durham. NC 0b.-G11 11. i L' -..- A ' . f 4 . 1 , -ui. f R Q-.pw ,. .1 M W Rutherford. G.W. 4 ' .,: ff: W.- ' 1 4 . - 3 'ig -is ' 4 Stanton. Edward Philiadelphia, PA s...g.0 if .ii film., lla vi xl','x , - x ,lj .f if 4 I, . Q, I ' AL. 1 Ward. William G. Lincolnton. NC Gmm1lSurgsrJ' I. -. vu.. , -1- . Q .L Young. D. Chris Charlor'vlc. VA .Yurgzq Raine. Wilfred L. New Haven. Cf Przliulrirx Schirmer, Bruce Durham. NC Surgfrjr A F? r' V ' Q 1, H. :. wa Q Stockton. Anne New York, NY Psjrhiam Qf- - Wessels. Michael Boston, MA I mmm! li1.'di.'iuz Zem, Ruthann T. Durham. NC 011.-Gyn. When I first visited Duke the June before I enrolled, Dr. Syd Osterhout urged me not to talk with the first-year students. They were too exhausted by the truly incredible amount of basic science which was presented in nine months of the core curri- culum to appreciate the experience or its applicability to caring for sick people. As I toiled over biochemistry notes and gross anatomy diagnoses, worried through grueling exam schedules, and observed the psychological drain on myself and on my classmates, I had little use for the core curriculum either. A sense of shared insanity seems to knit first-year classes together, and the therapeutic diversions amazed me. I recall the Hallo- ween Dance - Come As Your Favorite Disease, the nearly disastrous kidnap attempt by a band of farcical Cuban guerillas behind a dumpster at Eckerd's Drug Store, and the buff-only pond in Hope Valley. I remember the talents of Duke med students most vividly expressed in the annual med school show. Even the titles of these extravaganzas - Zen and All the Beer You Can Drink, What We Hold Most fllacred, and Circus Rhythms - were irreverent, clever, and politically potent. In retrospect, the second year at Duke, the clinical clerkships, was the most valuable and unique. It's a real sacrifice for an intern to allow a med student the first history and physical of a new patient, the first attempt at a procedure, and the first review of the literature and questioning of the senior staff. Yet Duke students are consistently given such privilege and responsibility. Dr. Eugene Stead emphasized that the students' major goals are to care for patients, to find and assimilate the data , and to enjoy the practice of medicine. Occasional callous residents and attendings obstructed the students' clinical and emotional maturation. Fortunately, there were enough compassionate physicians and students to provide models and support for our pursuit of a caring attitude, of the facts, and of fun during the second year. The breadth of opportunities in the wholly elective third and fourth years defies easy description. I was fascinated by and felt deficient in so many areas that I took many classes and reading electives, and divided my clinical work between medicine and pediatric subspecialties. Many of my comrades did bench work and studied at other institutions. With a dozen classmates, I trained in a DUPAC CDuke University Preventive Approach to Cardiologyj program and became one of the many joggers on campus. I was saddened by the folding of the Edgemont Clinic, a service to the East Durham community and a rewarding practi- cal education for students. I hope Edgemont's successor, East End Health Center, tecaptures its spirit of commitment. Finally, as a transplanted Yankee tutored by Southern friends, I also came to know and love barbeque, bluegrass, the Blue Devils, the Srnokies, the Outer Banks, and Durharn's long spring. Maggie Walsh, M.D. '79 B if . i The Davison Building in the snow, 1980 ALUMNI 255 ff-reflect I X , 3'5 .1 W 1' ' 'X' ' D2 .5 1 ' ' I ' QA- f , rf ?,,, -X IX 1. 'STS-.wv4'E Dean Davison and students, October 1948 .Y Medical School Library, December 1937 10th Anniversary of Duke Medical School November 1940 N 1 -A Na X . 1 All X Q Graduation 1938, L to R: Court Berry, Fremont Hall, Charlie Styron, joe Van Hoy, Hospital Recovery Room, 1947 Jim Currens. Above: Weldon Ross. Others are family. ALUMNI 1-. w . .. ,, N ,'?g:. if -- Female students, October 1950 F 1 I Medical students, 1952 Medical Alumni, April 1950 Doctors registering for the draft, 1951 J f su ff' L ALUMNI 235 Medical school registration, October 1953 fri fl 55 q Q gt' ,Mil , is 45 ,Q v , J Lp Eg rg, Y i fe' ki 4 a Seym Hall, Sam Martin, Geo. Schwert, Wm. DeMaria Medical school registration, October 1955 ALUMNI OLII' -no 1- M H113- A- -.,- ar, :fri 51 2ii.,'-Q2 My lces, Ivan Brown, Back Professor joe Beard's dog surgery lab, Class of 1 Medical student registration, October 953 ,-.1-,,-- -4- . F- fv A yr' , E . C nf ll I , V K Medical students going to Oxford, England, 1955 was asc: ,,.--v ,,,,-- , ,. -1, e.-- M..-. W- -M, W... gym,-. Awwlu M m3,,.M...V. mmm-11' H . .. 1 N .4-'11 -an M Medical student tags, September 1959 ALUMNI 237 , 1 , -. .-.- ' ' l . t J 'K K -V ' ,3- A ri ' X- Q5 X -Z - - T 1' l'-- ., 1 , CCS! OH CIUIIPIJS I!2:IiUlf'I HHS W 1 M ..,.,,.J W DAME: c:,.f1- 2' A a i -'m KAI-4 ' QT, M., W tt Ht 4-R ,jgnfg .f - .- S . K H -W4 3- 1 New medical students, September 1961 New students, September 1962 258 ALUMNI --'R-..,,' , . ' ' ,V , Q dw 7 J W X'-v l 9 . H ,A my 2- .-5 , Dr. Anlyan and new students, September 1964 '? Wx in l,. S Student-Faculty Show ar the Stallion Club, 1971 Student-Faculty Show ac the Stallion Club, 1971 :S J .nz mn, - vw wlaawill 5 A 'A .IR'12i5if'wil7 Ta:'5 gfl11f Robert Francis Corwin, M.D. Richard A. Mladick, M.D. Albert Doss, taken in 1971 ALUMNI P S I ,I ! i i I 1 E E N 1 S V 1 '1 K 5 E I K N 'x W i w 1 1 i nn ADMINISTRATION Dmanizalimm Bums 243 Anwam 244 Bussa 245 Chlristalms 246 ihnmpsnn ZW Gsm-Imwi, Johnson 243 UISIBWIUMI, 243 INBIIIIIEIIIEIIII 249 FWIIIVII FIrnIhIingIna:m 250 Bird HIJhIII'lISU:III 251 F3383 in IIIIIIE IAUIMIIIIISIWIIIIIIII DUKE UNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER ADMINISTRATION 1930 Dean of Deon of Superintendent Department Nursing School Medical School Duke Hospital CIIGIYIIICU 1980 President Mid Ctlr. Vice President Caisse, Vice President A I for --n---- ----- ----f L- fgf Provost ForAlIIuyerslty . . . orrs Business 8Frnance Health Affairs - ---- I Development I I ,I , CI, Et 'E T ' T E11IBEAEETEEIEE.-.T.T.11: I Q f.-.11 .I I I Srruiie' I I- I I Relations I I I I NI ', I I I I Q' ,1 ITI I Associate Provost ASSOQV-RUEIII CIWICI I .Assistant A5st,VPHA D I Dean I and executive Officer I VrcePres1dent Plunniriqfl A SIVSPIIA ot ------I Deon otMerticoI DUH Ad . . , I for Avwlysls S 1 School ot Nurslnq and Allieuliierrltn D, 'SIIIfIIII'2 Administration IXIII'I:'I y':I9s5 A , I D Education IWCIU' I I I Azuifsfrofm I For Academic Affairs For Patient Care I ----- ----- H--1-----W---r -'--'--'-- - -I I A o' I I Depanmeln fgireclor Are-c or I-- I1 I I I J I I oncer grnq Bud et -I Grants I I . A . DearI ot I Assoc,Deon Director Director I Assoc:Deun chwmen I-DI!efI0'0I'd A55ae,Direr:Ior cemer cenm ang EPIQHI Contracts 3'm0I'a Sgwme Student I for I Continuing Postdoctoral Medical Iggls 'cs on Medicollltfoirs Finance g Iee' Mnnoqemen 75Ie I5 90 Affairs I Admissiors Education Education 'Education I-I II9em9'II A I I . -'- - , ' ' . Executive H 'I I DMCIM of FagIIIIIe5 DIMIDIQI I AssocDean Registrar Director DIIHIOIS D. aspr a . . . Pl 3 C - - I Allred Medical A,H. E.C. I.'I?fI0'. Cant Ile A'I '5I 'I 'I I uaIIr'Ir'IIIIIr?rent zII1 .II'I,'II2,'I I Health school Program PDC Nwswa Services 'D ' I Director at Asst Dean Medical Student I Center Library Affarrs Director Director Duke North Duke South Division Division Dic Nurs,Svc. Dir.Nurs.Svc. DIECIIO' DukeNarth Duke South sem Simian ADMINISTRATION 245 I If William G. Anlyan, M.D. VICE PRESIDENT FOR HEALTH AFFAIRS The chief executive officer of Duke University Medical Cen- ter during its first thirty-three years was the Dean of the Medical School, who managed and guided the operation, policy, and growth of the entire medical center. Under Dr. Wilburt C. Davison's leadership from 1927 to 1960, the medical school, nursing school, and hospital were conceived and built. Both Dr. Davison's knack for searching out and appointing young, energetic, and talented physicians and academicians to depart- ment chairmanships and the establishment of the PDC as con- ceived by Dr. Deryl Hart resulted in the rapid evolution of Duke into a world renowned clinical and medical research in- stitution. When Dr. Barnes Woodhall became Dean in 1960, he had the foresight to realize that the piecemeal expansion of the hospital - the policy of add a wing whenever a large enough sum of money was acquired - could not go on unchecked. He, there- fore, contracted Booz, Allen, and Hamilton for an internal study of departmental activities and development of the first long range plan for construction of medical center facilities. When Dr. Woodhall became Vice Provost of the University in 1964 and Dr. William G. Anlyan succeeded him as Dean, they worked closely together to implement the coordinated effort at medical center expansion. During their tenures as Dean in the 1960's came the additions of the Gerontology, Clinical Research l, and Diagnostic and Treatment Buildings CBlue Zonel, the Barnes Woodhall Building CRed Zoneb, and the Nanaline H. Duke Building. From their work together arose the notion to build facilities separate from the hospital, resulting ultimately in the Research Drive basic science complex, the Communications Center and Library, the Searle Center, and Duke North. By 1969, the enormous complexity of medical care, the ever- increasing number of learners, the rapid growth of physical facilities, the spiraling budget, and the looming presence of government regulations made it clear to Dr. Woodhall, then Chancellor of the University, that the administration of the medical center must be expanded to meet these responsibilities. In that year, he appointed Dr. Anlyan to be the first Vice President for Health Affairs. Dr. Anlyan came to Duke in 1949 after receiving his M.D. degree from Yale. Following his internship and residency in General and Thoracic Surgery here in 1955, he was appointed to the faculty and has been Professor of Surgery since 1961. His continual demonstration of organizational ability, foresight, amicability, and talentsas teacher and researcher soon led to the rapid succession of his administrative appointments: Associate ADMINISTRATION Dean in 1963, Dean in 1964, and finally Vice President for Health Affairs in 1969. As Vice President for Health Affairs, Dr. Anlyan has endea- vored to orchestrate the complexities of finance, research, education, and patient care. Whereas Dr. Davison operated the medical center on a budget of 3S100,000, with half the support coming from the University, today Dr. Anlyan is responsible for the medical center's 35250 million annual budget. He must see to the support of 1800 learners with a minimum funchanged since 19505 endowment for the medical school-and to the provision of quality patient care for a large number of nonpaying patients. While research pays for itself through grants, the revenue generated by the PDC is the largest single source of income for the medical center, a fact made possible by Duke's status as a private institution in the private sector. A firm believer in the private sector, Dr. Anlyan is continually campaigning for en- dowments to support general medical education. As an educator, Dr. Anlyan is not only active in educational policy and planning for medical and allied health students, house staff, and physicians in continuing education, but also is an advocate for education of the public, especially in preventive medicine. A member of numerous local, state, and national committees and advisory councils for delivery of health care services, Dr. Anlyan is involved in health care policy decisions throughout the country. Frequently traveling abroad to examine and advise health care systems in other countries, he returns with new ideas to update and improve health care in the U.S. The myriad details of daily operation and future planning for the medical center are mind boggling, and Dr, Anlyan is quick to credit those people in the Administration to whom he has given responsibility for carrying out such details. Dr. Busse, as Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education, and Dr. Robinson, as Chief Executive Officer of Duke Hospital, work closely with Dr. Anlyan to blend the two major purposes of the medical center - medical education and patient care. Due to rapid advances in medical science and patient care, planning and development of programs and physical facilities can no longer be sufficiently managed by contract with a private company as was done two decades ago, and therefore offices for Planning and Analysis, and Development have been created. With con- tinued governmental intervention into the health care system, the medical center is nearly paralyzed by legal constraints so complex that Dr. Anlyan has added a legal counsel to his staff. In spite of the complexity of it all, Dr. Anlyan is unhesitating in his opinion of how Duke has attained international prominen- ce for excellence in patient care and medical research - people and programs. Dr. Anlyan is one of those people. Ewald W. Busse, M.D. ASSOCIATE PRDVOST, DUKE UNIVERSITY DEAN OF MEDICAL AND ALLIED HEALTH EDUCATION The history of the office of the Dean of the Medical School is in many ways the history of Duke University Medical Center. The accomplishments of the five deans have both influenced and reflected the growth and changes during the medical cen- ter's fifty year history. In 1927, Dr. Wilburt C. Davison, first Dean of the Medical School, was brought fromjohns Hopkins University by William P. Few, president of the new Duke University, to develop a medical school, a nursing school, and a hospital, as provided for by James B. Duke upon his death in 1925. President Few had been impressed by Dr. Davison's seemingly boundless talents, enthusiasm, work capacity, and innovativeness, which had brought him, at the age of 35, through a Rhodes scholarship and medical training at Oxford and johns Hopkins, to his teaching and administrative appointments in the Hopkins Department of Pediatrics, and finally to be assistant to the Dean of the Hopkins Medical School. After three years of preparation, Duke Hospital opened its doors in 1930, and the first medical and nursing students were admitted. Dean Davison presided over the medical center for the next 30 years and is remembered both for his dedication to his patients during his term as Chairman of the Department of Pediatrics C1927-19541 and for his commitment to all aspects of quality medical education, including undergraduate medical curriculum, graduate training programs, and continuing educa- tion. Following Dean Davison's retirement in 1960, Dr. Barnes Woodhall became Assistant Provost and Dean of the School of Medicine, a position he held for four years until he became Vice Provost of the University. Dr. Woodhall had received his. medical training atjohns Hopkins, and after coming to Duke in 1937, served as Chairman of the Division of Neurological Surgery from 1946 to 1960. With his foresight and long range planning capabilities, Dr. Woodhall began to coordinate the rapid expansion of the medical center. Dr. Woodhall's succes- sor, Dr. William G. Anlyan, served as Dean from 1964 until 1969 and continued the trends begun by Dr. Woodhall. Medical education underwent considerable revision ,during the 1960's with Dr. Woodhall and Dr. Anlyan overseeing the planning of and transition to the new medical school curriculum in 1966. By 1969, it became clear that the administration must be expanded to manage the added responsibilities of the rapidly growing medical center and to allow the Dean to devote full time to educational policy for the ever-increasing number of trainees at the medical center. In that year, Dr. Anlyan was appointed Vice President for Health Affairs, and the late Dr. Thomas P. Kinney became the fourth Dean of the Medical School. Dr. Kinney had come to Duke in 1960 from Case Western Reserve to become Chairman of the Pathology De- partment. As one ofthe key designers of the new medical school curriculum and a dedicated instructor, he was ideally suited to be the chief planner and policymaker for medical education at Duke. The following year, the medical school was consolidated with the allied health programs under Dr. Kinney, who became Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education. In this way, all educa- tional programs at Duke, with the exception of the Nursing School, would ultimately be responsible to the Dean. Upon Dr. Kinney's retirement in 1974, Dr. Ewald W. Busse was appointed Associate Provost and Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education. Dr. Busse, who received his M.D. degree at Washington University in St. Louis and his psychiatric training at the University of Colorado Medical Center, came to Duke in 1953 as Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry, a position he held until his appointment as Dean. He was found- ing Director from 1957 to 1970 of the Duke University Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, and in 1965 he was named J.P. Gibbons Professor of Psychiatry. Dr. Busse describes the dual aspects of his office: The Dean is responsible for surveillance and approv- al of all appointments and promotions to the faculty, for student admission policies and procedures, for curricu- lum content of the Medical School and for the teaching facilities necessary to conduct the teaching activities of the Medical Center. Offices reporting directly to the Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education are those of Associate Dean of Medical Education, Associate Dean of Allied Health Education and Administration, Associate Dean of Medical School Admissions, the Director of Graduate Education, the Director of Con- tinuing Education, the Director of Area Health Educa- tion, the Chairman ofthe Department of Physical Ther- apy, and the Director of the Communications Center and Library. The Dean is also designated Associate Provost and, in this capacity, is concerned with maintaining con- sistency between the University and Medical School policy and administration. Over these fifty years, the responsibility and activities ofthe Dean's Office have of necessity responded to numerous factors including the socioeconomic development of Durham and North Carolina, the impact of wars and political changes, the explosion of biomedical knowledge and changes in medical practice, the alteration of curriculum content and educational techniques, and the ever-increasing interjection of government regulations into medical education, research, and the practice of medicine. I I ADMINISTRATION 245 Arthur C. Christakos, IVI.D. ASSOCIATE DEAN OF MEDICAL EDUCATION In the early years of Duke Medical School all medical student academic affairs were managed directly and single-handedly by Dr. W.C. Davison, Dean of the Medical School. Alumni of those early years recall that Dean Davison knew every student by name. By 1954, however, the medical student body had grown to nearly 300 students, and the administrative duties of the office of the Dean had grown to the point that Dr. Davison appointed an administrative Assistant to the Dean, Kenneth E. Penrod, Ph.D. Shortly thereafter, in 1956, William PJ. Peete, M.D., presently Professor of Surgery here at Duke, was appointed Assistant to the Dean and dealt more directly with academic affairs. Dr. Peete continued to serve under Dean Barnes Woodhall until 1963. By 1965, the continued growth of the medical student body and the pending conversion to the new curriculum necessitated the creation of the first distinct office to handle medical student academic affairs as we know it today. In that year, Dr. Anlyan, then Dean of the Medical School, appointed E. Croft 'johnnyn Long, Ph.D. in Physiology, to be his Assistant Dean of Medical Student Affairs - the title being changed to Associate Dean of Undergraduate Medical Education in 1968. Dr. Long, remem- bered for his colorful scarves trailing behind as he drove his subcompact sports car, served in that capacity until 1970. Dr. William D. Bradford then served as acting Associate Dean until Dr. Johnnie L. Gallemore was appointed to the post in 1971. Dr. Gallemore, a psychiatrist, earned his ID. degree during his tenure and left Duke to assume the Chairmanship of the De- partment of Psychiatry at East Tennessee School of Medicine. In 1974 Dr. Bradford resumed the Office of Associate Dean of Medical Education and brought with him his infectious en- thusiasm for athletics and physical fitness. He originated the style of the official Dean's letter of recommendation to gradu- ate medical training programs which is still in use today. In 1978, when Dr. Bradford stepped down to resume his work as Associate Professor of Pathology, Dr. Arthur C. Christakos was appointed the new Associate Dean of Medical Education. South Carolinian by birth and Greek in origin, Dr. Christ- akos completed medical school, a rotating internship, a one-year Pathology residency, and a three-year residency in Obstetrics and Gynecology, all at the Medical College of South Carolina. He served two years as a medical officer in the U.S. Navy from 1957 to 1959. Following a fellowship in human cytogenetics at 246 ADMINISTRATION -,..1 Columbia University under the auspices of the Josiah Macy Foundation, Dr. Christakos joined theqDepartment of Obstet- rics and Gynecology at Duke in 1964 where he is now Profes- sor. His special interests include human cytogenetics Cespecially as it relates to prenatal diagnosis of chromosomal disordersb, family planning, town-gown relationships Cinterchange be- tween medical center and community physiciansj, and moral and ethical issues in Obstetrics and Gynecology. As Associate Dean of Medical Education, Dr. Christakos says, The sole purpose of this Office is to serve the academic needs of our students, and if that includes social, moral, and emotional support, then the personnel ofthe Office make them- selves available for these needs. Another responsibility of the Office is that of assuring the public that the physicians produced by the educational process at Duke are indeed worthy to serve the ill. These ends are accomplished through an open-door policy for student-office interaction where confidentiality is the first rule. Wide use of facultyfor professional advising, placement of students in excellent graduate training programs through the Dean's letter, and personal contact with program directors are further functions of the Office. According to Dr. Christakos, If this Office can give our students the support they require without forcing itself upon them, and if this Office can honestly take pride in the physicians offered to society by the Duke University School of Medicine, the bulk of its job will have been done. J! -.gifs I Iii ' - Lf. II fr Ii W ff ' . it 4 - Thomas T. Thompson, M.D. ASSOCIATE DEAN OF ALLIED HEALTH ASSOCIATE DEAN OF ADMINISTRATION As both Associate Dean of Allied Health Education and Associate Dean of Administration, Dr. Thomas T. Thompson demonstrates considerable talent at concurrently holding two separate and distinct administrative offices. Allied Health Education at Duke has its roots in the 1950's when the Paramedical Courses were coordinated by a small committee. By 1969, the number of students and programs had grown, requiring a more central directorship, and Dr. A. Wen- dell Musser was appointed Director of Allied Health Education Programs. The following year, Allied Health Education was consolidated with the Medical School under Dr. Thomas Kin- ney, Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education, While Associate Deans were appointed to head the two divisions. The first Associate Dean of Allied Health Education was Roger J. Bulger, M.D., who was succeeded in 1973 by Dale R. Lindsay, M.D. Since 1975, the post has been filled by Dr. Thompson, who notes that Allied Health Education is a collaborative effort between the Veterans Administration and the Medical Center. In 1971, the Veterans Administration constructed and equip- ped the facility located behind the V.A. Hospital to be used for allied health education. Currently, there are 450 students enrol- led in the two master's degree programs, four baccalaureate programs, and 13 certificate programs. Dr. Thompson's position as Associate Dean for Administra- tion was created in 1978 by Dr. Busse, Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education. Previous deans had had administrative assistants, but, says Dr. Thompson, there were limitations as to the amount of responsibility and authority which could be delegated to an administrative assistant. With an Associate Dean, not only could responsibility for certain aspects of the operation of the medical school be delegated, but the authority for action as well. Current responsibilities of Dr. Thompson include personnel, budgets, day to day operations, and long range space planning for all of the administrative and academic divisions of the School of Medicine. In addition, the Financial Aid Office, Central Teaching Laboratory, Audiovisual Educa- tion, and Paths for Employee Progress report directly to Dr. Thompson. Dr. Thompson is a graduate of the Medical College of Virgi- nia. Following a rotating internship, he was in the general prac- tice of medicine before taking a residency in Radiology at Duke. He was Chief of Radiology at the V.A. Hospital prior to his administrative appointments. 1- Shirley K. Osterhout, lVI.D. ASSISTANT DEAN OF STUDENT AFFAIRS In 1971 Dr. Shirley K. Osterhout was appointed Assistant Director of Undergraduate Medical Education, a position newly created by Dr. Thomas Kinney, then Dean of the Medical School, and Dr. Johnnie Gallemore, then Associate Dean of Medical Education. At that time, says Dr. Osterhout, I en- visioned my job as only a small one and entirely related to the needs of the increasing number of women that were entering medical school. She still recalls the first two problems Dr. Gallemore asked her to handle - one medical student who had failed Surgery and another who had become involved in some vandalism at Central Campus Apartments. It soon became clear, however, that men medical students were seeking her counseling as frequently as women on many issues involving their personal, emotional, social, and academic lives. As the office of the Associate Dean of Medical Education grew to appreciate and respond to the total needs of the stu- dents, and not just their academic needs, Dr. Osterhout was provided with office space, increased responsibilities, and her title was changed to Assistant Dean of Student Affairs. In that capacity, she has worked closely since 1974 with the Associate Dean of Medical Education as a student advisor and has such additional varied tasks as: planning the graduation and Hip- pocratic Oath ceremoniesg sponsoring the junior AMWA, man- aging numerous awards, scholarships, grants, fellowships, and contests involving essays or research papers, working with stu- dents planning to do study away from Duke, and guiding the internship application program. Dr. Osterhout has firsthand knowledge of the changing atti- tudes and needs of medical students at Duke, having been here since her undergraduate years. Following graduation from Duke Medical School in 1957, she completed her residency in Pediatrics and a fellowship in Pediatric Endocrinology, both at Duke. In 1961 she joined the faculty and is now Assistant Professor of Pediatrics. She maintains her clinical and teaching responsibilities and is well known as Clinical Director of the Duke Poison Central Center. ADMINISTRATION 247 Charles B. Johnson, Ed.D. REGISTRAR OF THE MEDICAL CENTER Prior to the appointment of Dr. Charles B. Johnson as the first Registrar of the Medical Center in 1973, educational re- cords for the medical school were handled by the Medical School Recorder who worked through the Office of the Uni- versity Registrar, while educational records for the allied health programs were handled by each individual program. The advent of the new medical school curriculum in 1966 with its enormous number and wide range of elective courses and programs, the addition of more allied health certificate and degree programs, and the rapid growth of the medical and allied health student populations all resulted in a considerable increase in the com- plexity of student records. A separate registrar's ofHce, re- sponsible directly to the Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education, was thus created to provide a centralized education information system. The Registrar's Office provides services for: 15 students in the School of Medicine, ZJ students in degree and certificate prog- rams within the Division of Allied Health, 57 physicians and other health professionals taking continuing education courses conducted by faculty members of the Duke School of Medicine, and 43 members of the House Staff. The extensive services provided for the School of Medicine and the Division of Allied Health include: standardized records preparation and maintenance, transcript production and con- trol, certification of graduation, grade reports, grade analyses, enrollment statistics, cumulative records, honors and class data, records analysis and verification, special statistical studies, and continuing refinement of registration procedures. The Office processes all applications for degree and certificate programs in the Division of Allied Health. Permanent records Cindividual and coursej are maintained for all continuing education courses registered with the Office, which processes certificates and transcripts and generates annual statistics. The limited services for the House Staff consist primarily of providing rosters and statistics based on informa- tion computerized by the Office. Dr. Johnson, a longtime member of the Duke community, received his B.A., M.A., and Ed.D. degrees here and is now Associate Professor of Education. He has previously served in the Department of Education as Director of Undergraduate Studies and Director of Graduate Studies and has also served as Assistant Dean and Associate Dean of Trinity College. 248 ADMINISTRATION Suydam Osterhout, IVI.D., Ph.D. ASSOCIATE DEAN OF MEDICAL SCHOOL ADMISSIONS The admission ofthe first students to Duke Medical School in 1930- 18 inthe class of 1932 and 34 in the class of 1954-was decided by a committee of three faculty members: Dr. Francis H. Swett, Dr. Harold L. Amoss, and Dr. Wiley D. Forbus. In the following years the committee, chaired by Dr. Swett until his death in 1943, grew to six members, while the class size grew steadily to 75 students. Following a two year chairmanship by Dr. E.E, Menefee, jr., Dr. joseph E. Markee was appointed chairman of the admissions committee in 1946, and in 1960 he became the first Assistant Dean of Admissions. Upon Dr. Mar- kee's retirement in 1966, Dr. Suydam Osterhout was appointed to the post and began the tasks of organizing statistical records and formalizing the admissions process. The 1960's brought pressure from the federal government to increase the number of physicians trained, either by building new medical schools or by increasing the size of existing schools. Duke complied by expanding the size of its entering medical classes from 81 to 86 in 1967, to 104 in 1970, and to the present size of 114 in 1972. Moreover, efforts to increase the percen- tage of minority students, women, and North Carolinians, as well as the institution of the new curriculum and the M.D.- Ph.D., M.D.-J.D., and M.D.-M.P.H. combined degree prog- rams, necessitated additional, more complex criteria for admis- sion. The admissions procedure that Dr. Osterhout has devised to incorporate so many variables consists ofa series of screens. The initial screen by Dr. Osterhout and a second faculty member determines those applicants Cabout 42WpD granted an interview, which is conducted at Duke or by regional representatives. The applicant's file is then examined by a troilaa made up of a basic science and a clinical faculty member, taken in rotation from the full committee, and Dr. Osterhout. The troika members vote independently to rank the applicant on specific criteria. The scores are tallied, and the highest ranking students are pre- sented to the full committee, ideally composed of a representa- tive from each department in the medical center. Dr. Osterh- out's final task is to insure diversity among the accepted appli- cants. Himself an alumnus of Duke Medical School, Class of 1949, Dr. Osterhout completed his residency in Internal Medicine here in 1956. After receiving his Ph.D. in Virology at the Rockefeller Institute in 1959, Dr. Osterhout returned to Duke, where he now holds joint appointments as Professor of Micro- biology and Professor of Medicine. I John L. Weinertn, IVI.D. DIRECTOR OF GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR OF GRADUATE IVIEDICAL TRAINING In 1951, the House Staff at Duke Hospital numbered 15 and had increased seven-fold by 1941. During World War II, the size of the House Staff dwindled as many of the young doctors were stationed overseas, but since that time, the House Staff has grown steadily to its present size of 650. In the early years, selection of House Staff and planning of their training programs were carried out primarily by a small faculty committee and by the departments in which the appli- cant sought training. Appointments were made by agreement with hospital administration on salaries and how to best staff the various services. In 1968, Dr. Morton D. Bogdonoff was appointed Assistant Dean of Graduate Medical Education and was succeeded by Dr. Andrew G. Wallace in 1970 and by Dr. Stephen Mahaley in 1972. Dr. John L. Weinerth was named Director of Graduate Medical Education in 1974 and, like his predecessors, oversaw the difficult task of managing both the educational aspects of the House Staff program and the often dichotomous hospital per- sonnel aspects. Following a one-yiear interim during which Dr. Delford Stickel served as Director, Dr. Weinerth was reap- pointed in May 1979 with new flexibility and expanded coor- dinative powers provided by simultaneously holding two posi- tions: ID Director, Graduate Medical Education, Medical and Allied Health Education, DUMC, and 29 Associate Director, Graduate Medical Training, DUH. In the first capacity, Dr. Weinerth reports to the Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education and deals with the educa- tional, legal, and technical interests of the House Staff, includ- ing checking medical liscensures, providing verification of train- ing letters, and answering to government agencies and to hospi- tal and medical associations concerned with quality of training programs. In the second capacity, Dr. Weinerth reports to the Chief Executive Officer, Duke Hospital, and is responsible for the financial and personnel status of the House Staff, including managing budget, payroll, uniforms, insurance, parking lots, fringe benefits, and call rooms. Dr. Weinerth is well aware of the needs and interests of the Duke House Staff, having done his own residency in Urologic Surgery here from 1967 to 1973, after receiving his M.D. from Harvard. Following a transplantation fellowship in 1974, he joined the Duke faculty and is now Associate Professor of both Urology and Surgery. NI. Henderson Rourk, IVI.D. DIRECTOR OF CONTINUING NIEDICAL EDUCATION Dr. W.C. Davison's philosophy that postgraduate medical education is as important as undergraduate medical education provided the groundwork for continuing medical education, which began at DUMC with the founding of the medical school and hospital fifty years ago. In December 1931, Dean Davison himself organized the first two-day course for practicing physi- cians, which consisted of lectures, a case presentation, and ques- tion and answer sessions given by the medical faculty. An annual Duke symposium with visiting lecturers on medical specialty topics had evolved by 1954, but as interest in such a meeting dwindled in the late 194O's, Dr. Davison saw the need to pro- vide a more organized and comprehensive effort directed to- ward continuing medical education. He therefore appointed William M. Nicholson, M.D., to be Director of Postgraduate Medical Education, a post he held for twenty years. Dr. Nichol- son began by renewing invitations to practicing physicians to come to Duke to attend grand rounds, CPC's, specialty re- fresher courses, and in-hospital tutorials under faculty members up to two weeks in length. Dr. Nicholson is best remembered for his origination of the Morehead Symposium, held annually on the North Carolina coast. In 1968, William j.A. DeMaria, M.D., was appointed Assis- tant Dean for Continuing Education and continued in the man- ner of Dr. Nicholson. During the 196O's, however, the nation- wide trend toward requiring continuing education for mem- bership in professional societies, or even for reliscensure to practice, demanded more uniform and stringent courses. M. Henderson Rourk, M.D., became the Director of Con- tinuing Medical Education in 1977 and sees his role as that of a promoter of CME among physicians, an implementer to dis- seminate new medical knowledge to Duke alumni in the com- munity, and an overseer of accreditation and records of CME courses. Dr. Rourk views CME as the means by which the physician maintains and updates his education and skills. The lecture and the one-on-one preceptorship have been the most valuable teaching methods in the past and will be continued. A graduate of the University of Pennsylvania School of Medi- cine, Dr. Rourk came in 1963 to Duke, where he completed his internship and residency in Pediatrics in 1966. After his fel- lowship in Pediatric Allergy, Clinical Immunology, and Pul- monary Disease at Duke, he joined the faculty and is now Assistant Professor of both Pediatrics and Community and Family Medicine. ADMINISTRATION 249 Thomas E. Frothingham, IVI.D. DIRECTOR OF AREA HEALTH EDUCATION Area Health Education Center activities at Duke began in 1974 when Duke joined UNC and Bowman Gray Medical Schools in this statewide program originated a few years earlier by UNC in response to a Carnegie Commission Report on medical education. The theme was decentralization of medical education away from university medical complexes into com- munity medical centers with two perceived advantages: D im- proved quality of community medical practice, since the rigor- ous scrutiny and challenge of academic medical practice result- ing from placement of medical student, resident, and faculty educational activities in the communities would hopefully im- prove and update patient services, and 23 better distribution of medical manpower, since data indicate that physicians are likely to locate where they train. North Carolina is divided into nine AHEC areas, each cen- tered around a campus in close association with a large commun- ity hospital. Duke is university partner to the Fayetteville AHEC whose campus consists of Cape Fear Valley Hospital and three neighboring buildings - administration, specialty clinics, and the family practice center housing the Duke-FAHEC Fami- ly Practice Residency Program. Extensive inservice and technic- al assistance programs in nursing and allied health, as well as a physicial continuing education program, are organized for the eleven surrounding FAHEC counties. Dr. Thomas E. Frothingham, founding director of the Duke AHEC, has seen his role primarily as official communicator between DUMC departments and the community facilities with which they are affiliated through AHEC. He notes that the relationship between medical center and community institution has at times been strained, but the five-year collaboration has held together, and the program will continue along present lines with emphasis on strengthening quality of existing activities to improve elective opportunities for students and residents. Trained in Pediatric Infectious Disease at Harvard, Dr. Frothingham has been at Duke since 1973 as Professor of Pediatrics and Professor of Community and Family Medicine. As ofjanuary of this year, he has returned full time to his duties as Director of the Pediatric Outpatient Clinic, and Dr. Frank Lecocq, Associate Professor of Medicine, will be assuming the responsibilities of AHEC director. Dr, Lecocq will encourage Duke's continued contribution to community-based medical education through AHEC, in keeping with the ever-increasing emphasis on Primary Care Medicine in the U.S. today. 250 ADMINISTRATION Warren P. Bird, IVI.S. DIRECTOR OF THE MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY One of the early appointments made by Dean Davison was that of Miss Judith Farrar as Hospital Librarian on September 1, 1929. Assisted only by her mother, Mildred P. Farrar, she began the task of purchasing and cataloging the 20,000 volumes that were ready for use when the Hospital opened injuly 1930. For over thirty years Miss Farrar was responsible for providing library services to the students, faculty, and house staff, as well as continuing acquisitions which resulted in a total accumulation of 50,000 volumes during her tenure. In addition, she oversaw both the moving of the Library from a storage room off an East Campus steam tunnel to the basement of the Davison Building and the construction of the reading room in the bottom of the covered-over central air shaft. Mr. G.S.T. Cavanagh was appointed Director of the newly renamed Medical Center Library in October 1962. Formerly chief librarian at the University of Kansas Medical Center, he began the total reorganization of the Library and its collections and the development of a strong professional staff oriented toward in-depth reference and bibliographic services. It was Mr. Cavanagh's campaign to provide adequate space for the Library that led to planning and construction of the Seeley G. Mudd Building with the Library as its prime tenant. As Professor of Medical Literature and Curator of the Trent Collection in the History of Medicine, a post he continues to hold today, he has been responsible for the development of what is considered the strongest collection of Medical History in the Southeast. Mr. Warren P. Bird assumed the directorship of the Library in July 1974. As Associate Director, he had worked very closely with Mr. Cavanagh in the planning of the new Library, and his first eighteen months were primarily devoted to the myriad details of the final stages of construction, furnishing, and move- planning for the transition. Since completion of the move in November 1975, Mr. Bird's first priority has been the reorga- nization of library operations to take advantage of the adequate physical space available for users, staff, and books. Following this, he has been taking steps to increase the utilization of modern technology in the Library. Mr. Bird sees the continued development of a service-oriented staff and the maintenance of the excellence of the Library collections as the keys to providing for the informational needs of the entire Medical Center com- munity. r,... Roscoe R. Robinson, IVI.D. ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT FOR HEALTH AFFAIRS HIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, DUKE HOSPITAL When Duke Hospital first opened its doors in 1950, the spiral administrative tasks were managed by the Hospital uperintendent, Marcellus E. Winston. The Hospital Superin- ndent, along with the Dean of the Medical School, the Dean of e Nursing School, and the Department Chairmen, comprised e Executive Committee which reported directly to the Presi- ent of the University. Mr. Winston was succeeded in 1953 by . Vernon Altvater, followed by H.C. Mickey in 1945, F. Ross orter in 1950, and Charles H. Frenzel in 1959. By 1968 the clinical services and the educational commit- ents within Duke Hospital had grown so large and complex at Dr. William Anlyan, then Dean of the School of Medicine, w the need for a clinician familiar with the interworkings of atient care, medical education, and hospital administration to ct as an arbiter between these consumer groups of Duke ospital. He therefore appointed Robert E. Whalen, M.D., to he new position of Hospital Director and Assistant Dean for linical Services. The following year, Stuart M. Sessoms, M.D., ucceeded Dr. Whalen, becoming Associate Dean for Clinical ciences and Director of Duke Hospital. Richard Peck, .H.A., was appointed Assistant Director of Duke Hospital. In 1976 Roscoe R. Ike Robinson, M.D., was appointed ssociate Vice President for Health Affairs and Chief Executive fficer of Duke Hospital. Mr. Peck, named Administrative irector of Duke Hospital in 1973, has remained in that capac- ty and works closely with Dr. Robinson who spares no compli- ents when he notes that Mr. Peck really runs the hospital on a ay to day basis. Since his appointment as chief policymaker for uke Hospital, Dr. Robinson has acted ably and enthusiastical- y to blend clinical programs, medical education and research, ospital employee needs, and maintenance of financial integrity f the hospital - all under ever tightening federal control uidelines. After receiving his M.D. degree from the University of Okla- oma School of Medicine,Dr. Robinson came to Duke in 1954 o begin his internship and residency in Internal Medicine. ollowing a fellowship year at Columbia-Presbyterian Medical enter in New York, a chief residency year at Duke, and two ears as captain and chief of the renal unit at the Wilford Hall SAF Aerospace Medical Center in Texas, Dr. Robinson re- urned to Duke in 1960. He has been Chief of the Division of ephrology since 1962 and was named the Florence McAlister rofessor of Medicine in 1978. .. IN THE OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR HEALTH AFFAIRS .. , fs' ew Bt, L? john D. Shytle - Assistant Vice President for Health Affairs, Analyslg Administration Q C Bucky Director Medical Alumni Affair or, Davison Club, Assistant to the Vice President for Health , , , , , H , , H , , , , , , .,f - S aff A h B d M G t .. D I f B d f d F Ce Robert G. Wmfree - Deputy Assistant Vice AgldSePE-rgfdletfficfor Health to t e en-mr C m y nec or 0 u ge an man President for Health Affairs, Planning and Analysis 252 ADMINISTRATION IN THE OFFICE DF THE DEAN OF MEDICAL AND ALLIED HEALTH EDUCATION 2 VanLandmgham - Financial Aid Assistant - Office of Medical Education , V III III II is III' II X I I II . I - W I I ' I, -I' III II , I I ' I 3 II ' I i I I 'IIII'IIII'IwI'I2II ll-n----- Ann Rimmer - Administrative Assistant to the Dean of Medical and Allied Health Education Z .-..Af Patricia Cross - Office of Medical and Allied Health Education ADMINISTRATION ,fs ,I :ion 253 Y i l l v 4 i l , I I 9 +R W w x g y 5 ? F l I s ,, r ? J V i ml I F R 4 f i I f 1 T a W 1 I I I N 1 I Q w 1 THE NIE ICAL 1 ' i i'7H, 4 Anestvh es Mu mg1y Bmnemm W EammunwJmfF amiIy Medium Medinivne M imMn1Qgyamd lmmiuifdiogy mpfhtlmalmnlugy Path iugy Pe diatir ics Pharm1a nuI0 gy Physinlugy P sycM1l atry Hadi 0l Dgy A ' W W' ' Y'-sa-1-1-ww ii -6i, ., . , , I 0 0tI1gr Departme nts and Programs 1 --i.2.55gQ'f -1-1543. 3, . V. - 1-- . .- 11 ' 133'--7 ' 511451 VU' f W U M. ,N '-aw 4,, 1 ar fi Yu Q , WM 1 L, 'X2Mf1Z,f?Lf4f ww 'M H , Y - W W . q -'ffm igf Alu - A ,M My 'xr' WW M'QLX'q1' 'QV WWW 1- A f- , TQ' 5. f - A, H, '. ' wgrj. V ,K E? Ji A is 5 ' ' N! 'W I Www W AM-XM, ' 1 ex, . at Q M 4 - . nh V Ni. fs WL ' LW JW J' I -' gg, -- Ei?-.1 'JJ AVI! I 1, 1 . x .,.-mm--wwf-W., M, WMM .V Q--rw, W. 5,-14 ?-Ziff iff' ' -V. 5- Ag,.ff Q W N A 2225, , ' W1 'WW ' . . ir . FV!! 1g5gpr 1,,. , . MI'-'12 H-fffgp 'UE col- ... 9-E55 A D V wh Le f at 4 t- v , '31 31 1:14 sf2l'?'!:' 1.5 , 7 1 4: 1 gs, . W 1, '-as-mfg W' u w , WT 1 ull' 'fbi 4, Xu , --VJ -f A, 1 minn- , Wm., X' , x N -'w N 3 ,311 1, , wg? J cyg- 4 Xi ky ' ,mi ' A32 :E .1 .Q if-W - , if l a Q . 5 Q ....- ii, . , '1 'ri ' W K 1 ' 4, M 1 . Q in S , 'z I ..-.... .. ' --mf- wllnw A 1 .v ,. ,. ANATOMY t. David Robertson, IVI.D. Chairman The Department of Anatomy was organized in 1950 under the leadership of Dr. Francis Huntington Swett, who headed it until 1945. He was succeeded by Dr. joseph Markee, who retired in 1966 to be replaced by the present chairman, Dr. J. David Robertson. Under its first two chairmen, the Department was primarily involved in research in the areas of neuroendocrinology, neuroanatomy, and reproductive biology. Cell biology and physical anthropology also had beginnings in the Department in the early 1960's. Departmental teaching in the medical curriculum prior to 1966 emphasized classical histology, gross and neuroanatomy, and its graduate program reflected these interests. In 1966, with the new curriculum, a change took place. The drastic reduction in the teaching load allowed the faculty to spend much more of their time in graduate and elective teaching and research. The arrival of a new chairman also resulted in an influx of new junior staff members with new research interests. The members ofthe Department share a common intellectual bond: the perception of biological problems in terms of struc- ture in relation to function. The techniques employed often do not differ greatly from those in other departments. But in an operational sense, they differ significantly in emphasizing an approach to a biological problem that first asks the question what structures are invo1ved?', and then, how are the compo- nent parts inter-related physically and functionally, and how do they evolve and develop? This common intellectual motif ap- plies equally well to studies of the structure of the most complex living creature down to molecular structure. In the Duke University Department of Anatomy, emphasis is placed upon studies of the macroscopic structure and evolution of man and his relatives at one end of the spectrum and at the other, the macromolecular organization of cells and tissues. This is a very large framework within which it is possible to pursue many different kinds of research activity. It is no accident that the senior staff of the Department have backgrounds ranging through medicine, zoology, anthropology, biochemistry, biophysics and physics. Many of the diverse research programs of the Department are interconnected by collaboration of the investigators and their associates, both within and outside of the Department. It should be emphasized that there is much over- lap and interplay between the laboratories which do not exist as separate entities, but only as interrelated components of the Department as a whole. In 1968 a Health Sciences Advancement Award of over 2.5 million dollars was made by the National Institutes of Health to the Duke University Medical Center, mainly for use by the Department of Anatomy and of Microbiology and Immunology over a five year period. In 1973 the Anatomy Department moved into about 22,000 net square feet of laboratory and office space in the new Sands Building. In 1975 an additional 2,000 net square feet became available in the adjacent jones Building. The overall effect of these developments has been a considerable expansion of the faculty involving several new areas of concentration in anatomical research. The Department of Anatomy is today much concerned with applying the approaches of cell biology, biophysics, and molecu- lar biology to problems of human structure and function. An effort is being made to preserve and develop directions initiated by the first two chairmen in the areas of neurobiology including neuroanatomy, neuroendocrinology, and reproductive biology. The earlier development of physical anthropology is being car- ried forward strongly. ., M. Cartmill, Ph.D. MJ. Moses, Ph.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 257 A group concentrating on cellular and molecular biology is primarily responsible for teaching Microscopic Anatomy. A neurobiology group teaches Neuroanatomy, and a physical anthropology group teaches Gross Anatomy. Electron microscopy is the most prominent technique em- ployed throughout the Department. There are seven transmis- sion electron microscopes, and scanning electron microscope facilities are available in other departments. Much attention is also given to applying both small angle and wide angle x-ray diffraction analysis to biological problems. Equipment on hand includes the most recently developed rotating anode x-ray generators and position-sensitive x-ray detectors with associ- ated computer facilities. There is also equipment devoted to various kinds of image analysis utilizing laser optical and compu- ter methods. Here the Department depends upon the extensive central computer facilities available at Duke University and at the Triangle Computation Center. The research efforts are focused on the following fields: D cell and molecular biology, including structural studies of nuc- lear apparatus, membranes, muscle microtubules, model sys- tems and developmental biologyg 21 neurobiology including studies of the visual and auditory pathways of the brain, retinal rods, cell contact phenomena in retinal and optic tectum, and neuroendocrinolOgYS 35 physical anthropology including: human and animal adaptation, evolution and primatology. R. Kay, Ph.D. l H. Erickson, Ph.D, W. Hylander, D.D.S., Ph.D Wir' fl Z 5 Y ' X 1 . 9' 'S till t tllflll? if 258 THE MEDICAL CENTER with ANATOMY FACULTY ,-s.. Row T. McIntosh, J. James B. Duke Professor:J. David Robertson, M.D. CI-Iarvarcl, 19455, Ph.D. CMassachusetts Inst. of Tech., 19525, Chairman. Professors: Sheilaj. Counce, Ph.D. CI-Edinburgh, 19545, Montrose J. Moses, Ph.D. QColumhia, 194955 Robert B. Nicklas, Ph.D. CColumbia, 19585, Elwyn Simons, Ph.D. CPrinceton, 1956, Cxford, 19595. Associate Professors: Matthew Cartmill, Ph.D. CChicago, 197055 Kenneth L. Duke, Ph.D. CDuke, 19405, I-Iarolcl P. Erickson, Ph.D. Uohns Hopkins, 196855 William C. Hall, Ph.D. CDuke, 196754 William L. Hylander, D.D.S., Clllinois, 19635, Ph.D. CChicago, 19725, Richard F. Kay, Ph.D. CYale, 197353 William Longley, Ph.D. CLondon, 19655, Michael K. Reedy, M.D. CWashington, 19625. Assistant Professors: Frank I-I. Bassett, III, M.D. CLouisville, 19575, Nell B. Cant, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19735L,IOSeph M. Corless, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 197255 M.Ioseph Costello, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715, Eric L. Effman, M.D. Clndiana, 196755 Emma R.jakoi, Ph.D. CDuke, 19735, Ross D. MacPhee, Ph.D. CAlberta, 197 75g s .mf -api ' . ' 1 .. ,- - x ,vi ,I , mix . Row 5. ' . ,.f 'a I-I. Beall, W. Longley. Row 3: H. Erickson, M. Costello, M. Moses, K. Duke, F. Marchase, K. Lindberg, T. Peele. Richard B. Marchase, Ph.D. Gohns Hopkins, 19765, Thomas J. McIntosh, Ph.D. fCarnegie-Mellon, 197555 Frederick H. Schachat, Ph.D. CStanford, 197455 E. Lee Tyrey, Ph.D. Clllinois, 19695. Assistant Medical Research Professor: Hie Ping Beall, Ph.D. CTulane, 19675. Associates: Arthur C. Chandler,Jr., M.D. fDuke, 195959Jane S. Richardson, M.A. CHarvard, 19665. Lecturer: Irving T. Diamond, Ph.D. CChicago, 19535. Adjunct Associate: Kenneth A. Lindberg, Ph.D. CPittshurgh, 19705. Senior Research Associate: juan A. Vergara, M.D. CSantiago, Chile, 195 35. Research Associateszjanet A. Hall, M.S. CBrown, 197155 Alan Magid, Ph.D. CU. ofWashington, Seattle, 19745, Mary C. Reedy, M.S. fGeorge Washington, 196755 Olga Zampighi, D.D.S. CU. of Chile, Santiago, 19685. W. fx, rg vs! ' 'V-flwi' ,. .1 .1 199' , , l 1: ,ilr !,.,:'. JA ' . 1 1 til, . 'i f A :'5'-ZC ff 'J l T, . 54. irc Q A f W'-Nfl . ' --A f 3 A ff' LL.. -lgiiiiff fl.4.gQafjF afff A 1. ig ,,,, ,,-F :'fi.fuL6i 'Q Ph.D. S. Counce, Ph.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 759 X i 1 AW' .v TE , 15' 4',f-.- TT T 260 THE MEDICAL CENTER il ,H r wi., l 1- Q. P ,.r E25 5295 660 Cant, AN ESTH ESIOLOGY Merel H. Harmel, IVI.D. Chairman Anesthesiology as an academic entity at the Duke University Medical Center did not come into being until 1950 when Dr. C. Ronald Stephen, an eminent anesthesiologist, born and trained in Canada, was appointed associate professor and head of the Division of Anesthesiology in the Department of Surgery. The mainstay for the anesthesia service, since its opening onjuly 21, 1931, has resided with the nurse anesthetist. Indeed, from its inception there was a school for training nurses in a certificate program. In 1944 Dr. Ruth C. Martin was appointed as a staff anesthesiologist, but she declined the invitation to become the permanent head of the Division. With Dr. Stephen's appoint- ment, a faculty was selected, a full-fledged academic program was developed, a required clerkship in anesthesia was started, a residency training program was begun, and the Division became a nationally recognized center for clinical investigation - espe- cially for new anesthetic adjuvants and agents. When the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital came into being, anesthesiology, with the other clinical specialties, mounted a teaching and research program that was to flourish until 1966 when Dr. Stephen resigned. The ensuing five years were diffi- cult ones. The residency program atrophied, research declined, and the faculty gradually diminished in the face of increasing clinical responsibilities. As acting chairman, Dr. Sara J. Dent held the Department together under the most trying of cir- cumstances. It was not until 1970 when anesthesiology was made an independent department that the situation changed. In 1971 Dr. Merel H. I-larmel was appointed as the first Chairman of the Department of Anesthesiology. Since 1971 the Depart- ment has grown, re-established an active residency, and engaged in wide ranging research. From six faculty in 1971, there are now twenty-seven clinical anesthesiologists, thirteen scientists, both Ph.D. and M.D., engaged in full-time research, twenty residents, and an established program of teaching and research in the V.A., all of which had languished from 1966-75. The major responsibility for the hyperbaric facility has passed to the Department of Anesthesiology where active involvement in underwater physiology, diving medicine, and inquiry into basic mechanisms of narcosis are vigorously pursued. In addition, there are investigative efforts in respiratory pathophysiology, physiology, neurophysiology and in neuromuscular transmis- sion, toxicology and a variety of clinical investigations relevant to anesthesia. There is a major interest in the physiologic moni- toring ofthe surgical patient. Collaborative research in the basic sciences as well as research with other clinical departments is actively being pursued. While there had been a required clerkship in anesthesia from 1951-1966, the adoption of the new curriculum resulted in a revised program that consisted of an elective in the fourth year, five sessions in the surgical rotation, and occasional lectures in the basic science core. As a consequence, the medical student's perception of anesthesiology has become severely limited. As the Department has evolved it has been divided into eight divisions principally oriented to the specialties: obstetrics, ophthalmology, cardiovascular-thoracic surgery, neurosurgery, pain, pediatrics, hyperbaric medicine and more recently critical care. In addition, there is a bio-engineering division devoted to instrumentation, measurement and the computer interface with anesthesiology. The Department has grown to meet the many challenges of increasing activity. In the Duke complex, 18,000 anesthetics were administered in 1979, an increase of 5,500 over the num- ber 8 years ago. In addition, 4,500 anesthetics are given yearly in the V.A. It is contemplated that in 1981 the number of anesthe- tics administered in Duke North and South will be in excess of 22,000. All segments of the Department will have to grow to meet this clinical need and at the same time strive to preserve the forward academic thrust which is now in motion and directed toward providing the best and safest care for patients who come to operation. Greater emphasis is now being directed toward educating students in the areas of life support, critical care and the use of drugs in the anesthetic management of surgical patients, the education and training of physicians in anesthesiology is directed to the end that they are scholars as well as competent clinicians. Lastly we must continue to try to elucidate the phenomena associated with the anesthetic .state and its consequences, and for those who come to operation we must try to make this experience a safe passage for that journey which has been described as a voyage between consciousness and oblivion. B. Bell, S. Porter, and B. Shelton in the hyperbaric chamber during record-setting dive directed by Dr. Bennett THE MEDICAL CENTER 261 Dr K Hall Q Drs. D. Davis and F. Clements X 7 N Q 55' 53- . QQ? 2 K cu :gi f W' if ws X fx 9 Q , , A kung- i Vvhi i M5 ANESTHESIOLOGY FACULTY 3 . ' - -LIL' ff: ' -EQ? 1 Q. .! '-'ff' 11 1' .19 . li1f'f.5'. Q 1 T9 1 Eff Illffig. .ll 4 I I if li M A Q fi . 1 is , ' 5' I! L if - -zu i'.r- 9 f wi. F' ' 1 1 . ' L l , f .-5. f-ze. 1 ph , 3 - ' .n .- .. . A i,...i.- ' 1 . -, E l Q. ilu' ,xl t. A l V I V ..A r T 'iq . fm F ' 'J in I' 5 1 . . H . . 4 ,I E pl . 3 I Y 2, I W C 1 4 li ' l 1 fi , . ' , M 1 1,73 1 , 5: H 1 , Ml.. S Row 1 CL to R3: L. Redick, M. Maroof, E. Bukowski, M. Harmel, S. Weitzner, C. Arancibia. Row 2: L. Fagraeus, C, Christian, P. Bromage, P. Stankus, E. Camporesi. Row 3: P. Lumb, K. Hall, E. Fox, D. Davis, B. Urban. Row 4: J. Miller, V. Vartanian,j. Karis, L. Burton. Not Pictured: E. Bloch, A. Groce,j. jarrell, R. Kosanin, R. McIntyre, W. Murray, B. Schkolne, I. Talton. Professor: Merel H. Harmel, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19433, Chairman. Professors: Peter B. Bennett, Ph.D. CSouthampton, England, 19643, Philip R. Bromage, M.B., B.S. CLondon Univ., 19443, David A. Davis, M.D. CVander- bilt, 19413, Saraj. Dent, M.D. CMed. Coll. of South Carolina, 19453, Kenneth D. Hall, M.D. CDuke, 19533,J0annes H. Karis, M.D. QState Univ. of Utrecht, Holland, 19523, Lloyd F. Redick, M.D. 1Ohio State, 19583, Bruno J. Urban, M.D. CAlbertus Magnus, Germany, 19603, Vartan Vartanian, M.D. CClug Univ. Meg. Sch., Rumania, 19513, Stanley W. Weitzner, M.D. CNew York Coll. of Me , 19533 Associate Professors: Enrico Camporesi, M.D. CUniv. ofMilan, Italy, 19703, Lennard Fagraeus, M.D., Ph.D. CKarolinsl-ta Inst., Stockholm, 1965, 19743, Elisabethj. Fox, M.B., B.S., CLondon Univ., 195 539J0hn N. Miller, M.B., B.S. CUniv. of Sydney, 19633, William J. Murray, Ph.D. fWisconsin, 19593, M.D. QU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19623, Ingeborg I-I. Talton, M.D. CFrankfurt!Main, 1951, Geissen, 19523. Associate Clinical Professors: M. Bourgeois-Gavardin, M.D. CUniv. of Paris, 1954, Duke, 19553, Charles F. Lanning, M.D. QKansas, 19693. Assistant Professors: Edmond C. Bloch, M.B., Ch.B. CUniv. ofCape Town, South Africa, 19463, Elaine M. Bukowski, M.D. CS.U.N.Y., Buffalo, 19743, Charles M. Christian, II, Ph.D., M.D. CLouisiana, 1971, 19753, Gregg Friedman, M.D. lDuke, 19763, M. Ann Groce, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19723, Radoslav Kosanin, M.D. CUniv. of Beograd, Yugoslavia, 196531 Philip D. Lumb, M.B., B.S. CLondon Univ., 19743, Mohammad Maroof, M.D. CLiaquat Med. Coll., Pakistan, 19643, R. William Mclntyre, M.D. fUniv. of British Columbia, Benzion Schkolne, M.B., Ch.B. CUniv. of Cape Town, South Africa, Assistant Medical Research Professors: Charles E. johnson, Ph.D. CDuke, 1975lQJa.mes L. Parmentier, Ph.D. lCalifornia at Santa Barbara, 19723, Brij B. Shrivastav, Ph.D. CUniv. of Western Ontario, 19683, Sidney A. Simon, Ph.D. CNorthwestern, 19733, Richard Vann, Ph.D. CDuke, 19763. Adjunct Assistant Professor: Fritz F. Klein, Ph.D. CDuke, 19753. Assistant Clinical Professors: Patrick J. Breen, M.B., B.S. CRoyal Coll. of Surgeons, Ireland, 1959351 Howard J. Brown, M.D. fBoston, 19673, Luther C. Hollandsworth, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19513,John A. jarrell,Jr., M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19493, Stanley J. Rosenberg, M.D. CMichigan, 19683. Associates: Carlos U. Arancibia, M.D. CUniv. of Chile, 19693, Paul V. Stankus, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19763. Research Associate: Larry W. Burton, Ph.D. CDuke, 19773. - le--.ze M. . Y . V, ,sf qigi , ' 1 V ,,.,. ' -:RZ A 'X , 4 . , ' 1 . T . , .. T 'f-...H C, .6 Qc I l i ll 1 4 1' Y 'V' 1 H in um K wr f 0 U .1 li l 'll 1 7, is Alf 1 1 i 1 1 1 1, . 1 3 '44 -+L f . :fail llliliifil 1' ,K-. .... w wid, 5 few 1 1--. ,H '61,-9 . r 312 . M 1,5 li .K X :gg .R 1 J. 'M '15 s d',l ll Q 1.11 L 1 Le 5 Q. N. , 'bf X1 'P -x N? L' f 'N C. W ' 1 ll! X X an l V Drs. M. Harmel and I. Talton Dr. H. Karis THE MEDICAL CENTER 263 1 1 ANESTHESIOLOGY RESIDENTS 'Trai 2 Evil?- -. 1 gc., 1' ,N X N .,....'::i-,wg 'r .sr A eee .-ni-f'q14fE,11. ,-,::,,,.l . .H AA x ,Q-,. ,Q .f,,, -, ' , ' W -- ' A ??L 'f'1'Lf Ae3..c . -gg i. i igi ifi 'I I af, ' - Q, -Tr' -ff-We-f-1-7,--1 , , ,..,,,- A 3 . ' , 'es f 7 'A A 2? ' 1 H- ai 1 I ' ef'j - --1-,...:4,54.:.Lg:, XV ,--I l AW, ' A A 4, -I ll I L, ' r i 1 -1 1 1 W ':-L n 'u 0 - -Q- ., ' 5' ' ' -- Wt 1 , . . , - .. 1 1 'Q 1'-3 21' -' ,. qi 1 ,n in -' WED- , ggi .u,,V. , J. 1 57, .,- E , , i i ffgfq' 1, 51: 9 A ' I f' I I ?': 'T' 1- 1 1 ' 'J' ..1,. , - 1 '-i if 13,9 4 ' 4 4 ' 3 I Q , f J? ll l ' , ' . I I V sf' K 1 l fl In '51, , if . 1 1 ' B ,, 1 , u X X Row 1 CL to R31 S. Hauser, M. Matchett, C. Plummer, D. Chestnut, H. Chung. Row 2: B. Smith, E. Steinlnerger, T. Remandab:-1n,J. Leslie. Row 5: F. McNamara, R. Ballin, L. George. Not Pictured: G. Crisp, B. johnson, H. Louka, Z. Rahman, D. Shapiro, A. Vys. Chief Residents: David H. Chestnut, M.D. CUniv. of Alabama, 19783,-Iohn B. Leslie, M.D. CDuke, 19763. Fellows: Frank E. Block,jr., M.D. CUniv. ofVirginia, 197633 Bruce A. Smith, M.D. fUniv. of Arkansas, 19763. Senior Residents: Hun Taek Chung, M.D. CYonsei Univ., Korea, 19723, Lynn D. George, M.D. CGeorge Washington Univ., 19563, Hany H. Louka, M.D. CCairo Univ., Egypt, 19713, Ziaur Rahman, M.D. CPrince of Wales Med. Coll., India, 196835 Teodulo Remandaban, M.D. CCebu Inst. of Med., Philip- pines, 19723, R. Michael Matchett, M.D. CKentucky, 19773. Junior Residents: Gregory H. Crisp, M.D. fU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19783g Betty H. johnson, M.D. CUniv. of West Va., 197433 Charles R. McNamara, D.D.S. CTufts Univ. School ofDental Med., 197935 Charles W. Plummer, M.D. CDuke, 19783, Daniel A. Shapiro, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19783, Eileen K. Steinberger, M.D. CUniv. ofMichigan, 19793, Anil M. Vyas, M.D. CGovern- ment Med. Coll., India, 19723. 'S ,A 4.-1' C. Plummer, M.D. J. Schreiner, R.N. 264 THE MEDICAL CENTER BIOCHEMISTRY Robert L. Hill, Ph.D. Chairman The Department of Biochemistry was among the original departments that formed the School of Medicine at Duke Uni- versity. Its faculty in 1930, the year the school accepted its first students, totaled four: Dr. William A. Perlzweig, Professor and Chairman, Dr. Haywood Taylor, Assistant Professor in charge of the clinical chemistry laboratories of Duke Hospitalg and Mrs. Susan Smith and Dr. Mary L.C. Bernheim, Instructors. Dr. Bernheim is presently Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry and remains active today in teaching and research. Departmental archives do not contain the records ofstudents in medical biochemistry for 1950, but thereafter detailed re- cords are available and reflect the fact that biochemistry was a major part of the medical education for all first year students, just as it is today. The biochemistry taught in the 1930's was vastly different from that of 1980. Students then dwelt at length on aspects of nutrition and the suspected metabolic origins and fates of the major constituents of blood and urine. Laboratory work was emphasized, especially chemical analyses of blood and urine. One of the textbooks used in the course was Hawk, Oser and Summerson's, Pmrticazl Phyyiologzral Chemistry, which was first published in 1910 and was in its tenth edition in 1949. Its table of contents reveals some chapter headings identical to those in more modern texts, but inspection of the material presented to these chapters shows little relationship to what we know about these subjects today. The nature of double helical DNA, the molecular basis of enzyme catalysis, the detailed pathways ofmetabolism, the genetic basis ofhuman disease, the specific metabolic roles of the vitamin confactors, and the molecular mechanisms of protein synthesis were largely un- known, as were many other aspects of biochemistry now take as facts by today's medical students. Research programs in biochemistry during the early years of the Department's life were somewhat limited compared to those of today, but under the leadership of Dr. Perlzweig and Dr. XWJ. Dann, Professor of Physiology and Nutrition, Duke became known as a center for nutritional research, and in par- ticular, for studies on vitamin Bl, nicotinic acid, which when deficient in the diet leads to pellagra in man, a disease endemic to Durham in the 1930's. Related to this research were notable studies on amino acid metabolism by Drs. Frederick and Mary Bernheim as well as by Dr. Philip Handler, who came to Duke in 1939 directly from his Ph.D. studies at Illinois to work with Dr. Dann. Dr. Hans Neurath joined the Biochemistry faculty in 1957, and his important research that still continues at the University of Washington, Seattle, laid the foundation for the Department's reputation as a center of excellence in protein and enzyme chemistry, a position it continues to hold. After the death of Dr. Perlzweig in 1949, Dr. Philip Handler assumed the chairmanship of the Department in 1950. He was to serve as Chairman until 1969, and under his leadership the Department changed more dramatically than at any time in its history. By 1,95 5, the research laboratories for biochemistry had been moved from what is now the Davison Building to the Bell Building, where they remained until 1968, when they were then relocated to their present departmental space in the Nanaline H. Duke Building, which also currently houses the Depart- ments of Physiology and Pharmacology. Dr. Handler recruited a number of new faculty, so that by 1969, sixteen biochemists had primary appointments in the Department. Thus, Duke became internationally known for its excellence in several re- search areas, particularly in protein chemistry, enzymology, lipid metabolism and molecular genetics. Dr. Handler's leadership was also responsible for the de- velopment of many educational programs in Bichemistry. The Ph.D. program was judged in 1968 to be among the top ten in the nation, and its graduates occupy faculty positions in major medical centers throughout the world. The research training program in Cell Biology was begun in 1959 under the guidance of Dr. Handler and Dr. Eugene Stead, then Chairman of the Department of Medicineg it provided a unique opportunity for Duke medical students and residents to learn the research methodologies and the current knowledge available in several of the basic medical sciences. Perhaps of equal significance was the fact that the research training program served as a model for important parts of the new curriculum introduced into the Medical School in 1966. Dr. Handler also fostered the develop- ment of a University Program in Genetics, which bridged the Philip Handler, Ph.D. T THE MEDICAL CENTER 265 activities of several faculty, including those of Botany and Zool- 1 1 ogy in Trinity College, with Dr. Samson Gross, Professor of Biochemistry, as Program Director. Members of the program introduced a course in Medical Genetics into the first year curriculum in 1968, and it remains an essential part of the Departments activities today. Education in medical biochemistry at Duke has kept pace with the rapid strides in biochemical research that began about the time Dr. Handler became Chairman, in no small part be- cause of the publication of the text, Principles of Bioclaemzlrtry, which Dr. Handler co-authored with Dr. Abraham Wfhite, then at the Albert Einstein School of Medicine, and Dr. Emil L. Smith, then at the University of Utah. The first edition of the text appeared in 1954, and its subsequent editions have been used by Duke medical students, as well as many others through- out the world since that time. Now in its sixth edition, with the addition of Dr. I.R. Lehman at Stanford University and Dr. R.L. Hill, current Chairman of Biochemistry at Duke as coauthors, it remains the official text for the first year course in medical biochemistry and is a valued refernce book for many. Dr. Handler resigned as Departmental Chairman in 1969 to become President of the National Academy of Sciences in Washington, D.C., a position that attests to the stature he holds among scientists. He remains on leave from the University as James B. Duke Professor of Bichemistry and Nutrition, and his colleagues look forward to his return to Duke in 1981, when his P- R0bG1'fS0f1, Ph-D V term as President of the Academy is completed. In the past decade the Biochemistry Department has con- tinued on the path of excellence started by Drs. Perlzweig and Handler. Many faculty are noted for their unique and important research contributions, but lack of space does not permit listing their many accomplishments, Nevertheless, Biochemistry is healthy and vigorous as it enters into the next fifty years oflife at Duke, largely as the result ofthe dedication of those faculty, fellows and students who represent the discipline at Duke and are responsible for carrying on the tradition of excellence in teaching and research begun by a dedicated group of four faculty and some forty medical students in 1950. ,YE 1 D. Armaleo f A L :ii Q :A- li Q sp X , n x -i 11 xg l 4 to Ji we ' , ts V 'V .J Q 4 .fill X f E iffy J K xc- 1 :xml WM 266 THE MEDICAL CENTER BIOCHEMISTRY FACULTY Sitting CL to R3: M. Bernheim, S. Pizzo, H. Kamin, R. Hill, P. Modrich, R. Greene, D. Steege, K. McCarty, Sr. Standing: A. Greenleaf, K. Rajagopalan, Gross, L. Siegel, I. Fridovich, D. Richardson, W. Guild, R. Webster, H. Sage, Y. Nozaki, B. Kaufman, R. Wheat. James B. Duke Professor: Robert L. Hill, Ph.D. CKansas, 19543, Claazkmarz. Professors: Professor Emeritus Mary L.C. Bernheim, Ph.D., CCambridge, England, 19283:james B. Duke Professor Irwin Fridovich, Ph.D. CDuke, 19553: Samson R. Gross, Ph.D. CColumbia, 195335 Walter R. Guild, Ph.D. CYale, 19513gjames B. Duke Professor Philip Handler, Ph.D. Clllinois, l93935Jerome S. Harris, M.D. CH:-Lrvard, 19533, Henry Kamin, Ph.D. CDuke, 19483: Norman Kirshner, Ph.D. CPennsylvania State, 195235 Kenneth S. McCarty, Ph.D. CCol- umbia, 19573, K.V. Raiagopalan, Ph.D. CUniv. ofMadras, 195 73, Robert Webs- ter, Ph.D. CDuke, 19653. Associate Professors: Robert M. Bell, Ph.D. CCalifornia, 19703, Ronald C. Greene, Ph.D. fCalifornia Inst. of Tech., 19543, Bernard Kaufman, Ph.D. Clndiana, 19613, Sung-Hou Kim, Ph.D. CPittsburgh, 196635 William S. Lynn,jr., M.D. CColumbia, 1963, Paul Modrich, Ph.D. CStanford, 19733, David C. Richardson, Ph.D. CMassachusetts Inst. ofTech., 19673, Harveyj. Sage, Ph.D. CYale, 19583, Lewis Siegel, Ph.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19653,-I. Bolling Sullivan, Ph.D. 4Texas, 19663. I Assistant Professors: Arno L. Greenleaf, Ph.D. CI-Iarvard, 19743: Robert L. Habig, Ph.D. CPurdue, 196633 Michael Herschfield, M.D. CPennsylvania, 196735 Edward Holmes, M.D. CPennsylvania, 196735 Nicholas Kredich, M.D. CMichi- gan, 19623, Robert Lefkowitz, M.D: CColumbia, 19663: Patrick A. McKee, M.D. COklahoma, 196233 Salvatore V. Pizzo, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 197335 De- borah A. Steege, Ph.D. CYale, 197433 Allen David Roses, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19673: Robert W. Wheat, Ph.D. CWashington, 19553. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Celia Bonaventura, Ph.D. CTexas, Li96835Joseph Bonaventura, Ph.D. CTexas, 19683: Marc G. Caron, Ph.D. CFlor- i a, 1 733. Adjunct Assistant Professor: Per-Otto Hagen, F.H.W.C. CWatt Univ., Scotland, 19613. Associateszjohn Bittikofer, Ph.D. CPurdue, 197135 Yasuhiko Nozaki, Ph.D. fUniv. of Tokyo, 19453. Research Associates: Charles J. Alden, Ph.D., Nancy K. Amy, Ph.D., Tho- mas Andersen, Ph.D., Frederick Archibald, Ph.D., Lawrence M. Ballas, Ph.D., Edward Baptist, Ph.D., Michael Barber, Ph.D., Karl Beem, Ph.D., Sambhunath Bhattacharyya, Ph.D., Michael A. Bleyman, Ph.D., Donald Bowden, Ph.D., Keith Carson, Ph.D., Nico Cerlitti, Ph.D., Kenneth Dean, Ph.D., Allen Eck- hardt, Ph.D.,-I. William Freytag, Ph.D., Susan Gidwitz, Ph.D., Lowrie Glasgow, M.D., Murray Grigor, Ph.D., Earl Guthrow, M.D., Peter Hardwicke, Ph.D., Robert Harrison, Ph.D., H. Moustafa Hassan, Ph.D.gjean R. Johnson, Ph.D., David Lambeth, Ph.D.g,Iack Lancaster, Ph.D., Timothy Larson, Ph.D., Freeman Ledbetter, Ph.D.: Carson Loomis, Ph.D.g Dwight Martin, Ph.D.gjoseph Martin, Ph.D., Al Merrill, Ph.D., Nirupama Mohapatra, Ph.D., Shakti Mukherjee, Ph.D.: Izumi Ohkawa, Ph.D.g Philmore Robertson,jr., Ph.D.:,Iohn C. Salerno, Pllrgg Whanchul Shin, Ph.D., David Straight, Ph.D., Guido A. Zampighi, P . . R.M. Bell, Ph.D., and K.V. Rajagopalan, Ph.D. R. Webster, Ph.D. TI-IE MEDICAL CENTER 267 BIOCHEMISTRY GRADUATE STUDENTS VI- 'Q safe I' ,QI-A, IVY N I ' ' I Lopez, V. Lightner K Ro w 2 R MCR66,J- . Row 3: G. W. jack, L. Pike,J. M. Smith, K Row 4:1 B1ggs,J. Abernethy, D. Kilpatrick, T. R. Grant, M. Sellitti, Mold, G. Gick, D. Coulter, B. I-Iainline, Herman, M. Lehrman, M Row 5: S. Singer, M. Adams, L. Mimms, C. Saunders, D. Lubahn. Not Pictured: C. Batie, D. Bickar, M. Brenowitz, A. K. Freidman, E. C P janick, M. johnson, M. Litzenberger, D. McCaslin, K. Ney, R. Rubin, R. Ruhlen, J. Tainer, G. Tomlinson, T. Young. BIOCHEMISTRY RESEARCH ASSOCIATES 5 11' f WUI' Q A. My ,r .lid M Row 1 CL to RJ: T. Andersen, W. Freytag, M. Barber, E. Baptist, F. Archibald, N. Cerlitti. Row 2: L. Glasgow, K. Dean,j. Salerno, P. Robertson,Jr., C. Alden Row 3: C. Loomis, D. Bowden, A. Merrill, T. Larson, S. Gidwitz, K. Beem. Row 4: R. Watt, A. Eckhardt, N. Amy,j. Martin,j.Johnson. Not Pictured: L Ballas, S. Bhattacharyya, M. Bleyman, M. Grigor, P. Hardwicke, D. Lambeth,J. Lancaster, D. Martin, N. Mohapatra, S. Mukherjee, I. Ohkawa, M. Rose, W Shin, R. Whitesell, G. Zampighi. f K. Blumer, D. McRee, J. Lopez,j. Wilkerson, J. Biggs, and R. Hill, Ph.D. J. Lancaster, Ph.D., T. Michel, T. Kirby, and S. Gidwitz, Ph.D. 268 THE MEDICAL CENTER COMMUNITY AND FAMILY MEDICINE ., W. W! E. Harvey Estes, Jr., M. Chairman In 1965, a faculty committee was appointed to study the future role of preventive medicine in the Duke curriculum and to make recommendations regarding the future of the Depart- ment of Preventive Medicine. The committee concluded that a new Department of Community Health Sciences should be formed. It was seen as focusing on teaching the medical student about those problems related to the organization and delivery of health care Cboth preventive and remedial! to groups ofpatients in contrast with problems presented by an individual patient. These concerns included access to care, cost of care, conveni- ence and dignity of care, and organization and efficiency of care. The new department was seen as utilizing such diverse disciplines as economics, the social sciences, computer science, management science, and others in achieving its goals. The disciplines of bios- tatistics and epidemiology were also included in its scope. Q The Department began injuly, 1966. In 1967, the Physician's Associate Program was relocated to the Depa.rtment. This initi- ated the activities of the Department in exploring the uses of intermediate levels of health manpower. Throughout the early years of the Department, it was obvious that the public was interested in a more accessible type of medical practitioner, who was able to offer preventive mainte- nance, continuity ofcare, and a correlative function between the patient and his family and a complex medical system. In 1970, the Family Medicine Program began. This new program added a very useful clinical focus to the activities of the Department, and the program now offers a new and much needed role model for the medical students. In 1978, to more accurately reflect these activities, the Department name was changed to Community and Family Medicine. Injuly, 1979, the Departments ofHealth Administration and Community and Family Medicine were combined into a new administrative structure, the Division of Health Sciences Education. Dr. E. Harvey Estes, the Chairman of the Depart- ment of Community and Family Medicine, was named as its Director. Still another entity, the Health Policy Center, will be added to the Division when it is activated. The new Divison and its component Departments are cur- rently studying ways in which joint teaching, research and ser- vice can be conducted in such a way that the result is more than 4 the sum of the parts. The new Division will begin to offer conferences and teaching sessions based on these new rela- tionships in 1980. The Department teaches both basic and clinical topics. Its first contact with students is in the Interterm, during which it teaches a course divided into three parts. The first part covers current issues in health care delivery. The other two segments are epidemiology and biostatistics. The Department has no teaching responsibilities in Year 2, though it is actively attempting to obtain a mandatory rotation in a community setting during this segment of the curriculum. It is hoped that this experience would more fully acquaint the stu- dent with the true nature of medical practice and the function of the physician within the community. In Year 5, the Department has a variety of offerings. The most recent is a Study Program in Epidemiology, which com- bines didactic instruction in epidemiology and biostatistics with a research project. Other major offerings include courses in medical history, medical ethics, medicolegal issues, computers in medicine, etc. In the fourth year, the Department offers several clinical rotations, in the broad area of primary care, ranging from ex- periences with family physicians in small communities, to rota- tions in the Family Medicine Center, the practice base for the Family Medicine residency. In addition to formal course offerings, the Department is very active in working with student organizations interested in prim- ary care and the broad organizational and ethical issues affecting the profession. Members of the Department work with the Forum for Primary Care, assisting this organization with pub- lications and conferences. The Department also helps students organize seminars on broad issues involving medicine. It also works with organizations such as the North Carolina Academy of Family Practice and the North Carolina Medical Society as they attempt to interface with medical students. Z' 'x I i si Robert Sullivan, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 769 The Departmenfs major administrative headquarters are lo- cated in the ground floor of Trent Drive Hall Cthe Graduate Center5. Clinical activities are located in the Marshall I. Pickens Building, and in the Family Medicine Center on the campus of the Durham County General Hospital. The latter is the teaching base for the Family Medicine residency. Still another base of operation is in the Allied Health Building at the Durham Veter- ans Administration Hospital, where all of the classroom work for the Physician's Associate Program is located. The Medical History program is located in the Seeley G. Mudd Medical Library. V As an overall summary, the Department of Community and Family Medicine has grown steadily and has enlarged both its elective offerings and its faculty over the years. As a department without a defined niche, it has been forced to carve its own. With the student as an ally, it has often been an agent for change within the Medical Center, both in basic and clinical teaching. Stephen Gehlbach, M.D. Floyd M.B.A., and Katharine Munning, Ph.D. Melvin Berlin, M.D. Professor: E. Harvey Estes, Jr., M.D. CEmory, 19475, Claairmarz. Assistant Professor:Robert J. Sullivan, M.D. CCornell, 19665, M.P.H. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19755, Vice-Clmirman. COMMUNITY HEALTH MODELS DIVISION Professor: Eva J. Salber, M.D. iCape Town, South Africa, 19555, Cbief Associate: Shirley E. Callahan, M.P.H. 'CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19585. EDUCATION DIVISION Assistant Professor: Robert J. Sullivan, jr., M.D. fCornell, 19665, M.P.H. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19735, Chiqf Professors: Thomas E. Frothingham, M.D. CHarvard, 19515, Clark C. Havighurst, ,I.D. CNorthwestern, 195851 Siegfried H, Heyden, M.D. CU. of Berlin, Germany, 19515, Harmon L. Smith, Ph.D. CDuke, 19625. fi X515 9 5' 5 F' I .160 DC 755 i ti l x , xi! -2:5 X ' x.-4 l . 4' ge ,X X N' ., . , ' X lx ' 69 X v 1 J 5-nz - ,Q ti N L. HX . , X il. 1 , ' , 4 ,,-., --H-L , 4.-- . - 270 THE MEDICAL CENTER COMMUNITY AND FAMILY MEDICINE FACULTY Row 1 CL to R5: G. Solovieff,.I. Bobula, W. Wilkinson, D. Muhlbaier, R. Sullivan, S. Warburton. Row 2: M. Morris,J. Newsome, D. Naumann, E. Salber, L. Hartwig, D. Reich, M. Hilton. Row 3: E. Pope, D. McGrath,J. Crellin, M. Helms, F. Romm, A. Hathaway, H. Estes, M. Hamilton. Row 4: R.Joslin, W. Kane,J. Schmidt, B. Lafferty, M. Berlin, D. Deubner. Associate Professors: john K. Crellin, Ph.D. CU. of London, England, 19695, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. CU. ofLondon, England, 19745gJames F. Gifford,,Ir., Ph.D. CDuke, 196953 Paul B. Ginsburg, Ph.D. CHarvard, 197153 William E. Hammond, Ph.D. CDuke, 19675. Assistant Professors: Allen R. Dyer, M.D. CDuke, 19725: Carol C. Hogue, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19745: Frederick R. Jelovsek, M.D. CMichigan, 19695: Joseph Lipscomb, jr., Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19755: Diana E. McGrath, Ph.D. CPennsylvania, 19745: Ramon Velez, M.D. CNew York U., 19705: Ruby L. Wilson, Ed.D. CDuke, 19685. Associates: Lynn C. Hartwig, M.A. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725: Robert A. Rosati, M.D. CDuke, 19675, Beverly K. Rosen, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19745: Nancy R. Shaw, J.D. QDuke, 19735. Assistant Medical Research Professor:Nancy R. Mendell, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725. Hiesearch Associate: E. Edgar Cockrell, III, M.S.P.H. CU.N.C. at Chapel i , 19755. EPIDEMIOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS DIVISION Assistant Professor:William E. Wilkinson, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685, Chidf Professor: Max A. Woodbury, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19485. Assistant Professors: Elizabeth R. DeLong, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19795: David C. Deubner, M.D. CRochester, 19715: Daniel T. Gianturco, M.D. CBuffalo, 19605: Frank E. Harrell, Jr., Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197955 Kerry L. Lee, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19745, Frederickj. Romm, M.D., M.P.H. CHarvard, 19705: Helen Hai-Ling Wang, M.B. CNationaI Taiwan U., Taipei, Republic of China, 19755, M.P.H. CHarvard, 19765. wlgisistant Medical Research Professor: Kenneth G. Manton, Ph.D. lDuke, Research Associates: Michael Helms, B.S. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19715: Lawrence H. Muhlbaier, M.S. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19775. FAMILY MEDICINE DIVISION Associate Professor: William 5. Kane, M.D. CTemple, 19695, Chityf Associate Professor: Samuel W. Warburton,jr., M.D. CPennsylvania, 19695. Assistant Professors: James A. Bobula, Ph.D. COhio State, 19725, Stephen H. Gehlbach, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19685: Ann L. Moore, M.D. CColutnbia, 19725gjames T. Moore, M.D. fColumbia, 19715, Katharine A. Munning, Ph.D. Clowa, 197953 George R. Parkerson, M.D. CDuke, 19535, M.P.H. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19775. Associate:Randal D. France, M.D. CTexas, 19735. Clinical Assistant Professors: Andrew L. Finn, Pharm. D. CMichigan, 19755, R. Derek Prentice, M.B., Ch. B. CEdinburg U., Scotland, 19705: William J. Taylor, Pharm. D. CTennessee, 19765. Clinical Associates: Christina De La Torre, M.D. CBuenos Aires State U., Argentina, 19725, Stephen W. Friedman, M.D. CTulane, 19715: Belinda R. Novik, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19725. Clinical Instructor: Judith M. Roberts, M.S.N. CVanderbilt, 19735. HEALTH TEAMS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION Assistant Professor: Michael A. Hamilton, M.D. CRochester, 19645, Chief Associate Professors: Arthur C. Christalcos, M.D. CSouth Carolina, 19555: Thomas T. Thompson, M.D. CVirginia, 19645. wrgssistant Professor: Malcolm Henderson Rourk, Jr., M.D. CPennsylvania, Associatezjohn 5. McQueary, B.S. CNorth Carolina Central, 19735. Instructors: Leaf R. Diamant, M.Ed. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19735,Joyce Nichols, R.P.A. CDuke, 19705. Iglggjunct Assistant Professor: Reginald D. Carter, Ph.D. CBowman Gray, Clinical Instructor: joseph W. Kertesz,jr., M.A. CMichigan, 19735. Research Associate: Valerie Staple, R.P.A. CBowman Gray, 19735. UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICES DIVISION Assistant Professor: john P. Hansen, M.D. CWisconsin, 19695, Chief Assistant Professors: Albert D. Loro, Jr., Ph.D. 1Washington U., 19765: Dgorothy E. Naumann, M.D. CSyracuse, 19405:John B. Nowlin, M.D. CDuke, 1 595. Associates: Albert E. Hathaway, M.D. CHahnemann, 19455: Franz J. Her- pok, M.B.A. CCornell, 19745: Allen J. Lester, M.D. COtago, New Zealand, 19705: Catherine M. Severns, R.N.P. CYale, 19715, Gregory V. Solovieff, M.D. KDuke, 19735. Clinical Assistant Professors: Sigrid J. Nelius, M.D. CLudwig Maximillian, Germany, 19495: Woodhall Stopford, M.D. CI-Iarvard, 19695. Clinical Associates:Melvin Berlin, M.D. CDuke, 19535: Susan E. Brown, M.D. 1Georgetown, 19765gJohn W. Cromer, jr., M.D. CNebraska, 19725: Mary C. Hilton, M.D. CMaryland, 19745: Richard G. Joslin, M.D. CVirginia, 19745. Research Associates: james M. Schmidt, B.H.S. CDuke, 19745, William T. Vaughan, B.S. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725. ADJUNCT FACULTY Adjunct Assistant Professors: James D. Bernstein, M.H.A. CMichigan, 19685, Thomas R. Howerton, A.B. CDuke, 19465, Durham, N.C.:josephine E. Newell, M.D. QMaryland, 19495, Raleigh, N.C.: Lawrence E. Myers, Ph.D. CCalifornia at Berkley, 19725, Research Triangle Park, N.C.: Richard J. Levine, M.D. CSt. Louis, 19715, Research Triangle Park, N.C. Adjunct Associates: Naomi Golding, M.S. CColumbia, 19705, Durham, N.C.: David P. Hunter, M.P.H. CPittsburgh, 19705, Mount Holly, NJ. CLINICAL FACULTY Clinical Associate Professors: Barbara S. Hulka, M.D. 1Columbia, 19595, M.P.H. 4Colu.mbia, 19615, Chapel Hill, N.C.: F.M. Simmons Patterson, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19395, Greenville, N.C. Clinical Assistant Professorsglames C. Abel, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19665, Statesville, N.C.: Tracy E. Barber, M.D. QTemple, 19435, Lexington, N.C.: David H. Barco, M.D. CDuke, 19725, Durham, N.C.: Ellen T. Brubeck, M.D. COhio, 19755, Mount Olive, N.C., Henry J. Carr, M.D. CDuke, 19545, Clinton, N.C., Lawrence M. Cutchin, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19625, Tarboro, N.C.: Julian M. Duttera, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19685, La Grange, Ga.: Curtisj. Eshelman, M.D. CMichigan, 19715, Durham, N.C.: Seneca T. Ferry, II, M.D. CMissouri, 19655, Sea Level, N.C., Wilbur J. Harley, M.D. Qefferson, 19505, Winston-Salem, N.C., Harold R. Imbus, M.D. CCincinnati, 19545, Greensboro, N.C.: Lyndon K. jordan, M.D. CDuke, 19615, Smithfield, N.C.: Hervy B. Kornegay, Sr., M.D. QBowman Gray, 19575, Mount Olive, N.C.: Robert S. Meyer, M.D. CTernple, 19745, Mount Olive, N.C.: Donald D. Neish, M.D. CTemple, 19585, Durham, N.C.gJames G. Nuckolls, M.D. CDuke, 19665, Galax, Va.: Amos T. Pagter, jr., M.D. fDul-ce, 19555, Tryon, N.C.: David C. Rockmore, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19755, Statesville, N.C.: jesse D. Samuels, M.D. CDuke, 19675, Fayetteville, N.C.: Evelyn D. Schmidt, M.D. CDuke, 19515, Durham, N.C.: Robert H. Shackelford, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19475, Mount Olive, N.C.: Hal M. Stuart, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19565, Elkin, N.C.: George R. Tucker, jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 195 55, Henderson, N.C., W. Beverly Tucker, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19665, Henderson, N.C.: Millard W. Wester, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19525, Henderson, N.C.: Robert F. Willis, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19515, Fayetteville, N.C. Clinical Associates: Leandro C. Area, M.D. fDuke, 19755, Newton Grove, N.C.: James T. Best, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685, Sea Level, N.C.: Helen C. Goodman, M.P.H. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19715, Sea Level, N.C.: Terrence L. Goodman, M.D. fCornell, 19745, Sea Level, N.C.: Daniel Gottovi, M.D. CRochester, 19655, Wilmington, N.C.: Frank W. Leak, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 1967, Clinton, N.C.: Yancey G. Mebane, M.D. CDuke, 195455 james W. Mold, M.D. CDuke, 19745, Hillsborough, N.C.: John W. Nance, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19485, Clinton, N.C.: Latham C. Peak, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19515, Clinton, N.C.gJohn L. Rouse, Ill, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19735, Clinton, N.C.: Philip G. Singer, M.D. CDuke, 19755, Hillsborough, N.C.: Robert H. Taylor, Pharm.D. CTennessee at Memphis, 19775, Fayetteville, N.C., James M. Wetter, M.D. CNew York at Buffalo, 19745, Fayetteville, N.C. THE MEDICAL CENTER 271 COMMUNITY AND FAMILY MEDICINE RESIDENTS 'r I. I L-, r.. Row 1 QL to R3: R. Goldberg, G. Warshaw, S. Feuer,j. Dickinson,J. Hartman,j. Moore, F. Hayes,j. Bobula. Row 2: M. Magill,j. Fesperman, K. Munning,VWiY Ff1Cdm3H,J. Schorr, W. Blackley, A. Storeygard, W. Taylor. Row 3: C. de laTorre, T. Shelburne, H. Chatterton, G. Parkerson, R. Rhyne, E. Ballard, E. Pyeritz, C. Massion, A. Moore, B. Novik, A. Finn. Row 4: F. Hagan, M. Kane, L. Parker, D. Prentice, W. Larimore, W. Kane, B. Nash, S. Gehlbach, R. Schmitz. ChiefResidents:1oseph C. Fesperman, M.D. fU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19773, Pamela H. Jessup, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19773, Michael K. Magill, M.D. CDuke, 19773. Residents: Melissaj. Eddy, M.D. CU.N.C, at Chapel Hill, 19793, Howard J. Eisenson, M.D. CDuke, 19793, Scott I. Feuer, M.D. fNew York, Downstate Med. Center, 19773, Mary A. Goldstein, M.D. CColumbia, 19773, Eugene W. Griffin, III, M.D. CDuke, 19783, Francis E. Hayes, jr., M.D. CTufts, 19783, Elizabeth J. Herman, M.D. CConnecticut, 19793, Constance T. Hixson, M.D. CUtah, 197933 Peter D. Jacobi, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19793Q Ita M. Killeen, M.D. CMaryland, 19773, Carol L. Klein, M.D. CPitrsburgh, 19793, Katherine C. Krause, M.D. Uefferson, 19783, Walter L. Larimore, M.D. CLouisiana, 19783, Nancy H. Lewis, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19783, Lawr- ence Li, M.D. QColurnbia, 19793, Charlea T. Massion, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19783, George H. Maxted, M.D, QWayne State, 19773, Stephen C. McDonnell, M.D. CMiami, 19783,Jarnes L. Michener, M.D. CHarvard, 19783, Barbara A. Morris, M.D. CRochester, 197933 Bruce D. Nash, M.D. CAlbany, 19783, Patrick J. O'Connor, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 197935 Lynn C. Parker, M.D. fHahnemann, 19773, Eric A. Pyeritz, M.D. CPittsburgh, 19783, Jonathan D. Quick, M.D. CRochester, 19793, Robert L. Rhyne, M.D. CNew Mexico, 19773, Robert L. Schmitz, M.D. lWashington Univ., 19783,Jessica L. Schorr, M.D. CTufts, 19773, Colleen F. Selig, M.D. CBoston, 19773, Thomas M. Shelburne, M.D. CDuke, 19783, Alan R. Storegard, M.D. CMayo, 19773, Sally W. Thompson, M.D. CRutgers, 19793: Anne L. Todd, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19783,Joyce A. Warren, M.D. CRochester, 19793, Gregg A. Warshaw, M.D. CMichigan, 19763, Anne H. Wright, M.D CDuke, 19793. Fellows: John C. Dickinson, M.D. CColumbia, 197533 J0nathan C. Hake, M.D. CAIbert Einstein, 19723. Belinda Novik, Ph.D., and first year residents THE MEDICAL CENTER MEDICINE James B. Wyngaarden, IV.D. Chairman The Department of Medicine was organized in 1950 under Dr. Harold Amos, its first Chairman. He was succeeded in 1932 by Dr. Frederic M. Hanes, who served until his death in 1946. After a year during which Dr. David T. Smith, Chairman of the Department of Bacteriology, served as acting Chairman of the Department of Medicine, Dr. Eugene A. Stead was recruited to Duke from Emory University where he was Chairman of the Department of Medicine and Dean of the Medical School. Dr. Stead relinquished the chairmanship after twenty years at the age of sixty to devote himself to clinical teaching, editing, and research. The present incumbent, Dr. James B. Wyngaarden, was appointed to succeed him in 1967. The members of the initial Department of Medicine were recruited largely from the Johns Hopkins University. Important early faculty members included Drs. Oscar Hansen-Pruss, Christopher Johnson, Elijah Menefee, William Nicholson, Ed- ward Orgain, Elbert Persons, and Julian Ruffin. Dr. Hanes picked Dr. J. Lamar Callaway, an early graduate of Duke, to head and develop Dermatology. He also recruited Walter Kempner from Berlin to start a program in the clinical investiga- tion of hypertension. When Dr. Stead came in 1947, he recruited Drs. Frank Engel, John Hickam, jack Myers, Wayne Rundles, and Jim Warren into the Department of Medicine. The existence of the Medical Private Diagnostic Clinic, with its opportunities for private practice by the faculty within Duke Hospital and a plan for sharing of income with the Department, were powerful factors in attracting Dr. Stead to Duke. He saw at Duke an opportunity to build a great Department of Medicine that could influence the future through the training of students, house staff and young faculty. During his tenure Duke achieved increasing national prominence. The Department of Medicine became known as an outstanding clinical department, a superb place in which to train and to enjoy working hard, and a locus of superior clinical investigation. Duke became pre-eminent in car- diovascular medicine as excellent programs developed in the Departments of Pediatrics, Physiology, Radiology, and Surgery as well as in Medicine. Within Medicine strong programs also developed in most of the other subspecialty areas, with Der- matology, Endocrinology, Gastroenterology, Hematology, and Pulmonary Medicine developing early, followed by Allergy and Immunology, Nephrology, Neurology, and Rheumatic and Genetic Deseases, and most recently Infectious Disease and General Medicine. The addition of the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital in 195 3 offered an expansion of faculty and of teaching opportunities. Many faculty who have grown to prominence have launched their academic careers at the Durham V.A. Hospital. The Department of Medicine exists for teaching, research and patient care. Its teaching programs operate at four levels, for students, house staff and fellows, young faculty, and practition- ers. Learners are incorporated into the clinical and laboratory programs of the Department, so that intellectual growth and acquisition of practical skills occur simultaneously. Ward rounds and teaching conferences are related to contemporary patients and active research problems. The lecture mode of teaching is used sparingly except in postgraduate courses. The Department is organized in eleven divisions. Each divi- sion includes faculty of diverse interests, ranging from strong clinician-teachers busily engaged in referral practices to labora- tory based physician-scientists who conduct clinical or basic studies on normal cellular and system functions, disease mechanisms, new diagnostic procedures and new therapies. Among the active research themes in the Department are those in cardiovascular medicine which extend from studies of exer- cise conditioning and physiology, to basic studies of mechan- isms of arrhythmia or of catecholamine receptors. An active theme in a number of divisions is clinical immunology, including mechanisms of immune hemolysis, of inflammation, and of cellular and humoral immunity. A third prominent theme is that of metabolic diseases, including studies of calcium and vitamin D metabolism in gout, collagen and keratin structure in der- matological disorders, and the basic metabolic defects of muscu- lar dystrophies. Finally, the Department of Medicine partici- pates actively in the institutional program of improved che- motherapy regimens and at the level of basic biological and immunological disturbances in this group of diseases. L. Rubin, M. D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 273 Patient care and clinical teaching activities extend beyond Duke Hospital and the Durham V.A. Hospital to include parti- cipation in programs at the Durham County General Hospital, the Area Health Education Center in Fayetteville, and the con- tinuing education program at the Cabarrus County Hospital in Concord, North Carolina. The Department of Medicine at Duke has proved itself over many decades as a good place in which to learn. The emphasis at all levels has been on the development of the individual as a competent clinician or investigator or both. Duke students com- pete successfully for leading internships, residencies, and fel- lowships in medicine throughout the country. The house staff and fellowship programs attract strong candidates from Duke and other institutions. Graduates of the medical school and house staff programs occupy positions of leadership in clinical practice and in academic institutions. A significant number of division chiefs and chairmen of departments of medicine throughout the country have had a substantial portion of their training or early careers at Duke University Medical Center. i -if 1 N L. Heacock, M.D., and J. B. Wyngaarden, M.D. H, N I WN . i lk g Wendy Moeller, Rad Moeller, and Mark Moeller XW I I Drs. Harvey Cohen, Gerald Logue, and Harry Gallis ,wc W, Rif t? 1 Wh AM JN' MPX YQ Kgs, t J y Ss ill fl 415 ll an l ,l l le Ml .it ,ww 274 THE MEDICAL CENTER MEDICINE FACULTY fl. 5 Row 1 CL to R5: D. Durack, H. Siekerlli Clapp,J. Wyngaardeh, H. Cohen, L. Calloway, A. Huang, L. Lastinger, Y. Kong. Row 2: W. Rosse, A. Roses, E. Cox, S. Pinnell, L. Goldsmith, H. Silberman, B.Jegasorhy,J. Feussner, H. Lebovitz. Row 3: P. Tallos,J. Moore, P. Rutledge, S. Grossman, K. Lyles, A. Soroush,j. Fay, H. Gallis, M. Feinglos, M. Drezner. Row 4: H. McPherson, D. Gilbert, F. Starmer, R. Waugh, H. Strauss, M. Ehrie, E. Guthrow,j. Peter, C.,Iohnson, G. Ellis, W. Burch, S. Pollack. ADJU NCT FACULTY Professors of Experimental Medicine: Pedro Cuatrecasas, M.D. CWashing- ton, 19625: Gertrude B. Elion, D. Sc. CGeorge Washington, 196959 George H. Hitchings, Ph.D. CI-Iarvard, 195553 Robert A. Maxwell, Ph.D. CPrinceton, 19545, Charles A. Nichol, Ph.D. CWisconsin, 19495. Associate Professors: David W. Barry, M.D. CYale, 196955 Thomas Wit- bank, M.D. CTufts, 19685. Assistant Professors: Kuttikkat Chandrabose, Ph.D. CCornell, 19705: Richard DiAugustine, Ph.D. CTulane, 19685, Thomas E. Eling, Ph.D. CAlabama, 19685: Gary E.R. Hooks, Ph.D. CVictoria, 19685,J. Ellen I-Iulsingh, Ph.D. fN.C. State, 19735, Research Triangle Park: Thomas L. Wenger, M.D. CBoston U., 19715, Research Triangle Park, N.C. Aisociate of Experimental Medicine: Thomas O'Neil, Ph.D. CCalifornia, 197 5. CLINICAL FACULTY Clinical Professor: John R. Haserick, M.D. CMinnesota, 19415. Associate Clinical Professor: Harold L. Godwin, M.D. fHarvard, 19475, Fayetteville, N.C. Clinical Assistant Professors: Syed Ahmed, M.D. CDow Med. Coll. 19675, Danville, Va.: Thomas M. Bashore, M.D. COhio State, 19725, Fairfax, Va., Wayne D. Brenckman, M.D. CYale, 19655, Research Triangle Park, N.C., A. Derwin Cooper, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 19325, Durham, N.C.: Walter E. Davis, M.D. CDuke, 19665, Durham, N.C., Gloria F. Graham, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19615, Wilson, N.C., Thomas R. Harris, M.D. QTennessee, 19555, Shel- by, N.C., William E. Howiler, M.D. CMed. U. ofSourh Carolina, 19705, Fayette- ville, N.C.gjohn T. Joyner, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19625, Asheville, N.C.g,Iohn C. Lumsden, B.S. CNorth Carolina State U., 19475, Raleigh, N.C., Jesse Roberts, M.D. CLouisiana, 19615, Winston-Salem, N.C., Charles W. Styron, M.D. CDuke, 19585, Raleigh, N.C., Abe Walston, M.D. CDul-te, 19655, Durham, N.C.: Khye Weng, M.D. CU. of Malaya, 19565, Durham, N.C., Edward S. Williams, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19545, Durham, N.C. B l ll .gs Ni. XML 5 K rl' Clinical Associates: Sherwood W. Barefoot, M.D. CDuke, 19585, Greens- boro, N.C., Woodrow W. Batten, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19445, Smithfield, N.C.: William R. Berry, M.D. CDuke, 19735, Raleigh, N.C., Robert B. Bom- berg, M.D. CColoraclo, 19645, Durham, N.C.: Robert A. Buchanan, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19695, Durham, N.C.gJohn R. Bumgarner, M.D. CMed. Coll. ofVa., 19395, Raleigh, N.C., Calvert R. Busch, M.D. fMed. Coll. ofWisconsin, 19695, Asheville, N.C., F. Farrell Collins, M.D. CVei-mont, 19725, Pinehurst, N.C., George W. Crane, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19465, Durham, N.C., Frank P. Dalton, M.D. CDuke, 19605, Durham, N.C.g Michael S. Entmacher, M.D. CDuke, 19685, Durham, N.C., Walter C: Fitzgerald, M.D. CVirginia, 19455, Danville, Va., Harvey E. Grode, M.D. CDuke, 19605, Durham, N.C.gJohn I-I. Hall, M.D. CDuke, 19645, Greensboro, N.C., Michael A. Hamilton, M.D. CRochester, 19645, Durham, N.C.: H. LeRoy Izlar, M.D. CDuke, 19485, Durham, N.C., George E. Koury, M.D. CTulane, 19445, Burlington, N.C., Stanley Levy, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19715, Durham, N.C., Thomas D. Long, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19525, Roxboro, N.C., Emmett S. Lupton, M.D. CNew York U., 19385, Greensboro, N.C., john A. Lusk, M.D. CAlabama, 19515, Greensboro, N.C., Isaac H. Manning, jr., M.D. fHarvard, 19555, Durham, N.C., Joseph P. McCracken, M.D. CDuke, 19385, Durham, N.C., Edmond Miller, M.D. CDuke, 19565, Durham, N.C., W. S. Miller, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19615, Raleigh, N.C.gJohn A. Moore, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virgi- nia, 19485, Greensboro, N.C., Henry T. Perkins, M.D. CDuke, 19575, Raleigh, N.C., Vade G. Rhoades, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19605, Goldsboro, N.C.gjack G. Robbins, M.D. CDuke, 19485, Durham, N.C., Richard J. Rosen, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 19555, Greensboro, N.C., Mehrdad M. Sahba, M.D. Clsfahan Faculty of Med., Iran 19575, Durham, N.C.: William V. Singletary, M.D. QDuke, 19435, Durham, N.C., Allen D. Smith, M.D. fGeorgia, 19575, Durham, N.C.: John P. Stratton, M.D. CHarvard, 19615, Durham, N.C., W. Harrison Turner, M.D. CMed. Coll. OfVirginia, 19685, Durham, N.C., William G. Wysor, M.D. CVirginia, 19505, Durham, N.C. , ...ii . X, rw 2 1 -- 1 Ji...- A. Huang, M.D. l W J. Laszlo, M.D. D. Boerner, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 275 IVEDICINE RESIDENTS Row 1 CL to R3: B. Hettleman, N. Werdiger, D. McCann, M. Catapano, R. Siegel, N. Allen, R. Heacock, D. Boerner, M. Sullivan, W. Silverman, P.Jones C. Bocaccino, L. Smiley, T. Brown. Row 2: E. Wright, A. Bragdon, G. Cascino, C. Burton, E. Sadler, G. Spencer, A. Keller, M. Zachek, W. Moeller, D. Dunbai J. McFarland, F. Hejtmancik, W. Cunningham. Row 3: D. Howley, D. Sellers, R. Shalom, C. Hixson, B. Goodwin,J. Batlle, A. Brantley, R.Jackson. Row 4: D Merrell, M. Michels, D. Thiele, W. Keitel, R. Moorman, S. McCachren, C. Shin, T. Reichert, D. Grierson, R. Huck,J. Deterding, P. Fox, R. McCabe. Row 5: P Heald, L. Townsend, G. Gabliani, A. Littman,J. Fedor, G. Shulman, S. Studenski, A. Nussbaum, A. Nielsen,J. Medoff. Row 6: J. Sosnowchik, E. Brinton, D Cook, D. Pryor, D. Hamilos, M. Conley, M. Currie,J. Pickard, W. Ruth, M. Ruffin, A. Powers, R. Moeller,J. Trantham, D. Sl1imm,J. Humeniuk, W. Newman. Chief Residents: David A. Boerner, M.D. CPenrnsylvania State, 19763: Robert L. Heacock, M.D. COhio State, 19763. Senior Residents:J. Trig Brown, M.D. CWashington State, St. Louis, 19773: Martin J. Conley, M.D. CDuke, 19733: Timothy C. Evans, M.D. fMichigan, 19743:John M. Fedor, M.D. CDuke, 19763: Bonnie J. Goodwin, M.D. CDart- mouth, 19773: Bruce D. Hettleman, M.D. CHarvard, 19773: Wendy A. Keitel, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Stephen K. Lucas, M.D. CHarvard, 19773: Robert E. McCabe, M.D. CHarvard, 19763:Janice G. McFarland, M.D. COregon, 19773: Jeffrey R. Medoff, M.D. CN.Y. Medical Center, 19773: G. Radford Moeller, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Wendy P. Moeller, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Alan I. Nussbaum, M.D. CHarvard, 19773: Lonard C. Rigsby, M.D. CAlabama, 19773: W. Neal Roberts, M.D. fVirginia, 19773:John F. Ryan, M.D. fBrooklyn, 19773: Michael A. Salvatore, M.D. 1Arizona, l9773:John K. Sanstead, M.D. QDuke, 19763: T. Duncan Sellers, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Cheolsu Shin, M.D. CAlabama, 19773: Robert S. Siegel, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 197 73: Stephen M. Teague, M.D. Clllinois, 19773: Dwain L. Thiele, M.D. CBaylor, 197 73: Lloyd Townsend, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19773:Joey L. Trantham, M.D. 1Duke, 19763: Michael J. Zachek, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19773. Junior Residents: Nancy B. Allen, M.D. CTufts, 19783:JosephJ. Billadello, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19783: David R. Bishop, M.D. CMichigan, 19783: William A. Bornstein, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Georgia, 19763: Dale E. Bredesen, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Eliot A. Brinton, M.D. CUtah, 19783: Gary V. Burton, M.D. CUtah, 19783:Joseph Y. Cheung, M.D. CDuke, 19783: Mark S. Currie, M.D. fSouthwestern, 19783: DavidJ. Dunbar, M.D. COhio, 19783: David S. Grierson, M.D. COhio, 19783: James J. Hines,M.D. CNorthwestern, 19783: Robert L. Huck, M.D. CWashington U., St. Louis, 19783: Phillip E. Jones, M.D. CEmory, 19783: William B. Lide, M.D. CJohns Hopkins, 197831Jeffrey L. Mathews, M.D. CUtah, 19783: Albert B. Mercer, M.D. CLouisville, 19783: Dale E. Merell, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19783: Mary L. Michels, M.D. COhio, 19783:J. Randall Moor- man, M.D. CMississippi, 19783: Allyn K. Nakashima, M.D. iUtah, 19783: Wil- liam N. Newman, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Anton P. Nielson, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Jeb S. Pickard, M.D. fLouisville, 19783: Thomas A. Reichert, M.D. CMiami, 19783: Steven F. Roark, M.D. CDuke, 19783: Marshall De G. Ruffin, M.D. CHarvard, 19783: Guadalupe Sanchez, M.D. C1-Iarvard, 19783: Rose Shalom, M.D. CHarvard, 19783: David S. Shimm, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Warren Silver- man, M.D. iAlbany, 19783: M. Lynn Smiley, M.D. CDulce, 19783:Ja.mes Sos- nowchik, M.D. COhio, 19783: Eugene E. Wright, M.D. CDuke, 19783: Ruth T. Young, M.D. CTennessee, 19773. Interns: Stephen H. Bandeian, M.D. CI-Iarvatd, 19783: Juan' F. Batlle, M.D. CDuke, 19793: Caral A. Bocaccino, M.D. fBrown, 19793: B. Alton Brantley, M.D. CDuke, 19783: Claude S. Burton, M.D. CDuke, 19793: Gregory D. Casci- no, M.D. CRush, 19793: MichaelS. Catapano,M.D. CGeorgetown, 197935Darryl B. Cook, M.D. CUtah, 19793: William F. Cunningham, M.D. 4Utah, 19793: LeslieJ. Curfman, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19793:James L. Deterding, M.D. CNeb- raska, 19793: Peter T. Fox, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19793: Gregory I. Gabliani, M.D. Clllinois, 19793: Daniel L. Hamilos, M.D. CNorthwestern, 197935 PSYC! Heald, M.D. CDuke, 197833J. Fielding I-Iejtmancik, M.D. CBaylor, 19793: Clair S. Hixson, M.D. CUtah, 19793: DanielJ. Howley, M.D. CTemple, 19793:Joseph A. Jabaily, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19793: Andrew M. Keller, M.D. fOhio, 19793: Andrew B. Littman, M.D. QEmory, 19793: S. Spence McCachren, M.D. fDuke, 19783: Dennis R. McCann, M.D. CDa.ttmouth, 197935 .Iames E. Nordstrom, M.D. CDuke, 19793: Robert W. Paterson, M.D. CDuke, 19793: Alvin C. Powers, M.D. CTennessee, 19793: Albert A. Ramage, M.D. CVander- bilt, 19793: Wayne K. Ruth, M.D. CDuke, 1978391 Evan Sadler, M.D. CDuke, 19793: David M. Schlossman, M.D. CDuke, 19793: Gerald I. Shulman, M.D. fWayne State, 19793: Susan P. Smith, M.D. CCalifornia, San Diego, 197935 Gerald D. Spencer, M.D. CWashington, Seattle, 19793: Stephanie A. Studenski, M.D. CKansas, 19793: Michael J. Sullivan, M.D. CMt. Sinai, 19793: Arthur Tordini, M.D. CRutgers, 19793. . , Fellows: Carroll D. Arnett, Ph.D. CMaryland, 19763: Edward Baptist, Ph.D. fM.l.T., 19733: Dean A. Bramlet, M.D. QUniv. of Illinois, 19763: Gene H. Burke, M.D. CVirginia, 19753: Mary C. Byrne, Ph.D. CTemple, 19773:John R. 276 THE MEDICAL CENTER Cohn, M.D. Uefferson, 19763: Eric H. Conn, M.D. CDuke, 19763: G. Ralph Corey, M.D. CBaylor, 19733: Jeffrey Crawford, M.D. COhio, 19743: Keith Crutcher, 'Ph.D. COhio State, 19773: Carmine Dalto, M.D. CNew York Univ., 19763: William G. Danneman, M.D. COhio State, 19763: Albert O. Davies, M.D. CUtah, 19753: Dwight Davis, M.D. CRochester, 19753: Mark Dellasega, M.D. CKansas, 19763: Michael C. Dillon, M.D. CKentucky, 19753: Philip H. Dunn, M.D. CDuke, 19763: Mark B. Edelstein, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19753: Emma Fernandez- Repollet, Ph.D. CUniv. of Puerto Rico, 197933 Bruce A. Freeman, Ph.D. fCalifornia, 19783: Charles E. Garrett, Ph.D. CUniv. of Califor- nia, 19793: Leland E. Garrett, M.D. CMed. Univ. ofS.C., 19763: Leon W. Geary, M.D. CTexas Tech., 19753: Deborah C. German, M.D. CHarvard, 19763: Lawr- ence D. German, M.D. CBoston, 19763: RaymondJ. Gibbons, M.D. QHarvard, 19763: Joel F. Ginsberg, M.D. CGeorgia, 19753: Herman D. Giraldo, M.D. CUniv. ofAntioquia, 19713:William Gough, M.D. CRochester, 19763: Augustus O. Grant, M.D. CUniv. oFEclinburgh, 19713: David D. Grove, M.D. CChicago, 19703: Thomas Guarnieri, M.D. Uohn Hopkins, 19753: Stephen C. Hammill, M.D. CColorado, 19743: Michael Hamrell, Ph.D. CUniv. of Sydney, 19733: Franklin Handel, M.D. CUniv. of Pennsylvania, 19763: Robert L. Harrison, M.D. CUniv. ofTexas, Galveston, 19763: Gholamhossain Hayatdavoudi, M.D. CPahlavi Med. School, 19713: David A. Hester, M.D. COklahoma, 19733: Michael K. Hise, M.D. CUniv. of Michigan, 19743: Brian Hoffman, M.D. CMcGill, 19753: Norman Hudson, M.D. CUniv. of Illnois, 19753: Wu Yen Hung, Ph.D. CMississippi, 19723:John D. Hunter, M.D. CDuke, 19763: Mitsuo Itakura, M.D. CUniv. ofTokyo, 19733: Richard A.Jackson, M.D. COhio, 19763: Joseph K. Keener, M.D. fSr. Louis, 19753: Richard S. Kent, M.D. fCalit'ornia, 19753: Charles R. Kerr. M.D. fUniv. of British Columbia, 19733: Robert B. Kirlzpatrick, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19743: Paul E. Klotman, M.D. Clndiana, 197 3: Russell Lane, M.D. CUniv. of Newcastle, 19733: Real Lebeau, M.D. CMontreal, 19743:Jeanne L. Lesiewicz, Ph.D. fDelaware, 19753: Mark Levine, M.D. CMcGill, 19763: Kristine M. Lohr, M.D. fRochester, 19753: Cheryl Mahony, M.D. CDuke, 19763: Arthur E. Mays, M.D. fS.U.N.Y.-Buffalo, 19763: Gale McCarty, M.D. fDuke, 19743: John W. McKeown, M.D. CTennessee, 19733: David S. Mendelson, M.D. COhio State, 19733: Barbara A. Miller, M.D. CPennsylvania State, 19673: Mark B. Moeller, M.D. CDartmouth, 19773: Richard E. Moon, M.D. CMcGill, 197333JOSeph J. Muscato, M.D. fPennsylva- nia, 19753: Mary S. Muscato, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19753: W.Joseph Newman, M.D. CDuke, 19753: Edward Olender, Ph.D. CS.U.N.Y.-Syracuse, 19793: Stuart H. Packer, M.D. CS.U.N.Y.-Downstate Med. Ctr., 19743: Sebastian T. Palmeri, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19753: Frank S. Pancotto, M.D. CChicago, 19753: CharlesJ. Parker, M.D. CU.N.C., 197533 J0hn R. Perfect, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Ohio, 19753: Kathryn A. Peroutka, M.D. CMaryland, 19753: David B. Pryor, M.D. CUniversity of Michigan, 19763: Steven Port, M.D. CML Sinai, 19723: Frederick Radoff, M.D. CN.J. Coll. ofMed., 19763: Nelson Rassi, M.D. CUniv. of Goias, 19743: Richard A. Reinhart, M.D. COhio, 19713: Michael J. Reiter, M.D. CS.U.N.Y.-Stony Brook, 19723: Tracey A. Rouault, M.D. CDuke, 19773: Tho- mas J. Santoro, M.D. CNew York Univ., 19763: Douglas D. Schocken, M.D. CDuke, 19733: David A. Slosky, M.D. CColorado, 19763: Warren M. Smith, M.D. CUniv. of Otago, 19683: Wilson P. Smith, M.D. CWest Virginia, 19763: Alan Spanos, M.D. CMagdalene Coll., 19733: Yogambal Srinivasan, Ph.D. Clndi- ana Inst. of Sci., 19773: Richard S. Stack, M.D. CWayne State, 19763:Jeffrey Stadel, Ph.D. CPennsylvania, 19773: Christopher Stephens, M.D. CSouthwest- ern, 19763: Gary L. Stiles, M.D. CVanderbilr, 197533 Judith L. Swain, M.D. CCalifornia at San Diego, 19743: Michael D. Tharp, M.D. COhio State,z: Nguyen D. Thieu, M.D. CHowatd, 19753: Charles W. Tomlinson, M.D. CUniv. of Manitoba, 19763: Maury K. Topolosky, M.D. COhio, 19763: Christopher D. Truss, M.D. CAlabama, 19763: Mark Upton, M.D. CMcGill, 197333 Jeffrey Vance, Ph.D. Clndiana, 19793: Steven L. Vest, M.D. CMinnesota, 19743: Henry Ryan Wagner, Ph.D. iNew Mexico, 19753: Richard Wertz, Ph.D. CUmv. of Tennessee, 19783: Richard Whitesell, Ph.D. CVanderbilt, 19783: Bret C. Wil- liams, M.D. CKansas, 19763: N. Kent Wise, M.D. Clllinois, 19733: Larry Yamaoka, Ph.D. CUniv. of Oregon, 19723. ' U ,. , lf- W 1 2 f ,ll . . - 1. ily' N . X 4' . if i r F CARDIOLOGY Andrew G. Wallace, IVI.D. Chief The subspecialty service of cardiovascular disease has been represented in the Department of Medicine since the medical school was founded in 1930. The Cardiology Division of the Department of Medicine was organized by Dr. Eugene A. Stead in 1967. Dr. Henry D. McIntosh was director of the Car- diovascular Laboratory, and Dr. Edward S. Orgain was director of the Cardiovascular Disease Service. Dr. McIntosh departed in 1969 to become chairman of the Department of Medicine at Baylor University, and Dr. Andrew G. Wallace was named Chief of the Division of Cardiology. Dr. Wallace, a former Markle scholar, was named to the Walter Kempner Profes- sorship in 1973. Dr. Robert E. Whalen replaced Dr. Orgain when he retired as director of the Cardiovascular Disease Ser- vice in 1975. Dr. Orgain has received the Distinguished Service Award from the American Heart Association and the Gifted Teacher Award from the American College of Cardiology. Today the Division of Cardiology supports large programs in basic and clinical research, teaching, and treatment of car- diovascular disease. Basic research has grown significantly in recent years. Important research efforts in cardiac metabolism and thrombosis have joined traditionally strong laboratories for research in coronary blood flow, mechanics of myocardial con- traction, and cardiac electrophysiology. Drl Robertj. Lefkowitz received the Young Scientist Award from the Passano Founda- tion in 1978 for his studies in cardiac receptor function, and Dr. R. Sanders Williams in his laboratory was the second Duke fellow to receive the Young Investigator Research Award from the A.C.C. CThe first was Dr. Yi-Hong Kong in 1970.5 Clinical research is another aspect of the Division. Laborator- ies studying epidemiology, electrophysiology, radionuclide im- aging, and cardiac ultrasound are making important contribu- tions to those areas. The expanding field of cardiac rehabilita- tion, directed by Dr. Wallace, has opened new areas of clinical investigation in coronary artery disease and exercise physiology. The teaching function of the Division is shared by the entire staff. Drs. Robert A. Waugh and James J. Morris have been named Teaching Scholars of the A.H.A. Cther members of the Division have received the Golden Apple Teaching Award and the new Thomas B. Kinney Award Cto Dr. Robert H. Peter in 19795 from the medical students for outstanding contributions to teaching. Treatment of cardiovascular disease at Duke is pro- vided through the Private Diagnostic Clinic and the Medical Outpatient Clinic. Many patients with arrhythmias or coronary artery disease receive special treatment on the Clinical Research Unit or in DUPAC CDuke University Preventive Approach to Cardiology. The Durham Veterans Administration Hospital has its own cardiology staff, all of whom have faculty appointments in the Department of Medicine at Duke University. Dr. joseph C. Greenfield is Chief of Cardiology at the V.A. Hospital. Many members of the Division have made special contribu- tions in other areas. The editorial offices of the journal C irczzla- tion were located at Duke between 1973 and 1978 while Dr. Stead was editor and Drs. Victor S. Behar, Patrick A. McKee, and Harold C. Strauss were associate editors. Former members of the Division, Dr. James V. Warren and Dr. Mclntosh, have served respectively as presidents of the A.H.A. and the A.C.C. and, like many former faculty members, have become directors of other divisions or departments of medicine. Continuing evolution of this type assures a constant infusion of fresh ideas and talent into the Division. Professor: Andrew G. Wallace, M.D. CDuke, 19595, Chief Professors: Walter L. Floyd, M.D. Clohn Hopkins, l9545gjoseph C. Green- field, M.D. CEmory, 19565g Robertj. Lebkowitz, M.D. CColumbia, 19665gjames J. Morris, M.D. CState U. of N.Y., 19595, Eugene A. Stead,Jr., M.D. CEmory, 193255 Robert E. Whalen, M.D. CCornell, 19565. Associate Professors: Victor S. Behar, M.D. CDuke, 19615, Fred R. Cobb, M.D. CMississippi, 196-45gJohnJ. Gallagher, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19685gJoseph R. Kisslo, M.D. CHahnemann, 19675, Yihong Kong, M.D. CNatl. Defense Med. Center, Taiwan, 19585, Robert H. Peter, M.D. CDuke, 196155 Robert A. Rosati, M.D. CDuke, 19675g C. Frank Starmer, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685, Harold C. Strauss, M.D. CMcGill, 19645g Galen S. Wagner, M.D. CDuke, 19655. Assistant Professors: john T. Baker, M.D. Cl-larvard, 19715, Barbara C. Newborg, M.D. Clohn Hopkins, 19495g Edward Pritchett, M.D. COhio, 19715, OlafVon Ramm, Ph.D. CDuke, 197353 Ali Soroush, M.D. CU. oflsfahan, 19565, Robert Waugh, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19665. Associates: Michael I-Iindman, M.D. Clllinois, 197353 Kenneth G. Morris, M.D. COhio, 19725, Ralph M. Scallion, M.D. CCase Western, 197555 Nancy W. Stead, M.D. CDuke, 19695g Judith L. Swain, M.D. CU. of Calif., San Diego, 19745, R. Sanders Williams, M.D. CDuke, 19745. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Marc G. Caron, Ph.D. CMiami, 19735g Larry Fretto, Ph.D. CU.C.L.A., 19725, Philip McHale, Ph.D. CDuke, 19725g Judith C. Rembert, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725g Phillip A. Routledge, M.D. CU. of Newcastle, 197855 William M. Smith, Ph.D. CDuke, 197055 Thomas R. Snow, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715. YC' Row 1 CL to R59 F. Starmer,,I. Kisslo. W. Floyd, R. Whalen, Y. Kong, A. Wallace. Row 2: E. Pritchett,j. Morris, V. Behar, M. Hindman, F. Cobb. Row 3: W. Smith, H. Strauss, R. Peter, R. Ideker, 1. Baker, R. Waugh. THE MEDICAL CENTER DERIVIATOLOGY Gerad S. Lazarus, V.D. Chief The Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine at Duke University Medical Center was established by Dr. J. Lamar Callaway in 1939. Dr. Callaway was Chief until 1975 when he was succeeded by Dr. Gerald S. Lazarus. Over the years the Duke program has trained more than ninety dermatologists, many of whom have risen to prominance as chairmen of der- matology programs, as academicians, and as clinicians. Dr. Call- away's unique contributions to Duke and the Division of Der- matology were recently recognized by the endowment of the J. Lamar Callaway Chair of Dermatology at Duke. This was made possible by the collection of over .lB250,000 from Dr. Callaway's former trainees, patients and friends. Dr. Lazarus was named the first incumbant of the Callaway Chair in July, 1978. The Division of Dermatology has an extremely active clinical service. Dermatology clinics see over twenty thousand outpa- tients per year. It is responsible for the care of over one thousand inpatients per year with severe disabling dermatolo- gical diseases. Unique and specialized forms of dermatological therapy are provided, including Psoralen and Ultra-violet light therapy for psoriasis, chemosurgery, and pediatric dermatology. The Division of Dermatology is totally committed to medical education. There are nine dermatology residents and one der- matopathology fellow. For medical students the Division offers a full-time four week rotation as well as an eight week lecture course. It also provides educational experiences for Medical and Family Practice House Staff and Physician's Associates. The research program of the Division of Dermatology has grown dramatically. There are four full-time senior dermatolog- ist investigators and ten Ph.D. or M.D. research fellows and associates. The Duke Dermatology research labs have been extremely productive and have published over one hundred papers in outstanding journals in the past four years. The Divi- sion of Dermatology has also been awarded a National Institutes of Health Training Grant which provides support for Dermatol- ogy research fellows. The spectrum of research interests are extremely broad. Dr. Gerald Lazarus is investigating mechan- isms of inflammation in dermatological disease with special reference to psoriasis and pemphigus. Dr. Lowell Goldsmith has been intensively studying ichthyosis, disorders of keratinization and epithelial differentiation. Dr. Sheldon Pinnell leads an ac- tive program which is studying connective tissue biosynthesis, hereditary disorders of connective tissue and collagen metabol- ism. Dr. Brian Jegasothy is evaluating mechanisms of immune suppression in immune diseases and cancer. Dr. Robert Gilgor is evaluating new pharmacological therapies for psoriasis and vasculitis. Dr. Sheldon Pollack is investigating the epidemiology and biological behavior of skin cancers. The Division of Der- matology at Duke has capitalized on its heritage of excellence to address the challenges of excellence in patient care, education and research. Professor: Gerald S. Lazarus, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 19653, Chief Professors: J. Lamar Callaway, M.D. CDuke, 193234 Lowell A. Goldsmith, M.D. CState U. of New York, 196539 Sheldon R. Pinnell, M.D. CYa.le, 19633. Assistant Professors: Robert S. Gilgor, M.D. iPennsylvania, 196233 Brian V. jegazothy, M.D CU. ofCeylon, 196634 Sheldon V. Pollack, M.D. CU. ofToronto, 197 3. Medical Research Associates: Kenneth A. Lindberg, Ph.D. CU. of Pitt- sburgh, 197035 Saood Murad, Ph.D. CU. of Calif., Davis, 19783g Kay H. Singer, Ph.D. CDuke, 19773. Residents: Alexander Chiarmonti, M.D. CMichigan, 197635 Madelein Duvic, M.D. CDuke, 19773, john M. I-Iumeniuk, M.D. CUniv. of Manitoba, 19773, Robert B. johnson, M.D. CDuke, 19783g Patricia A. Marchase, M.D. CCornell, 19773gJohn C. Murray, M.D. CDuke, 197733 Elizabeth F. Sherertz, M.D. iUniv. ofVirginia, 19783gJames W. Trimble, M.D. fFloricla, 19773g A. Elise Weinrich, M.D. fMed. Univ. of S.C., 19783. P. A. Marchase, M.D., A. Chiararnonri, M.D., and G. S. Lazarus, M.D. Row 1 CL to R3: L. Callaway, G. Lazarus, L. Goldsmith. Row 2: S. Pollack, B. jegasothy, S. Pinnell, R. Gilgor. THE MEDICAL CENTER ENDOCRINE X, 7 -I I-lim' Lili it if ' Mir iwiwh 'EQ 2 . AXu' O 7 f iq f i 'if' Harold E. Lebovitz, IVI.D. Chief The current Endocrine Division arose as an integration of the original Division of Metabolism, which was organized by Dr. William Nicholson in the late 1930's, and the Division of En- docrinology, which was organized in the early 1950's by Dr. Frank L. Engel. Dr. Nicholson pioneered the use of radioactive iodine in the diagnosis and treatment of thyroid disease in the Southeast, and Dr. Engel was internationally known for his work on the clinical use and metabolic effects of ACTH. During its earlier years the Division's major contributions were in the area of metabolic regulation. The current Division comprises twelve faculty members, and the present activities of the Division extend into many areas of endocrinology. Major research efforts currently center around: C15 various aspects of diabetes mellitus, including the control of insulin secretion and insulin action, the mechanism of action of sulfonylureas, the relationship of alterations in cell surface molecules to the development of insulin-dependent diabetes and the nature and significance of glycosylated proteins in hyperglycemic statesg C25 normal physiology and pathophysiolo- gy of Vitamin' D metabolism and its relationship to metabolic bone disordersg C35 the use of bone histomorphology to eluci- date abnormal physiologyg C45 hormonal regulation of cartilage metabolism and differentiation, C55 the significance of altera- tions in intracellular and extracellular biogenic monoamines on norrnal physiology and disease states, C65 the genetic and im- munologic aspects of polyglandular failure and related diseases. The Division has had a very active student and post-doctoral training program, and our former trainees are currently Direc- tors of Departments or Endocrine Divisions, active indepen- dent investigators, and teachers or well recognized specialists in their communities. Professor: Harold E. Lebovitz, M.D. CDuke, 19485, Chief Professor:Harry T. McPherson, M.D. CDuke, 19485. Associate Professors: Jerome M. Feldman, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19615 Charles johnson, M.D. CHoward, 19635. Assistant Professors: Marc K. Drezner, M.D. CPittsbui-gh, 19705: George S Eisenbarth, M.D. CDuke, 197455 Kenneth S. McCarty,Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19725 Associates: B. Titus Allen, M.D. CDuke, 19665, Warner M. Burch, M.D CBoWman Gray, 19715: Mark Feinglos, M.D. CMcGill, 197 355 C. Earl Guthrow M.D. CU. of Pa., 196953 David A. Hester, M.D. COklahoma, 197355 Kenneth W Lyles, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Va., 19745. D. A. Hester, M.D., and G. R. Corey, M.D. I 1 1 1 - ws if. 1 CL to R5: C. Johnson, K. Lyles, D. Hester, M. Feinglos, E. Guthrow, H. Lebovitz, R. jackson, H. McPherson, M. Drezner, J. Ellis, W. Burch. THE MEDICAL CENTER 279 GASTROENTEROLOGY W l Malcolm P. Tyor, IVI.D. Chief Julian M. Ruffin, M.D. was Chimself5 the Division of Gas- troenterology for the first twenty-five years. I-Ie taught students and housestaff on the wards and in the clinics, cared for patients in the Medical Private Diagnostic Clinic, gathered clinical data, published two volumes of significant observations, directed the Medical Outpatient Clinic, and played guitar when in the corn- pany of old friends and suitable refreshment. At the time of Dr. Ruffin's retirement in 1965, the Division had swollen to three faculty members, and at the end of the second twenty five years, it required eleven faculty to continue what one man had done for the first quarter century. i Dr. Malcolm P. Tyor was the first addition to the faculty. He returned to Duke in 1955 to develop the GI program at the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital and to begin the tradition of laboratory research within the Division. In 1959, he was joined by Dr. Edward L. Owen, who remained at the V.A. Hospital when Dr. Tyor moved to Duke Hospital in 1961. Subsequent additions to the faculty, Drs. Paul D. Webster and William O. Dobbins, III, began distinguished careers at the Durham V.A. Hospital and then moved on to faculty positions at Georgetown University and the Medical College of Georgia. In 1966, Dr. David L. Young joined the faculty as the first Hepathologist at Duke Medical Center. He was in charge of a rapidly developing Liver Service until his untimely death in 1972. In 1967 Dr. Young and Dr. Tyor were joined by Dr. Michael E. McLeod, who became the first full-time clinician-teacher in the Division. He was joined by Dr. john T. Garbutt, Jr., in F , T , 1 l 1973. Together with Dr. jacquelin Hijmans, Drs. Garbutt and McLeod constitute the main elements of the clinical leg of the three-legged stool, which also includes patient care through the Private Diagnostic Clinic and active clinical teaching. The GI program continued to flourish and expand at the V.A. Hospital, and in 1967, Dr. Steven H. Quarfordt was recruited from the National Institutes of Health to establish the Coopera- tive Lipid Laboratory at the V.A. Hospital and to take charge of the Hepatology program there. Three years later, following Dr. Dobbins' departure, Dr. Charles M. Mansbach, III, became Chief of the GI Service at the V.A. Hospital. The seventies saw an unprecedented expansion of the Divi- sion. Dr. Paul G. Killenberg joined the Division in 1972, and Dr. Robert L. Stevens assumed responsibility for the Clinical Laboratory in 1973. Dr. Thomas T. Long joined the faculty in 1976 in a unique role as the first faculty member to be in charge of a teaching program at an outlying community hospital. Cur- rently, Dr. Long continues in an active role as consultant in gastroenterology to Cabarrus Memorial Hospital in Concord, North Carolina, and maintains active participation in the train- ing and clinical epidemiology programs of the Division. In the last half of the seventies, Drs. james K. Roche, Lowrie R. Glasgow, and Stuart F. Robinson joined the Division upon completion of a Research Training Fellowship in the Division. Drs. Roche and Glasgow were the first members of the Division to support research laboratories outside the Hospital proper - an important metastasis to the Jones Building. Basic research into the pathophysiology of gastrointestinal disease has been the unifying concept under which the most recent expansion has occurred. Currently, the potential for translation of research to clinical problems is even more excit- ing. In 1980, Dr. Frank S. Pancotto will join the Division as a clinical epidemiologist and provide yet another link between the bench and the P.D.C. As it begins the next fifty years, the Division looks ahead to the development of the Gastroenterology unit on the sixth floor of Duke North. This will provide a single area of concentration for most of our patients and will enable improvements in the level of care as well as the possibility for further innovations in the translation of new information to patient care. Professor: Malcolm P. Tyor, M.D. CDuke, 19465, Chief Associate Professors: john T. Garbutt, M.D. fTemp1e, 196255 Charles M. Mansbach, M.D. CNew York U., 19655g Michael E. McLeod, M.D. CDuke, 19605g Steven H. Quarfordt, M.D. CNew York U., 19605. Assistant Professors: Jacqueline C. Hijmans, M.D. CU. of Leiden, 195159 Paul G. Killenberg, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19635g Thomas T. Long, M.D. CBow- man Gray, 19665gJames K. Roche, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19695. Associates: Lowrie R. Glasgow, M.D. CVii-ginia, 196953 Stuart F. Robinson, M.D. CDuke, 19735. ,H , W ,M W i i, li' :K is Y g V may 5 A' ,Q ff' . 1 1 ' ., ,I -. f A I: . , -- 1. Row 1 QL to R5:J. Roche, N. Thieu,J. Medoff, M. Tyor,j. Garbutt, R. Stevens, C. Mansbach, II. Row 2: T. Long, L. Glasgow, F. Pancotto, C. Truss, S. Vest, M. McLeod, P. Killenberg. 280 THE MEDICAL CENTER GEXIERAL MEDICINE Patrick A. lVIcKee, IVI.3. Chief The Division of General Medicine, organized in October, 1976, is the newest division in the Department of Medicine. Dr. Patrick McKee is the first Chief of this new division. It was begun by a group of faculty who shared common interests and a dedication to general internal medicine. The major goal of these faculty is to engender an attitude that makes students and house- staff want to remain knowledgeable in all areas of internal medicine and to use that talent for developing comprehensive approaches to patients and their problems. The Division emphasizes medical education in ambulatory and primary pa- tient care. One of its responsibilities is the operation of the Medical Outpatient Clinic. As a group, the Division of General Medicine faculty assume about one-half of the teaching on Strud- wick Ward and in addition provide faculty teaching for the general medical ward rotation at Durham County General Hospital. It is the intent of this Division to maintain a scholarly thrust consonant with the goals and spirit of a university dedicated to teaching and advancement of knowledge. Therefore, a general medical research program is presently being refined with the intent of developing physician-clinical scholars. Research areas include clinical epidemiologic studies of such disorders as hypertension, diabetes mellitus and alcoholism, studies of physician-patient interactions, cost-containment approaches to 7 medical careg and drug testing research. Other research areas will be developed in the future, some of which will interface with the interests of subspecialty divisions. The precise definition of a general internist remains unclear in the minds of many, especially since every subspecialist is initially trained as an internist. We have concluded that general internal medicine is perhaps best defined as an attitude which motivates a physician to maintain a broad base of knowledge which he can skillfully integrate in caring for people and their illnesses. Professor: Patrick A. McKee, M.D. COklahoma, 19623, Cbid Associate Professor: George J. Ellis, M.D. CHarvard, 196333 Frank Lecocq, M.D. Clllinois, 19541, Francis Neelon, M.D. QHarvard, 19625. Assistant Professors: David B. Gilbert, M.D. CColorada, 1965Jg Ramon Velez, M.D. CNew York U., l970D. Associates:-Iohn R. Feussner, M.D. CVermont, 197 335 Eugene Linfors, M.D. CDuke, 19711. N G. Ellis, M.D. f 1 Row 1 KL to RJ: J. Feussner, P. McKee, B. Williams. Row 2: F. Lecocq, F. Neelon, G. Ellis. THE MEDICAL CENTER 281 HEIVIATOLOGY-ONCOLOGY . M A k 1 g 5 U M 4: if K . , M L Q welll il W'lll.WlQl f x Q 4- - ,,Wa1.-sawn! V 1' M - ,. limi-agp l Y I 7 ill 5 l, K A X I-slain! iii F' T1 1 -4 1. . 1 1 Q' Q ,,, ,b M I, .T 0 - . 1... , , , fn ' 'QM .. I it 'Ahi Wendell F. Rosse, M.D. Chief The Division of Hematology-Oncology was formed as the Division of Hematology in 1952. Its first Chief was Dr. Wayne Rundles, who held the then heretical idea that patients with leukemia and other hematologic malignancies could be treated. He established the methodology of the comparative clinical trial for chemotherapeutic agents and became world renowned for his thorough studies in such trials. Thus, for many years, the Division was solidly based on a large clinical practice on patients with hematologic malignancies. More recently, the interest of the Division has spread in both directions -in a more hemato- logic direction with emphasis on immune aspects of hematology and in a more oncologic direction with emphasis on aggressive treatment of resistant hematologic malignancies and solid tumors. During this same period, the research base has also expanded, and at the present time, twelve members of the Division have research laboratories which deal with problems ranging from protein synthesis through antibody detection, bone marrow proliferation and cryopreservation, to nucleic acid metabolism in leukemic cells, and chemotactic receptors on neutrophils. The Division has always had a strong clinical base. The stan- dards set by Dr. Rundles in the early years are maintained by the physicians who primarily take care of patients. This function of the Division has been made considerably easier by being based in the new Morris Building Cancer Center. The Division takes a very active role in the Duke Compre- hensive Cancer Center. Dr. Rundles was one of the original planners, and Dr. John Laszlo is Director of Clinical Programs within the Duke Comprehensive Cancer Center. The comple- tion of the Jones Building in 1976 and the Morris Building in 1978 has provided the primary work space for research in the N l first case, and clinical care in the second. Many of the clinical research projects are carried out on Jordan Ward, the research ward in the Morris Building. Since its founding, the Veterans Administration Hospital has been an important part of the Hematology Program. Shared clinical interests, shared fellows, shared faculty, and shared educational programs all have assured that the V.A. Service is an integral part of this Division. In the coming years, we hope that the Division will continue its preeminence in clinical practice and research in order to answer the challenges which are confronting Hematology- Oncology. The diagnosis and treatment of hematologic dis- orders, the role of bone marrow transplantation in the treatment of hematologic disease, and better treatment for malignancies of all kinds, particularly the solid tumors, remain important chal- lenges to the members of the Division. Professor: Wendell F. Rosse, M.D. CChicago, 19585, Chief Professors: john Laszlo, M.D. CHarvard, 195553 R. Wayne Rundles, M.D. CDuke, 19405, Harold R. Silberman, M.D. CWashington U., 19565. Associate Professors: Harveyj. Cohen, M.D. CState U. ofNew York, 196555 igigigfw T. Huang, M.D. fTaiwan, 196555 Gerald Logue, M.D. CPittsburgh, Assistant Professors: Judith C. Andersen, M.D. Uefferson, 19695: Peter Tallos, M.D. CU. of Sydney, 1969551 Brice Weinberg, M.D. CArkansas, 19695. Associates: Theresa M. Blumfelder, M.D. CU. of Missouri, 197355 Edwin B. Cox, M.D. CDuke, 19715gjeffrey Crawford, M.D. COhio, 19745gJoseph W. Fay, M.D. COhio, 197255 Russel Kaufman, M.D. COhio, 19735, Rogerj. Kurlander, M.D. fChicago, 19715, Len B. Lastinger, M.D. CEmory, 19705gjoseph Moore, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19705,Iames E. Niedel, M.D. CMiami, 19735. Medical Research Professor: Joseph E. Sokal, M.D. CYale, 19405. Assistant Medical Research Professor: W. David Sedwick, Ph.D. CPennsyl- vania, 19705. wlgfledical Research Associate: Emily Reisner, Ph.D. CCase Western Reserve, 95. i . 1.3 1' l E 1 A f T. Blumfelder, M.D., and L. Lastinger, M.D. 1 ll , . ' ' . 5 ' 9 :lll 1 Sl - . , 1' . w. l'll.wl ii 1 :- , all I in I .- ' N. 1 -l .1 . t Row 1 CL to R5: P. Tallos, J. Moore, W. Rundles, A. Huang, E. Reisner, B. Weinberg, J. Andersen, T. Blumfelder. Row 2: W. Rosse, W. Brenckman, L. Lastinger, E. Cox, J. Laszlo, H. Silberman, J. Fay, R. Kurlander, H. Cohen. THE MEDICAL CENTER INFECTIOUS David T. Durack, M.D. Chief In 1930, Dr. D.T. Smith founded Infectious Diseases at Duke. As Chairman of Microbiology he built a nationally recog- nized department and simultaneously lent his expertise to cli- nical problems. Dr. N.F. Conant, in Dr. Smith's group, built Duke's strong reputation in mycology. In 1959, Dr. Suydam Osterhout came from the Rockefeller University to strengthen the clinical service, and in 1977 Dr. David Durack came to Duke from the University of Washington to become the present Chief of the Division. The Division of Infectious Diseases provides consultation for patients with infection-related problems for the Medical Cen- ter, as well as for other hospitals and practitioners in the State of North Carolina. Our faculty members maintain a strong interest in general internal medicine, believing that this background makes the best basis for effective specialist consultation in the field of infectious diseases. We are particularly interested in the 'following areas: Bloodstream infections, such as gram-negative sepsis and endocarditis. Infections in seriously ill patients with compromised natural defenses. Treatment of serious virus infections in cancer patients. Rational and economical use of antibiotics. We frequently provide consultation to outside physicians by telephone and work with them on the management of patients DISEASES referred to this Medical Center. The Division maintains an active training program for fellows preparing to become spe- cialists in Infectious Diseases. Division members place a high priority on student teaching by allotting sufficient time to stu- dent-related activities. Division members are engaged in several laboratory research projects related to human and animal infections. Using animal models of the human disease, we are studying the factors that lead to development of meningitis. This research involves a variety of different organisms, including bacteria and fungi. The effect of different forms of treatment on experimental mening- itis istested in order to find the best regimens for treatment of humans. At the same time, in vitro research is being conducted to compare the inhibitory effects of new antibiotics on pathogenic bacteria and fungi. Other experiments are underway to study the interaction of bacteria with antibodies and comple- ment in patients' sera. Another area of research interest is a study on the influence of virus infections on the function of the immune system. For example, the effect of an experimental viral infection, which is concurrent with skin grafting, on the time taken for graft rejection is under investigation. A cooperative study is in progress with a new viral agent for the treatment of severe virus infections that develop during the treatment of malignant diseases. The Division of Infectious Diseases looks forward to being part of the second fifty years of Duke Medical Center. Associate Professor: David T. Durack, M.D. COxford, 19735. Chief Associate Professor: john D. Hamilton, M.D. CColorado, 19643. Assistant Professors: Harry A. Gallis, M.D. CDuke, 196755 Robertj. Sullif van,,Ir., M.D. CCornell, 19665. Associate: G. Ralph Corey, M.D. CBay1or, 19733. J. D. Hamilton, M.D. H. A. Gallis, M.D. Row 1 QI. to RJ: J. Perfect, D. Barry, S. Osterhout, A. Spanos. Row 2: D. Durack, H. Gallis, M. Moeller. THE MEDICAL CENTER l 1 l NEPHROLOGY Roscoe R. Robinson, lVI.D. Chief By the late 1950's, the Duke faculty in Medicine included several individuals with an interest in various facets of the clinical discipline now known as nephrology. Major contribu- tions to our understanding of kidney diseases, hypertension, and disorders of salt and water metabolism had been made by faculty members such as Drs. E.S. Orgain, W. Kempner, E. Peschel, H.D. McIntosh, F. Engel, W.I-I. Nicholson and others. The advent of chronic hemodialysis in 1960 accelerated the need for a cohesive divisional organization, and the Division of Nephrology was established in 1962 with Dr. Roscoe Robinson as its first Director. He was soon joined by Drs. J. Caulie Gunnells, Charles P. I-Iayes, jr. and James R. Clapp. Drs. Hayes and Gunnells led the way in the establishment of North Caroli- na's first formal program in maintenance hemodialysis for pa- tients with endstage kidney disease, While Dr. Clapp led the Division's entrance into the research world of kidney micro- puncture. The Division continued to prosper and now includes thirteen full-time faculty and research associates whose clinical and research interests are broad and varied. Clinical responsibilities focus on the diagnosis and treatment of patients with medical diseases of the kidneys, hypertension, disorders of electrolyte and acid-base metabolism, and the pro- vision of services to patients with end-stage kidney disease. Under the direction of Drs. Gutman, Gunnells, Clapp, and Stead, the latter includes maintenance hemodialysis Ceither cen- ter- or home-basedj, automated peritoneal dialysis, chronic ambulatory peritoneal dialysis, and kidney transplantation. I i ii .ip 1 ' ' -I 15' ill Q' l , . I 'i 1 1 i. 'Qt u' ' 1 i . 3 ,1j.,',:' I 2,5 Q if ll' ', PQ ' I 'l H' V .,V. f1i ., -3.2 .- ix ffgiif- wg, 1 , ' 'YF' ,W .3-, R In .3 f ir. ' cf - -ei , l s-: f . ' in 1 5 I Q . i - l ,i il .-Ei.:-it , The research interests ofthe faculty presently include applied studies of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone and sympathetic nervous systems in hypertension, examination of kidney ultra- structure in health and disease with particular emphasis on the relationship between ultrastructural events and physiological processes, studies of membrane transport using the isolated perfused tubule studies of altered renal functions in ex- perimental forms of kidney disease, and mechanisms of massive natriuresis and compensatory renal hypertrophy. These bench- oriented studies are complemented by a variety of other studies that are patient-oriented. Professor: Roscoe R. Robinson, M.D. COklahoma, 19545, Chief Professors: james R. Clapp, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 1957911 Caulie Gunnells, M.D. CSourh Carolina Med. Coll., 19561, C. Craig Tisher, M.D. CWashington U., 19611. Associate Professors: Vincent W. Dennis, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19663, Rsgert A. Gutman, M.D. CFlorida, 196255 William E. Yarger, M.D. CBaylor, 33. Assistant Professors: Robert H. Harris, M.D. CGeorgia, 19663, Richard M. Porrwood, M.D. CTexas, 19545. Associates: Peter C. Brazy, M.D. CWashingron U., 1972Dg Steven H. Gross- man, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 197333 William W. Steacl, M.D. CDuke, 19755. . .- .X il M... ii x, - .' f fu 2 ill Row 1 CL to RD: J. Clapp, R. Gutrnan, R. Robinson, W. Yarger, C. Tisher. Row 2: R. Harris, V. Dennis, P. Brazy, W. Sread, S. Grossman, A. LeFurgey, K. Madsen. Nor Pictured: C. Gunnells. 284 THE MEDICAL CENTER NEUROLOGY Z Allen D. Roses, IVI.D. Chief The Division of Neurology has developed rapidly during the past ten years, reflecting the recent growth of clinical and basic neurosciences. Neurology at Duke was an active consultation service with a specialized inpatient and outpatient practice for most of the first forty years. Professor Frederick Hanes, one of the first Chairmen of the Department of Medicine, considered neurology his area of medical specialization. Today the Division of Neurology is actively involved in pa- tient service, physician training, and research. Programs are designed to enable clinical and research areas to actively corn- plement each other. For fifteen years the Duke-Veterans Admi- nistration Hospital Stroke Center has been actively involved in basic and applied stroke research. Current areas of active re- search also include epileptic, neuromuscular, neurogenetic, de- generative, neuroimmunological, and neuroncological diseases. These areas are complemented by specialty clinical services, such as the Epilepsy Monitoring Unit and Clinic, Muscular Dystrophy Association Clinic, Neuromuscular Research Clinic, Multiple Sclerosis Clinical Center, Patkinson's Disease Rehabil- itation Center, and an active involvement in the Cancer Center. These clinical, research, and training programs are considered among the outstanding units in the United States. With the current explosion of knowledge in the neurosciences, the Divi- sion of Neurology is in an excellent position to participate in and take early advantage of clinically relevant research opportuni- ties and developments. Since much of the growth of Neurology has occurred after the development of the new curriculum in Professor Sir John Walton and Dr. Allen Roses, September, 1979 . . . , . ..,, . . M . i 1 iigfiitillli ii 1 2 'uit -,t lz.. tl' 'iii il' 1 Q1 1 will ' J. Q, 1 wr 1 .lm 1e212,i'il ' F 1 ,LIP , f ' fi --:wee 15 -2. -itil? --V e--- 7 . ' ' , -M -:ir 1 W ll? iff . ....... P .i--- in ttwwt ut f tl W ' ' llwllili 1 F ,i f ' ,111lf it .Q Q i f' fi-w--l'M l'l' 'Wm ..... 1. 1. . WM. .tt - ii-aew1f1.:'EE . , if L ' -'af iliilliiill ,t ,,.txgW.i3iQ11et4r:'lf:iiiiti, i f , J. B. Pfeiffer, Jr., M.D. the late 196O's, the Division's exposure to medical student teaching has been limited. A current high priority Divisional goal is to adequately present basic and clinical neurology early in the medical school curriculum. Associate Professor: Allen D. Roses, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19675, Chief Professors: Albert Heyman, M.D. CMaryland, 194059IOhn B. Pfeiffer, Jr., M.D. QCornell, 19425. Associate Professors: James N. Davis, M.D. CCornell, 19655g Ara Tourian, M.D. Qlowa, 19585. Assistant Professors: Barrie J. Hurwitz, M.B. CWitwatersrand U., 19685g E. Wayne Massey, M.D. CU. ofTexas, 19705,Jarnes O. McNamara, M.D. CMichi- gan, 196853 C. Warren Olanow, M.D. CToronto, 19655, S. Clifford Schold, M.D. CArizona, 19735. Associate: Geoffrey Hartwig, M.D. CDuke, 19725. Residents: Andrew C. Bragdon, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19775, Richard M. Dasheiff, M.D. CMaryland, 19765: Miles E. Drake, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Lindy E. Harrell, M.D. CMiami, 19775gjohn Scott Luther, M.D. CU.N.C., 19745, Ben- jamin Mark, M.D. fNew jersey Med. School, l9765,Janice M. Massey, M.D. CGeorgetown, 197855 Benjamin Moore, M.D. CDuke, 197551 Barbara-I. Scher- okman, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Georgia, 19755: Donald E. Schmechel, M.D. CHarvard, 19745, Cheolsu Shin, M.D. CAlabama, 19775: Norman S. Werdiger, M.D. CCornell, 19775. vB: I 51:1 - ' 4 1 CL to R5: .2 lg A ', 'wp . J' i' s, T. Peele,j. Luther. Row 2: A. T W. Wilson, J. Davis, B. Hurwitz, J. McNamara, B. Erwin. THE MEDICAL CENTER PU LIVIONARY-ALLERGY James D. Crapo, IVI.D. Chief The first member of the Allergy and Respiratory Medicine Division at Duke was Dr. john Hickam, who came to Duke in 1947 with Dr. Eugene Stead. Dr. Hickam's initial interest was in cardiovascular medicine, but he recognized the need for faculty interested in lung disease. Since his research interests overlap- ped, he gradually moved toward lung-related investigations. During his years at Duke, Dr. Hickam made many notable contributions in the area of pulmonary physiology and had a strong association with Dr. F.G. Hall, the Chairman of Physiolo- gy at Duke and an internationally known environmental respira- tory physiologist. Dr. Hickam left in 1958 to become Chairman of the Department of Medicine at Indiana. Dr. Herbert Sieker had trained at Duke under Dr. Hickam, and when a formal divisional structure emerged in the late 1950's, he became the first Chief of the Division. Dr. Herbert Saltzman joined the Division in 1958, and at that time he and Dr. Sieker were the two people in the Division primarily interested in research. Both of them were involved in studies of cardiopulmonary physiology and carried out limited clinical practices with Dr. Sieker working in Duke Hospital and Dr. Saltzman running the Pulmonary Division at the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital. Dr. Elijah Memfee carried on the major pulmonary medical practice at Duke, and Dr. Oscar Hanson-Pruss was the clinical allergist. In addition to these four faculty members, there were two to three fellows being trained at any one time. In 1962, Dr. Kay Kilburn joined the faculty and over the next ten years established a research program involving environmental factors in lung disease, such as dust, cotton, etc. His primary base was at the V.A. Hospital, where he served as the head of the medical service for several years. The hyperbaric research program grew very rapidly after the establishment of the Hall Laboratory for environmental research. Dr. Herb Saltzman moved from the V.A. Hospital to Duke, and in 1964 he was appointed Director of the Hall Laboratory research program. He remained in that position until he turned it over to Dr. Peter Bennett in 1977. This group became internationally recognized in the area of undersea physiology in 1968 with the performance of the first saturation dive to one thousand feet, which was a historic experiment both operationally and scientifically. Dr. Philip Pratt came to Duke in 1966 in the Department of Pathology and with his interest in pulmonary pathology added a significant dimension to the research and training program in lung disease. Dr. Ed Buckley joined the faculty after training as a pulmonary fellow in 1963. Dr. Hans Kylstra came to Duke in 1965. He was active in research in the Hall Laboratory and eventually assumed responsibility for the Pulmonary Function Laboratory and the Fiberoptic Bronchoscopy services. Dr.James Crapo joined the Division in 1976 after completing residency and fellowship training at Duke, and in 1979 he became the current Chief of the Division. At the present time there are eleven clinical faculty and ten fellows in the Division. The faculty members of the Division of Allergy and Respira- tory Disease are currently involved in four broad areas of re- search: Cl5 Respiratory Physiology, C25 Morphometry and Biochemistry of the Lllllgi C55 lmmunogenetics of Respiratory Disease, and C45 Evnironmental Respiratory Disease. Associate Professor: james D. Crapo, M.D. CRochester, 19715, Cbiqf Professors: Charles E. Buckley, M.D. CDuke, 195453 Johannes A. Kylstra, M.D. CU. of Leiden, 19525, William S. Lynn, M.D. CColumbia, 194655 Herbert Agigltzman, M.D. Clefferson, 19525g Herbert O. Sieker, M.D. CWashington U., Assistant Professors: Douglas G. Kelling, M.D. CHarvard, 19725, Stephen L. Young, M.D. CU. of California, 19685. Associates: Michael G. Ehrie, M.D. CU. of Louisville, 19745, Khalih Kari- rnan, M.D. CMeshed, 196953 Scott A. Kremers, M.D. Clndiana U., 197455 Lewis J. Rubin, M.D. CAlbert Einstein, 19755. Assistant Medical Research Professor: Sarnbhu N. Bhattacharyya, Ph.D. CU. of Calcutta, 19695. Medical Research Associates:Chhabirani Mukherjee, Ph.D. CU. of Calcut- ta, 19695g Sakti P. Mukherjee, M.D. CU. of Calcutta, 197353 Mary C. Rose, Ph.D. CCase Western, 19705. vii ' .tif .L 4. .-3 ,IL 5 1 , - Row 1 CL to R5: G. Burke, W. Smith, M. Topolosky, S. Kremers. Row 2:J. Cohn,J. Crapo, M. Ehrie, C. Dalto, C. Buckley,J. Ginsberg, H. Sieker. Row 3 and 4: L. Rubin, H. Giraldo, S. Young, W. Lynn, L. Geary, B. Freeman. THE MEDICAL CENTER RHEUIVATIC-GENETIC DISEASE l Willa l .A .. 'N -' ,Q .4 , - W X 1-'fwfr-if ii'!',i. - A' I it ' --Wi' .Ml v s ' M12 . K W' . VW ' ,, 'il' , .iswsg BL: I ', F 'ffliif ,g .V i i, '. qw ,. Yi i M .if ' -:jig Q' . , . Ralph Snyderman, V.D. Chief The Rheumatology Division was begun in 1954 through the combined efforts of Dr. Grace Kerby and Dr. Elbert Persons. Dr. Kerby organized the first Rheumatology Clinic in the State of North Carolina, and Dr. Persons was the first Chief of the Division at Duke. In 1961, Dr. james B. Wyngaarden became the second Chief of the Division of Rheumatology. Under his guidance the Division developed an internationally recognized research effort in the field of purine metabolism. In 1965, Dr. Grace Kerby was appointed Chief of the Division of Rheuma- tology and functioned in that capacity until 1971. During her tenure as Chief, the Division continued to grow both in clinical and research strength. In 1971, Dr. William Kelley was appointed Chief of the Division and expanded the breadth of the clinical and research functions so that genetic diseases were an important component of the Divisionis responsibilities. Dr. Kelley was responsible for initiating rapid expansion of both the research and training programs related to both rheumatic and genetic diseases. Dr. Kelley left Duke in 1976, and Dr. Ralph Snyderman was appointed as the Chief of the Division of Rheumatic and Genetic Diseases. Since 1976 the Division has maintained its intense research efforts in the' field of purine metabolism but has also expanded its efforts in the field of immunology. The Division now consists of nine faculty mem- bers, four clinical fellows, and six research fellows. The Division l.-.- - H? eff? iq is recognized as a National Arthritis Center by the Arthritis Foundation and is internationally recognized for its research programs, clinical training programs, as well as for patient care. The major research interests of the Division focus upon im- munogenetics and immunoregulatory processes, purine meta- bolism and control of purine biosynthesis, sulfur metabolism, regulation of transmethylation reactions, mechanisms of adeno- sine toxicity, and the mechanisms by which the immune system initiates, propagates and controls inflammatory responses. Indi- viduals trained within the Division of Rheumatic and Genetic, Diseases are having an important impact not only in the field of clinical rheumatology, but also as basic and clinical researchers and academicians. Professor: Ralph Snyderman, M.D. CState U. of N ew York, Downstate Med. Ctr., 19655, Chief Professors: Grace P. Kerby, M.D. CDuke, 19463, James B. Wyngaarden, M.D. CMichigan, 19485. Associate Professors: Edward W. Holmes, M.D. 4Pennsylvania, 1967bg Niglgolas M. Kredich, M.D. CMichigan, 19622 Peter F. Pepe, M.D. CTemple, 19 J. Assistant Professorszu David S. Calclwell,, M.D. CBowman Gray, 1967Jg Michael S. Hershfield, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19673, David S. Pisetsky, M.D. CAlbert Einstein, 1973D5John R. Rice, M.D. fMia.mi, 19685. E. W. Holmes, M.D. as 4-5' it wi 1 I Row 1 CL to RJ: P. Pepe, N. Kredich, D. German, R. Snyderinan, D. Pisetsky. Row Zzj. Wyn de , G. M C t , M. H hf ld, K. L h .R :W G h C. Stephens, N. Hudson, T. Santoro,j. Rice. Not Pictured: D. Caldwell, C. Garrett, E. Iglagfmeljr., Klfdldich, T?rRoi1i.ult. O r OW3 i Ong y THE MEDICAL CENTER 287 1 I E in V 3 1 '- David Sedwick, Ph.D., and Pam Sholar Jim Sosnowchik, M.D. V Yr.,-1 --if Q, I 1 azsaa 1 WiI'w.?1'Q-WSMQ :, ,X A james B. Wyngaarden, M.D. Drs. Skip Burton, Paul Klotman, and Eugene Szead 288 THE MEDICAL CENTER Dennis McCann, jr., M.D. Herbert Saltzman, M.D. IVIICROBIOLUGY AND IIVIIVIUNOLOGY I Wolfgang K. Joklik, D. Ph' . Chairman The Scope of Modern Microbiology and Immunology Few branches of natural science have changed as extensively during the last two or three decades as Microbiology and Im- munology. Microbiology was, until recently, predominantly an applied field concerned with controlling those microbes that affect man's health or his economic wealth. Today microbiology is at the center of the biological stage. To be sure, the study of microorganisms per se is still a primary aim of microbiology, and the conquest of microorganisms causing disease is more than ever the goal of that branch of microbiology which is established in medical schools. I-Iowever, it has become evident that microorganisms, including viruses, constitute genetic sys- tems of unique simplicity as well as accessibility and that their study can provide the conceptual basis for investigating far more complicated cells such as mammalian, and in particular, human cells. By providing model systems, microbiology finds itself at the forefront of the study of the control of the expression of genetic information, the molecular mechanisms of active trans- port, differentiation, and cancer - to name only a few. The association of immunology with microbiology stems from the time when microorganisms were the only readily avail- able and medically important antigens, and when immunology provided the only defense against disease. This too has now changed, and immunology has evolved into a distinct discipline which far transcends its traditional role, today it is an equal and essential partner with many other disciplines. Thus, at the molecular level, an understanding of the mechanism of synth- esis of antibody is providing clues in the quest to understand differentiation, while an understanding of antigen-antibody in- teractions is clarifying the nature of complementarity, at the biological level, an understanding of cellular immunity offers one of the brightest hopes in the fight against cancer, and at the clinical level, an understanding of the factors involved in trans- plantation immunity will surely usher in a new era in medicine. History of the Department The first Chairman of the Department of Microbiology was Dr. David Tillerson Smith, who arrived at Duke in 1930. I-Ie was a noted expert in the field of infectious diseases in general, and tuberculosis in particular. In collaboration with his wife, Susan Gower Smith, he was in the forefront of research that led to the identification of nicotinic acid as one of the B vitamins. I-Ie was succeeded in 1958 by Dr. Norman F. Conant, a noted mycologist. It was several years thereafter that the Department was joined by the Division of Immunology, under Dr. D. Ber- nard Amos, and became the Department of Microbiology and Immunology. Dr. Conant was succeeded in 1968 by the present chairman, Dr. Wolfgang K. Joklik, who is a virologist and molecular biologist. In the early days the Department was housed in the Davison Building, in close proximity with- the hospital. Before long, however, inability to expand in this location forced the Depart- ment to move into other buildings of the Medical Center, such as the Bell Building C19-485, Research Park Buildings 5 and 4 C1966-19705, and, most recently C1977D, the jones Building, which is the Basic Cancer Research Building of the Duke Uni- versity Comprehensive Cancer Center and in which the Depart- ment now occupies most of two floors. For the first three and a half decades of its existence, the Department was fairly small, with the faculty rarely exceeding five to ten individuals. During the last decade, however, it has grown rapidly, and today it numbers forty-one faculty members. In addition there are twenty-three faculty members who hold primary appointments in other departments, but who have a joint appointment in the Department of Microbiology and Im- munology. Thirty-one postdoctoral fellows and fifty-five gradu- ate students are in residence at this time. The Teaching Program The Department teaches at several levels. We teach the fun- damental Microbiology and Immunology courses to first-year medical students Cin the second semesterj and have designed several courses and programs specifically for medical students in the basic science elective third year of the Duke curriculum. All teaching of Infectious Diseases is carried out under the aegis of this Department. The Department also has a graduate program that includes a three semester didactic teaching sequence and also teaches at the undergraduate level, offering courses both in immunology and in molecular microbiology. . 'T' vi i n ll Hg. If Q... 1. ' 'J I Q 1- 'Ji.V4r,f J.K.K. Li, Ph.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 289 The Research Interests of the Faculty The research interests of faculty members range widely through the field of Microbiology and Immunology. Among the strengths for which the Department is noted are animal virolo- gy, including viral oncology, immunology, including cellular and tumor immunology, and molecular biology of both prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems. In all these areas there is not only a strong basic research effort, but also close interaction with the research carried out by clinical faculty members in the areas of infectious disease, allergy, and oncology, many of these faculty members have joint appointments in the Department. Almost all faculty members of the Department have their own individual research grants, the total amount of research support currently in the Department exceeds three million dollars. In addition the Department participates prominently in the programs of the Duke University Comprehensive Cancer Center, and the Chairman of the Department, Dr. W.K. Joklik, is Director of Basic Cancer Research. The Department has also been successful in attracting funds exceeding s5oo,0oo per year for training predoctoral and postdoctoral fellows. Future Prospects With the occupation of laboratories in the jones Basic Cancer Research Building, the Department has expanded to a size that is unlikely to change significantly during the next decade. We do, however, still have opportunities for initiating new pro- grams in developing and intellectually stimulating areas. In par- ticular, We are anxious to expand our efforts in that area of research that deals with the interaction of microbial agents with the organism as a whole, rather than merely with certain of its cells, the area of somatic cell genetics dealing with the arrange- ment of genetic material in the human genome and with the mechanisms that control its expression, and the area of genetic engineering, without which a great deal of the research that is under intensive investigation today was deemed impossible less than five years ago. Above all, we hope that we will be even more successful than we have been in the past in combining outstanding basic research with outstanding clinical research. S. Miller, Ph.D. A5 .3 .l wi if- I ' .V 1 , ,,., -Ml 5.imllM , 'life 1 ' I B. Amos, M.D. AQSQ , Wu-Qiggr :ax si ,tar f -0 've YQ: - 2 If X ?' 'r X' l is f . X , 1 X1 X Q 'K 1 Q og ,739 aa Q09 I WILFERT C:-. Qi A xx X J Q If 290 THE MEDICAL CENTER MICROBIOLOGY AND IIVIIVIUNOLOGY FACULTY In-ld - 5 .+G . , . s Q ' ' 1O : 7 I I Q 'TF'- I I I , , I U' I ' Q F I ti 1' S1 if I S.,-if-11 ',lff,:ixl I-if 'AIA W A ' W if-'49 'N 'QI ' if foil I X Q is . I 9 Row 1 CL to R3: S. Endow, S. Miller, W.,Ioklik, H. Willett,J. Li. Row 2: R. Wheat, D. Scott,j. Keene, R. Smith, C. Whisnant, L. Lachman, E, Day, V. Varitek. Row 3: T. Mitchell,j. Ca.mbier,.I. Dawson, R. Corley, R. Metzgar. games B. Duke Professor: Wolfgang K. joklik, D. Phil. COxforcl, 19523, C airmen. James B. Duke Professor: D. Bernard Amos, M.D. CGuy's Hospital, Lon- don, 19633. Professors: Rebecca H. Buckley, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19583, Richard O. Burns, Ph.D. Clllinois, 19623, Eugene D. Day, Ph.D. CDelaware, 19523, Richard S. Metzgar, Ph.D. CBuffalo, 19593, Suydam Osterhout, M.D. CDuke, 19493, Ph.D. CRockefeller Inst., 19593, Wendell F. Rosse, M.D. CChica- go, 19583, David W. Scott, Ph.D. CYale, 196933 Thomas C. Vanaman, Ph.D. CDuke, 19683, Frances E. Ward, Ph.D. CBrown, 19653, Robert W. Wheat, Ph.D. fWashington Univ., 19553, Hilda P. Willett, Ph.D. CDuke, 19493. Medical Research Professor: Igor K. Egorov, Ph.D. Clnstitute of General Genetics, Moscow, 19683. Adjunct Professors: jamesj. Burchall, Ph.D. Clllinois, 196335.Iohn E. Larsh, jr., Sc.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19433. Associate Professors: Deepak Bastia, Ph.D. CChicago, 197 13, Dani P. Bolog- nesi, Ph.D. CDuke, 19673, Peter Cresswell, Ph.D. CLondon, 19713,Jeffrey R. Dawson, Ph.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19693, David T. Durack, D. Phil. COxford, 19733, Dolph Klein, Ph.D. CRutgers, 19613, David J. Lang, M.D. CI-Iarvard, 19583, Nelson L. Levy, M.D. CColumbia, 19673, Ph.D. CDuke, 19733, Harveyj. Sage, Ph.D.CYa1e, 19583, Hilliard F. Seigler, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19603, Ralph E. Smith, Ph.D. CColorado, 19683, Ralph Snyderman, M.D. CState Univ. of New York, Downstate Med. Center, 19653, Catherine Wilfert, M.D. CHarvard, 19623, Peter J. Zwadyk, Ph.D. Clowa, 19713. Assistant Professors: Dolph O. Adams, M.D. CMedical College of Georgia, 19653, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 196933 Charles E. Buckley, III, M.D. CDuke, 1954391ohn C. Cambier, Ph.D. Clowa, 19753,Jeffrey-I. Collins, Ph.D. CHarvard, 19723, Ronald B. Corley, Ph.D. CDuke, 19753, Sharyn Endow, Ph.D. CYale, 19753, Linda R. Gooding, Ph.D. CCornell, 19723, Gale B. Hill, Ph.D. QDuke, 19663, jack D. Keene, Ph.D. CWashington, 19743, Hillel S. Koren, Ph.D. CFreiburg and Max Planck Inst., 19713, Peter K. Lauf, M.D. CFreiburg, H. Willett, Ph.D. , 'AM' fa' ' u ,grew I X -qi' i I 7 '- F . 1 gi ii, A . . I -.-l if 'Iwi' .I Wk .Iain . 'I' will C. Wilfert, M.D., and W. joklik, D. Phil. 19603, David R. McClay,.Ir., CU.N.C.' at Chapel Hill, 197 13, Thomas G. Mitch- ell, Ph.D. lTulane, 19713, David S. Pisetsky, Ph.D., M.D. CAlbert Einstein College of Med., 1972, 19733, Samuel A. Wells, Jr., M.D. CEmory, 19613. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Vickers Burdett, Ph.D. CGeorge- town, 19753, Edward C. Hayes, III, Ph.D. CRutgers, 19703, William I-1. Hubbard, Ph.D. Clowa State, 19733, Armead H. johnson, Ph.D. CBayIor, 197 13, Lawrence B. Lachman, Ph.D. QBoston, 19733, Nancy Mendell, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19723, Sara E. Miller, Ph.D. CGeorgia, 19723, Emily G. Reisner, Ph.D. CCase Western Reserve, 196933 W. David Sedwick, Ph.D. CPennsylvania, 19703, Stephen R. Turner, Ph.D. CDuke, 19713. , Adjunct Assistant Professors: Lynn P. Elwell, Ph.D. fOregon, 19743, Lor- raine Flaherty, Ph.D. CCornell, 197335 John K. Whisnant, jr., M.D. CWake Forest, 19683. Associate: Harry A. Gallis, M.D. CDuke, 19673. Medical Research Associates: Patricia J. Baker, Ph.D. Qlllinois, 19763, Enrique G. Estevez, Ph.D. CMiami, 19763, jon C. Graff, Ph.D. CMaryland, 19713,Joseph K. K. Li, Ph.D. CCalifornia at Los Angeles, 19743, Susan Radka, Ph.D. CPittsburgh, 19773, Kay H. Singer, Ph.D. CDuke, 19773, Vincent A. Varitek,jr., Ph.D. fDuke, 19773, Carol C. Whisnant, Ph.D. CDuke, 19753, Larry L. Wright, Ph.D. CGeorgia, 19753. Lecturers: Darel1D. Bigner, M.D. CDuke, 19653: Alfred P. Sanfilippo, Ph.D. CDuke, 19753, M.D. CDuke, 19763. Instructors: A. Proctor, M.S. Research Associates: A. Berger, Ph.D., D. Bullard, M.D., W. Cashdollar, Ph.D., G. Cianciollo, Ph.D., T. Darrow, Ph.D., D. de Oliveira, A.B., B. Dowell, Ph.D., D. Fischer, Ph.D., S. Geier, Ph.D., S. Greenberg, M.D., G. Hudson, Ph.D., R. Klein, Ph.D., D. Iglehart, M.D., P. Jensen, Ph.D., P. Lee, Ph.D., S. Livnat, Ph.D., G. McCarty, M.D., K. Misono, Ph.D., L. Nakamura, A.B., A. Parodi, Ph.D., D. Peed, B.S., D. Pickup, Ph.D., S. Pillai, Ph.D.,j. Price, Ph.D., P. Scheible, Ph.D., S. Sutjipto, Ph.D., D. Toffaletti, Ph.D., M. Veigl, Ph.D., M. Verghese, Ph.D., T. Watt, Ph.D., L. Yates, Ph.D. Ph.D. MICROBIOLOGY AND IIVIIVIUNOLOGY GRADUATE STUDENTS AND RESEARCH ASSOCIATES Row 2: N. jones, W. Cashdo11ar,J. Morgan, F. Geore, R. P. Lee, Row 3: L. ares, M. Veigl, W. Travis, E. B. Wray,j. McCartney, K. Misono, D. Pickup. Row 4: R. Klein, T. Watt, K. Switzer, E. Ward, J. Price, P. Verlander, R. Byrn, G. Jamieson, H. Shau. Q Drs. H. Koren, P. Weston, P. jensen, and S. Livnat R. Ziegler, M.D., Ph.D. 1 - I Uv. . ' - .' ! . ,I-, , li m ,X II. -gr J V . Y A 'A I I x , .... . . . A E A Ai I? ' ,W . I D. Kostyug B. Amos, Ph.D., and K. Singer, Ph.D. P-.CISSSWCIL Ph-D-, 3l'1d.I M'D'1 292 THE MEDICAL CENTER OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY Roy T. Parker, IVI.D. Chairman The Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology was indeed fortunate to have as its first Chairman, Professor F. Bayard Carter. Dr. Carter's classic education was gained at the Universi- ty of Delaware, the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Oxford University as a Rhoades Scholar in Physiology, and at Yale as a resident in both medicine and in obstetrics and gynecology. He was the Boy Professor at the University of Virginia in 1950 when he was invited to accept the Chair at Duke: His scholarly background set the pace for the Department at Duke and had a pronounced beneficial effect upon academic obstetrics and gynecology in America. Dr. Carter was influential in the crea- tion of the American Board and the American College of Ob- stetrics and Gynecology and served as president of every major national society in the discipline. This busy and productive man never forgot his primary role as a teacher of students and resi- dents at Duke. Recognizing the need for a strong and diversified faculty, Dr. Carter appointed Dr. Robert A. Ross, who quickly assumed the responsible role of vice-chairman, educator, and superb practitioner in obstetrics and gynecology. All who knew Daddy Ross enjoyed his sharp wit, unique vocabulary and art of story telling. Next came Dr. E.C. Hamblen who founded the Division of Gyecological Endocrinology in 1957 and became a renowned world leader in the field. Dr. Walter L. Thomas, the first Duke trained resident to join the faculty, was interested in gynecologic surgery and oncology. Basic and clinical laboratory services and research were important goals of the Department from the outset. Mr. C.P. jones in 1957 to set up and direct the Microbiology Laboratory with Dr. Carter for the study of genit- al infections. Two years later, Dr. W. Kenneth Cuyler, an en- docrine physiologist with a Ph.D. in biochemistry, joined the Department to work with Dr. Hamblen. In the 1940's came Dr. Robert Creadick with a major interest in psychosomatic gyne- cology and Dr. Violet Turner with an interest in gyncologic endocrinology and infertility. It is apparent that even with this small faculty nucleus, Dr. Carter achieved balance in the disci- pline and displayed his concept that each teacher should be an expert in some field and should know more about that l.. 1-subject than anybody else . . . and should contri- bute new knowledge in basic and clinical research . . . And contribute they did. When Drs. Carter and Ross started at Duke in the early 1950's, the maternal death rate in North Carolina was approx- imately 600 per 100,000 births. In the l970's, there were 85,000 births and less than 40 maternal deaths. The chief causes of death were infection, toxemia and hemorrhage. Studies show that 75Wp of maternal deaths were considered preventable. Dur- ing the first two years of Duke Hospital, death of patients who had septicemia associated with abortion or delivery was 15075. The challenge was maternal mortality, and the Duke faculty accepted this challenge. Dr. Carter and Mr.1ones studied the vaginal flora in so-called normal obstetric and gynecologic pa- tients and demonstrated the importance of anaerobes as well as aerobes in genital infections. They classified and determined the pathogenecity of fungi of the genus Candida. Dr. Ross studied and taught prevention and maternal mortality in the cities and backroads of North Carolina. Dr. Hamblen, a pharmacologist with a brilliantly inquiring mind who was meticulous by habit Calmost to paranoia at timesj, diligently pursued the physiology of the endocrine glands in health and in disease. By 1945 he had published over one hundred articles and the second edition of his masterful text, Endocrinology of Woman. The contributions in reproductive en- docrinology of Dr. E.C. Hamblen and his associates truly helped to put Duke on the map. Dr. Thomas added major studies in diagnostic gynecology, gynecologic surgery and oncology. From 1945 to 1965, he and Dr. Carter avidly practiced and taught vaginal hysterectomy and colpoplastic repair for pelvic relaxation and radical surgery for pelvic cancer and received national acclaim. Probably the most notable contribution to womankind made by the Department during the same interval were the studies performed using the Papanicolaou smear as a diagnostic screen for cervical cancer. The Departmental Genital Cytology Laboratory, directed by Dr. Cuyler, helped to sell genital cytology to the world in more than fifty papers. Except for Mr. C.P. Jones and Dr. Violet Turner, each of these outstanding Duke teachers has passed on. It is a pleasure to recognize them in this small way. During the 1950's and 196O's, societal pressures forced the improvement of the status of women, especially of minority groups. Forceful movements for women were gaining sexual freedom, legalizing abortions, providing prevenception Cintro- duction of the pill D, teaching sex education, curbing unwanted and teenage pregnancies, controlling world propulation growth, and insuring adequate health care for the poor. The health and well being of mother and child gained attention through state and federal government programs and private forces such as the National Foundation, March of Dimes. It was in this milieu that the new Chairman of the Department, Dr. Roy T. Parker, was appointed in 1964. The pedagogy inspired by the new Duke Medical Curricu- lum, of which the new chairman had been a part, and the social pressures, of which the new chairman was much concerned, caused the Department to re-examine its objectives. Accom- plishments of the second generation faculty may be recorded, but onlyhistory will determine if they were true contributions. Reproductive biology was established as the basic science orientation of the Department. These efforts have been ham- pered by the constraints of a reduced N .I.H. research budget and local restrictions of available laboratory space, personnel, and funding. The faculty was enlarged and broadened in an effort to fulfill these goals and to meet the needs of an increasing patient load and improved clinical teaching. Two reproductive physiologists, one neuroendocrine anatomist, one microbiolog- ist, and one psychologist were added as basic science faculty THE MEDICAL CENTER with conjoint appointments. Twenty clinicians with specialty training in genetics, endocrinology, oncology, perinatology, im- munology, and gynecology were appointed as needed and as space and finances permitted. Six of the senior faculty have accepted chairmanships in other medical centers, and some thirty others hold faculty positions. Organizationally, Divisions of Endocrinology, Perinatology, Oncology, and Gynecology were formalized to promotebetter patient care, education, and research. The curriculum was redesigned in 1960 to provide a core experience for the second year students, plus senior electives appropriate for students not intending careers in obstetrics and gynecology. In order to blend the broadly-based senior elective program with residency education and to avoid duplication, the internship was made optional in 1967. The residency curricu- lum was redesigned to provide a four-year experience rather than a five, and the fellowship programs were relocated at the end of the residency. At the same time, residency education became more structured in order to insure intellectual and technical competence of the trainees and to utilize a growing private patient population in postgraduate education. New fel- lowship programs were offered by the intradisciplinary division of the Department. The fellowships were two or three years of research training and were designed to meet the credentials of the subspecialty boards and to prepare teachers. The faculty fellows, six to eight each year, have added considerable academic strengths. Of special note was the creation in 1966 of the Division of Perinatology by the combined efforts of the Departments of Obstetrics, Pediatrics, and Anesthesiology. For high risk mothers and babies, this has been a singular scientific and clinic- al endeavor. Because of Duke's expertise in Perinatology, the North Carolina Department of Human Resources has desig- nated Duke as a Regional Perinatal Center and a statewide perinatal resource. The perinatal mortality rate, to say nothing of morbidity, has become a world wide hallmark in health care delivery and the banner of the second generation Duke faculty in the same manner that maternal mortality was the banner of the first generation. The Department set out in 196-4 to broaden its community medical experience and established clinical rotations in Watts Hospital Cnow Durham County General Hospitalb, the Lincoln Clinic, and in six northeastern North Carolina counties. Later, Cabarrus Hospital in Concord and the Fayetteville Area Health Education Center CCape Fear Valley Hospital? were added. This effort has increased the student's and resident's primary care responsibility and has enhanced the Department's role as a tertiary referral center. Annually for sixteen years Cancl nine departmental station wagonsb, the students have voted the out- rider experience as the highlight of the rotation. In 1974 after years of planning, the Woman's Clinic came into being with a new waiting room and renovated clinic space which combined the old PDC and OPC clinics. The distinc- tion between private and public patients has been eliminated, with care for all provided by practice teams of faculty, students, residents, nurses, and other health care providers. The improve- ment in patient care and in student teaching has been notewor- thy. Hopefully, with the renovations in Duke South and more space, ambulatory surgery, a well patient survey unit, and a model teaching program in primary care may be developed. Research in reproductive biology has grown in the past fifteen years, but always there is the struggle to understand health and disease better. The basic and clinical research programs in en- docrinology involve uterine smooth muscle function, ovarian steroidogenesis, cannabis suppression of luteninization, HCG B-subunit radioimmunaossay methodology, ovulation induction, fertility control, and estrogen replacement therapy. In cancer, studies include diagnosis and treatment of trophoblastic disease, genesis of cervical cancer, estrogen receptors in endometrial cancer, chemotherapy of ovarian and other poor prognosis can- cers, and radical surgery for primary disease. Pregnancy related investigations comprise genetic diseases, blood flow and oxygen transport mechanisms, biologic measurements of placental function, maternal-fetal relationship in health and disease, hypertensive disorders, clisabetes, and infectious diseases com- plicating pregnancy. Immunologic studies focus on Rh isoim- munization, ovarian cancer, infertility, and infection. Gynecolo- gic research includes anaerobic, viral, and venereal infections, operative gynecology, endometriosis, disorders of pelvic relaxa- tion, and health care delivery. The struggle goes on. The Chairman and the Medical Center Administration are grateful to the second generation faculty for their talent, dili- gence, good work, and that intangible quality performance that is Duke . There is a rising sentiment among the citizens of this country and health care in general, and maternal and infant care in particular, are not privileges but rights. Indeed, the 1980's will probably be termed the decade of the mother and child. In this the fiftieth year of the Duke University Medical Center, and the year of my chosen retirement as Chairman of the De- partment, I can only say thank you Duke, it has been the privilege of my life. Roy T. Parker, M.D. ,saw - fc.t:27f2-91? rf 1 I PARKER l V lb lx ,Q llll lily ,Q XE e l My ie ..f- ALYW 294 THE MEDICAL CENTER OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY FACULTY .-r' . .LM , 'K 'F 4. 'l 1 x:4f3TA'i'5f'i5T 'lnw Y l C 'N 1' 'T' '.:-'L.,:'L-11-arf'-ar: 5 1 1 4 Q 5 is ig I , ,gi . .f 'H '- 1133 ,, A S7 . il fifllari-.. Row 1 CL to R51 D. Schomberg, W. Creasman, R. Parker, A. Grandis, N. Anderson. Row 2: F.jelovsek, B. Petter, L. Clayton, H. Wiebe, E. Tyrey. Row 3: D. Clarke-Pearson,j. Currie, G. Hill, S. Gall, D. Nagey. Row 4: S. Welt, M, Crenshaw, C. Peete, A. Christakos,j. Weed. Row 5: B. Gebhardt, H. Brown, L. Kaufmann. Professor: Roy T. Parker, M.D. fMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19445, Chairman. Professors: Phillip R. Bromage, M.D. CSt. Thomas Hospital, London Univ., 19435, Arthur C. Christakos, M.D. CMed. Coll. of South Carolina, 19555, William T. Creasman, M.D. CBaylor, 19665, M. Carlyle Crenshaw, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19565, Stanley A. Gall, M.D. CMinnesota, 19625, Charles B, Hammond, M.D. CDuke, 19615, Charles H. Peete, jr., M.D. CHarvard, 19475. Clinical Professor: Leonard E, Laufe, M.D. CUniv. of Louisville, 19495. Associate Professors: W. Allen Addison, M.D. CDuke, 19605, Lillian R. Blackmon, M.D. CArkansas, 19635, George W. Brumley, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19605, Gale B. Hill, Ph.D. CDuke, 19665, David W. Schomberg, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19655, E. Lee Tyrey, Ph.D. Clllinois, 196953JOhn C. Weed, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19685, R. Herbert Wiebe, M.D. fSaskatchewan, 19625. Associate Clinical Professor: Kenneth A. Podger, M.D. CDuke, 19415. Assistant Professors: Nels C. Anderson, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19645, Jane E. Brazey, M.D. CWashington Univ. School of Med., 19725, Arnold S. Grandis, M.D. CDuke, 19745, Arthur F. Haney, M.D. CArizona, 19725, Frederick R. Jelovsek, M.D. CMichigan, 19635, David A. Nagey, M.D. 1Duke, 19755, Martin M. Quigley, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19715, john F. Steege, M.D. CYale, 19725, Thomas C. Vaughn, M.D. CUniv. ofTexas, Med. Branch, 19745, Selman I. Welt, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725. Assistant Clinical Professors: James L. Allen, M.D. 1Emory, 19655,-Iohn V. Arey, M.D. CHarvard, 19465,john R. Ashe,Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19485, Rudy W. Barker, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19675, David B. Crosland, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19585, Yancy G. Culton, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19565, Richard E. Lassiter, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19655, Donald T. Moore, M.D. iMehar- ry Med. Coll., 19585, William A. Nebel, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19625, Phillip H. Pearce, M.D. CDuke, 19605, Steven M. Scott, M.D. flndiana, 19745, Robert K Yowell, M.D. fDuke, 19615. Associates: Daniel Clarke-Pearson, M.D. CCase, 19755, Linda A. Clayton, M.D. fDuke, 197553 John L. Currie, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19675, Wayne S. Maxson, M.D. CCincinnati Coll. of Med., 19755. Clinical Associateszjerry L. Danford, M.D. CDuke, 19675, Michael D. Fried, M.D. CN.Y. Univ. of Med., 19715, Carl A. Furr,jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19585, Arned L. Hinshaw, M.D. QDuke, 19645, Clayton J. Jones, M.D. Cfennessee, 19525, Debra A. Kaplan, Ph.D. CUniv. of Pennsylvania, 19775, William R. Lambeth, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19745, E. Frank Shavender, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685,joseph A. Stephens, M.D. CPittsburgh, 195253 Thomas A. Stokes,Jr., M.D. CDulce, 19555, Allen H. VanDyke, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19715, Gayle S. Vest, M.D. CUniv. of Minnesota, 19745. Research Associates: M. Anne Brown, A.B. CSa1em, 19475, Louise A. Kauf- mann, A.B. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19475, Lawrence D. Kodack, A.B. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19755, jeffrey V. May, Ph.D. CU. of Maine, 19705. i ' 2 I if .1 Y Dil V 5523 . 'K I w i I Q I A ,Ds I ' -M V' fl? Ab S 5 cf- 11. . p 1 9 vi' fl ' , ' Faculty in March, 1959: Row 1 KL to R5: W. Thomas, B. Carter, E. Hamblen, E. Careidick. Row 2: T. Robbins, C. Peete, F. DelCorral, V. Turner, W. Cherny, . ar er. 'twig 1 Drs. F. Bayard Carter and Roy T.Pa.rker, dedication of Carter Suite, 1967 THE MEDICAL CENTER 295 OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY RESIDENTS i Sitting CL to R5: G. Sutton, P. ,Zarutskie, S. Lies, K. Fortier,J. Lane, D. Whitesides. Standing: M. Dydek, E. Puleo, S. Hainline, V. I-Iaygood, R. Zern, R. Filker, M. Dudzinski, B. Walls, C. Livengood, K. Trofatter, T. Edwards, J. Garcia, C. Harris, M. Prystowsky, J. Barter, A. Haven, L. Bandy, N. Zornek. Chief Residents: Kenneth J. Fortier, M.D. CDartmouth, 19765, john W. Lane, M.D. CDuke, 19725g Stephen C. Lies, M.D. CDuke, 19765g Gregory P. Sutton, M.D. CMichigan, 19765, Daniel B. Whitesides, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Paul W. Zarutslcie, M.D. CHahnemann Med. Coll., 19765. Assistant Residents: Lawrence C. Bandy, M.D. CDuke, 197755 James F. Barter, M.D. CUniv. of Virginia, 197755 Michele R. Dudzinski, M.D. CBoston, Drs. J. Lane, N. Livengood, and C. Harris 197853 Margaret T. Dydek, M.D. CDuke, 19785, Timothy F. Edwards, M.D. QBowman Gray, 19785g Rochelle Filker, M.D. CFloricla, 197853 Jose Garcia-Saul, M.D. CDuke, 197755 Sarah W. Hainline, M.D. fDuke, 19785g Charles O. Harris, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197953 Andrew Haven, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19785, Vanessa Haygood, M.D. CHarvard, 19785, Charles H. Livengood, III, M.D. CDuke, 197653 Ellen T. Puleo, M.D. CDuke, 19795. ll lil' V. Haygood, M.D. M. Dudzinski, M.D. M' Prysmwsky' MD' s. Lies, M.D., and A. chfisfakos, M.D. 296 THE AQ K lv f-J' ,-.-ffl' 'inn l OPHTHALIVIULOGY Robert Ivlachemer, lVI.D. Chairman For twenty-three years Ophthalmology was a Division of the Department of Surgery. In 1965 departmental status was granted to Ophthalmology, and Dr. joseph A.C. Wadsworth was offered the position of Chairman of the newly-formed Department. During the next few years, the growth of the Department and plans for an Eye Center developed simultaneously. The attend- ing staff was nearly doubled, the residency program was en- larged, and patient referrals continued to climb. A new building for the Eye Center was planned and with contributions from individuals and private foundations this building became reality. On june 30, 1971, ground breaking ci J. A. C. Wadsworth, M.D. took place, and two years later, on August 7, 1975, the Eye Center was opened. The Eye Center is a 3.7 million dollar facility and contains three floors - one for outpatients facilities, one for inpatient care with two operating rooms, and one for research. Until its creation, no comparable facility existed be- tween Miami and Baltimore. In 1978 Dr. Wadsworth retired from his administrative posi- tion as Chairman, and Dr. Robert Machemer, formerly with the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute in Miami, was appointed as the new Chairman. The objectives of the Department are to provide patient care in all fields of ophthalmology by a group of physicians with specialized areas of interest. Since Dr. Machemer's arrival, more emphasis has been placed on tertiary care because of the ever increasing need for more sophisticated service. Additional faculty members have been added. The teaching program has been enlarged by combining it with the McPherson I-Iospital, Durham. There has been a significant expansion in the research facilities with addition of scanning and transmission electron microscope laboratories, histology and tissue culture labor- atories, and a biophysics laboratory. Research is geared towards the study of vitreo-retinal, corneal and glaucomatous diseases and the development of investigational and surgical instru- mentation. S fx ' ll if-2 X-'yr R5 Z' W. B. Anderson, jr., M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 297 QQ J. A. C. Wadsworth, M.D. M.B 298 THE MEDICAL CENTER C. F. Syclnor, M.D. -N, ' I 'pw' f fs. ws' 7'iffX III,M.D. N mOu1iCS,M.D. .Msg 1 JKSEIM ji ffty Q1 M fp f Kats,-13 v 1e9e-1763 Q I WN V A 5 M , ' X W , I 0 I 'W X fa A Z x ,va www X if . E' P3 lv 1 . r... 1 Y' fm X X Y -wm- NM me .'.-11 '- , .vpn OPHTALIVIOLOGY FACULTY V5 7 V l 'x ,nv - 5 1. a n - 1 'aw ., A 'N fT'R'4'- 5 ' . fs S' 31 L-A-l ' if L' ,. . . Q. 1 , , 1- . .I . I --4. 1 'E 4 ,, V : i- , at .f xp. A '. 5- 'f 'f 'J ia '-et? '- ' L1 -:gy.:ri',f 'wiv iiii f H- E X 33- -i,4'w- , 1-1. Xi . ..,,, 1, , , 3. 33 JF, , . si 4i 1 . T ' ln' ,. - r .fn Q' U 2, P' 1 5 r 1 gl 0' 2 sz If f is , ,i E Ill, 1 I, E l Row 1 QL to R3: A. Chandler, jr., J. Wadsworth, R. Machemer, J. Seaber. Row 2: B. Anderson, jr., G. Foulks, M. Landers, Ill, M. Wolbarsht. Professor: Robert Machemer, M.D. CFreiburg, Germany, 19593, Chairman. Professors: Joseph A. C. Wadsworth, M.D. CDuke, 193932 Myron L. Wol- barsht, Ph.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19583, Maurice B. Landers, III, M.D. CMichigan, 19633, W. Banks Anderson, Jr., M.D. CHarvard, 19563. Associate Professors: Arthur C. Chandler, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 195933 M. Bruce Shields, M.D. COklahoma, 19663. Assistant Professor: Gary N. Foulks, M.D. CCo1umbia, 19703. Assistant Clinical Professors:Judy H. Seaber, B.A. CEmory, 19623, Charles F. Sydnor, M.D. CVirginia, 19693. Clinical Associates: R.Jeffrey Board, M.D. CDuke, 197435 Robert D. Daw- son, M.D. CMeharry, 19433,J. Thomas Foster, M.D. CDuke, 195833 William R. Harris, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 195635 Edward K. Isbey, Jr., M.D. CWayne, 195539 Martin J. Kreshon, M.D. CMarquerte, 19543, W. Hampton Lefler, M.D. lBowman Gray, 196535 Samuel D. McPherson, jr., M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 194539 Edward E. Moore, M.D. CHarvard, 19423, Van B. Noah, M.D. 4Bowman Gray, 196633 Marcia O. Rassi, B.A. CUniversidade Catolica de Goias, 19743, Harold E. Shaw,-Ir., M.D. iMedical University ofSouth Carolina, 19733, John H. Killian, M.D. CBOWman Gray, 19673. ' - , I - 1 X- Ci kli THE MEDICAL CENTER 299 OPHTHALIVIOLOGY RESIDENTS limi ll? my vw .f .1 I V M 'Q A 'Li' W . 5 2 g A .. . i f . -'fr 5- . A P M: 1 5 l ' 'S 1 1 - -., - ff? -. J, 5' ,, -' ' , ,, fm -N 'IAA ,i A I ,, .,,-. X I M . 1, 4r,,.4 H ,QL . Y-Q :gl flaw Y, l D N.. 'Q Il 3 - u I l V- . X , ',, V ,N . V VLH b E -,Th r H ' -4 ,gs 'E U, -'l R 1 I a . ,3 J ,iv ew -1 .ii 'V S ' i . ,ls -I 5' 'A 1 ' mr, wl.l.l1 ' sm. 1 'f11r',,3' If lu . fl' V, , '- w I ' ., , fn H -V h 1 Ib, a . , 1 ' if. g: ' ' ' 3-L -P4 f 'Y '- , ' l 1, 1.5755 -1 . . . xx' 1 '71 T 1:21 E' gg, 04 . ai 5 im., 1 +5 1 ,. .- N ' A 'L' . 2' 1 ff' 5 li-3' it Q .fl - r , -e ,MAI , liao T, , . , h , . 1 W 2 . ' lx! f l ' 1 , it 1 V Q l l H ' ' ,l ' , 'i 1 ' l 'I X H 7 A Row 1 CL to R3: Tano,J. Mitchell, C. Salafia,j. Salisbury,j. Knupp, G. Ellis,jr., B. McCuen. Row 2: S. Gulledge, N, Radtke, E. Buckley, T. Beardsley, S. McCracken, J. Txedeman, S. Braverman. Chief Residents on rotating basis. Residents: Frank H. Christensen, M.D. CSt. Louis, 197635 Stanley D. Braver- man, M.D. CMiami, 1976351 Stuart McCracken, M.D. CDuke, 197535james S. Tiedernan, M.D. CDuke, 19773. Assistant Residents: Thomas L. Beardsley, M.D. 1Duke, 197735 John E. Bourgeois, M.D. CUniv. ofVirginia, 197935 Barbara A. Branyon, M.D. CMedical College ofVirginia, 197935 Edward G. Buckley, M.D. 4Duke, 197735 George S. Ellis,jr., M.D. CTulane, 197735james A. Knupp, M.D. COhio, 197835 Christine C. Nelson, M.D. CUniv. ofCincinnati, 197935,lames A. Salisbury, M.D. CTu1ane, 197735 Howard N. Short, M.D. QSt. Louis, 197835 W. L. Gregory Siefert, M.D COhio, 19783. , ,, H 1 Bs as ,ii ,ii ,mf , 1. D. Chandler and N. Radke, M.D. 1 1' f ,H E M.D., and E. Donnelly, M.D. W. A. Macllwaine, IV, M.D Drs. J. Knupp, B. Shields, E. Buckley, G. Ellis, Jr.,J. Mitchell, and S. McCracken G.s. Ellis, Jr., M.D. PATHO il 1-'ff' sf -. .,1::f nv ' i . ' Robert B. Jennings, IVl.D. Chairman The Department of Pathology at Duke University Medical Center began in 1930 with the arrival in Durham of Dr. Wiley D. Forbus as the first Chairman. Dr. Forbus had trained at the johns Hopkins Hospital with such distinguished professors as William I-I. Welch and William G. MacCallum from whom he inherited a dedication to classical anatomical pathology. Under Dr. Forbus' influence, the Department at Duke used the auto- psy as the principal resource for medical education and the primary tool for the investigation of the nature and causes of human disease. These studies provided much new information, and the byproducts of this dedication to the postmortem ex- amination acrued both to contemporaries of the early depart- ment and to students of the latter decades, including those of this semicentennial year. Dr. Forbus was an advocate of the case method of teaching. Specimens of special interest were preserved in ceramic pots which, by the end ofhis tenure, filled the halls ofthe second and third floors of the Davison Building. Although those worn specimens and black and white transparencies which have sur- vived may seem anachronistic in this age of molecular biology, their continued use by students and faculty reaffirms their value. Dr. Forbus' approach to the study of disease also was pre- served in his classic two-volume text Reazction to Injury and was passed to others through the thirty professors, fifteen chairmen, and five deans who trained in his department. By the beginning of the 1960's, both the breadth and depth of medical science had increased greatly and attention now was focused on the ultrastructural and molecular alterations of dis- ease. It was appropriate, therefore, that the second department Chairman, Dr. Thomas D. Kinney, supported the subspecialty approach to anatomic pathology and stimulated a program of basic research, while maintaining the Departmenr's concern for the interests of the medical student. Dr. Kinney trained and recruited subspecialists in such areas as cardiovascular, renal, immuno-, surgical, pulmonary, hemato-, pediatric, muscle, bone, neuro-, ophthalmic, cyto-, clinical, and dermatopathology, so that the skills of this enlarged department complemented those of the increasingly specialized clinical ser- vices. It is a reflection of the climate of the Department that so many of these nationally recognized experts in their fields have LOGY resisted offers of Chairs at other institutions, preferring rather to remain in Duke's scholarly environment. Dr. Kinney's personal interest in research was transmitted to the faculty whose abilities and productivity attracted the funds necessary for the investigations of ultrastructure, cell biology, virology, immunology, biomathematics, toxicology, and chem- ical pathology. The Department under Dr. Kinney had a lasting commitment to the needs of the student. Its teaching responsibilities were expanded in concert with demands of the reformed medical curiculum of 1966. The introductory course in pathology was redesigned in light of contemporary concepts, and subspecialty courses were established which have remained so popular with third year students. A program in graduate education in Pathol- ogy was begun. Under the leadership of its present chairman, Dr. Robert B. Jennings, the Department has retained its subspecialty orienta- tion toward diagnostic pathology and has supplemented its core of experienced faculty members with new appointments in such fields as immunopathology, renal pathology, clinical pathology, cardiovascular pathology, hematopathology, endocrine pathol- ogy, gastrointestinal pathology, cytopathology, and surgical pathology. Clinical pathology at Duke Hospital was better de- fined as an entity in 1978 and became a Division of Hospital Laboratories under the direction of Dr. Kenneth Schneider. The Department of Pathology is closely affiliated with this new division and supplies faculty members with special interests in the increasingly sophisticated discipline of laboratory medicine. Active involvement in basic research continues and has been expanded by appointments of investigators with interests in ischemia, computer models of disease, immunology, viral and chemical carcinogenesis, immunogenetics, oncology, thrombo- sis, and molecular pathology. These and other individuals in the Department successfully compete for funding and prestige at the national level. The present Department's enthusiastic commitment to the education of medical students is apparent in both the quantity and quality of course offerings. More students elect pathology courses than those of any other basic science, and in four of the last five years faculty members of the Pathology Department have been honored by receipt of the students, Golden Apple Award as best teacher in the basic science category. It is not surprising that Duke's recruitment of medical students into - i N .T titre - bi -1-,, -I-' Drs. J. Shelburne, P. Pratt, E. Bossen, and -I. Sommer THE MEDICAL CENTER 301 pathology careers occurs at twice the national rate. The training of pathology residents is also an important goal. The eight house staff positions are coveted by over one hundred applicants. In a rigorous training program, the residents are prepared, in approx- imately equal numbers, for careers in either academic medi- cine or the private practice of pathology. In its fifty years, the faculty of the Department of Pathology of Duke University Medical Center has increased from one professor in 1930 to thirty-six full-time senior staff members in 1980. In addition, there are thirty residents, five fellows, and twenty-one graduate students. This department continues to strive to maintain the difficult balance between a high level of diagnostic skill, meaningful basic research, and awhole-hearted commitment to teaching. By all objective measures it excels in all of these endeavors and enthusiastically enters its second fifty years. B. F. Ferrer, M.D. ,f'4 1'1 Q Q R E Ideker M D and B Woodard, M.D. B- P- Cfokef, M-D-, Ph D K my :wt-416, Xxx?-.X 'D I ' .6- l x I 1 li llquj x x CNY . fifggf f X' 'aaa WN W 1 I N QV WR N' 34 'S,,.l.NQ.G-Eli ,e - 7 U ! ! l ml ,,.f sw y 2? f2yi if? :vis 177 rr ff. .. 55? fivfff .,,.-- H I f,.f ' In iff it'i i V,,f'f 'X qt, ...,,, .',,,iff. K. 44 X41 2..,g35Qgip...,,u A PATHULOGY FACULTY 7g fl.4. 534 3 1 ll' 4 J Y , k J ' 1 1 N r 1 ' 1 1 1 I 1 l I 1 fy -is W e A 9, mf ,I , , . if ,. I Ai' 1 I 1 . r ml ' 1 31 ' J' . IQ 1. -Q- 7 4 v- My 1,5 .A ,ai , . I' 1-if f-if ' 1 fill' 1 K K l , 'A ' A -J ' 3 '33 A x M 1 7 J 5 5 1, , L . 5.11 f , ,pf Row 1 CL to R5: C. Daniels W. Bradford, G. Klintworth, Ralennings, P. Burger, F. Widmann. Row 2: P. Pratt, F. Sanfilippoj. Sommer, E. Bossen, S. Bigner, C. Tisher. Row 5: J. Koepke, B. Wittels, D. Adams, D. Grahamhl. Shelburne, B. Croker. Row 4: R. Farnham, R. Ideker, W. Johnston, S. Pizzo, K. Reimer, K. McCarty, Jr. Professor: Robert B. Jennings, M.D. CNoi-thwestern, 19505, Clmirrmzn. Professors: Darell D. Bigner, M.D. fDuke, 19655, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715, Bernard F. Fetter, M.D. iDuke, 19445, Donald B. Hackel, M.D. CHarvard, 194655 William W. Johnston, M.D. CDuke, 19595, Gordan K. Klintworth, M.D. QUniv. ofWitwatersrand, 19575, Ph.D. CUniv. ofWitwatersrar1d, South Africa, 19665gJohn A. Koepke, M.D. CUniv. ofWisconsin, 195653 Philip C. Pratt, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19445, Kenneth A. Schneider, M.D. CNorrhwestern, 195955 Joachim R. Sommer, M.D. CMunich, 195953 F. Stephen Vogel, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19445, Benjamin Wittels, M.D. CMinnesota, 19525. Adjunct Professor: Paul Nettesheim, M.D., D.M.S. CBonn, West Germany, 19595. Associate Professors: Dolph O. Adams, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Georgia, 19655, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725, Edward H. Bossen, M.D. CDuke, 196555 William D. Bradford, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19585: Peter C. Burger, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19665, Charles A. Daniels, M.D. CVanderbilt, 19665, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715: jane G. Elchlepp, M.D. CChicago, 19555, Ph.D. Clowa, 194853 John D. Shelburne, M.D., PH.D., CDuke, 19725, Frances King Wid- mann, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19605, Peter Zwadyk, Ph.D. Clowa, 19715. Adjunct Associate Professors: john A. Moore, D.V.M. CMichigan State, C19635gJarnes A. Swenberg, D.V.M. CMinnesota, 19665, Ph.D. COhio, 19705. Associate Clinical Professor: Doyle G. Graham, M.D. CDuke, 19665, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715. Assistant Professors: Sandra H. Bigner, M.D. CTennessee, 19715, Byron P. Croker, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 19715, Robert Farnham, M.D. CPennsylvania, 197353Jane T. Gaede, M.D. CDuke, l9665g Raymond E. Ideker, M.D. CTennes- see, 19745, Ph.D. CTennessee, 19725, Kenneth McCarty, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19725: Ph.D. CDuke, 197353 George Michalopoulos, M.D. CAthens, 19695, Ph.D. CWisconsin, 19775, Salvatore Pizzo, M.D. CDuke, 19725, Ph.D. CDuke, 19735, Keith A. Reimer, M.D. 4Northwestern, 19725, Ph.D. CNorthwesrern, 19715g Alfred Sanfilippo, Ph.D. CDuke, 19755, Ph.D. 4Duke, 197655 Frank A. Sedor, Ph.D. CFlorida, 19715, Robin T. Vollmer, M.D. CDuke, 19675. Assistant Medical Research Professor: Carol W. Lewis, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725. Adjunct Assistant Professors: Peter H. Anderson, Ph.D. COregon, 19725, Arnold R. Brody, Ph.D. CColorado, 19695, Donald F. Calbreath, Ph.D. COhio, 19685: Ralph C. McCoy, M.D. KEmory, 19675. Associates: Patricia Ruth Ashton, A.B. CGoucher, 19635: Kenneth R. Broda, Ph.D. CDuke, 197755 J.E. Phillip Pickett, H.T.g Margaret C. Schmidt, M.A. Clouisville, 19695. Research Associates: Mary LuSan Hill, B.S. CWebster, 19625, Liesolette Kemper CBerlin Col1.5, Ann Lefurgey, Ph.D. 1U.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197655 Eileen Mikat, Ph.D. CDuke, 197955 Richard Serano, M.D. CVirginia, 19755. ,,g-+.,?.--- ff , Z - R- B- JCUHUISS, M-D R. P. McComb, M.D., and F. S. Vogel, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 305 lk - I 304 THE PATHOLOGY RESIDENTS I I' l I X .vm xl, ,f , X J! K. V 1 I vid dx X gy I 1 i l N li l.fffff3iii l All ' Q 5 il Z '11, , ,-,V U XR' .1 8 F ' F V, V w l- L 1 we - l ' 1 Row 1 QL to R5: T. Barton,J. Edgar, M. Shifman, W. Bell, M. Rohlfing, C. Hamilton. Row 2: D. Ose, K. Wiclder, R. McComb, R. Trapasso, M. Bryan, C. Szpak, B. Myers. Row 3: R. Stein, T. Mattison, J. Mossler, K. Piech, A. Tatum, S. Ohkawa. Row 4: H. Marrow, C. Wisseman, B. Crain, M. Borowitz. Residents: Thomas K. Barton, M.D. CDul-ce, 19765, William Bell, M.D. CDuke, 197853 Michael J. Borowitz, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 1977511 Hartley Bowen, M.D. Uefferson, 197753 Martha C. Bryan, M.D. CMecl. Univ. of South Carolina, 19765, Dorwyn W. Croom, M.D. fWashington Univ., 197653 Eric L. Decker, M.D. CRochester, 19785g William H. Gibson, M.D. CDuke, 19775: Cornelia W. Hamilton, M.D. CMichigan, 197455 Hannah Kinney, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19745, Steven E. Levine, M.D. Clndiana, 197853 Thomas R. Mattison, M.D. CSouthwestern, 19765, Jeffrey A. Mossler, M.D. Clncliana, 19775, Beverlyj. Myers, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Kenneth S. Piech, M.D. CDuke, E. L. Decker, M.D. nl W. H. Gibson, M.D. A. H. Tatum, M.D. ' 'wwf 1 ,. was ,, 197655 Michael B. Rohlfing, M.D. flllinois, 19775, Mark A. Shifman, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Ohio, 19785, Cheryl A. Spzak, M.D. CSouthwesterr1, 19775, Arthur H. Tatum, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Ph.D. CDuke, 197655 Robert L. Trapas- so, M.D. CNew York at Syracuse, 19705, Ph.D. CDuke, 19765, Kenneth Widcler, M.D. CNorthwestern, 197955 Charles L. Wisseman, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19755. Fellows: Isaac A. Craig, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685g Andrew Kligerman, Ph.D. CCornell, 197753 Rodney P. McComb, M.D. CRochester. 197655 Stephen Strom, Ph.D. CKansas,' 19785. K. Widder, M.D. R. L. Trapasso, M.D., L. Bowen, M.D., and S.E. Levine, M.D. ll .:, -M377 , l ' .1 L-11 1 91 1 5 7 1,5 . L :W 5 dh A n' W -- 5 .gg 1- . ' 4 ,.' V g m' '.i,'l'R 'li VH? 'x, . XX. PEDIATRICS Samuel L. Katz, IVI.D. Chairman Duke's Department of Pediatrics serves as a focus for the care of infants, children and adolescents. To foster our goals of education, research and service of the highest quality, there is an unceasing effort to deliver patient care at an exemplary level and to fulfill a Departmental role of child advocacy. Close integra- tion with other clinical departments is an important component of all our patient care programs. Similar collaborations with the basic biologic science departments are equally essential for the progress and productivity of our laboratory research programs. The Department functions with nine divisions - General Pediatrics, Neonatology, Endocrinology! Metabolism, Hema- tology! Oncology, Infectious Diseases, Nephrology, Neurology, Cardiology, and Allergy! Immunology! Pulmonary. Through this divisional structure the Department carries out its varied roles in patient care, teaching and research. Many learners utilize the facilities, faculty and patients of the Department in their educa- tional programs. These include medical students, interns and residents, fellows, graduate students, physician's associates, nursing students, and many others whose interests focus on pediatrics. The medical students, residents and fellows are assigned the highest priority for faculty teaching. Since 1969 seven of eleven Golden Apples, voted annually by Duke Medical Students for outstanding clinical teaching, have been awarded to faculty members of the Department of Pediatrics. In addition to its programs of child care located within the Duke Medical Center, the Department conducts outreach prog- rams at sites including Lincoln Community Health Center, Durham County General Hospital, Fayetteville Area Health Education Center, Cabarrus Memorial Hospital, and five north- ern counties with health resources which have been inadequate to meet the needs of their childhood population. These out- reach activities are coupled with educational programs to de- velop local health personnel who work with Duke residents and faculty. The Duke Pediatrics educational curriculum also in- volves a longitudinal experience with the Durham County School System for each resident. Clinical and laboratory research are essential components of the Departmental program. More than two-thirds of our faculty have been awarded research grants and! or contracts from ex- tramural agencies such as the National Institutes of Health, the National Foundation March of Dimes, The Robert Wood john- son Foundation, the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, the Heart Association, the North Carolina Department of Human Re- sources and other similar groups. Faculty members publish the results of their clinical and laboratory studies in scientific jour- nals and also in sections and chapters of standard medical text- books. Members of the Department are also active in national medical-scientific societies, advisory groups to the National Institutes of Health and Center for Disease Control, editorial boards of journals, and other related research and educational functions. With the guidance of Departmental faculty, more than fifteen per cent of Duke Medical School graduates have chosen annual- ly to embark on pediatric residency training. With the advice and support of the Department, these students have secured residencies at the top programs in this country, where they have done well in their postdoctoral experiences. At the same time, the twelve first year residency positions in Pediatrics at Duke are sought eagerly each year by hundreds of applicants from medical schools throughout the U.S.A. and Canada. Graduates of the program have been divided fairly equally in their career choices, either focusing on the practice of pediatrics or on academic careers in the field. Each of the Departmental divi- sions offers fellowship training beyond the residency level. Currently the Departmental roster includes forty faculty mem- bers, thirty-four residents, and nineteen fellows. The history of Duke's Department of Pediatrics begins at the very outset of the medical school itself because Dean Wilburt C. Davison was, in addition to being the founding father, also the Chairman of the Department of Pediatrics. In its fifty year history there have been three chairmen: Dean Davison C1930- 195-4D, Professor Jerome S. Harris C1954-19685, and Professor Samuel L. Katz C1968-presentl. In its early years the Depart- ment depended heavily on members of the community who both practiced pediatrics and taught at the Medical Center. These included Angus McBryde, Arthur London, and jay Are- na. This tradition has continued to the present with a harmo- nious and active interface between the practicing pediatricians of the community and the full-time faculty of the Department. Many of the pediatricians who practice in Durham received G. A. Serwer, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 305 their training at Duke, and they continue to serve as teachers in the Duke clinics, on the wards and nurseries, at Durham County General Hospital and in their offices. The Department has historically served as a hospitable and productive environment for women seeking careers .in medi- cine. Dr. Susan Dees joined the faculty as one of the earliest female members and rapidly emerged as a national and interna- tional leader in the developing field of Pediatric Allergy. One of her students, Dr. Rebecca Buckley, has become the first woman President of the American Academy of Allergy while estab- lishing her international reputation as a leader in research in Pediatric Immunology. Drs. Beverly Morgan and Doris Howell have left Duke to become Department chairpersons at distin- guished American universities. Among current faculty,QDrs. Lil- lian Blackmon, Shirley Osterhout, Laura Gutman, and Cather- ine Wilfert have achieved national stature for their contribu- tions to their respective fields. A Since its inception, programs initiated by the Department of Pediatrics have gained national recognition. Among these are the Poison Control movement, initiated at Duke by Dr. jay Arena, the development of Pediatric Allergy by Dr. Dees, the program in Pediatric Cardiology started by Dr. Jerome Harris with Dr. Madison S. Spach, Dr. james Sidbury's pioneering research in the study of glycogen storage disease, Dr. Alexander Spock's work in cystic fibrosis, research on cytomegalovirus by Dr. David Lang, research and community organization in the care of the premature infant by Dr. George Brumley, Dr. Re- becca Buckleyis studies and treatment of children with immune deficiency syndromes, and leadership in the field of immuniza- tion by Dr. Samuel L. Katz. With the completion of its first half century, the Department of Pediatrics has moved its inpatient services from Duke South to an exciting new Fifth Floor Children's Unit in the modern new Duke North Building. There the facilities for optimal care of infants, children and adolescents have been constructed to enable us to continue into the next fifty years as leaders provid- ing the highest standard of pediatric care. S. L. Katz, M.D. 6 Q l 33- x ,XJ if . I' Fg xl Aa U11 if rf -Q fx in Kg U W ii il K R C , , A XE J ' im 77 KJX X A imma f f Q K I . osotsk ,tv-ll' Tix Ljfqtyiwtvf 306 Tl-IE MEDICAL CENTER PEDIATRIC FACULTY P I 1' 5 +nm ,faq ll 51 Q A Row 1 CL to R5: T. Frothingham, K. Cheung, B. Armstrong, S. Katz, M. Vernon, D. Kredich,J. Brazy, R. Faix. Row 2: P. English, G. Brumley, V. Little,,I. Schulman, B. Lipman, G. Serwer, S. Gross. Row 3: D. Lang, S. Osofsky, L. Gutman,J. Falletta, T. Kinney, R. Sterba, M. Herman-Giddens. Row 4: D. Lewis, P. Gallagher, R. Buckley, L. Backmon, G. Woods. Wilburt C. Davison Professor: Samuel L. Katz, M.D. CHarvard, 19525, Chairman. Professors Emeritus: Jay M. Arena, M.D. CDuke, 19325, Susan C. Dees, M.D. Qohns Hopkins, 19345, James B. Sidbury Professor Jerome S. Harris, M.D. CHarvard, 19335. Professors: George W. Brumley, M.D. CDuke, 19605, james B. Sidbury Professor Rebecca H. Buckley, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19585,Thomas E. Frothingharn, M.D. CHarvard, 19515, Herman Grossman, M.D. CColumbia, 19535, David J. Lang, M.D. QHarvard, 19585, james B. Sidbury, jr., M.D. CColumbia, 19475, Madison S. Spach, M.D. CDuke, 19645, Alexander Spock, M.D. iMaryland, 19555, Catherine M. Wilfert, M.D. Cl-larvard, 19625. Associate Professors: Page A. W. Anderson, M.D. CDuke, 196353 Roger C. Barr, Ph.D. CDuke, 19685, Lillian Blackmon, M.D. CArkansas, 19635, M. Carlyle Crenshaw, M.D. CDuke, 19565,John M. Falletta, M.D. CKansas, 19665, Howard Filston, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19625, Laura T. Gutman, M.D. CStanford, 19635, Stuart I-Iandwerger, M.D. CMaryland, 19645, David F. Merten, M.D. CCincinnati, 19565, Charles R. Roe, M.D. CDuke, 19645, Stanley J. Rothman, M.D. CMcGill, 19655. Assistant Professors: Brenda E. Armstrong, M.D. CSt. Louis, 19745, D. Woodrow Benson, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 19725, William D. Bradford, M.D. 4Western Reserve, 19585, Jane E. Brazy, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19725, Rosalind Coleman, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19695, Peter C. English, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 19755110110 A. Fowler, M.D. iBowman Gray, 19465, Stephen Gehlbach, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19685, Steven Gross, M.D. CMaryland, 19735, Seymour Grufferman, M.D. CState Univ. ofNew York, Syracuse, 19645, Haroldj. Harris, M.D. CLong Island Coll. of Med., Brooklyn, 194953 Robert H. Hock, Ph.D. CMiami, 19765, Ziad I-1. ldriss, M.D. CAmer. Univ. of Beirut, Lebanon, 19705,J. David jones, M.D. CDuke, 19545, Sue Y.S. Kimm, M.D. CYale, 19645, Thomas R. Kinney, M.D. CDuke, 19705, Deborah W. Kredich, M.D. fMichigan, 19625, Darrell V, Lewis, M.D. CMinnesota, 19695, Mary Ann Morris, M.D. CArkansas, 19725, Aglaia N. O'Quinn, M.D. CDuke, 19655, Stephen G. Osofsky, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19695, Shirley K. Osterhout, M.D. CDuke, 19575, Talmage Peele, M.D. CDuke, 19345, M. Henderson Rourk,jr., M.D. CPennsylvania, 19635, Gerald A. Serwer, M.D. fDuke, 19715, Raymond A. Sturner, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19685, Robertj. Thornpson,jr., Ph.D. QNorth gvakota, 19715,Joyce Wise, M.D. flllinois, 19735, Kwan-Sa You, Ph.D. CBran- eis, 19715. Associates: Ann R. Cantor, M.D. CCalifornia at San Francisco, 19715,Joanna S Osofsky MD and D Watson PA . ,.., . ,.. S. Dalldorf, M.D. CCornell, 19585, Paula DeRemer, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19785, Donald R. Kirks, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19685, Robert Ruderman, M.D. QRochester, 19685, Richard Sterba, M.D. COhio State, 19745. Consultant and Lecturer: Angus M. McBryde, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19285. Clinical Professor: William J. A. DeMaria, M.D. CDuke, 19485. Associate Clinical Professors: William L. London, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19555, George M. Lyon,jr., M.D. CDuke, 19615, A.W. Renuart III, M.D. CDuke, 19555, Evelyn Schmidt, M.D. CDuke, 19515, Bailey D. Webb, M.D. QDuke, 19465, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19415. Assistant Clinical Professors: Clarence Bailey, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19555, Stephen Brown, M.D. CHa.rvard, 19665, William A. Cleland, M.D. CHoward, 193353James S. Hall, M.D. CDuke, 19575, Alvin H. Hartness, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19655, Richard S. Kelly, Jr., M.D. Uefferson, 19455, Howard H. Loughlin, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19705, Thomas M. McCutchen, M.D. CVan- derbilt, 19635, Nelle S. Moseley, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Georgia, 19575, Charles B. Neal, M.D. CDuke, 195555 John C. Pollard, M.D. CVirginia, 19685, William C. Powell, M.D. 1Bowman Gray, 19525, Jimmie L. Rhyne, M.D. CMaryland, 19485, A. Douglas Rice, M.D. CDuke, 19515, Robertj. Senior, M.D. Uefferson, 19555, Frank S. Shaw, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19595, Charles I. Sheaffer, M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19585, S. Winston Singleton, M.B. CManchester, England, 19525, Fred Rgggowe, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19585, W. Samuel Yancy, M.D. lDuke 5. Clincial Associates: Lillis Altshuller, M.D. QCincinnati, 19605,joanne Bar- ton, M.Sc. CKentucky, 19745, Elizabeth Burkett, M.S.N. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19755, Maryjane Burns, M.S.N. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill 19745, Dennis A. Clements, M.D. CRochester, 19735, Meade R. Christian, jr., M.D. CWestern Reserve, 19675, William G. Conley, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19605, W. LaDell Douglas, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19745, jeane Findlay, M.B. CAberdeen Univ. Med. Sch. Scotland, 19705, Rufus MCP. Herring, Jr., M.D. iBowman Gray, 19695, Pierre Le Master, M.D. CFloricla, 19715, Jerri Oehler, M.S.N. CVirginia, 19705,james B. Rouse, M.D. CDuke, 196559Janice Stratton, M.D. CTulane, 19615,Joseph Whatley,Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19585. Research Associates: Dianne Y. Bell, Ph.D. CNorth Carolina State, 19765, Victor German, M.D. CPritzker, 19755, Ph.D. Clllinois, 19635. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Patricia Baker, Ph.D. Clllinois, 19755, Kwok-Sing Cheung, Ph.D. CSaskatchewan, Canada, 19715, Stephen R. Turner, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715. ' .- X- gf e J' T331 'ffl-'A ' 'Y 1 1 I .- ,f -. ..,5.,1 ,qu ,.,-gg, z .57 .fm V 1 . ,, ii 1 ,,-: '4i.:50..'-1. l -gH1:'y',, ww. -i ,ini W- ,Qu i-We-Hfk w g - -'- 'L' :'- .ii - :gg ' 1.1, - 1--QQ aff' .fr i'f' ,,era-we . . .. P3 ' ips- 71787 V H D F J ' , -wr .Ii -a ,A ,. 1 ' if ,Q PW f j .G ,j . 5 r e . ' 1 .' ,V . w , M. NY 19' f it ,L-X x' 5 ,: N , . , ' Ar' , g ' ,iii - gQ ' ,. .. , , gi : . if '. ,Q gp. ,.,- , 1 - 1, 1 V., W MV 5. W k, ' I . .f . . M ---' -M,-bl, ..',,- .i. L I ' I -' qw... . 'ill v X 1 vi ,j,',,., , '.5SiQ'i A '- 5 in . 1- ' . ' ' 4 ' 1: - ', 3 -.1 1 . NI ,. if ' f ' 1. , :A . v . A .c '.3-'ff ' 5- V ' .7 1 ff-,f 2 . af' ' 'ff .-. ir-,,. G. Woods, M.D., and R. Ettinger, M.D THE MEDICAL CENTER 307 308 X PEDIATRIC RESIDENTS X , , 1 - 1 1 1 I ' .1 . I 1 Y 4 l 1 1 1. fl .ina . Row 1 KL to R5: W. Coleman,J. Duncan, C. Ingold, C. Hift, R. McKinney, P. Cannon, C.Joiner, T. Durr. Row 2: W. Thorpe, D. Watson, M. Dixon, I.. Williams, B. Murdock, S. Lehrman, L. Fahrner. Row 3: F. Ritter, C. Miller, S. Becker, L. Key, R. Ettinger, M. Ruff,J. Cramer, R. Warren. Row 4: D. Squire, D. O'Brien, B. Myones. Fellows:John D. Bray, M.D. CMiami, 19775, Ann C. Dunnigan, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Robert S. Ettinger, M.D. CMaryland, 19765, Roger G. Faix, M.D. CCor- nell, 19755, Philip E. Gallagher, M.D. CPittsburgh, 19765, William J. Greeley, M.D. fTexas at Houston, 19765, Alan P. Knutsen, M.D. CSt. Louis, 19755, Sandra N. Lehrman, M.D. CBrown, 19765, Brian Lipman, M.D. CWitwatersrand, Johannesburg, Republic ofSouth Africa, 19725, Virginia A. Little, M.D. CAlaba- ma, 19755, Barbara A. Miller, M.D. fPenn. State, 19765, Hugh A. Sampson, M.D. fN.Y. at Buffalo, 197 55,Joseph Schulman, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19755, L. Reed Shirley, M.D. CVanderbi1t, 19765, Corry D. Sibrack, M.D. CMichigan State, 19765, Mary L. Vernon, M.D. CColumbia, 19765, Gerald M. Woods, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Gordon Worley, M.D. CHarvarcl, 19735. Third Year Residents: Patricia A. Cannon, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Faith B. Crosby, M.D. CMed. Col. South Carolina, 197 75,John A. Duncan, M.D. CSouth Florida, 19775, Thomas E. Durr, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19775, Gail H. Galle- more, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Larry C. Harris, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Lyndon Key, Jr., M.D. QNorth Carolina at Chapel Hill, 19775, Linda J. Murphy, M.D. 1Rochester, 19775, Barry L. Myones, M.D. fAlbany, 197755 David Sherry, M.D. CTexas Tech., 19775, Larry Williams CDuke, 19775. Second Year Residents: Sandra J. Becker, M.D. CTexas, Southwestern, 197753 Yuan-Tsong Chen, M.D., Ph.D. CNational Taiwan Univ., 197353.loseph G. Cramer, M.D. CArizona, 19775, M. Pamela Griffin, M.D. CMississippi, 19785, Christina M. Hift, M.D. CAlbert Einstein, 19785, Clinton H. Joiner, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 19775, Barry M. Nathan, M.D. CAlbany, 19785, Ward R. Rice, M.D., Ph.D. CChicago, 19785, Frank Ritter, M.D. CUtah, 19785, Michael E. Ruff, M.D. CTexas, Galveston, 19785, Deborah L. Squire, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19785, Robert W. Watten, M.D., Ph.D. iWashington Univ., 19785. First Year Residents: William L. Coleman, M.D. CNew Mexico, 19795, Marvin L. Dixon, M.D. CI-Iarvard, 19795, Lester J. Fahrner, M.D. Clllinois, 19795, Andrea R. Gravatt, M.D. CPittsburgh, 19795, Roger C. Holland, M.D., Ph.D. CChicago, 19795, Carla H. Ingold, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19795, Ross E. McKinney, M.D. CRochester, 197953 Christopher A. Miller, M.D. CConnecticut, 19795, Daryl H. O'Brien, M.D. CDartrnouth, 19795, Robert J. Rogers, M.D. CTexas, Southwestern, 1979, Michael W. Shannon, M.D. CDuke, 197955 B. Wayne Thorpe, M.D. KVirginia, 19795. if 1 ima 5-xtwrim ' H L. Vernon M.D. and M. L M X 1 1 5 D' SheffY1M-D' T. E. Duff, M.D. 1 Y wan Y THB IWEDI AL CE ' ' 'M' A ' 3 PHARIVIACOLOGY Korman Kirshner, Ph.D. Chairman When the medical school opened, the four members of the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology were somewhat shakily prepared to teach physiology and pharmacology. The head of the Department was George Eadie, a physiologist- biochemistg the other were two physiologists and one biochem- ist. The absence of a pharmacologist was perhaps a blessing Calthough not to a professional pharmacologist seeking a job in those depression years? because pharmacology was just then beginning a revolutionary change. Until the 192O's, traditional pharmacologists investigated the effects of drugs on whole animals or isolated organs. A lot of useful data accumulated, but there was little insight into the possible mechanisms of action. No homogenizer was ever seen in a pharmacology laboratory. Then in the mid-twenties, Loewi proposed acetylcholine as a neurotransmitter and showed that a number of cholingergic drugs acted by inhibiting the acetylcholine esterase. At the same time biochemists were homogenizing tissues and describing enzymes in them, and enzymes, slowly and reluctantly at first, entered into the thinking of pharmacologists. The Department shared these thoughts and for the next ten to fifteen years studied the effects of drugs on enzymes and of enzymes on drugs. During these years up to the end of the second world war, the Department remained static, and the only change was that Dr. Frederick Bernheim took over the teaching of pharmacology and got out of the teaching of physiology. This minor schism did not go any further. A few years later, Eadie relinquished the chairmanship, and Dr. F.G. Hall, a physiologist in the under- graduate Department of Zoology, took over. Dr. Hall brought in a few people, among them Drs. DeTurk and Ottolenghi, and the Department showed signs of expanding slightly. This second stage lasted until 1960 when Dr. D.C. Tosteson, a physiologist, was appointed chairman. In the decade of the sixties and in the early seventies, there was a rapid expansion of the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology. For teaching purposes, quasi divisions of phar- macology and of physiology were formed, but the Department remained under one administrative head, with no clear cut distinction between the members of the divisions. In this period several new people who eventually became the nucleus for the Pharmacology Department came to Duke. Among these are Drs. L. Lack, S. Schanberg, E. Mills, T. Slotkin, D. Menzel, G. Rosen, and M.B. Abou-Donia. Upon Dr. Tosteson's departure in 1975, the decision was made to set up independent Depart- ments of Pharmacology and Physiology. This was brought to fruition in 1977 with the appointments of Dr. Norman Kirshner as Chairman of the Pharmacology Department and Dr. Edward Johnson as Chairman of the Physiology Department. ln the past three years the Department of Pharmacology has added Drs. C. Kuhn, P.M. Conn and V. Nadler to its faculty and has estab- lished a Division of Clinical Pharmacology led by Dr. D. Shand as Head of the Division and staffed by Drs. T. Bjornsson, J. Lazar, R. Whorton, and C. Tschantz. In addition to the above faculty who have primary appointments in Pharmacology, the Department has close ties in several clinical departments with members who hold joint appointments, as well as in neighbor- ing institutions with members who hold adjunct appointments and participate in the teaching and research training responsibi- lities of this Department. The research activities ofthe Department are broadly diversi- fied but with a high concentration of effort on studies related to the nervous system. These include investigations of the synth- esis, storage, and secretion of neurotransmitter substances and neurohormones in the central and peripheral nervous system, the effects of drugs on the development of the nervous system and behavior, neuronal regulation of the cardiovascular system, electrophysiology of synaptic transmission, hormonal and neuronal receptors, and the neurotoxicity of insecticides and pesticides. Other research areas include ion transport in bacter- ia, enterohepatic circulation, immunological responses to para- sitic infection, drug metabolism, and toxicology of airborne pollutants. Research in the Division of Clinical Pharmacology has a variety of interests including cardiovascular system, hyper- tension, blood clotting, drug metabolism, clinical evaluation of drugs and the development of new therapeutic regimens. 3 ,jf-fy. M. Johnson and S. Schanberg, M.D., Ph.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 309 The Department has a strong commitment to teaching medi- cal students and in pre- and post-doctoral graduate training. The pre-'doctoral program has twenty-five students enrolled as candidates for the Ph.D. degree and twenty-four post-doctoral fellows taking advanced training in the faculty laboratories. AV Although a new department, we are firmly established. and Our roots are deep. Dr. Frederick Bernheim, a member of the founding faculty of the Duke University Medicalflenter, is Professor Emeritus of Pharmacology, and he is still actively engaged in teaching and research. With this as ouriheritage we look forward to the next fifty years with great enthusiasm. F. Bernheim, Ph.D. james B. Duke Professor Emeritus - wi .yll Ted Slotkin, Ph.D. my ii if it Michael Conn, Ph.D. I7 A-SDP ll fd- I W cil X iv In i l s . fl. . My 0 ' ' t Q il L l K'bHNEKN JP zfffmgw, IW Q ,VCE O O O WND If KW l . Q Q1 l 'W , -i1ig,p'E+l2bf 310 THE MEDICAL CENTER PHARIVIACOLOGY FACULTY Row 1 CL to R3: J. Lazar, E. Ellinwood,j. Bartolomci B. Shivastav, N. Kirshner, G. Rosen, V. Nadler, W. Wilson. Row h ' A O l hi, T. Slotkin, B. Abou-Donia. Davis. Row 3: L. Lack, M. Conn, R. Whorton, F. Bern eim, . tto eng Professor: Norman Kirshner, Ph.D. CPennsy1vania State, 19523, Chairman. James B. Duke Professor Emeritus: Frederick Bernheim, Ph.D. CCam- bridge University, 19283. Professors: Everett H. Ellinwood, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 195935 Leon Lack, Ph.D. CColumbia, 19533, Daniel B. Menzel, Ph.D. CCalifornia at Berkeley, 19623, Athos Ottolenghi, M.D. fUniv. of Pavia, 194633 Saul M. Schanberg, M.D. CYale, 19643, Ph.D. lYale, 19613, David G. Shand, M.D. fSt. Barth- olomew's Hospital Med. Coll., London, 19643, Theodore Slotkin, Ph.D. CRochester, 197035 Pelham Wilder, Ph.D. CHarvard, 19503. Associate Professors: Mohamed Abou-Donia, Ph.D. fCalifornia at Ber- keley, 196633 James Norman Davis, M.D. CCornell, 196533 Laura E. Gutman, M.D. CStanford, 19623, Elliott Mills, Ph.D. CColumbia, 196435 Gerald M. Rosen, Ph.D. CClarkson, 196935 Harold C. Strauss, M.D., C.M. CMcGill University, 196435 Markku Linnoila, M.D. CUniversity ofHelsinki, 19723, Ph.D. CUniversi- ty of Helsinki, 19743. Assistant Professors: Thorir D. Bjornsson, M.D. CUniv. of Iceland, 19713, ' Fi, ,f ,all A lf ,f -A . .,., , Q - - ,, ,f43' B. Abou-Donia, Ph.D. L l ,pry C. Schanberg, P P. Michael Conn, Ph.D. CBaylor, 19763,james C. Fuchs, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19643: Cynthia M. Kuhn, Ph.D. CDuke, 197533 Jeffrey D. Lazar, M.D. CUni- versity of Michigan, 19743, julian Victor Nadler, Ph.D. CYale, 197235 A. Richard Whorton, Ph.D. CVanderbilt, 19753. Medical Research Assistant Professors: Jorge Bartolome, Ph.D. CUniv. of Chile, 19783g Brij Shrivastav, Ph.D. CUniv. ofWestern Ontario, 196833 Christ- ian Tschanz, M.D. 1University of Basle, 19723. Adjunct Professors: Pedro Cuatrecasas, M.D. CWashir1gton Univ., 19623, Gertrude Elion, D.Sc. CGeorge Washington, 19693, Leon Golberg, D.Sc. CUni- versity ofWitwatersrand, 194635 George H. Hitchings, Ph.D. C1-Iarvard, 193335 Charles A. Nichol, Ph.D. CWisconsin, 194939 Vladimir Petrow, D.Sc. fUniv. of London, 19473. igdjunct Associate Professor: Humberto Viveros, M.D. CUniv. of Chile, 19 23. Adjunct Assistant Professor: Wilkie A. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D. CDuke, 19713. lin 'll ll I ll Igzil fill ..- Alberto Grignolo, Ph.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER PHARIVIACOLOGY GRADUATE STUDENTS ' I K E. Fmkelstem, Huguenard, L. Carter, D. Mangan. . Fowler,J. Mar1an,j. George Kloss, L. Werlxng. Row 3. S. Gospe x -1111 -ni A,- X Y gy Q V M-vs E yn-J i13 u fi. mi TI L ...V ..7--wr- - J, f THE MEDICAL CENTER W' F3 C. Lau and G. Evoniuk PHYSIOLOGY 1 C l Edward A. Johnson, M.D. Chairman When the Duke University School of Medicine opened its doors in 1930, the Chairman of the Department of Physiology 'and Pharmacology was Dr. George Eadie who was recruited by Dean Wilburt C. Davison, like so many of the original faculty of this institution, from the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine. Scientifically, Dr. Eadie is perhaps best remembered as the originator of the Eadie plot, a standard technique used in enzyme studies for determining the parameters of reactions from kinetic data. Dr. Eadie continued to chair the Department until the 1940's when that responsibility was taken over by Dr. F.G. Hall, one of the pioneers in the physiological study of humans in hostile environments, such as high altitudes, outer space and the depths of the ocean. The F.G. Hall Laboratory for Environmental Research in the Duke Medical Center commemorates this great physiologist. During all these years, the Pharmacology Division of the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology was led by Dr. Frederick Bernheim, one of the first to study the mechan- ism of drug action on metabolic and enzymatic systems at the cellular and subcellular level. In the 1960's a major expansion of the Department of Phy- siology and Pharmacology was led by Dr. D.C. Tosteson, who was appointed Chairman in 1961. He attracted a number of outstanding investigators to Duke with interests primarily in the cellular and molecular aspects of physiology and pharmacology. Funds were raised to build the first of three buildings on Science Drive to be devoted to the basic medical sciences. This first building, named after N analine H. Duke, the wife of james B. Duke, was opened in 1968. An important international sympo- sium entitled The Molecular Basis of Membrane Function was held by the Department that summer to coincide with the dedication of the new building. The theme of the symposium represented, both then and now, an important aspect of the research in the Department. In the spirit of the times, and with generous funding from federal sources, an aggressive program of research and graduate education was developed. As the biomedical research capacity of this country underwent an ex- plosive growth through the decadeof the 1960's, the Depart- ment of Physiology and Pharmacology at Duke became one of the acknowledged centers of excellence in the nation. After Dr. Tosteson's departure in 1975 to become Dean of the University of Chicago School of Medicine, and later Dean of the Harvard Medical School, the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology was divided into a Department of Physiology and a Department of Pharmacology. Dr. John Salzano served as Acting Chairman until 1977 when Dr. Edward A. Johnson was appointed Chairman of the Department of Physiology, and Dr. Norman Kirshner was appointed Chairman of the Department of Pharmacology. Dr. Johnson, who was brought to Duke in the early 1960's by Dr. Tosteson during the expansion phase of Departmental growth, is a leading investigator in cardiac elec- trophysiology. At the present time, the research interests of the Department cover a wide range of topics addressing the central issues of contemporary physiology. These interests are reflected in course offerings, as well as opportunities for full-time research, available to all students during their elective basic science year. Modern physiology stresses the integration and application of insights and concepts derived from the chemistry and physics of biological systems to the study of actual living cells and tissues, as well as isolated organs, and, indeed, the whole animal. Since the living organism is the ultimate black box, an essential feature of this work is computer modelling of physiological activity by simulation techniques using high capacity, time- sharing systems. Several such devices are available in the De- partment. The emphasis on the study of membrane phenomena as one of the central problems of physiology, which was developed under Dr. Tosteson's leadership, continues in many laborator- ies. Investigations cover a broad spectrum including the physical chemistry of isolated and purified membrane proteins, the properties of synthetic lipid bilayer membranes, ion transport in red cells, the effect of immune reactions on membrane function, the role of metabolism in ion transport across epithelia, the effect of hormones on membrane transport, and ion transport in excitable cells in tissue culture. At the Duke Marine Laboratory in Beaufort, North Carolina, an important outpost of the De- partment is devoted to the study of solute and water transport in marine organisms. It also provides collaborative opportunities for visiting faculty and students from the Department who wish to investigate marine problems. 1 vu? -im' - ' ' 7, la-.a l l -lf G.G. Somjen, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER Active groups in the Department are also doing research on smooth muscle physiology, hormonal control of intermediary metabolism, flagellar motility, coronary blood flow and ven- tricular function, metabolism of the intact brain, electrical and mechanical properties of cardiac muscle, integrative neurophy- siology of the brain and spinal cord, mechanism of excitation and propagation of nerve impulses, respiratory regulation and airway smooth muscle responses, ovarian physiology, effect of the environment on physiological functions, oxygen transport and utilization in the eye, electrophysiology of the retina, protein and nucleic acid synthesis in relation to the cell cyle in eucaryotes, and the identification and physiological effects of marine toxins. Although these programs cover a wide front in an advancing science, they nevertheless share one thing in common. As was pointed out above, the ultimate goal of physiological research is nothing less than an integration of its experimental findings with information gleaned from the other basic medical sciences to form a comprehensive model of the intact organism. The wide- spread application of insights derived from these effects to clinical problems of diagnosis and treatment of human disease testifies to the central role played by physiology in health educa- tion and research. H, Keizer ' i P. Evans and J. Gehling gf We t Q1-V BV wif? 3 ,ffra X ' s ' 1 L -A7 ,Z ' ti 1 I. i . ,Q , I . 1 ' 1 In X ,l5 1! :R prfeoww its 'X Ea - is x .A I xl QLTPNO fxifflf- -4, T fi ff X in . Cn 71- Q Q' 1:3 ,,'L'I:g:- f? H X-' D' h i fi. 3 i lin' .Q x 0.5.10 mfg i. , -' X N' K x 36 i ' N 'fha' kk l l ff LX 1 l 3-0 l .f Wil. lf i ,t 7 lg ri rm- lr f r - at X ' x , V X ll V , 1 il , X ,433 L 3 I I 7 Lage. -,by G li MW 314 THE MEDICAL CENTER ' 2- -De -- Hg ...-.,..1.- ,M , - M -p 4.-.- , . ...,b PHYSIOLOGY FACULTY - h Sitting KL to R5: M. Lieberman, A., Manring, P. Lauf, E. johnson, S. Simon, I.. Mendell, G. Somien. Standing: T. Anderson, G. Baumann, M. Kootsey, M. Hines, F. Ramon, G. Padilla, L. Mandel, K. Schmidt-Nielsen,J. Salzano, T. McManus. Professor: Edward A. johnson, M.D. CU. of Sheffield, 19535, Chairman. Professorszjacobj. Blum, Ph.D. CChicago, 19525, Irving T. Diamond, Ph.D. CChicago, 195355 Frans F. jobsis, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19585, Peter K. Lauf, M.D. CU. of Freiburg, 19605, Melvyn Lieberman, Ph.D. CState U. of New York, 19645gJohn W. Moore, Ph.D. CVirginia, 19545gjohn V. Salzan0,'Ph.D. Clowa, 19565, George G. Somjen, M.D. CNew Zealand, 19615, Madison S. Spach, M.D. ilguke, 19545gJames B. Duke Professor Charles Tanford, Ph.D. CPrince- ton, 19 75. Associate Professors: Nels C. Anderson, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19645, Peter B. Bennett, Ph.D. CU of Southampton, 19645, Robert P. Erickson, Ph.D. CBrown, 19585gJoseph C. Greenfield, M.D. CEmory, 19565gjohn W. Gutknecht, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19635: IA. Kylstra, M.D. CLeiden, Holland, 195253 Harold Lebovitz, M.D. CPittsburgh, 195655 Thomasj. McManus, M.D. QBoston, 19555: Lazaro J. Mandel, Ph.D. CPennsylvania, 19695g Lorne Mendell, Ph.D. fMass. Inst. ofTech., 19655, Elliot Mills, Ph.D. CColumbia, 19645: George M. Padilla, Ph.D. CCalifornia at Los Angeles, 196053 Jacqueline Reynolds, Ph.D., Myron Wolbarsht, Ph.D. Uohns Hopkins, 1958.5 Assistant Professors: Page A.W. Anderson, M.D. CDuke, 19635: Evan Evans, Ph.D. CCalifornia at San Diego, 197055 Stuart I-Iandwerger, M.D. CMary- land, 19645, R. Scott Jones, M.D. CTexas, 19615, Fidel Ramon, M.D. CU. of Mexico, 19645: David W. Schomberg, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19655, Sidney Simon, Ph.D. CNorthwestern, 19735, Howard Wachtel, Ph.D. CNew York U., 19675, Andrew G. Wallace, M.D. CDuke, 195955 Andrew Wechsler, CSrate U. of New York, 19645, William E. Yarger, M.D. CBaylor, 19655. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Gilbert Baumann, Dr.Sc.CSwiss Federal Inst. ofTech., 19685, Ping Beall, Ph.D. QTulane, 196755 Michael Hines, Ph.D. CChicag0, 19755g Andres Manring, Ph.D. COhio, 19705, Russell T. Snow, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715, Avis Sylvia, Ph.D. fU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19735gjose Torre-Bueno, Ph.D. CRockefeller, 19755. Associates: Fred Cobb, M.D. CMississippi, 19645, Vincent Dennis, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19665, Peter G. Kaufman, Ph.D. CChicago, 19715. wxggiunct Associate Professor: James M. Schooler, jr., Ph.D. fWisconsin, Adjunct Assistant Professors: Reginald D. Carter, Ph.D. CBowman Gray, 19705: Russell Horres, Ph.D. CDuke, 19755, Philip A. McHale, Ph.D. CDuke, 19755. Adjunct Associate: Thomas W. Anderson, Ph.D. CDuke, 19715. 4 N. 5. t -1 O. Oakley M.S. Spach, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 315 PHYSIOLOGY GRADUATE STUDENTS Row 1 CL to Rjzj. Caffrey, D. Wheeler, S. Soltoff, L. Ebihara, S. Harris, S. Brazzamano, S. Schiff, Y. Peng, M.johnston. Row 2: B. Allen, S. Gullans, M. Haas G. Schwartz, C. Woods, L. Koro,J. Crawford, D. Tauck, S. jaslove, N. Stockbridge, T. Cope. 1 Lisa Ebihara Steve Soltoff .fffif-, 4 Dave Wheeler Stuart Harris THE MEDICAL CENTER PSYCH IATRY , ,fvgafi , H. Keith H. Brodie, IVI.D. Chairman The Department of Psychiatry provides training for first-year medical students in Human Behavior. Second year medical stu- dents spend eight weeks in a Clinical Psychiatry clerkship. Third and fourth year medical students are offered a wide range of elective courses in psychiatry and behavioral sciences. The Department of Psychiatry faculty of over one hundred are responsible for a general psychiatry residency. Approximately fifty house staff are currently being trained for board certifica- tion in Psychiatry. In addition, the Department is responsible for Child Psychiatry Fellowship training as well as several re- search and clinical fellowships in consultation-liaison psychia- try, research training, and geropsychiatry. The Department pro- vides a medical psychology internship for Ph.D. candidates in clinical psychology. The history of the Department of Psychiatry at Duke may be divided into three distinct phases. The first of these phases extended from 1950 to 1940, during which a Division of Neuropsychiatry was created in the Department of Medicine, and Dr. Raymond Crispell, who had trained under Dr. Adolf Meyer at John Hopkins, was offered a post as the first psychia- trist on the Duke Medical School faculty in 1933. In 1940, the Rockefeller Foundation provided a seven-year grant to the Medical School with the stipulation that the University build and equip a psychiatric ward and provide additional support to create a Department of Psychiatry. This was accomplished, and Psychiatry was given space on the third floor of the new hospital wing. Richard Lyman, M.D., from the johns Hopkins, was selected as the first Department Chairperson. Under Dr. Lyman's lead- ership, the Department expanded its teaching of medical stu- dents, developed both an inpatient and outpatient service, started an EEG laboratory, developed a residency program, and started a child psychiatry clinic. In 1953 Dr. Lyman was suc- ceeded by Dr. Ewald W. Busse, a distinguished psychiatrist from the faculty at the University of Colorado. Dr. Busse chaired the Department until 1974, and it was during his chair- manship that the Department achieved national recognition for its service, training, and research programs. The inpatient unit was expanded, and faculty were asked to assume greater teaching responsibilities in the training of medical students, both in the pre-clinical and in the clinical years. The clinical orientation of the Department is eclectic. Most faculty are specialists in individual psychotherapy, group psychotherapy, psychopharmacology, psychoanalysis, be- havioral modification, family therapy, biofeedback, child psychiatry, community psychiatry, medical psychology, or liaison psychiatry. The pluralism of the Duke faculty allows the development of resident graduates broadly trained in each of the psychotherapies. In addition to therapy, all faculty are engaged in research and teaching. Each year the Departmental faculty author several hundred publications. They work in collaboration with several of the basic and clinical science departments in the School of Medicine together with numerous graduate departments of Duke University. Clinical services are provided on the eighty bed inpatient service, the outpatient clinic, the emergency room, and the liaison psychiatry service of Duke Hospital. In addition, the faculty are responsible for the psychiatry inpatient service of eighty beds in the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital and serve as members of the attending staff of the Durham County General Hospital Psychiatry Department. Some faculty carry out teaching and research at the John Umstead State Hospital. Training in Child Psychiatry is offered at the Chil- dren's Guidance Clinic situated adjacent to the Duke University Medical Center. A developing collaborative relationship has been established with the Durham County Community Mental Health Center and with the Lincoln Neighborhood Health Center for training, research and clinical care. The Department of Psychiatry is composed of the Divisions of Biological Psychiatry, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, i i ii Q i , .42 9 N - 5- '? Tie- -. 1 .ix ,f.l,-v,.:,.A5 ii i! , -fe 'fi- .g ', ,la-' -jff gf-fi: i i 4ff..'i- P f : 2 - -- 'JS -3 . 51,41 , f F. it si - .-as t I lv .3-.ix T+r T'n 'i xi 'T 5 ' 9. fr m, ,, X ' i p. K, 535, 1, ,xii ,ip N in Q H 4:12 if. i , bfi ,ii digg, ...if 7 ,ki 4, . - liz a-' 7' NSW 'i if- '.'2 . 'vu 335.0 K.: 'I 1,3 -.iz ..J':7 i ' ' ual' ', l,l' . , 'li .J ,- ,,g,.' , . . Q:-ee' zafjif' 1 J Ji. '-'J f I fggfgi' . , fgrf o'sn' -37:39 1, -. ii 1 r'- Gix i il bvgi . 1, . --ii gy -'N.i'. i-J-35,1 V, . 5-. ,tv IE. gr -1, j,..:.---4- 1 ,ggaifsiff 'T ,.. .-Z' I ' . fzrqffia - ' : Sl ,LL ,F . G.A. Silver, M.D THE MEDICAL CENTER 317 Community and Social Psychiatry, Inpatient Psychiatry Ser- vices, Outpatient Medicine, and Medical Psychology. Last year, the Department provided 26,000 inpatient care days and admitted 1,085 patients to Duke Hospital. The faculty and staff were active in 55,208 outpatient visits. The Depart- ment is comprised of approximately 120 full-time faculty mem- bers, the majority of whom are psychiatrists. Approximately one hundred faculty members are engaged in various research projects funded by NIMH, NIDA, private foundations, indi- vidual donations, etc. Recognizing the responsibility for maintenance of a lead- ership role in medical education and in research investigation, the staff of the Department of Psychiatry at Duke nevertheless adopt as a principal and paramount objective the provision of outstanding medical and psychiatric patient care. R. Surwit, Ph.D. C Professor: H. Keith I-I. Brodie, M.D. CColumbia, 19653, Chairman. DIVISION OF CHILD AND ADOLESCENT PSYCHIATRY 1 . Professor: John A. Fowler, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19463, Heaa' ofDi11iJi0n. Visiting Research Professor: Robert Coles, M,D. CColumbia, 19543. . r , Associate Professors: Harold J. Harris, M.D. CLong Island Med. Coll., i A , . A 1329331 David Jones, M.D. CDuke, 195435 Charles R. Keith, M.D. CI-Iarvard, I -a 1 13. A .Qi 'N I . . IP Z G- 5 Q p-3 .- UH 1-Q 5-12 l-4 Q. , Q m CN C ,-ND O,-' U g ID UQm?3rF?szE2ggL a?4dQ63gg'gQD Ez? 'Y-nw ff-ww-rf Osfw'-:f5 ...,.,'-fffwg QE. 'G'0353'ro0 03- O52 ...gv-:mU...g'fZ'xv.' no r'.'2. ,.?.l113'imIQ.l'1'fn.x::1.n Hg--v 52 5sUS5sg,sg2QEHeg2qHQ5pS Hn H- rn g-H rn ' S' n' ' QE' O '5'11U Q' Yfste 5-T'5 53f'3?9nCS'-u Sm :FC3'?:UwXH2a:rnz:8n:w' LE 2saa6awAaQ5ngg55b2agge5 ' wgfb ne , SD ' 25 aQ5g5mW5m5gO?g25A3g:Eg2 r25,gs1.35a:5s:1 zaH??si3aD-ev, o ,QQ--om. ' 0 ---xo-.',rc, .1-1 E9 sz dgasw rgwmgsmeimgiz 25 Zio v-5'-P' ?.z'2wv'11' ?f!E 'm3 ' oo 035 to '- '1' 0. r-I U. EF ng gs-at-GU 2-or 929' 8,5 CE' is .smogg HHQQQ 33-g,?:S2s5' , D , . W .. 7.13 NP mi' A321 .l:g,f3U W'-.55-253-0 -- Orb O ui rn grn U.S '4 v-:Ds FP :Z ognomw 222-20 .sn ' 20' o H. a,:...3n 0 on Again-iz oB 8.3 mV' Qgwayimi' .-:Uri C303 91 EPS - :s - fn ::- - fs 505 gig 39310-:.'r'S time Z' sppfizy ZA kg UTZFQE 5-1203 ASEEQE Q33 . , rg rp I '- ...I . US' 'C -2-oe,-yi - HDV, NSPS'-nano ' Ur-T Q 0-vi gibiii -'- sro.- A3 A: QQAQJ' F' . Hg- 591359051X U- 2' Uno' A CTD' U' Q DC :rn is nw-'w - .- NWIQUH-v-' an W. BP. . 'UO ...H AURDC ,U . pogo... rn so ...ri Wm v-4 ' rn A' ovv-F - E 3.33 53522 29, 5012 E5Q5:U9.Z v-xl Ov . P. , up ' P Ss? S' 275g an 5- ' Enix EHS. 2 c are 'O of 2 no W D00 .cn mo, Us ..,.3 Hg --,asa E E. gcc, 'xo :-'W 5-3 2fr.N'9.... Foofj, '-A 0 not-1 o ro ff ff 0 r: O F :r'UXf-- v-fb rn bb' 1-o 'fur-1659-05.':3?zZS 5 Q. YN UQ .... nw C '6 3 2 gin 5, E avi? ft Q P ff if 71 yr' P F rn air 5 W W J ru: J 3 a Mu A r l D if Instructor: Frantz Hershey, M.Ed. CUniv. of Virginia, 19743. 1 f' 'girl Lecturers: James W. Osberg, M.D. 4Tufts, 19483, Robert Rollins, M.D. J ' CDuke, 195635 N.P. Zarzar, M.D. fArnerican Univ. of Beirut, 19563. I Research Associates: Gerda Fillenbaum, Ph.D. CLondon, 196639 Richard U f,:, Landermann, Ph.D. CDuke, 19783g Lawrence Wallman, M.A. CDuke, 19763. D. Hawkins, M.D. X XS NN -R Ns is J 4 . f Q- -' T l . j,f F .- f L f 1, f' 3' I - - - X J 3 gli! I-+1 X 1: ji 1619 l l .xx N L '-' ' x -S, A me 1-1-lil? Q M Y a r j,l 2 .W NW' 518 THE MEDICAL CENTER PSYCHIATRY FACULTY 1 Row 1 CL to R5: E. Palmore, H. Harris, F. Hine,J. Parker, K. Brodie, E. Crovitz, R. Green, C. Llewellyn, D. Hawkins, M. Breslin. Row 2: L. George, R. Weiner, W. Grosch,J. Weiss, E. Thompson, A. Dyer, A. Whanger, D. Pauk, S. Wang, D. Jones. Row 3: R. Thompson, P. DeRemer, P. Boudewyns, J. Sullivan, E. Ellinwood, D. Werman,J. Cavenar, M. Kilbey, L. Wang, D. Gianturco, D. Blazer, B. Bressler. Row 4: R. Surwit, R. Williams, F. Keefe, E. Row, C. Margolin, E. Steinbock, T. Orleans, I. Siegler, J. Moorman, P. Trent, A. Maltbie. Row 5: J. Houpt, H. Ziesat, J. Strayhorn, J. Talley, M. Volow, J. Nash, D. Ramm. DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL PSYCHIATRY Professor: William P. Wilson, M.D. CDuke, 19475, Head 0fDi'l f5l.0H. Professors: H. Keith H. Brodie, M.D. CColumbia, 19655: Everett H. Ellin- wood, Jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19595: Robert L. Green, Jr., M.D. CHahnemann, 19465: William K. Zung, M.D. CTexas, 19615. Clinical Professor: Richard J. Wyatt, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19645. Associate Professors: Jonathan Davidson, M.D. CUniv. Coll., London, 19765: C. William Erwin, M.D. CTexas, 19605: Veli Markko Linnoila, M.D., Ph.D. CHelsinki, l9725:John L. Sullivan, M.D. Gohns Hopkins, 19695. Assistant Professor: Ronald J. Taska, M.D. CBaylor, 19735. Clinical Associate: Bennett Leventhal, M.D. fLouisiana, 19745. Medical Research Associate: Richard Weiner, M.D., Ph.D. CDuke, 19735. DIVISION OF INPATIENT SERVICES Professor: Frederick R. I-Iine, M.D. CYale, 19495, Head of Division. Professor: John M. Rhoads, M.D. CTemple, 19435. Assistant Professors: Allen Dyer, M.D. CDuke, 19725: Elliott B. Hammett, M.D. CDuke, 19665: Z. Daniel Pauk, M.D. Clowa, 19565: Joseph Strayhorn, M.D. CNorthwestern, 19745: Erwin Thompson, M.D. CVanderbilt, 19725. Assistant Clinical Professors: Christine Machemer, M.D. QUniv. of Bonn, Germany, 19595: Cynia B. Shimm, M.D. CYale, 19505: William Taylor, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19595. Associate in Psychiatric Recreation Therapy: Barbara A. Yoder, M.S. CFl0rida, 19705. Clinical Associates: Robert D. Miller, Ph.D., M.D. CDuke, 19735: Ernest Raba, M.D. iTexas, 19725. Clinical Associate Psychiatric Nursing: Patricia Webster, M.S.N. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19765. GEROPSYCHIATRY J.P. Gibbons Professor: Ewald W. Busse, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19425, Associate Provort and Dean, Medical and Allied Health Edu:-ation. Professors: DanielT. Gianturco, M.D. CBuffalo, 19605: Adriaan Verwoerdt, M.D. CMed. School of Amsterdam, 19525: Hsio-shan Wang, M.D. CNational Taiwan Univ., 19535. Associate Professor: Alan D. Whanger, M.D. CDuke, 19565. glgssociate Medical Research Professor: Dietolf Ramm, Ph. D. CDuke, 1 95. DIVISION OF MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY Associate Professor: Robert J. Thompson, Ph.D. 4North Dakota, 19715, Head ofDi11i.t1'on. Professors: Irving A. Alexander, Ph.D. CPrinceton, 19495: Robert C. Carson, Ph.D. CNorthwestern, 19575: Edward Clifford, Ph.D. CMinnesota, 19545: Her- bert F. Crovitz, Ph.D. iDuke, 19605: Martin Lakin, Ph.D. CChicago, 19555. Associate Professors: Patrick A. Boudewyns, Ph.D. 4Wisconsin, 19685: Elaine K. Crovitz, Ph.D. CDuke, 19645: Patrick Logue, Ph.D. CNorth Dakota, 19655: Gail R. Marsh, Ph.D. Clowa, 19685: Susan Schiffman, Ph.D. CDuke, W. Derek Shows, Ph.D. CDuke, 19675: Richard Surwit, Ph.D. CMcGill, Assistant Professors: Hugh V. Angle, Ph.D. CTexas Christian, 196959 Paula A. Sulliven, Ph.D. CPurdue, 19785: Robert Hock, Ph.D. CMiami, 19765: Mary M. Huse, Ph.D. CDuke 19595: Albert D. Loro, Jr., Ph.D. CWashington Univ., 19765: Robert D. Nebes, Ph.D. CCalifornia Inst. of Tech., 19715: Carole S. Orleans, Ph.D. CMaryland, 19775: Robert H. Shipley, Ph.D. Clowa, 19725: Ilene Siegler, Ph.D. QDuke, 19745: Russell F. Tomlinson, Ph.D. CFlorida, 19575. Assistant Clinical Professor: Richard A. Lucas, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725. Assistant Medical Research Professors: Ralph Cooper, Ph.D. 4Rutgers, 19735: Pamela Trent, Ph.D. fNorthwestern, 19755. Associates: James Blumenthal, Ph.D. CWashington, 19755: .lohn Curry, Ph.D. fCatholic Univ., 19725. Clinical Associates: James'E. Byassee, Ph.D. CLouisville, 19755: William Fuchs, Ph.D. CKentucky, 19785: Charles D. Gasswint, Ph.D. COklahoma, 19685: Yonkel Goldstein, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19765: Belinda Novick, Ph.D. CMichigan, 19775: Joseph E. Talley, Ph.D. CVirginia, 19775. Clinical Instructors: Joseph W. Kettesz, M.A. fMichigan, 19735: Sabrina Molden, B.A. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19755. Lecturers: Bernard B. Harris, Ph.D. CWisconsin, 19555: Theodore Seitz, Ph.D. fCalifornia at Berkeley, 19585. DIVISION OF OUTPATIE NT SERVICES Associate Professor: Jesse O. Cavenar, Jr., M.D. CArkansas, 19635, Head of Dl'7liJi077. Professor: David S. Werman, M.D. CLausanne, Switzerland, 19525. Associate Professors: David M. Hawkins, M.D. CDuke, 19665: James L. Nash, M.D. CDuke, 19665. Assistant Professors: William N. Grosch, M.D. CAlbany Med. Coll., 19645, John I. Walker, M.D. CTexas at Galveston, 19795. Assistant Professor Of Psychiatric Nursing: Eleanor M. White, M.S. COregon, 19635. Assistant Clinical Professors: Priscilla Boekelheide, M.D. CMinnesota, 19495: Martin G. Groder, M.D. CColumbia, 19645: Leroy B. Lamm, M.D. iBowmat1 Gray, 19465: Malcolm N. McLeod, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19655: Robert D. Phillips, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19525: Karl W. Stevenson, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19665. Clinical Associates: Ernest R. Braasch, M.D. QState Univ. of New York, 19705: Marianne DiMinno, M.A. CNew York U., 19725: Frank B. Miller, M.D. CMichigan, 19745: Kingsley Weatherly, Jr., M.D. CEmory, 19595. Clinical Instructors: Lesley Braasch, M.D. CState Univ. of New York, 19705: Thomas Stephenson, M.D. CMichigan, 19725. DIVISION OF PSYCHOSOMATIC MEDICINE l Associate Professor: Jeffrey L. Houpt, M.D. CBaylor, 19675, Head of Divi' non. Professors: Joseph B. Parker, Jr., M.D. CTennessee, 19415: Redford B. Williams, Jr., M.D. fYale, 19675. Associate Professor: Marianne S. Breslin, M.D. CMedical Academy, Dussel- dorf, Germany, 19465. Assistant Professors: Daniel G. Blazer, M.D. CVanderbilt, 196953 Allan A. Maltbie, M.D. CEmory, 19695: James T. Moore, M.D. CMissouri, 19715. Assistant Clinical Professors: James Buckingham, M.D. CBaylor, 19755, Conrad Fulkerson, M.D. CMissouri, 19695. Associates: Randal France, M.D. CTexas at Galveston, 197351lames Weiss, M.D. fI.ouisiana, 19735: Michael Volow, M.D. CSeton Hall, 19645. Clinical Associates: James Gallagher, M.D. CStritch, 19745: Bruce Neeley, lf'g?Z.,CMed. Coll. ofSouth Carolina, 19755: Robert Winton, M.D. CVanderbilt, DIVISION OF PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK DAssistant Professor: Martha L. Wertz, M.S.W. CTulane, 19525, Head of wzfzon. Associates: Mary A. Black, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19705: Kather- ine Buckner, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19645: Hallie M. Coppedge, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19485: Maxine R. Flowers, M.S.W. iC0lumbia, 19645: Glynn H. Fox, M.S.W. CLouisiana, 19665: Alice Myers, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19665: Lily P. Wang, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19595. Clinical Associates: Constance B. Margolin, M.S.W. CSimmons, 19705: Gail McLeod, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19715: Mary F. Moore, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725: Betty B. Parham, M.S.W. CSmith, 19715: Carolyn Thornton, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19685. Instructors: Bess Autry, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19765: Stephen Hawthorne, M.S.W. CCalifornia, 19745: Gary Mitchell, M.S.W. fUniv. ofOkla- homa, 19725. Clinical Instructors: Christine Bell, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19775: Edmond Ford, M.S.W. CUniv. of South Carolina, 19795: Elinor T. Roy, M.S.W. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19775: Peggy Woodhall, M.S.W. fFlorida, 19765. THE MEDICAL CENTER PSYCHIATRY RESIDENTS if T r I 1 1 ,1 E f 1 . , 1' , Lyles, B. Palmeri,B Basuk.Row5 J. Wells L Clarkson R,Chrisrenson E ill . -1 F audill, N. Weincror. Row 2: D. Feinstone, L. Sharon, M. Alden, A. Pumareiga, ivi. ng, M. Berman,J. Lee, S. Campbell, S. Cohen. Row 4: S. Mahorney, G. Lavin, D. ig if I! 1 1 J I 1 w ii l -1 Ji' 1 .Mc-1 l 1 ' A 11 1 Row 1 CL to R5: D. Fuller, E. Coffey, T. Bishop, P. Perault, G. O'Shanick, L. C . : , . , , . Ki 1 1 gg 1 Ross,j. Shill B. Gregory, J. Urbach, R. Addy. Row 5: W. Hoppe R. Ba Chief Residents: john K. Shill, M.D. COxford, 19745, Steven L. Marorney, M.D. CLouisiana, 19735, Richard W. Bagge, M.D. Uefferson, 19715. Residents: Rudolph Addy, M.D. CGhana, 19735, Peter Adland, M.D. CC-ieorgetown, 19755, Meredith Alden, M.D. CDuke, 197953 Barbara Basulc, M.D. CDuke, 197959 Mary Berman, M.D. CMichigan, 197753 Terrell Bishop, M.D. CArkansas, 19775, Owen Buck, M.D. CVermont, 19795, Susan Campbell, M.D. CSouth Carolina, 197951 Lucy Caudill, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Lindsay Clark- son, M.D. CDuke, 19795g Randall Christenson, M.D. CCreighton, 19785, Edward Coffey, M.D. 1Duke, 197953 Sandra Cohen, M.D. CNew York, 197959.10seph Cools, M.D. QMichigan, 197953 George Dougherty, M.D. CStanford, 197655 Wendy Pain, M.D. CColumbia, 19775, Douglas Finestone, M.D. CVirinia, 197955 David Fuller, M.D. CWashington, 19735, Mark Glenn, M.D. CNorth Carolina, 197953 Bonny Gregory, M.D. QC-feorgia, 19785, Gary Henschen, M.D. S e O. Buck, J. Cools, R. Hillard. CNorth Carolina, 19755, Randy Hillard, M.D. CStanford, 197755 William Hoppe, M.D. CCreighton, 19765, Michael Kahn, M.D. CDuke, 197955 Elizabeth King, M.D. CDuke, 195855 Gordon Lavin, M.D. CCase Western, 19785, james Lee, M.D. CDuke, 197953 Michael Lyles, M.D. CMichigan, 197953 Ben Moore, M.D. CDuke, 19755, Gregory O'Shanick, M.D. iTexas, 197755 Barbara Plmeri, M.D. CDuke, 19775, Peter Perault, M.D. CVermont, 19775, Andres J. Pumariega, M.D. CMiami, 19765, Donald Ross, M.D. CMichigan, 19785, Lorraine Sharon, M.D. fTexas, 197954 Dale Simpson, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19765, Robert Stewart, M.D. CLouisville, l9765gJohn Urbach, M.D. CMichigan, 197755 Noni Weincrot, M.D. CMichigan, l9775SJ3I'l'l6S Wells, M.D. CNorth Carolina, 19775, 12319155 Whitman, M.D. CWisconsin, 197755 Charles Zeanah, M.D. CTulane, 5. .X n x X . 1, 1 5. Y A ef 50. Fain, M.D. ,, '25 1 Ju! w, ' ,a - QL . 5 ' . 1 , 'f l I 711'- N-'2 f ' my 1 , f,ml151l ', 1 'Jim N I 'f' ' 1 W t uf . -, 1.1 XS 7 7. -. N, 1 320 THE MEDICAL CENTER J. Urbach, M.D. RADIOLOGY l Charles E. Putnam, IVI.D. Chairman The field of radiology and the Duke University Medical Center have grown up together over the past half-century, and both have made increasingly valuable contributions to the sci- ence of medicine. Today both have achieved eminent status in the overall picture of health care. The histories of both are among the most ambitious, exciting, and profound developments in medicine in our time. Consider the span of progress since the first days of radiology at Duke fifty years ago this past November. Rohertjames Reeves was appointed Instructor of Radiology on November 25, 1929. A native Texan, Bob Reeves graduated from Baylor University Medical School, served a residency at Massachusetts General Hospital and then worked at Columbia- Presbyterian Medical Center in New York before coming to Duke. In those early formative years, the residency training and undergraduate training for radiology was largely one of learn- ing by doingf, The rapid development on the institution as a referral center, the wealth of clinical material, and the close cooperation and relationship of the various services and depart- ments provided an unusual educational opportunity. Duke's name began to be known as an early leader in that new field of radiological sciences. The young medical center's name was associated with such developments as angiography and car- diovascular radiology. Its radiologic technology training pro- gram drew widespread attention, winning credit for many achievements. Major post-war developments involved nuclear medicine, radiation oncology, and neuroradiology. George Baylin, recently named RJ. Reynolds Professor of Medical Education at Duke, was among those whose personal accom- plishments enhanced the prestige of the radiology program. In 1965 Dr. Reeves retired as Chairman of the Department after thirty-five years of service, but not before he had inaugu- rated a new era of expansion, reorganization, and explosive growth. Richard Lester, who succeeded Reeves, further en- hanced the autonomy of the department. The period was marked by further technological advances, sophistication of radiologic procedures, rapid growth of the health delivery sys- tems, and unparalleled demand for radiological services. Fol- lowing Dr. Lesteris resignation in 1977, the department came under the direction of another Texan, Dr. Charles E. Putman. After completing undergraduate and medical school in his native state, Putman served an internship in Iowa and then returned home for a medical residency at the University of Texas. After his radiology residency at the University of Califor- nia in San Francisco, he joined the faculty at Yale University Medical School. While teaching radiology and internal medicine there, he was also clinical director of diagnostic radiology at Yale-New Haven Hospital. Charles Putman took charge of Duke's radiological program just as radiology was entering the most prolific era in its history. Radiology today is used as an aid to clinical diagnosis, employed to monitor the progress of patients during and after treatment, to screen for diseases before symptoms develop, and to treat diseases. The increased usage of radiology is directly related to the rapid development in increasingly complex, sophisticated, relevant technology. With advancing instrumentation, the radiologist and the clinician must coordinate radiographic studies to provide for the patient the most efficacious and economical diagnostic evaluation. Among the other outstanding achievements is Duke's res- idency in imaging. Now considered one of the most competi- tive in the country, its ten positions are filled each year from more than two hundred applicants. The program's other proud new boasts range from its greatly expanded library, named for Dr. Reeves, to the development of a coordinated animal imag- ing laboratory - considered to be one of the finest in the world. There are now active basic and applied research programs in each of this Department's divisions. Major areas of interest in the Imaging Division include dynamic cerebral computerized tomography, emission computed tomography, tumor antibody scintigraphy, contrast materials for computerized tomography, therapeutic angiography and microangiography of the develop- ing vasculature. Clinical research programs in non-invasive radionuclide techniques continue with the Departments of Surgery and Medicine. Computerized tomography, ultrasound and nuclear medicine techniques are being compared in a dedi- cated imaging center in the Morris Cancer Building. W.M. Thompson, M.D., and sons TT T I THE MEDICAL CENTER The Radiation Oncology Division has a new and expanded facility with the most modern equipment and fulfills a significant clinical activity with a major therapeutic impact on the clinical management of the cancer patient. V5 The Radiobiology Division is investigating the effects of mic- rowave radiation in cerebral energy metabolism, carcinogenesis in transplanted hepatocytes, and mitochondrial function in car- diac ischemia. Research in the Radiological Physics Division encompasses a wide spectrum of activities including comput- erized dosimetry planning, alternate anode materials for mam- mography, and spectroscopy of gamma radiation. Continuing -developments can be expected in computerized tomography, ultrasonics, nuclear medicine, radiation oncology, vascular radiology, and all other subspecialties. It is the commit- ment of the Department of Radiology at Duke to provide the highest quality patient care, to advance the frontiers of medicine through research and development, and to educate future gen- erations of health professionals. E.R. Heinz, M.D. iR.A. Older, M.D. ill l 'mi S. Martinez, M.D. s K Wa, J' , sf' X-1 A-Q-Q ' .53 'Pl ii EJX X Q -5 5 if gan qv? X xx X Ni fi l f N I J , i mxn iim' KK' Wm i F il I i , X ,fe A Fas. E AX 'Www X TR, ua -D 1-g'i'J-h.5','g4U,7ysA J E A X f R- -'4-My x x., R D Xi 'D D' XX DSX- 'iii' ausSHAN 522 THE MEDICAL CENTER RADIOLOGY FACULTY Row I KL to R5: J. Bowie, T. Noell, C. Putnam, C. Ravin,J. Chen, R. Jaszczakhl. Beck, R. Breiman, R. Daffner, K. Woodward, F. Bagne, R. Older. Row 2: D. Kirks, D. Merten, N. Dahmash, D. Sullivan,J. Workman, R. Rice, P. Dubois, M. Halber, R. U, K. Gedgaudas, M. Engler. Row 31.5. Gehweiler, B. Madhava, E. Effmann, F. Kelvin, S. Ladwig, E. Rosenberg, R. McLelland,T. Thompson, F. O'Foghludha, G. Bentel, B. Powers, P. Ram. Row 4: E. Coleman, R.,Iirtle, S. Mills, A. Moore, A. Sanders, B. Worde. Row 5: R. Fishburn, C. Nelson, C. Harris, W. Currie, A.J0hnson, W. Barry. Not Pictured: C. Baber, M. Bates, G. Baylin, E. Blackburn, J. Blackburn, W. Briner, B. Drayer, C. Easterling, W. Foster, H. Grossman, D. Heaston, L. Hedlund, R. Heinz, M. Korobkin, D. Osborne, L. Roberts, W. Thompson, R. Wilkinson. Professor: Charles E. Putnam, M.D. CTexas, 19675, Chairman. DIVISION OF IMAGING Associate Professor: Carl E. Ravin, M.D. CNew York, 19685, Dirertor. Professors: William F. Bari-y,jr., M.D. CPennsylvania, 19485, George Baylin, M.D. CDuke, 19575,,Ia.mes T.T. Chen, M.D. CNatl. Defense Med. Ctr., 19505, R. Edward Coleman, M.D. CWashington, 19685, Herman Grossman, M.D. CColumbia, 19555, E. Ralph Heinz, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19555, Melvyn Korob- kin, M.D. CConnecticut, 19675, Reed P. Rice, M.D. Clndiana, 19555. Associate Professors: James D. Bowie, M.D. COklahoma, 19675, William H. Briner, B.S. CTemple, 19545, Richard I-1.Daffner,M.D. iBuffalo, 196959 Burton P. Drayer, M.D. Clllinois, 1,97 15, Eric L. Effmann, M.D. Clndiana, 19675,John A. Gehweiler, M.D. CDuke, 19565, C. Craig Harris, M.S. CTennessee, 19515, Ronald jaszczak, Ph.D. CFlorida, 19685, Donald R. Kirks, M.D. CMissouri, 19685, David F. Merten, M.D. CCincinnati, 19485, Robert McI.elland, M.D. CCincinnati, 19485, Robert A. Older, M.D. fDuke, 19685, Thomas T. Thomp- son, M.D. CMecl. Coll. of Virginia, 19645, William M. Thompson, M.D. fPenn- sylvania, 196953 Robert H. Wilkinson,jr., M.D. CWashington U., 19585,Joseph P. Workman, M.D. fMaryland, 19465. Assistant Professors: Collins Baber, M.D. fDuke, 19755, Richard S. Brei- man, M.D. CCalifornia, 197553 Nabil S. Dahmash, M.D. CSyria, 197355 Philip J. Dubois, M.D. CAusrralia, 19695, William Foster, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19735, Michael D. Halber, M.D. CColorado, 19715, Dennis Heaston, M.D. CUtah, 19755, Frederick M. Kelvin, M.D. CU. of London, 19665, Stephen H. Ladwig, M.D. Clllinois, 19725, Salutario Martinez, M.D. CHavana U., 19615, Steven R. Mills, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19725, Charles Nelson, Ph.D. COhio, G. Baylin, M.D. 19735, Dennis R.S. Osborne, M.D. fI.ondon, 19675, Panol C. Ram, M.D. Clndia, 19685, Daniel C. Sullivan, M.D. QVerrnont, 19705. Associates: Elizabeth Blackburn, R.T., M.Ed. CMadison, 19545, Rita Kristina Gedgaudas CMinnesota, 19755, Arl Van Moore, M.D. fArkansas, 19745, Barry Powers, M.D. CN.Y., 19755, Leroy Roberts, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19755, Eric R. Rosenberg, M.D. CN.Y., 19755. Research Associates: W. Milton Bates, Mark J. Engler, Ph.D. CC.C.N.Y., 19665, Lawrence W. Hedlund, Ph.D. CPennsylvania, 19685. DIVISION OF IUKDIATION BIOLOGY Professor: Aaron P. Sanders, Ph.D. CU.N.C. ar Chapel Hill, 19645, Direrzor. lgiggsociate Professor: William D. Currie, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel I-Iill, Assistant Professors: Randy L. jirtle, Ph.D. CWisconsin, 19755, Raymond U, Ph.D. CKyoto,Japan, 19705. DIVISION OF RADIATION PHYSICS Professor: Fearghus O'Foghludha, Ph.D. CNatl. U. of Ireland, 19615, Director. Associate Professor: Farideh Bagne, Ph.D. fPennsylvania, 19705. Assistant Professor: G. Allan Johnson, Ph.D. CDuke, 19745. Research Associate: james W. Blackburn. DIVISION OF RADIATION THERAPY Assistant Professor: K.T. Noell, M.D. CRochester, 19675, Dirertor. Associate Professors: Kent T. Woodward, M.D. 4Med. Coll. of South Caro- lina, 19475, Ph.D. CRochester, 19665, Boyd T. Worde, M.D. CTennessee, 19475. Assistant Professor: Robert I. Fishburn, M.D. CCalifornia, 1970. x . PN 1 ' , wills Q I. D x ,M i THE MEDICAL CENTER 323 . RADIOLOGY RESIDENTS f 'Qin Row 1 CL to R1: S. Martinez. Row 2: M. Deland, R. Schaaf, A. Fritz, T. McCook, C. Briley, L. Wolbarsht. Row 3: D. Duncan, S. Woodard, M. Warner, P. Nelson, R. Max, K. Williams,j. Ponzi, A. Beloni. Row 4: N. Frankel, P. Massey, B. Rodan, C. Suslavich,J. Edinger, D. Call, D. Warner. Not Pictured: J. Apple,J. Blum, S. Buff, G. Dixson, M. Hewitt, N. Jacobs, Djohnson, B. Lamont, E. McClees, P. Miller, G. Newman, M. Neilson, M. Robinson,J. Scheuer, C. Stricker, F. Suslavich, D. Tempkin, R. Zeller. Chief Residents: Jeffery Blum, M.D. CMaryland, 197315 Robert E. Schaaf, M.D. CTufts, 19761. Residents:jerry Apple, M.D. CDuke, 19781g Andrew Beloni, M.D. CRurgers, 19781, Clinton Briley, M.D. CNorth Carolina at Chapel Hill, 19771, Samuel Buff, M.D. CDuke, 19781, David Lee Call, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19771, Maitland Deland, M.D. CFloricla, 197813 George Dixson, M.D. CDuke, 197615 Dale L. Duncan, M.D. CUniv. ofS.C., 197913James R. Edinger, M.D. CColl. of Osteopathic Med. and Surg., Des Moines, 19761, Nicholas Frankel, M.D. CVirginia, 197515 Arthur Fritz, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197115 Michael Hewitt,.M.D. CRochester, 19781, Norman Jacobs, M.D. CTemple, 19781, Donaldjohnson, M.D. CWest Virginia, 19741, Barry M. Lamont, M.D. CMcGill, 197713 Baikadi Madhava, M.D. Clndia, 19741, Eric McClees, M.D. fDuke, i -'-S. ,N . . eg 19781gThomas McCook, M.D. CFlorida, 19781, Philip Massey, M.D. CMaryland, 197813 Richard Max, M.D. CRutgers, 19771, Paul Miller, M.D. CNew York Med. Coll., 197615 Pamela A. Nelson, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197715 Glenn Newman, M.D. CDuke, 197 515 Marvin Nielson, M.D. Uefferson, 19741gjoseph Ponzi, M.D. CNew York, 19731, Margaret Robinson, M.D. iWashington Univ., 19771, Bruce Rodan, M.D. CMiami, 19761, James Scheuer, M.D. CColorado, 197713 Charles Stricker, M.D. CWashington Univ., 19781, Catherine Suslavich, M.D. fDuke, 19771, Frank Suslavich, M.D. CDuke, 19771, David Tempkin, M.D. CTexas Southwestern, 197813 David Warner, M.D. fNorthwestern, 19781, Mary Warner, M.D. CNorthWestern, 19791: Kenneth Williams, M.D. CDuke, 19781, Lawrence Wolbarsht, M.D. CTufts, 197515 Sabra Woodward, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 197613 Robert G. Zeller, M.D. CMaryland, 19761. F. Suslavich, M.D. 324 THE MEDICAL CENTER D. Warner, M.D. SURGERY David G. Sabiston, Jr., lV.D. Chairman The Department of Surgery at Duke is composed of the Divisions of General and Thoracic Surgery, Neurosurgery, Orthopaedic Surgery, Otolaryngology, Plastic and Maxillofacial Surgery, and Urology. The primary goal of the Department is excellence in patient care using the most modern techniques and utilizing the most updated facilities in the management of all forms of surgical disorders. Considerable emphasis is also placed upon research, and forty members of the staff currently have their own research grants and contracts from the National Institutes of Health, the American Cancer Society, the Amer- ican Heart Association, and other agencies. Last year a total of 117,686 patients were seen in the Surgical Outpatient Clinics, and 13,849 surgical operations were performed, including 489 open heart procedures. There are 71 members of the faculty, 133 members of the Resident Staff, and 22 Research Fellows. The Department owes much to its founder, Dr. Deryl Hart, the first Professor and Chairman of the Department, who laid a firm foundation in the selection of an outstanding faculty and resident staff over a twenty year period. Together with Drs. Frederic M. I-lanes and Wilburt C. Davison, he was largely responsible for the formation of the Private Diagnostic Clinics at Duke, and the impact of this contribution has been of much benefit to the Medical Center and to the entire University. Moreover, the concept of providing excellence in medical care for patients while simultaneously yielding support for an academic Department has spread to other institutions. The Department honors its founder in the Annual Deryl Hart Lec- ture which is combined with a Visiting Professorship of Surgery. After serving as President of the University, Dr. Hart authored an excellent text on the development of the Department. The second Professor and Chairman of the Department of Surgery, Dr. Clarence E. Gardner, furthered the original aims and accomplishments. Dr. Gardner was the first Chief Resident in Surgery at Duke and throughout his teaching career was regarded as a very able teacher. He is honored each year by the Department of Surgery and the Medical Center Library in the Clarence E. Gardner Lecture in the History of Surgery. The curriculum for medical students includes the Required Course in Surgery CYear ID, emphasizing the basic features which form the foundation of surgical diagnosis and treatment. Stress is placed upon those subjects which have their origin in objective laboratory and clinical documentation. These topics include the management of wounds, inflammation, shock, fluid and electrolyte balance, the metabolic response to trauma, the biology of neoplastic disease, gastrointestinal physiology and its derangements, and blood coagulation and thrombosis. These subjects are applicable to all forms of surgery including Neuro- surgery, Orthopaedics, Otolaryngology, Plastic Surgery, Urolo- gy and, in fact, to the entire field of medicine. Seminars are given three times weekly by members of the faculty who are most familiar with the subject being presented. Throughout the Required Course, emphasis is placed upon personal study of the patient with presentations being made three times weekly at Teaching Rounds. In addition, Surgical Specialty Demonstra- tions are given in each of the major branches of surgery includ- ing Neurosurgery, Orthopaedics, Otolaryngology, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, and Urology. Sessions in Anesthesiol- ogy and Ophthalmology are also given. during the Course. The purpose of the Required Course in Surgery is to prepare the student for some thirty elective courses offered by the Department of Surgery in Year IV. Since fourth year students are now performing at a level formerly achieved by interns, the experience in each surgical elective has become highly patient oriented. In its Residency Training Program, the aim of the Depart- ment of Surgery is the creation of an environment in clinical and investigative surgery for students, residents, and faculty, Empha- sis is placed upon thorough clinical training in the various surgical disciplines with exposure to large numbers of patients and to a wide variety of surgical problems. Simultaneously, all residents are encouraged to understand and appreciate the im- portance of clinical and laboratory research as an integral part of a contemporary training program. In addition to assignments at the Duke University Medical Center, residents also rotate through the Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, the Durham County General Hospital, the Oteen Veterans Admin- istration Hospital, and the Womack Army Hospital at Fort Bragg. These additional hospitals add much to the number and variety of patients seen during the course of the residency program. H.N. Oldham, Jr., M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 325 The Department of Surgery also conducts a large number of research programs both in General and Thoracic Surgery as well as in each of the Divisions. These include gastrointestinal re- search fDrs. R. Scott Jones, Onye E. Akwari, and john P. Grantj, the basic cancer research program CDrs. Dani P. Bolog- . nesi, Hilliard F. Seigler, and Samuel A. Wells, jr.D, the trauma program CDr. Joseph A. Moylanj, the role of radioisotopes in surgical diagnosis CDr. Robert I-Ljonesb, studies on the pulmon- ary circulation CDrs. David C. Sabiston, jr., Walter G. Wolfe, and R.H. Jonesj, problems in peripheral vascular surgery CDr. james C.A. Fuchsj, cardiovascular research fDrs. D. Sabiston james L. Cox, R.H. jones, H. Newland Oldham, Jr., Will C Sealy, Andrew S. Wechsler, W. Wolfe, and W. Glenn Young Jr.D, atherosclerosis research CDrs. Per-Otto Hagen and J. Fuchsj, the transplantation program CDrs. D. Bernard Amos, R. Randal Bollinger, H. Seigler, Delford L. Stickel, and john L. Weinerthj, surgical endocrinology CDrs. S. Wells and George S. Leight,Jr.D, pediatric surgery program CDr. Howard C. Filstonj, and the total parenteral nutrition program CDr. J. Grantj. X J. L. Cox, M.D. S.A. Wells,Jr., M.D. R.W. Postlethwait, M.D. with wwf? - r it . 4,sy...1 ,f , nfl! fl, V ,, jj '-EDP l f T:-A 'T 4 1? X A illgfay if MX , , . Z5 H 7, - w f Qirl gg s , wear Q 1 '- ' I6 X tl 1 ,. ' X I Vex K ki? . r X i . 1 1 ' ' - W , vf f WUI rf' I . . it , it . f M' l - - 'L . . x R ' i I A 'if U I p . .. ix. 9 -.w l -V . K f A I u Q I 1 r li ia- L-iv i f' r L L . l '-the-gig .,,,f4.ki..Wy17zm 'Vmywxmfa Q , N . .5 A W 1 v . A X940 E p - -,,, -A N X . II l 69,0 nl 'W I' M X ,f9,g .!-. A .T fi f -k en L . 1 l n A f ' Q A -:Le A - W 'i dw ' ' L ff' -2: A ex - to A ' A-u df-' ee l. Sf' J ff W Q-, , ffvh-'1'e't'iei'i 326 THE MEDICAL CENTER SURGERY FACULTY .-1 1 P '-' yet' , , ,, v .- lk ,-I X . eg .2 1 . '. - . . tw. . 'F f 1 ' A 1 f A 4 i, . 1 'Si' -: ' J l a. ' 1 Sf , -l l 1 ,seat 1, i ' 3 ' A 1 1 l l3 . ' if V 1 - ,., A v 6 A 1 Row 1 KL to R3: W. Peete, G. Young,jr., D. Sabiston,Jr., H. Seigler, W. Sealy, O. Akwari, W. Anlyan. Row 2: S.jones, W. Wolfe, A. Langlois, A. Wechsler,j. Cox, J. Fuchs. Row 3: H. Filston, D. Bolognesi, P. Hagen, S. Wells, Jr., R. Jones, W. Dilley. Professor: William W. Shingleton, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19433, Chief of Divirion of General Surgery. Professors: D. Bernard Amos, M.D. fGuy's Hospital, London, 19633, Ex- perimental Surgery, William G. Anlyan, M.D. CYale, 19493, Dani P. Bolognesi, Ph.D. CDuke, 19643, Experimental Surgery, Eugene D. Day, Ph.D. CDelaware, 19523, Experimental Surgery, R. Scottjones, M.D. CTexas, 19613, H. Newland Oldham, Jr., M.D. CBaylor, 19613, William PJ. Peete, M.D. CHarvard, 19473, Raymond W. Postlethwait, M.D. CDuke, 19373, Will C. Sealy, M.D. CEmory, 19363, Hilliard F. Seigler, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19603, Delford L. Stickel, M.D. fDuke, 19533, Samuel A. Wells,Jr., M.D. CEmory, 19613, Walter G. Wolfe, M.D. CTemple, 19633, W. Glenn Young, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19483. Clinical Professor: Timothy Takaro, M.D. CNew York University, 19433. Associate Professors: Cnyekwere Akwari, M.D. CSouthern California, 19703, Darell D. Bigner, M.D. CDuke, 19653, Ph.D. CDuke, 19713, Ex- perimental Surgery, Howard C. Filston, M.D. ,Western Reserve, l9623,james C.A. Fuchs, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19643, Robert H. jones, M.D. Oohns Hopkins, 196535J0seph A. Moylan,Jr., M.D. CBoston, 19643, Witt W. Smith, M.D. CTexas, 19513, Experimental Surgery, Andrew S. Wechsler, M.D. CState Univ. of New York, 19643. Associate Medical Research Professor: Per-Otto F. Hagen, F.H.W.C. CWatt University, Edinburgh, Scotland, 19613, Experimental Surgery. Associate Clinical Professors: james E. Davis, M.D. CPennsylvania, 19433, William F. Hollister, M.D. CDuke, 19393, H. Max Schiebel, M.D. Uohns Hop- kins, 19333, Stewart M. Scott, M.D. CBaylor, 19513,Gulshan K. Sethi, M.D. CAll India, 19633. Assistant Professors: Jeffrey J. Collins, Ph.D. CHarvard, 19723, Ex- perimental Surgery, James L. Cox, M.D. CTennessee, 19673, William Dilley, Ph.D. CCalifornia, 19703, John P. Grant, M.D. CChicago, 196932 Darrow E. I 1 il Haagensen, Jr., M.D. CColumbia, 19743, Experimental Surgery, George S. Leight, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19723, Philip D. Lumb, M.B.B.S. CLondon Univ. School ofMed., 19743, Alfred P. Santilippo, M.D. CDuke, 19763, Experimental Surgery, Gary M. Stuhlmiller, Ph.D. QDuke, 19763, Experimental Surgery, Frances F. Ward, Ph.D. CBrown, 19653, Experimental Surgery. Assistant Medical Research Professors: john C. Cambier, Ph.D. Clowa, 19753, Barbara Kitchell, Ph.D. CDuke, 19743, Elmer J. Rauckman, Ph.D. QDuke, 19753. Assistant Clinical Professors: Albert H. Bridgman, M.D. QLouisiana, 19563, Rollins S. Burhans, Jr., M.D. CLouisville, 19633, Gordon M. Carver, M.D. fDuke, 19483, John M. Cheek, Jr., M.D. 1Bowman Gray, 19453, John T. Daniels, M.D. CHoward, 19643, Thomas J. Enright, M.D. CBuffalo, 19483, Williatn B. Hall,Jr., M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19543, Alphonsej. Langlois, Ph.D. CDuke, 19663, Walterj. Loehr, M.D. CCornell, 19633, F. Maxton Mauney, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19593, W.B. McCutcheon,Jr., M.D. CVirginia, 19523, Amir A. Neshat, M.D. Clsfahan University, Iran, 19603, E. Wilson Staub, M.D. CNorth- western, 19573, Douglas H. Stone, M.D. CHarvard, 19373, David W. Vaughn, B.S. CNew York State University, 19783, Charles D. Watts, M.D. CHoward, Daivd K. Wellman, M.D. CDuke, 19713,James S. Wilson, M.D. CDuke, Clinical- Associates: Ray A. Ashcraft, B.S. CNorth Texas State, 19583, D.D.S. CBaylor, 19633, Dentistry, Thomas A. Ferretti, D.D.S. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19763, Robert N. Hunter, D.D.S. fU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19773, Dentistry. Research Associates: Paul Hendrix, B.S. CCollege of Charleston, 19703, B.H.S. fDuke, 19753, Gudron Huper, M.A. fStuttgart, Germany3, Thomas J. Matthews, Ph.D. CMissouri, 19713, Anthony V. Seaber, Karin S. Thiel, Ph.D. CDuke, 19773. - -iii- . 1 ,w it .Y Wi' w, 1, 11 1 A ,ft ,U -M.- .D.C. Sabiston,jr., M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 327 GENERAL AND THORACIC SURGERY RESIDENTS fi Q 'Ui 52' 64 Qi in .,4,. v Q.. 'g Row 1 QL to R5: K. Rankin, P. Thurlow, S. Mills, N. Silverman,j. Alexander, W. DeVries, L. Harrison,Jr., B. Smith, G. Leight,jr., D. Andersen, A. Ross. Row 2: H. Tiller, Jr., S. Tucker, T. Spray, P. Smith, R. Bollinger, R. Wesly, C. Olsen, D. Iglehart, R. Hopkins, M. Bolman, G. Parker, R. Howe,J. Sink. Row 3: E. Epstein, B. Schirmer, B. Hodge, M. Williams, R. Ungerleider, R. jones, R. Chitwood, V. Mosca, D. Jones, R. McCann, W. Meyers, E. Austin. Row 4: D. Drvaric, J. Douglas, Jr., C. Cox, T. Novick, T. Nesbitt, jr., G. Tyson, jr. Instructors and Teaching Scholars: John C. Alexander, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19725, Stephen A. Mills, M.D. CMcGill, 19715, Norman A. Silverman, M.D. CBoston University, 19715. Instructors and Chief Residents: R. Randal Bollinger, M.D. CTulane, 19705, Ph.D. CDuke, 19775: R. Morton Bolman, III, M.D. CSt. Louis, 197353 W. Robins Howe, M.D. CYale, 197155 james E. Lowe, M.D. fCalifornia at Los Angeles, 19735: George A. Parker, M.D. CBoston University, 19725gJ. Scott Rankin, M.D. CTennessee, 19695. Fellows: Koho Akimaru, M.D. CNippon Medical School, 19715, Dana K. Andersen, M.D. CDuke, 19715, Erle H. Austin, M.D. CHarvard, 197455 Stefan Chylinski, M.D. CMedical School in Lodz, 19675gJohn R. Farndon, M.B.B.S. CUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne, 19785gJohn B. Hanks, M.D. CRochester, 1973531 Dirk Iglehatt, M.D. CHarvard, 19755, Robert N. jones, M.D. CRush Medical College, 19765: Ka-Hei Leong, M.D. CTaiwan, 19705, Gary K. Lofland, M.D. CBoston University, 19755: Craig O. Olsen, M.D. fUtah, 19765: Claude A. Peter, M.D. CStrasbourg, 19725: Robert B. Peyton, M.D. QNew York Universi- ty, 19775gJohn S. Silva, M.D. CGeorge Washington University, 19745: Bruce M. Smith, M.D. CHarvard, 197153 Peter M. Thurlow, M.D. CHarvard, 197753 Ross M. Ungerleider, M.D. CChicago, 19775, Peter Van Trigt, M.D. CTulane, 197753 Zhong-gao Wang, M.D. CShanghai First Medical College, 19615g,5. Mark Wil- liams, M.D. CDuke, 19765. Senior Assistant Residents: L. George Alexander, M.D. CDuke, 197355 W. Randolph Chitwood, jr., M.D. CVirginia, 19745, Charles E. Cox, M.D. CUtah, 19755, Charles H. Edwards, II, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel I-Iill, 19735, W. Peter Graper, M.D. CMcMaster, 197355 Ronald C. Hill, M.D. CWest Virginia, 19745: Walter D. Holder, Jr., M.D. CU-.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19715, Richard A. Hop- kins, M.D. CDuke, 19745, Richard M. Larson, M.D. CDuke, 19745, Thomas H. Marsicano, M.D. COhio State, 197359 Richard L. McCann, M.D. CCornell, 19745: William C. Meyers, M.D. CColumbia, 197553 Jon F. Moran, M.D. CWasl-iington University, 19735: Jeffrey A. Norton, M.D. CUpstate Medical, Syracuse, 19735, Stephen K. Rerych, M.D. CColumbia, 19745: Lary A. Robin- son, M.D. fWashington University, 19725: Arthur Ross, III, M.D. CCase West- ern Reserve, 19755, Worthington G. Schenk, M.D. CDuke, 197453 Peter M. Scholz, M.D. CBasel, 19705gJames D. Sink, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19755: Peter K. Smith, M.D. 1Duke, 19775, Thomas L. Spray, M.D. QDuke, 19745: Robert L.R. Wesly, M.D. CDuke, 19755. Assistant Residents: David M. Drvaric, M.D. CEmory University, 19785, Richard D. Floyd, M.D. CDuke, 197855 William L. Holman, M.D. CCornell, 19785, Vincent S. Mosca, M.D. CRochester, 19785: Tom E. Nesbitt, M.D. CGeorgetown University, 19785: Thomas L. Novick, M.D. CDuke, 197855 Kevin P. Rankin, M.D. CTemple University, 19785: Markj. Schacht, M.D. CMichigan, 19785: Bruce Schirmer, M.D. CDuke, 19785, Wendell H. Tiller, M.D. CDuke, 19785, George S. Tyson, M.D. iDuke, 19785. First Year Residents: Samuel I. Brown, M.D. CVirginia, 19795, Todd M. Chapman, M.D. CBowman Gray, 197953 Gordon M. Clark, M.D. CTulane, 19795, Charlesj. Devine, III, M.D. Cliastern Virginia, 197953James M. Douglas, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19785,1ohn I-I. Farrer, M.D. CU.C.S.D., 197953 Thomas B. Fergusonhlr., M.D. CSt. Louis, 197953 Gerald S. Gussack, M.D. CGeorgia, 197955 Warren 1. Kortz, M.D. CColorado, 19795, Steven R. McCoy, M.D. CDuke, 19795, Eric R. Oser, M.D. CL.S.U., 197959 Richard J. Peterson, M.D. CMayo Medical School, 197959 Douglas S. Reintgen, M.D. CDuke, 19795g Laurence H. Ross, M.D. CCase Western Reserve, 19795: Richard L. Wolman, M.D. CUni- versity of New York, 19795. 7 07:31, 517' u' ' 1 gf' W .Tig 1 - , H 3. in . ' A T.H. Marsicano, M.D. - JD sink MD MD andR NEJROSURGERY if Robert H. Wilkins, M.D. Chief Duke Hospital was opened on Monday, July 21, 1950. The 75rd patient to register presented a neurosurgical problem - headaches and papilledema. Dr. Deryl Hart, the first Professor of Surgery at Duke, performed a ventriculogram on July 24 and then resected a cystic glioma of the right frontal lobe two days later. From 1930 to 1937, Dr. Hart and Dr. Clarence Gardner performed the neurosurgical procedures at Duke Hospital in addition to their other surgical responsibilities. Dr. Barnes Woodhall came to Durham in September, 1937, from the Johns Hopkins Hospital to head up the first surgical specialty service at Duke. In 1942, Dr. Woodhall left for mili- tary service to become Chief of Neurosurgery at the Walter Reed General Hospital in Washington, D.C. Fortunately, Dr. Guy Odom was recruited by Dr. Hart and joined the staff in 1943. When Dr. Woodhall returned to Durham in 1946, he and Dr. Odom began their long and productive association. During World War II, two men, Dr. Robert Neill and Dr. Frederic Kristoff, served as neurosurgical residents at Duke Hospital. Beginning in 1946, Drs. Woodhall and Odom accepted one new individual each year for neurosurgical train- ing, and by 1949, they had established a five-year residency program. The residency was enlarged further with the accept- ance of either one or two residents per year starting in 1965. Of the forty-four men who have completed residency training in the Division of Neurosurgery, twenty-two have spent a signifi- cant period in academic practice, and eight have become chiefs of neurosurgical residency training programs. Dr. Odom established a neuropathology laboratory in 1946 and for thirty-five years personally instructed each resident in neurosurgical pathology. In the process he accumulated the paraffin blocks, slides, and typed descriptions of more than 5,300 surgical specimens, most of them brain tumors. Over the years Drs. Woodhall and Odom not only ran a busy clinical service and a first-rate residency training program, but also conducted a variety of research projects, many of which con- cerned intracranial aneurysms or brain tumors. During the twenty-five years between 1946 and 1970, the two men pro- duced 196 medical publications. Dr. Blaine Nashold joined the neurosurgical faculty in 1957, and since then eight other individuals have been added to the senior staff: Dr. George Tindall f1961-19681, Dr. Stephen Mahaley C1965-19775, Dr. Robert Wilkins C1968-1972, 1976- presentb, Dr. Wesley Cook C1971-presentj, Dr. Richard Kram- er C1972-presentj, Dr. Robert Wilfong C1975-19773, Dr. Ed- ward Ganz C1977-presentl, and Dr.Jerry Oakes C1978-presentb. Dr. Odom followed Dr. Woodhall as Chief of the Division in 1960, and Dr. Wilkins succeeded Dr. Odom in 1976. The Division of Neurosurgery maintains active clinical ser- vices at Duke Hospital and the Durham V.A. Hospital and is currently negotiating a resident rotation at the Durham County General Hospital. On a broad base of general neurosurgical activity, the interests of the individual staff neurosurgeons have added extra dimensions in certain areas. Dr. Blaine Nashold, for example has long been active in the field of functional neuro- surgery and recently was President of the World Society for Stereotactic and Functional Neurosurgery. The Division of Neurosurgery runs clinics for patients with brain tumors and subarachnoid hemorrhage and takes part with physicians from other disciplines in clinics for patients with pain, myelodyspla- sia, and craniofacial anomalies. Dr. Wesley Cook is a key com- ponent of a cooperative effort concerned with the care of pa- tients with spinal cord injuries, Dr. Richard Kramer has been conducting research concerning the effects of ischemia on cere- bral metabolism. Dr. Jerry Oakes devotes his time to pediatric neurosurgeryg Dr. Robert Wilkins edits the monthly journal, Neurosurgery. The Duke neurosurgical residency now entails a five or six year program following one year of general surgical training, there are openings for two candidates per year. Three years are devoted to clinical neurosurgery, one or two years are spent in laboratory activities, and another year is dedicated to neurology and allied subjects. Supervision in the clinical years includes daily rounds on all patients by the senior staff. All neuroradiolo- gical studies are reviewed with the neuroradiology staff each day. Neurosurgery clinics are held on each week day. There are weekly conferences in the areas of neurology, neuropathology, and neurosurgery. The Division of Neurosurgery also participates in medical student instruction. A six lecture series is part of the second year Surgery rotation. Three advanced courses are offered for stu- dents with a career interest in the neurological sciences: two clinical rotations and a course in investigative neurosurgery. The Division anticipates the move to Duke North, where Neurosurgery and Neurology are to share a common floor of eighty beds. It is anticipated that this move will facilitate the continuing cooperative development of the clinical neurosci- ences at Duke. G.L.E:lom, MD. T if ' THE MEDICAL CENTER 529 NEUROSURGERY FACULTY ls' 1 F, . ,X :Z ' 4. 'S 5541 -156214-1. .Q ' , ff .- 4: x .- , J 1 pl Igjw' 1. h -5' feta? Row 1 KL to Ganz, B. Woodhall, R. Wilkins, J. Oakes. Row 2: B. Nashold,,Ir., G. Odom, Kramer Professor: Robert H. Wilkins, M.D. CPittsburgh, 19593, Cbityf James B. Duke Professor: Guy L. Odom, M.D. CTulane, 19353. Professor: Blaine S. Nashold, M.D. CLouisville, 19493. Associate Professor: Wesley A. Cook, jr., M.D. COregon, 19633. Assistant Professors: Edward Ganz, M.D. CChicago, 19673, W. jerry Oakes, M.D. CDuke, 19723: Bruno J. Urban, M.D. CGermany, 19603. Assistant Clinical Professors: Walter S. Lockhart, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19443: Robert E. Price, jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19643. Associate: Richard S. Kramer, M.D. CDuke, 19623. Instructors and Chief Residents: Allan H. Friedman, M.D. Clllinois, 19743: John B. Mullen, M.D. CSouth Illinois, 19753. Assistant Residents: James Blue, M.D. CGeorgia, 197535 Bennett Blumen- kopf, M.D. CBoston University, 19763, Dennis E. Bullard, M.D. CSt. Louis, 197533 Elizabeth Bullitt, M.D. CColorad0, 19753: Kimball S. Fuiks, M.D. CCon- necticut, 19783: Alfred C. Higgins, M.D. CGeorgetown, 197735 George Vavoulis, M.D. CMinnesota, 19773. NEUROSURGERY RESIDENTS Sitting CL to R3: E. Bullitt, A. Higgins, K. Fuiks. Standing: J. Blue, A. Friedman, J. Mullen, G. Vavoulis. Not Pictured: D. Bullard, B. Blumenkopf. THE MEDICAL CENTER ORTHOPAEDICS J. Leonard Goldner, VI.D. Chief The Division of Orthopaedic Surgery was organized in 1935 by Alfred Shands,jr., M.D. Dr. Shands was Chiefofthe Service for about two years when he resigned to become Director of the Alfred I. duPont Institute in Wilmington, Delaware, where he remained for his entire Orthopaedic career. In 1957 Lenox D. Baker, M.D., was appointed Chief of the Orthopaedic Service and held this position until 1967. During this time, affiliated institutions were added to the Duke pro- gram so that the four residents appointed each year would have a wide experience. Dr. Baker was responsible for the addition of the North Carolina Cerebral Palsy Hospital to the Duke cam- pus. His interest in sports medicine, arthritis, teaching, and further establishment of outlying clinics attended by Duke staff were activities that were evident during his active career. R. Beverly Raney, M.D., joined the Orthopaedic staff in 1959 and participated in clinical work at Duke and Watts Hos- pital. Dr. Raney left Duke to become Chief of Orthopaedics at the University of North Carolina, where he remained until his recent retirement. J. Leonard Goldner, M.D., who joined the Orthopaedic staff in 1950, was responsible for organizing the Orthopaedic Hand Service and maintained an active interest in classification and treatment of congenital talipes equinovarus Cclubfeetj and other foot deformities in both children and adults. This work has culminated in the operative treatment of each true clubfoot at three months of age with significant improvement in the overall management of this condition. The Orthopaedic Hand Service has grown and over twenty-five Hand Fellows have been trained at Duke during the past twelve years. Research projects con- cerned with nerve entrapment syndromes, peripheral nerve regeneration, reconstruction of the upper extremity in cerebral palsy are a few of his major interests. Under his direction, the total number of residents increased to thirty-two, with several clinical and research fellows. Emphasis is on clinical practice, but each resident participates in a clinical andfor laboratory research project. Frank Clippinger, M.D., joined the Orthopaedic staff in 1957. He has been involved with amputee patients, prosthetics and orthotics, and peripheral nerve sensory feedback implants for amputees affecting both the upper and lower extremities. Currently he is Director ofRehabilitation at Duke in addition to his Orthopaedic activities. Donald McCollum, M.D., has been a member of the Duke staff since 1962. His current investigations are concerned with clinical and laboratory studies related to joint replacement. His major efforts are directed toward managing patients with clini- cal diagnosis of arthritis and in attempting to salvage joints that are painful and functioning inadequately. Frank Bassett, III, M.D., is in charge of the Sports Medicine section and shares Directorship of the Scoliosis Clinic. I-Ie activated arthroscopy of the knee and other joints several years ago, and this clinical and research project continues. He has interest in conditioning of athletes, studies of in juries of college, high school, and professional team players, and other investiga- tions as they relate to running injuries. james Urbaniak, M.D., became the sixth geographic full-time member of the Duke staffinjuly of 1969. He has been responsi- ble for organizing the microsurgical clinical and training pro- gram at Duke and in this field is involved in several clinical and laboratory projects related to anticoagulation, repair of vessels smaller than one millimeter, vessel grafting, composite tissue transfers, and vascularized bone grafts. He is Director of the Orthopaedic Research Laboratories and in this position works closely with the Microvascular Fellows assigned to Ortho- paedics as well as in the clinical fields. Anthony Seaber, Re- search Associate, is coordinator of the laboratory research. John Harrelson, M.D., joined the Duke staff in 1973 and brought with him an intense interest in Orthopaedic oncology which he acquired during his residency training at Duke. He is in charge of Orthopaedic oncology and is working closely with his colleagues in adult and pediatric hematology in combining surgical treatment with chemotherapy. He is also in charge of the bone laboratory, one of the few in this country, in which bone labeling, microradiography and the effect of various phar- macologic deficiencies on bone or vascular insufficiencies as they relate to bone are studied. Robert Ruderman, M.D., has a joint appointment in Pediat- rics as well as in Orthopaedics. His projects concern infants and children with genetic problems, for which reason he cooperates with members of the Immunology and Genetic Department directed by Dr. Bernard Amos. Dr. Ruderman also has orga- nized and supervises an insensitive foot clinic in order to provide both clinical service and research related to this subject. William Hardaker, M.D., joined the staffin july, 1979, with an interest in all aspects of the musculoskeletal system. He is currently involved with the operative procedures of the knee joint through the arthroscope, scoliosis, trauma, foot surgery, and general orthopaedics. Two new additions will be added to the staff as of March 1, 1980. Andrew Koman, M.D., will be participating in general orthopaedics and microvascular surgery as a part of the Reim- plantation Team. Dr. Koman completed his training at Duke and is involved in projects concerned with clinical compartment syndromes and thrombosis of the ulnar artery. James Nunley, M.D., is also participating in general orthopaedics, microvascu- lar surgery reimplantation, and trauma of the spine and extremi- ties. The strong input of this full-time staff is complemented by several affiliated centers directed by dedicated individuals working with the Duke Orthopaedic Residents away from the Medical Center. The Orthopaedic Department of Durham County General Hospital is under the direction of Ralph Coonrad, M.D. The Durham Veterans Administration Hospital has an active' Orthopaedic service attended by several members of the staff at Duke, and others provide regular consultation. The Shriners Hospital for Crippled Children in Greenville, South Carolina, under the direction of Leslie Meyer, M.D., THE MEDICAL CENTER 531 ORTHOPAEDIC FACULTY to R L. Goldner, R. Inset: J. provides complementary pediatric Orthopaedic training for two Duke residents on a consecutive basis. The Shriners Hospital in Erie, Pennsylvania, directed by Karl Frankovitch, M.D., pro- vides two six-month rotations each year for two Orthopaedic Residents. The Asheville Veterans Administration Hospital provides valuable clinical experience for two Residents: the program is directed by Drs. George Jonas and Eugene Zorn. The clinical and research activities at Duke and at the affiliated locations provide the residents with a wide base of experience both in clinical and laboratory work. The members of the Orthopaedic Division cooperate closely with physician's associates, physical therapists, occupational therapists, nursing service, operating room personnel, and clinic and hospital administration representatives. The Duke Prosthe- tic and Orthotics Department, directed by David Vaughn, is an integral part of the Orthopaedic management of patients with musculoskeletal problems. The Orthopaedic staff has been responsible for outreach clinics since 1935. The number of clinics has increased as the need for clinics in many communities has occurred. On a month- ly basis, certain members of the senior staff, accompanied by residents as a part of their training, visit Fort Bragg, Lumber- ton, McCain, Goldsboro, O'Berry Center, Seymour Johnson Air Force Base, Greensboro, Wilson, Clinton, Morehead City, Ahoskie, and Asheboro. The Orthopaedic staff will continue to provide residents with high quality training and patients with the best care avail- able in all aspects of the musculoskeletal system. R. Bruch. Row 2: J. Glasson, W. Hardaker, F. Clippinger, D. McCollum, 155. W Xxx f Cgajgnes B. Duke Professor: J. Leonard Goldner, M.D. fNebraska, 19435, ze . Professors: Frank H. Bassett, III, M.D. QLouisville, 195 75, Frank W. Clippin- ger, M.D. 1Washington, 19525: Donald E. McCollum, M.D. CBowman Gray, 195353James R. Urhaniak, M.D. CDuke, 19625. Associate Professor: William D. Gentry, Ph.D. CFlorida, 19695. Associate Clinical Professors: Everett 1. Bugg, Jr., M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 193755 Ralph W. Coonrad, M.D. CDuke, 19475gJohn Glasson, M.D. CCornell, 19435: Frank H. Stelling, III, M.D. CGeorgia, 19385. Assistant Professors: William T. Hardaker, M.D. CDuke, 197351.lohn M. Harrelson, M.D. CDuke, 19645, Louis A. Koman, M.D. fDuke, 19745gJames A. lgignlsy, II, M.D. CTulane, 197353 Robert J. Ruderman, M.D. CRochester, 8 . Assistant Clinical Professors: J. Lawrence Frank, M.D. CDuke, 19655g J. GeorgeJonas, M.D. CZurich, 19545: Stephen N. Lang, M.D. Clllinois, 19655, C. Robert Lincoln, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19605, Angus M. McBryde, Jr., M.D. CDuke, 19635: William S. Ogden, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Georgia, 19655: Eugene L. Zorn, M.D. CNew York Med. Coll., 19415. Clinical Associates: Albert T. Jennette, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19595: Leslie C. Meyer, M.D. CNebraska, 19435, Ronald A. Pruitt, M.D. CMed. Coll. of Virginia, 19595. Clinical Instructor: William J. Callison, M.D. CVanderbilt, 19535. Instructors and Chief Residents: Hendrick J. Arnold, M.D. CTulane, 19715gJosephus T. Bloem, M.D. CLeidon University, 19745: Ali A. Dini, M.D. CPaylavi University, 19715, Todd B. Orvald, M.D. Uefferson, 19715, Roni Sehayik, M.D. CUpstate Medical, Syracuse, 19745, Fredric H. Warren, M.D. QArkansas, 19715: Peter W. Whitfield, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 19745. Assistant Residents: Ned B. Armstrong, M.D. Uefferson, 197755 James Aronson, M.D. CUniversity of Pittsburgh, 19755: Stephen F. Beissinger, M.D. CPittsburgh, 197555 William R. Bell, M.D. CAlbany Medical College, 19745, David H. Bristow, M.D. CMedical College of Virginia, 19715, Donald K. Bynum, M.D. CTexas at Houston, 19765, Robert D. Fitch, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Jacqueline M. Fogarty, M.D. fAlbany, 19745, Frank B. Fondren, Jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19745, Robert D. Francis, M.D. CDuke, 197 75, William E. Garrett,Jr., M.D. CDuke, 197653 Christopher M.Jobe, M.D. CBay1or, 19755, Larry G. Lipscomb, M.D. iLouisiana State University, 19755: Stephan B. Lowe, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19765, Carey W. McKain, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Stephen Milliner, M.D. CUniversity ofWitwatersrand, 19695, Ronald J. Neim- kin, M.D. CCornell, 197555 Elizabeth D. Quinlan, M.D. CLoyola, 19745: William O. Reed, Jr., M.D. CMissouri, 19775, Guy L. Rutledge, Ill, M.D. CAlabama, 197555 Sami Sehayik, M.D. CBuffalo, 19705: Christopher E. Smith, M.D. CDuke, 19765, William A. Somers, M.D. fDuke, 197255 Paul V. Spiegl, M.D. iWiscon- sin, 19765, PeterJ. Van Giesen, M.D. CTemple, 19715: W. Timothy Ward, M.D. CPittsburgh, 197755 William N. Wessinger, M.D. CSouth Carolina, 19735. ORTHOPAEDIC RESIDENTS S. Lowe, R. Neimkin, W. Garrett,J. Aronson, , I A 9 H. Arnold, F. Warren, T. Orvald. Row 2. D 1 toR5:J. R. Sehayik, Wh1tfield,A. D. Quinlan, S. Milliner, Bell. THE MEDICAL CENTER Armstrong,J. Fogarty, R. Fitch. Row 3: P. Van Giesen, C. McKain, P. Spiegl, S. Beissinger, T. Ward, G. Rutledge, R. Francis, W. OTO LARYNGOLOGY -1-l w lit-, X V' lm . ' I Y if ,-F it A kg.-fill: New can H . J. 'jj f ' :S ii . 'f 'z . 'Wf,u. if M 0,i,, ,A AIM., M l ,. ll V WiIl'am R. Hudson, IVI.D. Chief Until 1957 Otolaryngology and ophthalmology were com- bined services at Duke. Advances in both specialties demanded separation of the services. Dr. Watt Eagle, one of the original faculty members at Duke, was the initial Chief of the Division of Otolaryngology. He, along with his associate Dr. Ralph Arnold, initiated the residency program in otolaryngology. Dr. William R. Hudson was appointed to the staff in 1961 following the death of Dr. Arnold. In l965 Dr. Eagle retired from his adminis- trative post and was succeeded by Dr. Hudson. The clinical staff has been expanded, initially by the addition of Dr. Patrick Kenan. Later, Dr. Boyce Cole and Dr. Joseph Farmer were appointed. The Otolaryngology Research Labora- tory was developed in the mid-sixties. This facility is now lo- cated in the Sands Building and is under the able direction of Dr. john Casseday. Recognizing the need to improve patient care, the Division of Otolaryngology developed a radiographic suite named in honor of Dr. Ralph Arnold. This unit is under the direction of Dr. George Baylin who has a joint appointment in the Division of Otolaryngology and the Department of Radiology. Our residency program was expanded and currently three residents are appointed at each level. Two years of general surgery are required prior to entering the program. The Duke University Medical Center is the focus of the program with satellite programs at the Durham V.A. Hospital, Asheville V.A. Hospital and McPherson Hospital. These hospitals provide a base for clinical and research training in the broad field of otolaryngology. Medical students are exposed to the specialty through a series of lectures and electives. Many of the problems encountered in otolaryngology are seen by the primary care physician. Students interested in primary care areas should strongly consider one of the electives offered by the service. In addition to the management of general problems related to otolaryngology, the following special interests have been de- veloped: An interdisciplinary approach to the management of head and neck tumors has been developed. Dr. Cole is the primary repre- sentative from otolaryngology. The combined modalities of surgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy in the manage- ment of head and neck cancer are being assessed through this program, and encouraging results are being obtained. Auditory and vestibular problems are commonly seen in the patient population presenting to the otolaryngology clinic. In close association with the Center for Speech and Hearing Dis- orders, a variety of diagnostic tests are available including au- diometry, impedance studies, brain stem evoked responses and electronystagmography. These diagnostic tools are of utmost importance in the evaluation and management of these patients. Pituitary tumor surgery has been developed with the co- operation ofthe Division of Neurosurgery. The transsphenoid- al approach has primarily been developed here at Duke by Dr. Kenan. Duke has become one of the foremost centers for pituitary surgery. A number of research projects have been developed utilizing the hyperbaric facilities here at Duke. Dr. Farmer has de- veloped an international reputation as an authority on the effects of hyperbaria and diving on the auditory and vestibular system. Other studies currently in progress utilizing the cham- ber include the treatment of osteoradionecrosis and radiation chondritis. Again Dr. Farmer is the primary investigator in these studies. Radiology of the head and neck is available in the otolaryngol- ogy clinic under the supervision of Dr. Baylin. Equipment in- cludes a stratomatic unit as well as a conventional head unit. Dr. Baylin is also actively engaged in our teaching program and the residents' research projects. The Otolaryngology Laboratory, under the direction of Dr. Casseday, is primarily interested in the central mechanisms of audition. Dr. Casseday has a joint appointment in the Depart- ment of Psychology and also directs the research of doctoral students from the Department of Psychology. l tiffii. W ,ly if l g'-f ' .f T. Watanabe, M.D. l Kenan, M.D. - ,I.C. Farmer, jr., M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 353 OTOLARYNGOLOGY FACULTY w - Row 1 CL to R5: P. Kenan, W. Hudson, G. Baylin. Row 2: J. Farmer, B. Cole. Professor: William R. Hudson, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19515, Cbiqf Professor: George Baylin, M.D. CDuke, 19375. Associate Professors: T. Boyce Cole, M.D. fU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19625 Joseph C. Farmer, jr., M.D. CDuke, 19625, Patrick D. Kenan, M.D. CDuke 19595. 19A8sociate Medical Research Professor: john H. Casseday, Ph.D. Clncliana, Associate Clinical Professor: Carl M. Patterson, M.D. CMarylancl, 19445. 19As?istant Medical Research Professor: Peter G. Kaufman, Ph.D. CChicago 71 . Assistant Clinical Professors: Carter S. Bagley, M.D. CVirginia, 19595 james W. Brown,jr., M.D. CDuke, 194155 Charles E. Clark, III, M.D. CMichil gan, 19685, William B. Costenbader, III, M.D. CVirginia, 19645, Seth G H0bart,,5r., M.D. QVirginia, 19505, Lynn A. Hughes, M.D. COklahoma, 19685 James B. Powell, II, M.D. CAlabama, 19655. Clinical Associates: Edward V. Hudson, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19625, Wil- liarn B. Inabnet, M.D. CLouisiana, 19585, Thaddeus H. Pope,Jr., M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19575. Instructors and Chief Residents: john W. Loudermilk, M.D. CTexas Tech., 19755, Tseuneo Watanabe, M.D. CKeio University, Japan, 19745. Assistant Residents: B. jean Adams, M.D. CDuke, 19765, Richard W. Albert, M.D. CHahi-iemann Medical College, 19765, Douglas G. Finn, M.D. CNew York Medical College, 19755, Samuel R. Fisher, M.D. CDuke, 19755, William J. Hall, M.D. Qllouisville, 19775, William B. Klinke, M.D. QTexas Southwestern, 19745. OTOLARYNGOLOGY RESIDENTS . as fi, ' 1 J lu-3 f Row 1 QL to R5: J. Loudermilk, T. Watanabe, I. Adams. Row 2: R. Albert, D. Finn, W. Hall, S. Fisher. THE MEDICAL CENTER PLASTIC, CRAL, AND IVIAXILLOFACIAL Nicholas G. Georgiade, D.D.S., IVI.D. Chief The various specialties involved in the Division of Plastic, Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery became part of the Division at differing points in its history. The specialty of Plastic Surgery was initiated when the Duke University Medical Center was still young. Plastic Surgery was introduced by Dr. Randolphjones in the early l94O's. Unfortunately he met an untimely death in 1944, and he was succeeded by Dr. Kenneth Pickrell, who came to Duke on the General Surgical Staff and gradually assumed the responsibility for Plastic Surgery. By 1948, Plastic Surgery was able to appoint its first resident, Dr. James Kelly. The specialty of Oral Surgery was added in 1953 by Dr. Nicholas Georgiade who had training as an Oral Surgeon during World War II. Dr. Georgiade joined the senior staff in 1954 following residency training in General and Plastic Surgery. Because of the expanded capabilities of the staff, the Division assumed its present title to describe more accurately the various services available to patients. The residency program of the Division, starting with one Plastic Surgery resident, expanded to the point where one Plas- tic Surgery resident and one Oral Surgery resident were training each year. Further growth is reflected in the current residency program where the Division now trains four Plastic Surgeons each year in a two year residency program. A six months re- search fellowship is also available to the residents in the Divi- sion's Research Laboratory. The training of Oral Surgeons has expanded to the point where the Division now trains three residents, one in each level of training in that specialty. The Division is also responsible for the Plastic Surgery and Oral Surgery residency program at the adjacent Durham V.A. Hos- pital. A research laboratory, initiated by Dr. Georgiade and now also augmented by Dr. Serafin, is housed in the new Bell Re- search Building. Investigative work in burns, tissue culture, and skin and organ preservation was the main research thrust for many years and resulted in a large number of research publica- tions. More recently, our senior staff and residents have been working on investigative procedures dealing with microvascular surgery and with the survival of skin flaps and their circulation. During its history, the Division has sponsored many symposia and in addition, has served as host to meetings sponsored by the Plastic Surgery Research Council, the American Society of Maxillofacial Surgery, and the Educational Foundation of the American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Our faculty members have served as officers in these professional organizations and have served their profession as editors, edito- rial consultants, and visiting lecturers and consultants. They also have over three hundred scientific publications and have been editors and contributing editors to fifteen surgical textbooks. The Division attracts a large number of cleft lip-palate cases, as well as patients with more severe congenital craniofacial anomalies. To deal with the problems presented by these pa- tients, the use of multidisciplinary treatment teams was initi- ated. Our cleft palate team has been functioning for more than thirty years, and our senior staff are well known for their clinical and research records. Disciplines represented on the cleft palate team include Orthodontics, Speech Pathology, Audiology, and Medical Psychology. With the introduction of newer surgical techniques, previously uncorrectable congenital craniofacial anomalies could be treated successfully. The Division estab- lished a craniofacial team which includes many surgical and medical specialties in addition to Plastic and Oral Surgery. A Facial Rehabilitation Center is sponsored by the Division because of the necessity to view the facial complex from multi- displinary perspectives. The cleft palate team and the craniofa- cial team became a part of this Center. In addition, the treatment of acquired facial and craniofacial defects are considered by its staff members. Dr. Georgiade is the Director of this Center, and Dr. Edward Clifford is the Co-Director. The Division has also become known for its work in breast surgery and for the use of microsurgical techniques in Plastic Surgery. The senior staff have pioneered techniques of treat- ment in premalignant disease of the breast and in breast recon- struction following mastectomy for carcinoma. As a result of these efforts a textbook, Reconstructive Breast Surgery, has been f' .fiflfii im. , W , ' , 11, 5 .3-,ij A1 ' -iii ' its if IZ 3 . . ' f ,iw jf A V1-it few f -ft gi - l I 1 iw? ., X X ' H ' , ir. -V 1 iw V I qi 4 - ffglyw T, . . ja. '-,hgh X 'qw--'JL -- ,- . time - 'egl x. - -rr-,,',f'.r,,,, ,, Frei, 1 ae' ,if . ., 54, ,5-.-- '-:f'-- - . . N J 'rm-1 M '1'i.1'+s t'f 'if'f.'f', .-:ia ,J - ,.,, ,tx . f . , v V . .-, 'ighgri-LfffQ4i5:: N.G. Georgiade, D.D.S., M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER 335 PLASTIC, ORAL, AND IVIAXILLOFACIAL FACULTY KL to R3: K. Pickrell, D. Serafin, N. Georgiade, R. Riefkohl. published, and this year a second textbook has been published, Breast Reconstruction Following Mastectomy, both edited by Dr. Georgiade. A well-attended National Symposium on this sub- ject has also been successfully conducted here at Duke. The microsurgical techniques, developed at Duke, have been used in the free transfer of tissue from distant parts of the body. A course in microsurgical techniques, held in the Division's Research Laboratory, is offered four times a year. These offer- ings have attracted world-wide attention, as reflected in the composition of the physicians taking the course. One of our faculty members, Dr. Serafin, has published a very popular textbook on microsurgery this year. The Division seeks to encourage a diversity of interests among its faculty, and this is reflected in the varied clinical practice. The range of patients treated by members of the senior staff is quite large. Approximately 3,300 operative procedures are performed annually by this Division at the present time. The Oral Surgical Service has expanded its services over the past year with the opening of a new expanded clinic, this expansion has doubled the clinical facilities available for patient care. The Division now has a total of nine full-time professional staff, four Research Assistants and Associates, and one Physi- cian's Associate. DIVISION OF PLASTIC AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY Professor: Nicholas G. Georgiade,'D.D.S., M.D. CDuke, 19493, Chief Professors: Edward Clifford, Ph.D. fMinnesota, 19543: Kenneth L. Pickrell, M.D. Uohns Hopkins, 19353: Galen W. Quinn, D.D.S. CCreighton, 19523, Orthodontics. Associate Professors: Robert M. Mason, D.M.D. CKentucky, 19773, M.S.O. at Chapel Hill, 19793, Orthodontics: Donald Serafin, M.D. CDuke, 3. Assistant Professors: John C. Angelillo, D.D.S., M.D. CDuke, 19703, Ronald Riefkohl, M.D. fTulane, 19723. Assistant Clinical Professor: Verne C. Lanier, Jr., M.D. CVanderbilt, 19663. Research Associate: Ruth S. Georgiade, M.A. CDuke, 19503. DIVISION OF ORAL SURGERY Professor: Nicholas G. Georgiade, D.D.S., M.D. CDuke, 19493, Chief Assistant Professor: john C. Angelillo, D.D.S., M.D. CDuke, 19703. DIVISION OF PLASTIC AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY Instructors and Chief Residents: William J. Barwick, M.D. CTennessee, 19713: Richard O. Gregory, M.D. Clndiana, 19713. Assistant Residents: Oscar T. Bascug, M.D. CSanto Tomas, Manilain Philip- pines, 196733 Anthony J. DeFranzo, M.D. CGeorge Washington, 19733, Greg- ory S. Georgiade, M.D. CDuke, 19733: William L. Lambeth, M.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19713, Richard E. Sabatier, M,D. CTulane, 197333 Paul J. Smith, M.D. CNew Castle University, 19683: Ivan Thomas, M.D. CPAI-I Lavi Universi- ty, Iran, 19713. DIVISION OF ORAL SURGERY Instructor and Chief Resident: Dieter W. Leipert, M.D. CColumbia, 19763. Assistant Residents: Anthony R. Immediata, M.D. CUniversity of Pennsyl- vania, 19783gjames Papayeanou, M.D. fColumbia, 19743. PLASTIC, ORAL, AND NIAXILLOFACIAL RESIDENTS I st ' ' , f Q5 , ', 'fx i ,', :ff ' ' W ie. - Y I A I' Irv '. T I U ., I. . I' , F-rf .III ,I f 1 H! .. . L! I! rt V -1 X I f- 5 : L A .I F, ji W - In ' , ,I I ' II A . 5 ' C' 'a f . h 1 I. , ,f ag, 'V . f I It I' g .N , I . : !, 4' I- - f 1. -1 - 11 P x ,, ' ' ,, --' -I , . xp.-. Lgggial 4? i if A H - in V X I .. I V. I? -3- - u ,f I N fl 'F kip, .5451 ' 1--'fab'-' 5 ., gs - 5395, - ' 1 ff A +5 J' A .,' J 1 In c TV, :N A. ' 'b Q. Zig' , in J , ' A' - 'S-.L I 4 1 . 1:1 1 -191:-f li . I . . Z 1 'K ' s Z l Sitting CL to R3: W. Lambeth, G. Georgiade, R. Gregory, W. Barwick, D, Liepert. Standing: D. Reintgen, O. Bascug, R. Sabatier, P. Smith,-I. Papayanou, A. Irnmediata, R. Peterson. 336 THE MEDICAL CENTER 1 UROLOGY -., K' A Ht., f t a E ll' Q -1-,---- i'l-G-P11-s..v' -- Y Mi i i i M li 5 ' A V wt, ,f 1, K l c, I I i Ll li y if Jares F. Glenn, IVl.D. Chief Nineteen-eighty marks the fiftieth anniversary of Duke Uni- versity Medical Center and the urology program. The growth of urology at Duke can be traced in the expansion of the residency program, the proliferation of laboratory and investigative prog- rams, and the expansion of clinical care and numbers of patients served. Today, the combined private and public clinics register more than twenty thousand visits to urology annually. The inpatient census at Duke Hospital alone frequently exceeds seventy pa- tients, and up to three thousand operations are performed each year. However, the statistics for Duke Hospital reflect only part of the story. The affiliated hospitals in the Duke Urology system include Durham County General Hospital, the Durham Veter- ans Administration Hospital, the Asheville Veterans Adminis- tration Hospital, Lenox Baker Crippled Children's Hospital, and the Cabarrus Memorial Hospital in Concord, N.C. All of these institutions have busy clinical services and are staffed by clinical faculty as well as residents rotating from the parent program. The urology patient census, for example, in the two Veterans Administration Hospitals indicates twenty-two pa- tients in the Durham V.A. Hospital and twenty-five patients in the Asheville V.A. Hospital. Beginning with one member of the faculty in Urology in 1930, the full-time staff at Duke has grown to eight in number. In addition, there are nine urologists who hold adjunct clinical is T We , W N ' . '.-,-sg, - - J-1 , ii, .. 2 Q .f+ N, l W3 e.-7: 2, 3 ..-,..--- '-, .. ',Ff'-jf? tri V . ,NJ .Z I 1 j.E. Dees, M.D., and J.F. Glenn, M.D. professorial appointments, five in the Durham County General Hospital, three in Concord, and one at the Asheville V.A. Hospital. These supplemental faculty members constitute a critical part of the clinical training of the Duke Urology resident and are active participants in the teaching programs. Similarly, research appointments are extremely important as a facet of the overall teaching effort, with the laboratory consti- tuting an integral part of the resident training opportunity. Currently there are four Ph.D.'s engaged in basic and clinical research, primarily related to the Urologic-Oncology programs. In addition to the faculty, the roster of employees relating to the Division of Urology include the research staff, residents, and technical, secretarial and nursing personnel. Together, the Urology staff numbers approximately one hundred people, all of them important to the overall impact of patient care with related teaching and research. The residency program in urology, first approved in the early 1930's for one trainee, is now a four year program with three residents appointed annually, a total of twelve in training. A minimum of two years of basic surgical resident training is required prior to appointment in urology. Many residents have had an additional year or more of training in surgery, medicine, pathology, pediatrics or laboratory research as fundamental ex- perience prior to entering urologic residency. Investigative and clinical fellowships, one or two annually, are offered for indi- viduals with an interest in basic research or academic urology. These appointments are renewable in certain instances, and some fellows have remained in such capacity for two or three years. Over its fifty year history, the program has produced ninety- one residents, all but five still living and virtually all still practic- ing actively. The Duke residents are predominantly in the southeastern United States, but there are former residents in Illinois, Nebraska, Maryland, Washington, Wisconsin, Texas, ' iii-114' V- - ' t 74 1 fs' it v- .1- j g,1 V 7' f 1:- if J . . Q , ax -, n.. .- v 4 , .. ' i it i 'l f W X if , .Y 1 ,,' .. I fps, K- . A :wx lm, 'N 'rx 1: X X K ft, ' x ' r f' ,ix 3 f 'if in ' . fx' - xx ' . ' X N4 I C A i 'IJ A . -V' H .ggi 4 1 .: ,: 1 ,A up I L K- v gy L ' Q nf .4 i Y ' will i Qtr . ' N from if ii- f I .,f- , . i-,Seen ' Z '.- 1 f tr- Z'P:ggFff' 'f-.big i -A A -1-3 ,rf i f ing , M . .. 4 Y 'W lim!!! J ' .2 ' ,F - . 4 ,- , ' ' . - '---v: - .11 --1, - ' ' -Y ,pi-5 Y 'J . y-Y . , W N 4. ., . , - , i H , Y C.C. Carson, III, M.D. THE MEDICAL CENTER UROLOGY FACULTY X I R KL to R3: R. Krueger, E. Anderson, C. Carson, III,j. Glenn, J. Weinerth, G. Webster, J. Dees, D. Paulson. Utah, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Massachusetts, New York, and New Jersey. Trainees from overseas have included urologists in Mex- ico, Australia, Ireland, England, Venezuela, and Belgium. Thir- ty-nine of the Duke residents have held full-time or part-time academic appointments, and of this number, six have held permanent or interim chairmanship at one time or another, with eight of these holding full professorships in various medical schools at the present time. III, M.D., and S. Kramer, M.D. ' Professor: James F. Glenn, M.D. CDuke, 19533, Chief Professors: E. Everett Anderson, M.D. CDuke, 19583: james H. Semans, M.D. Cohn Hopkins, 19363. Associate Professors: Robert A. Bonar, Ph.D. CCalifornia at Berkeley, 19553, Biophysicsg David F. Paulson, M.D. CDuke, 19643gjohn L. Weinerth, M.D. CI-Iarvard, 19673. Associate Clinical Professors: jack Hughes, M.D. CPennsylvania, 194335 Louis C. Roberts, M.D. CDuke, 19343. Assistant Professors: Culley C. Carson, III, M.D. QGeorge Washington, 19713, Elaine K. Crovitz, Ph.D. CDuke, 19643, Robert A. Older, M.D. CDuke, 19683, George S. Webster, M.B., Ch.B. fUniv. Coll. of Rhodesia, 19683. Assistant Medical Research Professors: john W. Day, Ph.D. flowa, 19723, Yousef Sharief, Ph.D. CNorth Carolina State, 19753, Karen S. Webb, Ph.D. CU.N.C. at Chapel Hill, 19733. Assistant 'Clinical Professors: A. James Coppriclge, M.D. CVirginia, 195533 Alvin D. Couch, M.D. CSouth Carolina, 194839.loyce D. Coughlin, M.D. CBuffa- lo, 194433 Hector I-I. Henry, II, M.D. CTulane, 19653, Edwin M. Tomlin, M.D. CTennessee, 19463. Associate: Robert W. Green, Ph.D. CI-Iawaii, 19693. Clinical Associates: james A. Bergant, M.D. CKansas, 19693, Alexander Maitland, III, M.D. CYale, 19553: George H. Mickey, Ph.D. CTexas, 193835 Randall B. Vanderbeek, M.D. CDuke, 19633. Clinical Instructors: Oscar W. Brazil,Jr., M.D. CLouisiana, 19613, Raymond E. Joyner, M.D. CBowman Gray, 19683. Clinical Research Associate: Dannie H. King, Ph.D. CN.C. State, 19733. Instructors and Chief Residents: Sam D. Graham, jr., M.D. CVirginia, 19743g Stephen A. Kramer, M.D. Cfulane, 197535 Earl W. Mabry, M.D. COkla- ma, 197139 Matthew S. Smith, M.D. CGeorgetown, 19753. Assistant Residents: Wayne A. Cline,,Ir., M.D. CBowman Gray, 197633 G. Byron Hodge, M.D. CDuke, 19773, Henry C. Hudson, M.D, fAlabama, 19753, Richard Bruce Koefoot, Jr., M.D. CNel:-raska, 19773, Gerald H. Lin, M.D. CNationa.l Taiwan University, 19733, W. Marston Linehan, M.D. COklahorna, 19743: Gordon L. Mathes,Jr., M.D. CTennessee, 197635 Sigmund Tannenbaum, M.D. fDuke, 19753. UROLOGY RESIDENTS r ' 1 I , 1 'Be ' W , . 5 j' I Ay lifzs , be I . I Q C ' -K I . I ier A , CX Q I I , i ' lb , I I3 l i Q 1 iw, f S 1 gl ,,.. , fl E ' I-.aa I F - I I .J I M Row 1 KL to R3: W. Cline, jr., M. Schact, S, Tannenbaum, B. Koefoot, S. Kramer. Row 2: G. Mathes, S. Graham, Jr., R. Floyd, M. Smith. THE MEDICAL CENTER HEALTH ADMINISTRATION tg' -mn x 'naw A David G. Warren, J.D. Acting Program Director The Department of Health Administration conducts a five semester graduate course, leading to the Master of Health Administration CM.H.A.b degree, and sponsors various mid- career training programs in health administration. Up to forty students are accepted each year in the Master's f 1' fi 5, '55 351, 'vafjifbi .iii it .vii--..1 ?' 7153s,--iLa...y' . .. I, , ff T tri qi L I t .I fl ii' 41' . 2- I li I I:- Don Smith iii M- Warner, D. Falcone, Y I AI' it,iiI I program from a variety of undergraduate institutions, including a number with prior health-related experiences. The first year ofthe program is taught in conjunction with the Graduate School of Business Administration, stressing manage- ment concepts, finance and quantitative decision making techni- ques. This business orientation is combined with courses relat- ing to the health care system, epidemiology, planning, econo- mics, legal considerations and policy. Students also gain practic- al experience in health care institutions during the program. Soon after the establishment of the Duke University Hospital in the l950's, the Duke program became one of the earliest in the country to train administrators. The program was tradi- tionally well known for its hospital training program, but the current curriculum is directed much more broadly. -Student graduates enter careers in ambulatory care, planning, consult- ing, insurance, and government. Alumni numbering nearly four hundred are in prominent, responsible positions throughout the health care field. Health administration students work with medical students in such activities as the East End Health Center in East Durham. The administrative functions within the Center are performed by health administration students. Some students also do res- idencies in Duke Hospital and many hold part-time jobs in the Medical Center. The Health Administration Program is located in Trent Drive Hall. The acting Program Director is David G. Warren, J.D. it . 4 I D. Henderson-james Vi' THE MEDICAL CENTER 539 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION FACULTY .41 TJ.- , -w f s 1 Row 1 CL to RJ: D. Smxrh, L. I-Iarrw1g, D. Warner, D. Warren. 2: A. Kaluzny, J. Mauskopt, T. Delaney. Row HEALTH ADMINISTRATION STUDENTS 'mu Horton, D. Larkin, M. Smith, N. Vernegaard, Conno mir 1'. S. Scott and C. Winders gif?-iI1f,l . . 5? 5 Eng, S. Edwards, L. Howard, J. Pnerrucha, C. Wettlaufer. Row 2: J. Green, S. N. Foster, C. Savage. Row 5: J. Reilly, M. Gortenborg, B. Metcali K. Fyffe, S. Roberts, J. 4: D. Knox, A. Pollokoff, L. Lartal, G. Tsahakis, C. Conley, A. Jacknow, K. Urbon. Row 5: B. Goldberg C. Eddins J. Nulty and S. O'Connell y II' Www Iv .II ,i ry,-..- T, lil . yy . yy .X- PHYSICAL THERAPY 3. W Robert C. Bartlett Chairman The Department of Physical Therapy of Duke University Medical Center is composed of educational and patient care components, under the chairmanship of Professor Robert C. Bartlett. A total staff of ninety persons includes physical therapy clinicians, physical therapist assistants, students, faculty, and supportive personnel. The organizational structure and geo- graphic arrangement of the Department offer an excellent en- vironment for professional enrichment through an easy flow and exchange of ideas and skills among the faculty, staff and students. Staff members have many opportunities to contribute to the education of students through assistance in classroom instruction and regular supervision of students in clinical prac- tice. Conversely, the faculty participate in direct patient care. The clinical service, through seven day coverage, provides over sixty thousand inpatient and outpatient treatments a year. The Department's clinical component was established in 1930 with the educational component, a fifteen month certii- cate program, being established in 1943 under the leadership of Miss Helen Kaiser. Miss Kaiser directed the Department to national status until her retirement in 1969. In 1970, the educa- tional program was redesigned and expanded to an entry level curriculum which leads to the degree of Master of Science from the Graduate School, Duke University. Graduates of the pro- gram during its thirty-seven history are serving the health deliv- ery system throughout the nation. The expansion of the Medical Center, with the opening of Duke North Division, will enable the Physical Therapy Depart- ment to experience new growth in the areas of limited care and long-term rehabilitation. The establishment of these programs will complete the Department's ability to provide a wide range of comprehensive patient care. In addition to the provision of services within the Medical Center, members ofthe Department participate in community and state wide activities such as the Fayetteville Area Health Education Center, Coordi- nating Council for Senior Citizens in Durham, The Headstart Program of Operation Breakthrough, The Durham Public Schools and the Roxboro Public Schools. 'NJ .. 74 Barbara Minard, L.P.T.A. wi X ' i 'ti r i 1 15 . x N s, Karen Harmount, L.P.T. THE MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL THERAPY FACULTY i 1. 'w 'a s J 3 l l I 2. .... l 1 '? A if N, A if J. U-ii :1 :Kj H A K Row 1 QL to RD: E, Eckel, S. Nelson, E. Branch. Row 2: E. Villanluva, R. Bartlett, P. Duncan, C. Smith. Not Pictured: M. Riorclan, G. Horton. jj A l 7'2 A Q r . Q ' W ,Mf t f - . . 4 - 'A W 4 . I .ll w,. A' . 0 yy .AJ 1 . xW 7 , , ef' 1 g ri? fl Row 1 CL to RJ F Urbamk R Lucas V Watterson C Casper P M Petty Row 2 E Kane J Malarz D I-Ierbek G Bencx R Daasch L Schoonover ROW3 Malsak C Busby M Smxth F Gold S jablon M jackson B Miss S Hardy Not Pxctured M Schwendtj Sutter K Mark CL toYRlt'M. Smith, M. Maisak, F. Ufbanik, V. Wmefson, B. Miss, K. Mark, M. schwendf, L. schoonovef, R. Lucas, and J. suffer. THE MEDICAL CENTER ALLIED HEALTH EDUCATION NURSE ANESTHETIST PROGRAM Row 1 CL to RJ: R. Platt, S. Arnolcl, P. johnson. Row 2: J. Meyer, S. Berkeley, K. Stanley. Row 5: M. Clgton, R. Dudzik,j. Schreiner, J. Carlson. Row 4: G. Meyers, D. jump, D. Gleason, C. Camp ell. GYTOTECHNOLOGY PROGRAM I1 A lx I. If TL' 1 le -5. ,Q It n I 1- 44112- n' ' A A A J r A 1 ' f . -, ,l 1 Q11- 4'lU-,. Ei. A In N A. L L, .A 'T lv..-T Row 1 CL to RJ: P. Ashton, CTCASCPJQ Wjohnston, M.D.g S. Moore, CTKASCPDQ R. Wallace, CTCASCPJ. Row 2: J. Uhorchak, S. Hayes, N. Weisner, M. Duncan. ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY TECHNOLOGY PROGRAIVI . . 21 lx ap H...- xt? YG' 1 Y n ll A . ' . L w T' 1 .,1 T ff viz: - Q , X H - l X 1 . T' l Row 1 KL to RJ: A. Means, M. Sherron, S. Cheung, D. Brown. Row 2: C. Lee, M. Beane, D. Blair. THE MEDICAL CENTER 343 HEALTH ADMINISTRATORS MANAGEMENT h IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Row 1 KL to RJ: D. Warren, Acting Program Director, Dept. of Health Administrationgj. Slaughter, D. Steckerg B. Newton: D. Taylor, B. Brooks, S. Cowhigg N. Roach, T. Delaney, Program Director, I-I.A.M.I.P. Row 2:J. Steinerr, Associate Director, Charlotte Memorial Hospital, F. Eckel, Professor of Pharmacy, U.N.C. at Chapel Hill, R. Hoover, B. Hendrix: G. Braun, B. Calegj. Snellingsg G. Wright, W. Belmonte. Row 3: L. Donahueg R. Salyersg C, Raberg S. Pricldyg D. Crouch. Not Pictured: W. Bundy, J. Dobbins, jr. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Row HL to RJ: S. Calzada,J. Shoffner, S. Houchins, M. Kelly, P. O'Donnell, C. Mackey, L. Pike. Row 2: S. Casper, B. Rarhbun, B. Willoughby, B. Lavietes, L Hsu, K. Beam, D. Drake. Row 3: C. Wells, M. Schmidt, L. Lunn, I. Long, K. Koop, L. Longmnre. P. Bartlow, CT fASCPD 544 THE MEDICAL CENTER LCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAIVI '- Row 1 CL to RJ: C. Carter, T. TenCate, C. Conner, C. Alexander. Row 2: B. Blackburn, Educational Directorg K. Toth, L. Poovey, J. Workman, M.D,, Medical Directorg M. Suraci, D. Henry, L. Reed. PASTORAL CARE AND COUNSELING PROGRAM sf gr '- .x Row 1 CL to RJ: R. Faisong P. Keeseg D. Franzeng V. Tyson. Row 2: D. Dealtrygj. Guffyg W. Aitken, Director, Chaplains Serviceg S. Wood. Row 3: B. Folandgj. VanVickleg M. McMahong R. Goodman. Row 4: B. Bushongg L. jonesg S. Miracleg J. Detwiler, Director, Clinical Pastoral Education. PATHOLOGIST'S ASSISTANT PROGRAIVI gr-ti. A , , , ree I I I H 1 i f ,I 5 Ill, O 5 , V N i fl. ', f I Qs Fil I I TT ' Y F? Row 1 CL to RJ: F. Rance, K Broda, Ph.D., Associate Director, P. Pratt, M.D., Director, P. Mazzeo, P.A., Assistant Director. Row 2: A. Novotnyg D. Budwitgj, jordan. Row 3: M. Sheehyg L. Willmott, R. Hokansong R. Robertsgj. Watterson. Not Pictured: T. Murphy. THE MEDICAL CENTER 345 PHYSICIAN'S ASSOCIATE PROGRAM Year 1 Q1 -.wifi . -f if H. ,ms 'ff' if ' 'L ' A I 2' fbizfb. , A -1- -- 5?-e -saw: F' . 1. , 1- 4 I I QQ' T . . :I IA-L EI? if-1 ' I 12+ 5- .'f I '1 l - f S am ee sn- 4 T -at ev - -f . r - A -1 -P, 3. -.ies -Y , 0, .. ' L . rf W - r W., . . xy. l G .A .,J, . ' X4 9 I fsfjxy N - I , rd wr... . A AQ. Fl - ' L -. . . .ef P A ' f .: -AAA us .L-5- 2130 fl .X A . 1 3 4 rf? . J P gl nhl, if ,P ,I . , V 1 V H H73 Y , - wig J.. V' lx' - 1 J . ' S A x I 5 0,1 . . .5 A 5, HYV. A l ll L Q A L '- Q' ,A X if ee 1 ' . A? W W .V j r c , V gy-:qv if ' 4. 1 -if f Q ., , , - ,,j Row 1 CL to RD: A. Palmer, C. Kirschenbaum, H. Hausmann, K. Zachmann, D. Weissman, C. Grant,-I. Fullerton, M. Ettari. Row 2: L. Decker, E. Kidd, D. Mattinglyhl. Scott, S. Withers, D. Osborne, D. Hammerstrom, M. Oxentenko, K. Davenport. Row 3: T. Fuller, B. Armstrong, W.Jennings, A. Fidao, K. Greco, G. Glaubke, W. Schultz, K. Scadden. Row 4: J. Lord, J. Cohen, J. Stajich, E. Fieg, J. Trowbridge, M. Poole, L. Crocker, J. Strand. Year 2 T A 1 fill fi! C., , X an 1131 l v , ill r r f, ,W ' 1- H . A Row 1 CL to RJ: C. Bacal, S. Miller, T. Cureton, M. Hayden, K. Fifield. Row 2: A. Sheffield, C. Coles, K. Barts, E. Sullivan, E. Alfonsi, C. Weaver. Row 311. Hollinshead, C. Hohl, M. Isbell, L. Lockleat, R. Conerly. 346 THE MEDICAL CENTER IJ? r - -AE . ' fr I -A: . Aw D. Nelken, P.A. HOSPITAL AND CLINICAL PHARMACY RESIDENCY PROGRAM f I Ib. ln... H:..t'.X .fr fr-1+ I 'W f o I L- 5 x I ,, s 'N 'N n' ' I , 1 I 4 'Sv 5 'f Row 1 CL to RD: V. Verling,j. Norquest, S. Guthrio. Row 2: R. Rodgers, N. Rodaway, M. Skolaur, Program Director. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY INTERNSHIP PROGRAM T ,, ,I I .. ,,,.. '- +-sag. .f-Z' I A Q ,-,v-ti.-N. ' J I. ,M I .Q .II E x W w X, I fl , ,wx 1?-E ' 3 ff.-Q'-I X -' l j W 311' 5 X N...IIa M , ' I I L to R: J. Mowrey, L. Barnett, L. Paulauskas, S. McKay, L. Anderson, A. Scovern, P. Chaferz. D. Oakley, R.Ph. S. Salon and A. Scovern, Ph.D. 5235? THE MEDICAL CENTER 547 RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM . -' a w- X, ' 4m-f ?E ,s inn 'KA 0 N. Rf '-X-,fn it Row 1 CL to RJ: A. Cates, K. Holmes, A. Burris, S. Medrick, G. Roberts, H. Best. Row 2: T. Neal, T. Oakley, S. Davis, B. Duberstein, K. Hoyle, D. Rogers. Row 3: C. Phaneuf, Instructor, M. Butler, T. Knight, B. Collins, D. Kirks, M.D., Medical Director. Row 4: C. Easterling, Technical Director, D. Bunn, S. Allen, M. Sawyer, D. Hilton, M. Stone, Instructor. Not Pictured: D. Fletcher, L. Brach, S. Bunney. SPEECH PATHOLOGY-AUDIOLOGY RESIDENCY PROGRAM ' li f V 1 1 I 1 i fl r Q 'x X . I l. ,. Row 1 CI. to RJ: G. Fletcher, K. Fedor, L. Kunze,,I. Horner, C. Paone. Row 2: N. Schafer, B. Weber, S. Fowler, J. Spalding, M. Foley, J. Riski. L. Kunze, Ph.D., Director Speech Pathology-Audiology Program Adkins, R,T. P l 'l E ,,i.' Q X, i v .,,- 3 X , xx 1 i 5 Q ll 'a Wk l MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER Warren Bird Director Dr. Wilburt C. Davison records that the provision of a library was one of his first concerns from the time of his appointment as Dean of the Duke University School of Medicine in 1927. Books and journals, he said, are more important than build- ings, faculty, and students, and more difficult to find. For the purpose he obtained a special grant ofS 100,000 from the Duke Endowment and sought the advice of colleagues in other institu- tions. Miss Judith Farrar, as Hospital Librarian, and he began assembling a collection of journals using three dollars per bound volume as a general rule. The total cost of the original Hospital Library collection, according to Davison, was 35124,000, a figure for less than what the Library-now spends in a year to keep its collection up-to-date. For that sum Duke acquired very rapidly a fairly comprehensive collection of standard journals including complete runs of the classic journals. Development over the next thirty years was much more restricted. By 1960 a major medical center had developed, but the Library had not grown proportionately. The staff was tiny, and in 1961 only 700 current periodicals were being received when a generally accepted standard for medical center libraries was 1,200 to 1,500. By 1965 the staff had been enlarged to provide standard reference and bibliographical services, cover- age of the current literature had been greatly increased, and readers had begun to respond. The better and bigger the Library became, the more hopelessly inadequate the old quarters were. Proposals for a new library building had been made by the Library Committee as early as 1959, and serious studies of needs and solutions were made at the instigation of Dean Barnes Woodhall. Dr. Woodhall and Vice-President William G. Anlyan were successively members and chairmen of the Board of Regents of the National Library of Medicine and so were keenly aware of potential developments in biomedical com- munications. In 1970 when Dr. Anlyan commissioned the architects to design a building for the Library, he presented them with a new concept of the Library as the core of a com- munications center, and construction began in 1973. In these new quarters in the Seeley G. Mudd Building, the Medical Center Library now has space adequate for staff, collec- tions and readers. Modern medical education and research, like other academic disciplines, are being affected by recent ad- vances ofthe electronic age and made use of computer searching of comprehensive biomedical literature data banks, non-book formats for audiovisual education, and data processing techni- ques for internal record maintenance and production. The Lib- rary has also hosted some pilot experiments in computer- assisted instruction. Together with several hundred other biomedical libraries, the Library participates in networking links to assure broad coverage of the literature and is an active re- source center for the mid-Atlantic area. A deep understanding of the informational needs of the users of a library - within the Medical Center and the region -is the base upon which the dynamic development of its collections depends. It is also necessary to make provisions for the future and to appreciate the multidimensional character of the various disciplines that are to be supported. For example, the study of the history of medicine has become seriously involved in the ethics and sociology of medicine. Health care delivery techni- ques encompass such diverse fields as economics, demography and politics, as well as the tenets of the Practice of Medicine. The scientific bases of medicine find expression in essentially all the physical, natural, mathematical and behavioral sciences. The Library must continue to maintain an awareness of the breadth of these activities in medicine and to match resources with needs. Such is the goal of the Staff of the Medical Center Libraryg the objective has always been, and will continue to be, to provide the right information to the right person at the right time. I G.S.T. Cavanagh, Curator, Trent Collection T THE MEDICAL CENTER 349 MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY STAFF Row 1 KL to RD: W. Bird, M. Birch, K. Kruse, G. Stephens, III, D. Donlon, S. Stapleton, H. Vines, T. Wiethe, P. Rains, G. Cavanagh, S. Smith, C. Tatum, E Cooper. Row 2: J. Walker, B. Busse, K. Porter, E. Adams, V. Reeves, G. Bowers, P. Ecklund, S. Johnson, M. Brown, M. Walke, S. Feinglos,j. Woodburn. Current journal Room Stacks Main Stairway THE MEDICAL CENTER SCHOOL OF NURSING Ruby L. Wilson, Ed.D. Dean Acting on the conviction that excellent hospital care was essential to a high quality of life for citizens of the Carolinas, James B. Duke in 1925 bequeathed ten million dollars for the erection of a hospital and schools of medicine and nursing that were the foundation of what is now the Duke University Medi- cal Center. The School of Nursing was planned in conjunction with the Hospital, and in May, 1929, Miss Bessie Baker became its first Dean. Although recruited from the University of Min- nesota, Miss Baker shared with most members of the originating medical faculty a background of experience at the johns Hop- kins University Medical Center, and she fit her ideas easily into the planning for hospital operations led by Dr. Wilbert C. Davison, Dean ofthe School of Medicine and the first chairman of the clinical departments. As early as 1929, Davison stressed that the Duke nursing student would be like both the university student and the medical intern, with classroom and laboratory instruction com- plementing practical experience in the care of patients. Most members of the first nursing class, which matriculated in Janu- ary, 1931, were from North Carolina. The standard curriculum led to a Diploma of Graduate Nurse or, upon completion of sixty additional hours of acceptable college work, to a Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. By the time the first class gradu- ated in 1933, the reputation of the new school was beginning to draw applicants from many states, ofthese women, an increasing percentage presented one or more years of college work upon application and opted for the B.S.N. degree. During these first years the aft and skills of bedside nursing were taught by Miss Loise Grant, assistant to Miss Baker. The remainder ofthe curriculum was either taught or coordinated by Miss Ann I-Ienshaw Gardiner. Members of the medical faculty frequently took responsibility for single lectures or lecture sets, but Miss Gardiner was the person who integrated the material from class to class and provided continuity from session to session. For the first decade at Duke she was the influential faculty member in setting academic standards, but nursing su- pervisors and head nurses assisted in the specialized clinical instruction. The nursing students lived in Baker House, which was initially constructed as a separate building but later joined to the Hospital, graduate nurses also lived there. In December of 1934 the first constitution and by-laws were drawn for the Duke University School of Nursing Alumni Association, which has been active ever since in maintaining close relationships between over 2,500 graduates and the School. In 1935 students organized a Green journal Club through which to keep abreast of new developments in the emerging nursing profession. The increasingly professional self- image of the nurse was leading, by the end of the decade, to a redefinition of nursing education that emphasized technical and professional competence more than training through primarily bedside apprenticeship. National nursing organizations also be- gan to demand that collegiate schools of nursing be organized under the control of university rather than hospital structures. In November, 1940, Duke abolished the B.S.N. option and became a hospital of nursing. Cf the graduates of the first decade, two of every five earned the B.S.N. degree, one of every two practiced in the South. World War II dictated that the second era in the history ofthe Duke University School ofNursing be dominated by expansion and accelerated training rather than by accreditation criteria. In April of 1941 the U.S. Public Health Service suggested that Duke increase its enrollment in order to help provide the nurses necessary for both military and civilian service. Under the lead- ership of Miss Margaret I. Pinkerton, who succeeded Miss Baker in 1939, Duke increased the size of its 1941 class by forty-five per cent and thereafter admitted large classes every nine months Crather than every twelve? until 1948. Many of the graduates, particularly those who were members of the U.S. Cadet Nurse Corps, went directly into military service, leaving even more care of Duke Hospital patients in the hands of nursing students. Because of a shortage of space in the nurses' home CBaker I-Iousel, a number of students roomed on the University's East Campus. Additional dormitory space for nurs- ing students was provided by a federal matching grant in 1943, and a new facility was built on Erwin Road. ya-rztfffi :mfg 'fi .. -V iffy.--E N . . . n . . . . ., , Q --1-ev WL - V. Baker THE MEDICAL CENTER 551 NURSING SCHOOL FACULTY I I 9:21 H- .V -. -, i fly I - I i -1 -- - . - - -----, - -,-.-- -----H --------,----- After the war the curriculum of the School was revised under the leadership of a new Dean, Miss Florence K. Wilson. Within the University a Division of Nursing Education was created as an integral part of the Department ofEducationg this was under the direction of Dr. Helen Nahm, who later became a national leader in nursing education. Plans were drawn to enable stu- dents to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education degree as well as a diploma in nursing. The goal of this program was to prepare Duke graduates for teaching and supervisory positions. However, only a small number of students undertook the six or more years of academic work necessary to earn both diploma and degree. This program was but one of a host of new post-war educational activities. New in-service training pro- grams were offered in the care of premature infants for public health nurses, in medical, surgical, and psychiatric nursing for graduate nurses, and in cost analysis for nursing administrators. A practical nursing course for black women was co-sponsored with the Durham City Schools and the North Carolina Depart- ment of Vocational Education. At the end of the 19-40's the School was rated inthe top quarter of nursing schools nation- wide and attracted outstanding students from across the coun- try. The decade was capped by approval for a new 550-bed nurses' home by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission. In 1950 a federal grant of lS440,000 under the Hill-Burton Act was more than matched by a gift from Mrs. Elizabeth P. Hanes, wife of the former chairman of Duke's Department of Medi- cine. Since there was an acute shortage of nurses at this time at Duke Hospital and nationwide, the opening of Hanes House in June, 1952, was both a monument to the School's achievements and a symbol of the continuing need for its graduates. In 1953 under the leadership of Dean Florence Wilson, the three-year diploma program was revised and a new four-year Bachelor of Science in Nursing program, which offered in pub- lic health nursing, became available. In 1955, when these pro- grams and a revised plan of organization for the School of Nurs- ing within the University won the approval of the National League for Nursing, Duke once again became a collegiate school. The continuing nursing shortage also sparked imple- mentation of team nursing, led by Miss Lelia Clark, Director of Nursing Services and Professor of Nursing, in which one general duty nurse supervised a team of graduate nurses and practical nurses in the care of particular groups of patients. The tenure of Miss Annjacobanksy, who became Dean of the School in 1955, was marked by the discontinuation of the diploma program, the refinement of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program, and the initiation of a Master of Science in THE MEDICAL CENTER Nursing program. Aided by a grant from the Rockefeller Foundation, Miss Thelma Ingles pioneered an innovative mas- ter's program devoted exclusively to advanced preparation in patient care rather than to preparation for teaching or adminis- tration. The National League of Nursing, however, was not ready to give approval for advanced preparation in clinical areas, but within a few years it became clear that Duke had again taken a leadership role in nursing as master's programs in advanced clinical nursing were given NLN accreditation. A later focus in geontological nursing was developed by Dr. Virginia Stone. In 1961-62, Hanes Project saw primary nursing instituted with separate payment for nursing services provided at three levels. Change in other traditional policies relative to patient care were also made as a result of this innovative program of the School of Nursing under the direction of Miss Ruby Wilson. , Q 1 1 J I -1' ,j Q 1'- if--.. ,f,, I, si. El J 4 ,- Class in childbirth instruction NURSING SCHOOL STUDENTS CLASS OF 1980 . .1 ' I . 111- 7 4.,. w-.-v W l W I l liEli1i,.lff I 401-51 ' h :7S3 ' . -gg .f-,' as -I .f W4 : I' I Q I a -ra . ,r , W'-'. . .1 , T' I T - V K .li 1 A . 'V i J . ,3 1, 1. t t F ' -.ii ft if ' f ., fjii ,lr i I I .1 X . I A ,:. if Af 11 Q F 1 Row 1 QL to RJ: M. Yen E. Adams, V. Walker, L. Siconolfi, M. Fultz, P. Sotir, R. MacDona1d,j. Crothers, C. Webber, E. Philpot, A. Slezak, M. Noonan, C. Scheil Row2: C Klove,J. Kistler, S. Amos,J. Steely,M. Murphy,T. Shimer,M. Albert, C. Fischer, C. Emerich, B. Zagor,J. Weideli, L. Cheves,L. Barfield,N. A I-I A C l tt P La worth C E le L Griggs P I-Iering, Rolfe,iC. Neuberger. Row 5: C. Mueller, V. Lamprecht, M. Silcox, S. Maddern, N. Melling, . awes, , at e , . p , . pp , . , . R. Kokatnur, S. Meghdadpour. Row 4: N. Pernice, S. Lang,j. Wilkins, K. Quesenberry, C. Polzin, B. Hess, P. McNitzsky, A. Morledge, M. DeLorenzo, C Weinberg, N Goodnow M. Dodds, K Ogren E. Wohlleben Row 5: C. Gore, S. Shapiro, E. Dyer, E. Rice, B. Brondes, D. Gharst, P. Parker, N. Outzs, M. Ballenger, B. 'Pryzwara. Row 6: L. Eisetihardt, Baker, P. Slaughter, L. Schwersky, A. Heath, M. Redpath, E. Nicodemus, E, Niehoff, D. Kelley, E urray, Morgan. In the late 195O's, Miss Dorothy Smith, previously a faculty member at Duke, developed at the new University of Florida Medical Center a nursing organization that included responsi- bility for both patient care and student education. This unified model had been disbanded earlier nationally in nursing in order to document that nursing students in collegiate programs were no longer apprentice labor in hospitals, but its reappear- ance was heralded as innovative , This organization model again made its appearance at Duke with Dr. Myrtle Irene Brown, who served for just over two years as Dean and Director of Patient Services. Her appointment in 1967 continued a major revision of the bacculaureate nursing curriculum initiated by Dean jacobansky. Flexibility and individuality of learning high- lighted this curriculum, which had final implementation and refinement under the leadership of Dr. Ruby L. Wilson, who was appointed Dean in 1971 and continues to serve. The decade of the 1970's has been earmarked by the move- ment of students, both undergraduate and graduate, to sites remote from the hospital for clinical experiences that have emphasized a health promotion orientation in additional to recovery from illness. A select number of undergraduates and faculty spend one semester in either Asheville, North Carolina, or England as part of the regular porgram, and others commute regularly to urban and rural community agencies. Independent study and nursing electives set the Duke programs apart from most other nursing programs, and the rapidly expanding re- sources of the Medical Center, in addition to those of the University, offer unusual learning experiences of high quality. A new nursing building for education and administration was completed in 1975, and additional classroom space was made available with the move of the Nursing Library to the new Medical Center Library in 1975. Research, writing for publica- tion, and paper presentations at national professional meetings by faculty have significantly increased, and consortial planning for regional doctoral programs in nursing is underway. The Fiftieth Anniversary year allows for reflection with pride upon the achievements and challenges of the School of Nursing from 1930-31 through 1980-81. The next fifty years are ex- pected to unfold a continuing sequence of events that will ensure quality of service to patients through progressive de- velopments in nursing research and education. 5:15 1 . Ju. - ..,, V J Lee Ann Cheves and parents on graduation day V. Erickson THE MEDICAL CENTER 355 I -'I I I I I I I -I I I I I I I I ,I ,Il I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I N I I ,l . I I I I ,1, ,, ,J L YZ A W7 V77 7- , !,,,77,,,,7, 7- - 7 V fi' 'Y' ACTIVITIES AN I RGANIZATI NS 3Q K A 357 DMM SUM W ewwhwmma MPM I I I I 352 AmmanMem'SfUdIenfP1SwiHIf0nI 354 American Med1IuaIxWnmengs Assnuiaminn 365 wma' Medica' Aasmum' II I Sem I II II I f-IW Engle Snciery 368 HMI-tfiafff I II W ShiI1ingD uIlnessA I I'nIfa 1WI I I Student-FIacuItyShqww 314 PI Hqggfand Parties am ISM-It- 'Ifv Tennis Twffwni I 380 EImdHeaI.IhCenfe, 382 IGlra+duaIian+ 384 Sem I uhm Edina: Jfollw- Lucas. 1' iwg Af,'.7.-f?31Nf5lr1V '59 , N QA: ,Vi lic XV0llIICl'li0kfC1' Fop. 111 1l'norlog 1111111 'Ia can Dric koguls uit dc burst 1 1 Du lllllll .ging clonal, cn 'lc Mij uxvt zijn hluod b0llllll'Sf.. f' 1 had Xml was 1-r wus l'l'!l kiml heel ziukg l'fI1 W1-f'f gij, Wilf ik dm-al? lk Mark 'I dvn 111-k. w:1:11'1lum' he-t sszlump liz-v'11 smart ul' 111,111 1111-1-r luwl. y ' Ik In-11 ilu wullqlvlwlnktmrr lfnp, I71- wm-rvlal alum' h1-kcrml. lu hvcl Ill! wvrulcl I1-cf! cr gccn . Z11u'11 l10og:g1:Icc1'1l1e vwxt. Ecn rijk hc.-cr had een kropgcmw wut was can naar gczicht D Ik lnaaldc met een wuw '1 gczwel En ook dc keel hcm dicht. Ihr kuk vzm Zijnl: llzul urgu pijn in MN 151711011 7i.il35lll2 Bflllkritlfif. 1 't l1ooMg hob ik hem Yau alle 11ij11 bvroufxl. 12 , 151513, 11'-' 11 ' H1 eilfy' ' 1 1f111111W 1' ,qv fl: lr- l A 1 Q M 1 N 'gr 5' f'u1!17' I '-'T ' if mnwwjf 1 WM . Tha? lk .112 Milli! l ns A Y W GN v Wwv1w u,l,g5sJ ,'f gf SH ,M mg: ,r-'K,- 1 V 1 111411 'LMI Mia 11'-1 -' ,rf ,,' fgjgdilgvyk 1.3 'fwfikj' g15!k371.fgf 7 1 ' M2591 MHWEI im Kwfluwtwiglif -f', ' W' -1 x , P1133 1:11:12 -1 W .j n mf 1 Q fu fy H -1- A J' 'Q L-'1 ' '11 ' ffew. . ,I , 11151 , My 5,2hg.w3y'1 E151 1 Q 1 L41 M11 -bf fi 1 Z' 1 ' ' 'L . 1 1-,' ' 1 W' QSM .. 1 1211 lg 5' U1 1 Qin, AJ - - 1 A 'IN H Y A..u..' M ,ww .M Maur 't grmvtsh: 1111n:st1:r1s111k 111,-ml ik 1, , , , , U , ' 't. Wclk bmuf wut opzicn gaxf, ESR fam l'l'f:l'?n h d'l:chwt' 11.1111 Illilfl dug 11111134 1111111 pnolf.k1:11 wus, lk zmkdu een heel., me vt Wow had. Agn wa Lflll U1 111011 ,H WM: zijn gm-,,w,,,:.m15 U . Fiksdl bei zijn hmm! uf. 1 D11 man 111111 111211911 mrcr kncsspun, 1 lk 1-nmv lll'IlI m1-1 1 hmaulspn Ill, I , U Nw H0011 wcvr vngqmllfl- lin hub hum ul .-I hmfcuril. AMW F'f 'f'V9 'k' ' WW W 'L Klamgt 11iu11111'r 13611 jlilfiillltl 13111 ik. ale w1,1nel1r1'1l11kh-1' lfup. Dun zlccn :uh-vnlc vv11t'f AESCULAPIAN 80 john Lucas lf., N! In these three pages are the faces of those who are responsible for the re- maining 515 pages of this 50th Anniversary Edition of the Aercula- pinzn. Without their diligent work and sacrifice, often at the expense of their medical studies, this book would nev- er have been possible. Unfortunately we are unable to include the many unpictured and unnamed students, staff and friends whose contributions as typists, salespersons, photo- graphers, lay-out assistants, and writ- ers were invaluable. We all hope that your enjoyment and satisfaction in reading this book equals our pride in producing the AES C ULAPIAN X 80. Marsha Adams Ann Lansing 1 7 N ,sl 4 n c .1 LA 24' E3 WW :fri ...uv s WWW W T 'NY -le .1 4 H , Pam Sholar and jan Porter ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 357 N Meg Richardson Faith Birmingham Kemp Kernstine Q-.S xx 39, SX , X 1 fag, .,hnx -.av i 1 buys- Val Lightnfr D Q Candis Grace Berrylin Ferguson W Ig If Tom Comer Caferena Crew Laurle Dunn V JE' Q: QF ynolds P1 Lgjxrv DAVISON SOCIETY The Davison Society is the student body of Duke Medical School. Each year it elects officers who comprise the Davison Council. The Council is concerned with serving the student body, the Medical Center, the University, and the community in a variety of ways. First, the Council appoints or elects representatives to many Medical Center and University committees which desire the participation of medical students. These committees include the Medical School Advisory Committee, the Medical Education Policy Advisory Committee, the Medical School Admissions Committee, faculty search committees, and many others. In this way, medical students are able to provide these bodies with a unique perspective and also to educate their own colleagues regarding the making of administrative decisions. Secondly, the Davison Society sponsors many organizations with educational, cultural, and philanthropic goals. These in- clude, among others, the various intramural teams, the East End Health Clinic, the Sex Education Committee, the American Medical Women's Association, the American Medical Student's Association, the Student National Medical Association, and various seminar groups. The Weekly publication, S lazfting Du!!- nerr, informs students of the activities of these organizations and serves as general bulletin board function as Well. Finally, the Council organizes or supports various schoolwide social events. These include not only the usual array of parties, but also a series of Friday afternoon informal receptions co- sponsored by the clinical and basic science departments Cdubbed Renewal of Systemnj, and the annual Student-Faculty Show each spring. ' DAVISON COUNCIL MEMBERS 1979-1980 L t R, F' st R : Edd'e M'ller, Hugh Morris, Bob Ziegler, john Alexander, Steve Ryan, Second Row: Jim Halverson, Julie Price, Gyven Arens, lsalgelle Viilkenavlnam Bbwe,lJim Morrisg Third Row: john Lucas, Mike Rocco, Alan Crimm, Pam Sholar, john Buckner, Gary Kay, B111 Hazelg Fourth Row: julie Lane, Threasa Reiman, Estrada Bernard, Alan Shelton. 360 ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS DAVISON COUNCIL 1980-1981 OFFICERS President Alan Shelton Service V.P. Ed Miller Social V.P. Greg George Treasurer Gloria Ashland Secretary Philip Buescher Sports Manager Mark Ling CLASS OF 1981 President john Lucas Quay Snyder Parn Sholar Pam Bowe Bob Parkerson CLASS OF 1982 President jim Halverson Sam Dove jeff Warren Diana Bures Rosanne Pollack CLASS OF 1985 President Julia Lane Estrada Bernard Ned Hooper Tom Collier Ken Roberts COMBI NED DEGREE CLASS President Mark Ling Marsha Adams John Buse Clockwise from bottom left: Steve Ryan, Eddie Miller, Isabelle Wilkins,John Buckner, Sid Gospe, Eben Alexander, Steve Wool, Bob Ziegler, john Alexander COMMITTEE APPOI NTME NTS ADMISSIO NS Roosevelt Gilliam III MSIII Dan Caffrey MSIII Lea Sewell MSIV DEA N'S HOUR Betsy Clardy MSIII John Dein MSIV HUMA N EXPERIME N TATIO N David Albert MSIV jan Kylstra MSII Calternateb CURRICULUM COMMITTEES FIRST Dan Siedler MSIV Sue Frederick MSII SECO ND Anne McKnight MSIV Kemp Kernstine MSIII Bill Hazel MSII Georgette Dent MSIII THIRD David Trader MSIV Sandy Emery MSIII Debbie Kondis MSIII Marty Gagliano MSIII FOURTH Candis Grace MSIV Beth Murdaugh MSIV Ed Miller MSIV ' Joanne Piscitelli MSIV ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 561 ALPHA OMEGA ALPHA Duke has had a chapter of Alpha Omega Alpha, the national honor medical society, since the medical school's beginning in 1951. Each year new members are elected in the fall with very few guidelines set by the national organization. That is, the total number of new undergraduate members cannot exceed one- sixth of the total number expected to graduate in that class and not more than one-half of the quota can be elected in their third year. In addition, up to three Duke Medical Alumni who have graduated at least ten years prior to election and one present faculty member may be elected. Prior to the advent ofpass f fail grading, election was solely on the basis of scholastic rank. New members are now chosen by present members based on scholas- tic achievement, integrity, compassion and leadership potential. At Duke, AOA is not merely an honor society, but actively seeks to contribute to medical education in several ways. Each year Duke applies for and has always been granted money from the national organization to sponsor a visiting professor. Indi- viduals are invited who are of an interest to a broad spectrum of the medical community and the professors usually end up partic- pating in several departments' grand rounds as well as leading a discussion andfor seminar on a general topic pertinent to the medical profession. Notable guests in the past have been Dr. Arthur Dyck of Harvard, Dr. Theodore Cooper, Masters and Johnson and most recently Dr. Robert G. Petersdorf, former Chief of Medicine at the University of Washington. His week was highlighted by Medical and Surgical Grand Rounds and a Symposium on Comparative Health Care Systems. Another annual activity sponsored by Duke's AOA is the student taught physical diagnosis course offered on an optional basis to first year students. This course taught by second and third year students not limited to members offers an opportun- ity for students to review and practice aspects of the physical in a relaxed and informal atmosphere. It does not interfere with regularly scheduled courses and has been met with much enthu- siasm in the past on both the part of the teachers and first year class. In the spring of each year, AOA gives students involved in research a chance to share with fellow students and faculty what they have accomplished. This is via a research symposium where students voluntarily present their research and first and second year students have an opportunity to view what is available to them for their third year of study. Each year a keynote speaker and judge is invited and we look forward to this year's guest, Dr. Francis Moore, Elliot Carr Cutler Professor of Surgery at Har- vard. Mary F. Earley Vice President 1980 AOA MEMBERS . - ' Washburn L. Froome E. L t R, F' t R : D. Attarian, D. Allen, W. Putnam, M. Earley, L. Abbey, M. Neuss, E. Coffey, J: Lucas, Second Row. R. . l , 1 Aletitandeff Eiifcrh, P. DeLuca, T. Gore, G. Ashland, F: Brazeal, J. Bird, j. Rutledge, 5- Adler? Thifdgow- P- FOSYCIZ R- Sfelfl, D- Sledlef, D- Harlan, M. Gillman, D. Browning, M. Dresser, L. Markert, V. Lightner, T. White, R. Damiano, R. Ziegler, . ng. ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS - CURRENT AOA MEMBERS crass OF '80 COMBINED DEGREE Linda Abbey Eben Alexander Dave Attarian Janice Bird Alan Chu C. Edward Coffey Ralph Damiano Mary Earley Nancy Fitch Paul Foster Lynn Froome Tom Gore Richard King Michael Neuss janet Russell Stephen Ryan Robert Van Dalen Ronald Washburn Thomas White 1980 OFFICERS President Vice President Treasurer Paul Foster Mary Earley David Howell Stuart Adler Kim Boekelheide David Browning Michael Dresser David Howell CLASS OF Dave Allen Gloria Ashland Febe Brazeal Peter Deluca Matthew Gillman Val Lightner Louise Markert jackie Rutledge Peter Sims Robert Ziegler '81 David Harlan John Lucas William Putnam Daniel Siedler Roy Stein SPONSORS Wendell F. Rosse, M.D. Madison S. Spach, M.D. 1962 AOA MEMBERS ' -Q 1' .- I L to R First Row: Tom Foster, Dick Kramer, Dr. Orgain, Bill Warden, Dick Stoneg Second Row: Joe Farmer, Dave Sime, Dan Jones, Bill Baxleyg Third Row: John Kapp, john Porter, ?, Tom Graham ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 563 364 ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS AMERICAN MEDICAL STUDENT ASSOCIATION I I I I A ga fiffffl I YI . 'D Q 'Ir .A L to R, First Row: Pam Sholar, Pam Bowe, David Albert, jackie Rutledgeg Second Row: Alan Crimm, Harry Severance, and Bob Parkerson. The American Medical Student Association CAMSAJ has his- torically been very active at Duke. Nationally AM SA developed from the Student American Medical Association CSAMAD dur- ing the late 1960's and now represents a totally independent medical student organization with broad interests and remark- able activism. This year commemorates the thirtieth birthday of the organization which has grown to over 25,000 members. Many Duke students have become involved with AMSA on a national level over the years, and the result has been beneficial to Duke as well as AMSA. Leadership skills are developed through national involvement, and this through the years has been a strong aspect of the organization at Duke. AMSA! SAMA at Duke initiated the development of the Davison Society in 1968, which has become the primary forum where all students are members and have a chance to be involved. AMSA began the sex education course fraught to seventh grade stu- dentsj over ten years ago, and it has developed into a self sufficient program. It has also provided book cooperatives, events for faculty-student interactions, and seminar series for the benefit of all students. Many Duke students have also util- ized MECO CMedical Education Community Orientationl and CTAP CCommunity Technical Assistance Programb for meaningful summer experiences. With the development of the Davison Society and the growth of other student organizations at Duke, the local activity of AMSA has diminished. National involvement remains a major focus of activity, and many Duke students have been involved. One of our students was National Vice-President and then National AMSA President, exemplify- ing the depth of Duke's involvement nationally. The future for AMSA at Duke is one of reorganization and one of defining the local role anew. More active recruitment of members is plan- ned, and more local activities will be instituted. The multitude of benefits from national involvement will of course always be reaped, and it is hoped that these experiences will be utilized to foster the resurgence of AMSA locally. Alan Shelton AMSA President '80 Judy Andersen with daughr EALTH IS WHOLENESS UNFOLDING- Rub IT :S PRESENT N UNI-jj WHEN WE CONTINUE T0 SEEK IN ouksnvss, IN owe INSTITMTIOAIS Toasrnsn wm+ omses, R sunlwvc- WHICH IS SIGNIFICRNZ 'Vwrnaj Mifio ' 'f ' W Jan Bird Women s Assoc1at1on Inc. MM American Medical N A snow chemin To ENCDURHGE Murum. SUPPORT AND To fxnoks ISSUES OF colvcz-.'R1V T0 WOMEN IIV MENCINE. NO FOO Norma Lemon CTIVITIES AN STUDENT NATIONAL MEDICAL ASSOCIATION The Student National Medical Association CSNMAJ is a national nonprofit organization of over SOOO third world students in 120 chapters in medical schools and undergraduate institutions across the U.S. Founded in 1964 mainly through the efforts of students from Howard and Meharey Medical Colleges, it has as its purpose: - to create an atmosphere where professional excellence and moral principles can Hnd fullest expression - to disseminate information relative to minority problems within the field of medical education - to develop workable programs for the implementation of better urban and rural health care - to provide national leadership in the promulgation of legislative policies for the provision of better health care - to sponsor programs for minority youth to encourage their entrance into the health professions - to raise the level of minority student recruitment, admissions and retention in health care professional schools - to take necessary and proper steps to eradicate prejudicial practices in medical education and related areas The Duke Chapter of SNMA, comprised of 27 black students, is very active both locally and nationally in the implementation of these goals. Funded partly through the Davison Council and by its own efforts, they coordinate a wide variety of activities. Some of their activities include active recruitment of qualified minority students in North Carolina and other states, visits to area high schools to encourage students to enter health care professions, continuous communication with the admissions committee regarding the progress of minority admissions, a Radio Health-Awareness Series, various publications including the issue of First Contact entitled Blacks in Medicine, and participation in a number of community health projects. The Duke SNMA has also sponsored several prominent speakers to address the Medical Center community, among them Dr. Thomas Malone, Deputy Director of the National Institutes of Health, Dr. Robert Davison, President of the National Medical Association, and Dr. Dorothy Brown, surgeon and former member of the U.S. House of Representatives for the state of Tennessee. Representatives of the Duke University Chapter annually attend the SNMA National and Regional Conferences as well as the NMA Regional Conference to stay abreast of activities outside the Durham Community. In addition, the Duke Chapter of SNMA served as co-sponsor of the 1980 Regional NMA-SNMA Conference and Medical Education Workshop. K K' . 'Y glitz -'IL ' I Qtff' tw- . .3.'f ..r1s. Norma Lemon in center Asela Russell Sam Dove ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS SEX ED Over the last three years the Sex Ed Committee has been growing continuously. Having Dr. John Steege and Debra Kaplan as faculty advisors has been important, but the dedication of students is the key. Each year our sex educators include about forty students from the School of Medicine, eight from the School of Nursing and four from the Physician's Associate Program. Altogether this involves over 1,500 hours of volunteer service. One program, headed by Barb Clark for the last two years, has been the organization of a course on Issues in Human Sexuality for up to 150 Trinity College folk. Med students serve as discussion group leaders following each of the thirteen evening lectures. Our experiences here not only help us get closer in tune with our own sexuality, but also allow us to develop skills of leading group discussions. The positive feedback from undergrads reassures us that we are helping in their development. The other major program, headed by Eddie Miller for the last three years, has been teaching an eight day course on Human Sexuality and Adolescence for all 750 seventh graders in the Durham city school system. This has been a fun and eye-opening experience for all involved and, of course, the kids just love us. There is nothing a seventh grader would rather learn about than sex and the psycho-social problems of adolescence. By emphasizing the importance of responsible, adult-like communication and decision making we feel we are a healthy influence on their development. , Over the years we have acquired an extensive library of books, articles, pamphlets, films and other teaching aids. This year we are receiving two journals on sex education and counseling and are sending a representative to the national meeting of the National Association of Sex Educators, Counselors and Therapists. As far as we know, Duke involves more med students in sex education than any other school in the world. That is something to be proud of! Eddie Miller I-.vi-..l.. A-. I Ag, 'Inav Students in Sex Ed class iEddie Miner an Russell, Dan Mason ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 367 THE ENGEL SOCIETY The Engel Society was founded in 1966 in memory of Dr. Frank Libman Engel, who served as Professor of Medicine and Associate Professor of Physiology at Duke University School of Medicine from 1947 until his untimely death in 1963. Dr. Engel and his twin brother, George, who became Professor of Medi- cine and Psychiatry at the University of Rochester, spent many of their formative years in the medical household of their uncle, Emanuel Libman, in New York. This extremely stimulating, intellectual environment, filled with personal contact with the leading medical giants of the time, prepared the Engel twins for their stellar performance as students at johns Hopkins, interns at Mt. Sinai, and for their productive later years. Frank worked at Yale under C.N.H. Long, a distinguished biochemist particu- larly interested in the adrenal glands, where be blossomed as a gifted investigator in the physiology of shock. Dr. Eugene A. Stead, Jr. recruited him to Emory where he worked on adrenal physiology and developed his reputation as a superb basic scien- tist and adept clinician. He came to Duke in 1947 and pro- ceeded to inspire generations of Duke medical students to his high standards of excellence and scholarship in the broadest sense of the word. Engel demonstrated an intellectual curiosity, a perpetual drive to perfection in problem solving and a genuine desire to explore and ultimately comprehend new areas of knowledge. He was an avid reader of both basic science and clinical literature, amazing in his ability to remain always current with the latest in medical research. His ability to instill his own excitement with the application of basic science knowledge to clinical problems led numerous students to broaden their inter- pretation and translation of basic principles in the realm of clinical medicine. Engel would get to the crux of any problem, proceeding with a very critical eye. In the midst of this awesome intellect, he had a most mild and charming manner, and he always found time to speak with people and make them feel important. He loved to work with students and his intense, tenacious attitude about intellectual achievement, his awesome fund of knowledge, were tempered by his mild manner and humanistic approach. His attractive wife, Mildred, lent a helping hand at home and in the laboratory, and between them they produced Susan, a talented pediatric endocrinologist. After his unexpected death in 1963, several colleagues at Duke established a memorial fund. The suggestion of an annual memorial lecture or an award to a student or research fellow were discarded in favor of a living society of students and faculty, patterned after the Boylston Society of Harvard Medi- cal School, to promote the exchange of ideas of medical interest between students and faculty in an atmosphere of conviviality, so that students could gain not only from the factual information of their professors but from the experiences which are such a crucial foundation of professional life. The Engel Society, estab- lished in 1966, gives to its members a means to gain a better understanding of medicine in all of its relations to the world at large. While each student at Duke might enjoy and benefit from membership, it was essential to the idea of free and equal interaction of students and faculty that the number of members be kept small. Six students from the sophomore class and four faculty are elected each spring by the 24 Society members to replace the six outgoing seniors and four faculty who have finished their three-year term. It is hoped that members will have demonstrated a high degree of scholastic ability, a genuine interest in scholarship in the broadest sense of the word. They should possess, as did Dr. Engel, a genuine desire to inquire, comprehend and ultimately explore new areas of knowledge, concerning medicine directly or indirectly. The Society has provided fraternity and exchange of experience between faculty and students on a superior level and remains one of the most valuable assets of Duke University. L. to R.: J. Porter, M. Neuss, guest speake 368 ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES si' 1. 2. X. 4' i Y i - 2 - . .i VN, 1 - ' t' '-it 'if'-,l 1 fi , aut Alexander E. HOUIICS I New students 1968-1969 Bernard Amos Frank H. Bassett, III Morton Bogdonoff Rubin Bressler Fred A. Crawford H. Sykes Dehart W. Edwin Dodson William G. Elmore Frederick J. Elsas Charter Members 1966 Dr. John Flaherty Dr. Elsie J. Freeman Dr. J. William Futrell Dr. James F. Glenn Dr. Donald B. Hackel Dr. Richard I. Katz Dr. Jack L. Kostyo Dr. Michael Levine Dr. William S. Logan Permanent Member and President - Dr. Harry T. McPherson Secretary - Mrs. Barbara B. Brantley . Harry T. McPherson . William P. J. Peete Charles R. Roe . David Seligson Geoffrey K. Sherwood Madison S. Spach Robert S. Stempfel, Jr. Hugh H. Trout Salih J. Wakil New Senior Staff 1967-1968 Dr. Frank Bassett Dr. Rubin Bressler Dr. James Glenn Dr. James Sidbury Dr. M. Paul Capp Dr. Paul A. Elbert Dr. Robert Hill New Senior Staff 1969-1970 Dr. Arthur Chandler Dr. Stanley H. Appel Dr. Wendell F. Rosse Dr. Benjamin Trump New Senior Staff 1971-1972 Dr. Hans Lowenbach Dr. Nicholas M. Kredich Dr. William Kelley Dr. Lois A. Pounds New Senior Staff 1973-1974 Dr. Shirley Osterhout Dr. Bruce Dixon Dr. Harold Silberman Dr. Gert Breiger New Senior Staff 1975-1976 Dr. Robert Anderson Dr. Bernard Fetter Dr. John Tindall Dr. Andy Wechsler New Senior Staff 1977-1978 Dr. Robert Lefkowitz Dr. H. Seigler Dr. Wendell Rosse Dr. Walter Floyd New Students 1967-1968 Bertman Goldberg Richard Gellar Eddie L. Hoover Maynard Ramsey David L. Valle' New Students 1969-70 Elaine Belmaker . Bill High Pat Hybarger Walt Maack Russ Maulitz' Walt Cobb New Students 1971-1972 Paul C. Bermanzohn Geoffrey B. Hartwig Michael R. Nathan John A. McDonald Joanne P. Wilson Leonard A. Zwelling' New Students 1973-1974 Herb Clegg Suzanne Graham Mike Jobin Genie Kleinerman' Ned Stoughton Wendy Gross New Students 1975-1976 Linda Austin Paul Auerbach Randy Ely' Richard Klausner Linda Terry Neil Trask New Students 1977-1978 Claude S. Burton, III' Richard D. Floyd Esther Costel John W. Harlan' Anne Wright Dale C. Young New Senior Staff 1968-1969 Dr. Jacob Blum Dr. George W. Brumley, Jr. Dr. Richard O. Burns Dr. Harold Lebovitz New Senior Staff 1970-71 Dr. Irwin Fridovich Dr. Jerome Feldman Dr. George Baylin New Senior Staff 1972-1973 Dr. Debbie Kredich Dr. Suydam Osterhout Dr. James Clapp Dr. Arthur Christakos New Senior Staff 1974-1975 Dr. Robert Gutman Dr. Richard Kramer Dr. Robert H. Peter Dr. Samual Wells New Senior Staff 1976-1977 Dr. Harvey Cohen Dr. Laura Gutrnan Dr. Stanley Appel Dr. Joseph Moylan New Senior Staff 1978-1979 Dr. Francis Neelon Dr. Gerald Lazarus Dr. Ralph Snyderman Dr. David Caldwell L to R., Standing: J. Cox, E. Holmes, D. Caldwell, J. Andersen, R. Snyderman, M. Neuss, D. Harlan, P. Bressler, G. Mencio, B. Murdaugh, M. Earley, P. Bowe,J. Porter, S. Gillogly, W. Floyd, H. Seigler, F. Lecocqg Seated: E. Alexander, B. Brantley, H. McPherson, A. Christakos, M. Rabkin. -Laagggaskx -1 .wal John K. Crowe Michael D. Coleman John A. Horton William O'Neill, Jr. Susan M. Scales William R. Somers Robert R. Waterbori' New Students 1970-71 Susan Engel Dana Anderson James Frey Michael Pehlke John Willis Walt Cobb New Students 1972-1973 Dave Troxler Daphne Allister Bill Stead Rick Kopelman Kermit Simtel Mike Zellinger New Students 1974-1975 Barbara Blaylock Dave Collins Susan Creagan Heather McKee Demetrios Papadopoulos Kathy Upchurch' New Students 1976-1977 Lessie Robb-Nicholson' Kurt Newman William Newman Marianne Jackson Genie Bailey Gary Bressler New Students 1978-1979 Eban Alexander, III' Michael Norbert Neuss ' Mary Frances Early Scott Dale Gillogly Michael Scott Rabkin Emily Elliott Yarborough New Senior Staff 1979-1980 Dr. Edward Holmes Dr. Jimmy L. Cox Dr. Frank Lecocq Dr. Judith Andersen New Students 1979-1980 Pamela L. Bowe Peter Bressler David M. Harlan Gregory Mencio Elizabeth Murdaugh Jan L. Porter 'Moderator ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES 359 FIRST CONTACT The Forum for Primary Care Firrt Contact, now in its fifth year of publication, began as a vehicle for medical students to discuss issues in primary care. It has since expanded in scope and in volume of distribution, printing articles concerned with the political and social aspects of medicine, and allowing students to share their personal experiences in health care delivery. Recent articles have focused on topics such as holistic health, aging, rape, occupational health, the public health problems of nuclear war and the special concerns of blacks, women and gays in health care. Pint Contact is written by health professions students and is distributed widely within the Medical Center, to Duke pre-med students and to several hundred subscribers nationwide. The experience of coherently expressing ideas Nuclear Holocaust As a Public Health Problem by Matthew W Gillman FIRST CONTACT The Forum for Primary Care Edit Group: BQX 2914 Marcia Angle Duke University Medical Center Tommy Lee Durham NC 27710 'Gilda Lorenson Eric Fleiman Published six times during the academic year 1973- 80 by the Forum for Primary Care, a non-profit, student organization at the Duke University School of about alternative and socio-political aspects of health care is an invaluable one for Pint Contact contributors and editors. Organizing, editing and putting together the final copy of an issue is a creative addition to the daily structure of health profession training. The edit group of Firyt Contact is oriented to increasing communication between the many different types of health care students in the Medical Center. We welcome comments, articles and editorial help, and can be contacted at Box 2914, DUMC. We gratefully acknowledge the generous financial support of the Commonwealth Fund and the Department of Community and Family Medicine. Medicine. Printed by the Regulator Press Durham. Special: Blacks in Medicine ij Medical Education as a Mind Bender Changes in the Professional Orientation of Medical Students 2 From Freshman to Senior Year by Jane Leserman, Ph.D. Special: Woman M.D. 370 ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS SHIFTING DULLNESS dullness, shifting: the movement of the sign elicited by percussion when free fluid changes its position as the patient is moved. Slozfting Dullnerr, aweekly publication funded by the Davison Society, is the official newsletter of the Duke University of Medicine. The publication was founded in the late l960's. It serves as an important vehicle for the dissemination of informa- tion regarding medical students and their affairs. Included in each issue is a medical puzzle, a source of entertainment for students during afternoon lectures. For your entertainment a reproduction of one of this year's most difficult puzzles is given here. Fill in the diseases which correspond to the eight clues below. Then use the letters to the side of each word and the numbers below the spaces for each Word to fill in the quote outlined in the boxes. If you can complete any of the words of the quote before you name the diseases, then the corresponding letters and numbers should aid you in filling in the words of the list. TTTZFZTEE-EFEFUE T??7Z?Z755EiTEEUET5F T7????7?s'51o ll 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 T2?Z?K75?ETEFUE' .K pdl:-y Dan Siedler, Editor T??Z'?Z7E51o 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 is 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 T?T'I?K7?5'Wi'T2'F TTTZTFTFETITTEFUE KEYS' T7???F7?'5WiET5UT5 I E-8 F-3 C 19 E Z1 B-5 C-22 H 11 D-1 C-15 E 26 H 13 B-11 D-9 E 17 A 15 H 14 F13 H-7 G-14 B-16 D-3 X F-2 C-18 C18 LOVER'S HEEL RAILROAD TRACK CALCIFICATIONS BLUE SCLERAE MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDOSIS WITHOUT RETINAL PIGMENT EPITHELIAL DEGENERATION 26 SYNDROME OF OCULODENTODIGITAL DYS PLASIA SCI-IAUMANN'S BODIES HURT!-ILE CELLS DISEASE WITH CEREBELLAR AND RETINAL COMPONENTS G11 D13 E19 I-I-1 G-18 E-20 B-12 E-11 A-I3 E415 P1915 amusing n'sSu1-11 50 :ted e pun peaq pteq e jo pasodwoa sg JI 'Aqeq za amzq am aJaH,, :Jil-ssonv 01 Jamsuv ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 371 INTRAIVIURAL SPORTS The intramural sports program at the medical school has enjoyed a Renaissance over the last two years. Traditionally, the medical school could be counted on to finish at the bottom, the New York Mets of the IM world. Thanks to some aggressive organizing, however, this has been reversed. Much credit goes to Eddie Miller MSIV, who as sports manager in 1978-1979, turned the program around. Participation increased dramatical- ly as did the win-loss record. Highlights of the season included lst place in both singles and doubles in table tennis, two lst's in wrestling, and 2nd places in touch football, golf, and co-rec volleyball. Other points were scored by the men's volleyball teams, racketball, and in basket- ball. The medical school as a whole finished an impressive 5th overall and took the graduate school overall points cham- pionship. The 1979-1980 season was another successful one. Following Eddie's lead, the sports manager, Mark Ling, organized a very strong group of athletes. Perhaps the high point of the year was the track meet, where the team swept seven of eight lst places in track events, outdistancing the nearest team 120 points to 55. Similarly, entrants took two lst's in wrestling and both lst and 2nd place in singles table tennis. A lst place in touch football was denied only by a question- able call on the last play in sudden death overtime. While the dispute went against the medical school, many observers felt otherwise. Other 2nd place finishes were turned in by two strong basketball teams - both the men's and women's - both of which lost in the finals. The cross country team turned in a runner-up performance as well, despite a field of over 200 runners. Third place or semifinalist performances were added in rac- quetball, tennis doubles, men's volley ball, and golf Last but certainly not least, points and enthusiasm were added by all the participants in these and other sports, allowing the medical school to repeat as graduate school champions and advance to third overall in the all-university standings. With many return- ing participants and a good crop of first year students, continued improvement is expected for next season. INTRAIVIURAL SPORTS WINNERS 1979-1980 GRADUATE SCHOOL HIGH POINT AWARD THIRD PLACE, ALL-UNIVERSITY HIGH POINTS CONTEST TAG FOOTBALL Med School CI' Second Place Scott Gillogly MSIV Paul Gores MSIV John McVicar MSII Chal Nunn MSIV Paul Pin MSII Steve Post MSIV Joel Puleo MSIV Alan Shelton MSII Pat Vogel MSII jeff Warren MSII ME N'S VOLLEYBALL Antrium Semifinalists Scott Anderson M.D.-Ph.D. Mark Ling M.D.-Ph.D. CROSS COUNTRY CAKE RACE MEN Second Place - Team Standings Rob Harland MSI 4th Jeff Lease MSI 24th Rich King MSIV 25th Quay Snyder MSIII 51st 572 ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS WOMEN Julie Lane MSI 4th Linda Glaubitz MSI 5th WRESTLING Dave Albert MSIII lst Mitch Silverman MSIV ISI ME N'S BASKETBALL Modern Health Care Second Place Chris Chambers MSIV Carnell Cooper MSIII Bob Fleischer MSI Rich Mainwaring MSII David Miller MSI Alan Shelton MSII WOME N'S BASKETBALL Second Place Laurie Dunn MSIII Linda Glaubitz MSI Sue Frederick MSI Ann McKnight MSIII Michelle Roberts MSI Tony Yancy MSI RACQUETBALI. Dave Allen MSIII Lamont Wooten MSIII Eric Newman MSIII Quarterfinalist Quarterfinalist Semifinalist TABLE TE NNIS Jim Boatman MSI lst Eddie Miller MSIII 2nd TENNIS DOUBLES Lamont Wooten MSIII 8: Quarterfinalist John Lucas MSIII GOLF Third Place - Team Standings Warren Ervin MSIV Herb Fuchs MSI jim Halverson MSII Hark Haas MSIII Dale Mathews MSIV Chal Nunn MSIV Third Place -- Individual Mark Haas MSII TRACK MEET First Place - Team standings F. Roosevelt Gilliam MSII lst 100 yd. Carnell Cooper MSIII lst 220 yd. Carnell Cooper MSIII lst 440 yd. Rob Harland MSI lst mile William Kraus MSI 2nd mile Rob Harland MSI lst 2 mile ' William Kraus MSI 3rd 2 mile Carnell Cooper MSIII lst 440 relay F. Roosevelt Gilliam MSII Steve Schartz MSIII jeff Warren MSII Carnell Cooper MSIII lst mile relay F. Roosevelt Gilliam MSII Kemp Kernstine MSII Eddie Miller MSIII F. Roosevelt Gilliam MSII lst high jump Reggie Hall MSII Sth high jump F. Roosevelt Gilliam MSII Znd long jump Kemp Kernstine MSII 3rd discus Jeff Sourbeer MSIII 5th discus Bruce Brasher MSIII Sth shotput New Meet Record SWIMMING MEET Lamont Wooten MSIII 3rd Armstrong, Dieblaie Budwit, Brenda Barryg Third Row: Sue Frederick, Laurie Dunn. I! ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 373 STUDENT-FACULTY SHOW David Howell, Musical Director The Student-Faculty Show is an annual spring production involving students of all classes and especially the third year students. In this show the hallowed halls of Duke become the target of jokes and comedy skits. Professors who often appear larger than life within the confines of the medical center, become more human and in some cases take on a new and slightly different appearance when seen through the eyes of the students. This year DOC: A DOOK-U-MENTARYH involved the talents of actors, writers, dancers, singers, musicians and poets who are disguised as medical students during the rest ofthe year. With a cast of5O, a band of 15, and numerous others involved in the production and writing, the show examined various aspects of Duke Medical Center and its personnel in a humerous, hilarious and often irreverent way. And even if some of the jokes did not go over very well, 35 kegs of free beer made sure that by the end no one cared. 1. Stanley, Alan Crimm, Ken Riley, Dave Stmel Allen, Orchestration Michael Rocco, Director Gina Michaels, Kemp Kernstine,Karie Miller,jan Nea1,Jackie Rutledge 11 55' P96 J '74 f AND ACTIVITQES 1. 65' ,,-YJ .gn Rh -'ar' f' f ufffifw. w wuwg,--,:. 'x . E -3 - . Fi .- - 1 Mm i up. v'N Mi'-l 11.94 I ple! 24:535-- , ' X 'ull H AW .3 '5 iFY .Y , ' 50? 1' M91 -no vlx tv--. V, 8 0 X ,.fn'MT.'. 5,5 -any , xgu., af, J.. W y, wi H ' nw N .wi -vi ' v zz-aazuuuxuuxrnmvas. PIG ROAST ':- - .-f--vr v -4 ,. .. -L... 11. 14 I we 4::'3 x'R1ZU ' ri 91 ,'- - . T' .-'Q .Q - s -f t , s 4' ,. ' f af ' v U 5 H - 1 J- gf . ' , ' si X . 1 ' em 1, an l 1 e X 4' ' E13,L as ,X ,I . , E, at A S .. yt ..:a.,.M if ,.--fl,-.u,,':, f,gg:,.,,'sg,-L I. ' .-,.ii.,'ffi13-f'3'1-fp'-5f-'T':i:fiIf,f'... ' t 'Qiiflivifr:'fi-,!?l1fP '4lfz-lJv- Q'7?E-1E.tI-'f'l'? --.Q-i T.-1' 'H' ' 'A- ,eqlg..g,fTC4::i'.--E151WE' 5 Q1-L'.'l-,fl'f'iijiji-Iii ,, f5fs.14e,Lr.55:s,-,gggezbfaqiibflg ' X -:', . 'ZQF-if-,r-:i'l1swQi5g1J N , 1-1':1s':::tf. -:-x'4i1e.f'f. --.- W-ia1y,wu. ve 'vfstffi lf- new .' ,Lf ' ts-5'12F Qrf.4i5fifii3a fix-1' fc! A 13-yxt-fwg1Qf'f '-E1:2:'+:- '?2f- -TED' 5591 7-. '-1',- K ,s?'r '? Li',-he ' 1 Stiipiii Q I igff-.22'ii5f'ff:'f .L?.3-5,., 511:14 1'?3f-l151Q1f'17'-3l',5!3: 575-95: Vi Q A f?YfT'fLL'?f.A.-f--2 59 i1T:'Tf:'-f..5,'F-,arise 021465 . , 1,-',tq::,3,1.fg-Z .-.-.fun v -.g,.,t , g,.wz,15l'5-fa s i fe . K if we was A'v'J x.- it 1 4 if 'I -it -1 N113 -rf ,ill as is :Wu it I W '55-ix X lax' For the past three surnrners, we have been fortunate enough to enjoy a finger-lickin' good pig- pickin', hosted by Dr. Vogel at his farm. The pigs have been bought and roasted to perfection over a charcoal fire by joel Puleo. Here are a few shots that record the multitudes enjoying volleyball, singing, sunbathing, softball, and most of all eating. Attended by over 200 students and medical center personnel, this has been the highlight of these past surn- mers. We hope that those who follow will have the opportunity to attend such a delightful affair. -lg --- Bimini wx- f -ws-is V' 'H' Sa' at I A ,,L3'faf'?fr..fffsfA- ' ., 1. . ' Q A Y' --gy -2 t W - QM? il! g 1. L ,isiq 5' Qgftfw f f3'5v 'ik-fif' 'Eng -'W J--5, uieg-2'1-tuagiq-Qw..Ni-'ii' wi . - ., Kit Al -- J ' V 1 A wi ' Y Juv,-I NT V-:wrt i53:E 55355. lil? haw.-frffa'1f Qviiixsfvi 'N'3?w..f.-. . -,. , ' -- ,. , - A l ,pw-. l -:': I .,: ,wtf F,- , :- gk . 1- ' 4,1 'A-.gi L 4 .-:it li -a .-. W 1 Q-Hg' 1'-'fm alle i-. :1.ws9ff1ax!f.'H ,' 51' '5 0 VA LW -133 'N-nlf 'mek- '?HvQH5 . ' . -D-54' 1 .y-,Apr-1 -' HI- -Ei:'rf4fW,r'-- k'f 'f Q ., N1 ,.f- ,ti ul w psgg' 'tix-Sggsgt, 3-,ii.f, 's'-,-'e- 5 , ..'eA ' f ib'4f X19-55,f'i:,5t2?94,f 1 +54 ,Qlff2 .2ft53i A4 e ,. . ,. 'Q 22 if -i,r - , '-kiln' Lfwqg- ' SW , 'Q-WQSQ -9 ,,. T .,-R,.: . .,. W-1f?'+fw -. 31 . 1. l ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS ,Q 1 .. K' , f 71 Vy . I , 4, I A , , w, f ,, ,u In .4 ,I -I , ,1.,. 1. -A 'v:, 7. x ,N ' N. 17 , f A .1 ,Cx ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 377 PARTIES ax. 'R I I I If I' X W V . x I 378 ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS I ,I .i , W. , , , ,iw mx 'x Iv W ,A Q f c' 1 ' '- , fi . 2 . ,x , ., f i - 1-,..'.f: -nw I--V ru -I I -w '4f -.I ,,,,,, ,312 . QW W ,,,, , I' I 4 Wanvn- I Q 1 My w N, .NN I ' , ig' ffl: ki' .174 4? 1 - Q 5 V - 11-5-1 I ' N V14 A Jw 1, I- I J 1 I -rim-Q'l5.,,,i6 'I- . ' A ' V'-Y . ---ff T V 'LWNW I. 3-P widwcf wif WU Im R 'I A im N I F Wi, , I ff I . Q XX . I O , 1 A , I SX W 'xg M I M Z 5 W ' Mjwwwjff ,,.. 'WM MQ- A, ,. -,' L , I 1 In I w W g, I, ,,A,.V: i -7 f'.f '- f 3 A ' 'Ib MV 39 P Tu,',:'NQ395fwtQE1'h I '17 13' ' ' '- 1--'iqlaiis' 5. 1 if 5., ' ' ' ' 2 ' f 1... I I 1 5 If '.. . K ,E ' W,. 51: M. 1 .' Q Lv XX r' X I H? v ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 579 ff STUDENT FACULTY TENNIS TOURNAMENT Faculty Tennis Tournament. The evening before the big event, Poncho Bill Anlyan graciously hosts an informal cocktail party where students and faculty mix and mingle. The evening culminates in the unveiling of the tournament pairings and the teams, which consist ofone student and one faculty member. Amid ample quantities ofbeer, chips, and soft drinks, the contest begins with everyone playing round-robin matches in divisions of eight teams each. The top teams from these divisions are then matched up for a single elimination finals. At the day's end the tennis champions emerge, but even the losers are Winners if they took advantage of the opportunity to establish new friendships. 'Z 'Q r: lm tu THK T , it Stuntm-Drum, MH! Tunis Tluxnlmmr 5 'J- ' wht:-nj S4,,,,l31! Novclnilm 5 iowin--HWPM M'-ef'--ff'J 3 wlmez ...QT-tamp1fSC0L l5 li ' g041rMlVlEE'f5t'iV ly Novi OLJ' - gn Jrinlq r 4 l1nl4l l'f 5 W Gen' I SH-'flf Pancho Bill Anlyan David Milbauer tt all T Crowd at tennis finals James Wyngaarden joe Moore X- 2' 1 N -,..,.-1 v,- Harry and Susie Gallis Wfarren Olanow, Andy Wechsler f 4.,,, I 1. - , , A .- .ws I3,3Q:.,,-is-A ' -'H 7 . . -'I 1. QL Jfqq' 11, .IX w.. ,Q-vw . , If - mn. ' , -,4 x , I I A . ,11wEt'Q!w. 1'- bi, A - 1.1 . . fx-1: ,J-.fi 'Jig ' ., - 1.-fm,-r--T , C -fu-.sn r 1.31-4 ' ,. ,, H,,,,Y,:,f,', .--. ,, :X-Wi, ,..-if ' .5 Nma- ,. ' ', . 1 , v-, :f. ,, ,,,fg.- -.0 ' I '- -b - Q Q 'Q Chip Davis Joe Moylan, Dave Robinson ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 581 EAST END HEALTH CENTER In December of 1978, the Edgemont Community Clinic closed after ten years of continuous operation as a free, com- munity clinic. The clinic, staffed by volunteer health core pro- fessional students and consulting physicians, was founded in 1968, at the request of the lower-income neighborhood that it served. The clinic addressed health problems as they were ex- pressed by the community and became a symbol of community spirit. Multiple factors led to the closing of the clinic. A large por- tion of the neighborhood population had been lost due to industrial expansion. Community participation in the operation of the clinic diminished. The old building which housed the clinic deteriorated beyond practical repair, and regretfully the staff voted to close at the end of 1978. Members of the staff were determined, however, to keep Durham's only free clinic alive, and the search began for a cohesive neighborhood that would provide support for a com- munity health center. The East End Health Center was the result of this search. The East End is a low-income, H.U.D. target area. Like most low-income, minority neighborhoods, is has major health prob- lems which are inadequately addressed by traditional health care systems. Diabetes mellitus, hypertension, obesity, traumatic injuries, dental caries,visual problems, childhood amenia, pre- natal and infant morbidity are just a few examples of such problems. These health problems are primarily a result of poor educa- tion, poor nutrition, poor sanitation and the violence of poverty. And because poor people have limited access to health care and only seek out medical attention for acute emergency health problems, the traditional health care industry is unable to con- front the sources of poor health for impoverished communities. The East End Health Center is serving several purposes: 1. It is attempting to address the health needs of the community which are not met by the larger teaching hospitals and private practitioners in Durham. r'1 1 - r 1 1111 nn-11 n n1u1 r- v..1r- 2. It is providing free, readily accessible medical care to the residents of the East End Community and others. 3. It is providing consumer education about common medical problems, the health care system, and existing services available to community members. 4. It is a source of pride to the neighborhood and has instilled in the community a sense of self-reliance. 5. It is providing the opportunity for professional health care students of local universities to participate in community health care programs, to gain experience as members of a health care team and to participate in a joint endeavor with low-income residents of the city in which they live, The EEHC, Inc. is a community-run, free outpatient clinic with pharmacy and laboratory services. It is voluntarily staffed by physicians, medical and allied health students, pharmacists, lab technologists, social workers, nutritionists, and other health professionals. Community members participate in all phases of operation of the Clinic. The EEHC provides consumer education on health problems such as diabetes, hypertension, venereal disease, nutrition, alco- holism, and drug abuse. This is done through teaching sessions utilizing audio-visual aids, pamphlets and discussions. A major emphasis is placed on preventive medicine using screening ses- sions as a tool. When social or medical problems arise that require alterna- tive services we refer patients to the appropriate facilities and assure adequate transportation, assistance, and follow-up. The EEHC is providing needed health care to residents of the East End Community. The enthusiastic cooperation that exists between Community members, students, and physicians is enabling the Health Center to deliver quality health services. The innovative structure combines medical care, consumer health education, preventive medicine, and other supporting services delivered by an all-volunteer staff. Carnell Cooper 11r- r- 1 un I 1 111 11- 1 bf' I f ' 1 17' I L TH ffm CEN., ' 597342 W I 1 iw. Victory Cake ND EPST 214 HEATER I G65-1111 'N W-'y,!71'Al ,f.. 'I' 'uf x ' 'WW Q my Sid Gospe Marcia Angle cuts cake ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS P 1 SANDOZ AWARD UP1o1-IN AWARD LANGE MEDICAL PUBLICATION AWARD THOMAS JEFFERSON AWARD IRWIN A. BRODY NEUROSCIENCES AWARD C.V. MOSBY BOOK AWARD MARKEE ANATOMY AWARD DAVISON SCHOLARSHIP I NDUCTED THIRD YEAR Linda J. Abbey Alfred A. Show Ping Chu Mary F. Earley Paul A. Foster Richard G. King Michael B. Rocco Janet Y. Russell Robert W. Van Dalen Thomas R. White Ph.D. Peter J. Sims Kenneth F. Troffatter, Jr. Robert E. Ziegler GRADUATION AWARDS 1980 David E. Attarian Nancy E. Fitch Stephen G. Ryan Robert E. Ziegler Michael B. Rocco John H. Rutledge, II Herbert H. Engelhard Allan L. Crimm Thomas R. White Steven A. Wool Ronald H. Gottlieb Isabelle A. Wilkins TRENT HISTORY OF MEDICINE AWARD Michael E. Mabry Dale A. Matthews AMERICAN MEDICAL WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION Linda J. Abbey Eleanor H. DeWitt Mary F. Early Nancy E. Fitch Lynn C. Froome Janet Y. Russell CIBA AWARD Nancy E. Fitch INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS AWARD Herbert H. Engelhard KAISER FOUNDATION NATIONAL MEDICAL FELLOWSHIP Norma C. Lemon ALPHA OMEGA ALPHA INDUCTED FOURTH YEAR Eben Alexander, III David E. Attarian Janice L. Bird Charles E. Coffey Ralph J. Damiano, Jr. Nancy E. Fitch Lynn C. Froome Thomas B. Gore Michael N. Neuss Stephen G. Ryan Ronald G. Washburn M.D.!J.D. John H. Rutledge, II Christakos ACTIVITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS 385 X 1317:-gif! H Dy - an J:.v-b,uE'151 10 STUDENTS Glass M1930 389 mass M1981 411 mass, M1982 was cum M1933 451 Gnmbinnmillegrue Smmwenm 469 H31 Edu-.awfs , -we Meg Walsh Emlwe-fr -laxhwsdm Inf I ., iff' Q I . lil'lHIl'A ff! ummm 1111.4-f' 4 g,'r ,A , . .1::' A .C'7'i:iff .:i5'1- f' A' ' 1' Linda Abbey Muhlenberg College Somerville, NJ. Fumibf Practice M.C.H. S. Carolina 4, V' C241 4, 1- , w . fy,-ef, Q., - lx 'Pdf' lv ,1 Z., . x---- 51 N, 1 Eben Alexander, III U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Winston-Salem, N.C. Neurorurgery Duke Univ. Med. Center p l ' I Q William Andrews, Jr. Duke U nioerrity Norfolk, Virginia Surgery Univ. of Virginia .pf 't Charles Beasley Pembroke St. Univ. Pembroke, N.C. e Internal Medicine City of Memphis Hosp. .lyx ' ff Y V1 David Abernathy Earlham College Little Rock, Ark. Internal Medicine Univ. Hosp. of Ark. , J, . i ,, .11g1, .1,- 1 1 1 ef ' .i 4 mf, W1 :Q , gh, gfdev ,QS .1131 J ill ' 7QU1I',E . , Y 1 - 1, ' '1 ft 'H , ' , cj Q 1' - 6 --LW -' ,. gill if ' QM L . W, 1 1 1. f J I '. I IGI .:- X N John Alexander Dezvidion College Laurinburg, N.C. I nfernal Medicine Ohio State Univ, Hosp. 11 1111 ff Wt.. 1 -A 5 f ' nf. 3.5: ,i 1-,rv --V. 1 IA . f 1 :E David Attarian Princeton Univer.rity Vero Beach, Florida Orthopedic Surgery Duke Univ. Med. Center Robert Becker Miami Univ. of Ohio Columbus, Ohio Pathology N.C. Memorial Hosp. I I . 1 N. JI Manuel Aguilar Duke U niveryity San Jose, Costa Rica Surgery Grady Mem. Hospital Elizabeth Anders Emory U nioersity Riverdale, Georgia Pathology U.C.L.A. 111111 .I ' 4' V! V F I ' ...A- l Barbara Basuk Brown Unioerxity Gloversville, N.Y. Peychiutry Duke Univ. Med. Center .91 .2- 'lelr N 'NJ 1 Ill L: I William H. Bell, III Tulane U nioerxity New Bern, N.C. Surgery Charity Hosp. of La. . 4 fl 7'- Wwgj -,EM - 'ar VI : , W I, rw 1115 al 1 , ' V l 111--MQ' ' i 1' ' H ' xp l' n. 1 l A PM 3 1'l' X 1 X, ' X I Ryan 389 STUDENTS Q T X Alan Treiman my Mud Janet Kinney Randy Sechrest 390 STUDENTS Kathy Thompson ! PT- 1-W , a, ,jig-' 2, E 4 M 9 3 if Q is vi 3 , Q' - I . x, Chris Williams T om as-3-3-pr:-Q,g?': W ss': -fa . J, ,ik I Pwr' 5 ' ,T N 41 7 T A 1 1 E 'U' ' ir H ' rj' .. xi .. . .l 3 James K. Bennett C lark College Elberton, Georgia Urology Grady Mem. Hospital fn Sara Bodner Wellexley College Coral Gables, Fla. Ped. PulmfPatb. Duke Univ. Med. Center -a-My .N M, james H. Broom U niv. of Alabama Hartselle, Alabama Prycbiatry N.C. Memorial Hosp. Willimn B. Bunn, III Duke U nivenrity Raleigh, N .C. Internal Medirine Duke Univ. Med. Center Gabriel Berrebi Brookbfn College Brooklyn, N.Y. Internal Medioine Univ. Mich. Hosp. . , se 2 ...fe L , Edwin P. Bounous, Jr. Duke Univerxity Morganton, N.C. Cardiology Duke Univ. Med. Center 'Ei' Leslie Brothers Rfzdrlifh College Concord, Mass. Pxyfhiatry U.C.L.A. iv . 'N I' 4 1 Douglas E. Casey Univ. Calxf-S.B. Garden Grove, Calii Radiology Univ. Calif.-Irvine' Janice Bird Duke University New Carrollton, Md. Ob-Gyn Duke Univ. Med. Center B l 'Lia p X 1 ii ' I 1 x , Q i .- . . Q 1,1 - ,Q l ll I r ' We i'Ts:Ir'- lil ! ' - . 7gf2'2i'E3 1- .1 Ml . x,.,u...r our -r J, if .Ji n ,....iAi-3 gs, ME . up . z 0 .I -Ii 'H :.A U Qlgx 6' v 'fyy2'M'5 ':l'f? Richard Brasington, jr. Harvard College Asheville, N.C. Internal Medicine Univ. Iowa Hospitals I . 4 5 fi, J. Kern Buckner U.N.C,-Chapel Hill Chapel Hill, N.C. Internal Medicine Univ. of Colo. Hosp. 1 'fli lll m ,, erlw' W. V: f 1-, - . ' A 155 1 v . 'Bri . W Q W .. Christopher Chambers Prifzeeton University Wilmington, Delaware Family Praclice jefferson University X. C Wilson V 1 . - rl' 1 -. . . ,. .1 I If 1. 'f,, ' I ff ax Y 'l5Qf'lg '- ' .sl 'l . .Q STUDENTS 39 I X: M 9 ll -5 91 L sl W E E n 392 STUDENTS Caroline Chiles Mau. Inst. Tech. High Point, N.C. Radiology Stanford University Barbara Clark Yale University Dearborn, Mich. Internal Medicine Maine Med. Center Allan L. Crimm Yale University Atlanta, Georgia Internal Medicine Hosp. Univ. Penn. Eleanor DeWitt College of Wooxter New Wilmington, Pa. Internal Medieine Univ. Rochester Linda I-Yu Chiu Prinreton U nioersity Baltimore, Md. Flexible Highland Gen. Hosp. , ji A 'il i 5 , , l it V' K . i . , i - . , ' ill t.' wk S 1 , , Y , . lm , 'li A t 'Q ll C. Edward Coffey Wo-Wrd College Durham, N.C. Psychiatry-Neurology Duke Univ. Med. Center Ralph Damiano, Jr. Dartmouth College Vista, N.Y. Surgery Duke Univ. Med. Center ff' , r .3 .tg 1 P I ag J , N4 il f .. - y' '01 William J. Doyle Duke U nioeryily Cincinnati, Ohio Ophthalmology Ohio St. Med. Center ' N .. ' , 1 .fe ea. . . . T7T .5, 4934 x T115 - fr Z.. - 'll fer fa'1 'ft . -1 V. I' L L' .'14i.l-li-fffil eb-t..- ..-.-.-A :A :'.,:,lff.s: M3 . . , .. . HF.. ,-.ii . . . A. Alan Chu McGill U niverfity Scarborough, Canada Internal Medirine Duke Univ. Med. Center .. Y 'Vat I x E t u ily D . t QW' Y W Peter C. Cote St. Univ. N.Y.-Syr. Syracuse, N.Y. Pathology Nat'l. Naval Med. Cen. Stephen Denning Duke Uniwferrity Rutherfordton, N.C. Internal Medicine Univ. Chicago Clinics if l . lb -ee A' F., 1' . . V., me rf : 1 IW' at '51 ll li .' ' ' L ' 'P - Y' ,' ,km .V l, Mitchell Dunn Duke U nioersity W. Hartford, Conn. Internal Medicine G. Washington Univ -v 1 ..-Q-,-...........,. f -F ri 4 ,, V- -M - , rl Eben Alexander, Beth Murdaugh, Gerald Lazarus, MD. Rich Michal Cflexingj -L.. as . . . A ,..,-..,,, -,.,'-. ' ' ' -14.43-ez'-N , ,- . .x --',' .1 ' ' , , . .. ,r ., ,.., 4 5--T -f' J- ' -4, , I Pl . ,,.v , ' 4- .A .S -.U 4- , ff Y - ,..... MVN . ,,,,..: , .-.5 ., -. . f --.- .J ...- , - A -sx,',g cw V u . Av H Au Stephen duRivage Univ. of Virginia Lloyd Harbor, N.Y. Pediatrirx Northwestern Univ. .wr U R' I x N all ' M 5.5 is 'ii , 32 l- '- ' ,Nl Q. fi -ll, , - Q,-f --Lf L.. g 'f ' TEM' -L - ni .Tv Mal-,f.. ' , - , 4 11 1 .5, - f ' w iw.zl 'tr 'e gy 2' .is 1, Mary F. Early Duke U rziversity Garden City, N.Y. Internal Medirine Duke Univ. Med. Center Herbert Engelhard, III Duke U niverxiry Northbrook, Ill. Surgery Washington Univ. Hosp. Nancy Fitch Brown Uni11er.fz'ty Shaker Heights, Ohio Family Practire . t ., V2 i ' 1 'a 4 A . k. xr .. '.'aempyfm'A l M .ig 1513: it, ..: , gf, ,. .ag f ' . 'srsvfrgig .. James R. Dykes Duke U ni11er.rity Greer, S.C. Famibf Prarlice Mt. Area H. Ed. Found. R. Scott Eden Duke Uni1zer.fity Atlanta, Georgia Famibf Practice Duke Univ. Med. Center . K I , Y W, Mai , . t , fd? UW- : :CC 'i frrirkgzz . 517, . . 36 .. fi. mm. c I 'll ' 'm Warren Ervin Stanjhrd U niverxity Seattle, Wash. Michael Neuss Emily Yarbrough if il so w v 4 Pediatrir: , Vanderbuilt Univ. H A FFR ., 5 X , K. Wi X w'lWY::l -ir H lu ' tx ii' X , ' ' y 5 . 1 'H N11 Paul Foster U niv. of Mich. Dearborn, Mich. Internal Medirine Univ. Minn. Hosp. Duke Univ. Med. Center 394 STUDENTS l is Joe W. Frazer, III Duke Univeryity Greensboro, N.C. Surgery U.C.L.A. Lynn Froome Bennington College Penfleld, N.Y. Surgery Rhode Island Hosp. Jeffrey Giguere Duke U niverxity Wilmington, Del. Internal Medicine Vanderbuilt Univ. A-H' .-1-'ver ,E ..,. Scott Gillogly U.S. Military Amd, E. Aurora, N .Y. Surgery Walter Reed Med. Cen. STUDENTS 595 4-g Thomas B. Gore Duke Un1'11erJity LaGrange, Georgia I nternal M edicine Univ. of Virginia , 'mv X , . W' . K .,!,,,, ,..tLg,t .- 1 Paul F. Gores Macalexler C allege Rochester, Minn. Surgery Univ. of Minn. Hosp. Ronald Gottlieb Univ. of Penn. Englewood, NJ. Internal Medicine jefferson University i.,-ri. I.-oyr' ff .- - -sr, at 'N ' x ew-mn, J' J ' 1 16? .5. 3 '. .J L7 ,wilww ,W ...www- ra' , ' f'-A rf ' .5 Jill' JM' 1 . W Q N EA james W. Grant N.C. Slate Univ. Rocky Mr., N.C. Pediatricx Duke Univ. Med. Center 596 STUDENTS 'wen 5 Raymond Greenberg U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Chapel Hill, N.C. Pediatrics Boston Chi1dren's Barbara H. Hodge Duke University Houston, Tx. ff- Pediatrics N.C. Memorial Hosp. llll '-' ' Richard King U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Gastonia, N.C. Farnib Practice Greenville Hospital . in Kent H. Kistler N.C. State Univ. Raleigh, N.C. Psychiatry Washington Univ. Hosp. :GM 1 .rj J 511 Q' 4. .,, , I -..,, - ff. 6, ' . H Q g s x .3 'W' r W de w M l M , 1 ,, 1 f1'p 2f'- I Kevin Hepler Princeton University Myerstown, Pa. Family Practice Univ. Missouri M.C. Reginald Ishman Stanhrd University Los Angeles, Calif. Ophthalmology Duke Univ. Med. Center Janet S. Kinney Duke University Durham, N .C. Pediatrics Case Western Reserve Alan S. Klein Brandeis Univ. Brooklyn, N .Y. Pedieztricx Univ. -Calii-S.D. STUDENTS 597 398 STUDENTS Cynthia L. Krause Univ. of Penn. Baltimore, Md. Internal Medicine Balt. City Hosp. James E. Lee Duke U niverrity Oak Park, Illinois Psychiatry Duke Univ. Med. Center - ' ' m ii- ., A X lf ,X 'V' ,W al' r W cf- ,rl . Win, F -. ,--' .f f '- fr- swf- M Ngliew il Y r if ig! l. 11w,:wll5 - gi -F oiiiwfilllwl X mi r.-. M . Cap B. Lessene Princeton University Gr. Pointe Farms, Mich. Plastic Surgery Stanford University Jaquelyn Jo Maher Duke University St. Louis, Missouri Internal Medicine Duke Univ. Med. Center 5 1 'ii fl. X , .. . f mil ,, v V ij' Q.. , 'l l il ' Susan Lacks Queen: College Flushing, N .Y. I nternal Medicine G. Washington Univ. Okafor Lekwuwa Duke Uniuerrity Aba, Nigeria pub .ms David Emil Ludlow Brigbum Young Univ. Spanish Fork, Utah Family Practice Univ. Oregon F. Gregory Mappin Duke U niuerxity St. Simons ls., Ga. Surgery Univ. of Virginia james W. Larrick Colorado College Englewood, Colorado Internal Medicine Stanford University W i I' ,I , . ,Iv 2, Zz? I' V . 1 N Norma Celeste Lemon Harvard-Radclzm' Cincinnati, Ohio Infernal Medicine Case Western Reserve Michael E. Mabry Duke U nizferrity Lexington, Ken. Internal Medicine Univ. Alabama M.C. 1 Daniel E. Mason Colgate U nioerrity Beechhurst, N.Y. Pediatric: M.C. Hosp. Vermont Ewa, l ' 3 JA' Steve Ryan Ken: Kisrler and Scott Gillogly Drs. Ellen and joel Puleo and Ashley Mike Allen S M D ' - --, Y -Qu, ------'- STUDENTS 399 y ' 5's n,14. +43 '- is , gi Paul Foster 'i W5-?'x f,,w4, -A ,,f---' 1 Mary Earley STUDENTS Mickey Mouse, Mike Rocco 6 ay A 1'P '-fi, FQ M, john Buckner, Roberta Gray, M.D. . I1 S Mike Rocco lb ,- 4 if 'BP' fr K-1:-eeffijf no 3 Z.. ww ' 3.1 iff- .l wyififff X .' 4, l ll? 'aff UU 4 . M , .A . .Q-, . ' '1.,,3 1- . 4 . x V,-. if., -'rr Mitch Silvefman Isabelle Wilkins 5 J 5. l',,,4-A ,GQ K K 4' 1 9 I if f -.f-.,.P .'lr 'iL-Eff! A I, V . tg. 4 . lvl 5 l l 1 4 ff: X , Jw l E Dale A. Matthews Prineelon Univerxity Hanover, N.H. I nlernal Medicine Univ. Conn. Hosp. Gregory Morrison Prineeton Univerxity Westfield, NJ. Surgery Case Western Reserve -r i7 Chalmers Nunn, Jr. Duke University Clarksville, Va. I ntermzl Medirine Duke Univ. Med. Center - l 4 N. YE Y A num A .V I, A we-Af.-v y ' l - , . A rg' I 2. . iff- gl WW gm IW 1' f ., if 'Nix ll' 'M vm L. Elizabeth Peterson Wellerley College Charlotte, N .C. Internal Medicine Case Western Reserve Gwen Mazoujian Skidmore College Tenaily, N J. Pathology Peter Bent Brigham C. Bruce Murdock Univ. S. Carolina Anderson, S.C. Internal Medicine Med. College Georgia Wfflw I JPFQIEYMA 1 1' -. ,1 te . nwplv' , - W rig-,jr , N. if ll. Margaret Parker Duke University Sarasoto, Florida Pediatric: Univ. Missouri M.C. Stephen E. Post U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Falls Church, Va. Flexible U.S. Public He. Service l. l l lm, I l I ,m '- lllllk N M.lw ' l M l h i Richard G. Michal U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Charlotte, N.C. Fdmllb' Practice Riverside Hosp. 1 . l P . ' few' . . l . . M . , xi ,,,, W ww ,N M Michael Neuss U niv, of Michigan Indianapolis, Ind. Internal Medieine Duke Univ. Med. Center ,554 ' 0 Q i. fa., -1- .if :Vi 1 ,, ' vt lf '-G., I . 'QQ 1, 1,01 .u slr .W r s in ,ya- Mary L. Peacock U.N.C.-Greenrboro Greensboro, N.C. Behavioral Medicine Univ. of Virginia joel G. Puleo Duke Uniwerfity Elma, N .Y. Ok-Gyn Duke Univ. Med. Center STUDENTS 401 Michael Rocco Georgelown Univ. W. Orange, NJ. Imernal Medirine Peter Bent Brigham la lx 9. qw, Gary J. Roloson Univ. Calif-S.D. San Gabriel, Calif. Pathology Univ. Calif.-S.D. . W , .Wt 1 Wmlll Minor? ' in Milli f , .. 1 V t w 'li ' W' J wk W iii' ...FM A al, fgQj,ll. .if ll . xl 1 H Y yfr' 5-73 . l 2' My W llQ3r'wl, i M1 w lv, LW . i Y Ng' if EL Dana Rosenberg Brown Univerfity Cliffside Park, N J. Pediatric: Stanford University John Ross-Duggan U niv. Calf-Irvine New Port Beach, Calif. Radiology Univ. Calif.-Irvine 402 STUDENTS 44A- . -Q ,il V . xi 1 f V 1 Q 1.,. l.. Jackie Maher Isabelle Wilkins, Manuel Aguilar Hadley Wilson, Rob van Dalen Nr . I i 'i V wr. g-. Y J X- O 9,4 sf we 2 Q.. ., -f N EH .AN JONIIIIN C nv ion T umen Mb Ward Allan cfimm in l lil 3 We l X ,gt-rx i T- , Ei Michael Rotberg Havedzrd College W. Orange, NJ. Neurology Med. Center Penn. lf? 'Nav 29. . W M-WJ.- i, M .N at , .AWD in 'Q t i l' if i l i ' if l i lJl'li' fW ' ' 1f'g'mw'. 'll John Rutledge, II SW Univ. Memphis Humblodt, Tenn, Internal Medieine Massachusetts General 'L I ,r il e q ei ii El ie Carolyn Salafia Darlmoutb College Middletown, Conn. Pedieztrier St. Louis Children's Randale Sechrest U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Jamestown, N.C. Flexible Univ. Virginia M.C. -Q 7 ' , 4 1 . A iw I if 2 , E ilk AW gl ' 5 Qu. ,. I 1 ' QM ,qt t I lfi V il Q--' f 4 'slid 'Dux 1 b 3 . L- ,f,. '3iii '217.l5iil in 5!Hi':' , 1, ,ii-Elin Y.W'ff if MT, fl!'2l :il,,2y1f'4. , 1 'ill MQ-'iii liiil W l Janet Russell Duke University Mickleton, NJ. Family Practice Duke Univ. Med. Center Stephen G. Ryan Georgetown U niv. Kensin ton, Md. Pediazrirs Duke Univ. Med. Center Elizabeth Schreiner Renrelaer Pokvt. I mt. Hinckley, Ohio Flexible Salt Lake City, Utah ' fg-ge... -- , . . 71: js ' l' . ,- -' v . cf fy' 'lol' , , '. i 4 Mitchell Silverman Harvard College Massapequa, N.Y. Internal Medicine Grady Mem. Hospital STUDENTS 403 Peter J. Sims Amherst College New Rochelle, N.Y. Pathology Univ. Virginia Douglas Sprung New York Unioerfity New York City, N.Y. Internal Medicine Duke Univ. Med. Center D' V . . ' umm We ff to , 1 3 'Q 3, , . E Q, Xl - i' -' n 'l ' l , , Chris Teigland Duke U niverrity Miami Shores, Fla. Surgery Univ. Utah Hosp. llilmy Katherine Thompson Duke U niverxily Lexington, Kentucky Internal Medicine Vanderbuilt Univ. 404 STUDENTS 4717? Stephanie Smith Univ. S. Carolina Columbia, S.C. Internal Mezlieine Med. Cent. Hosp. S.C. 1513 Q- John Stringfield U.N.C.-Chapel Hill Hazelwood, N.C. Family Practice T. Jefferson Univ. 'wr' Lillian M. Teigland Swarthmore College Charlotte, N.C. Family Praetiee Univ. Utah Hosp. i f',',, .MW AA, 1- ' L-Q' it N Kim Tibbetts Stanjqzrd Univerxity Granada Hills, Calif. Anexthesia Univ. Calii-S.F. ,Y wi San 13 if . 3 W, '1 dy' Bm Bum' Mitch Dunn -in d, 25 : J i i 2' ,V N . ' fjf, 1' 'Q my l MU Alan Tipermas Mau. Inn. Tech. Fair Lawn, N.J. Surgery New York Hospital Alan Treiman Franklin and Marxlmll Merrick, N.Y. Surgery New York Hospital Jonjay Tumen Bran elk Univerrity Deal Park, NJ. I niernal Medirine Vanderbuilt University Robert Van Dalen Duke U niverxity Clifton, NJ. O5-Gyn Duke Univ. Med. Center STUDENTS 405 Hans Vogel U.N.C.-Chapel Hi!! Durham, N .C. Pathology Univ. Arizona Hosp. Richard Ward Duke U niverrity Charlotte, N.C. Pathology N.C. Memorial Hosp. Ronald Washburn Brown Univerfity Lake Bluff, Illinois Internal Medirine Duke Univ. Med. Center X X Mark Weissig Univ. Calif-Davis Sacramento, Calif. Internal Medicine Duke Univ. Med. Center 406 STUDENTS Mitch Silverman gl Mike Rocco, Billy Andrews Giles Whalen Harvard College Shrewsbury, N J. Surgery New York Hospital it N fri. 113.3 Zip. ft ut: A lil' , -eirfg' . A -i '1. 1 5 i:'k it -Q 1' ve, .iii N ,Ts 'i' V .fm X f tw-,Q-MMM ,,. ww ,wi -A 'J if JR, lm-.'l'l 055511 'ff ' irE:irZs?fa-fi' 4- ' -x 1.-. L. Johnny White, Jr. Harvard College Virginia Beach, Va. Surgery Univ. Tx.-Houston Isabelle Wilkins Bzzrmzrd College Pittsburgh, Pa. 06-Gyn Mr. Sinai Hospital 9'1- Rebecca Willis Yezle U niverrity Perry, Iowa Ophthalmology Univ. Iowa Hospitals J,-wg:-:,, 'T..:v ,, , irsgjy. , Q. , :F .3 V -2. N 1 uv 1- W . A- f 71 . - . - 3: Txx . Ralph Whatley Duke Unx'11er.r1'ty Raleigh, N .C. Internal Medicine Univ. Tx.-Houston Thomas White Duke Univerdty Cherryville, N.C. Family Pmetice Charlotte Mem. Hosp. 0-dj 4 1 f Christopher Williams U nie. Fla.-Gainwille Englewood, Fla. Flexible U.S. Public Health Ser. Bryan Hadley Wilson Daoidfon College Boone, N.C. Internal Medicine Vanderbuilt University STUDENTS 407 Nzgffjf Steven Wool Waflaington Unhzerxity Waukefan, Illinois Fami y Pmclire Univ. Arizona l l A 5 177 '- I Im. MTW: fs- E .J . 'W M3 H., Y. W 'W . M gl .U ri , V ,, ,. .ii , 1- ' H v - wg r w, F ,uv M X, X l 5, A Y ' Emil Yarbrough Dixie Uni1zer.fity Durham, N.C. Family Practire Med. Cent. Hosp. S.C. Robert Ziegler Univ, nf Colorado College Park, Georgia Internal Medirine Barnes Hospital 408 STUDENTS I V Q FL. si cf' ,K 'x 1 .um W A 1 .fl , ,xx A4 '55, if JV -Y J ' as X H T .A -1 .1 ,f , L 'ul if-,:. 4. +4511 jg 1-'N Yi Q' ,I - -.,1,,1 . lyf 1' f W .-Lg ff 1 J. x 2 W ' WZ! mfg, fl! I ,,,,,, ,,6m , ,, , ,g f .Ng .. ' 77' ti.?i , . M,,.gQLLf. u:fw.. . l11iif?f,gf ' , .. jf, , ' . a,,, ' Y ' ff ' eMwi'WYA H' -4 v' ' A , M X - - Mm' . N' ' X352 'I K 5:31 W - N, V iw -11 . Ef , A .g, xi , W Hg: AIP 1 ,,, WM , 1-jg ff. WT '3:.,' x Y W 'I W H I W. V - :zu , N wx Ng x ' , ff ' 1 . V.- E xx ,. N A.,. . , 4 10 STUDENTS William J. Doyle MANY THANKS TO OUR PHOTOGRAPHERS . . . . . . Mitch Silverman . . . Bruce Murdock and . . . Steve Denning l Clockwiee from bottom left: jane Weideli, Betty Goldberg, Lisa Lattal, Carnell Cooper, Linda Woodard and Nancy Fitch. CLASS OF 1981 .ull -0 Wg? Q Q EE Si E Q fs, Ca, sf' ow QQ 041 C5 5 cpe er-y fc? 5 Xeffk, dw 2 5 MSG Q00 cg 2 QB, est, m 5 x00 D34 der NAIIVJ 'bAIlen R002 ode: cgnv- GIoriaAshlao fm 3m0 fakeyCra1g 6Pm 3-Peg QzealPeteB fe? fite9 6' C KD Q fb 5 ' 2 C.. :11 Q fv ,O Q Q70 gg W2 QC .U-n :U E-1 - C2 E S? h :CED OD as ga gg my gg O 50 00 QD, o Q- Q 4 Q 6' ,.- 0 5: I pmlguescfxer-5 2555 6riSfef1bUV4DQ6g Bello DianeDavi69o0E 5.109 'pJohnDeinPeXe'0e5 muri29 0riIynFerg0e,OoL3- Q Q 5 o -I 25 qg g G2 F' Q ,, DX 97 150 gg 219 1:3 QJG C S H w f- era W' KO C P 'QQ o 0 eu Q- 9 U O A o N D 0 0 4 Q 'f- 5 'minoM25tQ7l9,-2 60DaveHarl'f'5xGfE gsoo '9Jorgensen5e',' 3 25418 JohnKreitJ08 'fu2 ELI-10 Sn'-Slams CU E E 1? Q c rv Q - Q, o -1 gioap bqxeMark4 ,ogg 5354 OKnughtGr99x5e3 f5Muo.o' OQDaveMi'bQuz1 E Siriak Q0m9FYF?ar1da!4t, ,xm Erris xxprrison QE: lego ' ag 15 'PIN' Q E fek 3 rg on' 0 'Q 3 fam is '55 is 23 EE 'D .cm 3 6 ,If 5: 'gr :Im gs 112' ew mfg. E3 Bdk'M0i1?o'N Parker5o'79rg Ecit 0PorrerOa e5gPuf J'mRamagQB'anf? cijx A I R Qysfe 5311 0 . l 1 V . 2 Qfffaoo 11 GMO 9.1 00 5 e fw+ se 3 USS 3 Wme'Jga'S Q' 'A - 2 - cn -4 5' '-U1 : E-A Q -C o cu' eu: :a 1-49 WC ...CD -. ,4 'Um 2- ug Wg R4 an L53 Q55 QIQ SE N30 +8 owo gm S 2 Q05 ao ek LeaSe ' gm? im 'erDaveSit0 bag' -.EW NctorFra0 Odg Eteifx Stephens 'Mg :Mei bne-mannDave'V Sf- me F5 'Q E 55 E 'U co El Q Q. . . 1: ',5- Q 0. Oo as 52' :Q :Q :Q -C O gr QGQ, 2 Q-Y 0 ' 9 ' 0 o Q g63'Br0 918008065 :cog 46n!Wo0fen'.'oq'oo. ..llQl..0O: 'os' 'ggggg. o.: 'gg' 0,,,,,,o'0. 23 2 I - : X Ti 1' k 'z':'.if .-fear?-ze:-maaiesfxsarnil l OF CLASS 1981 ': G . V ' F 'T',,,. ' 9 1 - ' ,,,,, .. in ' WML iii w .lp . li wi l ii J ,- ! -4-we f l f 2 2 lu - wa J l 1 M .A 1 W 1 -A ' K' ': an 'Q'-r A Q . ye u, . 1 ,... -N, e -f, . - . ,. .. -3-. A .. .nfs 21: 1' ' vi 1 Au A ii' X I 'A ' .N . . .f 'MW 5'f .5-i m' '- ' ' David E. Albert Renata Albrecht D 'd B. All R F. A d M ' A l G A I ' . Human. XIII: 3Vg,nmh,d En 0821 Dub? 91500 liixmrgg H wgnuhrens Gloria lgaitshland Ralplbskfiaker Szexiglarlnes McAleszer, OK Rockville, MD LaGrange, lL Durham, NC Omaha, NB Silver Spring, MD Norrh Easr, MD Newberry, SC Greenville, NC . 'fm' ,- . . ' , . I ' . , ' M ' . 7 ' gl I ' ..2' 'I' ' ' '-' '95 ' fx, .7 1 A 7 - H ., ' Jer! r . XF l pk g 1 - - 4 , .f ' '5 ,. ' ' F. in ,,,, ' ll! ! Www ' l A ' 1 fi ,- Y l H li- . Q ., A 'L ' ' '54, -s . Q ,V - .Qn if ' ' -- v .77 'Ba l ' . ,A : J' 1' - K 'v jg'1 img :Pdf . .- .fi ..-.M-ill - -N' ,, 1 'I 3 , ' .: .. ' :N Q-,. -- . ,,, 'g 1 JAAA A if J, , he if N 3. ,' ew f NJA. : ', .. -' A i Tw. .V W A ' .. - ' '29 .f. J- Rl. X- Faith Birmingham David N. Blakey Craig Bloch Pam Bow: Bruce Brasher liebe Brazeal Peter Bressler Perer Bruner Phil Buescl-ner N,C. Slat: N.C. Sldle Tufh I Wrllufey , Due: Birmingham-S'llzm Hnmillan Xlanfanl' Dah Durham, NC Greensboro, NC Allenron, PA Cmcmnan, OH Basking Ridge, NJ Faurhope, AL Durham, NC Racine, Wl Fr Washington, PA ,. N 1 ' : HZ- i ,. ' 1 ' ' ' Ill f, ,,,,, ml- V ' ' ..4.. .l.,. ' , ' - J J : - . w 1... l . a .. 1-i 1 - ' X 'N '5'..z-Ziff?-4' . ' V . .. ' ' - ' , ' + il - 1515 .f lv,f ,,,,, , -' A i s 1 1 7 - ev-if . -- ' ...ir il ' im l' FV v,,1 lL ':if 3-ln. f, 5 '4 J 4, ' 'lil , Fi ' qi I ,N Q 'f iff -7 Y , ,, V li:-. . . -Zi., , .- l fi , . . J-L, -Lv 1' - - f -f . , -- . l -ef. r . -'.. .'f.f- - ,, H ' . ' I .,3,Ef:-2 I A' V Wx J ll Dick Culver: Rob Campbell J. Chrisrenbury Debra H. Clapp Tim J. Clark Tyler Ja Curiel Diane M. Davidson Chip B. Davis Jeff U. Davis Duke NarllmfrJlrm Orul Rabrrlf Univ. if Virginia C0114 Univ. ofyG:argia Yale Dulzr Wake Fam! Worrhingmn. OH Oak Ridge, TN Charlene, NC ' Bluefield, WV Winsxon-Salem. NC Douglasville, GA Monroe, NY Orlando, FL WinsronwSalem, NC AAA 'M ',1 ' . f 1-I f ' .. V-Ze' .- ii.-cn' ' -is . . nil Q '- . V 'if' J . . . John S. Davis John R. Dein Perer A. DeLuca Nancy E. Dunlap Laurie L Dunn Berrylin Ferguson Larry Floyd, Jr. Edward J. Fudman Marrhew Gillman Univ. 1JAkran Duke St. Prim Wzllulzy Davidmn Prmrrlon Vanderbilt 4Duh: Hmwrd Akron, OH San Anmnio, TX Jersey Ciry, Nj Gainesville, GA Laurinburg, NC JlCk50flVil12- Fl- Durham. NC Billlmure. MD ChevY CIHSE. MD ,N A 1 l . Y I - I Y 5 It Hifi. 1 vw 1-5:-is, X Y 7: 1 J, V, ' Ll ' fm , ' my- 5zgIf .' V- ' ..-4 'J 2' 5 . .Liz . 1 as .J f .i.n . ' , 434 .-'lx 1 'ul Candis D. Grace David M. Harlan Greg L Hudson Verena Jorgensen Jeff R. Kappa Stephen Keener Edward H. M. Koo John W. K.reir Jean Knnin jf, 51, Call, ,uifhigdn Bynum Stunhrd Dub: Dawifnn Amhrm Duke Wnzvcaruln Charleston, SC Sylvania, OH Wellesley, MA Garden Ciry. NY Kingsport. TN Swannanoa, NC Hong Kong Hebron, MD Madison, WI ...'J'fF44 A' . , V 'i .3 ,ii i l- if ,X v g77:,Q-Jw ll, i . J W . ' 'M wx ' f' W , . ' , W' ,, ll A' ' N ,. j- -fa .Iss 'ig' Y ' i f ft' 3: . , . K . 'H f ,, --.V .: .. - ' ' f- ' J . -nie! 'I il' . -' , . F' 5' J ' '. 2 'G I ' 'ww lg 'l lwlqlh I 3, ' J in v l wi- ! Yi N.-A -w wma 1- Mil. fy: V ...lf g ,A 372,51 All-lx ' . 4. .9515 f-7. I, Y T? . Af . 1 'fi . 5 . J win Joanne Lang Ann M. Lansing J. Tommy Lee Ill Joann C. Leone Cap B. Lesesne Gildagj. Lo?nsen S. Chagefgorrich Geralgylrwliourie Johntsg Ill Wmarum Duke Davzdsnn William College Prmrelnn fanjbr I1 d MS Dmham, NC Wlilmingron, NC Pelham, NY Grosse Poinrc, MI Onnda, CA Arlanra, GA Syracuse, NY Greenwoa , 4 Milwaukee. WI 12 STUDENTS if A I 'WN 3 . SI? 2.-fri-2' ,- gy Y - ' .'.1 Y V ' 7 C. 1 ' '-w ' if V X , ,., , 4.1 l - Anne McKnight UNC-Chapel Hill Charlotte, NC W 'H bl N M A N l W ,M . , MMC , f 'li' l' f t . J I is ,I ' .. . M, Greg A. Mencio Dub: Naugatuck, CT Bill D. Middleton Dub: Muncie. IN john G. Morrison Beth Murdaugh jim P. O'Neill Erskine ' Brown Colomda Due West, SC Columbia, SC St. Petersburg, FL , it tlltl . .21 . yy' Dfw Z.-. .SA T'-gl r ' 'r I it ' ' N 1 ia P.. . - ' 'i,ff1:s ' 2 5. ' 1 ul Claire M. Poyet William W. Pryor Bill S. Putnam Duke Furman Duke Coral Gables, FL Simpsonville. SC Roanoke, VA W il , Steve W. Schwartz jim H. Segars Dub: Newport News, VA Duke Lenoir, NC A ., , fe 'mf- L is ' I P V I rt ' Wy l' A W, M l ,Lv 'J Harry Severance Earl Caralim: Wilson, NC Jeff J. Sourbeer Dub: L-irgo, FL Barbara Spector Camzll New York, NY David W. Trader Snmfimz' Greensboro, NC Frank S e cej . Flnridg limb r Orlando, FL E t v ., 4. 515'-r 1 ,, 'if M men, ww- f .' 3 xv , Bill Tyor Emmy Durham, NC Class of 1981 David L. Milbauer SUNY-Buffaln Massapequa, NY P . . v, W-W Y Rich Olson M innnotn Canby. MN f .Q jim E. Ramage Ifafybrd Columbia. SC K. Lea Sewell Darlmnuib Middleburgh, NY Eddie Miller Calgirl: Columbus, OH Bob Parkerson Duke Durham. NC ' A, nf: -...tl xt.. 1, ps K1 51' 'fx 1 Brandon Rankin Dufirlwn Concord. NC 5 .if ' Q MQ Q , Pam W. Sholar flgnu Sm!! Mooresville, NC T smney Duke Savannah, GA Tony van den Berg W Cv L Winter Park, FL Roy M. Stein Alnrxarhunrli Montgomery, AL Patricia Watkis Cily Collrgz. N Y Brooklyn. NY Nancy Milliken Harvard Spartanburg, SC . 1' Bryan M. Peters UNC-Chapel Hill Elizabeth City, NC Eric M. Rcimun Dub: Ft. Washington, NY Earle Shugerman Hnmprbirr College Birmingham. AL 3.-if 5: tl nk N 1 r xl 1 , t 4 .. ii . 1 xii- ' df, wif? W. Chad Stephens Datiidron Li ttleton, CO , l- , V. f-1, A .. J. . F ay- .ft D , 7.1. l 1.:-'a x '-,,,,m,4 .v1 f L Bob Whitehurst N.C. Sm: New Hem, NC D. Montgomery Clark C nllrgr Ashville, AL Joanne Piscitelli Ortidmlal Call Arcadia, CA ...s , 1 4 . K tl fs - , . . rv' A -sl Ken Riley Slanfunl Oakland, CA s -s 1 P l L if . W -ii' EFL. .. 'viii' 'X A ,, , ll' t Daniel E. Siedler Dammzulh West Falls, NY t li l x N l . if .,Ffi5Qliz,.Ym. 2, 1 l 1 .8 .. .X ,t :NS Stewart Stowers Duke Signal Mountain, TN -Fa 1 1 ., .gl--, Bernard Wilcosky Mubadir: Collfgr Fayetteville, NC -4 21? . -9 sz' . 2.5. J ' .f A ' Hugh B. Morris Duke Aiken, SC 571 K '. 's Y .' A if ' 5 Marshall Plotka Duke Mt. Brook, AL Asela C. Russell Yale Washington. DC M l ,L 'if , ,sis-fa, M, ! David L Simel UNC -C bapel Hill Greensboro, NC ,Ji rw ll 2 4, . f..' . Sam B. Thielman Whrulan Montrcat. NC ,, 1542 W Q, V i--Rst -.Q --11l-- N S. Lamont Wooten Duke Greenville. NC f rv' V sniff. 1 .Q t 11 ' 5:9 rl A Y ob Jim Morris Dartmuull: Durham, NC 3 al f ll X A Hi 3 A jan L Porter Cufmrrlirul Memphis, TN ' 5 . fl: r 5, E A az Q. 9' ,- Steve 1. Schiff M.1.T. Liberty, NY .v :Jr C. iii' 7 .-.4-1,155 Lilith, ., ly M . ,ms L. Quay Snyder. Jr. U.S.A.F. Azadmlj Carlisle Bar'lt, PA Margo Thienemann Dub: Rockford, ll. STUDENTS 4 13 C. Poyet Luv, 1 Sf- 4' .an- eu J. fl I ' - Agp 3 1 w n. 3563 P. Bronec Q . 981 f1 O HSS M cl J. Kappa J. Leone STUDENTS . Q 7-:ww ' Wkfsfzzllgigg , . ,fgfr f , . 1 qs, , B. Murdaugh 1 ui I T1 ,fJX C. Lesesne ' Egg' , .-il h .- H., .,v ,gif 1-Q., The third year of medical school is illustrated on the follow- ing pages by individuals of the class of 1981. Two quite different years precede the third year of elective courses and free time. How we arrived to third year and why we appreci- ated this year is briefly sketched, followed by what we did in our third year of Duke medical school. First year a hundred and fourteen strangers were poured into the Amphitheater mold and set for five days aweek, eight hours a clay, over nine months. They - we turned out with much in common. We knew one another academically and socially. That which made us unique, those differences we brought to this experience paled before the pursuit of yester- day's lecture and we ended up thinking we were more alike than we really were. Yet it can't be denied we were infinitely more alike than we had been. That initial emersion into l medical knowledge was pervasive. We communally experi- enced group crams, parallel epinephrine bursts, and post- exam binges. .gi B. Wilcosky 1 l , , ' Q fl, 4 it ' ' ,'fl A1qf,ji5:,'f1 H 44:-gg' ' 5. It ' ' ,ff V. i V , l- i YI w fiiivira- ' li.. .T . H 1 H l 1 1 , A A fi if his! I Xfg iyzi 1, ii . 'Fir - 1 A c . We i +1- ,syigma U G p.. ' A 14. sk fvllii 511' 1 i' Sl ll V I - I I ! 'W 1 I Ja. - .ii l . ' A. . , ,f -wil. , -:- , . '-if I H U ' , R 1 fig? Y s. W E Q ,um L . 531 ge-: ' g . 1 N - 'L - , . . -Tfff. N, 1'-q '-113. . t .D- Q ,- at 1 . ,,', .. F- SPBHCC S. Stowers T. Van den Berg It., .Sq :Vi , - -, .1 .. ,, '!Q3'ff4 f i -in . Q R. Anderson STUDENTS 415 a V . 1,- . ' .1- . ilfi' s fffr b ..A F J., ',..-s-an faY4i 111 'tjr hx vo.--.I nw swat? W3 7... 4 x wi-rft M. -.- . .- Pf. - , - :. 'W W 'A . ' . - azffif rr.- s-lf-1','a-4, , .1:fj1.: ug, -s W'-I- L -m !' '. ,Q .ep 'ut 4 Y . nllf? -..fa ',.,1 . f- .- .,. . 'Uno 4 . . ,.:',, I N. Dunlap, E. ,r F J, P B. Ferguson M. Thienernann D. Allen, P. Br QQQQ B. Putnam 416 STUDENTS Q. Snyder D. Simel, J. Piscitelli C. Moritz, Patella, M. Gillman We entered second year rotations hungry for a real patient. Contact with the medical world became more personal, more applied. Second year we incorporated the 'maze of hospital zones beyond the CTF green zone into out fund of knowl- edge. Most of us got to know the Vets, tasted the 36 hour-on phenomenum of Carter suite, maintained an epinephrine peak for the one hour of Dr. Sabiston's Thursday conference, presented to attendings, forgot most of first year and learned more than first year. We spoke casually and knowingly Cand proudlyj of LP's, problem lists, skut, and the data base. Second year we spent more time in the hospital than first year in the library. The time flew Cretrospectivelyj and it became hard to remember the naivete and ignorance of our first clinical days or of first year's Physical Diagnosis, when you listened to a chest for five minutes and finally realized the diaphragm was turned the wrong way. J. Dein, N. Dein f V Class of 1981 G. Mencio, P. Buescher, P. DeLuca Tung Qua, E. Koo, Chu Chai X C. Grace S. Thielman G. Lourie ,H .4 I if ' wh ZX U '-v-A-...G ' - f 4 ,li Third year finally came. Third year at Duke Medical School is an anticipated year ofgolden freedom. For most ofus academically, it meant electives in basic science or research. Laboratory work paled some collegues Cand tanned othersb. It also made them impossibly articulate on the very footnotes of biochemistry and immunology lectures most of us had lost quickly in the haze of first year overload. Our peers entered the world of authorship, national meetings and poster sessions. Gthers of us went back to the classroom. Smaller groups, nar- rowed focus, brought new understanding and appreciation for data probably presented first year Csince EVERYTHING was pre- sented ONCE first yearb, but now we retained it as a useful concept pertinent to a whole disease or clinical presentation. Our first two years we had more or less learned the language and indiscriminately picked up bits and pieces of application. We knew more now, so it was easier to learn more. Gone Calmostj was that lost feeling of first year when total ignorance compelled us to learn everything, because we didn't know the trivia from the headline. We presented seminars to our classmates and had refer- ences to pass out. Some of us even had slides! A number did two month duty on Autopsy or Surgical Path. Neither classroom nor research, Path was a supervised chance to learn by doing. A chance to chew what had been swallowed whole first year. Surgical Path was an early taste ofinternship, where the distinctions between a frozen section and the permanents became apparent. Where you learned what cancer looked like and could spot a lymph node at a hundred paces. H. Morris F K' Riley F. Brazeal ' i7Ef,Qf -PT - .N M WWW ,,m .. .-- .-73:35 ...- - ,, ., .,,, Y.- Lf 3, s' U H ,,....a,f-e ff P' UNL D V 'i - 425 1 L ,i, ,,-Twv ri 1 ,HI Am V :r,J.J::l: ' ' ...AZT 1: s mv --'K N!.'!1b!'Ii '-152141 5'f2'f'27'5 ' l f' if f Hr. .11 P 1 sr ' qi, ,L-fe- MA. Q l L, 'ffs, .f--Q-x 'jau- Yr, - l J. Porter v- I .Qc A. McKnight STUDENTS 419 1981 HSS Of G D Blakey G Ashland L' Sewell T :-. ' -Q , xi X .r mpg, A 7 , Yr Pm l .af 1 , V r 1 , ps, , . I ...P , 1 .- s ,. ' f if-, . Q -Ei V, I ,G ' 5 ' 1 ,. -fr-,L L ll 'N X 1 r 1- ., :qi-fl . . if ,Ja nw ,. ,, g.,, x. ?E 9 ' :ww . t Hd, 'yn' .,-.- , . f m , -rn , K x s ff-T Lf' ' t .gd X , Hx , M, X 1 'M W 5, I 5- , ,MW mu M Nw A ,, Nl l . Q N 2-ZEQ' Y W' av 'r Q v :fi I I ? j . 3 Y' ff! A. ' Q Q 5 I ' x 67,6 gi wv A, , , fu , X . I HI X 1, , ff! H G4 n . 335 'v- . f 6:5 '- , , ' ff ,M ,, , 4 w i HL HWMM W X ,'G V u Q I 1 6 l 56,29-I g I2 .a 'm-49 JSM M 9 x H I 6 f g , A IO fel: . mU'5f fl H - WI' ,, 1 ef EJ., aff , , M' 1 , x f-a I ha U , M ' W' . -,. WML' -' ' 'pg I, n ff E W P' w, A J- f KW? gl 121 . x iw QW Qi? f rf W W m ng i MW ' ,ge V A , f'- xb ' M , . , , ,W W M, N. 'R A I 5 X lm ,A :WM if wh E 'I ff - A A 1 -.ii 7 f fi 'aa nl Mil 1 5 D , f 4,4 , 1 H1 .rf o Of OX ' V .- ' L w-in: . -.,- . V '0 Wx' Y , MQ WWW 4, -,mmf qX,w L H 'I f A , if fin w .. , 5 V, C Qu A ' Y Q , 9:4 , ,..Ml,3v,,w.g ' '. n' r fix :E , V :Il -, , - ,I V- T' lm., H . .- n. , ., 'Ju , - 'fm V1 ,. fy. 5 --.-- .fwi , .- 1 '. 11' f , -1' .X v.-'Y . rr! N 2-. , 4 H R5 1' , XM 7231. -1 f' , 31 . 'V y Er . mb, f hZ.W ,M,-J A, Pfk '11, - fw w I, WWW 'M gg ...Q1 -K 1 2 C. Cooper 981 fl O HSS lol E. Milliken Third year we backboned the East End Health Clinic, had a bowling league, designed lunch bag seminar sessions, and almost universally we contributed time and effort to the Aes- culapian Year Book undertaking. Prompted by the constant and softly-drawled persuasion of the third year medical stu- dent editor, we sold ads, yearbooks, typed and wrote. We also guided tours, sat on admissions committee meetings, and won a more than representative number of Shifting Dullness puz- zle prizes. Displacement activity contributed to the research left unfinished, the experiments that needed follow-up, the papers half-written. Even as we planned to return and com- plete pro jects, we realized the improbability of doing so, once we were caught up in fourth year rotations and residency applications. s. s,,,.,MMM. wwmltb, R. Albrecht 8: rabbit 'ln .X , an N.- M. Angle A. Russell, D. Siedler, G. Lorensen STUDENTS 425 Airlr -ilu.. 7:5 g-dnl 5' LL 1 .f-2' 1, Fi.- Q ,Q ' ' f ji -, .Q-5' f'fQ4.2l 7 gl 7x i n' 1 ' ,gl n ' f 'fxf-if 75' 2 1 ' T. - 1-' :ff li :A ri T.. ll -'JN' - L . ' T-. -' .15 -' ' Q-.nw . V - V, .g,,-ww -W 'idx' - ' 'S i7iP-iP'f -- ' , 51' l 1 5g'F'f3 ' 1 Fevffwr' L96L 10 SSPIO 52,2-'if . ,, V, 195' M 31 , 6 . ,rf Ja l E- Miller J. Christenbury R. Campbell, S. Schwartz, C. Stephens, J. Germino STUDENTS G. Hudson So little gets done in a time which passes so quickly. Most of us were more inert than we had anticipated. We were accus- tomed to the structure and ward business of our first two years. With this gone, we'd forgotten how to fill the time ourselves and sometimes we were lonely. Toward the end of third year we began to wonder more acutely what field of medicine to go into. We started to read about different residencies, puzzle over who to get recom- mendations from, figure out the match, and some of us be- came anxious as the light at the end ofthe Duke Core Curricu- lum grew nearer. E. Reiman s. .ilk . Ls 1 1 . H .V H5 v , , ng., g .- ,gg ,.-fffffke .- :.v 1 1 .,5t',.g: . , 4, ,E STUDENTS 42 5 4 in U! ur 'mea -wi, 'Nm X an VFW: ww Mw.w41M W 'WWW M -N- -g-nun-nn: YF' MMM ma ,,,,X,,,,,, 23 J. Lucas Bt friend ,pi M. Adams, T. Curiel T - I T' Stanley D. Albert It in Daz'idAlbert: research - cardiac mechanics CPage Anderson, MDD started a medical electronics company I-Ii Technology Systems Renata Albrerhr: pathologyg propsg needlepointed Duke crestg caricaturesg tennis . . . Drahy rodicia - Dakujem . . . Dare Allen: jamming regularlyg directed Student-Faculty Show bandg star- red in Ellen Theg's A Walk In the Woodsg getting psyched for peds Roger Ana'er'.fon.' research - estimating myocardial infarction size from contractility on ventriculograms CRaymond Ideker, MDJQ determination of lung volumes and lung density with chest CT scan iLaurence I-Iedlund, MDJQ cross-country runningg sailing Marcia Angle: tried to turn backyard clay into vegetablesg propagandized about the Student's Rural Health Coalitiong tried to keep pace with Nancy Milliken's great ideas Gwen Arenr: IM volleyballg took up pianog EEHCQ classes Gloria A.thlana'.' research - assay for nuclearestrogen receptor iKen McCarty, Sr., PhDJg pottery classesg AMWA Ralph Baker: research - transcatheteral electrocoagulation studies using dogs lWilliam Thompson, MDHQ engaged to Susan Moran 2l8O Steve Barnet: research - sexual function and behavior in old age Cllene Siegler, MDDQ hypnotherapy training CRichard Lucas, PhDlg sex therapy and education Uohn Steege, MDJQ Duke Endowment - Durham: little league baseball coachg church choir director Daze Blakey: flying: beachg classes Craig Bloch: research - biochemical kinetics in immune function CNicho- las Kredich, MDJQ Godel, Bronowski 84 Blake - toward a humanist natural science and Ethics of Human Experimentationng attempted a marathong studied photography Pam Bowes research - Effect of Beta-blockade upon Myocardial Healing after Infarction CGalen Wagner, MDM presented P846 research Micro- biological properties of 99m Tc labeled HMDP, skeletal imaging agentg worked with Dr. Zeanah and parents of congenitally deformed infants in the ICNg skiingg jogging Bruce Braxher: IM track meet - shot putg commuted to Raleigh q Wed- nesdayg read Shogun Febe Brazeal: research - The analysis ofEchovirus 50 by Radioimmunop- recipitation g EEHC Pete Brersler: research - chemotaxis and phagocytosis in PMNs lWendell Rosslg IM softball Peter Broner: research - epidemiological and clinical parameters in life threatening hemoptysis tLarry Rigsby, MDJQ skiingg tennis Phil Buesrher: research - coronary blood flow CAndy Wechsler, MDDQ bowling Dirk Calrert: Dyed The Red Hot Hit Line on WDUKQ sailingg continued to wax and shine classic 65 Ford Galaxy Robb Campbell: church choirg studied Frenchg volleyballg bicycling jonathan Chri.rtenbznj'.' research - killed a lot ofmice and a few dogsg then wised up and took some classes! cycled on new Trekg sang tenor- church choirg lived in a house with seven other crazy guys Deb Clapp: married Bob Whitehurst 7l14l79g worked on houseg made furnitureg took classes Tim Clarla: spent summer '79 injapang climbed Mt. Miyokog lots of sailing and long distance bicycling 'T-1'lf?7'Cllff6l.' can't quite place the face? I was acquired in a recent off-season trade from the Medical College of Georgiag spent third year as a second- year student, so I can be a fourth-year student in .Iulyg will apply for internships, once I resolve my identity crisis Diane Da1'id.von.'EEI-ICQ summer '80 in England to work with john Lister Chip Da'1'iJ.' research - strength of microvascular anastamoses Games Urbaniak, MD5 in orthopedic microsurgery research labg married Susan Beck 8l4l79g tennisg a hell ofa lot of golf john Dein: research - Augmentation of Myocardial Blood Flow with Atrioventricular Sequential Pacing: The Importance of the A-V Interval Games Coxlg marriedNancy Meek on 12l50l79g sailingg golfg tennisg and accompanying wife tan aspiring pro golfer? to various tournaments Pete DeL11ra.' married Regina Murphy 5lI8l80g bowlingg continued to frequent Bats Nancy Dunlap: independent computer course - wrote program on normal lung volumesg Adenocarcimona of the Pituitary - a Case Report and Literature Review g bought a bicycleg runningg starred in Ellen Theg's A Walk in the Woods Laurie Dunn: research at Mayo Clinic on cancerg bellydancing classesg Women's IM basketball Berijtlin F97'gll.l'07l.' research - Blood Group Antigens in Dysplasias ofthe Human Mammary Gland and Immunoglobulin localization in Benign and Malignant Breast Lesions lKen McCarty, jr., MD, PhDDg fostered stray cats Wachovia 84 Morselg squirrel huntingg lots and lots of bicycling Larry Floyzl: Duke Endowment - Hillsboroughg joggingg classes FllLZ,7I1dlI.' research - a specific receptor for chemotactic peptides - initiates macrophage chemotaxis, tRalph Snyderman, MDJQ played a lot of tennis Mat! Gillman: research - Carotid Body Tumors: Case Report and Epidemiologic Review CSeymore Grufferman, MDDQ bowlingg softball Candir Grace: research - effects of interferon CDavid Lang, MDL autopsies never-to-be repeatedg yearbookg minority women in medicine leadership workshop IO l 80g SNMA national and regional conventionsg Fira! C0lIfdff.' radio health series writer. STUDENTS 427 ... -.-.L J. O'Neil1 D. Trader 81 H. Severance Kreit E C. Lottich 1. yy , MLM ,fm lf' f af B. Rankin R. Baker . 1. .. . 'N-1 . ie. H ,, w ' , Tin- I -- .r?5'r1Qfp.2,' :ed DTN Qing lagagfgff 50 ' w--rp ... kwa. if if J, - 1 T.- . 12 3 Z 5'- f 1. PIO SS O Ll 86 L A. Lansing ei 51 't ' ,pr Wm! S. Barnes ,. ttifw i ' W I H , M u ' ek, ,,...,, -5. mia at 1 -g-, ,ali-H-L1-iii? -if e P. Sholar Dave Harlan: research - nutrition and hypertension CGeorge Mann, MD, Vanderbiltbg married Nancy Peters 5117179 Geg Hadron: took courses, Third year is the good life. Ea'a'1'e Koo.' research - ocular toxicity of gamma-glutaminyl-4 hydroxybuterone - compound derived from the mushroom CSteve Vogel, MDD, Durham city league volleyball, broadened my culinary and oenolo- gical skills, Hong Kong Verenajorgenrem Duke Endowment - Elizabeth City, NC in pediatrics, five week trip to SW, West Coast, Utah and Colorado, engaged to Brian Peters 3180 jW'Kappa.' research - collateral blood flow in acute MI Games Cox, MDD, co-director North Carolina Students, Rural Health Coalition, engaged to Rosanne Pollack Sieve Keener: Pitchfords Cmusical groupl, Duke Chorale - trip to Walt Disney World, admissions committee, RMSF research .gym Kreit: dissected entire body, lots of guitar, engaged to Marilyn Will 80 jean Kunin: research - cyclopharmocology and depression iMark-kee Linnoila, MD Scjonathan Davidson, MDD, lots of NC backpacking, sewed gaiters joamze Lang: Duke Endowment - Durham, neighborhood housing service, engaged to Tommy Lee 3180 Ann Lanting: EEI-IC, co-editor of yearbook, starting a vegetable garden, sewing, quilting, bought a house, worked in Cherokee Indian Hospital, summer '79 Tommy Lee: research - myocardial infarct size with respect to the vascular bfd CKeith Reimer, MDD, Ut Coutarl co-editor, engaged to Joanne Lang 3 80 Cap Leteme: research - effects of radiation in reconstruction, assessment of flap viability by trancutaneous, POZ CDon Serafin, MDU Gilda Loren.ten.' research - Home vs. Hospital Delivery - Literature Review , NIH - Epidemiology of Teenage Bt Diabetic Pregnancy, Irt contact co-editor, AMWA librarian, EEHC, Gerrie Laurie: research - experimental pulmonary infarction in clogs as studied by CXR, CT, and pathological exam jolan Lnear: editor, business manager and photographer of the largest medical school year book in the USA, engaged to Marsha Adams MD '82 after knowing her for 6 weeks and dating her for 4, president, class of'8I, friendly guy, though classmates fled him in fear ofbeing coerced into doing MORE work for the yearbook Anne MeKnz'gbl.' research - T-Ag positive leukemia- membrane charac- teristics of the T leukemia cell Uohn Falletta, MDD: peripheral blood staining in leukemia with Merocyanine 540, effects of cryo-preservation on T cell stability CAndrew Huang, MDB, admissions committee, ETOH drip 8139179 to 5180, IM women's B-ball Greg Mezzrio: pathology in New Zealand for 2 months fre: Charlie Daniels, MD - it's a national law, everyone gets an autopsy therel Bill Mida'1eton.' research - in ultrasound on predicting IUGR prenatally Games Bowie, MDD, rediscovered ll the potter's wheel, 25 silk screening, 35 semi-effective volleyball serve Dave Milbauer: played lots of music, weightlifted, skiing NancyMz'11iken.'BBLS on Women's Health and other racy topics, hypnosis research, Dean's Hour committee, fall 8: winter advisor to Northern Orange county teenage health council, lst Contact editor, AMWA, women's pelvic teaching group, leadership workshop for women in medi- cine l0180, bellydancing classes Hugh Morrit: research - The Effect of Acute Normovolemic Hemodilu- tion on Reperfusion on Ischemic Extremities Cin orthopedic microvascu- lar surgeryl, Dean's Hour Committee, Davison Council, usual third year courses jim Morritr research - myocardial blood flow Uoseph Greenfield, MD 8: Fred Cobb, MDD, skiing john Morriron: three months in a mission hospital in Pakistan Carrived 3 weeks after the American Embassy was burnecll by way of England and Egypt Beth Mura'a11gh.' simple time for personal renewal, Ending a professional niche, while getting back to good literature, long walks, cooking and enjoying the mornings again jim ,0'Neil1.' research - Relative Corneal Neovasculogenic Abilities of Various Vasoactive Drugs Using an Ocular Perfusion System CGordon, Clintworth, MDD Boo'Parkerron: tropical medicine basic science study in Liverpool, England, clinical tropical medicine in Africa, summer '80 Bryan Ifeterfr Duke Endowment - Elizabeth City, NC in radiology, five week trip to SW, West Coast, Utah and Colorado, IM softball, Europehluly '80, engaged to Verena Jorgensen 3180 joaone Pzlreelelli: research - an additional mechanism for adenosine mod- glatitin ofin vitro platlet function Uudy Anderson, MDD, engaged to Dave ime jan Iforter: research - isolation of pancreatic cancer neoantigens, family practice preceptorship - Sparta, NC, Engel Society, Yearbook, cheese- cake taste testing protocol, investigation of strategies of contract bridge, comparative evaluation ofHappy Hour establishments for attitude adjust- ment, therapy weekends to beach and mountains C1a1'rePoyef.' research - endocrinology research with jerry Feldman, MD, 1.e. killed rats all year, learned to snow ski STUDENTS 429 I A L. Sewell S. Stowers , . me is .W W F. Birmingham L, Floyd I PIO SS O Ll 86 L 1. Piscetelli W. Pryor NAL lf 1 I ' , , 1 I I 'x ilx, If 5 X 'M J I EWR li if I M. Thienemann 8: B. Rankin STUDENTS J. Porter 8: P. Sholar J. Ramage -'N B. Middleton 8: L. Dunn N. Milliken B. Ferguso ff-. .Y . -V f .V E 1 I 1, 55' 'il T 4 - wh AVS: 5 -Il if , i J B :L ' ...X , ' A - 'Qklsj R1 Q 1' , 1, ,Af ' ' . xox Y , mg '- A . A TX, I William Pryor: research - Time course for Salvaging Ischemic Myocar- dium Games Cox, MDIQ bowlingg EEHCQ tennis Bill Putnam: research - peripheral control of hepatic glucose output QI-Iarolcl Lebovitz, MD 8: Scott jones, MDD, two new Goldens jim Ramage: research - two-diminsional echo-cardiography assessing left ventricular mass and volumeg identification of two-dimensional echo criteria for high risk mitral valve prolapse 6Rick Stack, MDM golfg tennisg backpacking - NCQ whitewaterg playing trusty Gibsons fguitarsl Brandon Rankin: research - rapid visual assay to detect mono-clonal antibody antigens CGeorge Eisenbarth, MDI, CT sectioned a frozen cadaverg some bowlingg IM softballg city league V-ball Erir Reinzan: research - normal and unresolved griefg Ir! Cotzlart editorg taught hypnosisg worked with NC hospiceg improved my Billy Packer set shot and my racquetball kill shotg re-agonized Ist year at Duke Med - this time my wife'sg solved the mind - body problem Atela Russell: SMNAQ AMWAQ lrt Contart: sex-ed committee, traveling in Bermuda and Germany, Minority Women's Leadership Conferance IO!80 Steve Srlazyf' research - neurophysiology, theoretical research on voltage clamp theory, experimental research on synaptic transmissiong piano play- ing fauditory abuselg sleep charging before residency Steve Srloiuartz: research - cancer epidemiology 4Seymour Grufferman, MDL EEI-ICQ classes I-larry Setieratzm' research - validation in a community hospital of criteria for early discharge after acute MI CGalen Wagner, MDD, screening study of relationship of systemic hypertension and open angle glaucomag fixed motorcycles, autos, stereosg with Trader, continued to provide audio effects for numerous parties Lea Sewell: research - reverse plaque assay using staph protein A in peripheral lymphocytes ofhuman melanoma pt. CCambier, PhD Bc Harvey Cohen, MDDQ EEHCQ chapel choir Pam Sloolar: research - Treatment of Refractory Leukemia with MTX and Thymidinef' comparative evaluation of Happy I-lour establishments land bartendersb for attitude adjustmentg student faculty showg chairman of the medical students cancer symposium 5l8Og Davison Councilg medical trek in Nepali skeet shooting, beach and mountain weekends with Dr. J. Porter, best friend and therapistg cheesecake taste testing protocolg YEAR- BOOK! Earle Slougarman: research - Huntington's disease and fibroblasts fDr. Tourianlg mountain climbing in Colorado Capitol , Quandary and Yale g cross-country skiing Dan Siedler: research - spleen cell supernatent which stimulates the growth ofa mixed hernatopoetic colony in murine system fAndrew Huang, MDJQ Shifting Dullnerr editorg movies Da-ve Simel: research - cystic fibrosis Uohn Sullivan, MDJQ neurology clerkship in Edinboroughg Student Research Forumg engaged to Joanne Piscetelli Quay Snyder: flight instructor, NCSU Soaring Club, IM softballg IM cross countryg Thursday night bowling with the boys, sunning and swimming jeffSo1zrl:eer: neurological diagnostic computer program, IM sportsg various nefarious activities Barb Spector: research - in opthalmic pathology CGordon Clintworth, MDJQ sex ed - taught 7th graclersg EEHCQ sailingg quilting courseg micro- biolqlogy lab techg engaged to Michael Hertzberg Cgrad student in Duke Pat J TU Stanley: research - the effect of multiple partial coronary artery stenosis on regional myocardial blood flow, designed and constructed monitors U ultrasound dimensioning device 23 activation interval timing Cmyocardialj, Oim Cox, MD - CORE lablg guitar at Manella's and This Side Up Roy Stein: research - relaxation training and diabetes iDr. Surwit and Dr. Feingloslg initiation of Holistic Medicine Group, photography, refined my tofu and stir fry vegetablesg lf its not one thing, its another. Chad Stephens: bicyclingg taught children's church Stew Stowerr: research - enhancement of allogeneic transplantation with total lymphoid irradiation CHilliatd Siegler, MDM fishedg skiedg drove to Charlotte every two weeks A Margo Tloietzematzn: homemade bread rose to new heightsg learned to scuba dive and went to Jamaica to prove it: Duke Endowment - Sullivan's Island, SCQ filled in some lst year gaps Da1foTraa'er.'research- screening study ofrelationship ofsystemic hyper- tension and open angle glaucomag NMSAQ with Harry Severance, con- tinued to provide audio effects for numerous parties Bill Tyor: research - neurology CDr. Davis, MDD Tony Van Don Berg: research - nephrotoxic effects of cis-platinum with regard to various models oftransporting epithelia including frog skin, toad bladder and human RBC's 1Vince Dennis, MDDQ renal function in pts. receiving cis-Pt, renal effects of thyrocalcitonin in pts. with medullary thyroid carcinoma and of PTH in pts. with hyperparathyroidism iSam Wells, MDJQ EEI-IC Bob lWbitel911rJt.' married Deb Clapp 7l14l79g worked on our houseg made furnitureg took classes Mont Wooten: back to basics and a normal life with extracurricular diver- sions, ie. roadtripsg skiing, fishingg lots ofguitarg got traumatizedg tennis and racket ball STUDENTS 451 A -. , .N PM . X , , , Tlx N. Milliken G. Ashland, M. Gillman r Ii ll, 7i?E.,if,,, R l g 99 ' D. Davidson LQGL 10 D. Albert, J. Lucas J. Porter T. Stanley T. van den Berg Bc K. Delaski R. Albrecht B. Ferguson P. Nile 84 G. Lourie Germino NN T. Clark, J. Price, Stein, E. Shugerrnan, 1. Kunin CLASS OF K. Gutmann, R. Hill, M.D. 4 A rf . V- . X fly, '. 31 ,Z V w 1 AQFYQ' X3 XM! 111 vufvtu V X ,K I. I 1982 STUDENTS 4 5 3 Ballad of '82 Oo the tune of The Beverly H illbilliex Now listen to the story of the class of '82: We wanted to be docs but we didnlt know what to do. We worked very hard and we followed every rule And so we headed off to the World's Best Medical School. Duke, that is. David C.'s PRT's. The first thing ya know we were in the basement of the Cramming in the facts was pretty close to hell. Biochem, Micro, and Anatomy What this has to do with Medicine we couldn't really see. Mnemonics, that is. The Core What a bore! And then we were told it was time to learn PD. Histories and physicals cme not so easily. But they all said, Clinics are the place to go. So we loaded up our bags to prepare for the show. Rotations, that is. White coats. Progress notes. D Russell A Hackel M' Schwaffz On the wards, we realized we had to learn new tricks, CBC's, catheters and IV lines to fix, Blood for this, urine for that, and on and on it went, What happened to the glamour, in the life of a med student? Scut, that is. Fever spikes. Sleepless nights. Every morning, bright and early we started off with rounds: Vital signs, temperatures, and listening for bowel sounds. When work was done, we got prepared to meet with head honchos, What they'1l grill on this time, nobody knows. NANO G' Baden Attendings, that is. B' Dodson Brown nosing. Charles dozing. All in all, we were glad when second year was through, We worked real hard, learned a lot, amazing what we knew. But with more to learn and more to do we're ready to move on . . . As research, class work, and freedom come along. Third year, that is. Laid back. Being slack. lli- Copy and layouts: G. Michael and R. Pollack Photos: G. Barden, J. Califf, B. Dodson, L. Wu, P. , Zeitler, and J. Lucas J- Gfllbef G. Bertics f l 13 4 l W v l 45 f -- ,.X. A Aw, Witt 2 v . 4 D. Kondis M. Ralston STUDENTS 435 Q G. Lourie, S. Williams, D. Anthony, D. DiCostanzo, P. Shekelle, P. Pin, B. Kopitsky R. Dedwylder CLASS of 1982 1 K X. ,- Q. , ts? Hwy. an .W r 41 vw 5.2! 'W 1: uf R. Bledsoe, G. McCall D. Bures, C. Murphy, B. Cance T- Miner 456 STUDENTS ,fm x V J, Price J. Tibbetts, I. Gore CLASS Of 1982 S. Dove, G. Dent, K. Lewis, R. Gilliam, M. Austin M.A. Bowring G. Kirschner, M. Tarpey, B. Freeman STUDENTS 457 Medicine . Medicine is a science ofuncertainty and an art of probability. Sir William Ofler Medical science is as yet very undiffe- rentiated from common curemongering witchcraft. George Bernard Shaw -1.5 lik D. Paull, P. Nile The aim of medicine is surely not to make men virtuousg it is to safeguard and rescue them from the consequences of their vices. H.L. Mencken H, H1 P R. Bledsoe, C. Haworth D. Anderson i N 5 MWA.. M,.ilsfflgv..:nit,mi Y- X H it sw--H lu mas! .fu W H W .i-- f it it f Science progresses rapidly from the seventeenth century ong medicine be- came scientific, highly technical, highly specialized, and very costly. Henry E. Sigerixt 438 STUDENTS K. Lazarus, J. Blatchford 'Dos mi., wx' .nm it Obstetrics fi Gynecology . . Medicine is not a lucrative profession. It is a divine one. john Coakley Lemon Medicine is an occupation for slaves. Benjamin Rzula No, son, that's not quite the way to demonstrate the ovar- ies and tubes. Anonymous' I A i .Mr 1 . Y.- EW 't 'X s We ' fri 1-'1i.l'1 tiiici f M -.Aw -M.. s' ,-.l ,er F. Koehler CLASS Of 1982 i iiti t it it . it ij Pl 1-r ,Q ibn J 1 X44 f W ,,-.-vi D. DiCostanzo R.T. Parker, M.D., C. Murphy Medicine should be practiced as a form of friendship. Leon Bernard Oh, those late nights on Carter . . . Anonymouy STUDENTS 439 Pediatrics . Children are not simply micro-adults, but have their own specific problems. Bela Schick Here we have a baby. It is composed of a Bald Head and a Pair of Lungs. Eugene Field R. Rowley Infants do not cry Without some legiti- mate cause. Farmrius 440 STUDENTS .CLf lS5 at Between you and me, I think an infant is disagreeable, - it is all gut and squall. C harley Brown You can do anything with children if you only play with them. Prince Otto 1!072 Bismarck B. Armstrong, M.D., B. Burge nf' ' D. Cox 3 . Q tw-1' NWWWI' Kiwi U U I' C. Seigel, P. Pin S. Weir, P. Saul r V ' ' ' ' I Psychiatry . ' Perhaps there is nothing in Nature more i i il if pleasing than the study of the human Q ' mind, even in its imperfections or depra- W vities. ' N . john Hunter i , , V Q , V . ,Xt- . H ,,.t-t ,, ,,,.,. .W ,,,t-t . I , rgrr, to r trrr -gQg,rr,g,l A neurotic is the man who builds a castle in the air. A psychotic is the man who lives in it. And a psychiatrist is the man who collects the rent. Lord Robert Webbjobnrtone iii ,. Q My 1 W. Woodruff, B. McCarley T. Browder Yes, this is definitely a mu1ti-di- mensional personality disorder with elements of schizo-affective schizophre- nia and depressive neurosis overlay. Anonymour i X i C. Campbell STUDENTS 441 new Surgeny . As art, surgery is incomparable in the beauty of its medium, in the supreme mastery required for its accomplish- ment, and in the issues of life, suffering, trols. Sir Berkeley Moyniloan , s When in doubt, drain. Robert Lawson Tait B. Kopitsky, A. Carlson, R. Mainwaring, G. Maier In surgery, eyes first and most, fingers next and little, tongue last and least. Sir George Murray Humpbry Yes, Sir Humphry, that's exact- ly right. Anonymous J. McVicar R. White, Rover I 1 X Surgery is the ready motion of steady and experienced hands. 1 Galen i The only weapon with which the uncon- scious patient can immediately retaliate upon the incompetent surgeon is hemorrhage. William Stewart Halsted . - 442 STUDENTS and death which it so powerfully con- r 5 I l l ll ve A df 1 if Q I -.-lffig, l ff-fir: 'A QQ, , ll Richard Ackerman Furman College Sumter, SC ,Q . .N . ll. l' ' 'W 'l' is Doug Anthony Warlyingtan Univ. Hermitage, MO W . l , ' Ml-W ll' K ve V U- . Wi M Wklklwig Donna Anderson William if Mary Lumberton, NC W- W W .1,-. .. , It ' if A Mike Austin Emory Univ. Chamblee, GA 'lv' F' J. Martin, M. Austin, C. Campbell, T. Crump lclr: l ' I -... EQ. f if Graham Barden Duke U nie. New Bern, NC Ed Bell Duke Univ, New Bern, NC ,.. 5 .QW llllmll ... W H . - w Y V ' ,'i fl f' , We Greg Bertics Tim Bishop Duke Unw. Rzre U nw. , East Brunswick NJ Las Cruces NM D. Worms, C. Bounous, D. Calcagno, B. Kinney ' ' . 5 . 1 W- ,lm JE ,T www 'M M , , 0 l 7 M L .01 1 Q. .ex P ' 1 jim Blatchford Duke Univ. Newton Square, PA .. ' X,,,,' r'C V 'QI' I ' W W W ' H . , ,Ml . w W 2 it . . ' if .ski t , ' E, ig 9,0 . Robin Bledsoe M irrirszllzpi Greenville, MS Chris Bounous Margaret A. Bowring Duke U niv. Wellesley College .CLASS Of is v vvu , -rs w-14.1, rs 11' 1 u Durham, NC Durham, NH l STUDENE 445 A f. Bu wif l Walter Broadhead Davidson College Charleston, WV '1 Diana Bures Duke U niv. St. Petersburg, FL .1 , 4 nf Tim Browder Wake Forex! Univ. Charlotte, NC Bill Burge Paine College Farmville, NC L. Wu, G. Schwartz v Y W' Wm pmol , Yu i fi. . MH Hn Betsy Clardy Brown Univ. Arlington, VA Madison, CT Carnell Cooper Yezle Univ. Dillon, SC 1 E1 U., V . . -ra A f- . Dave Cox Harvard College Louisville, KY Paul -Browne North C ezrolina Winston-Salem, NC lx, lel 'I lxl' Q, l L Dan Caffrey Duke Univ. Greensboro, NC ii F v 'f Dawie Calcagno Tuftx Univ. Cos Cob, CT Bill Cance Duke Univ. Asheville, NC ,y , ,- X -ffm 5 . vt W i n, 3, Q PW . 'A . f.M ' ' M' 'W-A Jim Califf South Carolina Columbia, SC fl . Y Alan Carlson Duke Univ. Newburgh, IN .9 , Umv. Duke St. Petersburg, FL Chapel Hill, NC Caroline Chantry Tom Christopher Iowa Duke Univ. Omaha, NE Huntington, NY Y k F' 'R V-' ' 63' . N . V. .J Tony Crump Cornell Univ. Riverhead, NY Georgette Dent Duke U nifzf. Raleigh, NC ,WWHF ig KQV -PH I M W ' .1 , , , 'T X '3 Sam Dove Duke U rzio. Raleigh, NC fp. ...4f, ' 'I , , ,, M . 'Q f T 1-nor . Ed Ferren Daoidfon College Haddonfield, Nj x'e, Q Scott Cunningham Mau. Inst. of Tetla. Newburgh, NY , . i-he 0 2 rf l 4 lt 'U ' ia . . Sta Damian DiCostanzo Dartmouth College Canton, MA A K I f i ll, i vi , l Terry Early Nortlaeaxl M isxonri Edina, MO 1' lk Evan Ftam Cornell Univ. Aspen, CO ad ,Fl . . ' .IF Rosier Dedwylder Virginia Hamilton, GA ,V i z: -MF ! 1333: V4 5,4 . Bill Dodson Emory Uni-if. Atlanta, GA S. Cunningham . ,CU'l55p OT1982 Hilary Ellwood North Carolina St. Raleigh, NC . g f - ' fig? C 1.1 ' 1 -, V ,-Lf.-.' 'Y '- it we. -,- vu -5 -2 . 42232.11 ix ., ' 532111, Rich Frothingham Mau, Imt. of Terla. Little Rock, AR .p-. levi ffl Z A ,-it Sandy Emery Dartmouth College Selkirk, NY Mi 0 ii ,ligne x,. f .' 1- Marty Gagliano Radelijfe College Belvedere, CA C. Stewart H, , f I l J H3141 ' f' , Q.. .Ffa I jim Gibson Calwrfzia-Daoix San Francisco, CA 4 i Al, i- I' 1 -1, ,.f 1 x 4 p V Q. 'ef ,. Ia- Steve Gonias SUNY-Stony Brook Brooklyn, NY Rosey Gilliam Georgia Lancaster, SC 1- - . Ita Gore Harvard College Rochester, NY if ,..', 1 I lf , Nddha? 'vu' L55-I , . ' WMM W Hifi 1 Landis Griffeth Duke Univ. Greenville, SC v 'va E, mul , A v- lu, 'fd Katie Gutmann Wffsfomin Janesville, WI . 5,5 V .., WW 'ull , 1 13175 1 N, ll W'l'lfllil 0 , 4 ' ,y zzgxw Q , . , ' . , . . Craig Haug Duke U nio. -Normandy Beach, NJ , E. Bell A 'I t gl! Yv- , - Tom Grote N Nth Carolina Charlotte, NC J. ,M i, ,, 'N ' W ' 1 i . wiifz v ri wmlil 'Z JL Andrea Hackel S-wartlomore College Durham, NC A i 6 ' 1 ' ,L lim, wx, lv, if., -L, .IK 5 N 'ills i M -iw ' Q 3 Charles Haworth Guiwm' College High Point, NC i X I M , ai ,wi jim Gruber Darlmoulla Colleg. Bedford, NY -1. ,, , f 'g.,,,,s,i,g, ' iw wfwm- N. W, , ,-' . Mwf yw W i, W I Jim Halverson C alzfornia-LA Highland, CA l fdff t.E.4F' X , Q ww. 'li M W J H3 ' , o f X ri 5 we Bill Herzog Duke Univ. Ellicot City, MD UI. Califf, A. Shelton ,lu gf- x- Ps ' -.i , xv, V i, , W , il, Susan James Duke U nizu Durham, NC Greg Kirschner Nor1lou'eJte1'n U nir. North East, PA . . .Hit -Sli TJ: 2,, - , - ifliF,Yh 1, W rlllllr N A l Lu... or J if 1 Mu ld J, r. .. 1 Muwm, V- W , Fa' f'hV , M., .ix 5 , sri ' aww ffm , V h W 'WW Cl' N 1. wp., K STUDENTS Bob oinitsky Emory Unit: St. Louis, MO fm . Nw ,. 'Y ' ' Q A if ll emm a ' o Cho, . , A ill , li 1 W 1, gr'-Q X Kemp Kernstine Duke Uzlir. Fayetteville, NC Fran Koehler M irlaigarz Northville, Ml Ken Lazarus Mun. 11151. of Tevh. Miami Beach, FL Jw-S ,1-T. , 'P' A Bob Kinney llyllflllvll College Elgin, lL Deborah Kondis Cornell Ul11'1'. Munhall, PA Lu Ann Leidy Virginia Lrnuzlale. PA Se, ' 'N Ne 'M N M r ' I '9 4 L i J i Y VL- ' I, , ,, 2' wi H Steve Levine Calzfzrnia-SD Northridge, CA t, .W lla-3 1.4. 3' f - .Qt r NV . ,,--zum, W Y Q' , -W' Rick Mainwaring Duke U nio. Center Valley, PA Tim Miller Dartmouth College Racine, WI Susan Mor ello Marx, I nrt. ofgTe:h. Bronx, NY Joe Martin Howard Univ. Durham, NC I A3 t ' Wi -wll i'MMw, , 'l'1,YM ww-go W my M W A ' vw V+ 5 4? Sam Mitchener Davidson College Laurinburg, NC -,- 1 . I' 4 Chuck Murphy Loyola Univ. Atlanta, GA f -Q -W , .,- 'fi' 1 it Wt el., , ,, A , 'W , l 1 . 5' Gary Lourie Duke Univ. Syracuse, NY ,f'f.Wg , A it -N ' , 9 .V ,K 1 ' ,j.T, iv- rwr W I lv W is '- Keith McCrae Dartmouth College Cumberland Foreside. ME H A Y S Orntfeinllg. Snitz X, We W Ml I l li W A, A ',-W,,41!t+-- of Q, w ,., '- -f. 1 ,, I wk 1' Q f lv f' W, tx ' we i V, I Y ., cl' 21' f -W 'rwy-,que ' ,.,.,n:,-t -My, ,J - ' f.-if 4 A N., l,. ' A Kapauner Lewis South Carolina Columbia, SC Grace McCall North Carolina St. Marion, NC ll f A U' 4 a ,t ...... we A Wim john McVicar Werleyan Unio. Broomfield, CO 1 I will ,ctw lg 1 W v'M i-,ww '- X , , 'jill H .J ak' no 5 w f 1, I ' jim Lingle North Carolina Charlotte, NC Betsy McCar1ey Kamas Dallas, TX George Maier Loyola College Baltimore, MD ,f Gina Michael Minouri St. Louis, MO n W ,N , M.. 1 . f F H f ' 1' .' r ra ,. 'W ' v M W my WM, l'::'fl'I,lWw 0 vp W 'Wil M' , W ff M PW-'45,:': if : 'aiu was -eg,-f 2 N- -,Ja , - . ,,, Kate Montague Randolph-Macon Virginia Beach, VA 1, M Peggy Nile Union College Oneonta, NY STUDENTS 4 4 7 l V- A 5 , . , .deny 4, ,vg- .,- ., r . .1 ,ffxx if 3 1, M K it -' . 4-- 1 Y f I I W :H ' -.tu X N ., .K ,, ,,,, .. .l - A to A' i 'Tow 2 . . A. Ormsby 1 , 2 Rosanne Pollack Yale Univ. Dayton, OH x FQ-' 4. t- Sb 9 .1 .- ,,...,m.,.- ,,, -1,t,., 1 N, J , 'T . v .. .531-99 I ff . ly ,-rl 3-1', V fl Rich Rowley Harvard College Albany, NY Julie Price Duke Univ. Woburn, MA ll . H N 1 ' ' ' H . , ,,,, 5 , ,W l u mix 5354- a . Dale Russell Duke Univ. Durham, NC ,.1'xl.z' I fn- 'IT . Yi. 1. J,-,-: .: .sm -mm,-, ig , l A , ...Al o .4 Y' 1 4 ' I l i n M. UWM l f We H1 f a we ffl' ll l MrY W Q Will .,,,.. .1 Matt Ralston Dartmouth College Clarksdale, Nj 7 1 t N . All 5 .L V txaf - -wg, -5 - 'flj u af bi ' 1 l Bob Sasso Seton Hall College Harrison, NJ T s ' ,ty g m' l fx 1 4 7 t ' . 3'-'Y 4 1 Vela 'Q .. l'i'vfW'lV'v5,j 4' I v f-J 1 1. 1' J Lynn Oligino Connecticut Danbury, CT ti' rf'!24?:'l if rf M K' ' g?'WPf?e-'ij ' gm., W, A la? . f' e 'jf ' -'-'see 1521? X l Susie Page Duke Univ. Raleigh, NC . es., .P -1-., ' ow'-:N QNX fs sfvfx -,1 yew.. www I l' 5 1? .. ' K l 1+ . , , The , , ,., Alice Ormsby Stanford Univ. Milwaukie, OR I .I -. Q 9 , .J A -M ' A .511 i l, A W A Doug Paull Duke Univ. Dayton, OI-1 A T '. i:v-fi? Y JN, K R F e ' 'gxigggg 51' 1-gm I 8? 4 i t I El I A + t R Y' V Steve Ornstein Dartmouth College Wantagh, NY Paul Pin Duke Univ. College Park, MD I, , 4 I Y .. Y N' J. Lingle tl ll ii ilii 'rl X .,f,,... ,,.e illll i lt, . 1 mmwww ,4- STUDENTS Aii da clog' J . :ge- Phil Saul Duke Univ. Atlanta, GA 4: ' ' W N mlm . W Vw, V ET ,M v ' ' -5,,,J..ii. w wg, J ,-,.ef l'q QF ' ' f ' .N Q g -..,e, 5 , D - F ' Paul Shekelle Illinoix Oak Park, IL Leslie Schultz Duke Univ. Brielle, Nj 'X lim, , , 'HA . fi ik 1 14 2. , M ikey -'i- 1 w ' .l Lily'------1 Alan Shelton North Carolina Burlington, NC ' 'ff i3 ., xf .i .I - . fn v l. fi? ' .E is 9 llmw t., Mike Schwartz Duke Univ. Charleston, WV .1 75 1 .91-W - sqm is dig. .,f. Qi . 'H -' z, 2 ' . , . ri' F .- .1 1 . N-mf' 51, lp' - ' ga.. , 5 M . M .N ,v N4 51' T4-I ,. ...fl .. .J-. Carol Seigel Mem. Inst. of Tech. Williamsburg, VA lm ' ,.- 4 wg, 'f',--.4 K. Montague, AI. Warren ll ., i, - Z I, , . X 4 A,-H ,. Q.-3, -M. , lf XL ' tg 6 r A ' t, ,w s 'S R or ' fn lf., A T' 55, 'f Joyce Tibberts Florida jacksonville, FL 'W- .. if W3 N f Q il A. ' . , lil-'U LL 1 ' :1iIQ ', iran- ,wg-Qi L f C Y jeff Warren Yale Univ. Salisbury, NC ll PM Mill ,Mr tW 'lm ' ,. , Y' Rick White Hamilton College Burnt Hills, NY A if 1 Hartz' ' 7' -. .-'WJ ,M ll Dave Worms Stanford U7II.1'. Excelsoir, MN I , S e W we W r Pat Vogel Duke Unir. Durham, NC I' ffgyj-xe i' 1 ' 7 'fl .' ' i Bruce Watson Duke Univ, Glen Ridge, Nj 'rr Lisa Walden Darimolzlln South Orange, Nj .Ng ii' L if A Sam Weir Davidron College Charlotte, NC iiwiixxlgi lyliglmigy ,K 2 'Ml Wolf ,mlllllllllllllill flllPQli'lLl Q it WM ll llllll ll Wi' li lwilllllflfwfivlflllll lil lilo llollllwllilhlll ll ll I ws I f -any u V HE,-gf' .-.V S12- ' .gg , Y L ,M ' 2:5 115 '5 e ff ,514 , if ef l m , Scott Williams Suwrtlomore College Syracuse, NY -gphm -wig? 1' , Larry Wu Wfilliamx College Rochester. NY t o , I In Woody Woodruff North Carolina Lexington, NC A r , 5 N--,lf xxxx , ,A :Ii - W ,, v Lf '..1.f 'ii Q Phil Zeitler Amlaerzrl College Malden. MA A tfigg .r I E5 N it 7 iiii 1 X . I' I 4 f- La, M W: Jack Smith North Carolina Raleigh, NC ftrsrsifr ':i:f:f 9. i mm W w l ep. Af' , it if 1 ' 1- fm Susan Spitz Radflzjye College Plainview, NY i Ni o H ix! ' 9 0 FY r x W A 4? e P t ,io -'uw it-' 315' 4 A ll , . , ,,. , -' R , ': Li., :.e Q ru 1 fgilx. Iii? Cathy Stewart Cahforniez-LA Santa Monica, CA lx Yif'l9f S vffif' fix,-Q ,f 'l l lol y 'l ' ' L lr I C L Meg Tarpey - Vernon Stringer Mark Susslgind I ' I A Ngrzh Carolina St, Duke U nw. Cal1forn1aiR11fer.r1de Concord, NC Fairmont, WV San Francisco, CA S. Page l K , l K l N f l 2 l ,,,, 0 l l l Maier ,llow of w Q - M STUDENTS 449 CLASS of 1982 CLASS of 1983 Attention - Students of ESP - YOGA - PSYCHIC SCIENCES - MYSTICISM - ASTROLOGY Help - Teach - Counsel - Lecture Others BECOME A DOCTOR OF MEDICINE NEW . . . ALL HOME-STUDY PROGRAM . . . NO PRE- VIOUS COLLEGE NECESSARY. At last, a legitimate Doctor- al Degree Program in Medicine Knot a diploma milll for anyone seeking to find the fulfillment that comes from a professional Career helping others to help themselves through medical means whether full time or in your spare time to start- through our Doctoral Home-Study Program. We, the University of Duque in Durham, have prepared an extensive and detailed Research Report entitled, A Doctoral Career in Medicine, which we would like to send you for 55,000.00 It allows you to properly evaluate the entire field of Medicine as it exists today, including opportunities available, realistic earnings that can be expected, operating legalities - everything. Included are full details on how you may enter our Doctoral Degree Program should you wish to do so after reviewing and evaluating the report. Tuition is quite affordable. Excerpts from Unsolicited Student Letters I cannot be strong enough in my praise of the handouts I have gotten. C.T.L., Shaker Heights, OH The way in which lectures are presented is positive and direct. T.B.S., Flourtown, PA I do like your course of study. I believe it is one of the finest I've had. P.N.D., Partridge, KS Thank you for the course. I'm very happy with it. B.P.H., Pinetops, NC Send check or money order lno cash or stamps, pleasej to: University of Duque, Doctoral Dept. 7, Durham, NC 27710 Persons residing west of the Mississippi or north of the Mason- Dixon line add 602 sales tax. STUDENTS 4 5 1 ,z tw 5 N., . it . 11 J if if tp m A M 1 , l 1 , J , . -7' 'I - -' - .f.-A - V-M, -- , A 1 - . 1. ar-,. g 'HN' -t,E Y Q ww ' ,Q .i gt M ' , A '55 X ml W ' , X 5' ,- w . sv' 1, 1 ,,., In . Y - www ,I 'E . V as x W. A I l i idhf 5 W . i!!L ax 1' if Q If . 'M We W W H WW I ii rg' A . 'llc Tw David H. Adams Danny F. Andrews Joseph W. Baker Eric B. Bass Linda G. Baum Duke Duke Duke Duke Sfmlfgm' Greensboro, NC Mount Olive, NC Frederick, MD Shaker Heights, OH Shaker Heights, OH M. Morse thinks deep thoughts in the Medical Center Amphitheater. a,-A .fy- M. Richardson and W. l-Iambright hear the results of their APGAR tests. 452 STUDENTS tw L' v I ff' . i'.l 5 ' . Qtr' g M 5 1' W. Robert G. Brame UNC-Chapel Hi!! Greenville, NC CLASS GF 1983 men learn eternal peace. David C. Beard Da1'ia'.f011 York, SC f:,-' X -:jg 1 'F'2 aaa? Y -, Estrada J. Bernard M07'?h0I!I? Monrovia, Liberia LQ, i , A jfs?-'cA J 'Q -Y., 1 f- f--7 .Q James E. Boatman Sautlaern Calzjimzia Claremont, CA .WU , I. I i In 1 .J W : - VA V 1. . -1 N . Y K lm Terry E. Brennan Harvard Munster, IN ' ' F - SVT' - . .,... 7 , -V 'Qg?- I 'L K ,.. 5 'EF 'xv fr R. McIntyre Bridges Texas Cbriftian Minden, LA L f ll lf .liar A r 'r 1 R I - ' ' - - , .i 1 1 a .1 QP, jx ,ue s A V . 5: if-za - 1 -,gan-as Ap ' ' it . 4 v 5 f- g Al ' ' - C' N - l ' 1 he 4'2 , lilly if l, 3- Q , 4 H -v'5,,41V.q., , .v , Q I., f L---3 ' f I si. ' V . .1149 ' - , lr. A N : fl if 5, ,, .iz -. . if fi gsrql ' i Efffh-af - A - A f Tracey M. Brown William C. Buhrman 'mfiihn B. Blige A Wend . Butler christian T. Campos Swarthmore Duke Dartmouth Duke Dartmouth Summit, NJ Richmond, VA Charleston, SC Charlotte, NC Worcester, MA .-... , if 9: i McKinley Cheshire UC al San Diego West Palm Beach, FL ,tv sn- n A 1 f . we 6114 .IB atffw Thomas P. Collier Cornell Closter, NJ Stevens .-QTL.. - ,, '1. - ---,w.........1 Q-v sl p --v, uf...- K. Sheerin, M. Richardson, and A. Mitchell search for Bourgery's ligament. M, ill. Fj ' 'L ' ,,. r ai Allen R.S. Chen Dartmoulh Lexington, MA , 'iq it 'W la H. Willy Chu Duke Raleigh, NC . l v Y i s, W N' My ,Wl'lf?WWl9ll i 'WKT' in Q f X r l Michael R. Cooper Duke Winston-Salem, NC 1' Q : 'T i ' i W X, .V W1 . i wiht' tif 4. Mit 1 ' 4' .,,. .. .4 L J. :U f-1 ,lym- gm 'N l,.f f at s w . it N H Ann T. Corsa Brown Farmingdale, NY l i him? 'W , .1 .-.- . 3 - 5. 1 -- V 5,77 .gt'V'logfg , il' M rs. il' is 3 . Kenneth L. Crutcher Georgia Atlanta, GA STUDENTS 453 I' l t W ,ig . '!i L Robin G. Cummings UNC-Clmpe! Hill Pembroke, NC for . lr X il w .. 1 vm 'le W uf. f , :ff . N 'M WC ' um. W.. If-.ei K, N in - 5 ' .ew I4 J -.L-' r I. ,.y 3-J -1,1 ., f?'1f.Ta24ii' ' .,r.wf,,., 1 xxxx at will w 'Ll A - 'b1'.-....Mi.L?7i'.1' H5215- ' Ann H. Farrar UNC-Chapel Hi!! Norlina, NC Az. If! .Hwy , Q Thomas G. Fulghum Wake Forest Sims, NC . 5 gill i , al' 1. 3 lm ll John A. Gallalee Duke Mobile, AL Gregory S. George MIT Bronx, NY 454 STUDENTS Peter H. Custis Northwerterrz Potomac, MD , I- sl W ,- A1 I rl l Q l ' , , swf' FL' l V . 0 'I , .fi I 5 1 f Mwllwoll .,-- 2 rrx- ,y a-1 Harry J. D'Agostino I-Ifzrvara' Menands, NY N Q .7 f El, l i L David W. Deaton Davidson Valdese, NC ' if ' . lla 1' 1 W w l tb Q K 'v-, Bruce M. Freedman , Duke Alexandria, VA 'Z -35' 1' wgft l X QW ? Bart L. Dolmarch Michigan Peekskill, NY ' l R 'QT l gflvdi' . ,. iz'-'X 11 ,ix 1 ' , Whitney J. French Overland Chapel Hill, NC V V V V I ey WW- , ff ,.1' :l'.sf'1 ' . . .. f Almond J. Drake U .S . Na-val Academy Pinetops, NC . V J il 1 Wim. -wt , -Q - li . -f I , L., is , fl . H l ,. mf .wif A .U Q ' . .M E I -Nil I Ps. I I Herbert E. Fuchs UC at Los Angelef Granada Hills, CA Robert P. Fleischer L. Susan Frederick Duke Duke Youngstown, OH Rock Hill, SC el l l X . . I y.. , M. Hensley, C. Campos, D. Katz, B. Harland, A. Yancey, B. Dolmatch, B. Buhrman, and S. Stevens breathlessly anticipate yet another discourse on the diagnosis and treatment of kuru. Lisa A. Gichner Brown Bethesda, MD ' vw x A ry an-A-M Q wwf a 'Ls' ,' 'I ,. U ff - Y ,-r sv -1 ' 1' X 'A ,:, .'.-3 y-f. g,'-f.','f- . , J Herbert J. Glatt P671l1Jjll1fd711tI Carmel, NY -x , Si, 'b . l l W Q, f 1 ,Sh t ill' xi Q ef'-I, . Jw 1 ' A Linda Glaubitz Cornell Floral Park, NY l v -in l Mwnai' 3 vi rv ,ie .if- :Wi Patrick Gomez UC at I rvine San Francisco, CA ff Q -lawifgff' in -'mr ' , M y ' s Il f , , t Williarn Gottesman Darlmouth Scarsdale, NY sf! I 4. John R. Handy Georgia Augusta, GA Karen E. Hinkley UNC-CbapelH1'll Raleigh, NC 'W X T551 X J , V J. ,J Williarn E. Hooper UNC-Chapel Hill Ruxton, MD f. ve.. ,, 1 1 ,. ' . , , AWN, ,-. Z 8 . . , ,,. Q 3.571 ' liz .eggs 'TW mafia' iff, ' N w w 7111 ' ' Robert C. Harland Wbilwortla Lake Oswego, OR - i XM . Nik 2' 'Q ' M, 1 .N .P wg . , 5 - 'gi be - 14 217, f-'T ..f! ':l'f1' -if k fi' if wfllilf, il W. :Q ,, m, 1 if -'ea 'v Donald R. Holleman Arizona Phoenix, AZ fer - ' ,fl N Q.. 1 W ,ik-J ' N, A '42 J 4 ' Ay! 1 4. Igj . Joan T. Jordan Duke Raleigh, NC ' William A. Hazel For dinner, let Beth Prineeton bring down plump Broad Run, VA impalas. Gregory G. Hall Duke Greensboro, NC ,I J 'Q- M I1 I W X- Ml' M N , . W il w.,.. 3 1 v A Wesley F. Hambright Emmy Greensboro, NC Michele I. Hensley Duke Raleigh, NC Reginald L. Hall S' t. Vinrent College Baltimore, MD ,E ic' .R A ,bi M 'M if J I . 159 i , , 32 1 uw W: W my Stephen C. Hamilton Duke Pittsburgh, PA 4 1. , r Ag .im .m Q' AEM I 'aW.5:f . . R f 7 .1- ei N 'I . A F1 , x Ki 1 ' Z X 7 Karl B. Hiatt Arizona State Mesa, AZ ,,.,... ,i gm C...- USIIVE i . V .. J. H ll '- wr' , 1 s f l . ' K , , , , N N. 1 .X -, ,- A--.. 1 ca 5 A as . iq' X r , , ' fl .4 V , xx 1 I , , , I, ., 2 is L Shirley O. and J. Lane discuss recent developments in easy autoclaving at home. STUDENTS 4 5 5 - if wx, ' , f.,- -' ' M. Morrison, L. Moore 4 3 L , 1 -.,...--- jf .. N ' 'g-fl' V ,Zf , I SX ..- -12 ! Yu . f f-. wx- 4, -- ,rf , A 2. Ze Y -'-' , jf, E , , , . . -11 in '35, Eli! In 5: .iw-9' lj M ' ' -534, , ' V, V , , ' r , ' ' I 1-no X X, H. Fuchs, P. Treseler K. OW. No matter how you shake and dance . . 456 STUDENTS y . V5 I' M' ,N 1 I iff! ' 'MQW ' .v -v K, ,, V r ' - 1 e V 1 f .3 N ' 5 . H F 1. .A I 1 j -1. ii- I! N Y 1, 2 54 if i D. Miller J. Parelman ky 5925? f'!l5f. ' 4, .Nuf- 'N uf G- KEY, A. Corsa M. Hensley, M. Cooper STUDENTS 4 57 M, 4 . i Q ff? ' ,- , - 11. w e 4 M A i mv if , j j2'X,gat:,,: William G. Kaelin Duke Fairfield, CT 5' l T3 , , ,, w ,wi , A H Q- V idk W f -let ...iff Q' . -.fx David L. Katz Duke Chapel Hill, NC J. Lease, K. Sheerin. Hey, have you heard this one: Our aww- .- X1-..,. N, 1 - i D Gallopmg Gourmet Robinson prepares one of his specialties. L. Gicl-mer, H. Glatt CLASS OF 1983 Sam lowered Ti1ly's pants to touch curly hair. .. QA -' lr. l. I . SP' . .. William Kitzmiller Duke Cincinnati, OH U, 'Tig - 5 - Mil 'ix -K tb ww 4 ' 1 nz ws Jan A. Kylstra Dartmouth Durham, NC K . ,- ti -,, 'J 2,,A7, '. .-I -,., , .L lx , . . ff- 1 ka' julia C. Lane Duke Pensacola, FL Q? john G. Lease NC State Raleigh, NC Charles L. Lucore Colgate Cheshire, CT nl-K' mwff-M ' if + f i Q.. V r .H 4' 'Z l' i., f L D 4 Z5f5f.L-LT..a .:,.,'-g-ag. Hope E. Knauer Mark S. Komrad Virginia B. Kraus William E, Kraus Michael G. Kurilla Purdue Yale Brown Harvard Cal. Inst. of Tech Cherry Hill, Nj Coral Gables, FL Cleveland, OI-I Akron, OH Trenton, Nj i XS?2 'f K mi My Xa 'If 4 A',,,. lk K. Miller, A. Mitchell, K. Sheerin, and M. Richardson rejoice upon finding Bourgery's ligament. ll .lf-F. l ' i , ng X, L. Glaubitz M. Morrison, J. Saltz. Drink Moxie. STUDENTS KHYZ, T Brennan absent imaginary toast to 1... i i ii at vi. ' I LLM V V vg, 1 .V A f.wA:'v-iff il i4,,,,-- J. Marvin McBride Wfojwrd Columbia, SC Deevid O. Miller M0fEh0llJ? Hodges, SC Franels X. McGowan Lawrence Mendelow Brown Dyke New York, NY .5 - h val, tq.wv1':.,Piy 5. . . H if -M? 4 Q 1f21., '5,551QIi5f.., -vi df. Nl ,. V.. ,....if...e ,K,, Hit- ,. 4-, .72 1 ,.-:tai-rw Pittsburgh, PA i. Nt 'L F f, '1 tg-iS13i3g!.Y:'a9 :Ea xiii Katherine E. Millet Leon Miller Dlfk? Slerling St. Petersburg, FL Partridge, KS . ' ' ii ' , A Q i WWMW r 2 ' F .-4 v ' 1 'X , i wwllfmz' i 14... Y Vg vi I , 1- QQ Adele Z. Mitchell Lucy D. Moore Mary C. Morrison Harmrd G60Vg6lH1l '11 M16 ill Denton, TX Littleton, CO Bound Brook, NAI lx Xi x Dr. Petter is all smiles as he waits for a first year student to describe his gross pathology specimen. 460 STUDENTS -4. 1 -A V Y ,.f A. - at gi, 1 1. ,f ti- sv v yi....,,P'QiF1. N T J 7' Y - if , . 'ffifffi Q. E i'.Ym'f tl' - Martin A. Morse Duke Bethesda, MD aw' 1 i i f- 'Ni -x ff , 131' K. 2 -- is . ,U i 1:15 1 xy' Michael Mumma Duke Orefielcl, PA y sa f. :A ,vo . WF:rr SGI: ' ,. 'FQ 5 V, Robert L. Murrah Duke Conyers, GA J. Buse, K. Miller, J. Lease. Yes, miss. You can get your very own Cathy L. OW UC af Lo: Arzgeler Honolulu, HI G ...uf '5 -1 , ,. .-?- -'E ' -- La.-..: -is-Q' 52517 -5- . ' 'A ff' joseph J. Parelman Duke Prairie Village, KS Etta D. Pisano Dartbflmulh Flourtown, PA you act Z ., R 'Wy .113 ky 'ir' , ' is If M Q, - zf'i::rv'. ' L ,, l age- . , .. J, jk Jr ' 'z M, - D- 1 .1 I .u1c .lJJaEx'.fu.a i'-2 .limi jan A. Neal Tennerree Durham, NC 1 'i wk k l ' x , r.. X if X- P ,, uwlm .Fm M - ,,, ,Mll , 'l l' w1w '1i'E!wsl.l .i am M : Mindy Oshrain Brown Rochester, NY ..,JQ.fm' 'w A h- 'fx' . 4- 1: , ' 1. ' pm' 2, V. ' W : 'L +11 , P, r ,. ' Af A f. -. Reuven Porges Duke Rishon, Israel CLASS OF 1983 Her date always left her stranded tlurmg intermission David E. Quinn Amlaerrt Delmar, NY ,:,f, 'fm-'i , z- ' Charles E. Rawlings Duke St. Louis, MO ,Z ,K ., A ,' ' .K I x J? 'as . ,ig 'x , , , N ? ' ' :ill . '-1 ,wa-' ' I 4 , Q Fr., Threasa H. Reiman Duke Montgomery, AL STUDENTS 461 H. Fuchs, M. Kurilla. Snoozin' I. M. Komrad. Snoozin' II. z 'w HE ' m J. Lane 462 STUDENTS V 4 .fL7' .1 - - f-V. 1, L. Menclelow, K. Lindberg fx.. Ifgf L. Gichner, J. Buse 45 - YI N. - . N55 'QQ' V S. Karas, D. Andrews, T. Brennan, L. Gichner, K. Hinkley, A. Chen, H. Glam xx ' lg, M- 5 In I x . 'N' .-x, , , F .,f -C' .. 1. .,f:9'Q, 5 ' Q' X 'L , . ,, ul 'r- f 7 'Z , . , '- wr A ,, K2 cf 'fl 7',fM ,. 1 ?,,.' 7 -' . 47 , 'ZF5Q t'f,f,f 'eQ ', Salt, SVT! -L3 U' . ?w2Qr-LGS-E, n' .gk '-.,' ..w4 fif 'lfv -.Jn l.Y,,4-.vlyx 0 Vx 1, 1 . , X yrfnl' -' Nw- M' ,- iff 'V .rb- .I fir. 1 1 'Q v'3 :', Q 'lg 7.13111 I s 1' K' ali 115.4 ' f fs, '53-Q ' H .51-w-in .vi 'i v - --. f A Q Ura' , 'WRSMF-f'i+!'4f', . 1 . 1' , W ,fl If . 4 . ' l '-1, H , - --f . , W , H.n,,,! , , .,., . ., F- 'gf ,, ,- 'N D. and S. Katz T. Collier, M. Hensley STUDENTS 463 ' 1 .rfyw ff M i x . v 3... . E y 1 W we Misa ii' ici? lv. Mitchell S. Rein Duke Livingston, N1 Margaret Richardson Ear! Tenrzenee Fayetteville, NC 1,09 ru N M. Ushram, K. Ware .-u n H-233 .fvk 'L 'M s V-V yi yv 'QF ' David Robinson Duke Medford, Nj 464 STUDENTS Joel Saltz M icbigan Detroit, MI cw' 'i ny -is-,X f Heil' : ! M 4 li' li ,X-x 2' : lg mil-1 f V Q Kenneth B. Roberts MIT Westport, CA Michelle M. Roberts Brown Scarsdale, NY ' lf' .lf flax- 4 v, '.L:EZa:,. A321135 5, J f 17175fe' . 1, 5.4, .0 'fear un. J' , 5 A f 1- ,5Cg.gf.g9'::::: 7 3 R I ' . ,Z1.57ff:77:-flliii David C. Sane Wake Forex! Rutherfordton, NC l!,fe51 i f X5 1 ' Jia.: 54 Richard A. Sarner Duke Merrick, NY Robin L. Schaten Kathleen A. Sheerin Cornell Mt. Holyoke Englewood, CO New Bedford, MA ? ' N w' f fl' lc ,Q P I 5 Gregg M. Stave MIT Manhasset Hills, NY 15 , ml: ,N ' L.. s , 'A wh' ' , -W . V, '-, ',,t Wi , fy-af t: Huw Li e l 1 'l A , Thomas B. Thames Duke Orlando, FL 7 -1.213 Jonathan N. Tweed Florida Ormond Beach, FL A. Drake .,, Ng. in N 'rw' :-. ' 1 l am ft --Q' J. Buse, G. George, J. Tweed B. Hazel, W. Butler, J. Neal l X V il f a - +' ,, ' u ly - T. 1 J' Q . .K . ' ' 5 .Q , fr XA' ' ' ., 'RRY' Y, ir.. gr. ' -C' gl 45 -- Y ml! ' N- i m i 'Q , Ili' , 'N lr Scott D. Stevens Dartmouth Lexington, KY -Y QNX ' -A vw.. Q- iv-.. A NJN-.Ll W xv, ,n JM , ' - 1 ' .- Patrick A. Treseler Seattle Seattle, WA CLASS OF 1983 Chicks in Kentucky should sell fresh mushroom omlets. STUDENTS 4 6 5 K. Hinkley, T. Fulghum, S. Karas, D. .- 1-fur ' I, 'VL mx , , A 5. W 'gl J, W f . V J s .. m an ' w ig ,W , 'Q . :W . r 1 Q3 P' 5 . L X ..xAmQmL..,y . , lf ll .lf C l Q V r -4 .1 ' Joseph S. Weisman Grace A. Willett U .S .A.F. Academy Bowdoin Providence, RI Raleigh, NC T i ,' A i l : l lq , ,fm M .1 Sarah C. Williams Duke Newport News, VA Stephanie L. Wain Tap: Verona, Nj If f '.,4 . Mig ' ' ' arg l ,ya .l 1 is-A ' Y' F 3 ' Russell E. ware Furman Orlando, FL CLASS OF .gf 'X' 'Mt fx ,A v 1 P' f Nm., .. ,ia l 1' , W 1983 Stacey A. Wood Antronette Yancey His Excellency groaned UNC-Chapel Hill Norflowextern in Queen Elizabeth's Wilson. NC Kansas City, KS court. l ' the Student Faculty Show. M. Morse, P. Treseler, et. a. enpoy 466 STUDENTS 05' Francis N. Furter 1 Tranxyfzfania Tech. Transsexual, TA 5 ll 1 11 . ' X l, ak 'J' , f lj , ENV ', Y wl ' yd l C-3 lk' ' lille!! ll of ' i j, X K Valerie Krieger Pine Manor Kanesboro, NC E. Reiman, T. Reirnan B. Dolmatch Z3 B. Gottesman, T. Brennan I., 7 B. Gottesman, T. Brennan M. Roberts, A. Yancey, D. Katz STUDENTS 467 L. Miller, R. Schaten, A. Corsa 468 STUDENTS 43 D. Anthony and D. Steege TRP. M. Rabkin Dr. H. Kamin gy f' Y ll vm -M .... M. Imber B. Hainline Dr. A. Tatum M. Johnson I MEDICAL SCIENTIST TRAINING PROGRAM K. Ney and S. Schiff T. Michel M. Rabkin and Dr. M. Rec-:dy I, 1. . - 'rg M . I',-'f1f....1:fH , fs . f' -.fl If f, I' 'fi' .4 -' .,. ' ' fy , N h JI V .. I I' I' I v1 . , X ' 1 I I M I v I X H New 4 II , I , 1 1 -zu L K Q J l X. I' N ' 1 I -I I1-I ,IX 'U' I zz .IU - ' . ,,,, ,ffxx In , I il ,R A -. ... .pw I, ---up rw, I, 1 '41, I . F ' If X 1:5 ' . 4 no F r WI L... . , . 'if' M. Johnson D. Howell --1,5 - T 7- J. Walsh Dr. H. Kamin Dr. B. Stein and Dr. R. Edgar STUDENTS 469 Dr. Robert L. Hill - MSTP Director MEDICAL SCIENTIST TRAINING PROGRAM 'Inq S. Schiff STUDENTS ' 'A 'Fax' ii I . It Ii , Vr,,,,,,,..., .I - -an Dr. Henry Kamin - Associate Director The Medical Scientist Training Program CMSTPD seeks to prepare its trainees for careers in academic medicine and basic medical research. In addition to the M.D., MSTP students complete all of the requirements for a Ph.D. in one of the basic sciences related to medicine. Under the auspices ofthe Program students are currently pursuing Ph.D. degrees in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Immunology, Microbiology, Pathology, Pharma- cology, and Physiology. The Medical Scientist Training Program was organized in 1966 drawing its first classes from students enrolled in the School of Medicine. Eight students each year are now admitted directly out of college and others enter after the second year of Medical School. All MSTP students complete the first two years of Medical School before entering Graduate School in their chosen disciplines. The last year of Medical School is taken after completion of all the requirements for a Ph.D., including origin- al research sufficient for the writing and defense of a disserta- tion. The vast majority of the Program's graduates go on to complete an internship and residency in one of the clinical sciences. Two-thirds of the MSTP graduates who have com- pleted their post-graduate training now hold faculty level posi- tions at medical schools or the National Institutes of Health. The majority of the remaining third are engaged in academic medicine or basic research at other institutions. During the past year six students graduated from the Medical Scientist Training Program. They are: Michael F. Johnston, James W. Larrick, Gary J. Roloson, Peter J. Sims, Kenneth F. Trofatter, and Robert E. Ziegler. MSTP students in the first two years of Medical School in- clude Douglas C. Anthony, Linda G. Baum, John B. Buse, CarolineJ. Chantry, Allen R.-S. Chen, Herbert E. Fuchs, Greg- ory S. George, James Gibson, Steve L. Gonias, Landis K. Grif- feth, Michael G. Kurilla, Kenneth Lazarus, David R. Piwinca- Worms, Joel Saltz, and Patrick A. Treseler. They are pictured with their respective Medical School classes. 1-0- V V Z' X:-lv ,sg UI 'fl ' W E495 AY N? fe TI b ..l. ' - 3 fd' x 'IA V ' L f 1 F f f E 1 ' .HIL Dr. David T. Durack - MSTP spring seminar speaker Dr. Doyle Graham - MSTP graduate ,or-nf, ., f X- .225 M . X' , . xxx. L ' 5 1' ,N SEA 'w gy ,N ww W N w , ,N Y 5 Y 1 1, ., r , ., xl V, U ' I , 1' , - L, - ' f- , V. M ,. ,. ,. , rf ' . ,iq Q , , Y Y -' M Wy. 5 , M, W S.. , -was-,.. s- Os' QL? ..,.,A g 13,1 1 'F r xW nv' Dr- Sal H220 -' MSTP graduate Dr. joe Corless - MSTP graduate STUDENTS 4 71 John L. Abernathy Duke Charlotte, NC Biorhemixprjf I 'I , 17 'hr I 'I dw 'I '- 'ii' iw? L, I A h I on ' I' 1.35, fl j ,, uf-.7311 Scott J. Anderson Marsha G. Adams Duke Malvern, PA Biachemiftfy ,J If- . 'W Ii I4 S ,J X 5 A A I dn. .5 I fr: ' ' W I ,F ' 'Ag x my , IIE- ,,M,g,jWI,IQII' II- Iss , II, FY I I I A I I ,at ,, Dale L. Blazey Stuart R. Adler Harvard Sratesville, NC Biochemistry efgvm , -' II :if ' V If I l: ,lm , H t W W I, . . 6 , ' 4 0 I :la ' a 'uf' 31:11 .- l Kim Boekelheide X 'I A Calzjbrrzia at .S'.D. Colgate I' ward Long Beach, CA Pittsford, NY Ch o, CA I Immunology Mirrobiolagy Pat ology M, Adams MEDICAL SCIENTIST I TRAINING PROGRAIVI '11 I' QI , . Q ,I Q, , -x...A-- -. rf'-,N f-rf.-pwfgf-ffif. - 1 AQ 3.51. .- -fur- .L-I as 1 A ::4,jQ5..S : 472 STUDENTS S. Adler S. Anderson A. If T' re- ' ' ' ':2 Q I X ,, 1 ef, Z is ' I' Lawn A . J I Z. fr' wil .4 . s ,-r. gig J . .xv I , va. .1 ... l ul N N , f' H 'an-71 S. Gospe '?p-..-. .,., .--X J. Germino J. Crawford .Kg l' sl '2 7 A A David J. Browning James M. Crawford Michael Dresser Harvard Dartmouth Duke Huntsville, AL Fairfield, CT Davidson, NC Pharmacology Phyfiolagy Anatomy --. i iw -A w .. ral I 2+-W-me ,, fa .55 1 mx W- .- ,.-1 ' 5-'im' ' Ilgsa Zibihara Josfglnl? Cgrmiriog Sidney M. Gzlspe Jr. or! wextem 0 y ran Sl f Wilmette, IL Palos Park, IL San Frziimreigzo, CA Plnyxialogy Mirrabiology Plnarmarology STUDENTS 475 Mark Haas Duke Floral Park, NY Pbyxiology vi fl F, 'B ll 'U ,Mff31,q9 , . -5.1! y ' fy rv. tix. ' g aw' AA. , .- .i Bryan E. Hainline Georgia Tool: Atlanta, GA B ioobemistrjy 3 ky v -in 1 W i 4 , 'fd-gl I 1 ll .Lf .. W . W. 1 N-xm :'..v in 4 - 32 Stuart I. Harris Duke Miami, FL Phyxiology Gail E. Herman Pamela J. Honeycurt David N. Howell Smith Mzlrsinippz' Duke White Plains, NY jackson, MS Greenville, NC B1-Dfbfllliflljf Immunology Immunology P. Honeycutt 0 Xa 474 STUDENTS B. Hainline S. Harris 4 YK 1 f 'f 1 I :E J - 1 .. 1. I I M. Imber 1f.J.111n...m...u..u. ij. v In 11 1 -111 -Ii 111 I , 111 111 IMI- 1, 1 I ' 1 I II' '11 IL11 11: -1 l- 1, x , 'A 1 .. 1 11N 1. 11 1 1 1111. .N Q-1f. 11 .mx . '-.I ' .5 E' .1,-fm .155 , ,- .1 li ti., 'QIQSS I1 :IF , 1 ,1.. ,4 1 A ,w :ss II . H -. ,nv 111111111 . INTL' I I 11 I 'Y' '11 ' 11. - .., , 1'u1. 5, -, G. Herman MEDICAL SCIENTIST TRAINING PROGRAM I1511! , N. sw I ' ' w f 'nn' ' '11 6:11 3 1 I A 4 ,71-:.'. . X MIN ' 'I .L J I 'A IAF x ' ff- M. Johnson Cl F... I aude L. Hu hes Jr. Eau Caragna New Bern, NC Anatomy Michael J. Imber Northwenern Chicago, IL Bz'ocloemi.ftrjf -elf I K W 'IA Q - . 2' PM 1 E '-. I I Michael F. Johnston Georgia Athens, GA Pbyfiolagy Peter A. Wes: Lafayette, IN Biochemistry james W. Larrick Colorado Englewood, CO Immunology STUDENTS 4 75 471 james T. C. Li Princeton Jamaica, NY Immunology K im Ju- l L- X J 'E if ,Q lf: ' , . ' . , Av J' E l,'v LQ! , I if Virginia Ann Lightner MIT Atlanta, GA Bi0Cl7f7lZfJf7jl Mark R. Ling Harvard 5 Merion, PA Q,l,l,ll 'flly'lgQllrlii,l Immunology ' TTY 'L W lily ' W ' MEDICAL SCIENTIST Mary Louise Thomas M. Michel Kathryn A. Ney T I N ' N G P R O G IV' Smith Harvard Pimburgla Ogdensbur , NY Cranston, RI Pittsblugh, PA Immunoigy Biochemi.rtfjf Biocbemiytry 'UI' .,e,f' gwl, . M -I iff. T. Michel STUDENTS , . , lv.: -ffl' U , .1 ' .5,y ii,:1Lu1QI-L-.1. V, r h . ll - ,fm ,A-I-, l -,: ,. -1 , ,, 1 .- S Schiff 'Y '. Fav-. , 1 4-:-- i' ' A A 1 .,,,,,...., ,,.. ,,,,.... ,,,,,,,,,..,,., ,,.,,,., , , , , , ,Q Richard A. Olson Minnemla Canby, MN Anatomy wg A. ,-.,'.: 7:5 Q 131 , . Q. .. - , 'fffi-Q:--Q gy-:T Lx. .!,,-'rf3,,, , T I:-7 -a , ' , WE 'gm ww uw ,X M - A5 w, 1 ,C of 4 , I' ,:. ' 'Q . 1291. .' - Q C D , I 4' 91 Gary J. Roloson Calwrnia at S.D. San Gabriel, CA Mirrobiology Caroline L. Peterson Minnexota Bloomington, MN Phyxialogy .rl X 'HF L Y r ,f Reinhardt O. Sahmel Prinreton Staten Island, NY Pathology Michael S. Rabkin MIT Holyoke, MA Playxiology ,qw l 9 , :ill . ' ug .M , ,N-, ull H X ' 59? . ' x Steven J. Schiff MIT Liberty, NY Pbyxiology STUDENTS 4 7 7 Emmett V. Schmidt Harvard Elmsforcl, NY M irrobiology X n- W .JH 7 I e 1 -'ff I- Zi V1 ,Azi- Gregory G. Schwartz Brown Jackson Heights, NY Physiology James M. Small Kenneth F. Trofatter Colorado Duke Englewood, CO Bound Brook, NJ Microbiology Pathology Peter J. Sims Amherst New Rochelle, NY Phyfiology James P. Walsh llffixxixxzppi State Montgomery, AL B 1A0CfJEml3'ffjf MEDICAL SCIENTIST TRAINING PROGRAM Hi. 'Fli is 1 . ,, llqguul 'lr ,-' if J. Walsh 478 STUDENTS 1500 eu ,f . ' 4.4 . ,, X ,,,.. .M--, I g..-.-,ww ' 5-5 mm, W .CE Bio X of .XY J. Small 'ff 1 I, 'W .M A 'III I'--- Mm. NW 'Mmm' M. IN W i B. Yen ,I g , , A w 1 f'Y'l .fag K 4' ,,....-Q, 4- t 1 of an ,A 53-3+ f K T. Michel sw ll ' Ml .vw 1 -up 1 A Y! idk., fr V. f rt wzwn glff . Q. .y.-.Q. W W W N W N l +I W M ,W M A, W , ,M Ml ,Q ,, Q . , ,- E,, , kv W' wx W' ' M LI. ' ll f ll X ,U u3W':o---M W 'J QL' Mfl oi 'pu .. N?-my---N im fy, 31. V , Hy. I1'F9.f'f 'Z :- in Hg, ,ga on V N v w lf v W Y YW L no fl' AA 1 lll 1 ll 'TQ ' 'Q J' David M. Wheeler Duke Baltimore, MD Phyfiology xii ' wwe' , Tien-Sze Ben Yen Stanhrd Palo Ano, CA Biochemixtry . EK' '. 1 .X I ,QL . M he - if - , 1' V u -A 291-' A -X 351. . -. . f l X' ,: 455151 .. if ,f A Q:J3 ', ' 'l I. . Catherme Macalerter Rochester, MN Ployxiology Robert E. Ziegler Colorado College Park, GA Immunology STUDENTS 479 COMBINED DEGREES In addition to the Doctor of Medicine, Duke provides select students the opportunity to obtain a second degree under any of a variety of programs. Medical students pursuing a second de- gree other than a Ph.D. include: Walter Broadhead, M.P.H.g William B. Bunn III, J.D.g Raymond Greenberg, M.P.H., Sher- ry Lene Hall, M.P.H., Marshall Plotka, P.P.S.g Byron D. Russel, M.I-I.A.g John H. Rutledge, ID., Gregg M. Stave, J.D.g and William B. Watson, M.P.H. William B. Bunn III, Raymond Greenberg, and john H. Rutledge graduated this year. Gene Broad head Bill Bunn -.cun- Bruce Watson 480 STUDENTS Jackie Rutledge CENTRAL TEACHING FACILITY First year at Duke without the folks who preside over Central Teaching Laboratories wouldn't be first year. Their steady pre- sence, their ability to find more Cmore?!D handouts for that center drawer, their control over audio-visual, their rule over the locked rooms for overnight use, their constant knowledge of our schedules all makes them sound like a group of tough autocrars. Actually they are invaluable in keeping the first year bearable. That it runs so smoothly is definitely due to their effortsg that students can avoid alot of time-consuming details is I I Bernie also a result of their being around. Deborah's coffeepot and smile have pulled many through those long afternoon labs. Bernadine Riley, Milo Street, Reginald Haskins and Russell Borland, the rest of the crew were equally as helpful. And when Carol Reilly had her baby last year, the first year class was right up there with the front-row admirers. We thank them for their support, their willingness to help at any moment, and their humaness in that mad World of first year basic sciences. Earol Iffll, Deborah STUDENTS 481 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I', I I I I I I I I I I I I I , ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 x PATR NS AESCUPAPIAN! u Patmng M 485 UEviS0nG'Uh 4 3 imenml Alumni Association 4 0 AdVBI'7liSBlTl8I1tS 491 Memorial 512 GWW D e di cat ion 514 51' 5 ,Air W, T, , , H , , , Closing 516 Ed:-um Kemp Kmfmsmm- ,il ,, . . ,uftu 5 Q M Ae. firlliflx .5 ,- .. 'mr M jgwx MML U f X Kills the obacco Habit Sold uarantcied, ll Dru ists 33 AESlG UH.APIAiNf8 PMRUNS R05'Bli11d, Smifh Awbemamy Gemfgae Wg Bramley, Allen Ad.dis.cm Budklley, IM, Charles S. Adler, Dravid Kennedy Lnckllfejy, Bruce' Africa, PhD., Budd, 'Gerald Bmdlm, Marvin Amsne-fy, Duke '64 Margaret Bums, na K. Andes-s-ofm, Ewald Bussle, Banks Anderson, Jr. Game Suzanne Ebmwcher Cliff and Lou Andrew jmfhm Ciffw Dr. William Aimwym Henry CaMawmy., jllm., W. Jay Arena, George Armstrong, Jjf., A- 'Cancelwawiw Ph-Ui, Samueli Awww, MD- Hem? Emma MDW Robert Leona AYETS, IEEE, 'Robert Ayers-t, Robert Bwdifef, 0. Bruce L. Baer, jVs.mesA 1i'LT,A Chem, Farid-elm Bagme, Cheihiifff Elizabeth Renwick BABIES, Linfry Baker, Roger and Ellemm Baker Amnmr Chlmismkm, Bashdlwin, jlr., james Clmlerp-1 Affhhlf Bandana, JL, Cllelg, M, ,V Shemwd W. Bamefmm, JB. Crawfmd Ba4mecr,jl1r., James BQSSCEI ,Jw Comma, Alan L. Banemam, IW4 ,Louis Cuban Geofge ayiin fQDle,,JTf. Robert Coleman, lmmeas Aerm, jjr., jahm Collins, Stephen Bewamsei., G. Cfommr Gustave F. Bizeber, ,khan George islmupfing John BL. Black, Cfmmd Lillian Blatkmom, Comfy John Bhdy, M11 Hmmm: F. f45Tm'Wim, Saul Blaztmam, Covumel jack Bcmaumszrm, John T. Bonner, 'Cam O. Watfs Bomb ji. Bums jim Edward Bossem, Dr, and jr, Edward B-owen, Dr. and Jacob 'TL Bmdfshser, Ir., Ji, Henry Qmmhimjfmi Joswh Alben joseph D Brenna, Diwies, R.. Mclzfmfyre Briclms, Davie! JIL Charles Bmck, Julian Stanley Brock, and jf. Bernice P. Bmoks Ti MDL Lg W.. Lester Bmwks Ea Walcef J. Brower, Gevmpsycfhdiamxryq-Hrpmmifhmfy John , rowm MJDL, FACS F. Hwward Q Aldhezm ,Dudlicm Jn, HL962 V Home Smff GH-ii? ,md Easley, 1954 Mary and '52 ,jmck C. ,jizim Ewerewm, Phmk Fimmmf jmseplu Fwmmi,j1n, MLB and IH. Mmm Baden W Fug, jim, '53 C 1Q BQ Higher, jr. GA, Dua Elias Ghawem, .Amen R Nixmmnid Glkmmf, MED, ,NEW mf jf, F Stephen 'G?SDfSkV,, Rwgemr' H- 0'stdaM, Drs. John F. Um, Mm. Dr.. S-sewers Paris Joseph 'Pm'ke1f,. jf., Roy T. Parker, Vaim Parker, James Pawmemxier Larry H. Pmrmfmwtf, MD. jmlm B.. Pane, Grower Pmimeffsex.m,. PJ. Pease Ellison. Pierce, jf... Pierson, jr. Robert Mmvd Pluck, james Pmilock, Pierre P. P ile RW. md lame-s Pcmwelil, Robert Powell, PUD.. Thema Sandra. D. Priddy Mafilymn A. Prince Allen Dalilin Puppei, Charles Richard Query.. In -Ge:cmrg'e'j?. Rafe. ' Panini Dr. Mrs. Clmmies L Rasc,j.1f. john Bgeckiess., Midfmei Refdy, Dm. Keimh A. Reimer John Rice Reed P. Rice., Robert Rider, ZlL'9H6l Bernard A. Larry Rmch Jesse Roberts, Lfmis C. Roberts James David! Roscoe R. Rmbimwm, J. Pushes RQSEFS3 Laffy A.. Max Rage-rs, Allen D. Rmes, Dr. and Mrs. Rmlgmsreim Romlghmn., Carij. Ruhemsffein., Rircharcl Ruskin, David Srwbniamn, lm., Gamer: Sa.ik1iev,. Hedberc A. ... Fred sim-ummm. Mm., Php. Abram Schiebfevli .jared N. .Schwartz James Sudbury, jr., MD. Ummm MD jwhm D. Smiblillfik, PHD. W. S EEIflEfE1 Hamid Seillilmefmmm, MD. Pam I.. Smith and Alban .Solomon V. SmIllowifeFf.,. Smmifen. Kunz W. .Sfmw-mg Gem-ge A. .Sof1:ifmm.,, Madison S. Slmemzfer, IME Aflgrilm P. Sparco, jr. John Swsikowski., Jwhn D. '46 Nanny W. Snead W. Smead Richard A. Stzeeife, MD. and Mm. Sueplaensmm 'Clhmbles Srevimskz Mmcweli Enema Bien Emma, Ill., jf., Newham III .srmmimkilef Knrlglf. Smmpii and Mrs. Ruben Grist Summer Raymond Lee Swermnbunzg, Jr. TEYLQK Ruben Wade Taylmf, MJD. J. Teabemarxq. II, M jack L. Teasieffr, Hymn Thames., Thomas T. Thwmmssem., MD. Moreau Thompsfzm, Dir. and times Timemam Lloyd F. 'Timmfikaica Eulyfss IL.. Tuws. Dr. and Mrs. Harry Malcolm PL Twwf. C. ML M151 Janne-s BL Uffbfammk, Ev. Vame, MD. jf. VamdfsPIi:md.e joe 5324. 1. MD. Giles Vick, IM Mania ll- Wahl, Mglll Ulf. md. Wendy Walhufmwifz Ward. E., Warmer W m., Reuben A. I.. Wechslieaf and Mildred H. Wash Kannada D. QWfEEkS.,.IE., Milam 'W'eimhQfg, If., M.Df. D. 'Waimea MJD., Dr. md! Mm. Weisfmer FMQYIZE IL. iwiglfgllmin IL, David 5. Wermm, Thad Wewcwef Norman Wertemm E.cvbem,E. 'W'h:alLewH, Jack Widmeszs Charles. D. Wziwjimmsi. .lim M-D. A. Ben Msmzhews. Jtimlme AP. liolm Wilson, jf.. Thmmas Wilson. MD. E. Window, Eames WQQ ., john L Women. .James E. W en john Af MDR.. E. Ysamgm, IChmn1.es G. E. Yudweim M. il f,' f. xx f ' ' S-L ,941 Xlx. ,.1, ,..., l l1lw'fl7l 7l l larggl 1 .-1 gijfflif 'i l :QE-4--'Q hawaii in W fffii Ffa . 'YV 711372 i 1 1 f .DL 'N -L 1-Qfvfsy LJ .Li lam' LLL? aL-. ....-. am. a..La Hilton Inn - Durham G.B. Hodge, M.D. William F. Hollister, M.D. '38 Earl P. Holt, Jr. '42, M.D. '45 William S. Houck, Jr., M.D. William M. Hull, Jr., M.D. '63 L. Ronald Hurst '53, M.D. '57 Lenard E. Jacobson '60, M.D. '64 W. Scott James, Jr., M.D. '57 John A. Jarrell, Jr., M.D. W. Thomas Jay, Jr. '46, M.D. '48 Charles A. Johnson '59, M.D. '64 Paul A. Johnson, M.D. '57 Karl C. Jonas, M.D. '44 Edwin L. Jones, Jr. '44 John Wesley Jones, M.D. '76 Robert J. Jones Daniel R. Kanell, M.D. Leonard J. Kaplan Samuel L. Katz, M.D. George A. Kelser, M.D. Frank H. Kenan Victor J..Keranen, M.D. '64 Herbert D. Kerman '38, M.D. '42 John R. Kernodle, M.D. '42 Henry E. Kistler, Jr. '57, M.D. '61 Edward J. Kitlowski, M.D. '57 Frederick R. Klenner, M.D. '36 Grey B. Kornegay, M.D. '50 Martin J. Kreshon, M.D. Donald J. Kroe, M.D. '63 Beatrice H. Kuhn, M.D. '43 Harold H. Kuhn, M.D. '40 J. Ward Kurad A.B. '56, M.D. William A. Lane Kenneth R.L. Lassiter, M.D. '61 Jack Lazar Nicholas C. Leone, M.D. '50 John G. Leonardy '52, M.D. '55 Charles P. Lewis, Jr., M.D. '50 William R. Lewis, Jr., M.D. '57 J. William Littler '39, M.D. '42 William F. Lovell '42, M.D. '45 Edward B. Mabry '50, M.D. '53 Robert Machemer, M.D. Daniel A. Mairs '46, M.D. '50 Joseph E. Markee, Jr., M.D. '65 Jane Gregory Marrow, M.D. '43 George K. Massengill '31, M.D. '35 William J. Massey, III '58, M.D. '62 Joel Mattison, M.D. '61 Myron D. Mattison, M.D. Dean McCandless, M.D. '50 Francis H. McCullough, Jr., M.D. '44 John P. McGovern '43, M.D. '45 Donald E. Mclntire Harold F. McKnight F. Maxton Mauney, Jr., M.D. '59 Benjamin N. Miller '32, M.D. '35 D. Edmond Miller '52, M.D. '56 Roger Milliken Mrs. Margaret M. Mozingo Ashton B. Morrison, M.D. '46 Stanely B. Morse William H. Muller, Jr., M.D. '43 Donald C. Mullin, M.D. '61 Robert J. Murphy, M.D. Mrs. Louise B. Neeley Mrs. Glenn C. Newman Mrs. Marion Guest Nichols Sidney S. Nichols Pat I. Nixon, Jr. M.D. '39 Miss Grizzelle M. Norfleet Charles S. Norwood, Jr. Keith M. Oliver, M.D. '44 Ronald E. Paul, M.D. '61 George H. Pierson, Jr., M.D. '54 Michael T. Pishko, M.D. '36 William R. Pitts '29, M.D. Ralph B. Pond Elizabeth B. Powell, M.D. '38 T. Edward Powell, III, M.D. '61 Grady E. Price '55, M.D. '60 Harold E. Pugh Richard Z. Query, Jr., M.D. '35 Galen W. Quinn, D.D.S. Robert R. Rainwater James Walker Ralph, M.D. '62 Raymond H. Ralston, M.D. '35 W. Kenan Rand, Jr. Richard B. Rankin, Jr., M.D. '35 Henry E. Rauch ' James F. Reinhardt, M.D. '42 John M. Rich '62, M.D. '66 E. Tyson Ricketts '34, M.D. '36 Bernard A. Rineberg '56, M.D. '60 Clive E. Roberson, M.D. '61 R.R. Robinson, M.D. Larry A. Rogers, M.D. '65 Leonard Rothstein, M.D. '54 David C. Sabiston, Jr., M.D. Luther C. Sappenfield, Jr., M.D. '57 Paul M. Sarazen, M.D. '48 Allen J. Savitt, M.D. '52 L. Everett Sawyer '35, M.D. '39 John E. Scheid, M.D. '46 Dana R. Schmidt, M.D. '49 F.K. Schmidt, M.D. '44 Leonard H. Schuyler, M.D. '50 James H. Semans, M.D. Mrs. James H. Semans C. Norman Shealy '53, M.D. '56 William W. Shingleton, M.D. Arthur Siegal Herbert O. Sieker, M.D. Melvin D. Small, M.D. '59 R. Cathcart Smith M.D. '39 Whitman E. Smith, Jr., M.D. '57 Wilbur S. Smith Earl N. Solon, M.D. '49 Angelo P. Spoto, Jr., M.D. '57 George F. Staehel, M.D. '48 Eugene A. Stead, Jr., M.D.- Delford L. Stickel '49, M.D. 53 Margaret P. Sullivan, M.D. '50 Robert G. Summer, M.D. George F. Sutherland '36, M.D. '42 Stanley K. Tanger Frederick H. Taylor, M.D. '45 J. Robert Teabeaut, II, M.D. '47 Thomas Byron Thames, M.D. '55 Frank B. Thompson, M.D. '59 Donald H. Tucker, '55, M.D. '58 George I. Uhde '34, M.D. '36 William B. Waddell '51, M.D. '62 W.R. Waldron Mrs. Mary Walker Charles E. Warner, M.D. '58 K.D. Weeks, M.D. '39 Milton Weinberg, Jr. '45, M.D. '47 Joel J. Weiser, M.D. '62 John G. Wellman Millard W. Wester, Jr. M.D. '52 Thad B. Wester '46, M.D. '51 James G. Whildin '35, M.D. '37 William C. Whitesides, Jr., M.D. '44 George D. Wilbanks, Jr. '53, M.D. '56 Jack R. Wilkins Mrs. Coma Willard '22 Walter B. Willard Alfred H. Williams Edward E. Williams Edward M. Williams Jack D. Williams '60, M.D. '65 Jarrett E. Williams '32, M.D. '34 Roger D. Williams '46, M.D. '47 Robert P. Williams '49 Robert E. Windom '52, M.D. '56 John M. Wilson, M.D. '43 Raphael Wolpert, D.D.S. Barnes Woodhall, M.D. Richard N. Wrenn, M.D. '47 James B. Wyngaarden, M.D. John A. Yarborough '41, M.D. '44 IN MEMORIAM George R. Andrews '43, M.D. '48 Loren M. Berry Thomas C. Bost, M.D. Ja.rnes F. Bruce, M.D. '50 T.C. Cooke W.C. Davison, M.D. Stark S. Dillard Oscar R. Ewing Alex George AB '31 James G. Hanes Hal C. Hollard, M.D. '54 Reginald H. Johnson, Jr., M.D. '50 Thomas D. Kinney, M.D. '37 Glenn C. Newman '36, M.D. '39 Mrs. Henry E. Rauch John Renzulli Carroll C. Shoemaker, M.D. '56 Hunter Sweaney, M.D. PATRONS' 489 f A full range of fl'GiltIlIGIIf ..- fl Qkwlllig v,.'A a3'Z UEAQQWEX 455: As an Air Force physician, you may practice your special- ty in modern, Well-equipped facilities with a complete sup- port staff. In addition to the wide spectrum of clinical experience you'll gain, you'll have administrative support to alleviate most of the clerical workload. The type of medicine you will practice is based on the needs of your patients, regardless of their financial status. For yourself and your family, Air Force medicine will provide reasonable working hours, excellent pay, 30 days of paid vacation each year, and many other benefits. Consider the Air Force Medical Corps - a reasonable alternative for today's physicians. For complete information contact: USAF Health Profes- sion, Box 27566, Raleigh, N.C. 27611, OR CALL: C9199 7 5 5-4134. Air Force. A great wcly of life. N DUKE CHILDREN'S CLASSIC CELEBRITY-AMATEUR TENNIS TOURNAMENT In May of each Spring l, Q Q-4. I -L ,, 0, T 8x.9 ENS LI- , , 7 iimzfjvp-,gg, V 'C xi X Liz iw . VNS, Gi, M is X . QS ' 'fu ' N + ' R ' x J , NN . fi' ,Pj ,X . ' ' . 'gf - --.' f'Qf f- 'Ti f f 1 A' 'ff il vo? ,Q A .. P ,ll Lf' t ,X I V fl W, . If J ...I iii - U92 1 1' 1 , ., P.f.'f . J 1- WM ,g L 1 x' 1, V .Vi ,.,.v, DUKE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA Ys sam , QYQQYX 5500 5 N' B560 aff 039629 o 'ig QW WX V4 GN C, O 'Y so 0 o NS WW VPN sxvll Px,N,DSx W Npxlae trifle' Q GX 05 NX 6? 52:9 X396 O0 QWXQRGNAO Pr Q, -5 PM NN , CxTSC,XSiDopX?iie0 P-9? Us GNN' 239 WE WEAR OUR REPUTATION PHOUDLYH TEL. 216 I 475-5440 23940 MILES ROAD ' CLEVELAND, OHIO 44128 PA'rRoNs 491 Chew on thebark of 2 willows and call me 1n the mornmgf' people turned to nature whenever they suffered pain. Thousands of remedies were concocted from herbs, berries and bark. Today, we have a pain-relieving chemical that's called acetylsalicylic acid faspirinl. Surprisingly, it's chemically related to the same natural remedy that Hippocrates himself used to prescribe: the bark of the willow tree. And for people who cannot take aspirin, we have a relative newcomer, acetaminophen Caspirin-substitutej. Whether made by nature or by man, chemicals have always played a major role in reducing pain and improving the quality of life. No chemical is totally safe, all the time, everywhere. The challenge is to use chemicals properly. To help make life more livable. fAnd less painful.J -----..-------..--..---------..-----..---..----.'!-mwbiv'-QLEH Fornfr cbooklemx I in' Lh'r' ksa lhen f'l.s f'h IZ 1 'ltnr Monsnnio. soo N. Liriilx0enig?lgBl:tl.isSl. 1iii.ii5.ninic:i1zisfr'i:Sliixi'rii Monsanto Mamma vnmfiif Suxizniiopmnni cn N n P. o. an xz274 Rrliwulch 'llllllqlh PIIk,N6r1h Cilullrll 2770 f'f1f'fIfs Without chemicals, c idkswze za,, life llself would be impossible. WILSON , NORTH CAROL I NA Ha good place to liven Join the expanding staff of pro- fessionals at one of Eastern North Carolina's finest general acute care facilities. If your ideal situation includes an op- portunity to use your knowledge and skills to the fullest, you should consider fully accredited Wilson Memorial Hospital. Our total bed capacity is 388, with a total staff of more than 900, of which 220 are professional nurs- ing personnel. Full-time and re- lief nursing positions are avail- able. Excellent starting rate commensurate with experience as well as an extensive fringe bene- ' RIM. fit package. gimgipjaeg 1, V .5 N cf AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER WILSU Wilson Memorial Hospital l705 S. Tarboro Street Wilson, N.C. 27893 + 6 miie ' JZAWJ UYDCQOUI' 5055, ' Turner , oAvno L. cops PHYLLIS c. COPE 9 OFFICE FURNITURE Ny, Auruomzso DEALER Davids Office Interiors, Inc. TOTAL QUALITY IN WOOD OFFICE FURNITURE ABB , .5 , IEA.. , 212 messes AVE.'f9ISl ees-eoae ---Ltr DuRHAM,N.C. 27702 1 ,gff'f. , ' SOUTH SQUARE MALL KUPPER LEVELl - 5 QCIRCIE TOlJl29.iL ADUEI'iTl.lRE9lH lElSUREo 400 W. Main Street Durham, Noflh Carolina 27701 For All Your Travel Needs Domestic 8a Foreign Escorted or Independent Tours N o Charge for Our Service FOR INFORMATION CALL C9195-682-54781541-9040 Groups 8a Charter 541-9050 492 PATRONS Commemorating fifty years Blue Cross Blue Shield Working Together K J r f Kink- ' A I' ' my 5 WMM T :y 5 ' JU +3 592 , mg: ,,-6 i It was I c' I 494 PATRONS THREE OF THE BEST WAYS TO AGE A PREE IE ISOLETTEC9 Infant Incubator Infant Care System Air-Shields Monitors INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE FUTURE WHERE THE FUTURE BEGINS 0 NARCU AIR-SHIELDS A DIVISION OF NARCO SCIENTIFIC HATBORO, PENNSYLVANIA 19040, u.s.A. I 12153 675-5200 ,, twg,,twt w t t. a,,w,,,t,Ltrt,,q me T- f Y N ' CONGRATULATIONS T0 THE CLASS UF 1980 FTUIII , Burroughs Wellcome Compliments co of Jim Holt your CIBA Representative I-Ieadquart . 3030 Corn 11 R d Research Triangl P k NC 27709 Manufactu ' g' Intersect' fHgh y 11 d 13 Greenvill N C 27 834 Compl Tnent of . . SEARLE K J ,- -- ,, tt T TRONS.-A 4 f N Peo le . . dm Healtligclgg g for Pe ople. Howmedicaw Quality Systems H d K J I f N 4 Pacemakers dmg Leads Pacing System Analyzers Telephone lvlonltoringiliquipment 9 Medical Dlaita Systems earl Valves 'lb .Mans Cardlocare A flledtranic ' PATR K WMM QQQNN WifMmmifmMwiwwwwmimifuwbw-YQMMwwew' ' 5 1 Y H 4 , V V' W N W W M I , f ' , , . , mx, Mm, A A ,WmM.w...-VM WW, , W, . ,W WMM U NNW' www WZW20SWWuxfEU8 Y, W , ,HW ,,,,g,MW,,,Law.,i: 1 WwwwWWf4f WEXWBWEW M Y ' Valleylab yew.. .may Volleylcb, Inc. Boulder, Co. 80301 1 wwwlMM-wsugwwuwgwwwWmwwwasW,q W'HWWWWfgwWjgWw'y'm A A Q W 14 4 , , ,I Y ,A ,W A Q , , XMMMXS M N N 9 Y N H w A l l I l l lrilgrrlltz.lrlmiilllW 'ii 'li i-lirllviWllwwlllllllitllitilllill-lilwi ' it iiillililvllilliiiillrliii'Zlii5llli1ltllii'lWilllllllliWtWWll,ilW iilWiWQllwllliidi5-iiilllwii-liltllllllyill-llwiilliwiwil-1lllllillllilliiii-lll't11lil'lli 4 i l l X 1 i i- lg i , il Integral Members of the Open Heart Team Bjork-Shiley Cardiac Valve Prosthesis The Bjork-Shiley Valve contin- ues to be the choice of cardi- ologists and surgeons for valvular replacement. A wealth of clinical experience substantiates the structural integrity ot the valve. lonescu-Shiley Pericardial Xenograft When compared to other tissue valves, the lonescu- Shiley Pericardial Xenograft has shown superior hydraulic function in the smaller sizes normally required for the nar- row aortic root. Superior hydraulics result from precis- ion inthe design and fabri- cation of the prosthesis. l I p 1Shiley Shiley 100A Oxygenator The Shiley 100A has demon- strated superior performance. Heat exchanger performance factor as high as 0.7. Blood flow range 1 to 6 liters per minute. Gas to blood flovv ratio 0.6 to 1.0:1. Look to Shiley for Total, Consistent Performance. Shiley Inc. 17600 Gillette Ave. Irvine, California 92714 l714l 979-0500 Cable: SHILEYSLIRIN Telex: 68-5585 l l ill i -- -- t t -- t .. .. ,. ii W r ' lr l 'ir iv i ,, wx., W 1 Hx M Compliments 0 ETH lCON,.NC Innovators in wound closure soo Pnrmoms I- w -www my L' uw an I w I Awww, I, f N ANNELLNS 5 . PIZZERIA Compliments to the Where it All Began, C1aSSOf1980 A'11.5,zzzia2 S339- ffOm The Duke Place, the Origiraal . . . DURHAM MORNING HERALD AND U.ISAE.L'8 luwnelsea fran suns Sl llj INTERIOR DESIGN PAINTING- A82!L'5,'5'i3eS PAPERING FURNITURE, RESIDENTIAL DRAPERIES COMMERCIAL CARPET - ETC. INDUSTRIAL CLAUDE M. MAY, INC. 682-9348 1101 W. MAIN S . L I 1 PATR it W i W- i w'1 H in 1 ii ii ii i it ii it i ig it Wzw iw it mum, xx 5imW'mi,13iti,wi.iimiiiiii,M-witi.i'-giii ,Wig-iiitIii,ii11iilliiii-wii..iilgq1M2n..,-iiiml iliaiyimim iiiliiiii M i,iw.,,ii '...i.l,W ,M in i.. .Sli i...i,..i.... ,,....L...,. K i N 1 it it it it 1111' iw it i Mu W My i W My i i, wi iw: wimii mimi? wiiiwii'wmfA,iii,itil'wilwigzwwiiwl'wwiwiilhiiiwl'lwillMi ll'wlWwll'i 5Wi ll Wi Wl tll ALAMANCE COUNTY HOSPITAL, INC. BURLINGTON, NORTH CAROLINA Stay in the Piedmont and settle in Alamance County where you and your family can enjoy the best of both worlds - small town living with easy access to major medical and cultural centers. Our 143-bed looxpital oferr Jubstantial lk-.raving equipment and feroicei, including a CC U, an IC U and around-the-clock emergency Jeruicer. We are equipped for nuclear medicine, polyto- mograploy and ultraround, Our hfyfour .ftajfploysicianr believe that Alamance County is a jqne place to practice. I f you would like more information, please write or phone: Chief of Staff or Administrator Alamance County Hospital Hllilll lfiilillhillllillliii EHMPANY CHERRYVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA PO Box 3157 Burlington, North Carolina 27215 C9195 228-1571 Ext. 500 , .553 2 a ,a l ff, ffl, A - 1 , - ana- gf' .K fi, 5,- , f . at J- I, :eiifsafi 2, R, A I- . aug new JOHNSTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL I PHYSICIANS NEEDED JOHNSTON MEMORIAL HOSPITAL SMITHFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA Several specialty alternatives exist in our small coastal town. Our 180-bed hospital is located 25 miles from several metropolitan areas, yet far enough away to avoid big city problems, excellent climate. Direct inquiries to: Terry Carson, Administrator Johnston Memorial Hospital, PO Box 1376 Smithfield, North Carolina 27577 C9195 934-8171 Medicine... designed for health... produced with care. i Wi i i N ii it if yuh K 1 5021! iigihiblqygi iii ii iz wh M QW, yyiiifiiiiyiiiiw Na iiiiiiii.-Midi-ii t it Q im it 1' io- i i .. ,i llllli' liwiliwiiliill tillyiilliiiglilhlliWilllii'lyiiin lilljillfygillfiii Wliili'gill'lfyil 'yl:llli.ifl'fiiilwil'WlIii 'g-iiiilii - ii' ii m Physicians Plannina A NATIONAL ASSOCIATIDN OF RESIDENTS AND INTERNS Low-Cost TripsfEconomic Seminars Major Merchandise Brand Name Tires Overseas Car Package Plan Going-Into-Practice Loan Qwith a one-year deferred principal repayment optionj I n-Training! M ilitary Loan Cfeaturing convenient de erred principal repayment optionsl Senior MedicallDental Student Loan Cwith deferred principal repayment featuresl New Car PurchasefRentalfLeasing Disability Q Up to 33,500 in monthly benefits availablelGuaranteed renewable until age 70! Yout Specialty coveragelChoice of: Plan A CLevel premiums to age 703, or Plan B iStep-rated premiumsj In Hospital Income Benefits payable from the first day of hospitalization! As much as S100 per day available for as long as 500 days. Major Medical Your Choice of two plans: Up to 325,000 or 3l250,000 of protection Cafter a deductible has been satisfiedb to supplement any basic medical plan you may now own. Term Lyfe NARI Term life CUp to S150,000 of protectionj NAPS Life with dependents' coverage Cup to 3200,000 of prorectionj. I ns ur-A ll Up to 3150,000 of protection!Available to both healthy applicants and those with a problem medical history. TravelfAccident Policy Up to S100,000 of coverage while traveling anywhere in the world by any means of transportation. Contact: PAUL JANSEN ffor free brochure-J 682-3286 828-4503 Durham Raleigh NARI NARI LOAN 62 GROUP DISCOUNT INSURANCE PROGRAMS PLANS K , PATRONS f c I? THE COLLEGE SHOP 1105 West Main Street 1 Block from East Campus Come in and see Our Great Selection of Women'S Fashions CO PLETF TRA EL Congratulations ana Iaest wishes on the 50th anniversary of Its founalng to Duke University School of Medicine I TOURS 81 CRUISES DOMESTIC 8. FOREIGN CUMBERLAND COUNTY HOSPITAL SYSTEM, INC Fayetteville, North Carolina TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS --M-H ov Cape Fear Valley Hospital AlRc5RI'obFLgEf?qFgT-IEESEE-PSVICE Highsmith-Rainey Memorial Hospital flap.. any Southeastern Reguonal Rehabilitation Center 191 91 682-5521 ,ty W. MAIN AT MORGAN 8t WATTS ST. n um ' 'T' ' tvl i Lf-1 I ,. ,.,f-'-' -S 5 I g :HEI ?2g::: I CRAVEN COUNTY HOSPITAL '-:Qi ' 4. II I::T' a L,,. NEW BERN, NORTH CAROLINA 'II I I ' ' PROGRESSIVE COMMUNITY, CLOSE TO RALEIGH, RICH IN COLONIAL HISTORY. LOCATED AT THE JUNCTION OF TWIN M RIVERS AND ONLY45 MINUTES FROMTHE SALISBURY, NORTH CAROLINA A fully accredited 324 bed acute care hospital Building project underway Computerized Tomography 200 miles from the Coast 100 miles to snow ski country A short distance from Charlotte, Winston Salem and Greensboro Continuing Medical Education Affiliated With NW AHEC 8c Bowman Gray School of Medicine LibraryfLearning Resource Center A TOUCH OF CLASS Atmosphere of Historic Salisbury A liberal arts community Between Interstate 85 and I 40 CALL COLLECT: M.E. Bullard, Director 7041636-33 I1 K 504 PATRONS OCEAN. THE AREA OFFERS UNLIMITED WATER RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES YEAR ROUND DUE TO THE MODERATE CLI- MATE. THE HOSPITAL IS A 248 BED ACUTE CARE GENERAL OFFERING MAJOR MEDICAL SPECIALTY SERVICES. FULLY ACCREDITED WITH EXPANSION PLANNED FOR THE NEAR FUTURE. TO EXPLORE FUTURE POSSIBILITIES- WRITE OR PHONE LONNIE MOORE - ADMINISTRATOR PO BOX 2157 2000 NEUSE BOULEVARD NEW BERN, N.C. 28560 C9195 653-8122 PEOPLE HELPING PEOPLE . l .l . . SOUTH LAND ASSOCIATES 2l2Corcoron Street Durham, NC Telephone 688-8l2l Developers andfor Sales Agents for the most delightful and livable subdivisions Experienced Insurance Specialists For Every Business and Per sonal Requirement UNCLUDING LIFEJ ALL KINDS OF BONDS Expert Analysis Immediate Coverage Time Payments Representing the strongest, most dependable companies in the nation. Call for a personal appointment. Renting? Or want to rent? Whether you have rental investments, or are looking for a home or apartment to rent, talk to staff. We represent some of th our Property Management e finest rental properties in the area. WHEN YOU DEAL WITH THE BEST Insurance John Chatham, Sr. V.P. john Dominick, V.P. Judy Adcock Fred Callaway Rick Gamble jim Huckabee Ron Jolley Buck Noblin Tom Trent Duke Williams Vernon Browning, Off. Mgr. North Durham Office Mickey Fogleman, Mgr. Lucy Collier Phil Dunlap Mike Long Carol Martin Jerry Oakley Merele White YOU GET THE BEST DEAL Real Estate Buddy Whitfield, Sr. V.P. Carroll E. Brooks, V.P. Jim Boyd, Commercial Sales jean Cooke Karin Haddad Gus Mclver Don Newman Wayne Poe Lib Steel Tom Upchurch Ronnie Yergan And in Chapel Hill Sue Gould, Co-Mgr. Dave Brown, Co-Mgr. Betty Brewington Nanette Fields Barbara Muffin Myra Waud Management and Rentals Dan German, Sr. V.P. Curtis Crutchfield Dave Korman Larry Leffers Maintenance and Repairs Paul Hall, V.P. J PATRONS 505 U New ww mwwsx, we M,,w,,Amax WLM, ,,ax'1,,4. MMM ,Ja Wu A an me WWW M wWwN?wm5R 'K MH MM3j,3WIN'CQ L X , f' , Y wmv--Yf?YNHiysgww 1 1 , A A 6 ,,,, MW MW .,.. 53 I Q ww ,If w mm ,,,,, W Qwgmwkgwwwgssm M I WMM M eeeee N awww A N,,,,, ,, M Na ,, ,MW wxzzgmww i iWwWEM,si wiv -W wuzwxvgwww wmiwss MWWQWN7 W eeeee M ee ,,,, ee M ea W ww MQW ww W I gm was 5900 N' n P2 I :- W X A 5- Mmm WW? ,. L M mem 52 nm, We VW, , NL' is ,v. M iiigifiiligiig Duke Univer ity Medical Center Book tore Kmgeh ,W ,, M, QWMQM ,M ,. ,, wweeeNwWxf Seeley G. Mudd Building W WWW Post Office Box 3102 Durham, North Carolina 27710 919-684-27 17 S., Q 4 wawswwegaef jm,,GM. fXa,,,,W,qe,,, m,uW.,,m me 4,,QW,,,,X,M,, Ay, ,W Wm ,,,, w,,,mW W W ,X ,Q , , , N h V-wh if M WW wi' m M My was WM Wk Q mg -uwwgwm-M X mwxfib wg gm-wyWy5..w5Q wk wmi wwwffwtvwwwffj Wm,w.,V..gmwMiwQQujg?K M MMM! wgmmjgkmxggww,urfgww f A 41 A 5 506 PATRONS , ' 44 Wwfffw M ,'m.Ww.p fNN3w1 Num? WH' lu ax Z A 543 '43 ,Nw-29 M ,, ,Aw ,,,, ,JL ,Vw xy ,gf ,, N ax ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ' f in efeef W eeeee 1 we mmmMMmMmwwgfgzwsmuwm ,ww H as N 1. . - Y , - f - ' ' ' ' ' up in-i ,, , ,, H H ,, ,, ,, ,, , ,,,, , , , , Wiwwv ,vmi -,W W. lv... with 'iv ,iw Willy i- ll 1- i it r 'ir i i i li' msg ir twirl, Mlm r wi wi W with tv MW- 'iw 'r W W rr ri wir' M 'li it M x MMM Q 2 MM V , lwwll, M ,Ml ,wixwymi 5 ll! 4 Q lg 5 is 5 i li l i i l ,NMA ,,, i W, The New Qlhinzr 511111 John and Sue . . . after graduating from Duke University, decided to make Durham their home and have recently purchased the China Inn Restaurant. They invite you to visit them and enjoy for yourself the new decor, daily luncheon specials, evening dining or a leisurely drink at the Wm . end of an evening. szEcHuAN P HUNAN DAILY i.uNcHEoN SPECIALS PEKING i BANQUET noorvi sEATs 1oo cANToNEsE l3z,lwr,g iilzlvwv- Mlm l l Au o ig l . -25 - B wnfiiivl, i l 2701 Hillsborough Road, Durham, NC 286-2444 286-9007 i it i- il l l i l i it 1 i l li i l 4 l ENELLHS Wfiiil Where it All Began, And Keeps on Going- Always the Best, The Duke Place, the Original . . BSDICI Blllld I1 UJSABJ. '3 1LlE.ll'iB1SSEl I il l Ellllt' .'lll.l.I JINI'S PARTY STORE, INC. lil Low Prices 84 Most Complete Selection M, International Selection of Domestic 81 Imported Beers, Wines 81 Champagne ll g Fancy Foods 81 Party Set-ups 6 Keg Beer 8. Glassware rem a car Reservations- Call: Ice-cubed, Crushed 81 Block Wo rldwide 1-800-228-9650 Raleigh-Durh am Airport lilxli 4,-, We deliver 286-4500 ii SINCE l 7967 C. l- it tilt ,, M it gl, il ll ' will Two Blocks from Duke at Trent 81 Hillsborough 'W i ii.. l iiii f. V , ,,,... ig. l l it , it i , , i l, , , lim ,,,,,,,i,ll,,l,,,, ,,,, ,,,. ,W ,,,. , Q ll 'ntwini l SHANGHAI Best Wishes RESTAURANT .L 251- iii 9 lunch and dinner menus serving. . . . Four Styles of Authentic Chinese Cuisine MANDARIN, SZE CHUAN, HUNAN and CANTONESE 3421 Hillsborough Road in King's Plaza fOf reservations or take-out call 383-7581 From SANDOZ SAN DOZ PHARMACEUTICALS East Hanover, N.J. 07936 Medical Sciences Liason Sandoz Pharmaceuticals Intere t Checkingg N w you can ha e both. 1 Member l-. D.l You like the freedom and convenience of a substantial checking accotuit balance. But you also like the interest your money could earn in a savings account. With Wachovia Interest!CheckinE you can have both. It works like this. Your checking accoimt deposits go in- to a special interest paying account. As you write checks, we transfer your money from this account to cover them. You have the convenience of a large checking balance, the earning power of daily interest. Wachovia Interest!Checking. Talk it over this Week with a Wachovia Personal Bankeii. And start earning interest on all the money you have in the bank. HERE'S WHAT YOU CAN EARN 'Z 1 WITH INTERESTICHECKINGSM Average Your Monthly Your Annual ' MonthIyBnlance lnteresliiami s Interest Ea ' '- S107 79 S215 59 S323 38 S431 17 S538 96 S 2 000 S 4 000 S 6 000 S 8 000 S10 000 S 8 65 S17 30 S25 94 S34 59 S43 24 ns , . . 2'2 Based on a 30 day month , By maintaining a minimum balance ol' 81,000 for an average I balance of 525007 you eliminate checking account service , ' harges. In any month in which your balance fails to meet f th se requirements, there will be a charge of SZ. 00 plus 15st 5' ' p h klitem paid. WHGRUVIH Bank 8iTrust X ii . l J 508 MPATRGNS 1 f VSAWS N if M6 - J Q K .gvglinestic and Imported 0 me WWW me SHUP 52.253525 ' roun 0SpeciaI Party Prices Y on Large Party or Wine I Orders Erwin Rd. at Olga Deliver , 0 rocerles East West .Newstand Expressway Out-of-Town Newspapers 235-41 10 Hundreds of Magazines oA Two Hospital System Spruce Pine Community Hospital Burnsville Hospital and Health Care Facility 0Approximately 50 miles from Asheville, NC I OCAH Accredited 'For Further Information: Write: Hospital Administrator T25 Hospital Drive Spruce Pine, NC 28777 1 Call: K704l 765-4201 Recent Taste Test demonstrates the Superiority of Our Brand The man on the left is tasting Our Brandy on the right, theirs A OYou be the judge!! Maau Oxberry Farms 0 Newark, Nl. N M I COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL N.C. License No. 2379 GENERAL CONTRACTORS SINCE 1946 Telephone 477-4712 17 Ashley Road DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27704 OEVALUATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION OEVALUATION OF OLD HOMES OADVISORS ON CONTRUCTION DEFICIENCIES OGENERAL CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS Jaw M0 George W. Birmingham, Jr. ,, ,xxx I XX11 i It ., W I ,,..,,,,i,.,iit,,i.i,,,.,..,,,,, WM DUNN , , 1, ' ' 1 1 Q1 I , Ei Sis ESTATE Ls' 1014 Brood ' W I f'V I DU hC'm, I I I C9191 - ... 286-3477 SALES 0 APPELAQSI-gig? 0 RENTALS CONSTRUCTION 0 ACERAGE -We VW 25 PIZZA PALACE My ZOO2 Hillsborough Rd. ' 1 - QT 9111. 286-O281 mon.-thurs, iiczrn-11pm fri. until midnight sot. 4pm-midnight wa .im ,-,-1 I W Wffefef ALL POINTS K RELOCATION A r CHESSDN REALTORS ce 1 NEW HOMES 0 RESALES 0 LOTS LAND DEVELOPMENTS 0 INDUSTRIAL RESIDENTIAL O COMMERCIAL 0 RENTALS 383-1550 Jean Wright-GRI .... 489-5007 Margaret Purser ...... 489-7788 Paul Booth .......... 477-7137 George Gaston ....... 477-3636 Horace Clark ......... 471-3242 Susie Leaming-GRI. . . 489-5217 Craig Morrison ....... 471-1213 Sandy Alien-GRI .... Sales Mgr. Corner of 15-501 and Morreene Road Ceniw CFD We're The Real Estate Professionals For You Best Wishes to Duke Medical Center On Your 50th Anniversary and Opening Duke North We'll give our word toyou? CENTURY 21 CENTURY 21 CENTURY 21 HAYWOOD DAVIS REALTORS, INC. CREATIVE REALTY, INC. SHOWCASE OF HOMES 1010 Broad Street 5274 North Roxboro Rd. 2722 Chapel Hill Rd. 286-2121 477-041 1 493-2424 CENTURY 21 CENTURY 21 CENTURY 21 CENTURY 21 RTA ASSOCIATES, INC. AMERICAN HOMES, INC. BOB GUNNER REALTY M.D. FLETCHER ASSOC. Highway 54, RTP 1316 Broad Street 4007 Roxboro Road 3205 Guess Road 544-3761 286-7774 471-1521 471-1 596 E hofficaislndependentiyow d d p t d.EqualHousingOpporiunIiy.Q K J ' i' 'N ' ' ii i 1 I 'N 510 PATRONS 1 ,, 1,, 1. if wiIfm1M,,i..,w,',i: 1- :iw 11.91,--.-Wi ,g,r,.r41-Ii rim--I -I ,,,, . . 1 , .,,,4.sv..R' .A .-.-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-' 14:- YQ .. ,. i f-: .f4ux:.' , . ,,.,'i1if'-fi lfi f isif'-s,,,1,.,.. -Sf' s-Q Q f.:'t j !'2f,':,, Z gr.. ...W .:g4... :Q,g:. , , .agsgsgsy1 5 I . 11+.rg.i:4:.......1:.4s.:- .51- '1 ' 2 Q: EIiz1' :1 .-sa-44 - Q. - ,,,,,, , ' ' gig- ,:4:4:+:-:-:- -:-:4:r:-1-:-:4:-:4:-:-1-:-:-:-:-:-:-5:-:-:4-:-:4-:-:ce-1-:Ar-:-:,:-:-:4:':-S:-.-.-:-: ',-,- .:. :::::: 3, 035' , ,pg :.:.:.:.g.:.5b Q.-g:55.:.:.jgg.3:yo ., 4.5.544.5.3.5.g.:.:,1.1.,:.f.:.7,5.1,.1.g.:5,34 .3 -.1 .-.4 , -v.- X . .4:-':.-... f--.2f- -' V-2-r.:-1' - ' '21 ':rs:1:r:1:f:rss: 1 -f 12:14. '4::2:s-3- :. 's.,: A. 1 -1:2:snr:bzr:f:r:1:1:1:2:r:1:r:1:f:1:-:2:1:r:t- .-zr: -: -. 2. . - -14 j ,5 '- gm, --'3:.,.5.-13:52-2211+-. . .. ' .!?:r ':fI- 'f2s2s..' :1 5E51:-' J1 5E -iw 3:51:24M 'i 'i' +1'9S5f?ff1ff' .Q., :1.f-4'-'-2 .4:-:1:1+' M. .' ..ee:e:xz - ,. '2:. .A-iIE1E1i'iiiI,. ' agag5sgegs:sgsf:I: .' 'ts , 4 -2-2-DY .,:s:s:s rf.. 2 -1 4 ... -f-f-1'f-f-1f:s:sssf-1-2-f-I -..: e:s:z:s:ss:s . 4T a- . Mwf:-i.' :af . is --4..'Af-1-2:s:s:a:..4-1'- ' 4:55 -4:54 ' 4- 4' if fW'Q'i'f' ' W '- 3:?i51 ' ?5'25555f125.5?5?5iE ff' f:5:' fi ' .5i55555i?f55i ' 1 '- - M . 11- Za . : ' -I- fr wi 411--z :-2 . .-.f11:214'.'f 1211- 1 s -fi? , '- 2-2 S: .. ':a:s':s:z:1:s:s:s:s:1:a i ff: if 'C 1.,:sz'...f:e:2:s::.ssH'1.,zs':a: li rg K 1 .. 'Q ' - 4. 2-:.,.,44-f--12:45-s4.,,g4:5s:f , ,g.':'.,15fij1i:g152:51f5:1 4:5143 4 ' : ' r : 5 - x ' ..f:v:-. vQ.asf'r: '1 4111 fs- ' 5M5222ErESrE2EiS1E2E2Eri2rE2 fs: - -' E' 3 I 1153- '51 2155- , M5411 i'51f35-1--if--AQ.Q2-14:1:11211Z::1Ez:ErE1322533'I'1'i'Ffi555555525if55355?2355255325555555553if2525552355255?555555fifiiiifiifiiififiiiiiiiii 'J-' .:.1.211ET5555f5?5?i3Ef553i3i?25i5535'- .- 2:rE1E5fii?2553555?1'25f5.2 'l5w'i Af: ' 'i'f 'i:f:':i:WQ ' . 4 ' . iii fff -E5::::iE51ESiEi5535ii:5 5:52 A' 4 ,.... ' z1:r:vs:1:::r.r:r:rf1:1:r.-2211121211:ga -www . QQQSYW----4:-1-2-:.Z:.:-A ng.-1 . :.:-:4:.:.----4------2,141-:-:,s:::45:3, 1,-..,.-.-wfv-- H 141, .gs-4 - - A .u:4:,141:111:11:,:5:,:,14:-myA 4 4 -' sf-- Y:-1-: . , ..-.,:4-.sq:z::,:aq:,g:,5,,:,3:z-am., I., gf-,:41::1:::1:?,Qq:::,::3:,:M .. ,QA4 , . , ' M ' ':'sSeisSe5.:.I. 21,1111-.:.1:...1.,, .....:E2?iiiiiiiiiiiizfiiiiiii: y i 'A ' 'if .'f:-2E? f1-1:1:' 'Qi3iES::'.F' -- 4.4, .,,., .... , 32251 'vizifffig iff: g535ggigii55Qg5gigig53555ggg555ii2iiiiiaisisizizisisizigsgig , ,E,Qi5Eg.,:::4: 3,. f Q, ' '-'X fi is Q v.,.1g , ' 535111151222E1Ef?ErE2E1ErEf525111E1 -aa ' we ' ':2:r.f11:g:1:f:f:.r:g:5:.:, 5: 5: 2-1-111-141-2:1-21:r:f:5:3:5:41:1:r:2:1:r1r:r:r:r:::2--'4-1f-'- -.-.ear:r:':-'2-2-'-1:2-2-1- +1 v:'A ,gg-Eqg:1:r:33g,g -14-1- i. Q. ' - H: W' . .K -1-:-.-Sw:-:4:-:4:-2-2-:-:4:':-S:-1 :-:-.-:ir M - fr- ' -f .4:,:. .5 .v.v.4O:4:4:41-:-:':4:-3 ' .t ' '- -. 4.s-'- ' .3.g4.-.4.:.4:-:'.4.,- -.-g.: :.4.g.g,5.1.:.:.g.3,,.3.g.-.3.A., Nl., . - , , .. '.. - :-rv:-1-:fc-:-: 1 '-:4:-:-1+ -:-:'-:mf-4 ., . :: . ' I:3:3:5:::5:5:-:g:5:3:3:::: 1, - ,,.::5:5:::::f:g:::g:1:1:-'-' 1 ,gn-:-:-3:51-:f .3 sg.. 4.139 , , g:5.:.:.1.5.54.:.1fS.5.g- -3 '.g.:.,5 -g ,g.:.:.3.,.:.::5:,4 , . 'Tww...- -. ..,fPZw' .. -- .- .1 . .4 -A .. 4. - ---4 ,.- . .. - , .- - 7f2gw ,.,.,.,,,,,,,,,,,,W, 'n- -f'-' 'K ' 15222E1Misiii552isBi5isiii522E15Iif'1155Saiif52iii2225225555552521-:2Sf2e:.21i?1'42 'ff' .. liiggikfiffifmififiizrzfi ' . 'YM' f' 5 H ,1 1 .'Z f, :- ' Egg -4' 4. fi -4 4 M. . .... 4 .. ......, .............. . . .... . ,. . . .... ..... ol .,.,..... , M. . , .. ......,. ., ..,. Y. .s. ., H4 H---v-.,w ' Sf? .2sE f' 1ffEsEfE5isi5! 5s?af25525isi:':' 152224 4 fif1'f- 416 F 21' 14.5 .-- siff Icf?I145555:f:f:i:5ifiiiE3E5E5E5 fi ':'f'L3.-551. x -' N 1595? sf- - if .3 525 14---4-fzggiiif 38' .4:-:-12E5E5E?5?E3E?E525E5E5E5E5E ..2125511:fE5f5fi15E5E?E:52:1:E15E1sErZ5E??355'' ' - HE1115 '..5?': f:- . 444, ..... .' '15E5:1z2:z-:-:r 1:1-v-'- fQX?f'.f1'f+' L -:. --arf .- '. '1-:-:f 4 . :as f ss '-r:r-'-xr:1:1:1:1:r:f:2:-:r1r:1:'f:aQf:1::'2!9'-?:2:2:f -: . .14 -' -.,.w3:1f5s:gf -151 ' 1-r+r:1:g.,.,. , '-'-1--.gg ,. -,3gg:.1SWfJ , gf -' 115:52 ' : f f .. ,ff ff' fs:s:ffZl2l :?2 . :-5sli5i5i5??555?fi'i si? 2522 4. 4.4 ' -'Fi':Tif141:1g:saz45:4:2t.1.,:4:., 2 ' -- si.. ,ff ,ff ' 'E '-5315 232521222 s e s zsegzgsg g1gsg g.g:g1.fg.gfg1:: - ' ...,:1:1:-:4-:- '-f4f'-I-4525552555555P- W12::1.....,:2aiEiE9? ,ff , f gsff-'1z2gf'f1g:g3.sg.g.5 ,,, . 1 '4'15sgs51- ::z21 1 '5 .5::z11 E'j,j ffiaiigsgsisiriffeisgsit,igsieisisgsir-2,44:9L.w:::'1:,,:5,,,, '--'rf .ffs ,,sgaf31 555 .'f11:f,. ,..j-fg,,.,. iiw.-if'-' 5 - ,,.,.,f.::::1:fA: . ffff -f4- , J M ,Q41:151.9fsiziziiagzizisiziaizgsg , , .. .,.. .. .,.,.,.,.,,.... . .. ...., . . ...........,..... . .....,... ,. ,. .... ........ , . , ..... , , 4 .. ..,........ .. .4 .... . . .. f' - :rf '- ,J .4:.:::ss::1.,.1-.4.-.-:1:f:f:1:1:1:r:r:1f..rf ' , ' 7:3:fi5Z5Z5:5:5g:5:5:5:3gZ5Qf '5:iQg3:1:' :A .2132 'V'-'-.r-wwf .5 .::f4- .Q-V-X.:--.-.V-'W-Z:gg13:45,12:,.,.,,,:,.::4::1,4-'-'M:4:-- -,:-5:5::::.::,:5z,:5' lf , -' ' 'Lf' ,.,, , ' ' ' :'iW5i5?5:::1i' '3EEi5i5i5f15' ..:12fi?i555?5i5i5ifE5EfQI., -..:a:s2z:--.:.1... 22 ,' .. :-- :ti d a l ' ,-' , - ,,-:-:4:f'- :-'-'+:-:-:-:-:4..:-:- 1441-:-:iz-:'. :4:,:-:4:,:':-14:-rr.-1-:-:rz .-:-:.4:-:':-:4:-:-:-:-:-:+:4:4- :v-:---.,:4:-:-:- :v' Q- . -55 .. Y' ' '- -.v..-:4:4:':+:41-:::-'G:1:-:-:-:-x-:4:-JS ' E-. '1'l:2:5f:f:f:!:5: I.Southgate 82501115 58, Years Qld The Great Depression was closing in, but Duke University's majestic multi-million-dollar campus continued to rise on the wooded hills West of Durham. It was a far cry from the 1838 one-room log cabin known as Brown's School House over in Randolph County-later becoming the same Trinity College that was brought to Durham in 1892, packed into a single boxcar. Nearly forgotten is that the school almostlbylpassecl Durhamfand .locatedfin Raleigh, where money and land already had been donated. But Durham leaders like Julian S. Carr, Washington Duke and James H. Southgate launched a hasty community campaign that successfully brought the school to Durham instead. I. Southgate 8: Son is proud to have had a hand in bringing Duke University to Durham, and the privilege of helping to guide its insurance programs since that time. Ji., Southgate 81 Son I N co R PO n AT E D 'HIf: jfL:ffffNT 1013 Broad St., Durham, N .C 286-2905 ' PATRONS M 511 MEMORIAL J. DERYL HART 1894-1980 eryl Hart was born on August 27, 1894 in Buena Vista, Georgia, the son of John Deryl and Fannie Walter CMathewsJ Hart. From the earliest days he was trained to recog- nize the importance of hard work and thoroughly enjoyed this feature of life throughout his long and successful career. He attended Emory University and graduated cum laude with elec- tion into Phi Beta Kappa CA.B. 19163. He remained for graduate work in mathematics CA.M. 19175 and was then accepted into the johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and gradu- ated in the class of 1921. While in medical school at Hopkins, he had the privilege of being a student of William S. Halsted and upon graduation, Dr. Halsted appointed him to one of the prized internships in surgery. He spent a year in surgical pathology and completed the residency program in 1929 under Dr. Halsted's successor, Dr. Dean Lewis. He remained on the faculty at Hopkins for a year and was then offered the position as the first Professor and Chairman of the Department of Surgery at the newly formed Duke University School of Medicine. Although Dr. Hart was only 35 at the time of his appoint- ment, he rapidly became a very highly respected and admired leader in the new school. Of that era, one of his Chief Residents was to write later: I do wish to acknowledge on behalf of our group the fine example of craftsmanship and sound surgical judgment and knowledge personified by Dr. Hart. During his active teaching days, which corresponded to my period of train- ing, he was the one surgeon that the resident staff looked to as an example of how a surgical procedure should be properly carried out. In endeavoring to emulate his tech- nique, I am sure we all became much better surgeons. His vast fund of knowledge of surgery and recall was a source of awe, as well as an inspiration. One of the members of the surgical faculty of that day summa- rized it well saying, K'He literally devoted his life to the develop- ment of his School and his Department, combining qualities of leadership, surgical skill, business acumen, personal integrity, and judgment, and an ability to pick an able staff, to build one of the leading Departments of Surgery in this country. Despite the fact that he began the chairmanship of the De- partment during the Great Depression, he responded to the critical nature of the times by developing with his colleagues a University Medical and Surgical Diagnostic Clinic, and his plan and modifications of it have since been widely used in many centers throughout the nation. The plan has been eminently successful at Duke and has allowed the faculty to make its own plans and fiscally to support teaching and research from their own generated funds. Deryl Hart described the philosophy and actual practice of this unique plan together with a history of the Department of Surgery in his monograph entitled The First Forty Years at Duke in Surgery and the P.D.C. This was published in 1971 and is a scholarly and beautifully written account of the entire subject. Throughout his career Dr. Hart was recognized as an unusual- ly skillful surgeon who consistently obtained excellent clinical results. He possessed unique abilities in surgical diagnosis and had impeccable surgical judgment. His innovative contributions in the management of empyema, his monograph on surgery of the hand, and his research and development of ultraviolet irra- diation in the prophylaxis of operative wound infections! are well known. He was a member of the Founders Group of both the American Board of Surgery and of the American Board of Thoracic Surgery. He was elected a member of the American College of Surgeons and served as a Governor, of the Southern Society of Clinical Surgery and served as Vice President and President, of the American Association for Thoracic Surgery, the American Surgical Association, and of the Southern Surgical Association of which he was elected Vice President and subse- quently President. In 1960 when the University found itself in a difficult admin- istrative controversy, Dr. Hart responded to the Trustees' call that he lead the institution through a turbulent eta. As a result of his determination, his sound judgment, and hard work, he re- versed the situation and greatly enhanced the character and image of Duke in an impressive way. Faculty salaries rose to rank among the top few universities in the nation, and the number of Distinguished Professorships rapidly doubled. Of these achievements one of the senior Trustees was to say: I believe there is no one who, during the particular time Dr. Hart served as President, could have accomplished so much for the advancement of Duke University. These are but a few ofthe many contributions which he made. Despite this combination of achievements, which led him to the pinnacle of success, nothing excedes the admirable personal attributes of this very understanding and warm gentleman, a man with a unique combination of gentleness and strength. Despite his many professional responsibilities, his love of family was very well known in the Duke community. A devoted hus- band to a wife who was constantly by his side, all knew Dr. Hart's convictions in this respect. Indeed, he chose to say in the introduction to his often quoted monograph about the Duke University Medical Center: This book is dedicated to my wife, Mary Johnson Hart, whose encouragement, suggestions, and help account for many of the accomplishments for which credit has been given to me. In addition to his wife, Dr. Hart is survived by six outstanding children, Dr. Elizabeth Hart King, Mrs. Julia Hart Warner, Dr. Julian Dery1Hart,Jr., Dr.John M.H. Hart, Williamj. Hart, and Mrs. Margaret L. Harrison, and 19 grandchildren. Theirs has been a remarkable family with an unusually close life at home where special traditions included all members gathering for the evening meal, frequent family picnics, the participation of the children in many happy social events at the Harts' beautiful home at 2324 Duke University Road, and the vacations at their summer home in the mountains at Roaring Gap, North Caroli- na. An exemplary family in every way, the Harts have a wide circle of genuine and admiring friends. One of Deryl Hart's foremost characteristics, devotion to hard work, deserves particular emphasis. Several years ago, in response to a reporter's question concerning his philosophy of life, Dr. Hart said, Set your goal high, if you think you can do it, and finish what you start. There is no doubt that he set very high standards for himself from the beginning, and he admirably completed each goal he undertook. He leaves a full and rich life which has already served as an example for many. Surely this will continue as his tall shadow extends across the lives of his many appreciative students, residents, and admiring friends. David C. Sabiston, jr., M.D. PATRON S 5 13 GALLERY ,fl -N . I. '1 .' 1' , A X HX 514 PATRONS W .- i'l,,,, ff- we- ., 'iq ,.. A A -, ,,..V , A., , ,.,-T , . ,Y fl , 'xwxx I' A W' ,QQ W- Km ' 7 I 1 W , wi ,Q Ki NK. . n E1 L 'I DEDICATION . 1. 'V 't' . . , . .,,. . ,A,.. . -....,,,.,,, , , ......Q...- . W , Wv-N-:ir3rw:..4ir,..-,L.zllimg-z.:,,:'-m.f?,s .:s4s::1:..... veKis1.1.aL JL!!-WP' L 1: I Milli li'!3lhl'Tm::5':y1il4:YiWlf?59iliWVU - 1' 3.5 rw'-1,. 5.1 --11 ,v.-it . img M, :tmrs tx - V .W .,f,'r'i , it rm-Am, ,. . . 1. .. , , ., V ,X .W ,xl ,, i AES C U LAPIAW80, the 50th anniversary edition of the Duke Medical School yearbook, is with much thought and great pleasure, dedicated to the Class of '81, to my family, and to my fiance, Marsha Adams. Nowhere could I have found a group that would have given of themselves as much as my classmates did this year. Over half of them participated in some fashion in the production of this book. From typing to selling ads and books, from designing layouts to writing essays, from interviewing administrators to beating on the door of every department chairman in the medic- al center, the Class of '8 1 has been there, ready, able and willing to help in any and every possible capacity. Without their support there simply would not be an .AESC ULAPIAM80. Another group whose assistance was equally invaluable was that of my family. The love and the moral and fiscal support that my family provided enabled me to continue when times were difficult, schoolwork was mounting, deadlines were nearing and literally hundreds of pages remained unfinished. Especially im- portant was their understanding when I would cut my vacations short or not come home at all because of work that had to be done on the yearbook. This word of thanks extends not only to my parents, Dr. and Mrs. John Lucas, jr., my brothers, Aubrey and Robert, and my sisters, Tell and Beth, but also to my grandparents, Dr. and Mrs. John Lucas, Sr. and Mrs. Aubrey Bell, all of whom were a great source of inspiration. Last, but probably most of all, this yearbook is dedicated to Marsha Adams, or by now Marsha Lucas. Little did she know that when she said yes to my proposal ,that she would be mar- rying not only a third year medical student but also a 516 page yearbook. Working two days and seven nights aweek, frequent- ly until 2 a.m. for over two months, Marsha was a source of both unending labor and continuous encouragement. By copying layouts, typing copy sheets, proofing layouts, writing essays, and performing countless other tasks, she contributed to almost every section in this production. In addition she endured the seemingly endless nights on the 6th floor Davison Building and my all-too-often shortened temper. For all her love, patience and hard work she is included with those mentioned above to whom the AESCULAPIANXSO has been dedicated. John Lucas, III Editor-in-Chief PATRONS - Well this is it, the last page of a 516 page albatross that has been hanging around my neck for the past year and a half. N o longer will my classmates have to run when they see me coming, trying to avoid being recruited for the endless number of tasks that had to be performed. Yes, the courtyard dining room is again a safe place to relax for lunch. Gone are the days of folding and placing address labels on 1,000 letters of solicitation. You who are bashful can again show your face without fear of that ever-present kerflash which signaled another of the eventual 4,000+ pictures which I took. My camera has been retired. Also never to be heard again is that worn-out reply of Working on the yearbook, what else, when asked what I was doing. To my teachers who all too often were looking at either the top of my slumped-over head or my eyelids which were loosely closed over a pair of bloodshot eyes, I offer my apology. The reason was not a sleep-inducing lecture but a darkroom session that ended at 3 a.m. or a design and layout session that frequently ended even later. This book is truly a monument to the dedication of all those who gave so freely of their time. Literally 1,000's of hours of labor have gone lovingly into this project. It can only be consi- dered a work of love because there was certainly no monetary reward, no honors grade in any course, and no choice residency position to reward those who made this possible. The list of those who contributed is long, but I will do my best to acknow- ledge the assistance of those whose efforts are and were greatly appreciated. ' Mr. John Furlow deserves special thanks for the many hours of counseling that he spent in taming my wild ideas for layout designs, but more importantly he deserves recognition for his original design of the 50th anniversary seal and his assistance in the beautiful cover design. Next I'd like to thank Dr. jim Gifford to whom we turned so frequently for information and references for the historical material in this book. He was a veritable gold mine of information, and if he could not provide an answer, he directed us to someone who could - we were never turned away empty-handed. In the same breath, the Uni- versity Archives in Perkins Library and the Medical Center Archives in Mudd Library deserve a round of thanks for fur- nishing us with innumerable old photographs and manuscripts. The Audiovisual Department deserves acknowledgement for putting up with my constant presence and ceaseless demands for instant orders. They were especially helpful in duplicating pic- tures from books and the photographs sent in by alumni. The magnificent opening photograph of the interior of the Chapel was taken by Mr. Lewis Parrish, and Mr. Chuck Lewis gets credit for most of the beautiful scenery shots of North Carolina in the opening section. The dramatic aerial photos of the campus were taken by Cindy Lewis. On the financial end, Ms. Pat Cross deserves credit for making order out of chaos and keeping an impeccable set of books. Dr. Tommy Thompson, who patiently listened to my tirades about the University-inspired bureaucra- cy that frequently entangled the finances, should be recognized for his role as financial advisor. Ms. Jeannie Lee, Ms. Kim Terrell, and Ms. Joyce Umstead deserve special thanks for frequently having to act as my personal answering service and for all the thousands of little favors that frequently were not so little. Communication with the alumni could not have gone more smoothly, and for this a well-deserved expression of thanks goes out to Ms. janet Sanfilippo, Ms. Linda Patton, Mr. Bucky Wa- ters and Dr. Jay Arena. For all their help in providing the names, addresses, and specialities of 6,000 graduates, mailing letters to over 5,000 alumni, and assisting in dozens of other requests, these people were invaluable. To Dr. Bill Anlyan, Dr. Arthur Christakos, and Dr. Shirley Osterhout, I express my gratitude for finding time in their busy schedules to provide guidance and learned counsel on matters of protocol and politics, and fre- quently to just listen to my gripes. Many others contributed and to them I say thanks: Mr. Robert Winfree, Mr. Bernard McGin- ty, Mr. Robert Byrd, Mr. Tom Hurtgen, Ms. Ann Rimmer, Dr. Ewald Busse, Mr. Toby Bethea, and Ms. Ester Walden. Anthony Limberakis, the editor of the 1978 Aerczzlzzpifzn, must be recognized for his efforts in 1978 which sparked my interest in this project and laid the necessary framework for our success this year. I regret that only a small amount of space remains for acknowl- edging the contributions of those who were truly responsible for the success of this project - the students. One group deserves special recognition fortheir tremendous sacrifices of time and energy. When deadlines were near, when extra work needed to be done, regardless of the hour or previous commit- ments, either socially or academically, these people were always there. Unquestionably their efforts were the major reason for the success of this book. Pam Sholar, Ann Lansing, jan Porter and Marsha Adams are the tireless workers to whom I am forever indebted. Others who deserve mention for their commitment of time and energy are assistant editor: Jeff Davis, section editors: Mike Rocco, Laurie Dunn, Febe Brazeal, Candice Grace, Pam Reynolds, Frank Spence,jackie Rutledge, Tom Collier, Barbara Hodge, Berrylin Ferguson, Gina Michael, Meg Richardson,jim Walsh, and Kemp Kernstineg assistant section editors: Val Lightner and Rosanne Pollack, caricatures: Renata Albrecht: alumni salesijanet Kinneyg student and faculty saleszjim Segars, ad sales: Kemp Kernstine and Faith Birminghamg photography: Mitch Silverman, Bill Dodson, David Katz, Bill I-Iazel, Graham Barden, Jim Califf, Val Lightner, Phil Zeitler, Larry Wu and especially Bruce Murdoch. The following need to be thanked for their contribution of typing, writing essays, and generally being handy: Deb Clapp, David Harlan, Gwen Arens, Beth Murdaugh, Pete DuLuca, Nanny Dunlap, Lea Sewell,jeff Sour- beer, Hugh Morris, and especially Linda Glaubitz, Eddie Miller and Quay Snyder. My apologies to those whom I omitted, and my sincere expression of gratitude to all who aided in this production. Finally I hope that you realize that the AESC U LAPIAN!80 is not only a tribute to the first 50 years of Duke Medical School, but it is also a profit-making venture that should net an exti- mated 312,000-3515,000, which will be used to provide student loans to defray the rapidly escalating costs of medical education.. After you have read this and realize the countless hours that were needed to produce this book, I hope that you will express your appreciation to those whose labors have brought you the AES C U LAPIAN-80. john Fair Lucas, III Editor-in-Chief AESC ULAPIANXSO